■%.- ^ :'•;;!■: .'• 1<'''-Mi\: '•' ■ ■$$$ y--%-,xi. ■ U'r ;•{•.:-"•■'-■' -; : v.'-;1-'-.'•">/. <■■■*■■• '■■■' ■'■■■ '■ mWmsm^^ ■■■".. • ■ ■"*■' '.'. ;MV'- ., ... wi; ' • ■ . t "'■ '^fel^ •;, •|p:; /. ..^v-:., ■•$§$ i -^ ; ■••'.' ■ ■■;■ '#&% ■'. •='■ . "'•;, ,'?i «!■»!+> <.■ ■■■■>*■ ■..■ :r^p<.;'-;'f-:( ;# 'urn mp &♦&-.■ » /Z y yC S&*-z C~-< l -! mcles of the chest, 2 18 AMERICAN FAMILY PHYSICIAN. and preventing " round shoulders." These remarks are equally applicable to the management of girls as well as boys. The error of a mode of edu- cation, the most essential object of which i3, to keep children still, must be apparent to every observing mind. Impure air is also occasioned by burning lamps with long wicks, which, saturating the atmosphere*of a room with smoke, renders it very detriment- al to health. The burning of fuel of any kind, also vitiates the air of an apartment, more especially if a stove be used for this purpose; and all rooms containing fires should be ventilated twice a day, by opening the doors and windows, and permitting a fresh current of air to pass through. Charcoal should never be burned in a close apartment, and particularly in a bedroom, the vapors of carbonic acid gas to which its combustion gives rise, soon fill the room, and occasion fatal results ; many deaths are on record, which were caused by an ignorance of this fact. Sleeping apartments should be aired regularly, and, it is better that fires should never be kept in them, especially during sleeping hours; but when fires are kept up during the night, some means should be devised by which fresh air may have constant access to the room, except when th.e house is in the neighborhood of a low marsh, or a lake or pond of stagnant water; in which case, means should be employed to screen one's self from the influence of their damp and noxious exhalations. It is a very pernicious course to place many persons in one sleeping apart- ment, and if persisted in, the occupants will sooner or later suffer from disease; much of the danger may be obviated by allowing a free circulation of pure air through the room during the night. Beds should frequently be exposed to the action of the open air at mid-day. Plants generally give off oxygen through the day, and carbonic acid during the night, at the same time imbibing the oxygen; hence, it is a dangerous and unwise practice to keep plants, flowers, &c, in the apartment devoted to sleeping. Cellars, wells, mines, the holds of vessels, and places of similar character, in which the air has been long confined, frequently contain large quantities of carbonic acid gas, which is immediately destructive to all who impru- dently enter and inhale the poisonous gas. Such places should never be entered by any one, until it has been first ascertained if combustion can be supported; this may be accomplished by letting down, or introducing a lighted candle within the cavity or place to be entered, and observing whether it burns or not—if it continues to burn brightly, there is no danger, but if it burns dimly, or the flame is extinguished, instantaneous death would happen to whoever ventured within. The introduction of slaked lime into such places will speedily render the air pure and capable ot sustaining animal life, because the carbonic acid gas having a chemical affinity for the lime, unites with it, forming a carbonate of lime, and the pure air rushes in to supply the absence of this gas. Ammoniacal water will also effect a similar result, the carbonic acid uniting with it to form a carbonate of ammonia. All apartments in which crowds assemble very often, and tn* Aoids of vessels, should be cleansed and white-washed frequently; or, if white- VENTILATION. 19 washing is not permitted, arrangements should be made by which slaked lime can be kept in various parts of the rooms, and which should be freshly renewed immediately previous to each meeting. Damp cellars should be carefully attended to, especially in hot weather; they should be kept clean, ventilated often, and be sprinkled every week or two with unslaked lime. I have known severe attacks of disease to occur in houses, where, although cleanliness was bestowed upon all that portion above the cellar, this was permitted to remain damp, and accumulate foul and noxious vapors, which originated the attacks referred to. Rooms under ground are always improper places of residence, whether they be used as kitchens, offices, workshops, or as sleeping rooms, and should positively be prohibited by law. But some legislators, as with some parents, pay little attention to the laws of health, and more to the enactment of laws to favor wealth, luxury, and other matters calculated to destroy health, enfeeble the mind, and shorten the duration of life. During the hot summer months, accumu- lations of filth in cellars, rooms, or about houses, or in the public streets, Bhould not be permitted, and where they exist, they should be immediately removed, and the places at which they were collected purified'by sprinkling with lime. Frequent cleaning and white-washing fences, out-houses, and yards, will be found conducive to health, and will abundantly repay the labor thus bestowed. The vapor of sinks or privies is extremely disagreeable and unhealthy, and in warm weather, means should be taken to decompose it. This gas is a combination of sulphur and hydrogen, and is called sulphuretted hydro- gen, or sulphydric acid, and blackens silver, copper, tin, &c, with which it comes in contact, forming sulphurets of these various metals. Ammo- niacal vapor often exists with it, being evolved in the decomposition of urine. Sulphydric acid is very deleterious to animal life, an atmosphere containing one thousandth of its volume of this acid will kill a dog, and one two hundred and fiftieth will destroy a horse. Six or eight pounds of copperas (the commercial sulphate of iron) thrown into a privy, will suffice to decompose the sulphydric acid, and keep the place free from unpleasant odor for two or three months, and will not cost over thirty cents. Every family in cities should be required to use this agent in their privies, two or three times a year. Prepared Charcoal in powder, but in larger quantity, will have a similar effect. In the selection of a city council Board, or Superin- tendents of a city, the inhabitants should appoint only those of intelligence and liberality, and whom they know to be acquainted with the laws of hygiene, for it is only by a rigid observance of these laws that the health of a city can be maintained. There are several cities in this country where from the ignorance of the authorities on these matters, the citizens are no allowed to cast their refuse matter in the street, nor is any course, adopted by which they can get rid of it; the consequence is, that they are obliged to have a collection of putrid matter in or around their houses, and which, in warm weather, is sure to generate disease. And as long as the people passively submit to be the servants and subjects of these Agislators, they 20 AMERICAN FAMILY PHYSICIAN. need not expect much reform on such points. When will the people of a free country learn their true position—that they are the masters—and must have all legislation done correctly, to benefit the mass, and not individuals? The action of the sun's rays upon the atmosphere of the earth produces a condition favorable to health and animal life—or, in other words, the atmosphere becomes more highly vitalized under the influence of the sun's rays; hence, exercise in the open day air, but not immediately under the intense action of the sun, imparts vigor and energy to the system. My own view of this matter is, that the electrical rays of the sun acting upon the electricity of the earth's atmosphere, impart to it a vivifying and highly invigorating power. But when this influence is withdrawn, as during the night, the temperature of the atmosphere becomes reduced several degrees, dew and moisture is formed and deposited, noxious vapors which were compelled to hide themselves from the presence of the sun, stealthily diffuse themselves, and disease is more readily developed. Hence an exposure to night air is always pernicious, more particularly among those who are laboring under, or are disposed to sickness, as well as among those who imprudently expose themselves to its influences. When it becomes neces- sary to brave the night air, the person must be properly clothed, according to the season; in intermittent or other epidemic locations, exercise to any great amount should be avoided; great care should be observed never to leave a room, whether private or public, when in a state of perspiration, at least, without the addition of some extra garment to protect the person from the chill air; and while in the open air of night, moderate exercise, as walking or riding, should be taken. Yet, although the night air is less healthy than that of the day, it is much more healthy than the atmosphere of a confined room, in which several individuals have been sleeping, and hence should always be permitted to circulate in such apartments, when there are no contra-indicating circumstances. The atmosphere in the neighborhood of marshes, or ponds of stagnant water, in consequence of the noxious gases evolved from the decomposition of vegetable matters contained therein, is peculiarly unhealthy, particular! v during the latter part of summer and through the autumnal season • and the pernicious results arising therefrom are more marked during the night from sunset to sunrise. I have not the least doubt, however, that much of the baneful action of marshy emanations, is owing more to the diffusion of microscopic spores of poisonous cryptogamic plants, which are wafted along by the night winds, than to deleterious gases. Wherever there is decom- position of organic matter, there will be found this species of vegetable growth in greater or less abundance ; which if not visible to the naked eye, is readily discoverable by the microscope. Hence, it has frequently hap- pened that on opening an old sewer or place of filth, these spores have been conveyed in a course which caused disease on one side of a street while the opposite side remained healthy. This certainly could not be the case with a gas, which would so diffuse and intermingle itself with the atmosphere, as to affect both sides of a street in a similar manner. VENTILATION. 21 Persons residing in marshy districts usually present undoubted marks of unhealthiness; their countenance is pale or sallow, the limbs and abdomen are frequently bloated, and mental energy is impaired or almost destroyed; they are subject to loss of appetite, indigestion, diarrhea, dysentery, bilious fever, and intermittent fever; and, whatever may be the form of disease under which they labor, one of its most prominent symptoms, is, almost universally, a well-marked periodicity. To preserve perfect health in such locations is almost impossible. The best course for one to pursue, when thus situated, is regularity and temperance in all things; keep the bowels regular, the skin clean, and use a plain, nourishing, but easily digestible diet. The early morning air should be avoided as much as possible, not going out to work or exercise until the atmosphere has experienced the genial influence of the sun's rays, as evidenced by the disappearance of the fog which had been covering the surface of the earth, and then work moder- ately and without haste. On the setting of the sun, retire within the house, all the rooms of which must have been thoroughly ventilated through the day, and close the doors and windows. In damp weather the sleeping apartments, which should never be upon the ground floor, but in the upper story, must be kept dry by having a fire in them through the day, which should be extinguished on retiring to bed. In the fall of the year, fires built close to the marsh will be found advantageous, not by decomposing any poisonous gas, but by creating a current, which will convey the crypto- gamic spores to the flames and thus consume them. Many persons residing in districts to which epidemics are common, espe- cially fever and ague, are, every spring and fall, in the habit of taking some domestic "tonic bitters" every morning previous to breakfast or going out into the morning air, and I have no doubt of its usefulness; these are usually composed of some simple bitter and stimulating agents combined, as, for instance:—Take of Wild Cherry Tree Bark, Black Cohosh Boot, Prickly Ash Bark, Dog Wood Bark, each, in powder, one ounce; Mandrake Root, half an ounce; Cinnamon, Ginger, Cloves, each, two drachms; Capsicum, one drachm;Whisky, four pints. Mix together, *&nd allow the mixture to stand several days, frequently shaking it; the dose is half a wine-glassful every morning. This formula I obtained from a farmer residing in a section of country in which fever and ague is common, who assured me that by using it every fall and spring, his family and laborers were not so liable to "take the chills," as in seasons when its use was neglected. I knew two planters in Mississippi, who, while their neighbors lost a great number of their blacks by a severe form of bilious fever prevail- ing at the time, so managed their own servants, as to lose very few. This was effected by allowing them every morning, before they started for their work, a cup of coffee and some bread. And a similar course pursued in all marshy countries, or locations where epidemics are common, among those who are obliged to commence labor at early dawn, would undoubtedly be found advantageous. These means, beside the stimulus they afford, aid in preserving the bitter principle of the bile, which imparts to the system a 22 AMERICAN FAMILY PHYSICIAN. power of resisting the approach of the above forms of disease. A residence by the sea-side, or an exposure to the sea-air is beneficial to all healthy persons, and the majority of invalids. This air contains a purity and sharpness not to be met with elsewhere, and is especially adapted to patients laboring under forms of disease attributable to the influence of noxious vapors. Scrofula, rickets, chlorosis, many nervous affections, &c, may be materially benefited by frequent sea-bathing and a continued exposure to the influence of sea-air, particularly in situations where the climate is mild and equable; but, as in other instances, cold, damp weather, or sudden changes must be avoided. Many diseases are benefited or cured by a sea- voyage ; this is owing partly to the purity of the air, and partly to the shock experienced by the system from sea-sickness, together with the change of diet, scene, occupation, and the new mental excitement. There is a peculiar substance, found by Schonbein to exist in the atmos- phere, under certain circumstances, to which the name of ozone has been given. It is the most energetic oxidizing substance known, as well as the most effective bleaching principle. In consequence of these properties it acts as a potent disinfectant, consuming the unhealthy emanations which float throughout the air. It is said to be present in the greatest abundance in winter when snow is on the ground; also in open country places, especially those along the sea-coast; as well as directly following a thunder storm. When absent, or deficient in quantity, fatal forms of disease manifest themselves; it was said to be absent especially during the seasons of Asiatic Cholera. When phosphorus is exposed to the action of moist air, ozone may be observed; also, in the spark obtained from the electric machine. Those who wish to discover its presence in the air, may accomplish it by the following means : To fifty grains of distilled water, add five grains of starch, and half a grain of iodide of potassium; moisten a piece of paper with this solution, and dry it. When required for use, moisten the paper with water and expose it to the air; if ozone be present, the paper will become blue, the depth of the color denoting the proportion contained in the atmosphere CHAPTER II. Food.—General Rules for Diet.—Quantity of Food.—Quality of Food.—Meals.—Condiments.—Mastication.—Attentions to the Teeth.—Modes of Cooking. Food or aliment is necessary for the existence of all organized beings but the requisite quantity and quality depends very much upon the cli- cumstances connected with each individual case. Thus, some live entirely FOOD. 23 flapon a vegetable diet, and enjoy excellent health; while with others, a portion of animal food is actually necessary. When I was a young man, I followed a strictly vegetable diet for three years, at which time I became attacked with a scorbutic disease which resisted the various remedies pre- scribed for its removal; by the advice of an old physician I resumed the use of animal food, and the disease left me in a few weeks. I have met with many other individuals upon whom a strictly vegetable diet produced similar influences. General rules for diet are all that can be given, each individual mus make an application of them to himself; for it will be found that many articles viewed and recommended as healthy and nutritious, will produce with some persons much distress, while others can use them with benefit— that one stomach will bear almost anything with impunity, while with another, great care must be observed in selecting suitable food for it to digest. Hence, the necessity of every person being thoroughly acquainted with his own peculiarities in this respect. I am acquainted with a gentle- man with whose stomach every article of diet agrees, save custard; the instant the first teaspoonful reaches his stomach, he is attacked with a diarrhea, which almost always requires medical aid before it can be removed. This has proved a source of much annoyance to him, especially at times when away from home, and when in a moment of forgetfulness he has taken a spoonful of this article, which invariably requires him to leave the table immediately. An author justly remarks, " almost any common food is wholesome to a temperate man, who'preserves his body and his mind in an active but not hurried state; for thus he ventilates and purifies his blood, and brings every fiber of his frame into the best condition for the proper enjoyment and use of life. It is astonishing how much the health is often improved by thinking nothing about it, but just going about one's business, and using the common means of subsistence under the guidance of common sense and a good conscience. But mere ignorance cannot do this, and we must be able to consider before we can reasonably do our duty. Even savages have their rules of health, and no one has ever reached a hale old age without due attention to exercise, air, temperature, rest, and diet. Although the dieting of soldiers and sailors may prove what is the average requirement in respect to food by persons laboriously employed, yet this average itself indicates that nature is very accommodating, or such a vari- ety of constitutions eould not all be treated in the same manner. Positive rules for the direction of appetite are not consistent with nature, and every one who possesses reason will ordinarily find a better guide in his own dis- cretion and good sense than in any dietary that the doctor can direct." In partaking of food, much will depend upon the appetite; if this be healthy or natural, a proper amount of aliment will refresh and invigorate the system; if it be artificial, that is, excited by stimulants of various kinds, not only will the stomach be seriously injured, but irreparable mischief will frequently be done to the system. Some persons form an appetite ef 24 AMERICAN FAMILY PHYSICIAN. habit, that is, accustoming themselves to eat at certain hours, whether the food is required or not, and often without any relish for it; such individ- uals, as well as those who take food without an appetite, are very apt to be complaining that "food does not seem to do them any good," as well as to be laboring under a host of disagreeable symptoms, which speedily destroy health and life. Food taken into the stomach from an artificial appetite, is always imper- fectly digested, and must, as an inevitable consequence, produce disease, if such a course be persisted in; for as soon as the influence of the stimulus has passed, the stomach returns to its original torpid condition, and instead of the food being digested, it decomposes and putrefies, and passes out of the stomach in a condition calculated to create disease and shorten life. I have observed among my own acquaintances, that of those who were in the habit of provoking their appetites by stimulants, the great majority did not live to exceed the prime of manhood, and I have no doubt but that this will be found true generally. When an individual has no desire for food, it is always better not to eat, because an abstinence for a certain period, if not of too long duration, will cause a return of the natural appe- tite ; yet, invalids who have no appetite frequently eat, not that they desire food but because it is the regular hour for meals, and in this manner they perpetuate the want of appetite, and increase the severity and obstinacy of their afflictions. It is much better to pass one, two, or even twelve meals, than to injure the stomach, and consequently the whole system, by forcing food into it, when it is neither craved nor relished. Occasionally the functions of the digestive organs may become so torpid that a mere abstinence from food will not restore them to a healthful activity, and should the person wait for a return of his appetite, serious and permanent mischief might be the consequence. However, in nearly all such cases, an attention to the functions of the skin, and to exercise in the open air, with regularity in sleep, and proper medication, will arouse a sufficient degree of digestive energy for the purposes of animal existence, and which, when developed, may be still further improved by a careful observance of the quantity and quality of the food, as well as of its proper mastication. Very rarely, indeed, is it necessary to provoke an appetite by stimulating the coats of the stomach to a transitory activity, and he who is guilty of such a transgression must not expect to live half of his days. The quantity of food to be taken at a meal, depends entirely upon cir- cumstances; generally, individuals eat nearly twice as much as is neces- sary for the requirements of the system. Laboring persons require more food than those of sedentary professions. But this must be regulated by the age, the amount of exercise, the wear and tear of the body, and the character of the climate, as well as by the composition and digestibility of the food. On an average, a healthy adult, in a temperate climate, who takes moderate exercise daily, may use from twenty-five to thirty-five ounces of solid food per day; if the temperature of his location is consid- erably elevated, much less will suffice, and, if it be considerably dimin- QUANTITY OF FOOD. 25 I ished, more will be required. As a general rule, the proper quantity of food to be taken at one meal can be better determined by the feelings of the person than by any specific formula, provided it be eaten slowly and with a due attention to its thorough mastication. By this I do not mean that individuals should abuse their stomachs and eat to satiety, as this is extremely improper and unhealthy, but that when a sensation of ease, satisfaction, and mental and physical quietude is felt, enough has been received into the stomach. It were generally better for all persons to rise from the table with an appetite, having eaten just sufficient to avoid a defi- nite feeling of satisfaction, and the necessary quantity may be ascertained in a short time, by each one observing, for several meals, what amount of food is required to produce the above-named effect in his particular case. The same rule holds good with patients laboring under chronic disease, but without loss of appetite; fever patients, and others whose appetites are diminished, should never eat largely, nor produce an artificial appe- tite by any means whatever. It may at first be a severe tax to rise from the table, not fully satisfied with what has been eaten, but custom will soon make it easy, and whoever pursues this course will be fully repaid for his forbearance, by a freedom from those discomforts, and unpleasant sensations so frequently following the full indulgence of the appetite. Two meals a day with a moderate refreshment between, are sufficient for health; but they never should exceed three. Breakfast, as a general rule, Bhould be taken soon after rising and dressing, except in those cases where an early breakfast disagrees, and where active exercise before this morning meal appears to benefit the individual. Children are frequently injured by working them or sending them to school, before they have eaten break- fast ; and the danger of infection from contagious disorders, epidemic causes, &c, is greatly enhanced by an exposure to their influences before breakfast. This meal should be of vegetables entirely, using no animal diet at all, and generally speaking, it may be a full, healthy meal, more particularly among laboring people. The dinner should be taken about six hours after breakfast, though many persons who eat only two meals per day, enjoy excellent health by having an interval of eight or ten hours between them. The stomach can easily be made to adapt its wants in this respect to any length of intervals, by attention and cultivation for a few meals. With hard-working men, the dinner may be composed of an equal amount of vegetable and animal food; while with the sedentary, animal diet should be eaten sparingly, and only once or twice a week. A moderate amount of fish, soft-boiled eggs, or oysters, may be substituted for the animal diet with benefit, in all cases where they agree with the system. This meal with a hard-working person should be a full one. Supper is generally an unnecessary meal, and those who can dispense with it, will find it an advantage to health, and to refreshing sleep. Yet those who dine very early, or who exercise actively may find it neces- sary to take a light vegetable meal at the close of the day, in order to allay 26 AMERICAN FAMILY PHYSICIAN. hunger and dispose to sleep. Supper should be light, and ought always to be taken two or three hours before retiring for the night, otherwise it will be very apt to prevent sleep, or occasion an unrefreshing sleep accompa- nied with disagreeable dreams. The habit of taking a lunch or luncheon between meals is a most perni- cious one, particularly to persons not engaged in active exercise. How- ever, the most sedentary sometimes experience a desire for food between their ordinary meals, occasioned frequently by a little more exercise than is usual with them ; laboring people may also require a lunch, especially when extraordinary labor and the depressing influence of heat, produce a sense of fatigue or debility with hunger. In all these cases, the use of ripe fruits will be found more beneficial than any other article that can be used. But no person should provoke an appetite of habit for any species of food, by eating between meals, when the stomach does not call for it; because, if persevered in, it will give rise to some form of disease. The tavern lunch, assisted as it usually is, by one or more draughts of intoxi- cating liquors, is a most dangerous custom, being equally destructive to both the physical and moral health of those who engage in it. Although it is utterly impossible to sustain life upon any single aliment- ary substance, no matter how nutritive it may be, it is by no means proper that a great variety of food should be taken at one meal. Such a course interferes with the functions of digestion, and will ultimately give rise to disease. The fewer the articles of diet used at any meal, the better will it be for the health of the person, and the normal condition of the stomach. An excess of food at any time causes giddiness, lassitude, unea- siness, distension of the stomach, and drowsiness, and if persisted in, will ultimately destroy health and life. And when a person experiences any of these sensations, he is thereby warned that he has eaten too much. Those who are disposed to apoplexy, should eat a nourishing, digestible diet, but always in moderation, and on no account should they permit themselves to sleep after a meal, particularly if it has been a full one, on account of the tendency at this time to an attack of the disease. The quality of the food is a very important consideration. Man is undoubtedly an omnivorous animal, and requires both animal and veget- able food, the first of which yields a much larger amount of nourishment than the latter; but it must not be forgotten that a too highly nutritive diet is as detrimental to health and longevity as that which contains an insufficient quantity of nutriment. Consequently it is better to use animal diet in proportion to the quantity of vegetable which is consumed, accord- ing to the requirements of the constitution. Vegetables require a longer period for digestion than animal diet and are likewise more apt to produce acidity and flatulency; those, however which are cooked, usually digest the more readily, though in this form they are not always adapted to the nutrition of the system, from the fact that the application of heat more or less completely destroys their organization. Animal food digests more readily than vegetable; and though the flesh of QUALITY OF FOOD. 27 young animals is more tender and soluble than that of the adult animal. yet it is frequently less digestible. For instance, it is well known that beef and mutton arc more readily digested, and are more healthful than veal and lamb. Yet vegetable diet affords as much nourishment to the system as animal, and without occasioning as much stimulation, heat, or repletion of the blood-vessels; and, as a general rule, they who use animal food sparingly, have a better appearance, more strength, and more cheerful spirits than those wno partake largely of it; their muscles are likewise firmer and more plump, and their skins more clear and free from disease Animal diet increases the action of the heart and arteries during digestion, renders the blood thicker, richer, and more stimulating, and causes a greater tendency to inflammatory and other forms of disease, than one of a vege- table character. In relation to the kind of food best adapted for use, each individual should observe what articles agree best with his stomach, for it is frequently the case that an article which would be perfectly proper and quite healthful for one class of persons, would produce much derange- ment in others. Again, the inhabitants of one climate will on account of the excessive heat or cold, require directly opposite kinds of food to main- tain health and support life. Thus, the natives of Greenland could not exist unless they largely used oil and fat meats, which causes a large quantity of carbon to be formed in the system, and the combustion of which by the oxygen of the air, produces a great degree of heat, sufficient to enable the system to resist the intense coldness of their climate. Again, in tropical climates, and in temperate latitudes during the hot season, the system requires a smaller quantity of food, and of less carbonaceous quality; because the air being expanded, less oxygen is inhaled at each inspiration than in cold climates; and, when the inhabitants of warm countries consume large quantities of food, an excess of carbonaceous matter is produced in the system, which not being destroyed by the oxygen of the air, engenders disease of the liver, bilious fevers, &c. On the contrary, a deficiency of carbonaceous food in cold countries, or in cold seasons, when there is an excess of oxygen, diminishes the animal temperature^ and gives rise to pulmonic diseases. There is one thing however, which I may state here, and that is, that many vegetables are rich in carbon, containing it probably more largely than animal flesh; and, no doubt, a diet from such vegetables would be more beneficial to even those residing in cold countries, than the excess of animal food so commonly used. Intellectual activity is very much diminished by an excessive use of flesh, while on the contrary, those who eat sparingly of it, have a greater degree of intellectual and moral power. This fact may be readily ascertained by comparing meat-eating nations with those whose fare is principally derived from the vegetable kingdom. Children require much less animal food than adults, and females than males, and whatever may be the custom or business of an individual, the 28 AMERICAN FAMILY PHYSICIAN. quantity of animal food should be greatly diminished in warm weather; in- deed, for the sedentary, and those of full habit, it were better to eschew meat entirely during the hot months of the year. In cold weather, a more stimulating and persistent nourishment is needed than in summer, and a certain amount of animal food will generally be of benefit, more espe- cially to those of active, laboring habits. There is no doubt that an excess of animal diet vitiates the fluids of the system; and we most commonly find that those who are laboring under " humors," as scrofula, cancer, cutaneous diseases, &c, are either great flesh-eaters themselves, or their immediate predecessors were. Animals are as liable to disease as human beings, and however apparently pure their flesh may be, a tendency to disease is imparted to those who consume it. But when the animal itself is diseased, by the pernicious habit of stall- feeding, to fit it for our markets, or by a forced driving from country pastures, the deleterious consequences arising from the use of their flesh as food must be, as is evident to every discerning mind, of a serious character. Large flesh-eaters, and especially those in country places where pork in some form is eaten at every meal, are very liable to epidemic and malignant diseases; and thousands have died of typhoid, bilious, and congestive fevers, of dysenteries, of cholera, small pox, &c, who might have been saved, il their systems had not been vitiated by the gross character of their food. And among children, those who are the greatest flesh-eaters, are more subject to worms, diarrhea, &c. Condiments should generally be avoided, because they generally over- stimulate the stomach, causing an artificial demand for more food than is necessary, and a repetition of which must ultimately weaken, if not actu- ally disease that organ. The plainer and simpler the diet, the greater will be the mental and physical health and strength. Hence, persons who are constantly indulging in high-seasoned food, rich puddings and pastry, mince pies, plum pudding, plum cake, hot bread, &c, are as constantly suffering from some kind of affliction, for which they are obliged to be almost constantly under the physician's care. It is not necessary, however, that food should be unpalatable, because if this is the case, the stomach will refuse it; it should be plain, nutritious, and palatable, and sufficient should be eaten to prevent the system from becoming debilitated. In speaking of the various articles of diet separately, a few pages beyond, further reference will be made to the above points. The manner of eating is by no means a trifling consideration; it is as important to health and proper digestion, as an attention to the quantity and quality of the food. But to witness the major portion of American meals, and especially at public places, one would suppose that it was a matter of no interest how food was eaten, so it became safely lodged in the stomach. A stranger to the habits of this country, on witnessing a meal on a steamboat, or at a hotel, would be led to believe either that the par- takers thereof were eating on a wager, and that the first one from the table would be winner, or that the meal was so obnoxious a task, that every one MANNER OF EATING. 29 endeavored to hasten through it as rapidly as possible, pouring soups, fish, meats, custards, pies, liquor, nuts, oranges, raisins, &c, into the stomach en masse, without regard to quantity, or their preparation for the digestive organs. No wonder that headaches, dyspepsia, consumption, hepatic affec- tions, and premature old age, are so common among us; and especially, when we consider that the destructive influences of such a course are most generally aided by a want of exercise, various dissipations, &c. For at least half an hour previous to a meal, and an hour after, more especially with the dinner or principal meal, active bodily and mental exer- cise should be avoided as much as possible; thus, running, long and hur- ried walking, protracted speaking or singing, serious or active study or thought, &c, are exceedingly improper at such times. The individual should endeavor to compose his system, and thus prepare his stomach for the meal, and maintain this state of quietude for about an hour after finishing the meal, in order not to interfere with the digestive action. Such a course will permit the stomach to properly digest the food, prevent disease, impart strength and nourishment, and entirely obviate a tendency to dyspepsia. During a meal, little or no fluid of any kind should be drank, as it distends the stomach, dilutes the gastric juice, impairing its -digestive solvency, and thereby increasing a disposition to gastric affections. Observe animals in this respect, they never eat and drink at the same time. When drink is taken during or soon after a meal, it should not be too cold nor too hot, but moderately warm ; because heat being necessary to digestion, the cold beverage arrests the digestive process, causes the food to remain undi- gested in the stomach, often for several hours, thus producing dyspepsia, obstructions, &c; and if the drink be too hot, the stomach is too much stimulated, from which, when reaction takes place, results debility, and loss of action of the organs concerned in the function of digestion. Powerful mental excitement should be avoided immediately previous to, during, or for some time after a meal, especially anger; many a person disposed to apoplexy, epilepsy, or other form of disease, has brought on a fatal attack by eating immediately after some intense excitement of the mind, and even by becoming angry after a temperate meal. Sexual cohab- itation after a meal, is frequently indulged in; this is exceedingly perni- cious, and though in the young adult it may be practiced with apparent impunity, it will certainly and invariably give rise to some permanent and serious disease'if persisted in. A meal should always be made a time of mental and physical relaxation ; instead of the gloomy, melancholy, and hurriedly anxious appearance of our mysteriously taciturn eaters, who, at a meal, resemble criminals, instead of honest, intelligent individuals,—cheerfulness and sociability should prevail; conversation of a light, interesting character should be indulged in, so that all, even to children at the table, may participate; the meal should be consumed leisurely, without hurry, or any unpleasant, con- strained feelings, each one endeavoring to render his neighbors happy and 30 AMERICAN FAMILY PHYSICIAN. cheerful, and thus secure these same feelings for himself. At hast, ha i an hour should be devoted to a meal; money-worshippers may despise this remark, but the day for regret and suffering from an inattention to these rules, is certain to come ; let all who value health and happiness, be strictly observant in these matters. How many are there, who have gained riches at the expense of health, and instead of enjoying their possessions, are rapidly parting with them to the physician, &c, in the vain endeavor to regain former health and strength ? To destroy the constitution in the desire to amass a fortune, and then to dispense with this fortune that the system may be restored to its former condition, seems to me folly in the extreme; a life so passed is truly a misspent one. Food must always be well and finely masticated before it is swallowed,— the finer the better; and the act of chewing or masticating, instead of being rapid, as is too often the case, should be performed with care and moderation, taking ample time to perfect the complete mastication of the food, thereby inviting a flow of saliva to the mouth, which, by mixing with the food, assists in its thorough digestion in the stomach, and, at the same time prevents us from putting into the stomach more food than is really required for health. Fast eaters seldom masticate their food sufficiently, hence they not only throw into the stomach a quantity of solid matter not fitted and prepared for the digestive powers, but from the rapidity with which it is "bolted down," the stomach does not begin to fully realize its presence until too much has been received into it, and dyspepsia must undoubtedly be the result. Parents are inflicting a serious injury upon their children by urging them to eat fast; indeed, a great part of the dyspepsia of adult age may be traced to the endeavor of the child to obey that so frequently repeated command,—'-nuike haste, eat faster,—I am in a hurry, and don't want the table to stand here all day." At some of our hydropathic establishments, they constantly recommend a slow mastication of food, but take great care not to place any before their patients, that they can masticate; the food being principally rice, corn, &c. well seasoned with a large supply of water. Slops of this kind used daily, are as injurious to the stomach, as improperly masticated, solid food. 'Minuteness of division of solid food is an essential and important aid to digestion; for the performance of this preparatory measure, nature has provided us with cutting and grinding teeth,—they are certainly necessary, or else they would not be present. They are placed in our mouths for use, for the preservation of our health and lives by a proper employment ol them. These facts are well known ; the toothless undoubtedly appreciate them, for they find artificial teeth valuable adjuvants to the gastric opera- tions. By shewing, the saliva flows into the mouth and mixes with the food, and it must be remembered that this is an important office, because the saliva and other fluids of the mouth contain ingredients of much value in digestion. I have frequently cured the worst cases of dyspepsia by advising the patient to let all medicine alone, confine himself exclusively CARE OF THE TEETH. 31 to an animal diet, and use a3 little fluid as possible; the meats are not to be Bwallowed, nor must any efforts at swallowing be attempted, but he must continue chewing, chewing, and chewing slowly and carefully, each mouth- ful, until there is nothing left in the mouth, when another mouthful may be operated on in the same manner. I prefer animal diet, in these cases, because it is less apt to produce flatulency than vegetable, and, because an amount of nourishment may be obtained from a much smaller quantity ; by the constant and incessant chewing, the food becomes finely divided and prepared for the stomach, and so intimately mixed with the fluids of the mouth as to form almost a perfect fluid, in which state it finds its way into the stomach unconsciously, and without any effort on the part of the patient. When in the stomach, it is so thoroughly fitted for the digestive action as to call forth no unnatural exertion of this organ, which has thus an opportunity of gradually recovering its healthy condition. Beside, the food being thus slowly and carefully passed into the stomach, the patient be- comes satisfied with a much less quantity than if it were more rapidly swal- lowed, and less perfectly masticated. Good teeth are essential to good mastication and healthy digestion, and as many persons are not aware of the value of teeth, or of the method of preserving them, a few words here, relative thereto, may not be out of place. A writer observes :—"The expression and general appearance of the face, depend much upon the condition of the teeth. If they are perfect, regular, pure, and clean, they contribute more to beauty, than any of the other features; but if neglected, diseased, or incrusted with an offensive accumu- lation, they excite in the beholder both pity and disgust." The teeth are destroyed from three causes : First, An inattention to their cleanliness and a healthy condition of the gums; Second, From the use of mercurials, which invariably and permanently destroy them ; and Third, From a peculiar condition of the system, as we frequently witness in persons of strumous habits, whose teeth, notwithstanding every care, rapidly decay. These last two causes can only be remedied, the one, by an avoidance of all mercurial agents, the other, by treatment to remove or change the diathesis of the person; and with both, the following additional measures should be rigidly pursued : When food is permitted to remain between the teeth, it undergoes decom- position, giving rise to lactic and other acids that corrode the enamel, and ultimately destroy the teeth; beside which, the presence of this decomposed food, causes a very offensive breath, rendering it sickening to converse with a person, and in some cases, is almost insupportable; frequently, a whole room will be filled with the stench arising from a person's mouth who is neglectful of his teeth. Now, whatever right an individual may have, to do witlthis own person as may seem to him proper, he certainly has no right to offend the senses or feelings of those around him, nor force upon them the baneful effects of an inattention to cleanliness. I know of nothing more repulsive than to converse with, and inhale the breath of, a person from whose mouth emanates a most fetid odor—it is nauseating, loathsome in the extreme— 32 AMERICAN FAMILY PHYSICIAN. ind yet strange to say, such persons are commonly the ones who cannot converse with another unless their mouths are placed almost in contact with his face. This unpleasant condition may be removed and prevented by a very simple process, namely, that of drawing a piece of flnss silk, or linen thread (waxed), through the teeth, daily, and thereby dislodging the accu- mulations between them; a tooth-pick will partially accomplish this, but not so effectually as the waxed thread. In addition to this, the teeth should be brushed every morning, at least, with a brush and water, or some one o the mixtures named below. The greater part of the tooth brushes, as made at the present day by manufacturers, are impositions, and really good for nothing, for after having been employed a few times, the bristles will fall out, to the discomfort and annoyance of those who use them; great care should, therefore, be taken in purchasing a brush, to select a good one, the manufacture of some well-known and reputable brush-maker. An accumulation of deposit from the fluids of the mouth, called tartar, and which consists chiefly of the phosphate of lime, is very apt to take place on the teeth, especially if they are not cleansed daily. If this deposit is allowed to remain, it causes a retraction of the gums with exposure of the neck of the tooth, spongy gums, foul breath, decay of the teeth, &c. When- ever it cannot be removed by brushing the teeth, a good dentist should be called upon to remove it. And in order to secure good teeth, prevent them from decay, or arrest this when it is present, every individual should consult a dentist every four or six months, having him to inspect the teeth. But be careful to employ a well-educated dentist, for there are hundreds of impos- tors in the country, who have ruined thousands of teeth, and have been the means of creating an unjust prejudice against intelligent dentists. The following rules will tend to keep the teeth good to an advanced age: 1. Be careful not to hold any fluid or solid substance in the mouth, either too hot or too cold ; and be very particular not to bite or mash any hard substances, as nuts, &c, with the teeth. 2. Have the teeth examined twice or three times a year, by a competent dentist. 3. Prevent any accumulation of tartar on the teeth. 4. After every meal, thoroughly cleanse the mouth with clear water; and once every day cleanse the spaces between the teeth, by a waxed thread as before stated. 5. Every morning, and every night if possible, clean the teeth with a stiff brush, and one of the following preparations; and in using the brush, do not confine it to the front surface of the teeth, but pass it thoroughly over the top^of the grinding teeth, and on the backs of all.* a. Take of prepared Chalk, one ounce; pulverized gum Myrrh, three scruples; Camphor, five grains; water, a sufficient quantity. *I am aware that many persona consider this course as too much trouble, they want a quickei and less laborious method of effecting this result, the consequence is that in a few years their teeth rapidly decay. In one of cleanly habits, these attentions to the person are never neglected nor hurried through with. ' CARE OF THE TEETH. 33 'b. Take burnt Alum, Sal Ammoniac, and common salt, of each, in powder, equal parts; water, a sufficient quantity. c. Take of prepared Chalk, Peruvian bark, powdered old Windsor soap, each, equal parts; combine them with a sufficient quantity of tincture of Rhatany root to form a thki paste. This will be found very beneficial in cases where the gums are soft and spongy, bleeding upon the slightest touch, and the teeth are loose. d. Another very good application for soft, spongy gums, is equal parts of tinctures of Tannic acid and gum Myrrh. e. My colleague, Prof. C. H. Cleaveland, recommends the following as an excellent wash for the teeth : Take of tincture of Myrrh, tincture of Peru- vian bark, tincture of Gentian root, each, one fluidounce; Aqua Ammonia, one fluidrachm ; pure water, half a pint. Mix together, and use with a brush, after each meal. Charcoal is frequently used as a tooth powder, but it is objectionable. Some persons state that it cuts or scratches the enamel, but whether it does or not, one thing is certain, it is very apt to insinuate itself between the gums and teeth, and acting as an irritant, injure both. Were it not for this objection it would form a very good tooth powder, being a well-known antiseptic, correcting putrefaction, and purifying tainted substances. From the fact that charcoal is used by blacksmiths in polish- ing steel, to take out the marks made by the file, there can be no doubt of its mischievous influence upon the enamel of the teeth when used as a dentrifice. The crust of bread, burned, forms a charcoal which is not objectionable on the above account. 6. Never take any mercurial medicines, for any purpose whatever. 7. Keep the stomach in a good state by a moderate and unstimulating diet, for the secretions of the mouth are generally in sympathy with the stomach. Whenever a bad taste in the mouth is experienced, and no active medicine is required, reduce the diet a little, and occasionally take a dose of cold water with a little lemon juice. 8. Whenever the tooth aches, for a permanent cure apply to a dentist. However, where a dentist cannot be had, or where circumstances do not permit of the immediate removal of the diseased tooth, relief may be pro- cured by one of the following preparations: a. Take of Alum in fine powder, two drachms; nitric Ether, seven flui- drachms. Mix together, apply to the tooth on cotton, having first cleansed out the cavity. b. Dissolve gum Copal in Chloroform; clean out the decayed cavity, and introduce the solution on cotton. c. Take of oil of Cloves, oil of Cajeput, oil of Amber, Camphor, each equal parts. Rub well together, and apply in the same manner as with the pre- vious ones. d. Take of Xanthoxylin, two drachms; powdered Opium, powdered Cam- phor, of each, one drachm; oil of Cloves, ten drops. Mix, and triturate in a Wedgewood mortar until a paste is formed. Apply as above. e, Take of Opium, Nitre, each, two drachms; Camphor, one drachm and a 3 34 AMERICAN FAMILY PHYSICIAN. half; powdered Nutgalls, four drachms; Alcohol, three fluidounces. Mis and digest for fourteen days. Apply as in the previous instances. The wisdom teeth as they are usually termed, are of but little importance in mastication, and almost always decay at a very early period. They should always be extracted as soon as possible, whether decayed or not, as by retaining them, they are apt to hasten caries of the other teeth by press- ing them more closely upon each other, thereby preventing the intervals between them from being properly cleansed. By having them extracted early, this pressure is obviated, and the remaining teeth can more readily be preserved to a good old age by an attention to the rules above given. Those articles of food, such for instance as meats, amylaceous substances, &c, which are not eaten until cooked, are generally prepared to suit the taste of persons, either by boiling, roasting, broiling, baking, stewing, or frying; and, as there is an essential difference in the digestibility and nutri- tive character of the same article when differently prepared, a few remarks on the several modes of cooking will be proper. The preparation of food demands as much attention as its selection ; because, the most nutritious and appropriate articles may be rendered innu- tritious and indigestible by an improper method of cooking. Food should not be decomposed by cooking, but merely disintegrated, so as to facilitate its decomposition and digestion in the stomach; too much, or too long- continued heat decomposes animal substances, impairs their nutritive prin- ciples, and renders them unfit for diet. So also does the preservation of them by artificial means, as salting, smoking, and pickling; either of these means tend more or less to impair the digestibility of animal flesh, by increasing the hardness of its texture, and combining with it some foreign substance, which cannot be separated from it in cooking. Perhaps the best and least objectionable mode of preserving fish, meat, and fruit, is by sugar. It has the advantage over salt, in not rendering meat less savory nor less nutritive, and in preventing putrefaction with a much smaller quantity. Pyroligneous acid, is likewise an useful preventive; meat and fish dipped in it for a few minutes, may be preserved for months without having their virtues injured, and without being attacked by insects. When this acid is used, the substances should be confined so as to prevent evaporation, other- wise, if exposed for a length of time in the open air, the acid evaporates, and decomposition ensues from the action of the atmosphere. Boiling is probably the most eligible mode of cooking, it softens the ani- mal fiber, renders it more pulpy, and thus enables it to be more readily and effectually acted upon by the juices of the stomach. It undoubtedly decomposes some parts of the meat, depriving it of a portion of its nutri- tive properties, solidifying the albumen, and changing the gelatine into a glutinous matter, but still it does not so alter the relation of the elements in meat, as to materially diminish its nutritious qualities. Much, however depends on the manner in which the process is conducted; if the boilin°- be too quick, the albuminous matter of the meat is coagulated, the outside of the flesh is rendered hard while the interior is not sufficiently done, and the MODES OF COOKIXO. 35 digestibility of the meat is much diminished; if the boiling be too slow, or too long-continued, a hard and indigestible substance may be obtained, or, if this be not the case, the nutritive quality of the meat will be considerably lessened. The best method of boiling meat, so as to preserve its juices. secure its tenderness, and not materially diminish its nutrient qualities, is, to first boil the water briskly, then introduce the meat, continue the boil- ing for a few minutes, and then diminish the temperature of the water to 165° or 170°, by adding sufficient cold water—so as to keep the fluid in that Btate which approaches more to simmering than boiling—at which temper- ature it may be kept for two or three hours. In this way all meat, except poultry, should be prepared for invalids and the dyspeptic. Beef, mutton, and other matured animal meats are always more tender and juicy when boiled in hard water, because a layer of coagulated albu- men is more readily produced on their surfaces, preventing the escape of their juices. On the contrary, fish should always be boiled in soft water, as their firmness and consequent indigestibility is proportioned to the hard- ness of the water. Soups, broths, and jellies, require soft water. Boiling dissolves the cell-walls of vegetable substances, deprives them of a quantity of air, and renders them more soluble in the stomach. Long Bimmering is preferable to boiling, so that they may be perfectly softened throughout, but in no part quite dissolved. Rain, or soft water with a little Bait is better adapted to vegetables, such as potatoes, cabbage, greens, corn, turnips, cauliflower, peas, &c, and these always require a long boiling, because they are rendered indigestible and highly injurious, when boiled too little. Potatoes are most nutritious and digestible when boiled so as to* be neither waxy nor mealy, but so softened as to be readily mashed. Over- boiling lessens their nutritive quality. Roasting is the next best method of cooking; by this process, flesh is de- prived of part of its water, its fat is liquefied, partially escaping, its albumen is coagulated, and its fibrine corrugated. As the roasting proceeds, the sur- face of the substance acted upon becomes gradually darker colored, and finally scorched; and its tendinous portions are rendered viscid and tender. Meats when roasted should not be underdone, nor overdone—the popular idea is that when underdone they are more nourishing, but this is an error; beside, underdone roasted meats are less digestible and consequently less nutritious, than when well done. Boiling extracts the gelatine of flesh, while roasting does not. By boiling, beef loses one-fourth of its weight, and mutton one-fifth, but, by roasting they lose one-third. The starch grains of vegetables are rendered more or less sc'ubleby roasting, and thus many of them are rendered more digestible and u itritive than they would be in the raw state. Vegetable albumen is coagulau-1 by roasting. Broiling produces changes in meat similar to those *aused by roasting, but the process is more rapid. The outside surface becomes suddenly browned or hardened, preventing the internal juices from evaporating, so that the meat is rendered peculiarly tender, and more savory than when rbasted. For dyspeptics and those of delicate Btomachs, broiled meats are not as well fitted as when boiled. 36 AMERICAN KAMILY PHYSICIAN. Baking, when mismanaged and not attended to, is a very objectionable mode of cooking meats, and has probably, from this cause, created some prejudices against it; but when properly managed, it is the most economi- cal, the least troublesome, and the most useful method of preparing nearly every kind of food. Most usually, too much heat is employed, which decom- poses the fat, and produces a disagreeable and injurious empyrcuma, which renders the meat unpalatable and indigestible. But if the heat be properly regulated, and especially if the substance baking be slightly covered so as to prevent scorching and drying, the meat will be rendered tender and juicy, of the flavor of a roasfc, having its nutritious particles preserved, and without any decomposition or waste. Baked meat pies, and particularly when the pastry is rich with butter, are more difficult of digestion, than meat baked without any pastry. Dyspeptics, and those whose stomachs are weak, should avoid all baked food, except it be light amylaceous puddings made of arrow-root, sago, tapioca, rice, &c. Stewing is objectionable; it deprives the meat of much of its juices, and decomposes, in a greater or less degree, the fatty and gelatinous portions. The fluid in which meat is stewed contains a great part of its nutritious elements, but, being too fluid, they cannot be digested, until their watery parts have been absorbed by the stomach. Stews are not adapted as food for the sedentary and dyspeptic, and if they are habitually partaken of. they will eventually produce painful and dangerous symptoms of disease. They are rendered still more indigestible and unfit for the stomach, when various spices, butter, wine, or other stimulating ingredients are added to improve their flavor. Frying is the most objectionable of all the modes of cooking. The heat is applied to the meat through the medium of boiling fat, or oil, which is rendered extremely indigestible and obnoxious to the stomach, on account of the chemical changes which are thereby effected. Invalids, conva- lescents, and dyspeptics, should never eat fries, as eggs, oysters, pancakes, omelettes, fritters, fried fish, liver, pork, beef, mutton, &c. CHAPTER III. Articles of Animal Diet.—Meats.—Poultry.—Fish__Eaas__ Milk.—Butter. ™ ' The articles from which food is prepared are very various, whether derived from the animal or vegetable kingdom ; and as some of them are preferable to others on account of their being more readily digested, and their different nutritive powers, a brief reference to them will be necessary. I will com- BEEF. 37 mence with those from the animal kingdom, first observing that dark colored meat is usually more digestible and nourishing than the white meat of ani- mals, on account of its containing a greater amount of fibrin; and the same may be said of the flesh of animals which are permitted to roam unrestrain- edly in the open air, when compared with that of confined and stall-fed beasts. Again, the meat of hunted animals is tenderer and more digestible than those which are killed without any previous exercise. The flesh of the female animal is almost always more savory than that of the male, while that of a castrated or spayed animal is still more so. All meats have their diges- tibility as well as nutrient qualities impaired by salting and smoking. Hence, although salted meats may be eaten by healthy persons of active habits, yet as a general rule, they are unfit for convalescents, dyspeptics, and those of sedentary occupations. Beef is a very healthy, nutritious, and easily digested meat; it should be soft, pliable, fat, and taken from an animal neither too young nor too old, and perfectly free from disease. Its fat part is not so easily digested as its lean, hence, the great accumulation of fat upon prize beef does not contribute any to its value; though, unless some fat be present, the lean part is not so apt to be juicy and tender. The tongue as well as the tripe, are not so easily digestible as other parts, and are, therefore, not proper food for dys- peptics and those having weak stomachs. Properly cornfed animals, that have had plenty of exercise in the open air, furnish the most healthy and delicious meat. The best mode of cooking beef is by boiling or roasting; though beef- steaks are by no means indigestible, when, properly managed. To be whole- some, beef must not be too much done, nor underdone. As an article of diet for convalescent persons, it is best prepared in the form of beef tea. which should be made as follows:—Cut half a pound of the lean part of a good rump-steak into thin slices, put these in a dish, sprinkle a little salt over them, and pour on them a pint of boiling water. Cover the dish with a plate, and set it over a very gentle fire, that it may steep, not boil, for an hour. Then put the whole into a pan, cover it, and allow it to boil for fifteen minutes; after which strain off the fluid from the meat through a fine sieve or napkin. If this tea be too strong, it can be reduced by the addition of boiling water. Generally, the firmer texture of beef renders it less readily digestible than mutton, on which account this latter is the preferable meat for convalescents. Dried or smoked beef forms a palatable and wholesome relish for healthy stomachs, but the meat having been impaired in its digestibility by drying, salting, and smoking, it is not adapted to the weakly and dyspeptic. The density of fiber of every kind of animal food is very much lessened by keep- ing it for a certain length of time before cooking, and which is owing to an incipient decomposition having ensued; but great care should be taken not to allow this process to advance so far as to taint the meat in the slightest degree, for it would be very apt to give rise to disease, or, in convalescents, cause a relapse. 38 AMERICAN FAMILY PHYSICIAN. Mutton is probably more easily digested than any other animal food, being at the same time highly nourishing and healthful. . The flesh of the castrated animal, or wether-mutton, is by far more palatable and more digestible than that of the male animal; this last is coarse, and so strong and unsavory that many persons cannot eat it at all. Ewe-mutton is also preferable to the male, if the animal is not above three years old. For convalescents, dys- peptics, and persons of weak stomachs, there is no meat so wholesome and digestible as wether-mutton: it is best cooked by boiling. A mutton-tea may be prepared for invalids as follows:—Cut half a pound of the lean part of good mutton, into thin slices, put these in a dish, with a pint of boiling, soft water. Cover the dish with a plate, and set it over a very gentle fire, that it may steep for an hour. Then put the whole into a pan, cover it, and allow it to boil for half an hour, after which strain off the fluid through a fine sieve or napkin. If it is desired to add barley to this, an ounce of pearl barley, previously washed and macerated in boiling water for an hour, may be boiled with the mutton-tea—separating the barley on straining. From the tendency of sheep to disease, care must be taken never to eat the meat of a diseased animal. Venison is a nourishing, palatable, healthful, and easily digested meat, and from the fact that the deer is usually killed in the chase, its flesh, like most varieties of game, is more tender than that of domestic animals killed in the ordinary way, and by some is considered a greater delicacy. Pork is usually considered a savory, nutritious meat, not so digestible, however, nor even so healthful, as beef or mutton. I consider it a very unwholesome meat, notwithstanding its extensive preparation and use in this country; because, in addition to its greater indigestibility, it is almost always diseased. There is hardly a hog fattened for the market but what labors under a measly condition, or a tuberculous affection of the liver, or kidneys, or perhaps both, as well as of other organs, and it is no uncommon thing for people eating pork to cut or bite into hardened tubercles in various parts of the lean, and especially of the fat of the meat. Surely, the meat of a diseased animal cannot be healthy, and yet this diseased meat forms the principal part of the diet of an immense portion of our population. No wonder that diseases of the skin, scrofula, cancer, disordered digestive organs, &c, are so common in those sections of the country where it is so constantly eaten; or, that epidemics, as dysenteries, typhoid fevers, &c, prove so fatal, when they occur among a class of people whose principal diet is pork in some form, but more generally that known as bacon. I have seen persons cut into a piece of pork containing tubercles, and actually eat it, even after having been told it was diseased—so great was their reverence for pork. I have no doubt but that, with many persons, the use of whiskey, peach-brandy apple-brandy, or other alcoholic drinks, lessens the immediate effects of the influence of pork upon their systems, for it is a well-ascertained fact, that these liquors will prevent or suspend the activity of tuberculous affections for a long time, frequently effecting apparent cures. But then, the remedy is by far a greater evil, than the pork-eating; it were much better to use MEASLES IN PORK.--SAUSAGES. 39 neither. Bestow the same attention upon raising beef and mutton, and it will give better results, both as regards health and pecuniary profit Fig. 1. The animal in Measly Pork magnified. 1. Th« One of the Teeth great- Even when the flesh of pork is healthy, it is not so wholesome and digestible as other meats, be- ing better adapted to those whose stomachs are healthy and strong, and whose occupations are active and laborious; and in all cases, its long-continued use will invariably give rise to disease, sooner or later in life. And as many will con- tinue to use it, notwithstanding its unwholesomeness, a few re- marks may be made in reference to its several modes of preparation. Pork should never be eaten by dyspeptics, by those of sedentary habits, nor by those who are in- clined to corpulency, or are liable to affections of the skin, scrofula, or other tuberculous forms of dis- ease. The flesh of the sucking pig or shoat, is considered a dain- ty relish, but it is much less di- gestible than the matured meat, and frequently affects the bowels in a violent manner. Teeth or Booklets. ly magnified. When the sides and flanks of a full-grown hog are salted and dried, (and frequently smoked,) it is called bacon. It is a strong, exciting article of food, hard to digest, and fit only for robust persons who work hard. The best method of cooking it, is to boil it with vegetables; when fried, with or without eggs, it is unhealthy and is not fit to eat. When the thigh, or ham of the hog, is salted and smoked, it forms ham, a stimulating food, fit only for laborious persons, and which on account of its difficult digestibility frequently disagrees with many. It proves whole- some only to those with whom it agrees. It is best cooked by boiling; when fried, it is rendered very indigestible, and should not be eaten by dyspeptics and persons of sedentary occupations. Sausages may be prepared from the boiled flesh of several animals; in this country they are principally made from pork. The meat is made-fine, seasoned with salt, pepper, and spices, and is eaten in this state, or more commonly dried and smoked. They are a very indigestible article of diet, being scarcely fit for the stomach of the robust and hardy; and they should be especially rejected by the sedentary and dyspeptic. When exposed for any length of time to dampness, they are liable to experience certain chemi- cal changes which render them poisonous. 40 AMERICAN FAMILY PHYSICIAN, In the Journal of Organic and Medical Chemistry, is the following;—■ "Hog's lard, when fresh, is composed of stearine, margarine, andoleine; but, when rancid, it contains several poisonous acids, and a yellow coloring matter. Pork contains more oleine, (a fusible, oily matter, incapable of assimilation,) than other varieties of this class of meats. According to Brande, pork con- tains 76 per cent, of water, 19 of albumen and fibrine, and 5 of gelatine. To- tal of nutritious matter, twenty-four parts in a hundred. We see, then, that the pork-eater not only takes a greater amount of this indigestible mat- ter into his stomach, than those who do not feast on swine dainties, but he is much more liable to disease. * * * * We defy all hog-eaters, chem- ists, or physiologists, to prove that swine's flesh is a healthy article of diet. * * * * Since the days of Moses, no small portion of the human family have looked upon the swine as an impure animal, and entirely unfit for food. Its impurity consists, not merely in the common mode of rearing the domestic swine with the most filthy offscouring from every thing foul and corrupt, which constantly distends his diseased carcass; but it consists in a disease purely scrofulous in its character, which is inherent and peculiar to the hog, and is constantly being developed, especially in the pig-stye. How of- ten does the farmer, or those engaged in the fatting of swine, on beholding their swelled appearance, imagine them quite ready for slaughter, when a! their subsequent visit to the pen they find them dead! Now all will agree that this pork is not fit for food. Why? not because it is a dead mass, but because it died of disease. Now, suppose this swine had been butchered the day previous to its death by disease, would not the pork have been called good? Could the eater of that meat have detected the disease by the taste ? We think not. It is evident, therefore, that not only would the pork have been considered good, but in its assimilation to the system, the consumer would have partaken of the disease. (Kidney-worm so common to swine, is but a form of tuberculous disease—a kind of hydatid.) " The name scrofula had its origin in the well-known fact that it was a dis- ease peculiar to swine. The analysis of the blood of scrofulous subjects shows that it differs materially from that of healthy individuals. In the for- mer there is an excess of serum, and a deficiency of albumen and fibrin. Hence, the solids formed from this blood are feeble, lax, and incapable ol resisting exposure, fatigue, and disease. It is true, that for the most part, scrofula is hereditary, still there are many well-marked cases of the acquired disease, from the use of pork. " Dr. Marcey, speaking of the origin of scrofula, remarks. 'Let him (the pork-eater) see in the slaughter-house how often tha internal organs and surfaces of the vile carcas^es^will be studded with tuberculous formations or scrofula, and then let him return to pork, like a dog to his vomit if he chooses." " A strong corroboration of our views is found in the fact, that in all those countries where the swine is forbidden to be used as food scrofula is almost unknown. The same law obtains with the Jews, who, abidino- by the precepts of their religion, inhabit almost every climate and country ^and are Bcarcely ever afflicted with scrofula. VEAL.--LAMB.--SALTED MEATS.--GAME.--POULTRY. 41 " It is absurd to argue that flesh contaminated with scrofulous miasm cannot communicate to the healthy body, after digestion, its morbid particles. The poison pervades every atom of the affected flesh, and no washing or digesting can destroy or banish the noxious qualities." Veal, or the flesh of the calf, is not so digestible as beef; it contains a large amount of gelatinous substance, as is the case with the meat of all young animals. The best mode of cooking is by roasting or baking. Broth made from veal generally produces a laxative influence on the bowels, and may be used with advantage by persons subject to constipation. A tea of veal made in the same manner as beef-tea, from a fillet or knuckle of veal, is sometimes of advantage to the invalid. Calves' feet Jelly is a very useful article for convalescents, being nutritious, grateful to the palate, and easy of digestion when used in small quantities. Like all other concentrated aliment it is not so readily changed into chyle, as many other articles holding a less amount of nutriment. It is an improper diet for dyspeptics. It is usually obtained by boiling calves' feet in water, for a long time, straining and clarifying the decoction, and allowing it to cool; sometimes it is previously sweetened with sugar; the addition of spices, wine, &c, renders it an improper diet for weak stomachs, convalescents, &c. Lamb, is a wholesome diet for persons in health, it is less stimulating and less solid than mutton, but is not so digestible. It maybe used by convales- cents, but not by dyspeptics and persons laboring under affections of the stomach, with whom it will generally be found to disagree. A lamb should not be killed too young for diet; at the age of from five to seven months is prefer- able to an earlier period. Salted Meats, as before observed, are less nutritious, and harder to digest than fresh meats. They should always be thoroughly boiled, and eaten with a good proportion of vegetable food. The fat of meats is very nutritious, and requires strong digestive powers, hence it is not so suitable for the sedentary, dyspeptics, and persons of weak stomachs. When eaten it should always be with at least an equal amount of lean meat, and some bread, rice, potato, or other farinaceous article of diet. Too much fat causes uneasiness, weight, oppression, eructations, and affections of the digestive apparatus. It is posi- tively unhealthy when fried, or roasted; and should never be allowed to child- ren and invalids in any form. Game, or birds and beasts, living in a natural state, and which are killed in this condition, are in general more healthful, when cooked in a plain man- ner than the same animals, when tamed, and killed in the usual mode. Pordtry, by which is generally meant all farm-yard birds, as chickens, hens, ducks, turkies, &c, are generally very digestible and healthy food for persona having stomachs free from disease. Chickens and turkies are considered the most easy of digestion, if not too richly seasoned; and geese and ducks are less digestible and more stimulating, usually being obnoxious to dyspeptics, and persons whose digestive powers are not very strong. The dressing usually employed when baking or roasting these birds, is extremely stimulav fcing and indigestible, on account of the fat and spices mixed therewith. 42 AMERICAN FAMILY PHYSICIAN. Chicken Soup, is a light, nourishing diet, and may be used by many sick persons and convalescents. It is best when made from the lean portions of the chicken, which should be boiled in water to which a little salt has been added, and as the fat and scum arises, it should be removed. Cracker, rice, barley, or toast-bread, may be added to it, to increase its nutritiveness, if desired, and not contra-indicated. When highly seasoned with spices, it becomes an improper diet, especially for dyspeptics and convalescents. Fish furnish an almost endless variety of food for man; and in some countries, especially in the northern parts of the two continents, where vege- tation is scarce, they form the principal diet of the inhabitants. However, they are not so nourishing as the meat of warm-blooded animals, but are sufficiently so to support health and strength. With many stomachs fish-meat is difficult to digest, and when it is eaten habitually, it frequently induces disease of the bowels, and of the skin. Some individuals are very apt to be affected by eating certain kinds of fish, experiencing a disagreeable, uneasy sensation at the stomach, a small amount of fever, and an eruption on the surface of the body; these symptoms are also produced occasionally in deranged conditions of the digestive apparatus. All kinds of fish when out of season, are of difficult digestion and very unhealthy, and in some situations they become poisonous. Salt water fish are always better than those living in fresh water, as they possess a firmer and more palpable flesh, which is less liable to putridity, and is less clammy or slimy. Many persons cannot eat fresh water fish at all, without inducing an attack of cholera-morbus or other difficulty. Fishes having scales are usually more digestible than others- thus the cod, shad, trout,-perch, fresh herring, plaice, flounder, turbot, whiting, sole, &c, are the most healthy and nutritious, while eels, skate, sturgeon mackerel, salmon, &c, are much less digestible and wholesome. Indeed all fish which abound in oil, are stimulating, and difficult of digestion. Fish are best cooked by boiling; when fried or stewed they are rendered quite indigestible. Butter should not be used as a sauce for fish, nor the acid fruits or jellies, as they almost always produce heaviness or uneasiness of the stomach; milk is a very improper article to be used at the same time with fish, frequently inducing severe diarrhea, cholera-morbus, &c. When fish are dried and salted, they become less nutritious and digestible, and should never be eaten, except by the healthy and hard-working, and even by them should be used very sparingly. Crabs and Lobsters, are by no means wholesome or digestible, though frequently eaten with impunity. Perhaps the meat of the claws is the most easily digestible. They are very apt to disagree with some persons, giving rise to an acrid sensation in the throat, pain and heaviness at the stomach, nausea depression, giddiness, and frequently a serious colic. Many persons are attacked with a nettle-rash, whenever they eat the meat of either of *these crustacean animals. Severe vomiting and purging frequently follow their use: and when eaten in excess, they have occasioned stupefaction, unconsciousness and other symptoms of apoplexy. It is said that old English cheese, grated^ and freely partaken of, will act as an antidote to the poisonous effects of these crustaceans. TURTLE.---MUSSELS.---OYSTERS.---SOUPS.---EGGS. 43 Turtle affords a healthy, nutritious flesh, when cooked in a plain manner; but when made into a rich soup with a large amount of spices, force-meat balls, &c, it is destructive to both the stomach and general health. Mussels are often used as an article of diet, yet they are extremely unheal- thy and indigestible, frequently occasioning symptoms in some respects similar to those produced by lobsters and crabs. Oysters furnish a delicious and favorite article of food : when raw, or but slightly cooked, they are light, nourishing, and of easy digestion, with the exception of the eye or tough white part, which should not be eaten. When well cooked, as by stewing, or frying, the albumen is coagulated and har- dened, and the fibrin is corrugated, when they become quite indigestible, and should not be eaten. Salt water oysters are always better than those found, or propagated, in rivers. Oyster juice thickened with cracker in powder, and warmed, is frequently a wholesome and nutritious diet for persons having weak stomachs, and convalescents. With some constitutions oysters disagree, producing similar symptoms to those caused by lobsters; and they frequently prove injurious when eaten out of season. Clams somewhat resemble oysters in their effects upon the stomach and system, yet are not so easily digestible. Soups, as ordinarily prepared, from beef, mutton, or veal, with the addition of various vegetables, are a very healthy, nutritious, and inexpensive diet. The meat as well as the vegetables should be thoroughly boiled, and too much seasoning should be avoided. They may be improved by the addition of rice or barley, stale bread, toast-bread, &c, and will digest more readily when eaten with bread, because liquid food is apt to swell out the stomach, and render a greater action of the organ necessary for its perfect digestion. Solid aliments are, however, the best suited for weak stomachs, and dyspeptics. The addition of dumplings to soups, or an excess of spices, wine, &c, are very improper, as they tend to provoke the appetite, by which a greater quantity of food is eaten than is required, beside which, they are rendered highly indigestible; and if a course of this kind is persisted in, the stomach will certainly become diseased. When meat has been boiled for a long time in water, to which a small quantity of salt has been added, it is termed broth. This, eaten with bread, affords considerable nourishment, without unduly stimulating the digestive apparatus, or augmenting the heat of the body. Eggs, when fresh, and lightly cooked, are nutritive, and moderately easy of digestion. The white of the egg is principally composed of albumen, while the yelk contains in addition a yellow oil. When the albumen is coagulated or hardened by heat, it is not thereby rendered indigestible; but the yelk is. Although hard-boiled eggs are, as a general rule, difficult of digestion, yet they are sometimes found to agree with certain persons better than" when in the soft state. Vinegar is said to facilitate the digestibility of a hard-cooked egg. All articles in which eggs are cooked by frying, as omelet- tes, pancakes, fritters, &c, are hurtful to delicate stomachs. When an egg is whipped up with wine and sugar, it forms a valuable restorative and stimulant. 44 AMERICAN FAMILY PHYSICIAN. Fig. 2. Microscopic view of good Milk. Milk, when obtained from a healthy, well- fed animal, is very nutritious and wholesome, and it is more advantageous in its raw state than when boiled. In combination with bread, rice, eggs, sugar, &c, it ought to form the fS°\ chief portion of the diet of children, until &cP| they are ten or twelve years of age; and those who are thus fed, will be found stronger, and more healthy and vigorous than those who are allowed to live upon meat, pies, cakes, and other delicacies of the culinary art. It is a preferable drink to tea. coffee, liquors, &c, and may be used pure or considerably diluted with water. A glass of milk and water, with a small teaspoonful of salt added, is said to be the best refreshment that a fatigued or famished person can take. One part of lime-water added to two or three parts of milk, is useful to check obstinate vomiting, and to allaj irritability of the stomach especially when connected with acidity, as in phthisis, and other debilitating diseases. Milk sometimes disagrees with adults, probably owing to its oily constituent, butter. It is very unfortunate for the inhabitants of large cities that no regulations can be adopted by which they may be certain of obtaining good, pure milk. The slop-milk from diseased cows, together with the impurities added to increase the quantity of artificial milk, and thereby increase the profits pecuniarily of the vender, have undoubt- edly caused a great amount of the sickness in cities, especially among child- ren. It were much better to do entirely without milk, than make use of the trash commonly sold for it in most of our cities. A solidified milk has recently been prepared, which possesses all the properties of good milk; the following in relation to it is copied from the American Medical Monthly: "To 112 pounds of milk, 28 pounds of Stuart's white sugar were added, and a trivial proportion of bicarbonate of soda, a teaspoonful, merely enough to insure the neutralizing of any acid which in the summer season is exhib- ited even in a few minutes after milking, although inappreciable to the organs of taste. The sweet milk was poured into evaporating pans of enamelled iron, embedded in warm water heated by steam. A thermometer was immersed in each -of these water-baths, that, by frequent inspection, the temperature may not rise above the point which years of experience have shown advisable. "To facilitate the evaporation—by means of blowers and other ingenious apparatus—a current of air is established between the cover of the nans and the solidified milk. Connected with the steam engine is an arrange- ment of stirrers, for agitating the milk slightly whilst evaporating, and so gently as not to churn it. In about three hours the milk and sugar assumed a paste consistency, and delighted the palate of all present; by constant manipulation and warming it was reduced to » rich, creamy looking pow- MILK. 45 der, then exposed to the air to cool, weighed into parcels of a pound each, and by a press, with the force of a ton or two, made to assume the compact form of a tablet, (the size of a small brick,) in which shape, covered with tin foil, it is presented to the public. " Some of the solidified milk which had been grated and dissolved in water the evening previous, was found covered with a rich cream; this, skimmed off, was soon converted into excellent butter. Another solution was speedily converted into wine-whey, by a treatment precisely similar to that employed in using ordinary milk. It fully equalled the expectations of all; so that solidified milk will hereafter rank among the necessary appenda- ges of the sick room. In fine, this article makes paps, custards, puddings, and cakes, equal to the best milk; and one may be sure it is an unadulter- ated article, obtained from well-pastured cattle, and not the produce of dis- tillery slops—neither can it be watered. For our steamships, our packets, for those traveling by land or by sea, for hotel purposes, or use in private families, for young or old, we recommend it cordially as a substitute for fresh milk." (See Butter.) 4)The milk of confined and slop-fed cows, contains the seeds of tuberculous diseases, as scrofula, consumption, &c, and traces of tuberculous deposits mixed with an impure bloody-like matter, may be detected in such milk by means of a microscope of three hundred diameters. Sometimes, in our large cities, the milk dealers, in order to disguise the smell and taste of diseased milk, add to it a portion of good milk, and also of sugar of lead, which last is a slow but sure poison, and which may be detected by adding sulphureted hydrogen to the suspected milk, whioh occasions a black, or dark brown color when lead is present. Every family, and especially those living in cities, where these diabolical impositions are more apt to be pursued, should be provided with a good achromatic microscope, sulphureted hydrogen. and a few other tests which will be named in the work at their appropri- ate places, for the purpose of detecting and thus preserving their health and lives from these and many other base frauds which will be referred to here- after. The benefit to be derived from the possession of these detective agents, will repay their expense more than an hundred-fold, physically, morally, and pecuniarily. Milk, especially the milk from slop-fed cows, is often adulterated with animal substances, as the brains of dogs, horses, calves, sheep, hogs, &c, also with water, flour, starch, chalk, &c, for the purpose of improving its color, smell, taste, and consistency. Animal matter may always be detected by the microscope; or, the^suspected milk may be allowed to stand in aVopen vessel, in a warm place, for a day or two, when it will be found to evolve the odor peculiar to animal matter in a state of decomposition; while the odor of good milk thus exposed will be merely sour, without any putridity. Microscopic view of Milk adulter ated with Calves' Brains, 46 AMERICAN FAMILY PHYSICIAN. Flour or starch may be detected by adding ten or twenty drops of the tincture of iodine to a wine-glass half-filled with the suspected milk, which will be rendered of a blue color when either of these articles are present. Where chalk is present, it will form a deposit when the adulterated milk is permitted to stand for a few hours, and to determine that the sediment is chalk, or plaster of Paris, add some water to it, and then carefully pour, drop by drop, a small quantity of sulphuric acid on it, which will occasion a precipitate of sulphate of lime. Good milk should be of a pure, white color, and not of too thin consis- tence ; when very thin or fluid, and having a bluish tint, it is owing to the addition of water. The man who is detected in manufacturing or selling diseased, adulterated, or otherwise impure milk, is as guilty of crime as he who commits theft, arson, or murder, and should, therefore, be subjected to similar penalties. For where is the difference between the man who takes your money stealthily and without any equivalent, or he who takes it openly, pretending to give an equivalent, but really giving an article most certainly deleterious to health and life? Or, where is the difference between the man who fires your dwellings, regardless and ignorant of the lives he may thereby destroy, or he who knowingly sells you, as a substi- tute for a pure and healthy article of diet, a vile compound most certainly destructive to health and life? Again, the murderer gen- erally finishes his deed by an immediate act, but is it any the less murder, when life is slowly but certainly destroyed by the substi- tution of poisonous and diseased manufac- tures for innocent and nutritious substances? Cream is that element of milk which floats upon its surface when it has been standing for several hours; its upper portion is richest in butter, its lowest in caseine; churning unites the fatty globules to form butter, while the residue is buttermilk. Cream agrees with many persons when used in Bmall quantities; but with some stomachs it disagrees in the same manner as would a similar quantity of oil, butter, or other fats. The milk most commonly sold in cities, and used in cakes, &c, is known as skim-milk hav- ing been deprived of the greater portion of its cream. Ice-cream is'more frequently made from skimmed milk, than from that containing the cream and when thus made it forms an excellent, refreshing diet for patients laboring under fevers and various other forms of disease. A good ice-cream foi this purpose may be made as follows:—Take of good sweet milk, five quarts ten eggs, two pounds of white sugar, and sufficient essence of lenrW te give the desired flavor. Add all together, having first thoroughly beaten the eggs. Surround the tin vessel in which these are contained, alternately with a layer of ice and a layer of coarse salt, and freeze in the ordinary way If desired, tincture of vanilla may be substituted for the essence of lemon or Poor Milk. CHEE8E.—BUTTERMILK. 47 the sugar may be made into a syrup by rubbing it with a sufficient quantity of strawberries, raspberries, &c, according to the flavor desired. Some manufacturers of ice-cream omit the eggs, and substitute arrow-root, tapioca, or starch. Be careful, when purchasing ice-cream, that it is made of good milk, or cream, and not of the poisonous articles above referred to. The impurities in cream, as lead, chalk, brains, etc., may be detected in the same manner as named for milk. Arrow-root, when added to milk to make it look like cream, may be known by the dark blue or purple color produced by adding a few drops of the tincture of iodine to a small quantity of the fluid. Pure cream becomes faintly yellowish when iodine is thus added to it. Cheese, when recent or new, is not very easily digested, and should be eaten only by those who exercise much, and have good digestive powers; it is a very unwholesome diet for children. Old cheese is less digestible than hew, and becomes more exciting and less nourishing. When roasted, or cooked, cheese becomes extremely indigestible, and is then decidedly objec- tionable as an article of diet; yet many persons, having powerful digestive functions, partake of cheese without any unpleasant results, while others suffer from various disagreeable symptoms. Cheese should never be eaten with dessert as an aid to digestion, for this is a mistaken and very absurd idea. Cheese is frequently contaminated with red lead, which may be detected by allowing a piece of the cheese to remain in a small quantity of water for five or six hours; then filter, add a few drops of muriatic acid, and also a small portion of sulphureted hydrogen, when, if the smallest quantity of lead be present, the water will become changed to a brown or black color. Sulphureted hydrogen may be made by placing, in a large mouthed vial capable of holding four fluidounces, about twenty grains of sulphuret of iron, or sulphuret of antimony, in powder, and half a fluidounce of diluted muriatic acid. Close the mouth of the vial with a well-fitted cork, which has a bent glass tube in it, so arranged that one end may remain in the cork and the other be passed down into the liquid to be examined. Such bottles and prepared corks can be obtained of any good druggist. As soon as the acid acts upon the sulphuret, it liberates the sulphureted hydrogen gas, which passes through the glass tube into the liquid under examination and produces its effects as it becomes diffused through the fluid. This gas is colorless, of a very offensive odor, resembling putrid eggs, and is highly deleterious when inhaled; consequently, care should be taken not to inhale it during the experiment. Buttermilk is the residue of milk after its butter has been removed by chiAing; it consists of caseine, sugar, serum, and a little butter. It forms a very agreeable cooling beverage in warm weather, and is especially bene- ficial in fevers and inflammations. It is very slightly nutritive and of easy digestion, but should not be allowed to become too acid before using it Some persons are very fond of boiled rice and buttermilk, while to others it is extremely disagreeable; it is a nutritious, healthy diet, however, whsn it agrees with the stomach. 48 AMERICAN FAMILY PHYSICIAN. Butter is an oily substance, of soft consistence, procured from the milk of animals, by agitating it constantly for a length of time, which process is termed "churning." Ewe's milk contains the largest amount of caseiue and butter, is consequently less digestible, and unfit for dys- peptics. Goat's milk ranks next, relative to its nutritive principles, and of which the same remarks may be made as of ewe's milk. Ass's milk is the least nutritive, but the most easy of digestion, and on account of the small quantity of butter and large quantity of sugar of milk which it con- tains, it is very useful in convalescence from acute maladies, consumption, dyspepsia, &c. It is sometimes prepared artificially by dissolving a couple of ounces of sugar of milk in a pint of skimmed cow's milk. The butter used at meals is obtained from the cow's milk, which is intermediate, in nutritive and digestible properties, between goat's milk and ass's milk. Butter is used rather as a condiment than as a direct alimentary matter. It is very difficult of digestion, on account of the readiness with which its volatile fatty acids are set free. Yet when it is fresh and sweet, and spread not too thick upon bread, there are very few stomachs which it offends. When it becomes rancid it is peculiarly unpleasant and unhealthy, and should never be used for any purpose, as diet. It is often added in large quantities to cakes and pies, and enters largely into many sauces for pud- dings, &c, in either of which forms it is very injurious, and will ultimately cause severe and obstinate affections of the stomach, as well as of the skin, if its use be thus persisted in. When heated, butter becomes empyreu- matic, and is very unhealthy. Dyspeptics and persons having weak stomachs, should use but little butter in any form. Children who are allowed much butter, or cakes, pastry, &c, containing it, have generally a coarse and diseased condition of body, and are subject to eruptions on the scalp and other parts of the skin, boils, sores, discharges from behind the ears, &c. In our large cities it is frequently a very difficult matter to obtain good sweet butter, from the fact that various frauds are practiced upon their communities. Thus, good butter is often mixed with a certain proportion of lard, and which mixture speedily becomes rancid; or, rancid butter is mixed with the fresh article; and, there are several individuals who make immense profits by purchasing old, rancid butter, then removing its stale and rancid character by a certain process, and disposing of it thus changed, with salt added, as new butter. When butter has once become changed from rancidity or decomposition, there is no known process which can restore it to its original purity and character. Many, very many of the diseases among inhabitants of cities, and more especially among children are due to the constant and excessive use of butter which has become ragieid. The community in every city and town, in justice to themselves, Mould appoint a sufficient number of honest and capable men as inspectors of the purity of all those articles termed the "necessaries of life;" they should at least, use as rigid measures for the protection of life and health, as they do for that of property, and the "luxuries of life." VEGETABLE DIET. 49 All fixed fats and oils of animals are of more difficult and slow digestion than any other alimentary principles; and with dyspeptics they are very imperfectly digested. Still, in small quantities, they are frequently bene- ficial among the robust and those of healthy stomachs; and in many diseases, where the digestive functions are perfect, a moderate employment of them is followed by an improvement of the general health. When they become rancid, or acted upon by heat, they undergo chemical changes which render them more difficult of digestion, and exceedingly obnoxious to the stomach. Bakers frequently employ rancid lard or butter in making their cakes, pies, read, may be collected, if desired, by a proper contrivance. Potatoes, though less nutritive than wheat flour, are frequently used in making bread, they assist fermentation and serve to render the bread lighter, and if not added in too large quantity they are not objectionable. There is no doubt but that the affections of the digestive organs, nervous disorders, kidney and skin diseases met with in the cities of this country, are in a great measure, owing to the common use of bakers' bread instead of that of domestic manufacture. Not that bakers cannot make good bread, but that they do not, from the fact that an adulterated bread pays better. The objections against bakers' bread, are, principally, two:— its adulteration, and its improper fermentation. The most commcin adul- teration is alum, which is added to improve the firmness and whiteness of 56 AMERICAN FAMILY PHYSICIAN. the bread; and, on this account, an inferior flour is made use of, whicfc undergoes fermentation rapidly, and becomes acid—thus accounting for the sour bread so frequently met with at the baker's shop. Bread made thus, may be eaten warm or recent without discovering its acidity, but after it is- twenty-four or thirty-six hours old, this difficulty is very manifest. So that we not only have the evil consequences arising from the daily use of several grains of alum, but also from the acidified condition of the bread. And yet notwithstanding this deleterious adulteration we find the inhabitants of cities blindly and carelessly swallowing whatever is given them as bread by the bakers, without stopping a moment to enquire whether such kind of food is compatible with health and longevity. It is a very common plan with many bakers to purchase old sour flour, which is entirely unfit for the sustenance of the human system, and mix it with new, garlicky flour, in the proportion of one barrel of the former to two of the latter. By this combination, the garlicky odor of the one and the acid- ity of the other, are almost entirely overcome, while a little alum added improves the whiteness and firmness of the bread. And this stuff is palmed off upon community to engender disease, because it puts a few more dollars into the bakers' pockets. This fact is well understood by flour-dealers. During our warm summer months, we hear a great deal said about eating those delicious fruits which nature so lavishly bestows upon us for the pur- poses of health and nourishment in these seasons. Diarrhea, cholera-mor- bus, summer-complaints, and cholera, are all attributed to these really healthful agents, while the adulterated cake and bread of the baker, the ex- cessive use of fat, gross meats, &c, are barely ever dreamed of as being the principal offending causes. When will the people learn and practice common sense in matters pertaining to health? A quantity of arsenic placed in our food causes death quickly, and the journals herald the awful results through- out the country, and community is shocked; but, that which slowly and gradually undermines life, occasioning diseases which do not appear to be the immediate result of any unhealthy principle in food, is hardly, if ever referred to, and the pernicious consequences are looked upon as a matter of course,—a fate to which mankind is inevitably doomed,—and the only no- tice observed, is a quiet statement, that Mr. So and So died of dyspepsia, 01 cholera-morbus,when the probable fact is, he died of a continued use of adul- terated and otherwise deleterious bakers' bread. But this is a money- making country, and health and life, and all matters relative thereto, must be placed aside when dollars and cents are brought into view. In my own practice I have frequently attended families in whom, and especially among the children, symptoms have presented themselves for which I could not readily account, and which have either proved intractable to medicine, or, if yielding for a time, have been certain to make their reappearance. Upon persuading the heads of these families to make their own bread and cakes, and refrain from using those * of bakers' manufacture, all the unpleasant symptoms have been permanently removed, and without the assistance of a ©article of medicine. SOUR BREAD.--BROWN BREAD. 5 t i Carbonate of ammonia is frequently added, by unprincipled bakers, to aour flour, for the purpose of rendering the bread made from it light and porous. Sulphate of copper, or blue vitriol, is also added to bread previous to its being baked for the purpose of disguising the quality of the flour from which it is made; this may be detected by soaking the bread in rain water, filtering and adding to the water a small quantity of a solution of ferro-cyanide of potassium, (an article which can be had at any drug store, and which being unsafe, should be kept out of the reach of servants and children,) when, if any copper be present, there will be a reddish-brown pre- cipitate. Alum may be detected in bread, by the following method: Soak a small quantity of the suspected bread in pure water, squeeze the mass through a piece of cloth, and allow it to stand until the liquid has become clear and transparent: carefully pour off a portion of this, and add to it a few drops of solution of muriate of lime, which can be obtained at any drug store. If alum be present, a more or less dense white cloud will be exhibited, which on standing will be precipitated in the form of a white powder, which is sul- phate of lime. The action in this case is thus,—the sulphuric acid of the potassa and alumina of the alum, unite and precipitate with the lime of the test, while the muriatic acid of the latter combines with the alkalies of the alum, and remains dissolved. Sour bread may be detected by soaking crumbs of the bread in water, and then applying a piece of blue litmus paper to it, which will be reddened if acid be present. The litmus paper may also be obtained of the druggist. Good wheat four may be known by mixing it with a small portion of powdered guaiacum in water; if it be good, and rich in gluten, a fine blue color is produced, but if bad, the blue is hardly apparent. The fermentative process would if allowed to continue, ultimately ter- minate in complete decomposition of the original elements of the flour, and putrefaction, but the heat of the oven, by removing the moisture, arrests any further fermentation. It, isr however, frequently the case, that, in warm weather when the season is damp, bread absorbs moisture from the atmos- phere, and quickly passes through the alcoholic, acetous, and putrefactive stages of fermentation. Weak stomachs, and those disposed to an excess of acidity are very apt to occasion these results, which may, however, be avoided, by thoroughly toasting the bread, previous to eating it. Although bread is very nutritive, yet alone it is not capable of sustain- ing a prolonged life, and the prison diet of bread and water is a very impro- \erone, on this account. The most nutritious and digestible bread, is that which is made from good, fine wheat flour. Brown bread, sometimes called vrraham bread, made from wheat flour containing bran, is very useful as a laxative in cases of habitual constipation, in diabetes, and for sedentary persons. Sometimes, however, it will be found to disagree. The bran is in- digestible, but in passing through the bowels, it acts mechanically upon their mucous membrane, in most cases, exciting them to a healthy action.— Hot rolls, hot biscuit, and warm or fresh bread, are especially unwholesome 58 AMERICAN FAMILY PHYSICIAN. and indigestible, though healthy stomachs frequently manage to digest them when they are not too frequently used; but invalids and dyspeptics should always avoid them. Bread is always better when it is eaten on the day fol- lowing its preparation. For invalids, convalescents, and those of tender stomachs, toasted bread will be found a very useful article of diet, It is es- pecially adapted for those upon whose stomachs bread, in its ordinary con- ditions, and most vegetables are liable to become sour, or produce flatulency and constipation. It should be eaten with a very sparing quantity of but- ter, which should not be placed upon it, till the toast is cold, otherwise, the heat will so change the butter as to render it difficult of digestion and very obnoxious to the stomach. Mouldy bread, or bread made from diseased grain, as mildewed wheat, &c., is more or less deprived of its nutritive qualities, and is very apt to occasion serious symptoms, as, headache, thirst, dry tongue, colic, rapid pulse, stu- por, diseased stomach, diseased kidneys, &c. The preparer or vender of diseased wheat flour should always be liable to some kind of punishment; for, he is more to be dreaded than the man who attacks one openly with an avowed intent to destroy life. Biscuit is an unfermented bread, which is not apt to become acid in the stomach, and is therefore wholesome for children, and those whose stomachs are disposed to acidity. It frequently agrees better with the dyspeptic than fermented bread, and when reduced to powder, and formed into a panada with hot water, it forms a better article of food for an infant, than when the diet is made of fermented bread. When made with the addition of butter, biscuits are more difficult to digest, and are consequently injurious to dys- peptics, and those of weak stomachs. On this account pastry and all cakes containing butter or lard, are unhealthy, and should seldom be used—never, by invalids and children. These articles are very agreeable to the taste. and are apt to be freely indulged in, especially by the young; their common use occasions disease of the stomach, disease of the skin, inflammatory affec- tions, and a disposition to apoplexy in certain constitutions. Children who are indulged in cakes and pastry, are almost always in the physician's hands. Pancakes and fritters, made by mixing flour and yelk of e«-"-s into a paste, and frying in lard, may produce little inconvenience to persons whose digestive powers are energetic and strong—yet they are very indi- gestible, and should be carefully avoided by the convalescent, the seden- tary, the dyspeptic, and those liable to attacks of apoplexy and epilepsy. Puddings are of various kinds, those made of bread and milk, or of rice are digestible, and may be partaken of, temperately, with benefit. Paste -puddings or dumplings, are extremely indigestible and unwholesome, and should always be avoided by those of weak or impaired digestion. It is very doubtful whether a dough made of wheat flour and boiled is at all fit for food; it will always be heavy and extremely difficult to digest. The best puddings are those made «f stale bread, sago, rice, or Indian meal, baked. The boiled dough of stews, soups, &c, is very indigestible, and unfit for weak stomachs. SAGO.---POTATO. 59 Gingerbread composed of flour, molasses, ginger, and pearlash, is, when properly baked and eaten in moderate quantity, a useful article of diet for adults; often remaining on the stomach when all other articles of food are ejected, especially in instances of sea-sickness. It gently stimulates the stomach, and forms an excellent lunch for those who have to travel, or expose themselves to the early morning air before breakfasting. Children should use it very seldom, as alPspices or stimulants are unnecessary, and hurtful to their stomachs. Ginger-bread made with butter, or eaten with it, is not readily digestible, and should not be used by dyspeptics, and those of delicate stomachs. Sago is an article of diet prepared from the pith or medulla of the stems of various species of palms. There are three kinds met with, viz: 1st, Sago meal or flour, a whitish powder; 2d, Pearl Sago, consisting of small yellowish, or pinkish grains, and 3, Common Sago, occurring in rather large grains, and being colored white on one part of their surface, and brownish on another. Boiled with water or milk, sago forms a light, grate- ful, nutritious, and easily digestible article of food, especially adapted to children, and convalescents from febrile and inflammatory diseases. It is considered, however, inferior to arrow-root for the diet of patients. Two ounces of Sago boiled in a quart of water until a mucilage is formed, may be added to a mixture of half a pint of Sherry wine, a half-ounce of loaf- sugar, a few drops of essence of lemon, and a teaspoonful of tincture of ginger. This forms an excellent cordial in convalescence from exhausting diseases, and may be used every four or five hours, in the quantity of a wineglassful at a time. CHAPTER V. Articles of Vegetable Diet Continued.—Fruits.—Nuts.—Condiments. Potato is the root of the solanum tuberosum, and was introduced into Europe as an article of food by Sir Walter Raleigh, about the beginning of the seventeenth century. At present it is one of the principal articles of diet in this country and Europe, and is extensively used among the poor and laboring classes. It is usually boiled or roasted, and eaten with animal food, to which it is a light, nourishing, and agreeable accompaniment. When fried, or finely mashed, it is not so digestible as when boiled or roasted, and frequently burdens and annoys the stomach. Those potatoes which are dry and mealy are superior to those which are firm and viscid. Potatoes contain water, starch, amylaceous fiber, ligneous matter, vegetable fibrin, vegetable albumen, gluten, fat, gum, vegetable acids, salts, &c. When boiled in water, the starch grains absorb the watery portion of the potato, swell up, 60 AMERICAN FAMILY PHYSICIAN. and distend the cells containing them, while the albumen coagulates and forms irregular fibers between the swollen starch grains, and finally, the cells in which the starch grains are contained, separate from each other, and when the process is completed the potato is mealy; if the process is incomplete, the potato is watery, or waxy. New potatoes are not so mealy as old ones, and consequently are not so easily digested. Potato, whether eaten raw or boiled, is an excellent anti-scorbutic, and fas been found to cure scurvy, as well as to prevent it; and this influence probably depends upon the citric acid which is present in this tuber. Potato starch, in some respects, agrees with other amylaceous substances in its general dietetical properties; it does not, however, yield so firm a jelly as the majority of them, and is more apt to acidify upon the stomach than arrow-root. The root of the convolvidus batata, known by the name of Sweet-potato, when properly roasted or boiled affords an agreeable and nutritious article of food, not so easily digested, however, as the common potato, and very apt to produce flatulence and oppress the stomachs of dyspeptics, convales- cents, and those whose digestive organs are weak. It should always be eaten in moderate quantity. It contains farinaceous, as well as a large proportion of saccharine matter. ♦ The fleshy, tuberculated roots of the helianthus tuberosus, a species of sun- flower known by the name of Jerusalem artichoke, are frequently boiled or roasted, and eaten as food. Properly prepared, they become mealy like the potato, with a saccharine taste, but are usually more watery and more pro- ductive of flatulence than that tuber. They may be classed with the potato as an article of food. Cabbage, (Brassica oleracea,) of which there are several varieties, is much employed as an article of diet throughout the United States; and for healthy. hard-working persons, and those having good digestive organs, it forms an excellent accompaniment to a meal of animal food, especially when partaken of frugally. Not much nourishment is obtained from cabbage, and when eaten by dyspeptics, or those of delicate stomachs, as well as when eaten in large quantity by those with whom it might otherwise agree, it occasions an uneasy and oppressive sensation, with flatulence, colic, or cholera-morbus. on which account it should never be eaten by the invalid, or those who pursue sedentary and inactive occupations. For table use, it should be boiled in water until it is perfectly tender. Cabbage leaves cut into slices, and deposited in a vessel in layers, each layer alternating with one of salt, and allowed to undergo acetous fermenta- tion forms sour krout, or sauer-kraut. From five to seven weeks is required for this purpose, according to the temperature. This forms a good anti- scorbutic vegetable food for sailors on long voyages, and is an excellent addi- tion to the meat diet of healthy, robust, hard-working persons. It should be eaten by no others, as it is liable to the same objections as boiled or raw cabbage. The Germans make much use of sauer-kraut cooked with some fat meat. Cauliflower (Brassica Botrytis-cauliflora,') is a variety of cabbage, which BROCCOLI.--ARTICHOKE.--ASPARAGUS.--GREENS, ETC. 61 is probably more easily digested than any other; but it should never be eaten by those with whom cabbage is improper. Broccoli, (Brassica Italica,) another of the cabbage family, though very tender and palatable, is more liable to cause flatulency, colic, cholera-morbus, &c, than the other species, and consequently should be avoided by dyspep- tics, and those of inactive habits. Artichoke, (Cynara Scolymus) is a well-known garden esculent, being somewhat of a spinous or thistle-like plant. The part used is the fleshj receptacle, or bottom of the flower-heads, which is gathered before the flowers expand, and deprived of the thistles and seed-down; the base of the involu- cral scales is also used. When thoroughly boiled, these form a tender, sweet, mucilaginous, nutritious and easily digestible article of diet; but when eaten with melted or drawn butter, they are rendered indigestible, and should not be used by those whose digestive powers are not strong and active. Asparagus, or the young shoots of Asparagus Officinale, when thoroughly boiled, forms a delicious, wholesome, and easily digestible article of food; the use of it communicates a peculiar odor to the urine. It is usually eaten with toast and melted butter, the latter of which, although it may render it more agreeable to the palate, interferes with its ready digestibility. Greens.—Under this head are comprised the young leaves or shoots of various plants, which are boiled and eaten with or without vinegar, during a meal of animal food; generally, they form a very agreeable and useful accompaniment. The leaves, &c, commonly employed are those of spinage, poke, turnip, dandelion, and radishes. The young leaves of Spinage, the Spinacia Oleracia, when well boiled, are the most healthy among all the vege- tables used as greens; they have a laxative effect and are useful in cases of habitual constipation. The young and tender shoots of the poke, Phytolacca decandria, when properly boiled, form a delicious and healthy vegetable, very much resembling asparagus in its flavor. Care should be observed not to use them when too old, as they are then poisonous. Turnip tops, as well as radish tops, although frequently boiled and eaten as greens, are very apt to disorder the stomach. The young leaves of dandelion form an excellent vegetable for greens; they have a slightly diuretic influence. It must be recollected, however, that the above articles are not proper for dyspeptics and persons of inactive life, and will sometimes be found to disagree with the more healthy and active. Beet, (Beta Vulgaris,) the root of which, when well boiled, affords an excellent vegetable addition to meat diet. It is of a saccharine taste, red color, sometimes whitish, and contains a large proportion of saccharine mat- ter. Its digestibility is lessened by eating it with vinegar. Turnip, the root of the brassica rapa, when well-boiled, affords a moderate degree of nourishment, and is easily digested. Among dyspeptics and those of weak stomachs, it is apt to cause flatulence, more especially when not thoroughly boiled. Parsnip, the root of the pasiinaca sativa, contains a large proportion of mucilaginous and saccharine substance, rendering it a highly nourishing 62 AMERICAN FAMILY PHYSICIAN. article of diet, and one of easy digestibility, when thoroughly boiled. The peculiar flavor of the parsnip is owing to its volatile oil, which renders it offensive to many. Parsnips should be eaten when young; old roots are stringy, or contain too much fibrous matter, which interferes considerably with their digestibility. Carrot, the root of the daucus carota is very similar in its properties to the parsnip. Its volatile oil also renders it disagreeable to many stomachs. Radishes are the roots of the raphanus sativus; they are much used as a condiment, being eaten with salt without cooking. But little nourishmen is contained in the radish, beside which it is a very indigestible article, and will occasion flatulence, colicky pains, oppression, &c, unless the digestive organs are very strong and active. When eaten at all, the young and tender roots, not stringy in the least, should be selected. Cucumber, the green fruit of the cucumis sativa, is much used in the raw state during the summer months, as an agreeable addition to a meal. However, it possesses but very little or no nutritive properties, is very indi- gestible, and should be carefully avoided by dyspeptics and those who are subject to looseness of bowels, cholera-morbus, &c. Green cucumbers stewed, form an agreeable and digestible article of diet. Young cucumbers, called gherkins, are in great use as a condiment in the form of pickles, and are an excellent relish for strong stomachs, but should be especially avoided bj those of weak digestive powers. To improve the appearance of pickles they are sometimes prepared with the addition of some salt of copper, any one of which is highly poisonous. Frequently, pickles are unintentionally rendered poisonous by preparing them, or allowing them to stand, in copper or brass vessels, by which means they become impregnated with the poisonous metal. If a pickle containing the smallest quantity of copper be cut into pieces, and then placed in a glass vessel containing a mixture of equal parts, in bulk, of aqua ammonia and water, the clear liquid will become changed to a blue color. Tomato, the fruit of the solanum lycopersicum, of which there are several varieties, is much used as an article of diet in this country. It possesses an agrecnble acid taste, and forms a very healthy article of food, exerting a marked influence on the biliary functions. It is eaten in the raw state, and also boiled, the latter being' the most agreeable and nourishing mode of preparation. When eaten raw, with vinegar, or combined with onions and cucumbers, it is rendered an indigestible and hurtful article of food, and in this condition should be especially avoided by persons having weak stomachs. Pickled tomatoes form an agreeable relish to many, but, like pickled cucum- bers, possess no nutritive properties, and should not be used by the dyspeptic and delicate. The egg-plant, or fruit of the solanum melongena, is also whole-ome and delicious article of food, the value of which, however, is much injured by frying it in fat, a mode of preparation adopted by many persons, Salsify, or vegetable oyster, the root of tragopogon porrifolius, which is long and tapering, somewhat resembling parsnip root. When properly prepared this is a nutritious article, having a mild, sweetish taste, somewhat resem- MUSHROOM.—ONION.--PEAS, ETC. 63 bling that of the oyster. It is less digestible in the fried state, than when thoroughly boiled. Mushroom, the agaricus campestris and many other species of fungi, are considered by epicures to be a very luscious and nutritious article of food. But they really possess little or no nourishment, are very difficult of diges- tion, are very liable to occasion severe purging and vomiting, and other dis- agreeable symptoms with certain individuals, and are often poisonous. In- deed, it is a very difficult matter to discriminate between those which are poisonous and those which are not. It is reported that some person in Europe has discovered a method by which all fungi may be deprived of their poisonous principles, and rendered safely edible, but I have not met with an explanation of the mode of effecting this; and even should this be done, it will in no way render them more easily digestible. Onion, the bud of the allium ccpa, and not the bulbous root as generally supposed. The peculiar odor and flavor of the onion is owing to an acrid, volatile oil, which contains sulphur. When eaten raw this oil is absorbed, increases the circulation, produces thirst, and communicates an unpleasant odor to the breath, perspiration and urine. Individuals whose digestive organs are weak should never eat raw onions, as they are apt to produce a sense of heat, uneasiness, and occasionally griping. When deprived of their oil by boiling or roasting, they form a mild, nourishing, and easily digestible vegetable for most persons. Raw onions digest with difficulty. Leek, the allium porrum, and Shallot, the allium ascalonicum, possess similar properties, but are milder than the onion. They are frequently eaten raw as a condiment, and form an addition to soups and several sauces. They are more nourishing and more easily digested when boiled. As with onions, they are apt to produce flatulency, and oppress weak stomachs. Garlic, the allium sativum, is more stimulating than the onion, and on account of its disagreeableness to many persons, it is seldom used as an article of food. Its properties are similar to those of the onion. Peas, the pisum sativum, and its varieties, and Beans, the phaseolus vulgaris, p. lunatus, p. nanus, &c, contain considerable nourishment, but are not readily digested. They should be well boiled, and eaten only by those hav- ing strong digestive powers, otherwise they are apt to occasion flatulence, oppress the stomach, and produce other unpleasant symptoms. The green fruit, that is, the green pods of some beans, and peas, gathered before the seeds are fully matured, are more readily soluble in the stomach, when prop- erly boiled, than the dried preparations. Celery, the long leaf-stalks of apium graveolens, forms a pleasantigalad to eat with meats. It is eaten raw with the addition of a little salt. Some per- sons add to it vinegar, pepper, and even olive oil, which renders it very indi- gestible. Care should be taken to select tender and recently gathered stalks. Lettuce, the leaves of lactuca sativa, is a very common salad, and is eaten raw with salt. The addition of pepper, mustard, oil, &c, renders it extremely indigestible. As the leaves contain a bitter, narcotic principle, care must be taken to select only the young and tender leaves for the table. Persona 64 AMERICAN FAMILY PHYSICIAN, who are disposed to wakefulness at night frequently obtain sleep by eating lettuce a short time previous to retiring; those having a tendency to apoplexy should avoid the use of this salad. Although in very general use, it is the most objectionable salad we have, for the majority of persons. Cresses, the leaves of sisymbrium nasturtium. These have a pleasant, pungent taste when eaten raw, and taken with moderation, form an excel- lent adjunct to a meat diet. As with the preceding salads; they will be found to disagree with weak stomachs, and are rendered indigestible by adding oil, vinegar, mustard, &c, to them. Rhubarb, the leaf stalks of rheum rhaponticum and other species, are frequently used for making pies, tarts, &c. They possess a tartness and flavor extremely agreeable to some persons, and very unpleasant to others. On account of the oxalic acid contained in these stalks, their use is highly objectionable among dyspeptics, and those who are disposed to urinary depositions of oxalate of lime. Apples, the fruit of pyrus malus, and of which there are numerous varie- ties. Ripe and mellow apples are agreeable and wholesome fruits, but on account of their firmness of texture, they are more slowly digested than many other fruits, and therefore are apt to disagree with the dys- peptic. Stewed, roasted, or baked apples are more easily digested than raw ones, and possess slightly laxative properties, which renders them of especial benefit to persons of constipated habits. Dried apples, when stewed, form an agreeable, nourishing, and aperient sauce. The skin or peel of the fruit should never be eaten, as it is indigestible. The acid con- tained in apples is called malic acid, and exerts a very beneficial influence upon the biliary and digestive organs. It may be proper for me to make a few brief remarks at this place,, on the use of fruits generally. Much has been said of the unhealthy char- acter of fruits, and their tendency to produce diarrhea, dysentery, cholera- morbus, cholera, &c, and the idea is prevalent, that, on these accounts, they are rather dangerous articles of diet. This, however, is an extremely erroneous impression; there is no more agreeable, nutritious, and salutary food, than the ripe, edible fruits. When disease occurs from the use of fruit, the fault is always with the consumer, for several reasons, which I will state: — 1st. It is with fruit as with all other articles used as diet, a certain quan- tity will prove beneficial, but beyond this, the stomach is overladen, the digestive functions become deranged, and symptoms will follow more or less severe, in proportion to the amount of excess thrown into the stomach, and the peculiar condition of the biliary and digestive organs of each indi- vidual. Hence, fruit should always be eaten with moderation. 2d. Unripe fruit, and especially in the raw state, is always unhealthy. Fruit that is not matured, contains a principle which must be converted into starch or sugar before it is at all digestible, and if eaten before this change takes place, it undergoes decomposition in the alimentary canal, setting free irritating gases, which, together with the undigested particles, give rise to disease, by producing irritation of the mucous membrane. USE OF FRUITS. 65 Many persons have so little control over their appetites, and are so little governed by reason, that, whenever fruit is brought to market, no matter how unripe it may be, they evince a species of insanity to obtain it, and it seldom happens that they escape some unpleasant symptoms, after having partaken of it. Again, when ripe fruit is collected for market, it is almost always the case that there will be found among it more or less that is unripe ; these being eaten together by the consumer, give rise to bowel complaints, and this is one great cause of such diseases among those who profess to have eaten only moderately, and of ripe fruits. Hence, rip fruits only should be eaten, being careful to remove from the fruit obtained in market or elsewhere, every vestige of immaturity. 3d. Fruit that is offered in the markets of cities and towns, although it may have been collected when fully matured, is frequently kept until decomposition commences, and if purchased and eaten in this state, it is almost certain to cause disease. This is more especially the case with berries, and many vegetables, which the sordid huckster will dress up so as to have them present a fair outside appearance, and thus impose upon the purchaser. Hence, no fruit should be eaten except that which has been recently gathered, and in which the process of decomposition has not commenced. 4th. Fruit will prove injurious even when ripe, if eaten at improper times, or when combined with certain other kinds of food in the stomach. Thus, I have known fatal cholera-morbus to follow the eating of a quantity of peaches after having previously partaken of ice-cream, and in a person with whom either of these articles separately, would haveproduced no evil results. I have also known unpleasant consequences to follow the use of certain kinds of fruit after having eaten custard, soup, fish, milk, &c, &c. This influence will be found to vary in different persons, being more constant among those whose digestive functions are debilitated; conse- quently, every person should endeavor to remember the kind of fruit and other food, which disagree with him when placed together, or shortly after each other, within his stomach. Fruits are especially adapted for use during the season of their matu- rity; they are agreeable, nutritious, cooling, and also exert a sanative medicinal influence upon the system; some increase, the action of the liver, some that of the bowels, others again influence the kidneys, and nearly all of them have a salutary action upon the blood. According to the above observations, they should never be eaten in large quantity, but in modera- tion, and not then unless they are thoroughly ripe, are of recent gathering, (with tiie exception of a few, as apples, &c.,) and are compatible with the condition of the stomach, or the articles already contained in it. And that city is not to be envied, whose legislators are so ignorant, and so regard- less of tne lives of their fellow-citizens, as to permit hucksters to endanger them by keeping stale and decomposed vegetables or fruit for sale; more rigid attention to the condition of articles sold in our markets would tend materially to lessen the disease and mortality of our cities. If but one- 5 AMERICAN FAMILY PHYSICIAN. fourth of the time now devoted to the accumulation of wealth waa bestowed upon these matters of hygiene, what a robust and long-lived people would be our successors! Pears, the fruit of pyrus communis, and other varieties. Ripe and mellow pears, have a tender, juicy pulp, and an agreeable taste, and are more easily digested than apples. In other respects, their properties as a diet are similar to those of apples. They also contain malic acid, but not so abundantly as apples. Their digestibility may be much improved by baking or roasting with sugar or molasses. Peach, the fruit of amygdalus persica, contains sugar, gum, pectine, malic acid, &c, and is a most delicious, as well a most healthful fruit; when eaten ripe and temperately, it will seldom produce any unpleasant results, except among gouty individuals, and those disposed to looseness of the bowels. The outer skin is not digestible, and should never be eaten. Peaches, and indeed any kind of fruit, should never be partaken of after a hearty dinner, as they will be apt to occasion sour stomach, flat- ulence, and other disagreeable symptoms. Stewed peaches, flavored with sugar, possess laxative properties, and are of service to convalescents, and those subject to constipation. Plums, the Primus domestica and other varieties, are wholesome and nutritive, when they are fully matured and mellow, and are eaten in mode- ration. But when eaten freely, or in an unripe condition, they are very apt to cause diarrhea, dysentery, and other disordered conditions of the bowels. The outer skin is not digestible, and should not be eaten Cooked plums, or preserved plums, form a delicious dessert, and are very beneficial in cases of fever. When plums are dried, they are called prunes, in which state they are not so easy of digestion as after having been cooked. Cooked or stewed prunes are laxative and nutritious, and are useful in cases of constipation, and during convalescence from acute attacks. An infusion or tea of prunes forms a very refreshing and beneficial draught for febrile patients. Cherries, cerasis vulgaris, and other varieties, when perfectly ripe, and partaken of with moderation, are very wholesome ; but they will frequently be found to disagree with some individuals, even when used in the smallest quantity, producing .acidity, flatulence, colic, and diarrhea, especially among dyspeptics, and those of weak stomachs, and which may in some measure, be owing to the indigestibility of their outer skin. Ripe cherries contain sugar, gum, water, malic acid. &c., in various proportions, accord- ing to the varieties of the fruit, of which there are many. Stewed or ooked cherries are more wholesome and digestible than the raw fruit The stones or kernels of cherries, as well as of all other fruits, grapes, &c, should never be swallowed, as they frequently occasion inflammation or other difficulty of the bowels, terminating fatally, which is owin<> to their being retained in the folds of the intestines, or the appendix coecL Dates are the fruit of the date-palm, phoenix dactylifera1 and are always brought to this country in the dried state. They contain a large amount CRANBERRIES.--GOOSEBERRIES.--GRAPES, ETC. 67 of sugar, and are nutritious, but are apt to disagree with weak stomachs and dyspeptics. In habitual constipation they will be found useful, from their laxative properties, in all persons with whom they agree. Quince, the cydonia vulgaris, should never be eat in its raw state, as it is extremely unwholesome and indigestible. When stewed alone, or with other fruits, as pears, apples, &c, or made into preserves, it forms a deli- cious dessert for most persons. Quince juice and the preserved fruit possess astringent properties, and are useful for persons subject to looseness of the bowels. The seeds of quince contain a large amount of mucilage. Red currants, the fruit of Ribes rubrum,, contain sugar, citric and malic acids, gum, vegetable jelly, &c. The outer skin and the seeds are indi- gestible, but the pulp of the ripe fruit when eaten in moderation is whole- some and slightly nutritious; eaten rather freely, currants are laxative. A very delicious jelly or jam is made from them, which forms a cooling and beneficial diet for febrile patients. Dried currants, on account of the skin and seeds are not readily digestible, and frequently produce more or less irritation of the alimentary canal. Black currants, the fruit of Ribes nigrum, possess properties somewhat similar to those of the red. Both kinds are diuretic. Cranberries, the fruit of oxycoccus palustris, and o. macrocarpus, are muoi employed in this country, as a sauce to be eaten with game, poultry, fat meats, &c. They are always cooked or made into a jelly, and form a wholesome and nutritious article, possessing a delicious flavor. They are not easily digestible when eaten raw, but are most generally harmless when made into a jelly, or cooked with sugar. Cranberry jelly is a cooling and refreshing article for patients laboring under febrile diseases, Gooseberries, the fruit of Ribes grossularia, and other varieties, contain malic and citric acids, sugar, gum, lime, &c. When perfectly ripe, the pulp of the fruit forms a healthy aud delicious article; the outer skins are indigestible, and should not be swallowed. As with all kinds of fruit, gooseberries will be found to disagree with some persons, especially when eaten raw. Stewed with sugar, or otherwise cooked, they are more easily digested, and less apt to disturb the bowels. WJiortlebcrrics, the fruit of vaccinium rcsinosum, and other varieties, are a very wholesome article, having a rich and delicious flavor. They possess cooling and diuretic properties, and are frequently employed in disorders of the urinary organs, scurvy and dysentery, either eateh alone, or with milk and sugar. They are generally of easy digestion. Dried whortle- berries are diuretic, and when cooked, form a wholesome sauce or dessert during the winter season. The outer skin of these berries is much more digestible than that of the preceding fruits. Grapes, the fruit of vitis vinifera and other varieties, are among the most delicious and salutary fruits of summer. When perfectly ripe, they contain a large amount of sugar and mucilage, with malic and tartaric acids, lime, potash, &c, and form a nutritious and refrigerant article. The sweeter kinds' 68 AMERICAN FAMILY PHYSICIAN. of grape are the most nourishing, and may be used as a dessert, to allay thirst in acute diseases, and to promote the action of the bowels, as well as of the urinary organs. There is, probably, no fruit so acceptable and beneficial to the stomach of the dyspeptic, as a general rule, than the grape, when eaten ripe and in moderation. The skin and seeds of grapes are frequently eaten, and as often give rise to severe and even fatal disease of the bowels; thej are indigestible and should always be rejected. When grapes are dried, they are termed raisins, in which state they ar« not as digestible as in the recent state, on account of the seeds and tough ness of the skin ; the pulpy substance, however, is wholesome and nourish ing. Raisins should never be eaten by dyspeptics and persons of weak stomachs. They are frequently boiled in gruel and other drinks for inva- lids, to which they communicate an agreeable flavor. Figs, the fruit of fie us carica, contain, when ripe, a large amount of sugar, with mucilage, gum, phosphoric acid, fatty matter, &c, and form an agreeable and wholesome food. The dried fig, more frequently met with in this country, is more easy of digestion than most of the dried fruits, but should be eaten in moderation, as otherwise it is apt to occasion flatu- lence, griping, and other intestinal derangements. Dried figs being laxa- tive are used with advantage by persons of constipated habits. Figs roasted or boiled, and split in two, with the pulpy surface applied, are a popular poultice for gum-boils. Oranges, the fruit of citrus aurantium, contain malic and citric acids. mucilage, albumen, sugar, water, &c, and are a most luscious fruit, allaying thirst and diminishing excessive heat of the body; for which purpose it is frequently given to patients laboring under acute diseases. The only part of the orange which should be swallowed is the juice ; the pulp in which the juice is contained, the white, tough rind, the outer yellow rind, and the seeds, are indigestible, and should never be eaten. The outer rind, or orange peel, is much used on account of the oil contained in it, to commu- nicate a flavor to various preparations. Lemons, the fruit of citrus acida, contain a large proportion of citric acid, with malic acid, gum, bitter extractive, &c. The juice is the only part which may be taken internally, and when taken in moderation, furnishes an agreeable addition to many draughts, and is much used in this way to allay thirst, and as a refrigerant in acute diseases, and in hemorrhages. It is also very beneficial as a beverage in scorbutic and putrid diseases. When lemon juice is added to a sufficient quantity of water, and the mix ture is sweetened with sugar, it forms the delicious and refreshing beverage known as lemonade. The lemon peel is used for the same purposes as the orange peel. Citric acid is frequently employed as a medicinal substitute for lemon juice, but is inferior to it, being deprived of the malic acid and mucilage which enters into the latter; the addition of an eighth or tenth part of alcohol or brandy to lemon juice, will preserve it for a long time. Limes, the fruit of citrus limonium, are somewhat similar in their pro- perties and uses to those of the lemon, being, however, more intensely acid, STRAWBERRY.--RASPBERRY.--MELONS, ETC. 69 on Recount of the different properties of their constituents. When the juico of either of these fruits is used freely, or habitually, it is apt to occa- sion pain and irritation of the bowels, diarrhea, tuberculous disease, and derangement of the renal organs. A most pernicious habit, destructive to beauty, health, and life, is pursued by many young females, who, under the impression that a tendency to corpulency will be overcome, or that their skin will become improved and made fairer, make excessive use of lemon juice, lime juice, vinegar, pickles, and similar articles. I am acquainted with several females who have permanently injured their health by such a course. Pmeapple, the fruit of bromelia ananas, a native of the tropics, contains malic, citric, and tartaric acids, sugar, gum, peculiar aroma, &c. The ripe pineapple is one of the most.delicious of fruits, and is beneficial in dysen- tery, and most acute diseases. The fruit as sold in this country, is picked before it is thoroughly matured, in consequence of which, notwithstanding its agreeable flavor, it is quite indigestible, and is apt to occasion consider- able derangement of the bowels, especially when it is freely partaken of. Pineapple juice forms a very agreeable wash for the mouth in fevers, when the tongue is coated dark, with sordes on the teeth. Strawberry, the fruit of fragaria vesca, contains citric and malic acids in about equal proportion, sugar, mucilage, pectine, peculiar volatile aroma, pericarps, &c. Strawberry is a very delicious fruit, being wholesome and digestible, though destitute of much nutritive matter. When the ripe fruit is eaten in moderation, it seldom causes any unpleasant symptoms. Occa- sionally, persons are found with whom strawberries disagree; and they should never be eaten with cream by dyspeptics. Strawberry juice, or syrup, added to water, care being taken that the grains or pericarps are removed by filter- ing or expressing the juice or syrup through a piece of muslin, forms a re- freshing and useful drink for febrile patients. Raspberry, the fruit of rubus strigosus, contains citric and malic acids, pec- tine, sugar, volatile oil, mucus, red coloring matter, &c. This fruit is some- what similar in its properties to the strawberry and may be used as a substi- tute. Melons, including the musk-melon, cucumis melo, the water-melon, cucumis citrullus, the pumpkin, cucurbita pepo, and the squash, cucurbita verrucosa, with its varieties, are fruits much used in this country during the summer and fall months. The musk-melon and water-melon, contain sugar, pectic acid, mucilage, vegetable albumen, &c, and are very delicious fruits, when perfectly ripe. But they are not so easily digestible as many other fruits, and are very apt to occasion diarrhea, and other derangements of the stomach and bowels. Persons whose digestive organs are good may eat of them in moderation with benefit, but all others should be careful how they use them. The pumpkin and the squash, when boiled, are very wholesome, and when not eaten too freely, will agree with most persons. Mulberries, the fruit of Morns Rubra, contain bitartrate of potassa, pectine, sugar, coloring matter, &c. They contain but little nutritive matter, 70 AMERICAN FAMILY PHYSICIAN. but agree with most persons when eaten in moderation; partaken of too freely, they are apt to cause diarrhea. Their juice forms a very pleasant drink for patients suffering with acute diseases, as it checks thirst and lessens febrile heat. Tamarinds, the fruit of tamarindus indica, contain citric, tartaric, and malic acids, sugar, gum, pectine, bitartrate of potassa, &c. They are seldom met with in this country except as a preserve; in which form they possess slightly nutritive properties, and may be eaten in moderation with bread or meats. When eaten freely they act more or less powerfully upon the bowels. Boiling water poured upon them and allowed to cool, forms a very grateful drink for patients with febrile or inflammatory diseases, diminishing febrile heat and quenching thirst. Oily seeds, as the walnut, hazel-nut, filbert, pistachio-nut, and cocoa-nut, contain vegetable albumen and caseine, which render them very nutritious. But, beside these, they also contain more or less fixed oil which impairs their digestibility, except with those persons whose digestive powers are active, and who partake of them sparingly, or with moderation. Dyspeptics and those of weak stomachs should not eat these oily nuts, as they will be found to irritate the stomach, occasioning heart-burn, acid eructations, pain in the head, oppression at the stomach, increased temperature of the skin, restlessness, and'other disagreeable and even dangerous symptoms. When old or rancid, they are not fit to be eaten by any one. The cocoa-nut is almost indigestible; the milky fluid contained within the nut, forms a pleas- ant draught to allay thirst. Bitter almonds contain a poisonous principle, and when eaten in large quantities produce serious and even fatal conse- quences. These oily nuts are frequently added to the dinner dessert, but this is extremely improper and unhealthy, they should never be eaten by any one except when the stomach is empty, or not already filled with food. Chestnuts possess a large quantity of nutritive matter, without any oil. When raw they are not readily digested, and occasion flatulence, griping, colic, and looseness of the bowels. Roasted or boiled chestnuts are much more easily digestible and nourishing, but should be avoided by dyspeptics and those of weak digestive functions, on account of their tendency to cause flatulency. CONDIMENTS are those articles which are used with food for the purpose of seasoning it, or improving its flavor, favoring its digestion, and counteracting any deleterious properties connected with it. They are com- posed of alimentary substances, as Sugar, Salt, Oil, or Fats, vegetable Acids, &c, and those which are not nutritive, as Pepper, Nutmegs, Mustard, and other aromatics. When used in small proportion, condiments render the food more palatable and inviting, and undoubtedly assist its digestion; but the constant and excessive use of them, so commonly indulged in by the great majority of the present generation, is injurious to the whole sys- tem, debilitating the stomach, occasioning organic disease of the liver impairing the peristaltic action of the bowels, producing various cutaneous COMMON SALT. 71 eruptions, and other disagreeable and sometimes serious maladies. Chil- dren and young persons should never use any seasoning in their food, except salt; the great mortality among the children of some families is owing to their being permitted to use " high-seasoned" food, rich pastry, rich cakes, much fat, &e. " Condiments," says Dr. W. Beaumont, " particularly those of the spicy kind, are non-essential to the process of digestion, in a healthy state of the system. They afford no nutrition. Though they may assist the action of a debilitated stomach for a time, their continual use never fails to produc an indirect debility of that organ. They affect it as alcohol or other stim- ulants do—the present relief afforded is at the expense of future suffering. Salt and vinegar are exceptions, and are not noxious to this charge when used in moderation. They both assist in digestion—vinegar, by rendering muscular fiber more tender, and both together, by producing a fluid having some analogy to the gastric juice." Condiments may be divided into, 1. Saline condiments, as common salt. 2. Acidulous condiments, as vinegar, lemon juice, and citric acid. 3. Oily condiments, as the fixed oils and fats. 4. Saccharine condiments, as sugar, molasses, honey, &c. 5. Aromatic and pungent condiments, as spices, essential oils, &c. 6. Sauces. Common Salt or Chloride of Sodium, forms an essential constituent of the blood, and from which fluid the gastric juice derives its hydrochloric acid, and the bile its soda; hence its use is not merely for the gratification of the palate, but for the more important purpose of preserving health and main- taining life. It is, in fact, a necessary article of food, for which nature has furnished us an appetite. When more soda is taken into the system than is required for the vital processes, the surplus quantity is removed from the blood by the kidneys; but if its excessive use be continued and habitual, it will give rise to plethora, corpulency and some form of disease; conse- quently, salt should be eaten with moderation. Salt, to be eaten, should be free from the chlorides of lime and magnesia, which are frequently found in it, from carelessness in its manufacture; these may be detected by immersing a strip of litmus paper into a solution of the salt, when, if there is an excess of the chlorides present, the color will be immediately changed. Lime, or the carbonate of lime may be detected by the brisk effervescence which ensues on placing some of the^salt in a little strong muriatic (hydro- chloric) acid. The best and purest salt for table use, is that known a.s fine table salt; the coarser kinds are better for the preservation of fish and animal flesh. The vegetable acids which are frequently used as condiments to food, form a valuable addition to fatty or gelatinous matters, when used in moderation; obviating any tendency to oppress the stomach, and aiding their digestion. Thus, the various sauces composed of acidulous vegetables, as apple-sauce, cranberry-jelly, &c, eaten with a meal of fat pork, venison, duck, geese, beef, &c, are very advantageous to digestion. 72 AMERICAN FAMILY PHYSICIAN. Vinegar is much employed with food as a condiment; when used in small quantities, it is a grateful and healthy article, allaying thirst and diminish- ing preternatural heat; the digestion of gelatinous and fatty meats is pro- moted by its use, and they become less likely to derange the stomach and bowels; the flatulence frequently following the use of raw vegetables, is usually prevented by the addition of vinegar, which also lessens or entirely removes the fermentation which some kinds of food undergo when taken into the stomach. In large quantities it interferes with the digestive pro- cess, and occasions considerable injury to the system. Its habitual us6 is also injurious, destroying the teeth, impairing the functions of the stom ach, and giving rise to dyspepsia. It has been used to remove obesity, but its use for this purpose is as dangerous as that of other acids. (See p. 69.) Unripe fruits preserved in vinegar, and termed pickles, are very indigest- ible, and should never be eaten. When eaten by dyspeptics, or persons of weak stomachs, or when taken in excess, they are very apt to cause disa- greeable, and even dangerous results. There are many frauds practiced in making vinegar, which may be detected- as follows : Sulphuric acid or oil of vitriol is frequently added, and indeed, the vinegar is, at times, chiefly made of a diluted sulphuric acid; this may be detected by adding a solution of the acetate of baryta to the suspected vinegar, when a white precipitate of sulphate of baryta, not soluble in nitric acid, takes place, if sulphuric acid be present. When muriatic (hydrochloric) acid is the adulteration added, it may be discov- ered by the addition of a solution of nitrate of silver to a wineglassful of the suspected liquid, which will produce an abundant precipitate of muriate of silver, not soluble in nitric acid, but perfectly soluble in aqua ammonia. When the vinegar is adulterated with nitric acid, it may be detected in two ways. 1. Add a little common salt to a wineglassful of the liquid, satu- rate it by adding carbonate of potassa, and then evaporate to dryness. Upon the dry residue pour equal parts of sulphuric acid and water, through which some gold leaf has been diffused, and boil the mixture. If nitric acid be present, nitro-muriatic acid will be generated, in consequence of the decomposition of the common salt, and the gold leaf will be dissolved. (Pereira on Food and Diet.) 2. Place a small quantity of the vinegar in a tin cup, and put into it cuttings and scrapings of a common goose-quill; and then apply heal, and if the pieces of the goose-quill are stained yellow, nitric acid is present.' When oxalic acid is added, it may be known by adding together one part of aqua ammonia and two parts of the vinegar, then, if some lime water be added to the mixture, there will be a copious white precipitate of oxalate of .ime. The best and most healthful plan to procure good vinegar, is to purchase * acetic acid,—one pint of which maybe added to six of water, and thus form seven pints of strong vinegar for about fifty cents. This is about double the price of ordinary vinegar, but then it will always be known to be una- dulterated with any poisonous article. When cider vinegar is made, early cider is not so good for the purpose as the late. MUSTARD.--HORSERADISH.--GINGER. 73 Fixed oils, fats, and saccharine substances have already been referred to on pages 49, and 51—52. Mustard, the ground seeds of sinapis nigra, is a wholesome condiment when used in moderation, especially for those whose digestive powers are weak, yet there are many persons with whom mustard causes an irritation or burnino- sensation at the stomach and griping, even when used in the least quantity. The best method of preparing mustard for the table is, to mix the flour with water at the ordinary temperature of the atmosphere; for boiling, or uniting it with alcohol or acids, as vinegar, &c, impairs its active properties. Black mustard seeds contain a volatile oil, a fixed oil, sulphur, myronate of potassa, &c. The ground mustard of commerce is hardly ever met with in a genuine state, being almost always combined with other articles, which, however do not render it poisonous. Thus, an excellent mustard is prepared by mix- ing 145 pounds of mustard flour, made by grinding together two parts of black and three of white seed, with 56 pounds of wheat flour to dimin- ish the pungency, and two pounds of turmeric to improve the color; then to restore the acrimony without the pungency, one pound of chilly pods and half a pound of ginger are added. Some manufacturers add bay salt, cayenne pepper, yellow ochre, &c. This last named article is injurious, and may be detected by placing some mustard containing it in an iron vessel, and submitting it to heat until the mustard has burned away; if any residue is left, it is ochre. The same may be detected by placing some of the mustard on an iron or platinum spoon, and by means of a blowpipe drive the flame of a lamp upon it until it is burned; but the ochre will not burn or be consumed. Horseradish, the root of cochlearia armoracea, contains a very pungent volatile oil, bitter resin, starch, gum, sugar, albumen, acetic acid, &c. It is usually grated or scraped, and added to vinegar, when it forms a wholesome and stimulating condiment to be used in moderation with animal food. When used too freely it is very apt to produce an irritation or burning sensation at the stomach, griping, &c. It is* especially useful for those whose digestive powers are torpid, who are disposed to local palsy, or who are dropsical, being a stimulant, diuretic, and antiscorbutic agent. The root when dried loses its volatile oil, and consequently its pungency. Ginger, the root of amomum zingiber, contains a volatile oil, two resin- ous substances, gum, starch, sulphur, acetic acid, &c. It is a stimulating aromatic, increasing the secretion of the gastric juice, and the excitability of the muscular system of the bowels, and also removing flatulence. Used in moderation it is a very valuable and healthy condiment, and should be used more especially by persons troubled with flatulency. Persons whose digestive organs have been impaired by the use of intoxicating drinks, and who have determined to abandon them, will find much benefit from the occasional use of ginger, which will remove that sense of faintness or sink- ing at the stomach, which is apt to follow a discontinuance of these liquors. The following will be found an excellent remedy to improve the condition 74 AMERICAN FAMILY PHYSICIAN. of the stomachs of those who have been previously addicted to intemper- ance:—Take an ounce of powdered quassia, add to it one pint and a half of boiling water, cover it, and allow it to remain until cold, agitating it occasionally; then add a fluidrachm of sulphuric acid, and let it stand for twenty-four hours, frequently agitating it. Take of ginger, swamp milkweed, sassafras, each, half an ounce, add a pint of boiling water, cover and steep for three or four hours, and sweeten with loaf sugar. Strain each of the above infusions, and mix them together; the dose is one or two table-spoonfuls, three or four times a day. Nutmegs, the fruit of myristica moschata, owe their peculiar flavor to a vol- atile oil. They form an agreeable and harmless addition to gruel, panada, sauces, &c, but are very injurious when administered to females immedi- ately after confinement, to patients recovering from acute disease, or when eaten too freely. In purchasing nutmegs be careful to select those without holes in them, which are heavy, and which have the peculiar flavor of the article; those which have not the above characters, have been deprived of their volatile oil, on which their virtue depends, and are consequently worthless. Pepper, the dried unripe berries of piper nigrum contains an acid oil, vol- atile oil, &c. Several varieties form the pepper of commerce. It is a stim- ulating condiment, and when taken in moderation is not injurious, but when used, as it is frequently, in large quantities, to excite the appetite or please the palate, it is very injurious to the digestive organs. The same remarks will apply to red or cayenne pepper. Pepper, especially when ground, is liable to many adulterations, sev- eral of which are deleterious to health, and are difficult to detect. The better plan for housekeepers to adopt, in order to insure pure ground pepper, is to purchase the pepper-corns and reduce them to powder by grind- ing, whenever it is wanted. It is not unfrequently the case that cayenne pepper is prepared of the ground pods from which the oil has been obtained, mixed with a portion of good pepper and powdered cantharides, colored with turmeric or yellow ochre, and its weight made as near natural as pos- sible by the addition of a small portion of red lead; such an article is truly dangerous to health and life. Cloves, the dried unexpanded flowers of caryophyllus aromaticus, contain fixed and volatile oil, gum, resin, tannin, two crystalline principles, &c. They are sometimes employed as a condiment, or as an addition to sauces, cakes, pies, &c, but their habitual use, or when used too freely, is injurious irritating the stomach and bowels, impairing the digestive process, and causing constipation. The habit of eating cloves for the purpose of dis- guising the breath is extremely pernicious. Cinnamon, the bark of cinnamomum zeylanicum, contains a volatile oil tannin, cinnamic acid, resin, mucilage, &c. It is a very pleasant and health- ful stimulant when eaten in moderation, but is injurious when taken in large quantities, or habitually. It is frequently the case that the ground cinnamon of commerce is composed of inferior bark, or bark from which ALLSPICE.--SAUCES.--PICKLES.--PRESERVES. 75 the oil has been obtained, mixed with a sufficient quantity of good bark and other articles, to secure the flavor and pungency of the pure bark. Allspice or Pimento, the unripe berries of myrtus pimenta, contains fixed and volatile oils, tannin, gum resin, sugar, a peculiar oleaginous substance, malic and gallic acids, &c. It is considerably used as a condiment, and to flavor various culinary dishes, and when used in moderation, produces no unpleasant effects. Like all spices, it is deleterious when taken in immod- erate quantities. Sauces composed of salt, spices, vinegar, &c, as various kinds of Catsups are very frequently used as condiments; they are not safe nor salutary articles, for although they may not be eaten in sufficient quantity to effect any injury themselves, yet the artificial appetite which they are apt to pro- voke, and thus cause an overloading of the stomach, perhaps, with indiges- tible substances, is pernicious to health. Invalids should never partake of them. Pickles, pickled olives, and anchovies, possess no nutritive properties, and are indigestible, frequently occasioning unpleasant, and even serious symp- toms; when eaten at all, it should be in great moderation, and only by those who possess strong powers of digestion, and are accustomed to plenty of daily exercise. As a general rule, a healthy stomach requires no stimulus to produce an appetite, while a weak stomach is certain to be irreparably injured by the use of agents to provoke an appetite. Preserves or sweetmeats, are terms applied to various kinds of fruit, when prepared by boiling, stewing, or otherwise, with sugar or molasses. The fruit from which they are made, should always be tolerably ripe. Eaten in small quantities with bread, or meat, or milk, they are wholesome and nutritious; but they will be found to disagree with weak stomachs, and dys- peptics. Many foreign preserves are so tough, and contain so much fibrous matter as to be indigestible and not fit to eat. Glazed earthen-ware con- tains oxide of lead, and should never be used to keep preserves or pickles in, for the vegetable acids by dissolving the lead glazing will cause the fruit and its syrups to become poisonous. The same may be said of those air- tight, self-sealing cans which are covered with a leaden or pewter cover, or the solder of which comes in contact with the syrup or juice of the preserves. If carbonic acid should be developed in the preserved fruit or its syrup, or, if air should at any time find an entrance within the can or jar, or be origin- ally contained in it, a poisonous solution of lead will be formed. In these matters, too much care cannot be observed. 76 AMERICAN FAMILY PHYSICIAN. CHAPTER VI. Water.—Whey.—Artificial Mineral Water.—Tea.—Coffee. Water is as essential to life as air, heat, or light, and it enters into the composition of the majority of those substances which constitute the food of man; it is, indeed, the proper solvent of all solid nutritious substances Every drop of fluid which is taken into the stomach, is conveyed into the blood, (to supply the loss of the fluids of the body which is constantly tak- ing place during life,) and before it is expelled from the system it traverses every part of the body. When the system requires a resupply of fluid, we are made aware of it by a peculiar sensation termed thirst; when solid nutri- tious food is demanded, the sensation of hunger is produced. The immedi- ate seat of thirst is in the fauces, and when present it indicates a deficiency of fluid in the system, and is at once relieved by introducing a sufficient quantity of fluid into the system, whether by the mouth, skin, or rectum, and there is no doubt, that persons may cultivate a habit or abnormal desire of the system, which will cause them to drink more fluid than is really need- ed,—and when the secreting and excreting organs are active, intemperance in water drinking is much safer than that in any other kind of drink. ~ When there is a great loss of fluid from the body, as by certain evacua- tions, diarrhea, perspiration, &c, there is more or less constant thirst, pro- portioned to the amount of fluid eliminated; thus, in warm seasons, when the atmospherical temperature is considerably increased, a larger quantity of fluid is expelled from the system in the form of perspiration, than in the colder months when the atmosphere is temperate or cold. Consequently, thirst is more urgent and more constant, and more fluid is taken into the system, during the former seasons. Thirst may likewise be excited or aug- mented by active exercise, or by whatever stimulates the secreting and ex- creting functions. Salt, spices, stimulating liquors, &c, by exciting the mucous lining of the alimentary tube from the mouth to the stomach, and by rendering the blood more viscid and stimulating, cause an increased desire for drink. The only fluid which is suitable for an ordinary drink, and which is the best suited for the nourishment of the system, for the dilution of solid food, and for the maintenance of a proper degree of fluidity in the blood is, water. Indeed, water is the only agent that can satisfy thirst, or which the taste of man prefers when not vitiated by artificial appetites. Yet, under certain circumstances, it is frequently found advisable to combine with the drink, farinaceous, mucilaginous, acidulous, or aromatic substances, as in cas'es of sickness, convalescence, debility, during excessive heat, and in instances where water alone disagrees. The quantity of fluid required at any time, depends much on circumstan- ces. If it be used during a meal, it will be found that animal food will re quire a larger amount than vegetable; and salted and high-seasoned food WATER. 77 will require still more. Generally, during a warm day, from three to four pints will be demanded by a healthy adult; while in cold weather, from half a pint to a pint will be all-sufficient. Some, however, and especially those who perspire freely, or who use much salt or salted food, will require much more than the above named quantities, while others again will be satisfied with considerably less. It is much better to cultivate a habit of not drinking water or any fluid, until the sense of thirst is very urgent, than to swallow large draughts from every slight call of this sensation. For every unneces- sary drop of water added to the circulation, increases the demand upon the vital energy, and causes a rapid waste of the system. As regards the quan- tity of fluid, and the time for drinking, these must be left to the individual, who will be upon the safer side by not drinking too often, nor too largely at a time. It is supposed by some writers, that the excessive use of fluids, with a small amount of solid food, favors leanness or emaciation; my own observa- tion tends to a contrary belief, for, as a general rule, I have found corpulent persons to be great consumers of fluid substances. It is extremely improper to flood the stomach with fluid, immediately pre- vious to a meal, as it interferes with the subsequent digestive process; and during a meal, for the same reason, no more fluid should be taken than is necessary to facilitate proper mastication. Usually, the temperature of the drink should be that of the surrounding atmosphere; occasionally warm drinks may be required. The use of cold or iced drinks is considered very improper by most writers; this may probably be the case with some individ- uals, or where such draughts are too freely indulged in ; but, for my own part, I am firmly of the opinion that the temperate use of iced water during the hot summer months, acts as a stimulating tonic to the stomach, prevents febrile attacks, and is greatly conducive to health. Of course, this remark does not apply to those who are so situated that they can procure good, cool, spring or rain-water, which are always preferable, but to those who live in cities which are supplied with the heated and filthy water from rivers. When the system is heated by exercise and the thirst is excessive, much care must be observed in drinking cold water, as fatal results have frequently occurred from a want of prudence; in such case, before drinking, the face and hands should first be bathed freely in cold water, after which the thirst should be allayed gradually, taking only one or two sips at a time. When a person has fallen senseless from imprudently drinking too freely of cold water during a state of excitement of the system, his feet and limbs should be immediately placed in warm water, cold water should be poured upon his head, and as soon as possible some stimulating preparation should be intro- duced into the stomach, as spirits of camphor, tincture of cayenne, &c. The purer the water, the better is it for health and all those purposes for which fluid is required. Rain-water and spring-water approach nearer to purity than any other; river-water stands next, when it contains no sub- stance prejudicial to health or life. Hard water contains certain mineral matters in solution, which lessen its solvent powers, and occasion abnormal conditions of the blood, from which arise many chronic diseases, as of the 78 AMERICAN FAMILY PHYSICIAN. liver, spleen, kidneys, skin, &c. Soft water, or freestone water, should always be used instead of hard water, or limestone water. Soft water may be known by forming a suds with soap, while hard water coagulates soap, and is unfit for internal or domestic uses. An excellent test for determining the quality of water is the tincture of soap; in distilled water, no action is observ- able ; in soft water, a faint, semi-transparency occurs; and in hard water, a milky whiteness is produced by the soap-tincture. Rain and snow-water may, by proper precautions, be obtained tolerably pure, from the roofs of houses on which they fall, by allowing the impurities to be washed away in the commencement of a heavy rain, or with the first water occasioned by a thaw. Nitrogenous organic matter is usually found in rain-water collected in large cities. Both rain and snow-water may be applied to every domestic purpose, as well as to most chemical and pharma- ceutical operations. But no water should ever be used which comes in con- tact with lead — for the lead becomes oxydized by the oxygen of the water, which oxide is reduced to a carbonate by the action of the carbonic acid derived from the air, and the water thus containing lead, may produce the poisonous effects of that metal upon the system; and the more soft and pure the water, the greater the risk. Spring-water is that which springs from the earth, free from large amounts of carbonic acid, or salts, and not possessing elevated temperatures; it is the general beverage of mankind, and is applicable to all domestic purposes. Those springs arising from trap-rocks, sandstone, transition rocks, and primitive rocks, are the purest; those from alluvial strata, limestone, and coal formations, are the least pure. Well-water very much resembles spring- water in its qualities, its purity being proportioned to its depth and amount of use. River-water, especially when passing through alluvial countries, and near great cities, contains suspended in it, more or less earthy and vegeto-animal impurities, which impair its transparency. When moderately pure, it is fit for all ordinary purposes, though if it contain much vegeto-animal matter, it is apt to occasion dysentery and other affections of the bowels. The Croton water of New-York, the Schuylkill water of Philadelphia, and the Ohio and Mississippi river-water, are when filtered, sufficiently pure for ordinary pur- poses; and they ought never to be used unless they are filtered. The lake waters of the United States are generally wholesome, being similar to river- water. Marsh or staghant water always contains vegeto-animal matters in a state of decomposition, giving rise to peculiar acids, or poisonous gases, hence they are very unwholesome, occasioning ague, dysentery, &c, and should never be used for domestic or medicinal purposes. "Alkalies and boiling render such water less unwholesome ; and it is said that astringent bitters, such as the bark of the willow and the Peruvian bark, not only cure ague, but purify the water that causes it. The presence of trees diminishes malaria and prevents the water near their roots from becoming putrid; and cleared countries, if not well drained, are far more subject to intermittent diseases WATER. 79 than those that are full of forest. Here I would incidentally observe, that bitters are more relished and more useful in marshy districts than in those more salubrious. The poor on the coast of Sussex use a strong infusion of that excellent bitter, the lesser centaury, with excellent success, in brow ague, and the intermittent headache, so common among them. The putrid matter held in solution by stagnant water acts, perhaps, as a specific fer- ment, which propagates itself under favorable circumstances; and from analogy, it is not unlikely that certain vegetable principles, such a3 the bitter alkaloids, quinia, &c, may arrest this fermentation both in the body ' and out of it, just as the fermentation of yeast in beer is arrested at a certain point by the hop and other bitters, or by the addition of a sulphate." G. Moore. This view certainly favors the cryptogamic theory of intermit- tent diseases, for the fermentation of yeast being occasioned by micro- roscopic vegetation, may not a similar fermenting or vegetable growth in the system occasion those diseases termed epidemic or malarial? This view which originated with Dr. Mitchell, of Philadelphia, certainly is deserving of more attention from the medical profession than has been bestowed upon it. All waters are improved by boiling, but they should be poured from one vessel to another, previous to internal use, in order to regain iiu^ the air, the oxygen which they have lost. Animal charcoal purifies water that passes slowly through it, but it requires to be renewed every two or three days, or it loses its purifying qualities. Alum, or albumen, added to water will clarify it when muddy, but it is not always convenient nor proper to employ them. The best mode of purifying water is to pass it through a filter composed of sand, gravel, and porous earth and stone; the water should then be kept covered, especially during the summer, in order that it may not become filled with microscopic fungoids and animalcules, which, although harmless when alive, may cause sickness by their death and decomposition. Hard water may be rendered fit for washing by the addition of substan- ces to it, which precipitate the salts it holds in solution. Thus, water which contains the bicarbonate or sulphate of lime, may be softened by the addition of carbonate of soda; vegetable impurities may be precipi- tated by adding ten grains of pure fresh lime to every two quarts of water, stirring it well, and filtering, or allowing it to stand till clear. Oxalate of potassa, decomposes salts on which the hardness of the water usually depends, and renders it sufficiently soft for washing. Mineral waters contain a large proportion of carbonic acid, with or without saline, alkaline, metallic, earthy, and other foreign substances, and are used on account of the therapeutical influences they exert upon the animal economy. Various substances are added to water to form nutritious, tonic, palatable, or stimulating draughts, and U a brief notice of some of which, I will call the attention of the reader. Toast-water is water to which toasted bread has been added, communi- BO AMERICAN FAMILY PHYSICIAN. eating its taste and soluble portions, without affecting the diluent proper- ties of the water. It forms an agreeable and healthy drink, and is used by persons with whose stomachs water alone disagrees. As it possesses slightly nutritive qualities, it is used in febrile affections, and other cases where diluents are required. Sir A. Carlisle recommends toast-water to be made by pouring boiling ivater upon a hard biscuit which has been reduced by fire to a coffee color. is soon is it has cooled it should be drank, on account of its tendency to acquire an unpleasant flavor in two or three hours. Whey. When milk is allowed to stand a sufficient length of time, it separates into two parts, the curd, or white solid or coagulated part, and the whey, or thin, greenish-yellow or watery part, which has a saccharine, milk-like flavor; the same effect may be produced by curdling milk, by the addition of rennet. Whey is an agreeable, nutritious and refreshing drink, which is readily digested, augments the secretions and effects a healthful change in the fluids of the body. Laborers will find it a much safer and better article to allay thirst in hot weather, than stimulating or intoxicating drinks. (See Milk, Cream, and Buttermilk, pages 44 to 48.) Artificial Mineral Water, which consists of water surcharged with car- bonic acid gas, and flavored with some kind of syrup, is a very grateful ind healthful drink during the warm seasons, if not taken in too great an abundance. Too much care, however, cannot be taken, to avoid metallic impurities, especially of lead; when it is on draught from fountains fur- nished with leaden tubes, the first water drawn every day, should be thrown away, as its use might give rise to unpleasant symptoms. This artificial water allays thirst, diminishes preternatural heat, favors perspiration, lessens nausea and uneasiness of the stomach, and promotes the urinary discharge. When on draught from fountains, it is called " soda water;" when put up in bottles, and flavored with various syrups, it is termed " mineral water." Vessels containing carbonic acid water should be kept in a cold place, perfectly tight, and free from lead, or any other poisonous metal. Mineral water should not be drank immediately before, or directly after a meal, as it may interfere with the appetite or digestive process, by the gas contained in it unduly distending the stomach. Tea, an infusion prepared from the dried leaves of various species of ±e tea-plant, which grows in China and Japan. There are two kinds of tea used in this country, green tea and black tea, each of which is livided into several qualities. Green tea contains gallic acid, tannic acid, gum, gluten, lignin, bitter extractive, and volatile matter. Black tea contains tannic acid, gum, gluten, lignin, and volatile matter. A crystal tine, salifiable base has been found in tea, to which the name of theine has been given; it exists in tea in combination with tannic acid, and is iden Heal with the caffeine obtained from coffee; both of these principles are supposed to favor the formation of a substance contained in bile termed taurine. The infusions made from both kinds of tea, have a peculiar, refreshing, somewhat astringent, and agreeably bitterish taste ; that of the green tea, being more pleasant than that of the black. TEA, 81 Tea possesses gently exciting, and astringent properties, exerting also an influence upon the brain and nervous system. Its peculiar flavor depends upon a lemon-yellow colored volatile oil, lighter than water, which acts alone as a narcotic, but when combined with tannic acid, as a diuretic and diaphoretic. Used in moderation, the infusion of tea is a grateful and harmless beverage, but if used for a long time in large quantity, or of great strength, it induces many unpleasant, nervous, and dyspeptic symp- toms, as wakefulness, tremors, palpitations, anxiety, and other distressing feelings. For a daily drink, black tea is preferable to green, as it contains (ess stimulating and narcotic principles; and it should never be used except at the evening meal, unless in cases of sickness, debility, &c. Green tea is best adapted in cases of sickness, in fevers and inflammatory diseases, colds, catarrhs, and after a fit of intemperance; it rarely disagrees with the invalid, and almost always proves refreshing and agreeable, acting, if drank warm, as a diluent, diaphoretic, and diuretic. A great deal has been said by ultra dietetical reformers, relative to the poisonous or injurious properties of tea—'especially the green varieties. That it is injurious when used in excessive quantity, or in strong infusion, there can be no doubt, for it is well known that small doses of the extract, or of a strong infusion, will speedily destroy the lives of inferior animals. Still, it must be admitted that when used with moderation, by persons of active, labo- rious habits, its effects are rather beneficial than otherwise, and I see no reason why a war should be kept up against the article itself, instead of its intemperate employment. Tea, whether green or black, should never be used daily by persons in health; it should only be drank in moderation at p.n evening meal, when the system is depressed or languid from exercise or labor of the day. When the debility experienced at this time is owing to the heat of the season only, there is no better fluid to overcome it than pure cold water, other drinks, however, are admissible, and may be used at the supper table instead of tea, as buttermilk, toast-water, sage-tea, milk, milk and water, or even lemonade. And persons should accustom themselves to varying their breakfast and supper beverages, and not use the same liquid daily, remembering that there is no fluid so thoroughly adapted to the wants of the system as pure cold water, and that the more this is interfered with by the addition of foreign agents, the less healthful and beneficial is it ren- dered. Many persons who use tea and coffee daily, are subject to vertigo, headache, incapability of mental reflection, or oppression at the stomach; unpleasant symptoms which invariably disappear when water is substituted for these stimulating drinks. Children should never be allowed to drink tea except when required as a medicinal refreshing draught. Persons of sedentary or inactive occupations require much less tea as a stimulant than those of active habits ; indeed, they will, derive more advantage from water, milk, or milk and water. Tea is frequently adulterated with other articles, as elder leaves, ash leaves, &c, and it is not uncommon for some unprincipled persons to buy up the tea leaves which have been used to form the infusion of tea, and mix these 6 82 AMERICAN FAMILY PHYSICIAN. Fig. 6. in various proportions with good tea leaves, and which adulteration it is almost impossible to detect. When other leaves are added, it may be discovered by macerating some of the leaves in water for a short time, then spread them out between pieces Fig. 7. Genuine Tea leaves. Spurious Tea leaves. of paper, and press them till dry. If the leaves are narrow and slender, with deeply serrated edges, and their ends acutely pointed, as in fig. 6, they are genuine; but, if they are rounded, more obtusely pointed, the edges not so deeply serrated, as in fig. 7, or vary in other respects, they are spurious. Factitious black teas are generally colored by logwood; the green, by being laid on sheets of copper, and having Dutch pink and verdigris added to them. This last is a highly poisonous addition, and has produced dan- gerous symptoms among those who have partaken of such made-teas, as nau- sea, vomiting, great pain in the stomach, faintness, great depression, and cold perspiration. A very excellent work on the subject of adulterations of food and drugs, as detected by the microscope, has been published in London by A. H. Hassall; it can be obtained in this country for about four dollars and a half. It should be read by every person. Spurious black tea, when slightly moistened and rubbed on a sheet of white paper, produces at once a bluish-black stain; or, if thrown into soft cold water, it does not produce the amber color of the genuine leaves; but a bluish-black, which, unlike the pure article, becomes reddened on the addi- tion of a drop or two of oil of vitriol, (sulphuric acid.) Copper may be detected by placing^ small quantity of the tea in a vial, adding some aqua ammonia (spirits of. hartshorn,) and a little water, and then shaking them together; if copper be present, the fluid will acquire a sapphire-blue tinge. When carbonate of copper is used to color green tea, it may be known by throwing some of the leaves into water that has had sulphureted hydrogen passed through it, which will turn the fluid of a black '.olor. Coffee, the seed of coffea arabica, a native of Arabia Felix, and Ethiopia and extensively cultivated in Asia and America. There are several varietie of coffee, among which the Mocha, Java, and Havana, are considered the best. Raw coffee contains cellulose, fatty matter, legumin, chlorogenate of potassa and caffeine, free caffeine, volatile oil, &c. Whan roasted, a great change occurs in coffee, it acquires a bitterness and a peculiar, quite agreeable COFFEE. 83 odor, which did not exist in it before; at the same time the seeds expand and lose nearly twenty per cent, in weight. If the torrefaction be conducted in a covered vessel, keeping the coffee seeds constantly agitated under expo- sure to the heat of a moderate fire, and this action be kept up for a proper length of time, the roasted coffee imparts to boiling water a very agreeable taste and odor. If the heat be too long applied, the infusion becomes un- pleasantly bitter; and if it be insufficient, the peculiar aroma and flavor of good coffee will not be obtained. The sooner coffee is used after its roasting and grinding, the more agreeable and stimulating will it prove, as it rapidly loses its most desirable properties by being kept. The infusion of torrefied coffee grains forms a well-known favorite bever- age. Taken in moderation it is a gentle stimulus to the digestive apparatus, and to the circulation, generally occasioning a degree of wakefulness; in large quantities it produces derangement of the nervous system, as well as of the organs of digestion, and if its use be thus persisted in, it will occasion headache, dyspepsia, &c. A strong cup of coffee will cause a degree of wakefulness for several hours; and strong coffee, freely administered, has been found an excellent antidote to the baneful effects of opium or alcohol in many instances. Coffee is occasionally useful in the sick room; it relieves some forms of headache, and has proved beneficial in some cases of asthma and hooping cough; it is likewise a valuable cordial and restorative after exhaustion, great fatigue, as well as in cases of sudden withdrawal from spirituous beverages. Coffee should never be taken in large quantities, nor in very strong infu- sion, because it seldom fails to derange the stomach and injure the digestive function, and it is, likewise, very apt to occasion wakefulness, tremors, head- ache, loss of memory, and many other unpleasant symptoms; indeed, there are many individuals who cannot use it at all, on account of its disagreeable effects. The stimulating effects of coffee, like those of intoxicating liquors, are always followed by a depression proportioned to the quantity and strength of the infusion employed and the degree of excitement occasioned by it. Although usually considered to be a constipating agent, yet I know many persons on whom it produces a purgative, or mild laxative effect,—in some,- so much so that they cannot make use of it at all during the warm summer and fall months, on account of the continual tendency to diarrhea caused thereby. During the cholera years I relieved the fears of many persons who found themselves subject to a constant looseness of the bowels, by persuading them to dispense with the use of coffee altogether. Persons of sedentary habits, dyspeptics, and children should never use coffee, save, occasionally. as a medicine; and those of more active habits and powerful digestion should use it with moderation-—a weak infusion with a goodly proportion of cream or milk, and sugar, may be taken by them daily in the quantity of an ordi- nary cupful at breakfast or at dinner. To exceed this, or use a strong. infusion, is as much a habit of intemperance as the daily use of strong drink, and though it may not so immediately develop the abnormal symp- toms resulting from intemperance in alcoholic drinks, yet it is certain to ■ 84 AMERICAN FAMILY PHYSICIAN. ultimately occasion them if its improper use be persisted in. I have fre quently traced many nervous diseases, and unaccountable symptoms of an alarming character, among children, to the excessive use of coffee, in which they had been indulged by imprudent and unwise parents. Coffee should not be drank at night on account of the wakefulness it occasions, unless, indeed, this state be desired. Many persons make use of very strong coffee for the purpose of rendering the brain more active, and thereby enriching the mind with ideas, a's wri- ters, speakers, &c. And it is, unfortunately, the case that many females, previous to an attendance upon soirees, parties, balls, &c, are in the habit of drinking strong coffee for the purpose of procuring an artificial flow of spirits, mirth, wit, hilarity, &c. Although this does not produce the beastly condition resulting from the use of alcoholic liquors, nevertheless, it is as censurable a feature of intemperance. A French writer states, that although coffee excites the mind temporarily to unwonted activity, yet " unfortunately it is not without great prejudice to mind and body that man procures such overexcitements. After them come prostration, sadness, and exhaustion of the moral and physical forces; the mind becomes enervated, the body lan- guishes. To a rich imagination succeeds a penury of ideas; and if the con- sumer does not stop, genius will soon give place to stupidity." In relation to the views of some dietetical reformers who proscribe all kinds of stimulants as a drink, and, indeed, all liquids except water and milk, a recent writer remarks:—"We should, however, consider that cordials or stimulants are, at least, occasionally useful, and that, whether useful or not, mankind always have, and probably always will make use of them. But of all those which have hitherto been introduced, none, perhaps, combine so many excellencies, with so few evils, as that of coffee. To moderately nutri- tive properties, it adds those of a mild and cordial stimulant, without pro- ducing those peculiar narcotic effects which so often accompany the use of strong green tea. We are persuaded that it is not wise to wholly proscribe coffee, as it is eminently useful to those who are trying to wean themselves from the use of alcoholic stimulants, and if employed of moderate strength with milk and sugar, it cannot be considered injurious as a common bev- erage." The adulterations in coffee are principally met with in that which is roasted and ground for sale, and to which are frequently added, by unprincipled venders, peas, beans, rye, sawdust, old coffee grounds, &c. These adultera- tions are not very easily detected, save in the flavor of the infusion, and the best plan to adopt, in order to avoid being imposed upon in this matter, is for every family to buy,green coffee, and roast and grind it for themselves. Clwcolate is prepared by roasting the seeds of Thcobroma cacao, and di- vesting them of their husks, reducing them to powder, forming them into into a pasty substance with sugar or other saccharine matter, and some aromatic added to improve the flavor, and then placing it in molds to dry. Not unfrequently, powdered sago or potato starch is added, in order to give a thickening quality to the chocolate. Whether boiled in water or in COCOA.--CIDER. 85 milk, chocolate forms a rich, nourishing diet, but is of difficult digestion, owing to the large quantity of oil contained in it, and is, consequently, unfit for dyspeptics and persons of sedentary occupations. Even among the robust and laboring classes, it will often produce a sense of oppression at the stomach, with mental and physical dulness. Chocolate is subject to adulterations with rice flour, wheat flour, potato flour, the flour of beans and peas, suet or other fat, &c, which can only be detected by a tedious process. If chocolate has a rancid smell, it is prob- ably adulterated with gum, fat, &c; if an infusion of it is changed to a blue color by the addition of tincture of iodine, it contains starchy sub- stances—if to a yellowish, it is free from starch. Lead, which is some- times added in the form of the red oxide, to impart a fine red color, may be detected by the process given for detecting it in cheese, on page 47. Sulphuret of mercury has been added for a similar purpose, and may be suspected when a sediment of a brick-red color is seen to take place in a decoction, after it has stood for a short time; good chocolate has a deposit of a dull brown color, which requires some time in forming. Cocoa, is another preparation made by roasting the above-named seeds and grinding them, without depriving them of their husks, and sometimes adding sago or potato starch. Not unfrequently, the husks, which are separated from the seed in the preparation of chocolate, are also mixed with the above. Cocoa is less oily than chocolate, and boiled in water and milk, with sugar added, forms a pleasant and moderately nutritious drink, which agrees very well with many persons. A weak infusion is frequently allowed as a nourishing drink to convalescents; but great discretion is required, as it is not always a proper article of diet for them. Containing astringent properties, cocoa is not so applicable to those of constipated habits as to those with relaxed bowels. Cider is the fermented juice of apples, and is a refreshing and agree- able drink when not used too freely; its daily use, however, is by no means advisable, except during febrile diseases. New cider, or that which is imperfectly fermented, is apt to produce flatulence, colic, and acidity of the stomach; and with many persons it induces diarrhea. When thor- oughly fermented, cider contains from five to ten per cent, of alcohol, and will cause intoxication when drank in too large quantities at a time; its constant, daily use will give rise to various forms of chronic disease. Drank occasionally at dinner-time, with animal food, and especially in warm weather, it assists digestion by imparting a gentle stimulus to the digestive organs, while at the same time the malic acid contained in it, assists in the softening and chymification of the food eaten. Good cider not only forms a grateful beverage for patients with fever, but actually ex- erts a salutary medicinal influence, especially when the tongue is furred black or brown; patients thus situated, are very apt to crave cider, or other acidulous draughts, and which should never be withheld from them. It may likewise be used with advantage in some forms of dysentery, but is generally injurious in diarrhea. 86 AMERICAN FAMILY PHYSICIAN. On account of the great amount of factitious wines, brandies, &c, now a-days, manufactured by unprincipled men, and in which impositions cider forms an important article, it is very difficult to obtain this agent in many of our towns and cities; and that which can be procured is very apt to be either an unhealthy article formed of vinegar, honey, and water, with per- haps sulphuric acid, which mixture has undergone a degree of fermenta- tion; or, alcoholic liquids have been added to the pure cider to render it strong and more intoxicating, and sugar of lead to prevent its spoiling and correct its taste. It is very difficult to detect many of these frauds; when brandy, whiskey, &c, have been -added, they may sometimes be known by their peculiar odor, or the flavor they impart. Lead may be deter- mined by adding together equal parts of cider and water in a glass tum- bler, slightly acidulating the mixture with muriatic acid, and then passing sulphureted hydrogen gas through it; if it becomes of a dark-brown or black color, lead is present. Cider, which has turned sour, is frequently corrected by the addition of chalk or lime. These may be detected by ad- ding a small quantity of a solution of oxalate of ammonia, which, if they are present, occasions a copious, white precipitate. All of the agents named as tests in this work, even to the sulphureted hydrogen gas, can be obtained at the establishment of any good druggist; and every family in cities should keep them constantly in their respective houses, in order to detect frauds and adulterations, which unfortunately for mankind are now so common. Spruce Beer, Ginger Beer, and other drinks, made by sweetening some vegetable infusions with molasses, and causing them to ferment by the addi- tion of yeast, are quite common summer beverages in our large towns and cities. These are seldom intoxicating in their nature, but they do mischief, especially among dyspeptics and those of weak stomachs, by the carbonic acid gas in them swelling the stomach and retarding digestion; while at the same time, from acidity of the stomach produced by their saccharine sub- stances, irritation, pain, and diarrhea will be apt to follow. However the use of these drinks is preferable to that of intoxicating draughts; and for those whose stomachs are active and strong, and who desire some other drink during the summer, than water, the following will be found a cooling pleasant, and in most cases, healthful beverage: Take of Hops, one ounce ■ Wild Cherry bark, one ounce; Sassafras bark, two ounces; Guaiacum shavings, one ounce; Ginger, half an ounce. Make two gallons of strong decoction, strain, sweeten with molasses, and when cool add a table-spoon- ful or two of good yeast. As soon as fermentation commences, it is fit for use; it may be bottled, and should be used moderately, say two or three ordinary tumblerfuls per day. The man of wisdom seldom drinks such preparations, or when he does, it is with great prudence and moderation • hence, he escapes many of the diseases of warm weather, to which they who have no control over their animal tastes and passions, and who indis- criminately use everything that gratifies for the moment, are very subject. Malt Liquors, as beer, porter, ale, &c, contain a large proportion of alcohol MALT LIQUORS. 87 with carbonic acid, sugar, water, salts, &c. When properly prepared, they form refreshing, stimulating and nourishing drinks, if used with moderation, and are frequently very beneficial in many forms of disease, as in convales- cence from exhausting diseases, consumption, debilitating chronic diseases, in the stage of prostration of febrile affections, &c; while, on the other hand, they should be avoided by those who are dyspeptic, bilious, plethoric, or dis- posed to apoplexy, an attack of which last named affection they are very apt to induce. But as with all other articles which are largely consumed, these liquors are almost always adulterated with poisonous substances, for the pur- pose of improving their flavor, color, body, and the intoxicating effects arising from their use. Among the articles which may be named as adulter- ations, are cocculus indicus, hyoscyamus, belladonna, lauro-cerasus, opium, tobacco, nux-vomica, sulphate of iron or green vitriol, &c. While, instead of using hops,— aloes, gentian, quassia, hoarhound, wormwood, Peruvian bark, &c, are substituted, for the purpose of communicating a bitter taste. Salt is frequently added to beer, lager beer, &c, in order to increase the thirst of the consumers. The greater part of these adulterations can only be detected by tedious chemical processes. So that were these drinks entirely discarded from among us, the community would be greatly benefited thereby; for the small amount of good which an unadulterated article would produce, is vastly more than counterbalanced by the immense amount of disease and death annually caused by the use of adulterated manufactures. There can be no doubt that malt liquors, in moderation, form stimulating, refreshing and nutritious beverages, but their excessive use is fraught with serious consequences, and more especially when they contain some of the poisonous substances just referred to. Thus, they distend the stomach, impair the digestive process, derange the regularity of the bowels and urinary organs, and produce the worst kind of intoxication; and when adulterated, they cause serious and irreparable injury to the brain and nervous system. Although the effects of malt liquors take place less rapidly than those of alcoholic, yet when they do ensue, they are more permanent, and less easily removed, and, instead of the enlivening influence usually caused by the latter, they exert a stupefying influence on the brain, causing the most lively person to become dull and stupid. Beer, ale, and porter drinkers, usually become very corpulent, or bloated and stupid, and present no very pleasing aspect to the beholder. Their cir- culation is very much interfered with, the pulse being full, laboring, and cord-like; when they sleep they snore loudly and constantly, and a bleeding from the nose, which not unfrequently happens, decidedly relieves them from a sense of fulness in the blood-vessels, especially those of the brain. They are very subject to diseased liver, diseased kidneys, dropsy, and apoplexy; and more than two-thirds of those who indulge to excess in the use of malt liquors, die suddenly of apoplexy, or are suddenly stricken with palsy. All beer drinkers are very subject to inflammatory attacks, which are always more obstinate and unyielding in their character, than among those not addicted to the use of such drinks. 88 AMERICAN FAMILY PHYSICIAN. CHAPTER VII Wine.—Ardent Spirits.—Intemperance. Wine is the fermented juice of the grape; although the term is also given to the fermented juice of the acidulous fruits. Grape juice contains elements which will render it vinous without extraneous aid; while the juice of sub- acid fruits, usually require some additional substance, as sugar, &c, before they can be made into wine. The juice of unripe grapes is called verjuice, and contains malic, citric, tartaric, and racemic acids, with bitartrate of potassa, sulphates of potassa and lime, a little tannin, &c. The unfermented juice of the ripe fruit is called must, and contains sugar, gum, malic acid, bitartrate of potassa, various inorganic salts, &c. It differs from the juice of other fruits in containing less malic acid, and a large proportion of tartar, and which is one reason why it is less apt to become sour than the home- made wines. Climate, soil, and many other circumstances, have much influ- ence upon the quality of the wine; and during its preparation, not only does it require different treatment, according to the character of the wine, but it also requires great care, attention, and practical skill, to manage the fermen- tation properly. Alcohol enters into the composition of all wines, and is the substance upon which their stimulating and intoxicating properties depend; their influence in these respects being proportioned to the quantity of alcohol present. It seems, however, that this fluid which is naturally formed in the wines, exerts a less pernicious and inebriating influence, than when the same amount of it is taken separately, either pure or diluted with water; and this is supposed to be due to the presence of certain other constituents of the wine which have a qualifying influence upon the alcohol. Some persons, however be- lieve that the alcohol obtained from wine is the result of changes effected by distillation, and that it does not naturally exist in this liquor; or, that it is the result of a chemical action, which we find to be the case in obtaining prussic acid from peach-kernels, &c. According to Mr. Brande, the per-centage of alcohol in wines &c. is as follows:— Alcohol, —per cent Port wine, from 19.00 to 25.83 Madeira, " 16.40 to 26-.00 Claret wine, " 12.91 to 17.11 Sherry, " 18.25 to 19.81 Teneriffe, 19.71 Champagne, average, 12.61 Hock, " 12.08 Burgundy, "■ 14.57 Malaga, " 17.26 Lisbon, " 18.94 Currant, " 20.55 A Gooseberry, average, cohol,—per ceni, 11.84 Orange^ u 11.26 Elder, CI 8.79 Cider, from 5.21 to 9.87 Perry, 7.26. Mead, 7.32 Burton ale, 8.88 Edinburgh ale, 6.20 Brown stout, 6.80 London porter, 4.20 Small beerr 1.28 WINES. 89 From this table it will be seen that most of the common wines in use con- tain from a fourth to a fifth of their volume of alcohol—a sufficient quantity to intoxicate and produce deleterious effects upon the system, when intem- pcrately or habitually used, and which effects must necessarily be augmented by the additional presence of brandy, which is mixed with nearly all foreign wines, in order to preserve them, when imported into this country. New wines are always more intoxicating than old, and which is due to the fact. that the alcoholic strength of wines diminishes with their age. The peculiar flavor of different wines depends upon some unknown volatile principle, and not unfrequently, it is produced by the addition of foreign substances. Wines are designated according to their color, red or white; also according to their other properties, taste, &c, as sweet, acidulous, light, strong or gener- ous, dry, rough, sparkling, still, &c. The wines of different countries are dis- tinguished in commerce by various names, thus : — Port wine is made from round, black grapes, and is exported from Oporto. It contains considerable foreign alcohol, added in the shape of brandy for the purpose of preserving it, and is very strong and astringent. It is more apt to constipate the bowels and disorder the head and stomach than sherry, and is frequently resorted to as a tonic in debilitated systems, and as an astringent in cases of looseness of the bowels. Very little Port wine is received in this country, because, the amount annually exported from Oporto, is barely sufficient for the supply of England and her dependencies. In fact, it is a very difficult matter to procure pure Port wine; the greater part of that which is sold in this coun- try, being a factitious article, prepared from cider, brandy, logwood, raisin- seeds, spoiled wine, &c; so that it were better as a general rule to dispense with the article entirely, either as a medicine or as a beverage. Sherry wine is made at Xeres, in Andalusia, and is exported from Cadiz. It is of an amber color, varying in the depth of its tint, and has a pleasant flavor without much acidity. It is peculiarly valuable on account of the small quantity of free acid which it contains, which renders it useful among patients troubled with gout, acid stomach, or uric acid deposits. Much of the sherry wine in this country, is prepared from inferior wines, or is adul- terated with various foreign ingredients. Madeira icine is exported from the island of Madeira, and is the strongest white wine in use, being stronger and more acid than sherry. It is not fit for a common drink, but is well adapted for old persons, invalids, and debil- itated constitutions, when its slight acidity does not disagree. Like all for eign wines, it is frequently adulterated, and some care must be taken, as with all wines, in order to obtain a pure article. Champagne wine is usually prepared from a black grape; its sparkling and effervescing appearance is owing to the large amount of carbonic acid gas which it contains. It is an exhilarating wine, producing speedy intoxica- tion with subsequent acidity of stomach and headache, and is, therefore not fit for a common drink. It is occasionally useful in cases of lowness of spirits, and to allay nausea and vomiting. The small province of Cham- 90 AMERICAN FAMILY PHYSICIAN. pagne does not manufacturo sufficient of this wine to supply the extensive demand for it, consequently more than two-thirds of the Champagne wine met with in this country is a factitious article. An excellent imitation is made in this country as follows, and which will tend to explain the cause of the scarcity and high price of crab-apple cider:—Take of good crab-apple cider twenty-eight gallons, fourth-proof brandy one gallon, genuine Cham- pagne five gallons, milk one pint, bitartrate of potassa half a pound. These are mixed together, allowed to stand for a time, and bottled while ferment- ing. Claret wine is a French red wine, and ranks as a light wine; it has a deep purple color, and an astringent, acidulous-taste. The best are the brands Lafitte, Latour, Chautcau, Marguax, and Haut-Brion. These wines are light and wholesome, and are less heating and more laxative than other wines; used in excess they cause acidity of the stomach. Claret is an unfit wine for persons disposed to gout, rheumatism, diarrhea, dyspepsia, or to depo- sitions of uric acid in the urine. Much of the claret wines of ordinary dealers is a most pernicious compound, being made of claret with spoiled Port wine; of cider with coloring and astringent materials, and a little neutral spirits, together with various other unhealthy ingredients. The native Catawba grape, introduced by Major Adlum of Washington city, forms an excellent wine, which will undoubtedly supersede the use of all foreign wines, at least for medical purposes. Mr. N. Longworth, of Cincinnati, has for a long time been engaged in the cultivation of this and other kinds of grape, as well as in the manufacture of native icines, and by dint of perseverance and careful investigation, he has succeeded in prepar- ing wines which are fully equal to those of foreign origin. Longworth's Catawba and Sparkling Catawba, are becoming known throughout the country as superior articles, and their purity and freedom from adultera- tions render them preferable in all instances where these agents are indi- cated or required. It is much to be regretted that the price of our native wines is as high as we find it, being in some cases nearly, if not quite, equal, to that of imported wines. My own impression is, that, the cultivation of the grape and the free use of our native wines will do more to remove the vice of drunkenness from among us than any other means which have yet been tried. The acidity of stomach which follows the drinking of wine, is not alto- gether due to the small amount of uncombined acid contained in it, but to other causes, as debility or derangement of the digestive organs, the over- stimulation produced by the alcohol present, &c. The constituents of wine are, alcohol, which in a considerable quantity forms a strong wine; an odorous principle; blue coloring of the husk, in red wine; tannin, in rough or astringent wines; bitter extractive; grape sugar, especially in sweet wines; gum; yeast; acetic acid; malic and tartaric acids; bitartrate of potash ; carbonic acid in the sparkling wines; bitartrate of lime, water; &c, &c. These constituents vary in their pr«pc-tiou» in the differ- ent wines, and some of them are frequently ah&e.pt in eue k>od of wine, but present in another. WINE. 91 An excellent, pure, and sparkling wine may be made as follows: Take twelve pounds of good raisins, cut each raisin in two, and put them into a five gallon demijohn, nearly filled with clean soft water; let it stand un- corked for twelve or fourteen days then filter, bottle, and cork well. Upon the residue, after the wine is poured off, put as much water as before, let it stand a sufficient time, and the result will be a good wine vinegar. Wine, when used in moderation, slightly excites the vital powers, aids the digestive process, and enlivens the spirits. Persons in health, seldom require the use of wine, or indeed any other stimulating drink; it is only when the system is debilitated or depressed, the digestive functions impaired, &c, that any excitement of this character will be indicated, and, then, probably, pure wine is preferable to any other fluid in which alcohol enters as a constituent. Wine is frequently employed with advantage in convales- cence from fevers, in sinking of the vital powers, and alone or conjoined with Peruvian bark in extensive ulceration and gangrene; it has also proved useful in some convulsive diseases. It must never be forgotten, that whatever degree of exhilaration may be produced in a healthy person by the use of wine, it will certainly be succeeded by a degree of nervous depression proportioned to the amount of previous excitement. Hence the immoderate use of wine, or its habitual indulgence debilitates the brain and nervous system, paralyzes the intellectual powers, impairs the functions of the stomach, producing a perverted appetite or morbid craving for the renewal of the intemperance, beside engendering diseased liver, gout, rheumatism, dropsy, apoplexy, gravel, and other painful and serious affections. The wine-drinker is most commonly a sufferer from some disease occasioned by the use of his favorite liquor, for when taken habit- ually it invariably leaves its mark, not only by the presence of disease, but by the wine-red cheeks which are commonly present, and the claret-colored carbuncles which grace his nose. It renders him impatient, peevish, and irritable, frequently leading him into difficulties and quarrels, without any real cause, if we except that of wine itself. In this country, wine is adulterated to a very great extent; the most dangerous- article used for this purpose is lead, which is added for the pur- pose of rendering wine clear and preventing its becoming acid. It is a murderous practice, and those who are guilty of it, should be dealt with by law as common murderers. The presence of lead in wine may be known by the dark brown or black color produced when a stream of sulphureted hydrogen gas is passed through any portion of it. Lime or carbonate of lime is frequently added to sour wines to remove their acidity; the presence of lime may be ascertained by the large amount of precipitate occasioned by the addition of a solution of oxalate of ammonia. Carbonate of lime may be detected by evaporating two fluidounces of the wine to two fluidrachms, then adding to the remaining wine four fluidrachms of alcohol; tartrate and sulphate of lime are precipitated, and the acetate of lime is dissolved. Then strain the solution, and evaporate carefully to dryness. This dissolved in water, will yield a very abundant 92 AMERICAN FAMILY PHYSICIAN. precipitate with a solution of oxalate of ammonia, giving off at the same time, the smell of vinegar, when decomposed by oil of vitriol or sulphuric acid. If alum be added to wine it may be detected by adding an ounce of dis tilled water to an ounce of the wine, and gradually letting fall into the mixture a solution of the muriate of barytes. If a copious white precipi- tate takes place, add a small quantity of pure nitric acid, and if alum be present, the precipitate will not be redissolved. There are many other articles added to wines as logwood, carbonate of soda, brandy, elderberries, &c, &c, many of which are difficult to detect; beside which, the counterfeit or spurious wines, frequently contain articles in their composition which are decidedly injurious in their effects upon the stomach, and when such wines are relied upon as medicinal agents in disease, they always produce mischief and disappointment. Alcohol is a fluid or pure spirit obtained by submitting the juices or infusions of certain fruits, &c, to the vinous fermentation, aud then distill- ing and subsequently rectifying them. It is the stimulating and intoxica- ting principle of all malt, vinous, and spirituous liquors. When deprived of its water, it is termed absolute alcohol; the alcohol of commerce is termed rectified spirit, and is imperfectly freed from water, and other foreign sub- stances. Proof spirit is diluted alcohol, having the specific gravity 0.955. The presence of water in alcohol may be known by dropping into the liquid a piece of anhydrous baryta, which will fall to powder only when water is present. Alcohol is inflammable, and burns without smoke or residue; it combines with water and ether in all proportions. It dissolves volatile oils, fixed oils, resins, sulphur, most varieties of sugar, phosphorus, the vegetable alkaloids, caseine, iodine, tannic acid, ammonia, balsams, camphor, and a great number of other substances, on which account it is extensively used in medicine and in the arts. The danger of manufacturing drunkards by the administration of alcoholic drinks, as wine or brandy, &c, in the form of bitters, cordials, &c, which was so common a few years since in the profession, we are glad to say, has now almost ceased; and although alcoholic tinctures are sometimes prescribed, yet it is in such small doses, and so well diluted with water, that no fear of intemperance can arise in the mind of the physician. Therei are very few cases La which alcoholic stimulants are given, and these are never of a chronic character, nor in which these liquids have to be used more than a few days. In regard to drunkenness, community has more to fear from nostrums in the form of "bitters," "schnapps," "cordials," "elixirs," &c, than from anything else. The several fluids, aside from wines and malt liquors, into which alcohol enters, forming the stimulating or intoxicating principle, are as follows,— they are known as alcoholic liquors , or ardent spirits:— Brandy, made by the distillation of wine, and which consists of nearly 60 per cent, of pure alcohol. Rum, made by the distillation of the juice of the sugar-cane after its vinous fermentation, and which consists of nearly 55 per cent, of pure alcohol. GIN.—WHISKEY.—BRANDY. 93 Gin, the result of distillation of an infusion of grain after having under- gone vinous fermentation, and which is subsequently rectified from juniper berries; nearly 52 per cent, of pure alcohol may be obtained from it. Whiskey, produced by distilling an infusion of grain after vinous ferment- ation, or by distilling cider, or the juice of several fruits. It usually contains from 51 to 55 per cent, of pure alcohol. These are the principal liquors used as ardent spirits; they contain different proportions of alcohol, and have peculiar tastes, according to the substance from which they are obtained. Other liquors and mixtures are .likewise use^ as cordials or liqueurs, as the French term them, which are very poisonous and dangerous preparations, being composed of distilled spirits, sweetened, with the addition of aromatics, and flavored by articles which contain prussic acid. Punch, juleps, and various other mixtures prepared to please the palate and stimulate the nervous system, are much in vogue, especially during the summer months, but they are all alike injurious to the stomach and to the general system when used habitually or too freely. With the exception of alcohol and whiskey, but very little pure liquors are to be had in this coun- try, as they are superseded by the domestic articles manufactured by liquor dealers. An old dealer and manufacturer has given the following formulae: Domestic Brandy is made of neutral spirits, one gallon; good brandy, one pint; molasses, a sufficient quantity to color; and sweet spirits of nitre, eight ounces; mix. Domestic Gin is made of neutral spirits, forty gallons; good Holland Gin, four gallons; oil of Juniper, three ounces; oil of Anise, one ounce; mix. And it is such trash as this, and frequently even worse, which is being poured down the throats of our countrymen to their certain destruc- tion. When I look around me, and observe the many thousands of our youth addicted to the fashionable, but no less pernicious vice, of drunkenness, the various means taken to ensnare them, the poisonous trash which is presented to them, (these manufactured liquors being more deleterious and deadly in their effects than pure articles,) and the kind of men engaged in manufac- turing and retailing, I am frequently led to believe that some agency is silently and secretly at work to destroy the liberties of our country, by first undermining the moral, mental, and physical health of our people through the influence of these means; for, there is no country under the sun in which more ardent spirits are used than this. As a general rule, all liquors are injurious to the human constitution, the only instances when they are beneficial being in a few diseases. Those who wish to preserve good health, promote longevity, and enjoy the full vigor of their systems, should never indulge in alcoholic, vinous, or malt liquors. Their habitual use produces chronic inflammation of the stomach, loss of appetite, sour stomach, headache, peevish irritability, loss of memory, fetid breath, nausea, diseased liver, jaundice, dropsy, impotency, gout, colic, epi- lepsy, apoplexy, and mania. No healthy man living needs liquor; when he feels fatigued or depressed, there is no tonic, no stimulant, equal to a draught of good cool water, which produces all the beneficial influences of stimulating liquors without any of their evil effects. It is said that ardent spirits are 94 AMERICAN FAMILY PHYSICIAN. necessary in warm weather; so likewise is it said that they are necessary in cold weather—and the advocates of the one doctrine, generally advocate the other also, and practice both. The fact is, that persons who use liquor in cold weather are much more apt to suffer from cold than those who use water; and in warm weather, there are no men less capable of standing any labor or fatiguing exercise, than they who drink intoxicating liquors. It has been observed that in all the epidemics which have occurred in this country, whether in warm or cold seasons, among those who were attacked, hard drinkers seldom escaped, and were always more liable to fatal terminations than any other class of persons. Sometimes we meet with an instance of longevity in a hard drinker, but this is apt to be the case only occasionally, and in no way disproves the fact that alcoholic drinks are pernicious in their effects. Persons have occasionally recovered from large doses of strychnine or opium, but this does not prove that these poisonous agents are harmless when thus used. And it will almost always be found that these instances of longevity are among persons originally of strumous habit of body, for although with such persons, alcoholic drinks produce intoxication as certainly as with others, yet its pernicious influence on their constitutions are not so immediately effected, or observed; indeed, in some instances, the moderate use of liquor with strumous persons has been found of advantage. But this is no excuse for the vice of intemperance, nor any reason why every body should drink such fluids. In truth, there is not a valid reason in existence for the habitual use, even in moderate quantity, of intoxicating drinks, by persons in health. Some pretend to think that a glass immediately before, or immediately after a meal favors digestion, and hence indulge daily at the dinner-table; but this is a mistaken idea, for the very reverse takes place; the stomach being overstim- ulated, soon loses its energy, digestion becomes impaired, and the general system sooner or later suffers from these influences. I have said above, that there is no reason for the use of liquors by healthy persons, and I will add, that very few invalids require them, and when they do, they should be espe- cially careful not to constitute themselves or their unprofessional friends, as medical advisers. " It is too much the custom for persons whose occupations do not require any degree of bodily labor, not only to eat at a meal more than is really demanded by nature, but likewise to eat very hastily, as though they were eating for a wager, or as if the renewing'the physical sustenance of the system, was a task imposed upon them, so dreadful, so hateful, that they would hasten through it as rapidly and as carelessly as possible. The effect of this is,' that a most grievous burden is imposed upon the organs of digestion; and to perform their duties properly, they have to call to their aid the muscular and nervous energy from nearly all parts of the system this soon produces a depression of spirits after the meal, or a sensation of drowsiness, or perhaps, a distress and fulness at the stomach, which with some of our more fashionable patterns of morality, is removed by their wine or brandy, either during, or immediately at the close of their meal, ABUSE OF LIQUORS. 95 and which course they pursue daily. Others, following the inclination to sleep, awake only to feel yet more depressed, unfit for active thought or exercise, and fly to the bottle for relief. In fact, how often have many of our young ladies, after having eaten what they termed an excellent meal, been heard to exclaim, ' Oh, how delicious a drink of cider, wine, or ale would be, it would do me so much good !' With the young man, however, it is different; he expresses his thoughts only by his actions, as may be clearly ascertained by following him to the bar-room of the respectable tavern. A practice of this kind pursued daily, confirms the habit, and soon makes a drunkard. " Again, certain conditions of the system, as a morbid action of the liver, debility of the digestive powers, diminished secretion of bile, or the incipient stages of dyspepsia, often create in individuals at irregular and various hours of the day, a desire, or preternatural appetite for stimulants, in many instances so strong and intense that it cannot be resisted, and the individuals seek the bar-room, or the side-board, that they may satisfy this annoying desire. When, were they properly acquainted with the cause, they would shun those places as the most dangerous, and would obtain both relief and benefit from other stimulants, more healthy, more benefi- cial, and less tempting and hazardous. Indeed I have known many persons who removed the sensation whenever they experienced it, by a good hearty draught of cool water. This circumstance, by cultivating a relish for liquor, has likewise made drunkards. "Again, behold the young man with all the freshness, energy, innocence, and purity of youth, just emerging from the obscurity of some seminary, in which his earlier years have been closeted, and in which his juvenile mind has been taught and impressed with the importance of virtue both in precept and example. His whole soul is filled with the praiseworthy ambi- tion of doing good, of being good, and of acquiring the friendship and love of all his fellow-creatures, and he leaps into the new and spacious arena, bounded only by the heavens, with all the exultation, with all the animation, with all the undisguised sentiments of happiness, so peculiar to those just entering their career in life, and with principles of the most correct character. " His friends perceive in him only the talented, the fearless, the generous, the noble, the endearing youth, and they bestow upon him their love, their praise, their encouragements, and their assistance. And his parents—what pleasures, what excellence, what unrivalled reputation have their idolizing hearts preformed for him? Observe, while the youth's virtues are spoken of and approved, how the father's eyes sparkle, how his whole features become illuminated with the feelings of his soul, how animated he appears, while the blood courses rapidly through its various canals; and how the tender mother's bosom heaves with a tumultuous emotion of joy, v-hile the tear of delight springs unbidden from its secret fountain, and p \s in the corner of that maternal eye, a dear and sacred gem, far richer th; 1 the purest diamond, far lovelier than the most magnificent works of art. 96 AMERICAN FAMILY PHYSICIAN. "With guiltless intentions, the spirit of sociality induces a friend to call together a select company, for the combined purposes of pleasure and improvement, and our highly favored youth is one among them. The unhallowed cup of wine is passed around, and is presented to him,—he hesitates, for the genius of Temperance whispers and forbids him—he does not need the vile stimulus, for already has he health, spirits, and vivacity to excess, flowing through his system—he perceives the smile playing upon the lips of his friends, they laugh, they joke, they ridicule him—he falters, but is not yet conquered,—but alas! the coaxing, seducing, winning words of that beautiful young lady cannot be -resisted, her persuasions triumph over his firmness, while her brilliant, heart-piercing, bewitching glances, lull for the time all feelings of conscience into a dream of exalted happi- ness never to be realized, and to please the fair enchantress he pours the cursed fluid down, and breaks the charm which his good genius had mercifully thrown around him. " How many are they, who could point to some of your sex, young ladies, as being the first to tempt them to taste of that which proved their ultimate ruin, though done in every instance, with the most innocent—the purest of motives. " Having tasted once, he needs but little persuasion to induce him to trj it a second and a third time ; and sooner or later we find him surrounded by his young friends at the bar-room of some respectable hotel; there he is the life of the company,—his jokes are the best, his flashes of wit the live- liest, and his disposition the happiest among them. There is no nig- gardliness about him, for he can swallow with his friends glass after glass of the pernicious liquid which is rapidly destroying him, and pay for it too, like a gentleman, like a clever, whole-souled fellow. " And how was this brought about? He had tasted one glass at a party to please that party, and whenever afterward he refused to drink with them, that once, that first, that fatal moment affords a precedent upon which to concentrate their forces, and by their laughter and sarcasms, they have finally prevailed. Now, it is impossible for him ever to refuse, he has not only acquired the habit of drinking, but he can no longer, even for a moment, withstand their jeers and ridicule; besides, he has learned to love their company and their praises; for they have sworn that he is the most noble hearted fellow that ever existed, and it is a pleasure to him that they continue to think so. " In process of time, the fiend makes such rapid inroads upon his health, his appearance, his language, and his actions, that the hotel in which he' once held his station as the most respectable, now becomes too respectable for him; the jolly friends among whom he was the best, now become even better than he,—he is cast off, thrown aside, and falls from one degree of gen eel drunkenness to another, until the gutter, that receptacle for all imp trity and foulness, is made the resting place, the sleeping place of him, the now disgraced and beastly drunkard. His friends forsake and shun him, as they would a poisonous reptile; the mind of his gray-haired ABUSE OF LIQUORS. 97 father becomes seared and blank, and his heart-broken, but still fond mother, dies with her last words imploring mercy for her lost and wretched son. " There is hardly any vice but which can be laid aside by those addicted to it with but very little determination, in comparison to that which would cause the intemperate man to leave his cup; for with him, in addition to the habit which he has contracted, and the consequent feelings produced, is nerves have become shattered, his intellect impaired, his energy and mbition destroyed, his firmness gone, his reason a complete wreck, an his whole man, both soul and body, the ruins only of what he once was, now degraded and despised by all. "It is the moderate drinker that forms the drunkard. He professes to have such a stable, impregnable fortress of firmness in his mind, that he can withstand any attack of the enemy, both openly and secretly; and perhaps one out of a hundred may succeed. But then, what immense, what irremediable mischief has that one caused ; he has invited others to drink, who lacked the firmness of which he so loudly boasts; nay, he has insisted that his neighbor should take a glass with him, only one, sjngle, harmless, friendly glass, when that neighbor has already taken a harmless glass too many; he judges of the firmness of others by his own ; and though he may stand safe and unscathed, yet how many, through him, hare been helped to glide into the pool of degradation and wretchednsss. He is the greatest obstacle, the greatest stumbling-block to the complete success of the temper- ance reformation ; he boasts of stability, and all who hear and see, all who govern their actions by his, will not be underrated—it is not in human nature to stand depreciation of mind and intellect; no, if he can be firm, why not they? They are men like unto himself, and it is as much their pleasure and glory to boast of firmness, as it is his; and the example he holds up to them, is followed to their complete overthrow. "If the moderate drinker is a man of business, he holds forth an example to his clerks or apprentices to sip of the deadly draught,—if a father, he is but a model for his children, for how natural is it among children to imitate their parents,—if a man of high standing in society, those who look to him for a pattern of morals, copy his vices also;—and be he where he may, or what he may, it is all the same, there will be persons who copy from him to their sorrow. "I consider that the moderate drinker is a dangerous man to society, and to himself. It matters not whether he obtains his liquor at the three-penny grogshop from common glasses, or at the sideboard in his splendid palace, from silver or golden goblets,—the sin, the danger is the same—and the wealthier; the more respectable the man, the greater is the hazard and the heavier the responsibility that hangs over him. The first lessons of all be- ginners, in intoxication, were as moderate drinkers, but by dint of cultivation they have advanced to the rank of professed drunkards, and so will it be with ©very moderate drinker, who persists in the habitual use of liquor. He maj I' ;°"h at these remarks, but let him remember that there was a time 98 AMERICAN FAMILY PHYSICIAN. when every drunkard likewise laughed to scorn the idea of his falling into the meshes, for he too/poor, deluded mortal, prided himself upon his respect- ability, his judgment, his inflexibility, and his strength of mind.. Even now, take the very moderate drinker who uses but one glass of wine daily; when the hour for the stimulus arrives to which he is accustomed, how unhappy, how miserable are his sensations, until the liquid is swallowed; there is a faintness at the stomach, a depression of spirits, a confusion of the intellect, and an irresistible desire for the demon, all of which vanish with the draught. "Could the spirits of all the departed drunkards who have ever existed be roused from their deep slumbers, and summoned to appear before us, that they might answer to the question, 'What made you drunkards?'—they would raise a cry which would affright the earth, and astound the heavens,—which would pierce the inmost soul of every consumer of intoxicating liquors, and make him stand aghast, while terror and dismay would seize upon him, and the large drops of wretchedness, agony, and despair would ooze from every p0re—and the shrieking reply would echo through the vaults of heaven— 'moderate drinking—moderate drinking.' "Moderate drinker, there was a time when the poison had never entered your lips, and you were healthy and happy; there was a time when one glass daily was sufficient, and then you exulted in your firmness,—but soon you increased to a second and a third glass, and with thefh increased your pro- fessions of stability and strength of mind;—and, let me ask, do you not, even now, feel at times that an extra glass would do no harm, nay, that it is required? Ah! that extra glass will soon be added to the list, and extra glass after extra glass will follow in their turn, until your firmness shall disappear like the stately oak before the thunderbolt, and utter ruin will be your portion. If you are in reality the man of firmness you believe your- Belf to be—if there is not the least danger of your ever tasting a drop too much,—still I say, forbear, forbear! Let not your example be the stumbling block by which others of less power of mind, and who pattern after you, fall into ruin. If you have, indeed, a superior strength of mind, show it to the world by restraining from moderate drinking, and then we will believe you but never, never, till then. " What is drunkenness? Go visit your prisons, and among their dreary cells behold the housebreaker, the felon, the murderer, the outlaw who fears neither the laws of God nor man. Go visit your hospitals, and among their inmates behold those who are afflicted with dropsy, jaundice, paralysis, con- vulsions, and that most terrible calamity that can befall man, insanity. Go visit your rum-holes, your sinks of iniquity, and observe the bleared eye, the bloated countenance, the palsied and tottering frame, the staggering gait, the poverty and wretchedness, and the detestable deeds of vice, everywhere apparent; and hear the oaths and curses, the vile and loathsome language which issue from the lips of the inhabitants of these den«. 0f sin# And when your soul, sickened with the sight of such human misery au^ depravity, has turned away filled with horror, disgust, and detestation—know -thjat all this is drunkenness—all this the effect of rum. ABUSE OF LIQUORS. 99 " But I would not leave you here,—I would convey you to the drunkard's parents, they whose anticipated cup of pleasure is removed far from them; whose hearts are bowed down with anguish, and filled with desolation and despair, almost to bursting; behold the manifest heartfelt, but yet untold grief, exhibited in those pale, emaciated countenances,—in those heavy, sunken eyes whose springs have long since ceased to respond to the united feelings of parental affection and distress. "Neither can I pass over the drunkard himself; we behold him, perhaps just arisen from the miry gutter, and reeling his steps homeward; his eyes inflamed, his face swollen and bruised, and his whole appearance indicating extreme wretchedness; there is nothing to be observed, however, which evinces any feeling of the inner man—yet the mind of that man, ruined as it is, suffers to an intense degree. He knows and fully experiences his con- dition—he knows that he is degraded, and imagines that he never can be again received into respectable society,—he knows that through his folly the wife of his bosom, and his little, innocent children are in a state of starva-*. tion,—he compares his former with his present state,—and all these thoughts eo harass him that he hastens to the bottle to silence them, to bury them in the insanity of alcohol. And it is now that the children, the wife, are cruelly beaten; that everything hateful and abominable is executed; per- haps he steals, or murders, or performs some crime which entails a mark of shame and infamy on him and his children through life. It is not the man who does these things,—it is the drunkard—the man unmanned and meta- morphosed into a monster by alcohol. "I would take you to his ragged, barefooted, and bareheaded little, harm- less children, who are suffering from hunger, from cold, or from the unfeeling blows of a drunken father; whose society, owing to the misdemeanor of the parent, is avoided by all the other children of the neighborhood; who are the innocent subjects of abuse and insult; and who are made to bear the disgrace attached to the parent, as though it were a mark set also upon them. "I would have you visit his residence; everything betokens poverty, wretchedness, and ruin. There is hardly any furniture, and what there is has been nearly broken in pieces by him during his intoxication, perhaps in beating his poor, unoffending wife; the windows are for the greater part filled with old rags or paper;- the necessary articles for preparing food, and from which to eat it, have nearly all been pawned for rum, and what remains is broken, such as any of us would throw aside. Although the cold, cutting blast of a powerful northwest wind is forcing its way through the cracks and crevices, and broken panes, yet there is no wood,—no, nothing to enliven the scene, or create the least appearance of comfort,—all is the vacuity of extreme misery. "The wife who once saw better times, who once smiled at the golden pros- pects of the future—now, with scarcely clothing to appear decently, much less comfortably clad, perhaps with her limbs and body marked with the blows of a drunken husband, and suffering severely with the pain arising from them—sits mute and tearless, for the fountain of her tears has long: 100 AMERICAN FAMILY PHYSICIAN. since become dried up. She has done all that woman, all that wife, all that mother could do, to reclaim her miserable partner, and to administer to her own wants, and those of her crying, half-starved children;—but it will not do, one after another everything goes for rum, rum, rum, until exhausted na- ture, insulted affection, and disappointed hope can hold out no longer. Herself and children are beggars indeed. For the beggary of honest poverty is bliss compared to this—she knows it—she feels it to her very heart's core, and who can describe the agonizing, heart-rending thoughts and feelings which exist in her soul, as a woman, as a wife, and as a mother?—All this is drunkenness!"—Part of a Lecture by the Author. It is too much the case in this country to legislate upon morals, instead of striking at the root of the evil in a more rational manner. Legislation may punish, but it can never persuade nor convince;—indeed, I am fully con- vinced that all legislation upon this subject at least, is followed by much more mischief than benefit—mankind will not be driven, but they can always be gained by kind words, and proper encouragement and support. Stop the use of rum by law, and the seekers after stimulus will fly to opium—stop this, and they resort to strong coffee, schnapps, and cologne—stop these, and tobacco becomes in demand—stop this, and they find some other article,—for stimulus they will have^ even at the expense of health, life, and respectability, and this will continue in spite of law, tracts, lectures, &c, until the right chord is made to vibrate—the intellect, and the intellect properly trained and directed. Tell a man that the law forbids him to drink liquor, does this convince him of the error of drinking, any more than if there were no law? Does it afford the least proof that he is injuring himself? On the contrary, will it not be more likely to irritate him, and to drive him to still greater excesses in drinking, that he may show defiance to a law which he considers unconstitutional, and an unwarrantable interference with his rights and privileges as an American freeman? In fact, he observes that every reform, no matter what it may be, or how it may commence, is ultimately employed as a political lever to further its own destruction, as soon as the purposes for which politicians seized upon it are accomplished, and he, therefore, considers all legislation upon moral reforms, as so many political humbugs, and there- by, instead of his dangerous progress being retarded, it is very much accel- 'erated. Let those who are so eager for the spread of temperance, instead of shirk- ing all responsibility upon the officers of the law, take it upon themselves— let them labor, and labor, too, in the right way—lectures and tracts may do some good, but very little compared to that which could be done by proper education—not the routine, parrot-like teaching of the present day, but a teaching which will impress and firmly establish in the susceptible minds o» our children, good and wholesome principles, so that when they are old they will not depart from them. Teachers of morals, who shall not only explain, but who shall train, that is, cultivate and firmly establish in the minds of children correct principles, are as necessary as teachers of reading, writing, music, dancing, &c,—when these are once learned they are never forgotten. CLOTHING. 101 The tender mind of the child is capable of receiving impressions which will be lasting, and which will govern his future thoughts and actions, as a man, and as a citizen. The virtues or vices imprinted on his early intelligence never forsake him, and when years have rolled him into his dotage, when the finger of time has placed its mark upon him, when he loses the remembrance of events and incidents which transpired while in the vigor and prime of manhood, still he retains very forcibly a recollection of the scenes and impressions of childhood, and can bring them to view as vividly as though they were but the occurrences of yesterday. Were there but one-fourth as much money paid away, but one-fourth as much time consumed, and but one- fourth as much exertion and industry bestowed upon the proper cultivation of virtue and morality among children, as there is expended upon their improvement and progress in writing, reading, and all scholastic attainments, (for one may be a perfect Solomon in wisdom, and yet be vicious for want of correct early education,—depth of knowledge does not necessarily imply depth of virtue,) what a glorious, moral generation would be the next! There is great resemblance between the state of intoxication, and an attack of incipient apoplexy or palsy; as witnessed in the staggering gait, loss of perfect speech, stammering, double sight, blunted feelings and perceptions, &c, the result of an increased amount of blood in the blood vessels of the brain. When the intoxication is complete, the countenance is bloated and dark-colored; the sleep profound and comatose, the breathing stertorous, the eyes fixed, the pupils enlarged, the person quite unconscious, the same as in apoplexy. Sometimes spasms of an epileptic character will be present. When an individual is in this condition, he should be conveyed to a cool room, all ligatures or tight clothing about the neck and limbs removed, in order that they may not interfere with the circulation, and he should be placed in a horizontal position with his head somewhat elevated. Cold water should be poured upon his head and neck, and as soon as he is able to swallow, a mixture of salt and mustard in warm water should be given fre- quently until free emesis is produced. In the meantime counter-irritation must be produced by whipping the soles of the feet rather energetically. As soon as the patient recovers put him in bed with his head raised, and allow him to drink of good fresh milk. If, after six or seven hours, he is restless and wakeful, a powder composed of one-fourth of a grain of sulphate of morphia, and one grain of sulphate of quinia, may be given, and, if neces- sary, it may be repeated in an hour or two. I have pursued this course in many cases of the above character, and always with excellent results. CHAPTER Yin. Clothing.—Flannel.—Cotton.—Silk.—Lincv.—Hats. Clothing is required not only for the purpose of concealing nakedness, but also to protect the body from the various changes of the atmosphere, and 102 AMERICAN FAMILY PHYSICIAN. maintain it at a right temperature. The latter objects are attained, not by any warmth contained in the clothing itself, but from the fact that it hinders the heat of the body from being too rapidly carried off. In cold weather more clothing is required than in warm, though much depends upon habit, as many persons, and especially the natives of this country, pass safely through the most severe winters, with comparatively little or no clothing. As a general rule, the amount of clothing necessary for each person must depend upon the ability of his system to resist the changes or modifications of the seasons; care being always taken that the body be kept comfortably warm. Too little clothing, or too much, is equally prejudicial to health, the former rendering one liable to attacks of disease from cold, &c, the latter causing a degree of debility and lassitude corresponding to the superfluous amount of warmth produced, and which will eventually cause disease. Seden- tary persons always require more clothing than those engaged in active phys- ical labor; aged persons require more than young ones; because the functions of the system in the latter are more regular and active, and the production of heat occurs more rapidly, and is of a higher temperature, than in the former. The invalid, and those of delicate constitution, require more than the healthy and robust; infants, from the small degree of resisting power in their systems against cold, should always be warmly clad. Much of the fatality among children is owing to the absurd practice pursued by many parents, of attempt- ing to harden their systems, by exposing them to cold weather with but slight clothing; the inhalation of pure, fresh air is beneficial to them, but the lack of clothing constitutes the principal danger. No arbitrary rules can be given relative to the precise quantity of apparel which should be worn by persons, as this will depend upon the various circumstances connected with each individual case. We should so regulate the amount of our clothing as to keep the body comfortably warm, and at the same time secure it from any dangerous impressions arising from sudden changes in the weather, being very careful not to wear summer clothing to too advanced a period in the autumn, and not to remove the winter clothing too soon in the spring; this latter change should always be made gradually. Many persons have lost their lives by imprudently removing their winter garments too early in the spring, because a few days of warm weather had rendered them rather uncomfortable. As light-colored clothes have but little attraction for heat, they are best adapted for warm weather; while black clothes, from their great attraction for heat, are more suitable in cold seasons. No objections can be raised to a display of taste in the form, color, and ele- gance of dress, for this exerts a moral and otherwise beneficial influence, both in domestic and public life; but these should never be consulted at the expense of health. In the preparation and character of our habiliments, health and elegance should be equally studied. During the hot, sultry days of summer, when copious perspiration and increased temperature of the body is produced even by the least exercise, making one feel very uncomfortable, great care must be taken not to expose one's self to cold by removing a portion of the clothing too soon, as well as to avoid sitting in a current of CLOTHING. 103 air. The body should always be allowed to become somewhat cooled before throwing off any garment. Much disease and loss of life occur annually from wearing damp clothes, as stockings, under garments, &c, as well as by sleeping in sheets not thor- oughly dried. Too much attention cannot be paid to this matter, as a disre- gard to it is always attended with great risk; fevers, rheumatism, pleurisy, consumption, or other serious forms of disease, being the penalty. I have known many young ladies to hasten their death by wearing damp clothes, or bathing their feet, or whole person in cold water, at the menstrual period; mothers should explain these matters to their daughters, or, if they feel a delicacy about it, then let them purchase books on the subject for their girls to read, that they may not foolishly sacrifice their lives. Persons sleeping in betels, or on steamboats, should always be especially careful to examine the bed-sheets, as it is in such places that damp or improperly aired or dried linen are more apt to be found. Dr. W. E. Coale says, in an excellent little work, entitled "Hints on Health," and which should be in the hands of every adult in the land:— "Another important consideration in selecting materials for our dress is, that they should be of such a nature that they can be readily cleansed from the exhalations from our persons. It must be remembered, that in the coldest winter, as well as in the warmest summer, our perspiratory glands are at their work, sending forth sensible or insensible perspiration,—of which a large portion is lodged in our garments; it is poisonous there, and must be dis- lodged. For our outer woollens, the sun's rays are an admirable cleanser, decomposing and dispersing the condensed fluid; for those worn nearer the person, nothing but the wash-tub will suit, and this used at very short inter- vals. We, therefore, deprecate very strongly the habit of wearing cloth trowsers without cotton or some washable drawers beneath, and of women rearing quilted and flannel skirts which are not washed unless they look soiled. A week's perspiration makes them more truly unfit for wear, than a month's dust, or any such clean dirt, could. For the same reason, a silk cravat, worn week after week, without anything between it and the bare throat, is an equally objectionable fashion; he who does it carries his own filth about with him. We use strong terms, but we do not conceive that any can be too strong to express the repugnance that all ought to have to the refuse of their own bodies. Under this head, also, we suggest that the boots and shoes be frequently sunned." I consider these remarks of Dr. Coale so important, that I would advise every reader to stop hfere, and re- peruse them. Clothing should always be commodious, not interfering with the motions of the joints, nor occasioning inconvenience by its weight or tightness, and although an attention to these conditions is important at all ages, it is more especially so in early life, before the body has become thoroughly developed. When clothes are tight they interfere with the circulation of the blood, giving rise to venous accumulations in various parts of the body; they likewise prevent the perfect development of the muscles which they may compress, 104 AMERICAN FAMILY PHYSICIAN. causing them to become emaciated and debilitated. Tight garters prevenS the free use and action of the muscles of the limbs, obstruct the flow of blood in the legs, and thereby interfere with the development and nutrition of the parts, producing numbness and swelling of the limbs, or an incurable enlarge- ment and weakness of them. Stocks, cravats, neck-kerchiefs, &c, when worn tightly around the neck, are decidedly dangerous; by their pressure they prevent the blood from flowing freely, in its return passage from the brain to the heart and lungs, and an undue quantity of this fluid being thus forced upon the brain produces a more or less constant sense of over-fulness of the vessels of the head, headache, flushed face, vertigo, apoplexy, or other fatal diseases. When an undue compression is made about the chest and waist, the perfect development of the lungs is prevented, breathing is inter- fered with, as well as the normal action of the heart, which effects must necessarily be detrimental to health and longevity. When the abdomen is improperly compressed, the stomach, liver, and intestines have their functions impeded, indigestion is produced, and, in females, falling of the womb, and from these arise a host of painful and distressing symptoms. The use of corsets, at one time so fashionable a custom among females, is highly repre- hensible. Beside being of no advantage whatever, it is a cause of permanent and serious disease;—spitting of blood, consumption, dyspepsia, falling of the womb, affections of the liver, &c, &c, are a few of the maladies resulting from its use; and among married women, miscarriages, sterility, deformed children, &c. No sensible woman will at this time be guilty of the practice of wearing corsets, and it is a subject of gratification that females are acting with more wisdom and more prudence, by totally discarding this absurd article of dress for others more consistent with health, beauty, and pro- longed life. Among the materials employed in the manufacture of clothing, the principal are wool or flannel, cotton, silk, and linen. Flannel serves to protect the body against the too rapid escape of heat, and should be worn whenever it is desired to accumulate heat, or to prevent its too rapid dissi- pation from the body; and also whenever the climate is variable, the chan- ges being sudden and frequent. It is likewise very useful to invalids, espe- cially those subject to cough or repeated colds, rheumatism, neuralgia, gout diarrhea, nervousness, and other forms of disease. The aged almost al- ways find it of inestimable service to them; and even infants and young children may wear it with much benefit during the cold and damp seasons of the year. Healthy, robust persons do not require flannel, unless they arc exposed to labors which render it necessary to use means to protect themselves from sudden changes of temperature or in. severe, cold weather; it is only during the decline of life, after forty or fifty years, that they will, as a general rule, find flannel garments necessary or useful. In cold climates, under garments should be worn steadily during the whole of the cold and variable weather; and if no other part of the person is protect- ed, the chest, abdomen, and back, should always be warmly covered. It is better not to wear flannel next the surface of the body, but to have a CLOTHING. 105 fignt cotton shirt between it and the body, which will be found more agree- able and beneficial; at the same time it will obviate the itching or irrita- tion of the skin to which some persons are subject when flannel comes in contact with the body. Flannel should always be removed previous to retiring to bed; it is not proper nor conducive to health, to wear it during the sleeping hours, beside, it renders one more liable to the influence of cold after arising from the bed and going out into the air. Flannel cloth- ing should be frequently changed, as it very soon becomes filled with the foul impurities emanating from the body. "Our summer evenings are often very chilly, and many a serious cold is caught from too light clothing, after a very hot day; but if we have flan- nel next the skin we are in a great measure preserved from sudden falls of temperature. The advantage of wearing flannel, even in hot climates, has been settled by the combined experience of the most intelligent observers in both army and navy. The wearing of flannel shirts and drawers, and keeping the lower decks of a ship very dry, have been the means of pre- serving the health of the crew of one ship, in a climate where others, neg- lecting these precautions, have suffered much from sickness." Beale. Clothing manufactured from cotton, forms a salutary and comfortable ar- ticle of dress during warm weather, and, as a general rule, is superior to any other; indeed, as a garment to be worn next the body, it may be used throughout the year in preference to flannel, silk, or linen, the exceptions in favor of the former having already been named above. Cotton garments preserve an equal temperature of the surface of the body, and protect it from sudden changes in the weather, though in cold weather it is not equal to flannel for these purposes. Many persons to whom the wearing of flan- nel is very disagreeable, substitute for it during cold weather canton or cotton flannel; this is a good article, while the nap^remains, for preserving the warmth of the body, but when it has become worn off, new material should be employed, as the old has now lost its principal character, viz., that of being a bad conductor of heat. Some individuals find warmth and comfort, both during the summer and winter seasons, in cotton garments alone, merely increasing their quantity or thickness in the colder months; but persons of delicate habit, or disposed to colds or other disease, should be careful how they imitate such measures. Silk, in some respects resembles cotton, by retaining, and even exciting the warmth of the body. It is in no respect superior to cotton, and is not in very common use on account of its high price. Linen, is by no means suitable for a dress, to be worn in contact with the body, at any time. To retain warmth and protect the surface from sudden vicissitudes of temperature, the covering of the body should be a bad conductor of heat. Linen is a good conductor of heat, and conse- quently cannot maintain an equilibrium at the surface, nor shield it from the direct effects of sudden changes. It should never be worn next the body. When linen becomes moistened with the perspiration emanating 106 AMERICAN FAMILY PHYSICIAN. from the body, it imparts an unpleasant sense of chilliness as the body cools, to the parts with which it comes in proximity, while with cotton ma- terial no such unpleasant effect is produced. Attention should always be paid to the apparel worn upon the head. Caps, or any kind of artificial covering, are not only unnecessary, but frequently injurious; by irritating the scalp and keeping it continually at too high a temperature, various diseases are produced, as sores, eruptions, and other difficulties about the scalp, forehead and ears. The cooler the head is kept, not amounting to a painful sense of cold, and the more it is exposed to the action of the atmosphere, the less danger will there be of these various affec- tions For the same reason, it is a very objectionable practice to wear night- caps. During the first weeks of infancy, when the hair of the child is not profuse, (and in cases of premature baldness,) caps may probably be of ben- efit in cold weather, but not at other times : — protection from too great a degree of cold is always proper among all persons, but care should be taken not to cultivate a tenderness or susceptibility to ordinary temperatures, or slight changes. The out-of-door covering to the head, as the cap, hat, or bonnet, should be light, of sufficient amplitude, and suited to the particular form of the head. If too weighty or warm, or if it fits too tightly, the covering will cause pain and discomfort. Baldness is occasioned much more frequently than is imag- ined, by the constant use of a warm hat or cap; the hair-glands becoming debilitated in consequence of the high temperature incessantly maintained, and the head being kept continually steamed with its own excretory fluids. Whatever covering is worn upon the head, should not only possess the requi- sites referred to above, but it should be so arranged that by means of several apertures, the scalp may be kept in constant contact with atmospheric air, while at the same time its filthy excretions, instead of being pent up within the hat, may pass off, leaving the head free from their deleterious influences. Any hatter who can devise a neat, light, and tasty hat, with this improvement, (several apertures instead of one,) will confer an immense bene- fit upon mankind. As heat is attracted and retained by all dark-colored substances, while the reverse happens with those which are white, a light- colored hat or bonnet is the best cover for the head during warm weather, and a dark-colored for cold seasons. The face and eyes should always be well protected from the sun by means of a broad brim to the hat; the present fashion among females, of using a mere apology for a bonnet, and wearing it almost between the shoulders, giving to the eyes no protection whatever during an out-door promenade, is highly favorable to diseases of these organs, as, weakness of sight, inflammation of the eyes, &c. The hat is frequently used as a general receptaculum for newspapers, bills, papers, gloves, handkerchiefs, and indeed any thing that can conveniently be placed within it, and the usual result of such a careless and imprudent meas- ure, is premature baldness. In some sections of country the hat is never removed from the head even on entering a room, but is worn in doors and out of doors as tenaciously as though it were a part of the head, and the EXERCISE. 107 removal of it would prove a serious matter; this is not only contrary to the rules of etiquette, but also to the laws of health—the head should be ex- posed to atmospheric influence as often as the opportunity for so doing is presented. CHAPTEli IX. Exercise. — Rules for Exercise.— Sailing.— Walking.— Running.— Dancing.—Swimming.—Friction.—Shampooing.—Gymnastics. Exercise is indispensable to good health for both men and women; it stim- ulates the circulation, and promotes the processes of digestion, nutrition, ab- sorption, secretion, &c, by arousing the several organs of the body, and causing them to perform their functions with a healthy activity. A life of indolence or inactivity is always attended with a sluggishness, or torpid con- dition of the several organs of the system, proportioned to the want of proper exercise, and is almost invariably followed, at a later or earlier period, by some form of chronic disease. Consequently, we find that those persons who are accustomed to daily exercise, or labor in the open air, are more robust and vigorous, and attain a more advanced age than those who lead sedentary, inactive lives, or who are confined for the greater part of the time within doors. There is nothing which will so effectually impart power and activity to the body, strengthen the appetite, improve the powers of digestion, and fully and perfectly develop every organ and part of the body, nor which will so positively fortify and exhilarate the mental powers, as exercise. This is owing to the fact that every organized part of the system is affected by the arterial blood, only in proportion to the active employment of the vital force of those parts; thus, the individual, as the blacksmith who gives daily exer- cise to the muscles of the arm and back, acquires a great increase of these muscles in size, firmness, and strength, together with a healthy, robust, vigor- ous constitution; while in the person unaccustomed to active exercise, the muscles are flabby, emaciated and feeble, and the constitution becomes ener- vated and invalid. It is undoubtedly a correct observation, that, nearly all forms of disease can be cured by a constant course of exercise and temper- ance, without the use of a particle of medicine. To derive the greatest advantage from exercise, certain rules must be attended to, and the benefits received will be proportioned to the degree of attention bestowed upon them. Among these rules the following are the most important: — 1. Exercise should never be taken as a task, but as a recreation; the mind must be agreeably occupied as well as the body; all serious thinking must be dispensed with for the time, and when possible, the society of one or more agreeable and intelligent friends should be procured, because, the more pleasing the mental excitement, the more beneficial the physical: they mutu- 108 AMERICAN FAMILY PHYSICIAN. ally depend upon each other for health and strength. Hence, gymnasiums, riding parties, sailing parties, swimming parties, pic-nics, &c, where both sexes congregate for exercise and amusement, and for relief from their daily routine occupations, are extremely useful. Amusing plays at parties within doors, although less common than formerly, are, nevertheless, a source of health to children as well as adults, and should by all means be encouraged by parents, teachers, and those who supervise the public morals; while at the same time, card-playing, wine-drinking, the eating of rich and indigesti- ble cake, candies, &c, and late hours should be discountenanced. 2. Exercise should never be carried to fatigue; no advantage is derived from a violent, fatiguing course of exercise, especially when irregularly practiced. He who would be benefited by exercise, must commence with the gentler kinds and gradually proceed to the more laborious, according to the degree of improvement of his physical powers, and he must likewise prac- tice daily and with regularity. A good appetite after exercise, or, a ready rallying from the fatigue occasioned by it, are indications that it has not been carried to excess. 3. Exercise in the open air is always preferable to that within doors; be- cause the consumption of the oxygen which is constantly being inhaled into the lungs, is more rapidly replaced in the former than in the latter case, and there is, likewise, no accumulation of confined carbonic acid gas to be even- tually retaken into the lungs by inspiration. Hence, out-of-door parties are more useful to health than those within doors or under cover; though the latter may be made less objectionable by permitting a free current of air to circulate through the rooms occupied for such purpose. A damp atmos- phere is less conducive to health than a dry one. 4. The clothing worn while taking exercise, and indeed at all times, should never be tight, so as to compress any portion of the body whatever, but should be rather loose and easy, permitting a free motion of the mus- cles and joints of the limbs and body in every direction. 5. Exercise should never be taken upon an empty stomach, nor immedi- ately after a meal, nor should a meal be taken immediately after exercise; a neglect of either of these precautions may be followed by serious effects. The best periods for exercise are in the morning, an hour before breakfast, having first eaten one or two crackers; an hour, or an hour and a half before dinner, or an hour after a light supper. A meal should never be eaten for at least an hour after having taken active exercise, but if the appetite be keen, a cracker may be taken, or a glass of milk, or other light article of diet, which does not disagree with the person's stomach. Many business men, medical students, and others of sedentary profes- sions, entertain the erroneous idea that a long walk or ride immediately be- fore and after a meal is beneficial, and-consequently take their meals at a considerable distance from their places of business. A great amount of in- jury to health is occasioned by such a course, and much of the dyspepsia of the present generation is owing to this ill-timed exercise, aided by a hasty and imperfect mastication of fond EXERCISE. 109 6. The exercise taken should vary in its character, and not be confined to any particular part of the body. All parts should be called into action, as much as possible, which may be effected by walking, running, leaping, lifting, swimming, fencing, boxing, riding on horseback. &c. And all these modes of exercise will be found advantageous to male and female, for it must be remembered, that the female requires as much fresh air to oxydize her blood and invigorate her lungs—as much exercise to strengthen her muscles, and stimulate her digestive powers, as the male. The more varied the exercise the greater will be the number of organs acted upon by it The lungs may be exercised by shouting, halloing, singing, laughing, &c. 7. After having exercised, be careful not to expose the person to a draught of air, to a decreased temperature, nor to any circumstance which may give rise to cold, or an inflammatory attack. This rule should be well attended to, because it is a very important one, a neglect of which has been followed by fatal results. It is much better to add clothing to the body, after having taken considerable exercise, and allow the system to become gradually reduced to the natural temperature, before removing it, than to divest one's self of any part of the dress, for the purpose of feeling a momentary degree of comfort, by a rapid, but highly dangerous cooling of the body. The wearing of a flannel under garment will in a great measure prevent any injury to the system from a rapid cooling of the surface of the body. Exercise is of two kinds, passive and active. Passive exercise, although not of such decided advantage to the system as the active, will, however, frequently be found useful, especially in those cases where the latter is contra-indicated, or, where, from various circumstances it cannot be prac- ticed ; and, as there is only a very slight activity of the muscular and mental system in this kind of exercise, the active form will, among by far the greater number of persons, be found the more preferable. Passive exercise includes riding, swinging, sailing, and friction to the surface when made by another person; active exercise includes walking, running, dancing, swimming, friction to the surface, and all movements by which the muscles of the individual are exercised without any extraneous assistance. Some persons recommend sawing or splitting of wood, digging, working in a garden, &c; these are very appropriate exercises for sedentary individuals who have not lost their health, but are extremely improper for invalids, on account of the lack of any diverting mental excitement at the same time. Invalids whose health and strength will permit, will find considerable advantage from fencing, boxing, playing ball, hunting, dancing, &c. Riding on horseback is a very healthy exercise, particularly for invalids, but to be of much benefit, it must be rendered agreeable and exciting; the mere task of riding over the same ground daily, with no new novelties or diversions to amuse the mind, which is constantly occupied with the idea that the exercise is for health, and with hopes or doubts of the result, is eminently calculated to do more harm than benefit. Several routes should be taken, the scenes of each day should be varied, and, if possible, tho 110 AMERICAN FAMILY PHYSICIAN. society of one or more agreeable companions should be procured, that the attention of the invalid may be withdrawn from himself and become inter- ested in other matters. The distance to which horseback riding must be carried, and the gait of the horse, as walking, pacing, trotting, or canter- ing, will depend entirely upon the strength of the individual, and the state of his health. In most cases, an hour or two on horseback, every pleasant day, will suffice, or, if possible, half an hour or an hour may be passed in this species of exercise every day, when the weather is not damp or too cold. Benefit may be derived from this kind of riding, in neatly all unhealthy conditions of the system. Riding in a gig, buggy, or carriage, is of very little service, except to those who are unable to walk, or ride on horseback, and in such riding, the more the body is jolted or exercised the greater will be the amount of benefit derived; this may be obtained by choosing a rough road. Biding in vehicles is very apt to occasion a stiffness of the limbs, and a weakness of the muscles of the back or legs, and a benumbed, swollen condition of the feet. It is always an advantage for the invalid himself to drive, because he thereby exercises and excites the mind as well as the body; and if the conveyance is a carriage, a free circulation of air should be permit- ted, by keeping the windows or blinds open. Invalids should not expose themselves to the morning air, until the sun is an hour or two high; this is a very necessary precaution, especially in sickly or malarial situations. Sailing will frequently be found a very healthy exercise, depending, how- ever, upon the kind. Thus, rowing a boat is adapted only to the more healthy and robust, to whom it imparts strength, besides expanding the chest, and developing the muscles of the arm; it is an improper exercise for most invalids, and should never be pursued to the omission of other exercises by even the healthy, as it tends to develop only one part of the body, while the remainder continues unexpanded, themby producing an ungainly aspect of the person. A journey by sea to Europe, or to some distant port in this country, will be found of much service to nearly all classes of invalids; the motions of the vessel, sea-sickness, change of scene and mental action, are all con- ducive to health; but all these advantages may be lost, if especial atten- tion be not paid to diet and regularity of the bowels and kidneys. Wines, rich cakes and pastry, high-seasoned food, variety of dishes at a meal, and all species of high living, are incompatible with health, aud should ever be discountenanced. The practice of sending persons in the last stages of consumption to the South, is extremely improper ; it merely amounts to saying, "that the physician cannot cure his patient, and not desiring to be annoyed by bestowing further professional attendance, he recommends this as a certain mode of getting rid of him." Nearly all consumptives who are ordered South, die while there, and, as a general rule, those who do return seldom live over a few months. When a person with a long-standin°- or rapidly debilitating disease of the lungs is advised to go South by hix physicians, he had better make up his mind to pass the few remaining days EXERCISE. Ill of his life at home, among relatives and friends who take some interest in his welfare, and who will cheerfully administer to his wants, instead of among strangers whose only humanity extends to the contents of his purse. A well-educated and skilful physician seldom advises his consumptive patients to a southern residence; or if at all, it is in the earlier stages, before the disease has fully developed itself. Sailing in a steamboat, or in a sail boat, is of no value as an exercise; its advantage depends entirely upon the change from an impure city atmos- phere to one of greater purity, the change of scenery, and the pleasing applications of the mind; however, it will be found very beneficial to those who are convalescing from exhausting diseases, as well as those who are unable to make any active exertion. Walking is the most natural exercise that an individual can take, as well as the most healthful; it calls every limb into operation, invigorates the cir- culation, increases pulmonary inspiration, and at the same time inspires and amuses the mind. Some rules are necessary to be observed even in walking, especially by invalids; thus, they should never walk against a high breeze, as the exercise is too severe and fatiguing, beside being apt to affect the lungs; neither should they select a location for their promenade in which the particles of dust floating in the atmosphere are observable, as these would prove very injurious to the lungs and air passages. In using this species of exercise for health, individuals should select uneven ground, which is preferable to plain ground, from the fact that ascending and descending hills afford more exercise for the lungs, and call into action a greater degree of muscular power. Very weak persons, however, should choose plain ground only. The place selected should be dry, and where pure air can be inhaled, avoiding the neighborhood of marshes ; a rather elevated situation is better than low ground. An agree- able companion to amuse the mind, and one who can "keep step," will be a very useful addition. Beading or serious reflection should never be indulged in while walking for health; the former is injurious to the eyes, the latter to the mind, and either will destroy nearly all the beneficial results that would otherwise be realized from the exercise. During the summer months, it is better to walk in the morning and evening, and not in the middle of the day, unless a cool, shady place can be found, that the person will not be exposed to the excessive heat of the sun. In the winter, any portion of the day may be selected for engaging in this exercise; but at all seasons, the best time for walking is about half an hour or an hour after a light break- fast. The walk should be steady, uniform, and at a gait not calculated to fatigue, being somewhat slower at the commencement than is afterward taken ; and the range of the walk should be occasionally varied, so as to produce new impressions upon the mind, which will have a correspond- ing sanative effect upon the body. Persons in the country will find it frequently beneficial to carry a gun with them while roaming through the woods, as the mind will be happily engaged in the search for game, or even firing at a mark. 112 AMERICAN FAMILY PHYSICIAN. Literary persons, and those engaged in sedentary occupations, who cannot take much exercise of this kind abroad, should endeavor to accus- tom themselves to walking in their rooms, from time to time, instead of sitting constantly at a desk or table; and authors will find it advantageous to have a high desk at which they can stand while writing, and be allowed to walk up and down their rooms while reflecting or forming ideas. Although this is not a substitute for proper exercise, it is far better than no exercise at all. Running is only walking at a rapid gait; it is rather a severe and fatigu- ing exercise for adults, unless they have been accustomed to it, or are of healthy, robust constitutions. The muscles are more rapidly and more powerfully called into action, the lungs are more greatly exercised, and the jirculation more actively increased, than in simple walking. It is a species }f exercise which seems to have been designed by nature more especially for children, that all their various organs may become simultaneously developed, and it is certainly an exercise which they never fail to enjoy tvhen the opportunity offers. I would call the attention of parents and teachers to the fact, that exercise, and considerable exercise too, is absolutely necessary for the strengthening and perfecting of both the mental and phys- ical organizations of children. Hence, in all schools, at the end of every hour, or immediately after every lesson, about five minutes should be allowed for the children to "run around the block," or in some neighboring place; and this course will be found highly advantageous to them, increas- ing the activity of their minds, and at the same time improving their bodies. Indeed, the teachers would find themselves materially benefited by a little physical recreation at such periods. There is not enough attention paid to the physical training of children ; many parents seem to think that as they pay teachers to cultivate the minds of their boys and girls, all attempts to improve them in bodily health are impositions, not bargained for, which consequently' ought not to be paid for. When will parents learn common sense on these points? Dancing is a very salutary exercise when properly performed; it com- bines action of the various organs of the body with healthful mental recreation. Dancing should be performed in the open air, or in a large room well ventilated, and those who practice it should be careful not to persist in it too long at a time, nor engage in it too violently, as either is detrimental to health. The dress of those who dance should always be sufficiently loose not to confine any part of their body too tightly, allowing &n uninterrupted circulation of the blood, and a free play of the muscles. When dancing is continued to a late hour of the night, or to an early hour in the morning, in crowded, heated and illy ventilated rooms, it cannot but prove deleterious to the system; indeed, any active exercise, continued during the hours that the system should be at rest, is unhealthy ; and the evils to the constitution arising from such unnatural modes of enjoyment are increased tenfold by the use of rich, indigestible cakes, pastry and confectionaries, alcoholic and stimulating drinks, and an exposure to the SWIMMING.—FRICTION. 113 Cold night air, when the body is in a state of fatigue and perspiration from exercise. Many, very many of the young and gay, have, from these causes, had the germs of disease implanted in their systems, hastening them, in a remarkably short time, to their graves. Dancing at pic-nics, at home, or even at evening parties, is to be com- mended, when the above deleterious measures are not combined with it. Swimming is a useful and agreeable exercise for those who are strong and healthy. It should not, however, be carried to fatigue. In swimming we not only have the advantages resulting from the constant and powerfu exercise necessary, but likewise from the bathing. It is a mistaken idea that persons should be perfectly cool previous to entering the water, for the cold water exerts a depressing influence upon the system for the time being, and ther.e is more danger of contracting cold or other unpleasant results from plunging into it while the body is cool, than when it is some- what excited. Care, however, must be taken that the body be not too warm, nor in any way fatigued; and those whose systems are debilitated will find swimming in cold water not so advantageous as is popularly supposed. Indeed, the observations made in relation to the cold bath, [which see,] are pertinent to swimming. Every person, male and female, whose health and strength will permit, should be taught the art of swimming, not only on account of its utility as regards health, but also. that, when persons who have not acquired the art are in danger of drowning, they may be enabled to preserve them. Friction of the surface of the body is a species of exercise, that whether performed by the person himself, or by an assistant, will be found highly serviceable to all classes, whether healthy or invalid. It cleanses the skin from accidental impurities, facilitates the flow of blood in the small blood vessels of the skin—invigorates the brain and nervous system, assista muscular development and power, improves the organs of digestion-^com- municates an agreeable glow to the entire system, and renders it more capable of resisting disease, as well as less liable to attacks of cold or other maladies arising from exposure to sudden changes of the weather. In the treatment of persons laboring under chronic diseases, friction of the skin will be found a very valuable measure, especially in cases of consumption, liver affections, dyspepsia, rheumatism, gout, all female diffi- culties, &c; it will also prove highly useful in the case of delicate individ- uals, and in children, promoting the growth and physical energy of the latter, and lessening their liability to attacks of those diseases so common to early age. Persons who are prone to wakefulness, may induce a dispo- sition to sleep, by the use of very light suppers, and by bathing the body, previous to retiring for the night, with tepid water, and drying with brisk friction. All persons of sedentary occupations will derive much benefit from the use of frictions daily . Morning is the most appropriate time for using friction, immediately after rising from the bed, when the stomach is unoccupied with the diges- tion of food ; and where this period of the day cannot be spared, the 8 114 AMERICAN FAMILY PHYSICIAN. exercise should then be taken previous to going to bed. Every individual should make use of it at least once daily, for the purpose of comfort, health, and strength. A flesh-brush or coarse towel should be rubbed over all parts of the body and limbs, for a half an hour or more, or until the surface assumes a red appearance and is accompanied with an agreeable glow of heat. If the body is previously sponged with cold or tepid water, the ben- eficial effects will be augmented. When from debility, corpulency, or other valid cause, an individual cannot apply friction to his own body, he should secure the services of another. Shampooing, in which the limbs and body of a person are rubbed and kneaded by another, although seldom employed, will not be found less advantageous than friction; indeed, in many instances of disease, it will be found a most important measure to aid in promoting health. Persons who are corpulent, or too lean, may be changed to an opposite condition, by an attention to diet, and proper course of exercise, aided by shampooing and frictions of the skin. Gymnastic exercises are very useful, whether employed by the invalid, or those of robust health. When properly regulated by a good teacher, these exercises promote the healthful action of all parts of the body, invigorating and strengthening the constitution, and tending greatly to the establish- ment of health and longevity. All persons, and especially those who lead a sedentary life, as clerks, shop-keepers, merchants, authors, engravers, &c, &c, will find it very profitable to health and mind, to devote an hour or two, daily, to the exercises of the gymnasium, directed by an experienced teacher. Indeed, the mechanic, whose daily labors call into action only a certain class of muscles, while the others rest unemployed, will in the gymnasium, be enabled to reinstate harmony in the growth and vigor of all parts of fhis body, by giving them a proper and equal degree of exercise. When we consider the little attention which is paid to the laws of health and longevity, by the citizens of this country, in their eagerness to accu- mulate wealth at all risks, we cannot be surprised at the indifference mani- fested by them in relation to gymnasiums. It is not because such institu- tions are overlooked or underrated, that they lack patronage, but because in this locomotive age of business, traveling, and almost everything else, save reason and common sense on matters of health, the great public cannot find the time to attend to such matters. Every city, every town, every village, should have its gymnasium, open to all classes of society, requiring only the payment of a trifling sum by each citizen to keep the place in repairs, and furnish a salary for a good gymnastic teacher; or still better, these may be paid from the public monies of such places. I am gratified to learn that in many of our cities, the sensible young men have formed gymnastic clubs, for the purpose of cultivating and improving their constitutions, and it is hoped that in the absence of any public action ©n this subject, these private associations will increase in numbers. Still, k is always desirable to have a good teacher, to direct the exercises, because much harm may arise from an indiscriminate and improper use of them. CALISTHENICS. 115 Nor arc females to be excluded from these institutions, notwithstanding the customs and ridiculous prejudices of society are opposed to both girla and women participating in those sports and exercises which are essential to a healthy development of mind and body. Indeed, when we reflect upon their peculiar organization, their delicacy of structure, and their special functions on the one hand, and their sedentary habits, together with the modes and customs of society, to which, in a great measure, they feel obliged to conform, on the other, we cannot but be astonished that disease is not more extensive and fatal among them than we find it. Females require exercise as much as males—they have muscles to develop—blood to aerate, —nerves to invigorate, and brain to strengthen and improve, as well as men —and if these are neglected, it will matter but little how much man strength- ens himself—for his offspring cannot be otherwise than deficient in physical and mental conformation. Where bodily health and proper mental cultiva- tion exist, with true affection, there we find domestic happiness—in such families there needs no "woman's rights," nor "free love" associations to effect reforms. These agitations are the results of a sickly morality in society caused by a depraved condition of the body and mind. Improve these, cul- tivate them properly and thoroughly, and then men and women will be vir- tuous, happy, and free. Calisthenics is the name given to a series of bodily exercises, adapted to the development of the female system; they are inferior to the true gymnas- tic training, but are preferable to no exercise at all. Females, from their comparative inaction and confinement within doors, should exercise in the open air as much as possible. I must again advert to the fact that children at school do not have suffi- cient exercise; all the money, all the time, all the efforts are devoted to the cultivation of the mind, while the physical is totally disregarded—this is very wrong, very unnatural, and the only thing to be wondered at is, that the amount of injury inflicted is not much greater than we find it. Parents, teachers, philanthropists, everybody, should pay especial attention to this matter, for it is a very important one, involving not only the health of our offspring, but the future destiny of this great republic. Almost every regu- lation in our schools is faulty;—children are forced to sit still, while nature intended that they should be in constant motion. The child of the savage, following his natural instincts for action becomes a hardy man; the child of the civilized man, being compelled to obey the irksome and unnatural laws of ignorant guardians, dies at an early age, or is made an invalid for life. I have attended hundreds of children whose diseases were the results of im- proper regulations in their schools. The education of children should be made more a matter of pleasure, than a mere dull, repulsive task, and that it can always be made so, I am well convinced. The safety of a republic rests not only in the mental acquirements of its citizens, but in their physical health and strength; it is the right, it is the duty of a free government to make such laws as will perpetuate its blessings upon posterity without in- fringing upon individual rights. Therefore, such nations should make it an 116 AMERICAN FAMILY PHYSICIAN. imperative requirement, that all their children, both male and female, must be physically and mentally educated. This will not interfere with the rights of any adult, for I hold that in a religious, social, and moral sense, no indi- vidual has a right to prevent the growth and cultivation of those two great gifts from Deity, the body and the mind. And, again, it-is the right of a freeman's child to demand and obtain from his country a thorough cultiva- tion of these two great levers of happiness, virtue, health, power, and free- dom, in order that he may enjoy these when he becomes a citizen. No man can be said to enjoy freedom, whose mind and body are in a state of sterility. Since having written the above, I have met with the following excellent remarks in the Boston Medical and Surgical Journal of Oct. 18th, 1855, from the pen of its editor. The article is headed, "Evil Effects of Studies out of School," and should be read by every parent and teacher. It is as follows:— "The length of time to be employed in mental application by young per- sons at school, is a question we are surprised not to see oftener discussed in medical books and journals, since there are few subjects that have a greater bearing on the bodily health, as well as the intellectual advancement of the young. On the one hand, the importance of mental cultivation is denied by no one; the education of the people is the boast of our country, and is of incalculable advantage to a republic in preparing its citizens for the responsi- ble duties of self-government, and in promoting to an indefinite extent the means of happiness of the individual. On the other hand, we must take into account the dangerous effects of over-stimulation of the intellectual pow- ers, and of the absence of a due amount of bodily exercise, at the expense of the physical organization; and this view of the subject, we apprehend, has been too much overlooked by the instructors of youth, in their desire to bestow upon their pupils the advantages of a highly accomplished educa- tion. The vast increase, of late years, in the amount and variety of studies taught in our schools, leaves, we fear, too little time for the proper recreation necessary both to body and mind. There are few schools in our city, where the higher branches are taught, which do not impose upon the scholars, in addition to at least six hours' mental labor in the school-room, lessons requir- ing from one to two hours' hard study at home, which time must, in some cases, be greatly extended by those of inferior powers of acquisition, whose ambition will not permit them to fall behirM their more gifted companions. In many instances, we are afraid, this extra work is prolonged into those hours when both mind and body should be repairing the losses of the day by sleep. "Now, young persons, especially, require both amusement and out-door exercise, and much more of the latter than most of our young friends are able or disposed to indulge in. The bow which is always kept bent, soon loses its elasticity. The youthful mind, by too' much application, becomes either heavy and incapable of healthful exertion, or else, by over-stimulation, is rendered visionary, eccentric, and impractical, prone to fanaticism, or even to insanity. Sedentary habits predispose the system to dyspepsia, phthisis, SLEET. 117 and a host of other diseases. Over-use of the eyes, especially by lamp-lio-ht, and on closely printed books, (often in the crabbed characters of the Greek or German,) when it does not immediately give rise to acute inflammation, often lays the foundation of permanent weakness of sight, and constitutes a source of misery which may last a lifetime. " The School Committee of this city have wisely prohibited the imposition of lessons out of school hours, in grammar schools. We hope they will, ere long, see the wisdom of introducing the same reform into the higher schools. In our opinion, no lessons should, as a general rule, be learned out of school. Six or seven hours daily, is quite enough time to be spent in application to books, especially by children who are passing through that period, in which the changes taking place in the system render it peculiarly susceptible to evil influences. Nor would a diminution of the time spent in studying, prove a real loss in the end; on the contrary, we believe that children would work with more interest, and m;ike more progress in their studies, if they came to their books with their minds refreshed and bodies invigorated by exercise. Children should study hard, but they should also play hard; and it is just as much our duty to induce them to play as to make them study. The apparent progress made by incessant mental application in early years, is too often compensated in after life by ruined health and disappointed expectations. We have in our mind several cases which we could adduce in support of the position we have here assumed, but, for the present, we forbear." CHAPTER X. Sleep.—Means to promote Sleep.—Beds.—How long to Sleep.— Dreams.—Nightmare. Best is as proper, both for mind and body, as exercise, from the fact that the mental and physical energies become fatigued and exhausted, after they have been in action for a certain period; and as a restoration of their powers cannot be effected while the muscles or mind are engaged in any efforts, pe- riods of complete muscular and mental repose are absolutely necessary, by which the exhausted organs may be enabled to recruit their energies. Over- action of the powers of the constitution, or, too great an amount of rest, are equally destructive to health and life, and it therefore becomes an important measure to ascertain how the periods of exercise and rest should be regulated in order to the attainment of the greatest degree of health and longevity. The first has been noticed in the preceding chapter. The various influences of the day, as light, heat, sound, physical and men- tal exertions, &c, exhaust the vitality, or stimulating powers natural to the system in ordinary health; and if these be continued beyond a certain ex- 118 AMERICAN FAMILY PHYSICIAN. tent, without a proper amount of rest, disease will inevitably ensue. And to renew the functions of the mind, recruit the vital powers, resuscitate the jaded constitution, and promote the prolongation of life, the rest or sleep should be uniform, sound, and refreshing. During a sleep of this character, the action of the heart is diminished, the circulation is performed more slow- ly, the respiration is less hurried, and the heat of the surface of the body is considerably reduced, rendering the person more liable to the unhealthy in- fluence of cold and atmospheric variations, especially when the body is not properly protected by covering; all the organic functions of the system are less active than when awake, hence, among other things, the danger of sleep- ing immediately after a meal, the food of which is not only imperfectly di- gested at such time, but acts as an irritant, deranging the action of the nerves of the stomach, and through them, the brain and nervous system. In a perfectly healthy sleep, the mind becomes wholly unconscious of external objects; all its various passions, emotions, thoughts, desires, &c, are hushed up, being in a complete state of.torpor—the person does not even dream— and the period occupied in this state of rest, is, as it were, blotted out of existence. The proper period for sleep, is during the night. Among those who live active and temperate lives, we find a slight acceleration of the pulse as night approaches, and a sensation of languor gradually creeps over all the func- tions of the body, admonishing each person that the energies of his system are fatigued and exhausted, requiring that rest and reparation which can only be found in sleep. As a general rule the earlier hours of the night afford the most profound and the most refreshing sleep; yet it is frequently the case, and more especially among invalids, that the early morning hours prove more beneficial in this respect. That night is the proper period for sleep, the most conducive to health, is proved, not only from the fact of its being selected from a natural demand, by all nations, whether civilized or savage, but likewise from the fact that those who turn night into day, do it always at the expense of health. They who lie half of the day in bed, and keep awake during the night, for the purpose of study, exercise, &c, no matter how regular their habits may be in other respects, become effeminate and enervated, gradually losing that health and activity of the vital energies which render life of value; but when these hours are passed in riot, gambling, sensuality, intoxication, or other excesses, the effects upon the system are still more destructive; persons thus engaged, in disobedience to the demands of nature, soon lose their natural color, the blooming cheeks are supplanted by a pallid and unhealthy appear- ance, the eyes lose their sparkling and animating brilliancy and become per- manently injured, not only in consequence of the unnatural hours, but like- wise, of the artificial light to which they are exposed. The constitution gradually gives way, it becomes more susceptible of disease, and in process of time, the most robust and athletic person is certain to meet with an early decay of the vital powers. During the day, while the whole surface of the earth is refreshed and gladdened by the presence of the sun's rays, a princi- SLEEP. 119 pie is diffused with them, supposed by some to possess a galvanic or electric power, which dispenses all noxious emanations, which greatly adds to the vitality of the atmosphere, if I may so express it, and which exerts an appre- ciably favorable influence over all the organs of the animal economy, exci- ting in them a healthful activity. While, on the contrary, during the night, when the sun's rays are absent, the poisonous matters which had been driven off through the day gradually steal throughout the atmosphere, engendering serious diseases among all who are exposed to them; the active vitality of the day is withdrawn with the disappearance of the sun, and the already ex- hausted system, feeling its absence, becomes languid and courts sleep while surrounding nature is in a state of passiveness. This is in strict accordance with the laws of nature, which are ever in harmony with each other. That sun-light is absolutely necessary for the preservation of health, has been proven by experience. It has been found that armies who rest by night and march by day, are more healthy, and less liable to disease, than those who pursue the opposite course; that those who, in fashionable life, seek repose in the day, and action of any kind in the night, are almost always certain to find an early grave; or, if not this, life is rendered a state of tor- ment to them from the maladies which their systems have contracted from such perversion of the natural laws. Those who work in mines where the light of day never enters, are invariably subject to a premature decay of the vital powers; all of which tend to establish the fact, that night is the natural and only period for sleep. Very young children, and persons laboring under disease, are the only individuals who may be benefited by short pe- riods of sleep during the day. Many persons allow themselves to sleep dur- ing the day, particularly after the dinner meal, which is an exceedingly pernicious practice, being seldom followed by that renewed energy which results from a similar amount of sleep taken at night; on the contrary, those who pursue this improper habit, almost invariably experience disagreeable sensations upon awakening, as, a bad taste in the mouth, nervous irritability, derangement of the mind, with an unpleasant feeling in the head, swollen eye-lids and a degree of pain or irritation in the eyes, unfitness for proper mental exercise, &c. And this is owing to the fact that sleep, being a passive condition of the whole system, including the organs of digestion, the food which has been received in the stomach remains undigested, irri- tates the nerves of the stomach, and through them a derangement of the whole economy is effected, which frequently occasions serious results. It is on this account that sleep after a hearty meal is so apt to induce apoplexy, in those predisposed to it. A short rest, or state of quietude, say an hour or so, from active mental or physical exertion, is always proper after a hearty •meal,—the system undoubtedly demands it, but it should never be permitted to go so far as sleeping; indeed, the disposition to sleep after a meal, is most generally the result of having taken too much food. Those who in past times had their jesters to amuse themselves with for an hour or two after dinner, although they may not have understood the philosophy of the mat- ter, nevertheless, pursued a very sanative course, and it would prove profit- 120 AMERICAN FAMILY PHYSICIAN, able, at least as regards health and longevity, were the method still pursued, especially by the nervous, the dyspeptic, and the apoplectic. An agreeable state of the mind favors digestion; while serious thought, disagreeable news, anger, grief, hard study or exercise, sleep, &c, greatly retard it. Dyspepsia and apoplexy will be more readily removed by such a measure, than by all the drugs in Christendom. The next consideration is, the means to be employed to promote sleep. All persons in health will enjoy the proper extent of sleep, if they avoid every measure calculated to derange the harmony of action of the system. Thus, a proper amount of exercise through the day not only contributes to sleep, but likewise renders it refreshing; and these effects are greatly increased if the exercise be taken in the open air. If, however, too great an amount of exercise be taken, and especially toward bedtime, it will generally prevent sleep. Students, sedentary persons, and those who are indolent, are gener- ally more incommoded with the want of sleep, than they who are active and laborious. Individuals whose occupations afford but little or no muscular exertion through the day, and who do not in consequence enjoy the luxury of sound sleep, may, in a great measure, overcome the difficulty, by exer- cising moderately a short time before going to bed, as, by walking for twenty or thirty minutes in a large room, hall, or in the streets, by gentle dancing, by the use of dumb-bells, and particularly by engaging in some pleasant sport. When sleep is generally unsound, a favorable effect will result from the application of friction to the body or limbs, continued for ten or fifteen minutes before retiring to bed; a coarse towel, or flesh-brush may be briskly used for this purpose. Frequently, sleep may be obtained among those who have lain in a wakeful and restless condition for some time, by removing the covering to the foot of the bed, so as to air the sheets, the person in the mean time exercising by walking about the room, or by the employment of friction, either of which should be continued until the system feels a glow of warmth, when he may again lie down. Sleep is prevented by intense study, close meditation, anxiety of mind, &c; and it is usually the case that those who immoderately devote themselves to mental labors, regardless of the physical system, exhaust their energies, and bring on a premature decay of their constitutions. All uneasiness of mind, anxiety, deep thought, &c, should be banished as much as possible before retiring to rest for the night; and those only will have a sound and refreshing sleep who can thus dissipate or forget the excitements and annoyances of the day. Sleep will be disturbed and unrefreshing to those who neglect the condi- tion of the alimentary organs at bedtime. Very few persons enjoy uninter- rupted sleep who neglect this point. No food should be eaten for at least two hours before bedtime, and then the supper should be very light, avoid- ing strong infusions of tea or coffee, which alone will frequently prevent sleep, and which are often employed for this purpose by the votaries of fashion and night-intemperance in the way of parties, balls, &c, which are continued not only to late hours at night, but to the early hours of morning. SLEEP. 121 With many persons, sound and refreshing sleep can never be obtained, except they lie with their heads to the north, and feet to the south, which is supposed to be due to the influence of terrestrial magnetism on exceedingly sensitive persons. Delicate and nervous persons in particular, should ascertain the position which is the most favorable for them to adopt in sleeping, for it will be found that with many it will be almost impossible to sleep with the body lying from west to east. A physician in France has published the opinion that in some instances sleep will be procured by placing the legs of the bedstead on glass blocks, and thus insulating the bed. Persons who are restless and wakeful during the night, frequently resort to narcotics for the purpose of forcing themselves to sleep; but this is a very reprehensible plan in most cases. An attention to diet, exercise, friction, bathing, the condition of the mind, as well as of the bowels, will, in the majority of instances, overcome the difficulty. And, when this course fails, then, and not till then, should an endeavor be made to procure rest by the use of medicines. Opiates should never be used for this purpose, unless prescribed by a physician; hops, or its pollen, lupidin, the extract of lettuce, or an infusion of scullcap, will be found sufficient, in most instances, to induce the desired repose. Often a cold wet bandage applied for ten or fifteen minutes to the head will be followed by sleep, particularly if there be much heat in the head; if the body be warm, the forehead cool, and the pulse slightly accelerated, a few drops of spirits of camphor in a wineglass of water will be sufficient. But among by far the greater number of wakeful persons, exercise and friction, as referred to above, will be found the best soporifics. The apartment for sleeping should never be on the first or ground-floor, but always above this, either on the second or third floors. The room should be spacious, and, if possible, exposed to the influence of the sun; and during the day, instead of being closed or dwelt in, the windows should be kept open as much as the condition of the weather will allow, for the admission of pure air, and the dissipation of the noxious vapors collected during the night. The windows, however, should be closed during damp seasons, and even in pleasant weather they should never be kept open during the night, unless the person avoids lying in a draught of the night air. Fires should never be kept up during the night in a bed-chamber, except in cases of sickness, dampness, and in malarial districts; they fill the room with more or less smoke, dust, and ashes, interfere with sound refreshing sleep, and if persisted in will eventually relax and debilitate the system, rendering it liable to attacks of disease from the slightest causes, and disposing the person to a constant series of colds, catarrhs, and the like. More than two persons should never sleep in one bedroom; indeed, as these rooms are usually built, one person will exhale a quantity of carbonic acid gas from the lungs, and other unpleasant vapors from the body during a night, that will render the room very disagreeable for a second person to enter it in the morning before it has been ventilated. It is not healthy to sleep in a confined room with a diseased person, more especially when in the same bed; and when nurses or others pass a night 122 AMERICAN FAMILY PHYSICIAN. with a sick person, they should have a current of air through it, in a manner not to pass over nor expose the patient or themselves to its influence; of course in very cold or damp seasons, and in miasmatic countries, this would be improper. When an old person sleeps between two young ones, the communication of animal heat increases and supports the vital energies of his system, by which his health may be improved, and his life prolonged. As far as my own observations have gone, I am fully convinced that this increase of vigor and activity is effected at the expense of the health of the young persons thus exposed; and parents cannot be too careful how they permit their children to sleep in the same beds with aged or diseased persons. The same remarks apply to young adults. Old persons should always be well covered during their sleeping hours, and in cold weather their feet should be rested upon a warm stone, or bottles filled with hot water. Some attention should be paid to the materials forming the beds on which we sleep, not only for the benefit of our sleep, but likewise of our health. The best material for beds is hair; the worst, feathers. Hair mattresses, or mattresses of straw, cotton, corn-shucks, moss, &c, are always superior to feather beds, except, perhaps, for the aged during cold weather, who require the preservation and increase of their heat. The beds for children laboring under rickets, scrofula, or debility, may be advantageously made of the leaves of sweet-fern, sweet-balsam, frostweed, dogwood, ptelea, bittersweet, &c. A feather bed causes one to become warmer than is necessary, produces a ten- dency to increased perspiration, and a consequent general debility, together with a constant state of irritation; from these causes the system becomes relaxed, and more prone to disease. Feathers readily take up the exhalations which are disengaged from our bodies during the night, and thus form a kind of bath of animal vapors which had been destined to leave the body, but which may re-enter it by means of absorption. An old feather bed should be looked upon as a depot in which all the products of animal exha- lation are collected together. While a mattress, which readily admits of the escape of these vapors, has none of the inconveniences of those materials which retain them. The bedclothes should be clean, changed frequently, and carefully pro- tected from dampness; they should be aired every day, whether the bed be used during the night or not. By pursuing this course, many colds, rheumatisms, consumptions, &c, may be avoided. Persons traveling on steamboats, or lodging at hotels, or in strange rooms, should never retire without first inspecting the beds offered to them, to learn whether they'are damp; for it is better to sleep, without damp bedclothing, on a naked mattress, than to run the risk of health and life by neglecting this precau tion. Hotels, steamboats, and other public places, which are noted for damp beds, should be avoided by travelers, as much as houses infected with the plague. The covering should be light and cool in warm weather, and in cold seasons it should be just enough to keep the body comfortably warm. The head should not be covered at all The use of a large num- SLEEP. 123 ber of heavy bed-clothes is a covering, is extremely injurious to health. Curtains are pernicious; they interfere with the free circulation of air retaining the gas exhaled from the lungs, and obstructing the flow of the oxygen of the atmospheric air to those who lodge in the bed. A free cir- culation of air, without any interference, is highly beneficial to all persons. Another point to be regarded, is the length of time which should be passed in sleep. Children may sleep as often and as much as they please, for theirs is peculiarly an age of growth and development, requiring considerable activity of mind and body, the restlessness of each demanding a corres- ponding degree of repose. Some authors allow from fifteen to twenty hours of sleep for an infant, twelve hours for those from the ages of four to thirteen, ten hours from thirteen to eighteen, and from seven to nine sifter the age of eighteen. As a general rule, these periods may be safely permitted for the duration of sleep per day, but there will be found many * exceptions. Delicate persons will almost always require more sleep than the robust and vigorous, and the invalid more than the possessor of good health. Again, men who are ardently pursuing intellectual studies invari- ably require more sleep than those who are merely occupied in physical labors; and they frequently destroy health and life by curtailing their hours of repose, that they may have more time to devote to their studies. Exhaustion of the mind requires more time for complete re-invigoration than exhaustion of the body. In the morning, the brain has become quite refreshed and strengthened after a night of sound sleep, and this is the best period of the day for study, say from five or six o'clock until noon ; after this time, the balance of the day should be passed in light studies, recreation, &c. Instead of cultivating this habit, most literary and scien- tific men employ the night hours, when the brain is exhausted and demands rest, for the purposes of study, and by so doing they not only injure their health, but do not accomplish as much in the way of study or reflection, as they would by adopting a different course. "Early to bed and early to rise," with "early hours of the day only for study," will be found highly advantageous to studious persons especially, if they will practice accordingly. The late hours of the day should always be devoted to recreation and amusements. All persons in health should avoid a second nap in the morning; it is by no means salutary. The better plan is to arise as soon as one has awak- ened, which will counteract a disposition to indolence and late morning hours. On the contrary, many invalids derive the greatest amount of benefit from a morning nap, and I am not yet convinced that early rising is so applicable to the invalid as to the healthy; I consider that the resus- citation of the exhausted energies of the system in health, and the removal of morbid conditions in the unhealthy, is better effected by sleep than by anything else, and consequently I have found that my patients afflicted with chronic affections, are, as a general rule, more benefited by a short sleep in the morning, than by pursuing the course more commonly advised, of rising very early. Every person in health should ascertain, by experi- 124 AMERICAN FAMILY PHYSICIAN. ment, the amount of sleep which is necessary to render him comfortable and vigorous throughout the day, and regulate his sleeping hours in accord- ance therewith. Six or seven hours is sufficient for the many; nine hours may be required by the few. Too little sleep is as injurious to the system as too much. The following rules will be found serviceable: Sound, sweet, and refreshing sleep can be obtained by a calmness of mind, without excite- ment or anxiety, with regularity of the digestive organs, and moderate exercise. Too many persons sleeping in one room, by breathing a confined and vitiated atmosphere, will surely become diseased. All bed-chambers should be thoroughly ventilated and kept dry. All beds and bed-clothing should be aired daily, and no dampness on them be permitted to remain. A sleep or doze immediately before retiring to bed, will be very apt to interfere with a subsequent sound sleep. Never read in bed; it is injurious to the eyes, straining them severely, and interfering with sleep, and if per- sisted in, it will destroy the health. Fat people should never sleep during the day, and as little as possible during the night, not to exceed seven hours. The early hours of night are in all cases, the best for resting; late night hours are never otherwise than detrimental to health. Never sleep on a feather bed. A little gentle exercise will do more toward removing a sensation of weariness in the morning, than a second sleep. Dreams are an indication of some derangement of the equilibrium of the system. A perfectly healthy man never dreams during his hours of sleep, but in proportion as he departs from a healthy standard, will his sleep be attended by dreams. Thus, if for a few evenings he should eat hearty suppers immediately before retiring, in consequence of the derange- ment thereby caused he will dream, and in proportion as his dreams are pleasant or unpleasant, will he more or less speedily be relieved from the evil effects of his conduct upon his health. I consider dreaming as a kind of somnambulism, the same as that produced by the passes of the mesmer- izer, and which is the result of a certain principle influencing the brain when in a passive condition; this principle may be termed the vital princi- ple, nervaura, or motive power of organized beings. Most all persons have troublesome dreams for some time previous to a fever, or other acute disease ; and in chronic cases an individual invariably enjoys himself much better after an agreeable dream, and almost always feels worse after one which has been unpleasant. I conceive the cause to be this: the motive power acts more powerfully during sleep to restore harmony to the system; therefore, whenever a person dreams he is in what he mesmerizers would call a complete, or incomplete somnambulic crisis, •f we examine him, we find the same phenomena exhibited as in mesmer- ized somnambulists, the hands and feet cold, and the head hot. Yet he may be sensible to feeling, noises, the presence of other persons, &c, because the motive power in action is derived from his own nature, and not from another's; and from the same cause his dreams may be incongru- ous and imperfect, inasmuch as he is not under the guidance of an active, DREAMS.—NIGHTMARE. 125 well-directed will, but under his own, which is passive; hence, his dreams will generally partake of a confused mixture of the ideas and species of excitement which had been previously acting upon his brain while in the waking state. If a person dreaming is in a perfect state of natural somnambulism, and walks or talks in his sleep, any person may obtain what mesmerizers call the communication with him, and thenceforth stop his sleep-walking and sleep-talking habits, which is a much better course than to attempt a cure by means of some sudden shock, a plan which has frequently resulted to the disadvantage of the somnambulist. Dreams may generally be prevented by a proper attention to the rules of hygiene, as moderate exercise taken daily, attention to the condition of the skin and of the bowels, avoiding late and heavy suppers, and in some cases dispensing with supper altogether, and keeping the mind free as much as possible from excessive care, discontent, anxiety or excitement. The nightmare is a condition of the system similar to the preceding, and most commonly arises from an imperfect action of the digestive organs, flatulence, and very frequently from heavy suppers. It differs from ordi- nary dreaming, by having in connexion with it a diminished action of the nervous system as well as of the circulation of the blood, producing diffi- cult breathing, great weight or pressure, or an inability to move, which seems to require powerful efforts to overcome, and which conditions are frequently so excessive as no doubt to cause sudden deaths, even among persons apparently in the enjoyment of perfect health. In many persons, nightmare will occur whenever they sleep lying on their backs. Those who are subject to nightmare should never eat suppers, should take more or less exercise daily, should keep the bowels regular, and should not lie on their backs while sleeping; they should likewise sleep with their heads and shoulders slightly elevated. When acidity of the stomach and flatulence cause nightmare, an alkali with some aromatic may be taken at bedtime; as for instance, a wineglassful of solution of super-carbonate of eoda, or of common saleratus, to which twenty or thirty drops of essence of peppermint may be added. CHAPTER XI. Clt-anliness.—The Skin.—Cold Bath.—Bathing.—Douche.—Shower Bath.—Sea Bathing.— Warm Bath.—Soap.—Disinfectants. Cleanliness is a very important measure for the preservation of health; the sympathetic relations which exist between the skin and the internal organs, as the lungs, liver, stomach, kidneys, &c, are much greater than between those of any other organs of the body; and, as a consequence, 126 AMERICAN FAMILY PHYSICIAN. whenever the functions of the skin are deranged or interfered with, whether from exposures to sudden changes of temperature, OT from an accumulation of filth, the internal organs suffer in proportion. The skin, besides affording an external covering to the body, possesses a nervous sys- tem which renders it sensible to external impressions, which are trans- mitted from it to the brain, through the agency of the nerves; it is likewise endowed with a system of bloodvessels which play an important part in the animal economy. Beside these, there is contained within the skin numerous minute tubes, ascertained by means of the microscope to be spirally and irregularly coiled upon themselves, each of which is in close proximity with a capil- lary bloodvessel, and which separates the perspiration from the blood in the capillaries. These perspiratory organs discharge the perspiration externally through a minute mouth or pore, which under ordinary cir- cumstances passes off in the form of vapor, being termed " insensible per- spiration;" but when the system is over-heated by exercise, increased heat, or mental excitement, the perspiration is thrown off in such large quantity, as to form a watery fluid upon the surface of the body, which is called the "sensible perspiration." That the reader may form some idea of the importance of these perspiratory organs, I will give an extract from Mr. E. Wilson on this subject, who says:— "To arrive at something like an estimate of the value of the perspiratory system in relation to the rest of the organism, I counted the perspiratory pores on the palm of the hand, and found 3,528 in a square inch. Now each of these pores being the aperture of a little tube about a quarter of an inch long, it follows, that in a square inch of skin on the palm of the hand, there exists a length of tube equal to 882 inches, or 73-J feet. Surely suc-h an amount of drainage as seventy-three feet in every square inch of skin, assuming this to be the average of the whole body, is something won- derful ; and the thought naturally intrudes itself, what if this drainage were obstructed,—could we need a stronger argument for enforcing the necessity of attention to the skin? On the pulps of the fingers, where the ridges of the sensitive layer of the true skin are somewhat finer than in the palm of the hand, the number of pores on a square inch a little exceeded that of the palm; and on the heel, where the ridges are coarser, the number of pores on the square inch was 2,268, and the length of tube 5G7 inches, or 47 feet. To obtain an estimate of the length of tube of the perspiratory system of the whole surface of the body, I think that 2800 might be taken as a fair average ofthe number of pores in the square inch, and 700, consequently, of the number of inches in length. Now, the number of square inches of surface in a man of ordinary height and bulk is 2,500; the number of pores, therefore, is 7,000,000, and the num- ber of inches of perspiratory tube, 1,750,080; that is, 145,833 feet, oi 48,000 yards, or nearly twenty-eight miles." Among the uses of perspiration, one is that of reducing or graduating the heat of our bodies, for it is a well-known fact that aqueous vapor con- THE SKIN. 127 Fig. 8. h—M Eains a large amount of latent heat. In cold regions, these perspira- tory pores contract more and more closely, and give off but a small amount of perspiratory vapor, thus retaining a sufficient heat within the body to enable it to en- dure the cold; while in hot climates, they are more and more opened, and discharge not only an invisible vapor, but a watery fluid, which regulates the tempera- ture of the body, so that it may endure the de- gree of heat common to its residing place. Skin magnified twenty diameters, g. sweat glands ; h. sweat Hy this System Of canals ; i. sweat pores ; f. masses of fat. glands, man h enabled to adapt himself to all climates, from the frigid to the torrid zone. Yet a hot, moist air is more fatal to animal life than a hot, dry one, because when the atmosphere is already loaded with moisture, the evaporation of the insensible perspiration is prevented. Consequently, we find that in places where such weather prevails, as in the South, the inhabitants experience feelings of languor and oppression during damp seasons, and there is more sickness among them than in places where the air, although hot, is dry, permitting a free evaporation from the body, and the rapid dissipation of the poisonous vapors exhaled. Again, the intense heat of the body in acute fevers, is at once diminished by a free perspi- ration. As long as the proper amount of perspiration is discharged, our persons experience feelings of health and comfort; but when the action of the sweat-glands are interfered with, or the perspiration obstructed in its passage through the tubes, as by exposure to sudden reduction of temper- ature, a cold, damp wind, or sitting in a draught while the body is excited and perspiring freely, &c, we feel a corresponding degree of discomfort, a gradual derangement of the functions of all the internal organs, which sensations continue to increase if we do not at once remove the con- stricted, or congested condition of the perspiratory vessels, and thus relieve the suffering organs. Besides these organs, the skin is also provided with sebaceous or oil- glands, which although resembling the perspiratory glands in their organi- zation, are more complex, and are not so uniformly disseminated over the 128 AMERICAN FAMILY PHYSICIAN. Fig. 9. surface, being found over the nose, certain parts of the face, ear, &c, and wherever hair is present, while on the palms of the hands and soles of the feet they are absent. These glands secrete an oily matter which protects the skin from the influence of fluids with which it is apt to be bathed, also from an undue action of the sun and atmospheric changes, keeping the hair and its roots in a soft and pliable condition. But when from any cause the functions of the skin are sluggishly performed, the fatty matter instead of being discharged upon the skin, is retained in the oil-duct, where it concretes into a matter of the consistence of cheese; the oil-tube becomes gradually enlarged by the fresh deposition of oil globules, and at its mouth will be eventually observed a black point, which those on whom it forms are in the habit of squeezing out, supposing the mass of fatty matter, forced out, to be a worm. Although not a worm, the microscope has discovered to us that it contains animalcules, of elongated form, about the fortieth of an inch to the one hundred and thirtieth in length, having an obtuse head, which is directed inward. They are met with in groups of from two to twenty, increasing with the inactive state of the skin, and diminishing as it arrives at a normal activity. Perspiration is gener- ally mixed with the above named oily, and other matters; it has an acid smell and reac- tion, which is owing to the presence of lactic or acetic acid, and contains about from one-half to one and a half per cent. of solid matter, consist- ing principally of ani- mal matter with some saline substances dis- charged from the serum or watery portion of the blood. When these per- spiratory matters are permitted to remain in contact with the skin for a length of time, they rapidly decompose, lessen the activity of the skin, frequently causing skin diseases, and contaminate the surrounding atmosphere, which when confined, will occasion fevers and other maladies, often of a dangerous character; and, undoubtedly, many lingering disorders are thus occasioned, especially of the lungs and kidneys. The greater the obstruction to the Steatozoon Folliculorum, side. seen upon its abdomen, back and -CLEANLINESS. 129 exhalent action of the skin, the greater the liability to serious disease, and when it is checked, the blood becomes imperfectly aerated, the tem- perature of the body is rapidly reduced, and death soon ensues. From the above statements will be seen the vast importance of keeping the skin clean and healthy, in order that it may properly perform its func- tions. A person with a clean, healthy skin preserves a greater amount of health, of good feeling, of pleasant disposition, of proper nervous action, than when the skin is neglected,—he feels sound all over, while a filthy or diseased skin is a source of constant annoyance to its possessor. But while we attend to the condition of the skin, we must not neglect other matters of cleanliness which are fully as important to the preserva- tion of health. All species of filth and stagnant water should be removed from our dwellings, out-houses, &c.; they should not be allowed to accu- mulate, otherwise their decomposition may comtaminate the air with nox- ious effluvia, and become a source of malignant disease, not only to an individual family, but to a whole community. Personal cleanliness requires a frequent changing of dress, and daily ablutions of the whole body with water. If the dress be not often ohanged, the effete matters of the body which it contains, by coming in contact with the skin, will eventually occasion some skin disease. But to determine the blood to the surface, to purify, invigorate, and duly oxygenate the skin, and thereby add to the activity of all the organs of the system, there is nothing superior to a rapid washing of the body and limbs daily with water, using a moderately coarse towel in drying, with brisk-friction ; and every person should be trained, at as early a period as possible, to accus- tom himself to a weekly or semi-weekly cold bath, which will tend to re- move skin diseases, dispose to health and longevity, and enable him to overcome influences, which with persons less fortified might be productive of serious consequences. I consider a regular bathing of the whole body daily, commencing in childhood, as calling forth too much action of the skin, the evil consequences of which, though not appreciated in the fore- part of life, will be certainly felt as age advances. When daily bathing is resorted to, sponging the body is the best mode of cleansing it. The sponge selected for this purpose should be rather coarse, slightly flat, having its corners rounded, and should be sufficiently large to hold about a pint and a half or two pints of water. It should be thoroughly, but quickly passed over the body and limbs, immediately after which, the surface must be dried with a coarse towel, applying it with a moderate degree of friction—too much or too severe friction is improper. The coarseness and roughness of the towel, as well as the degree of fric- tion, must be proportioned to the sensitiveness of the skin ; for it will be found that some persons can endure a coarser towel and more friction than others. After having produced a pleasurable glow by the friction, then complete the dryness of the body by gently passing over it another towel of soft, lax texture, possessing strong powers of absorption. Many per- sons contract severe and sometimes fatal colds, by not being aware that 9 130 AMERICAN FAMILY PHYSICIAN. when the surface of the body is wet and exposed to the air, the evaporation which takes place causes a chilling sensation, together with a derangement of the functions of the sweat-glands; on this account the body should be dried as speedily as possible. The drying having been thoroughly effected, and the individual having covered his body, or dressed himself, so as to prevent the influence of the atmosphere upon the surface until reaction comes on, he should dry the sponge as much as possible, by squeezing out the water, which will prevent it from rotting, and then place it in a situation where any water retained in it may ooze out, as, for instance, hanging it on a nail, or resting it on a frame made of three or four small brass rods, soldered to a strip of tin at each of their extremities, which may be laid across the ordinary washing basin. The whole time consumed in this bathing and drying should not exceed fifteen minutes ; some readily accomplish it in half that time. In order to prevent the floor or carpet from becoming wet, the individual should stand in a sufficiently large tin pan, having its margin raised two or three inches; or, a large india-rubber cloth may be spread upon the floor, and a piece of old carpet placed over this for the person to stand upon. The temperature of the water used is a matter of considerable importance for all persons cannot equally bear the same degree of cold; and that tem- perature which would prove quite pleasant to one, would chill and depress the system of another. The cold bath, in whatever manner it may be em- ployed, is a powerful sedative; its depressing influences being propor- tioned to the strength, debility, or weariness of the person submitted to its action. The beneficial results produced by its use, depend upon the re- active powers of the system, after the influence of the depressing shock imparted to it has passed off. Hence, much care must be had in the appli- cation of cold water to the surface, that its temperature be not so great as to prevent the subsequent healthy reaction and agreeable glow. No doubt, many persons have injured themselves by cold bathing, from a popular but very erroneous view, that it possesses direct tonic and invigorating powers; and many young children, invalids, and weakly persons, have been made to suffer severely from an application of this mistaken idea. The temper- ature of the water used in bathing should never be so depressing in its re- sults, but that reaction may speedily take place. And when this point is rigidly adhered to, a bath adapted to the condition of the system, taken once or twice a week, will be found serviceable in breaking up the tendency to disease in invalids suffering with obstinate laryngeal or bronchial affec- tions of the throat, dyspeptic symptoms, rheumatism, chronic inflammatory conditions*of various parts, &c. Another popular but erroneous opinion is, that the cold bath should no be taken while the system is somewhat excited or heated. But the truth is, that the most favorable time for taking a cold bath is immediately after gentle exercise, when the body, without being fatigued or exhausted, is in a moderate state of excitement or increased warmth; and all the evils SHOWER BATH. 131 resulting from cold bathing while the body is in a heated condition from exercise, have been owing to the fact, that with the increased heat there has been an accompanying exhaustion and weakness of the system, or a too copious perspiration. Bathing by immersing the whole body in water is a very excellent plan, but certain rules are necessary to be observed in order to prevent any mis- chievous effects. 1st. The water should be of a temperature adapted to the resisting power of the person; should a chilly sensation be experienced a few minutes after immersion, the water is too cold,—the proper temper- ature will occasion a refreshing sensation, with a slight glow of heat. 2nd. Moderate exercise should be taken shortly previous to plunging in the water, but not sufficient to fatigue or cause copious perspiration. 3d. The clothing should not be removed from the body, until the person is ready to immerse himself; to do otherwise, might cool the body too much before the bath is taken. 4th. The bather should remain in the water until the bathing is finished; it is exceedingly improper to leave the water occasionally and again plunge in, as a chill followed by serious consequen- ces may be the result. 5th. The person should not remain too long in the water, or the reaction of the system will be prevented. As a general rule, five minutes is a sufficient length of time to be in the water, and after emerging from it, a coarse towel should be briskly applied to the whole body, as remarked heretofore. 6th. The body should be well-dried and rubbed after the bathing, and then the clothing should be immediately put on, lest the surface experience a chill. 7th. Should reaction be slow in manifesting itself, a short walk may be taken, or a cup of warm tea or coffee, or even a glass of wine. Bathing by immersion is frequently prac- ticed by the healthy and robust for pleasure, for which almost any time of day may be selected, except immediately after a hearty meal, or while the digestive organs are actively employed in disposing of the contents of the stomach. Cold bathing, in consequence of its sedative influence, by which the ac- tion of the heart and arteries is reduced, is very useful in all diseases attended with increased heat of the surface and accelerated circulation, as in all those fevers in which the surface is hot and dry, in various inflam- matory affections, in active hemorrhages, sprains, bruises, &c. When cold or warm water is poured in a stream upon any part of the body, it is called a douche, and is frequently employed with advantage in affections of the head, apoplexy, chronic difficulties of the joints and chron- ic external inflammations., When the stream of water is introduced into the vagina or rectum, it often proves decidedly beneficial in chronic dis- eases of the uterus, leucorrhea, constipation, piles, &c. Pregnant females, however, should be careful not to use cold vaginal douches, as they are apt to occasion abortions. The shower bath is another form by which cold or warm water may be applied to the body; the water rapidly descends upon the person in small streams, and completely drenches him, imparting a powerful shock to the 132 AMERICAN FAMILY PHYSICIAN. system. The effects produced by a cold shower bath upon many persons of strong constitution, as well as upon the delicate and those of extreme ner- vous sensibility, are so severe and disagreeable, that its application under ordinary circumstances would be very improper. I believe that the sud- den application of cold water to the system, continued daily, or frequently repeated, is very seldom beneficial, and is more frequently a cause of dig- ease than is supposed. It is very apt to occasion a subsequent depression, languor, headache, and in the plethoric, apoplexy. It should not be used when disease of some internal organ exists. A shower bath should be so made that the water will descend rapidly, and be soon discharged; and im- mediately after the drenching, the person should., as in previous instances, dry himself with friction. A tepid shower bath is preferable to any other, and as a means of preserving health and comfort, should be in common use, that is, two or three times a week in warm seasons, and not so often in cold. Bathing in sea water, or the water of salt rivers, differs from ordinary cold bathing, only in consequence of the stimulus produced upon the sur- face of the body by the saline particles of the water; and hence, may be adopted by many persons whose delicacy of frame would not admit the use of the cold bath. The remarks, heretofore made in reference to the cold bath by immersion, will apply to bathing in the sea or in salt water. It should not be attempted except before meals and while the system is warm; if the skin be cool or freely perspiring, or if the body be exhausted by exercise, staying up late at night, or intemperance, sea bathing, the same as ordinary cold bathing, will prove decidedly injurious. Sea bathing is frequently useful in scrofulous affections, chronic affec- tions of the liver, spleen, and stomach, many chronic nervous disorders, some kinds of debility, &c. It should not be used when the skin is dis- eased, and is rather dangerous in internal inflammations, in consumptive persons, and in bleeding from the lungs. The warm bath, not to exceed 95° Fahrenheit, is preferable for general use to either the hot or cold bath, both for the purpose of personal clean- liness and for invigorating and improving the functions of the skin. In- deed, notwithstanding what may have been said to the contrary by some ultra hygienists, there are numerous individuals with whom warm bathing is positively beneficial, while cold bathing is injurious. It is erroneously supposed by many that warm bathing, more especially where the person remains in the water for some time, weakens and relaxes the body, dimin- ishing its energies and tending to produce disease; but the contrary is the case. Thus we find it to occasion an agreeable,' refreshing sensation, to ex- hilarate the spirits, to increase the strength, to soften the skin and thereby render the circulation of blood in the capillary vessels more free and easy, and also to more completely remove all impurities from the surface of the body. A warm bath calms the nervous system, invigorates the stomach, bowels, and internal organs generally, regulates and equalizes the capillary circulation, reduces any increased action of the heart and arteries, and ia SOAP. 133 admirably adapted to young children and infants, preventing the skin from becoming diseased, the digestive apparatus from becoming deranged, and favoring the growth and amplification of their various organs. The Eastern nations employ the warm bath, not only as a means of gratifica- tion and delightful enjoyment, but also as a certain mode of renovating and strengthening the system when depressed by any kind of fatiguing exercise. The warm bath will be found more especially suitable for nervous and delicate persons, for children, for the aged, for those laboring under feeble- ness of the vital powers, or in whom the functions of the skin are somewhat torpid, as manifested by paleness of the surface and decreased temperature, with cold feet and hands, and likewise for those who have been exposed to cold and wet, or who are fatigued by labor, exercise, or traveling. It should be used when the stomach is not engaged in the digestion of food; the best time is about two hours before dinner, and, when immersion is adopted, the time one should remain in the water must vary according to its influences upon the system, from fifteen minutes to half an hour, seldom longer than this. Some persons suppose that they are more liable to take cold after a warm bath, and must therefore add to their clothing, or use some stimulating drinks to protect themselves from this liability; cither of these are unneces- sary, as it has been satisfactorily ascertained by experience that such an idea is an erroneous one. As the warm bath lessens the frequency of the pulse, improves respiration. causing it to be performed with less rapidity and more freedom, tranquilizes the nervous system, and equalizes the circulation, causing a determination to the surface, it has been found very beneficial, in cases where there is a mor- bid heat of the body; in eruptive fevers, where the eruption does not readily come out, or where, from cold, or otherwise, it has receded; in ca- tarrh; rheumatism; colds; in skin diseases; in febrile disturbance from teething, or deranged bowels; and as a relaxing agent in cases of suppres- sion of urine; spasmodic diseases of the bowels; convulsions of children: rupture; gravel, &c. Although, as a general rule, bathing with pure water is necessary for per- sonal cleanliness, yet this cannot be effectually realized without an occasional use of soap. It was stated in a previous paragraph that an oily matter was thrown out by the sebaceous glands of the skin upon the surface, which matter, of course, will not unite with water. When this fatty substance is discharged in large quantities, the skin presents a soiled and greasy appear- ance; when it is scanty, or insufficient, the skin is dry, rough and squamous If it be allowed to remain upon the surface, it interferes with the functions of the skin, giving rise to itching, cutaneous diseases, and even to affection* of the internal organs, and also occasions an unpleasant odor to emanate from the person. It also causes particles of dust to adhere to the skin, ren- dering this very unclean in a short time. This oily deposit, which is constantly increasing, must be removed from time to time, for comfort as well as health; and there is no common sub stance in use so well adapted for its removal as soap. Soap is a bland com- 134 AMERICAN FAMILY PHYSICIAN. pound, which should possess no irritating properties, and is made by the union of an oil or fat with an excess of caustic alkali; and it is the combina- tion of this excess with the fatty matter upon the skin which renders soap so cleansing. Some persons do not require the use of soap as frequently as others, depending, however, upon their occupations; whether these are very dusty, and whether they give rise to much perspiration. All persons should wash the hands and arms daily with soap and water; the face, in all instances should have soap and water applied to it once a week, and in cases of hard- working persons, or those exposed to dust, soot, or other foreign substances it should be used daily. Where the person is so exposed that dust, dirt, &c, rapidly accumulates upon the face, neck, and arms, as is the case with many mechanics, these parts should be washed with soap and water, at least aa often as before each meal, and previous to going to bed. All persons should apply soap and water to their bodies throughout, as often as twice a week in the summer season, and once a week in winter. There are many persons who, although they bathe frequently in water, seldom or never use soap for the purpose of washing the body, and this is especially the case in some sections of country, among the farmers, where the only soap to be had is a strongly alkaline soffrsoap, prepared for washing clothes, which would be highly injurious to the skin if used daily. And the tendency to obstinate skin diseases, and malignant fevers, &c, among this class of persons, is, in a great measure, owing to their neglect of soap, by which the skin becomes sluggish in its action, and its functions very much impaired. Country people, and especially those who labor daily, can- not be too attentive to the condition of their skin—they should procure good soap, and use it frequently. Dr. J. Bullar, in speaking of the treatment of chronic diseases of the skin, says:—" Indeed, to prevent the return of skin diseases which have been of long standing, it is of primary importance that the whole surface of the body should be washed daily with soap and water; for, as eruptions are often the means which nature sets up for relieving a faulty state of the system through the skin, it is rational to suppose that a free and perspirable condition of that extensive surface will assist nature in removing her waste matter, and thus will prevent the necessity of this scaly, or papular, or vesicular action. What the older practitioners attempted by means of issues, may be more naturally effected by the daily use of soap and water to the whole cutaneous surface. In one case, this practice alone, steadily persevered in for several months, and continued as a habit, permanently cured psoriasis palmaria of more than twenty years' duration. Washing the whole surface daily with soap and water will be found to be a very serviceable recommendation, not as a mere matter of cleanliness, but as one of the directions for the sieneral treatment of many chronic diseases, and for the preserving of health in advancing life. Its effect is very different to that of merely washing the body with cold water, or using shower baths, or bathing followed by dry friction. It does not give the same shock as cold water alone ; and it is thus much more easily borne by the delicate, who find that the reaction after cold SOAP. 135 sponging is exhausting. It more effectually removes the waste epidermis than flesh-brushes or hair gloves; and suits those whose delicate skins are often irritated into eruptions by these rough appliances. For those who are very subject to colds, and are yet too delicate to bear cold sponging, the addition of soap, by its stimulating property, acts as a tonic to the skin, and thus guards it against the effects of sudden changes of temperature, beside aiding in getting rid of the waste and superfluous matters which often require the actions which constitute a cold, for their discharge from the over- loaded system. The yellow soap, from the resin it contains, is an excellent stimulant as well as detergent; and a better still, in many cases, is a soap containing a small quantity of Barbadoes tar, called Hendrie's petroline soap, the daily use of which is peculiarly serviceable in keeping up a smooth and perspirable state of the skin when it is naturally dry, and especially in declining life, when the loss of muscular power prevents exercise carried to perspiration; for, as man is organized to earn his bread by the sweat of hia brow, if he cannot do this, he must use some artificial means to produce the same state of his perspiring organs, or he will suffer. A physician, distin- guished in his day in a neighboring county, who now, though verging on ninety, retains a freshness and vigor of intellect, as well as a sound condition of health, which enable him to enjoy his existence physically and socially, and to devote a portion of each day to the cultivation of science, informed me that he attributed much of his health and activity to this daily soaping of his skin, which .he had persevered in since he was a very young man. And the elderly, who usually have much spare time at their disposal, will find that the employment of a portion of it daily in this way will repay them for their pains. In the management of the disorders of the general health whieh so often attend the cessation of menstruation, this practice is, for obvious reasons, to be recommended." Common brown or yellow soap, when properly made, is very useful for the purposes above named; but, unfortunately, it is very frequently so care- lessly or improperly prepared, containing too much alkali, or rosin, as to be entirely unfit for application to the skin, which it irritates, and causes to become harsh, and covered with pimples. The best soap is the white Wind- sor, which is a compound of soda and olive oil, and next to this, the ordi- siary variegated Castile soap; but care should be had to obtain a pure article, as these soaps are frequently counterfeited by unprincipled individuals. The transparent washballs manufactured in this country by Taylor, and also by Ilauel, will be found very unirritating, and useful as an application to the skin for purposes of cleanliness. Highly perfumed soaps should never be used, for the essential oils to which the odor is almost always owing, are most generally of an irritating character, even when used in small quantities. The skin of many persons is apt to chap, especially in the winter season; this may always be prevented by washing it daily, with soap-water, and fine sea-sand. These may be used to the hands daily, both in warm and cold weather; they will not injure the skin, but on the contrary will render it very clean, smooth, soft and velvety, removing all dirt, roughness, and chaps. 136 AMERICAN FAMILY PHYSICIAN. When used to the body, the daily use of fine sand is objectionable; indeed, I do not think it is at all required, except for those portions of the surface which are constantly exposed to the atmosphere, more especially the hands. Indian meal may be used as a substitute for the sand, but I do not think it is so effectual, except when the skin is very tender and sensitive, in which cases it should be used in preference. The sand soaps and washing powders, so extensively advertised, are, from the pumice-stone, coarse sand, and other foreign, rough and irritating particles contained in them, rather injurious to to the skin, and should be avoided; but if the soap contains only fine sea- sand as the mechanical agent, it cannot be in the least objectionable as a soap for the hands. I have used soap and fine sand to my hands, almost daily, for the last twenty-five years, and have found it rather advantageous than otherwise. The best cosmetic is proper bathing with soap and clean water; yet, not- withstanding this, there are many persons, apparently having good sense, who use various manufactured washes, powders, perfumes, &c, under a mis- taken notion, that they will beautify the skin. These preparations usually contain corrosive sublimate, oil of bitter almonds, sulphur, white lead, bis- muth, sugar of lead, or other harmful agents, and instead of improving the skin, they invariably injure it. If we have an opportunity of examining the faces of those ladies who use cosmetics, paints, &c, immediately after they have been washed, we will almost invariably find the skin rough, coarse, and sallow; and those who once ruin their skins by these agents, are afterwards compelled to employ them, to hide the deformity effected by their use. " The brilliancy of the complexion, and the beauty and delicacy of the skin, can in no way be so well preserved as when frequent ablutions with warm water are resorted to," with the occasional use of good white Windsor soap; this, aided by temperance and regularity in all things, moderate exercise, and a calm mind, will have a greater tendency to beautify the skin than any thing else. I have remarked in a previous part of this chapter, that as a general rule, bathing of the whole person should be accomplished once or twice a week. Yet it must be borne in mind that this depends considerably upon the health, habits, and occupation of each person. With many, too frequent bathings will be found decidedly injurious; if the organs of the skin be over-stimu- lated, so that it excretes too much, and this course be pursued daily, the body will be gradually weakened, from the undue loss constantly taking place. No specific rule, can, therefore, be given in relation to the frequency of bath- ing for purposes of health and cleanliness; this must be determined by com- mon sense and attending circumstances. It should not be used intemper- tely by any. Probably washing the whole body twice a week during warm weather, and once a week during cold, will, in most cases, be sufficient for health, comfort, and cleanliness, and will he found preferable to immersion. During sickness, the most rigid attention to cleanliness should be ob- served ; the surface of the patient, should, when not contra-indicated, be bathed daily with a weak alkaline ley, made warm, and to which, some aleo* HAIR. 137 hoi or whiskey may be added, to more readily arouse reaction; the clothes, as well as the bedclothing should be frequently changed, every thing offen- sive must be immediately removed, the room must be kept clean and quiet, and should be ventilated daily, and in times of epidemics or infectious dis- eases, the atmosphere may be purified by the following measure:—In a large dish or plate, place half a pound of chloride of lime, so as to expose as large a surface as possible to the action of the air, mix this with two gallons of water, and allow it to stand in one corner of the sick room. The vapor of chlorine which is emitted, sometimes excites coughing in those unaccustomed to breathe it, but this irritation soon abates. The chloride of soda may be used in a similar manner, as a substitute for the lime. If one dish cannot be obtained to hold this amount, it may be divided among several, and placed in different parts of the room. If a piece of coarse calico be placed in the bottom of the vessel containing either of these chlorinated solutions, the chlo- rine gas will be more quickly developed. Foul, putrid ulcers, and all places from which unpleasant odors emanate, should be washed or sprinkled with one or either of these preparations. Another method is to expose a solution of the chloride of lime to the action of the air, in a sick room; it speedily removes the most offensive odors, and promptly arrests contagion. The nitrous fumigation has been used with advantage in seasons of malignant and infectious diseases ; it is made by placing two ounces of nitrate of potash, (saltpetre) in a bowl containing half a pint of hot water; when it is dissolved, gradually pour two ounces of sulphuric acid upon it, and the gas will be at once set free. In insane hospitals and other establishments, where the floors are wet and dirty with the excretions from patients, there is a constant exhalation of ammoniacal vapor, and neither scrubbing nor scalding, will produce any per- manent removal of it. In such cases, if a solution of sulphuric acid, one fluidounce, added to twenty-four fluidounces of water, be poured over the floor, and allowed to remain for twenty-four hours, the volatile ammonia will be converted into a white film of sulphate of ammonia, which may be re- moved by washing, and will leave the room sweet. CHAPTER XII. Hair.—Baldness.—Feet.—Nails.—Eyes.—Light, §c. In connection with the subject of cleanliness, a few remarks upon atten- tions to the hair, feet, and nails, may be serviceable to the reader. The attentions necessary for sound and clean teeth and gums, have already been referred to in Chapter II. In the fatty cushion beneath the true skin, or in the true skin itself, are small glands, consisting of sacs having eminences or papilla? at their bottoms, and which are well supplied with nerves and capillary bloodvessels, from 138 AMERICAN FAMILY PHYSICIAN, Fig. 10. which last the hair is formed. The hair, in its advance toward the surface, passes through a tube or duct, somewhat similar to the perspiratory and oil- gland ducts, and into which one, and sometimes two ducts of the oil-glands open, for the purpose of oiling and softening the hair. With the exception of the palms of the hands and soles of the feet, the whole surface of the hu- man body is covered with hair, in some places being short, fine, and scanty, and in others, long, coarse, strong, and of luxuriant growth. Upon examining the hair with the micro- scope, its center is found to be less dense than its other parts, and to contain a number oi cells lying loosely together and forming a kind of pith; immediately external to this central pith are found fibers, formed by the splitting of cells, and which impart strength and density to the hair; externally to these is another lay- er of dried and flattened cells, forming scales or plates overlaying each other, whose free edges are directed toward the end of the hair; so that it resembles somewhat the twig of a tree, having a central pith, a fibrous or woody formation for strength, and scales or bark as a covering on the outside. The color of the hair is owing entirely to the coloring matter contained in its cells.— W. E. Coale. Beside the perspiratory and sebaceous mat- ters thrown out upon the skin, there is also a constant scaling off of the walls lining the hair ducts, which accumulates around the hair bulbs, forming what is commonly known by the name of "dandruff," and the absence of which, or ita redundance, is owing to disease, or some un- healthy condition of the ducts. The hair is not a ready conductor of caloric, and that which grows upon the head, very probably tends to preserve an equalization of the heat of the brain. The eyebrows prevent the perspiration of the forehead from flowing into the eyes, by conducting it to each side of them. The hair within the ears and nostrils, protects these openings from dust, insects, &c; that on the upper lip, guards the mouth from the perspiration of the face, and also aids in fitting very cold and dusty air for the lungs; while the beard and whiskers, serve to protect the throat from the effects of cold. In order to preserve the hair, and promote its growth and beauty, it must be frequently washed, and the comb and brush be regularly and daily ap- plied. Some persons suppose that water is injurious to the hair, but this is a great mistake,—the finest, and most beautiful hair is seen among those H.....a Hair magnified fifty diameters, a, hair-shaft; b, root of the hair; c, hair- bulb; i, papilla of the hair; k, ex- cretory ducts of the sebaceous glands; o, end of the inner root sheath. BALDNESS. 139 natives who pass the greater part of their lives in bathing and swimming in the ocean. At least once in every week, the head should be well washed with water and Castile soap, after which it should be thoroughly dried with a towel; it should also be brushed daily, not only passing the brush over the hair, but on the scalp at its roots, applying sufficient friction upon the parts to produce an agreeable glow. By this means the hair will improve in softness, luster, and firmness, and there will be less liability to baldness. An excellent preparation, much used as a shampoo liquid by hairdressers, is made by dissolving salt of tartar, (pure carbonate of potash,) two drachms, in clear rain-water, one pint. A small portion of this is rubbed upon the head until a lather is formed, when the hair and scalp is thoroughly cleansed by rub- bing, the lather is then removed by pouring on clear water, and the head well dried. After the use of this or any other wash, the scalp should be made to undergo a degree of friction with a hairbrush. The custom of braiding or twisting the hair very firmly, so as to prevent a free circulation of the fluids by which it is nourished, tends very much to deprive it of its smooth and glossy appearance, and favors baldness. A sim- ilar result will follow an inattention to the hair, allowing it to become matted or entangled. The coarse and fine comb, followed by the brush, should be used daily; and care must be taken that the scalp does not become abraded or injured by forcibly pressing the comb upon it. There is a natural tendency in the hair, to fall off, after it has attained a certain growth, its place being resupplied by new hair; but this dropping off may be prevented, and the hair rendered permanent, by cutting or shav- ing it at certain intervals. This is more especially advantageous to children, in whom an abundance of hair is apt to be accompanied with weak eyes, pale complexion, headache, scaldhead, &c. In them the hair should be cut short, that the head may be protected from too much heat, beside which it renders it less liable to impediments in the circulation of its fluids, and the scalp may be more easily kept clean. When the hair is cut frequently, it is prevented from dividing at the ends and becoming forked, which is an evidence of its unhealthiness. The baldness of age is owing to a permanent absorption of the hair-glands, and cannot be remedied by any means whatever. But a debilitated condition of the hair-glands may exist at almost any time, occasioning a thinness or deficiency of hair, and ultimate baldness. This abnormal condition of the hair-glands may be produced by several causes; it is very apt to follow exhaust- ing fevers, or long-continued, debilitating chronic disease; violent mental emotions, as excessive fright, have also given rise to it. Prostration of the nervous system by intemperance in eating and drinking, late hours, venereal excesses, and intense application of the mental powers, are almost certain to be followed by premature baldness. One great cause of baldness in this country is the exalted temperature at which the head is kept by the constant wearing of the hat; the increased heat produced gives rise to an augmented perspiration, which is not allowed to escape from the head by evaporation, but 140 AMERICAN FAMILY PHYSICIAN. is retained there by the continued presence of the hat. This must, of course, ultimately impair the energies of the hair-glands and cause baldness. The use of the hat as a receptacle for newspapers, handkerchiefs, gloves, books, &c, is improper, pernicious, and ungentlemanly—yet how common is it for individuals to thus transform it into a kind of pigeon-hole. Keep the head cool, is an old and very philosophical precept, which should be rigidly regarded by every one,—yet, strange to say, in some sections of country, the hat once placed upon the head in the morning, is pertinaciously kept there all day, both in the parlor, bedroom, sick-room, and kitchen, as though there were danger in its removal; its only periods of dislodgement being during meals, and at bedtime. Frequently the evil is perpetuated at night by substituting the cap for the hat. If a cap be used through the night, it should be a coarsely netted one, for the single purpose of keeping the hair smooth,—for it is of the utmost importance that the air should have free access to the hair and scalp at all times. Another cause of premature baldness is the application of cologne, essen- tial oils, rancid oils or ointments, cosmetics, &c, to the hair and scalp. These stimulate or irritate the hair-bulbs, deranging their healthy action, and by clogging or plastering the hair, interfere with the escape of the perspiration from the scalp, and keep it more or less in an unhealthyand uncleanly con- dition. This state of things is also very much augmented by the entire neglect of washing the hair, which is always necessary to its strength and beauty. As a general rule, pomatum of any kind is an improper application to the hair ; but when persons are determined to use it, I know of no one equal to the following:—Take of fresh beef marrow, three pounds; good, sweet, fresh lard, half a pound; melt these together and strain; while cooling, add one pint of a tincture made by macerating powdered Bed Peruvian Bark one ounce, in good French Brandy one pint, for two weeks, and then filtering. Stir the whole together, and when the mixture is nearly cold, add a small quantity of Oil of Lavender, or Oil of Bergamot, to impart a perfume to it. This may be applied to the head two or three times a week; but whenever it is used, great care should be taken to wash the head weekly with the shampoo liquid above referred to. Another very common cause of injury to the hair-glands is, the practice in families, also at the barbers, and while traveling, of using the combs and brushes of others. Many diseases of the hair and scalp originate from this cause, as well as from wearing the hats, bonnets, or head-dresses of others; and frequently a person with a diseased head, by reclining it upon the head or shoulders of another, so that the heads of each come in contact, has com- municated the disease. Syphilitic and other diseases are often imparted in this way. I would as soon think of using the toothbrush, or toothpick of another, as to use his comb or brush, and, independent of its pernicious tendency, it is a very filthy habit,—one which will never be practiced by the true gentleman or lady. Every person, both young and old, should use a comb and brush which no one else is allowed to employ, both for purposes of health and cleanliness. Parents who take an interest in everything condu- HAIR DYEING. HI eive to the welfare of offspring, should see that each child is supplied with its own toothbrush, comb, and hairbrush. Many nostrums are before the public for the restoration of the growth of the hair, after it has commenced falling out, and many of them are really worse than useless. Persons should be extremely careful how they employ these advertised mixtures, for frequently they facilitate, instead of retard, the falling out of the hair. When the hair has fallen out from fevers, it is very- apt to return in a few months afterwards; or, if it do not naturally make its appearance, a very slight stimulation of the hair-glands, by means of friction with the hairbrush, with frequent washing of the scalp, will impart a new energy to them, resulting in a growth of the hair. But when the enfeebled state of the hair-gland is of some standing, or does not improve under the mild stimulus above referred to, the following course will frequently remove the difficulty, and restore the organs to a healthy condition, thus insuring a luxuriant and vigorous growth of hair. First, brush the scalp daily with a stiff hairbrush, five or ten minutes each time, for the purpose of cleansing the hair and removing any dandruff which may be present, as well as to give a healthy excitement to the scalp and surrounding parts; the most appropriate time for this is in the morning, when the system having been refreshed with sleep, is in its full strength and vigor and better prepared to second our efforts, than when it is fatigued by a day of mental or physical labor. After this friction, apply upon the scalp and hair, a mixture composed of Alcohol, two pints; water of Ammonia, half a pint, Castor Oil, one gill; Oil of Bergamot, enough to perfume. A part of this should be well rubbed on the scalp, for several minutes each time, with the pulpy ends of the fingers, and particularly on those parts where baldness, or eruptive disease exists; its application for the first two or three times generally occasions considerable smarting, but this soon disappears. The hair should not be disturbed again through the day, except a loose brushing to properly part and arrange it, and the cooler the head can be kept, and the more easy the access of air to it, the more beneficial will it be. Every week or two, the head should be washed by the shampoo liquid named above,—the general health of the system must also be attended to,— severe studies, late hours, intemperance, excesses of all kinds, hair-dyes, and curling the remaining hair with hot irons, must be avoided, as they are all positively injurious to the growth of the hair. The hair on its first appear- ance should be kept short, and for this purpose must be cut every two weeks, or at least, as often as once a month, by which course the hair-glands will ultimately acquire renewed vigor and health. A preparation for the hair somewhat similar to the one just referred to, and which is sold as a nostrum, is composed of powdered Cantharides, half an ounce; neutral spirits, two pints; strong Aqua Ammonia, half a pint; Castor Oil, two pounds and a half; Oil of Bergamot, two ounces and a half; mix, let them stand for a few days, and filter. The various preparations for dyeing the hair, are filthy, troublesome and destructive to the hair and its glands; they most generally contain nitrate of 142 AMERICAN FAMILY PHYSICIAN. silver as the chief constituent. Twiggs' hair dye, as it is called, made of Sugar of Lead, Lac Sulphur, and Bose Water, is an offensive compound. frequently fails in producing any desired effect, and when constantly used, permanently stains and disfigures any silver or gold which the individual h accustomed to wear or carry about him. I have known instances where the gold watches carried by persons using this abominable mixture, were materially injured by it. It acts by the sulphur being first absorbed into the systenr. and then excreted by the perspiratory vessels, in the same manner as who taken internally. Attentions to the feet are as important to the general health, as any othei measure to which reference has been made. They should be washed every day, and in warm weather, if circumstances will permit, twice a day, wiping and drying them thoroughly, especially between the toes. The nails of the toes require as much care as those of the fingers; they should never be allowed to grow too long, but should be properly clipped with scissors every three or four weeks, or oftener, if they require it from rapid growth. The stockings may be made of cotton, or woollen, the former being better suited for warm weather, and the latter for cold—though some persons, subject to cold feet, require woollen in all seasons. They should fit well, being neither too loose nor too tight, and the seams should not be so large as to make the feet feel uncomfortable. The shoes should be exactly fitted to the shape of the foot, so as to allow the motions of the feet during walking to be made with the utmost ease and freedom, having them neither too loose, nor made so as to press uncomfortably on any part of them. The heels should be made sufficiently broad and not too high for males. Females will do better not to wear heels to their shoes at all; they throw the weight forward upon the toes, are very apt to be a cause of corns, and impart to the lady a very undignified and ungraceful appearance, as may be seen among those who adopt the present fashion of heels to their shoes. It is more important for physical comfort that shoes should fit well, than that a coat or dress should, and every person whose circumstances will permit, should have a pair of lasts suited to his own feet, and use only the boots or shoes made upon them. Calf-skin, or horse-skin is the proper material for the-boots or shoes of men, while goat-skin may be worn by women. Sometimes, individuals are troubled with tender feet, which become chafed and irritated upon very slight causes; for such, soft-dressed moose-skin will be found a very excellent material, and in very untoward cases, shoes made of plush may be worn with advantage. In addition to the character of the stockings and shoes among those whose feet are tender, they will materially add to the health and strength of their feet, by bathing them with cold water, every night just before retiring to bed, drying them with moderately rapid friction, so as to healthily excite the skin and arouse the capillary circulation. An inattention to these matters is always attended with unpleasant consequences. When shoes or stockings are tight, too loose, or improperly shaped, they not only render walking uncomfortable and even painful, but occasion corns, bunions, distorted toes, growing of the great toe nail into the flesh, &c. When the feet blister from CARE OF THE FEET. 143 walking, I know of no better preparation than the following: Take of Bur- gundy pitch, two ounces; Beeswax, half an ounce; Olive Oil, a table-spoonful; melt together and strain. This spread upon cotton batting and applied to the soles of the feet, affords prompt and permanent relief. The feet of many persons sweat excessively and occasion disagreeable sensations as well as an unpleasant odor, especially if they are inattentive to cleanliness. This may be lessened by daily bathing the feet with soap and water, or with water slightly acidulated with nitric acid, and drying them with considerable friction. If the perspiration is attended with coldness, it is indicative of general weakness, which may be overcome by the use of tonics and other appropriate treatment. Between the feet and other parts of the body there exists a very intimate sympathy, in consequence of which, when these members are cold or chilled, it is very apt to cause disease of one or more of the internal organs. Conse- quently it is of great importance that the feet be shielded from cold and damp- ness, which may be accomplished by wearing warm stockings adapted to the temperature of the season as well as boots or shoes the soles of which are sufficiently thick. In damp and cold weather, the soles should always be thick, and the upper leather be doubled. Boots and shoes made thus are invaluable for winter wear. An excellent method, which is now being adopted by all prudent persons, is to have the inner sole of shoes intended for wear in cold or unpleasant weather, made of cork and covered with a layer of woollen cloth; some have a layer of India-rubber cemented to the inner surface of the sole, and which is useful to protect the feet from wet. But India-rubber over-shoes, although they protect the feet most thoroughly from external dampness, are not proper articles for wear. India-rubber being a conductor of heat, does not sufficiently prevent its escape from the sole of the shoes, in consequence of which the feet are not kept so well warmed, as when thick leather uppers and soles only are worn; beside, it prevents the escape of the perspiration of the feet, thus rendering them cold and wet, from which colds, coughs, rheumatism, and many other diseases are produced. Thin shoes, not sufficient to protect the feet from damp, are a fruitful source of colds, coughs, consumption, rheumatism, neuralgia, piles, many painful diseases peculiar to women, both periodical and otherwise, sore-throat, enlarged tonsils, and many other affections of a serious character. When the feet become casually wet, the shoes and stockings should be at once removed, the feet bathed in tepid water, and thoroughly dried by consid- erable friction with a coarse towel. In cold and damp weather, many persons frequently contract colds and coughs without being sensible of any improper exposure; this is usually owing to damp feet from excessive perspiration. On retiring, the foot dress is removed, and without any attention to the feet, the body is wrapped up in cold sheets, the feet become cold and chilled, and colds, &c, are the result. If one cannot attend to washing and thoroughly drying the feet every night, he should, especially in cold weather, toast them some time at the fire before getting into bed. I have cured severe colds in hundreds of instances during cold and damp weather, by simply having the 144 AMERICAN FAMILY PHYSICIAN. Fig. 11. soles of the feet toasted for half an hour or an hour at a time, before retiring, continuing it for several nights in succession, with the application of a warm iron or two to the feet during each night. Indeed, persons whose feet per- spire freely in the winter, will find it advantageous to toast and dry the feet thoroughly every nn:ht. The application of warm irons to the feet during i,he night is only useful in cases of coughs, colds, and the like, and also where the feet are habitually cold, as in persons advanced in years; when used unnecessarily and constantly it renders the person too susceptible to external impressions. The nails are metamorphosed parts of the epidermis or scarfskin, and consists of two layers, a soft, mucous, and a horny layer. The horny layer, or proper nail, as found by a microscopic investigation, con- sists of many layers of thin, polyg- onal, flat scales or plates. The bed of the nail or the surface from which it is produced, instead of being papillated like the epidermis or scarfskin, forms minute longitudi- nal folds, which are abundantly fur- nished with capillary vessels, from the exterior of which is produced the nail; between these folds and firmly attached to them, are platea or scales, which are gradually pushed forward and upward, to coalesce with the nail proper. Toward the root of the nail the part is of a half-moon Transverse section of nail, magnified 250 diam- eters, a, layers of the bed of the nail; C, horny layer; c, ridges of the proper substance of the nail; e, upper flat cells of the mucous layer of the nail. shape, and is paler because of the diminished quantity of capillary vessels; and instead of the folds, merely ridges and furrows are to be seen. At the root, the horny layer passes more or less deeply into the fold of the nail, and at the same time runs, in a thin layer which becomes exceedingly fine, upon the upper free part of the nail. The root itself is hidden between two folda of the dermis or true skin. The nail grows by a continuous addition of new matter from the fine folds at its under surface, which causes its thickness; while a similar addition of new cells or matter at the edge of the root, causes it to grow forward. When cut, the nails grow continually; but when uncut, their growth is limited, and they curve forward, covering the entire ends of the fingers. Many causes may interfere with the formation of the nail, by disorganiz- ing the cells which are formed on its under surface, devitalizing them, as for instance, blows, crushing, burning, suppurations, &c, which will result in a partial or complete detachment of the nail from the true skin. But if the injury has not irreparably destroyed the vitality of the EYES. 145 producing surface, a new nail will be reproduced after a time, possessing the same character as the old one. To properly preserve the nails, some attention is necessary. They should be carefully trimmed, from time to time, with a sharp knife or Bcissors, and this is best done after having washed the hands and feet with soap and water, which renders the nails more soft and pliant, and less disposed to break. Frequently, without this precaution, an attempt at cut- ting the nails, however sharp the instrument used, will cause them to break unevenly and roughly. Any accumulations of dirt under their free edges, should be removed by a piece of soft wood, or still better by a nail-brush; dirty nails are always inexcusable, they betoken negligence or filthiness, even among those whose daily work necessarily soils them; except, however, in cases of stains, which cannot always be avoided. Many persons have very thin and exceedingly brittle nails, which are constantly breaking on slight causes. Such, should not allow their nails to grow quite up to a level with the tips of their fingers, and should never enter upon any labor which might break them, without having first placed them for a short time in soap and water. Besides trimming aiad cleansing the nails, more especially of the fingers, the edge of the scarf skin which grows over the root, should be pushed back every six or eight days with some smooth instrument, thus preventing that condition of it generally known as "hang nails." This skin should not be cut, as is sometimes improperly done by ignorant persons; neither should the nails ever be scraped, unless for the purpose of removing super- ficial stains, roughness, or similar conditions, because, the delicate struc- ture of the nail, on which its beauty and excellence depend, would be thereby injured. Continued pressure upon the nails is very improper, especially on those of the toes ; it pushes the nails against their roots, creating pain and irri- tation, and an ultimate thickening and distortion of them, and which, if persevered in, will render these consequences incurable. Inversion of the toe-nail, a very painful and obstinate difficulty, is apt to be produced by a continued compression of the toes and nails. Biting the nails is a certain cause for their deformity, as well as of the finger ends. Whenever a child is observed to be forming this habit, it should be checked at once, and the readiest way to accomplish it, is to con- fine each finger end in a stall, or oblige it to constantly wear gloves, until the habit is overcome. It may not be amiss at this place to make a few remarks in relation to the management of the eyes. These delicate and complex organs which afford us so great an amount of inexpressible enjoyment, meet with less attention from the majority ef individuals than any other organ of the body, and are so constantly abused, that, it is rather a matter of wonder, we do not meet with more eye diseases, and blindness, than are found to exist, I do not intend to enter into the anatomical or mechanical construction of 10 146 AMERICAN FAMILY PHYSICIAN. the eye, as these are well described in many popular works, and school- books of the present day, but will merely refer to a few general rules for the preservation of the sight and the healthy condition of these organs. During the day the counting-rooms, parlors, school-rooms, work-shops, or other places where the eyes are employed in writing, reading, sewing, or in any continued exertion, should be so well lighted that these organs may be readily used without the least effort at straining whatever. Inde- pendent of any straining effort of the eyes, darkened rooms or those in which there is a deficiency of light, are very injurious to them, especially when engaged in any occupation requiring their constant use. And yet, notwith- standing this fact, how common it is to create a species of gloomy darkness in our parlors and sitting-rooms, by means of curtains, or to have our counting-rooms and offices in places where very little light enters, except through sky-lights and other eye-destroying contrivances. Beading, writ- ing, sewing, and other straining employment of the eyes, by twilight, or at any time by an imperfect light, will eventually injure them beyond remedy, if persevered in. Too great an amount of light, is as pernicious as a deficiency; thus, writing or reading, in the glare of the sunshine; or at night with the blaze immediately in front of the eyes; brilliancy of colors at night, as during some theatrical or other amusing representations ; sitting before the intense glow of a coal fire; reflected sunshine from snow, white painted houses, white sand, or other light-colored bodies, &c, are all injurious to the sight, and should be avoided. The artificial light employed during the night should be of sufficient intensity to enable the eyes to be used without any straining, and it should be so prepared, as to give a white color, resembling as much as possible that of daylight; and the nearer it approaches to this the more salutary will it be for the eyes. The light of a solar lamp, or that produced by burning gas, approaches the nearest in color and intensity to that of the day, but notwithstanding this, much injury may be produced by an improper use of them. In the majority of occupations, and more particularly in those of reading, writing, and sewing, the light should be placed, either behind the individ- ual, or at his left side, and should be allowed to strike from above down- ward. By this course, the glare of the light reflected from the paper, or object under examination, is materially lessened by the eyes being placed between the direct rays and reflected rays, and, in consequence, they are considerably less taxed than when the full reflected rays of direct light are allowed to be thrown upon them. Engravers, watchmakers, and several other artizans require the action of direct light; they may escape the violence of its reflected rays, and diminish the amount of injury to the eyes by allowing the light to pass through thin paper of a greenish or blueish tint. Experiment will determine the tint, that being employed which will give a soft, white light; white tissue paper is not so beneficial to the eyea as is generally supposed. The worst position is that in which the light strikes directly into the LIGHT. 147 eye. Women who sew, as well as many students, &c, are in the habit of using a lamp or candle which gives out a deficient amount of light, to obviate this, they place the lamp as closely as possible to the book or work before them, a large portion of the light ascends into the eye, and ultimately injures it. All persons should remember that light, to be advantageous, should strike from above downwards, and never from below upward. All lamps should have their flame considerably above the level of the eyes, and those short, hand lamps, whose flame is below these organs, or even on a level with them, are the best calculated to destroy vision. True, the evil nfluence may be lessened by means of a shade, which would prevent the light from passing directly to the eyes, but then the surrounding room would be darkened, and in raising the eyes from the object to gaze around the room, the sudden changes from brilliant light to darkness, must effect pernicious results; these, however, may be entirely avoided by having another less brilliant light in some other part of the room. Many persons wear a shade over their eyes, when engaged in reading, or writing by a brilliant light, which is certainly better than to have the eyes exposed to its dazzling rays. The eyes are frequently taxed by the glare of the reflected light from white paper, especially when this is used continuedly and for a length of time. To obviate this difficulty, the paper of books, and writing paper, should have a uniform bluish tint, which will at all times be found superior to pure white paper. The Gas Company of this city make all their bills out on yellow paper, the very worst color for the eyes, that could be selected. One of the young men who prepares these bills, has so greatly injured his sight, that he cannot read nor write readily, especially by arti- ficial light, without the aid of spectacles; yet, notwithstanding this ruinous course to the eyes of their clerks, they still persist in using yellow paper for their bills. The injury to the eyes from this cause may be greatly obviated by wearing plain, glass spectacles of a grayish-blue tint, of that depth which will present the paper to the eyes in its whitest aspect. But the remedy is nearly as bad, though not so immediately, as the disease. The best light is daylight, but too much glare, even from this, should be avoided and rooms which are so situated as to require a modification of the intensity of the light entering them, should be provided with curtains of some transparent material, having a green or blue tint, so as not only to admit a sufficient degree of light, but likewise to impart that color to it which i3 the most grateful to the eye. Nor is this all, the color of the walls of a room is fully as important as the proper character of its curtains. A white wall is not suited to all apartments, and instead of seeking a color or combinations of colors to please the fancy and injure the eye, we should rather adopt those tints best calculated to preserve vision. If a room is exposed to a constant and bright sunshine, its walls may be colored black, brown, gray, blue, or green; the same colors, but lighter, may be used in rooms having an eastern or western exposure, and which are occupied all day long. If the sunshine does not enter these latter rooms, red, sal- 148 AMERICAN FAMILY PHYSICIAN. mon-color, re'ddish-brown, &c, will be the most appropriate hues, as well as for the walls of a room having a northern exposure.— W. E. Coale. I have often wondered at the erroneous custom of painting houses in cities, of a red or white color externally instead of adopting the more gen- eral tints of nature, green or blue. The glare of reflected sunshine coming from a white or red painted house, must always be disagreeable and perni- cious to the eyes of passers by, and opposite neighbors. In the country, the same objections do not exist, as regards the color of the houses exter- nally, because they are at greater distances from each other, and the reflec- tion from them is seldom encountered. A common cause of weakness of sight, at the present day, is the custom of printing works in very small type, which requires considerable straining of the strongest eyes, even when in the best kind of light. Works, which when properly printed would make several volumes, are thus contracted into one, and though it may be immediately easier in a pecuniary sense, for the purchaser of such books, yet it ultimately becomes more costly, both to his sight and his pockets. This fine printing, now-a-days, is a fashion, and it is a difficult matter to overthrow a fashion, however silly or injurious it may be, but it is to be hoped, that the time is not far distant when both publishers and purchasers, will be more attentive to their interests in this respect, individually and collectively. Fine type is fit, principally for the notes on the several pages of a work, and when these notes are lengthy, there should be leads between each line. To preserve the sight to a good old age, the following rules should be attended to; viz;— Attend to the general health of the system, maintaining as much as pos- sible the integrity of all the excreting organs, as the skin, lungs, bowels, kidneys, and liver, also adopting correct rules of diet and hygeine; for the eyes always participate, in a greater or less degree, in any departure of the system from its healthy standard. Avoid, all the following causes of injury to the eyes, as, intoxicating liquors; rich and high-seasoned food; indigest- ible food; excess in venery; exposure to strong, cold winds, especially tho north-west, and easterly; dusty, smoky, and vapory places; irritating the eyes by rubbing them, or by wiping them with a cotton handkerchief; all brilliant or dazzling light, as facing a hot fire, a lamp, candle, or other intense light, likewise the reflected light of the sun from white, red, or any brilliant and reflecting surfaces ; all places of instruction, or amuse- ment, where the lights are placed so low, or in such a situation as to throw a glare into the eyes, requiring an effort to look at the lecturer or per- former ; any attempts at employing the eyes by deficient light, whether natural or artificial, and above all do not strain them to see minute objects by such imperfect light; all sudden transitions from darkness to light, and vice versa; all books which are printed in fine type, requiring a straining of the eyes to read them any length of time; and lastly, avoid reading, or sewing, &c, for any great length of time, by artificial light. When the eyes are exposed to a glaring light, and especially if they bo SPECTACLES. 149 weak, a green or black shade, or some other defence should be worn before them, and, in many instances, plain spectacles, of a green or neutral blue tint, will be required. When the eyes begin to fail in vision, so that an effort or straining is required to read or sew, a continuation of their unaided use will prove very injurious to them. Persons, who have the proper regard for these organs, will, when thus deficient, at once wear spectacles. These should never be procured of jewelers, watchmakers, or simple opticians, because such are generally ignorant of the correct mode of adapting glasses to the eye, and from their want of correct knowledge on this point, thousands of eyes have been permanently injured. Always have the glasses selected by a well-known oculist or optician; trust none but those who have a reputation in this matter, with the management of these delicate organs. The feeblest powers should be chosen at first, and should not be increased until abso- lutely required. The glasses selected, should be such as will enable the wearer to read at the ordinary distance, with ease and distinctness, and with as little magnifying of the letters as possible; and although glasses for this purpose are not adapted for seeing distant objects, yet, at the same time that the above-named requisites, ease and distinctness in reading, are found, those among them which will enable the wearer to see the farthest off, will be found the most suitable. Or in other words, select glasses which, while they do not interfere with clear, easy, and distinct observa- tion of letters held at the usual distance from the eyes when reading, with- out too greatly magnifying them, will at the same time, render the wearer capable of seeing objects at a greater distance than glasses of increased convexity. This is more especially important during the first years of wearing spectacles; for, if too convex glasses be used from the start, the eyes become much more rapidly impaired. The best form for spectacles is that known as the pulpit or barrister's, in which the lower half only of the convex lenses are set in semi-circular frames; so that, while in reading, one looks through the glasses, yet when he raises his eyes, he may readily discern ordinary and distant objects over the upper straight edge of the frame. The frame of the spectacles should not be too heavy, nor too clumsy; the center of each glass should be exactly opposite to the pupil of the eye, and the glasses, which may be beneficially made of good crown glass, should be sufficiently large to com- mand the field of vision immediately before the wearer. When made so small as to materially lessen this field, it renders their use painful and inju- rious to the eyes. In wearing them, the glasses should be placed as close as possible to the eyes, without touching the eye-lashes, otherwise the eyelids will become irritated. Persons advanced in years, although requir- ing convex glasses for sewing and reading, will frequently be unable to recognize distant objects without the aid of concave lenses; such may have circular eye-pieces to the spectacle frame, the lower half being filled by convex glasses for reading, and the upper half by concave for distant ?ision. 150 AMERICAN FAMILY PHYSICIAN. Near-sighted, or myopic eyes require concave glasses, and much care is necessary that the proper degree of concavity be obtained, for if they be either too concave, or too convex, the eyes may be permanently injured. Occasionally persons are met with, who cannot read at all, without holding the print almost against their eye-balls, and such persons find it an impos- sibility to obtain glasses which will afford them the least benefit in this respect. Such eyes require a peculiar construction of lenses, and which I will take this opportunity of stating may be obtained of Messrs. Spencer & Eaton, opticians, Canastota, N. Y., for twenty or thirty dollars, the price depending on the character of the abnormal vision, and the skill and labor required in the formation of suitable glasses. These gentlemen have been successful in preparing lenses for a number of persons, who found the ordinary spectacles worse than useless. CHAPTER XIII. Attentions to the Bowels.—Constipation.—Kidneys.—Passions.—Love. Fear.—Anger.—Grief.—Joy.—Occupations, §c. Beside an attention to the external condition of the body, it is highly important to health and comfort, that the bowels and kidneys be kept in a healthy condition. These organs are intended by nature for the removal of those refuse and worn-out particles of matter, which are not only of no far ther utility to the system, but which are actually pernicious when retained. No person can continue in the enjoyment of good health, while the evac- uations from the bowels are imperfectly discharged. As a general rule, we find that among those persons whose digestive organs are strong and healthy, the bowels are evacuated once in every twenty-four hours. There may be occasional exceptions, as in the case of some plethoric or corpulent individuals, who find two evacuations per day necessary to prevent head- ache, and other unpleasant symptoms; while on the other hand, cases will be met with, in whom the bowels regularly perform their offices once in every forty-eight hours, and without any unpleasant consequences to the system. Beyond this period, it is unsafe for any one to allow the bowels to remain unmoved. A very common cause of disease is constipation of the bowels, or cos- tiveness, and which may be occasioned by numerous circumstances which tend to debilitate the general system, as well as the organs subservient to digestion; among these circumstances, the following may be named as the most usual:—improper diet, as the use of high-seasoned and indigestible food, much fat or butter, warm bread, hot drinks, spirituous liquors, astrin- gent wines, &c, sedentary habits, or a want of proper exercise; indolence, laziness, irregularity of habits, late rising in the morning, and various BOWELS. 151 excesses. A very common cause of costiveness is an inattention to the natural calls of the bowels, neglecting their evacuations at such times, and thereby cultivating a condition of habitual torpor of these organs. This neglect is always followed by its consequent suffering and wretchedness. Individuals wholly absorbed in business and money-making are very prone to disregard the calls of nature in this respect; persons who travel consid- erably, from not having the opportunities of retiring in a proper manner, or who fail to avail themselves of the occasions when they do offer, speedily become constipated. Many persons who pass most of their time in com- pany, from a mistaken delicacy, withstand or disregard these natural promptings, and thus induce a permanent torpor of the bowels. A constipated condition of the bowels will give rise to many evils, thus, it will eventually cause a derangement of the digestive functions, whereby the blood will become impaired from the formation of an impure and faulty chyle. It interferes with the free circulation of the blood, frequently occa- sioning a pressure of this fluid on the brain, which is a very serious matter, especially for those of plethoric or apoplectic habits. It effects a derange- ment of the nervous system, giving rise to lowness of spirits, nervous head- ache, nervous excitability, spasmodic affections, &c. Flatulence, loss of appetite, disturbed sleep, bad dreams, swelling of the bowels, headache, debility, piles, and not unfrequently convulsions, may all originate from that condition of the bowels which is being now considered. Indeed, the suffer- ings produced by this cause, are too numerous to be detailed in this work. Habitual costiveness should always be overcome, either by proper disci- pline, or by a correct course of medication; of these two means, the former is by far the better. No individual should ever resist the inclination to evac- uate the bowels, whenever there is the least opportunity for attending to it. If we would obviate the mischief occasioned by deferring these evacuations, we should never hesitate a moment to comply with the calls of nature; it is much better to be accused of a want of delicacy by the over-fastidious, than to have the train of evils consequent upon neglect. The proper discipline to adopt in this matter, is, in the first place, to avoid all those circumstances which are apt to cause the constipation; abstaining from high-seasoned, or other improper food, wines, liquors, &c. Secondly, to strengthen the whole system by habits of regularity and exercise,—dis- pensing with the late hours of the night for study or amusement, rising early in the morning, and exercising daily in the open air, either by walking, running, jumping, dancing, or other active movements, and also attending to the condition of the skin. Daily frictions over the stomach and bowels will be found a valuable aid in our means for obviating costiveness. This may be effected by the individual himself, but is much better when per- formed by the hands of a second person, rubbing and slightly working or kneading the parts for ten or twelve minutes each time. Thirdly, to adopt that kind of food which does not disagree with the stomach, and which will act as a gentle laxative. Instead of consuming large quantities of animal food, the diet should be principally vegetable, care being always taken to 152 AMERICAN FAMILY PHYSICIAN. masticate it thoroughly before swallowing. Among the articles proper to be used, are, ripe fruit, stewed fruit, which may be sweetened or not to suit the taste, especially whortleberries, dates, prunes, dried apples, dried peaches, raisins, figs, &c; boiled greens, brown bread, wheat bread with a large pro- portion of Indian meal, cornbread, molasses, &c, and for drink, molasses and water,, prune water, and other liquids slightly acidulated with vinegar or lemon juice, buttermilk, and sweet whey. Of course, among the articles just named, those which disagree with the stomach are not to be used- A tum- bler of good eider,, taken every morning before breakfast, will frequently be found beneficial; with some, a small piece of saleratus or bicarbonate of soda added to it, will improve its action; while with others again it will prove an improper remedy, on account of its disagreeing with the stomach. Fourthly, the mind itself may be so cultivated as to eventually aid in induc- ing natural habits of regularity of the bowels. Locke recommends as a means of removing costiveness, "to solicit natureyby going regularly to stool every morning, whether one has a call or not." Dr. L. B. Coles, in a valu- able little work entitled " Philosophy of Health," and which contains much very excellent matter, says truly on this subject,— " The operation of the mind on the physical system, is always great, especially in chronic complaints. A person with costive bowels, should have a mental determination to have a natural evacuation of the bowels at some regular hour in the morning; just after breakfast should be preferred. By a mental calculation—by bearing the subject in mind—by thinking and desiring—by electrifying the bowels into action by the force of thought—by intending to have them move about that hour,—very much may be done by way of facilitating such a result." Among the medicinal measures for removing costiveness, daily injections are to be preferred, whenever they will answer the purpose. They should consist merely of cold water, or of cold infusions of some gentle laxative agent; occasionally, tepid injections will agree best with certain persons, but a long-continued use of them will relax the parts and produce the very diffi- culty which it is intended to obviate. The proper period for employing an in- jection, is immediately after rising in the morning; but in all cases, it should be aided by the means above recommended, so that the bowels may ultimate- ly act regularly, without requiring its use. In some obstinate cases of costiveness, it may become necessary to adminis- ter purgative medicines, more, however, for the purpose of removing the accu- mulated feculent matter, than for remedying the torpor of the bowels. The great quantity of cathartic pills, powders, and mixtures, which are annually swallowed by the people of this country, from a desire to regulate the functions of the bowels, has been productive of immensely more mischief than is gener- ally suspected.. True, the physic unloads the bowels, but in so doing, ita action tends to diminish the tone of the intestines, so that instead of remov- ing the costiveness, it aggravates it, leaving the bowels in a more torpid con dition than before, and thus requiring a more frequent repetition of the dose, so that eventually, an operation cannot be obtained without it. Beside which, it not unfrequently occasions piles, strictures of the rectum, dyspep' sia, torpor of the liver, dropsical affections, See. KIDNEYS. 153 Unless the constipation be owing to, or is accompanied with, some chronic disease of the liver, stomach, bowels, or other organ, it is always safer and more efficacious to remove it by diet and regimen, than by means of medi- cine. And where medicine is actually required in these cases, the course to he pursued will be found under the treatment for Constipation, in that por- tion of the work devoted to diseases and their remedies, which see. Sometimes, instead of a costive state of the bowels, they will be evacuated too frequently, not amounting, however, to a diarrhea. This is generally owing to a relaxed and irritable condition of them, requiring a suitable treat- ment, depending upon the cause of the difficulty, and for which a skilful physician should always be consulted. However, it may be proper to re- mark,, that even in this state, the unhealthy condition of the bowels may frequently be overcome by a rigid attention to diet, regimen, and the usual hygienic measures. Begular and sufficient action of the kidneys is as important to health, nay, even more so than regularity of the bowels. The kidneys remove from the blood those effete matters which, if permitted to remain, would speedily de- stroy life,—uric acid, urea, urates, &c. It may likewise contain various other matters, the result of certain abnormal changes taking place in the system, as phosphates, oxalate of lime, grape sugar, pus, albumen, &c, the presence of which, affords the practitioner a true indication of the peculiar character of those changes. When the functions of the kidneys become im- perfectly performed, or suspended, the above matters, urea and urates, are retained in the circulation, giving rise to affections of the kidneys, dropsy, and many other serious diseases. A total suspension of the urinary dis- charge will occasion death in from thirty-six to forty-eight hours. When the urine is voided in small quantities at a time, or when there is a disposi- tion to urinate more frequently than natural, or when the urine is high-col- ored, or scalding, these are indications of some derangement in the system, and means should be employed to stimulate the kidneys, or cause them to excrete an increased quantity, or proper quality, of urine. If the derange- ment be owing to cold, the means recommended in the treatment of Cold, should be employed, aided by an infusion of diuretics, as of marsh-mallow root, and spearmint. If the cause of the difficulty be not known, an attempt may be made to regulate the action of the kidneys by an infusion of parsley root, or, of queen of the meadow root, or, of hair-cap moss, &c, the use of many fruits, as whortleberries, watermelons, grapes, apples, &c, will fre- quently restore the organs to a healthy condition. Should these simple means fail to effect any relief, the difficulty then as- sumes a more serious aspect, as it may be connected with certain acute or chronic affections of one or more of the organs of the body. Under such cir- cumstances the difficulty should not be trifled with by delay or self-treatment; a physician should at once be consulted, who, if he be thoroughly versed in his profession, and a skilful practitioner, will not only make a minute en- quiry relative tc all th« various symptoms of the case, but will subject the 154 AMERICAN FAMILY PHYSICIAN. urine itself, to a careful chemical and microscopical analysis, that he may, from its constituents, understand the character of the changes taking place within the system, and thereby be able to prescribe the proper treatment. In the present improved state of medical science, no practitioner can be con- sidered thoroughly conversant with his profession, who neglects the aid of, or does not use a microscope; true, it is not required in all diseases, but there are a vast number in which its employment can not be safely dispensed with, and it will be found useful in all. By this, I have no reference to certain individuals who, under the name of uroscopists or urine doctors, pretend to know the character of all diseases by a mere inspection of the urine; I would rather guard the public against the impositions practiced by this class of men, who, however correctly they may occasionally guess, seldom effect any cures. It must be recollected that the,appearance of the urine is very uncertain, and cannot be relied upon as a discriminating mark of disease. Its appearance, as well as its composition, may be affected by various circumstances; thus, changes in the weather, de- pressed or excited passions, change in the quantity and quality of the food, as well as in exercise and clothing, together with numerous other causes, may materially modify the condition of the urinary discharge, as to quantity, ap- pearance, and chemical composition. The urine may present in different specimens, the same color, the same apparent deposits, but its true character can only be known by a scientific chemical and microscopical analysis; sim- ple inspection alone, can never enable any one to correctly diagnose disease, and he who attempts it, is a mere quack. A writer on this subject observes: "Any one who attends to this," (the cause of change in the urine,) "will be astonished at the impudence of those daring quacks, who pretend to find out diseases, and prescribe to patients, from the bare inspection of their urine. These impostors, however, are very common in some parts, and, by the amazing credulity of the populace, many of them amass considerable for- tunes. Of all the medical prejudices which prevail in this country, that in favor of urine doctors is the strongest. The common people have still an unlimited faith in their skill, although it has been frequently demonstrated, that not one of them is able to distinguish the urine of a horse, or any other animal, from that of a man." In relation to the skin, the checking of perspiration by uncleanliness, Budden exposures, colds, damp houses, damp clothes and bedding, wet feet, &c, sufficient has been said in the preceding pages. For treatment see Colds. There is a direct and intimate sympathy existing between the mind and the body, and so powerful is this that any disturbance of the one produces a disturbing influence upon the other; hence, it becomes necessary, not only that the condition of the body be properly attended to, but also what is of equal import, the condition of the mind. How mental action affects the body, or, how the state of the body controls that of the mind, are mysteries not yet solved by the philosopher, though it is well known that this recipro- cal action between the two positively exists. And it is not a matter of as- LOVE.---FEAR. 155 tonishment to observe the amount of disease and premature death in this country, when we understand the excessive and continued action of the minds of its citizens, in search of pleasure, profit, or discovery. A certain amount of mental exercise is necessary for health of the body as well as health of the brain; and either an augmented, or decreased amount of this action ex- erts a proportional deleterious influence upon the whole man. The natural passions of the human mind, which, when controlled within proper bounds, are intended for salutary and useful purposes, become powerful causes of disease when permitted to be aroused by improper objects, or when allowed to proceed to an unreasonable or ungovernable extent; and these, in partic- ular, should be studied, in order that they may be held subservient to the health and proper comfort of each individual. Love, is one of the most powerful passions of the human mind, and to produce a happy and sanative influence upon the whole constitution, it should not only be directed upon a proper object, but should likewise be held in obedience to reason and common sense. When this passion is dis- turbed by other passions, as fear, or jealousy, it is calculated to produce much physical mischief, especially upon the brain and nervous system, grad- ually undermining the constitution; and the same may be said when the passion exists in an ungovernable degree, or, is placed upon some unworthy object. A continued and unsuccessful love, is generally accompanied with grief, or despair, and if not overcome by appropriate measures, will terminate in some acute affection, insanity, or death. Not unfrequently the abnormal state of the brain occasioned by this cause, will lead the sufferer to commit suicide. It is very rarely the case but that persons who are under the influ- ence of a violent attachment, may be cured by proper treatment, which will consist of absence from the object beloved, change of scenery, cheerful soci- ety, and an introduction to new faces and forms, with the hope of distracting, dividing, and eventually removing the former passion. Medicines are not required, unless symptoms indicating physical disease, manifest themselves. No special rule can be given for the cure of this passion, as much will de- pend upon the peculiar mental conformation of each individual under its power, and the advances correctly taken thereof. Fear, or dread of evil or danger, is a passion to which all mankind are more or less subject; with some, however, it exists habitually in a great degree, giving rise to disease and various unpleasant symptoms. With many persons, a sudden attack of fear causes an involuntary discharge of urine, or an alvine evacuation; it has likewise produced fever, fainting, diarrhea, convulsions, mania, and even sudden death. The influence of fear varies with different persons; many become quite talkative, some very silent, and others, again, become restless, moving about from place to place constantly. Instances are on record where violent fear has produced im- mediate idiocy, where the hair has been suddenly changed to a white color, and even where its vitality has been destroyed so that it fell from its roots, leaving the head bald. Paleness of the countenance, a suspension of all the vital functions, tremors, a momentary paralysis of the nerves of sense, &c, 156 AMERICAN FAMILY PHYSICIAN. are usually present among those who become suddenly affected by fear. All these effects are caused by the greater or less degree of depression of the vital powers which invariably accompanies this passion. During fatal epidem- ics, there is no doubt that more persons suffer and die from the effects of fear, than would, were this passion unknown. In the season of Asiatic cholera, I met with many persons in whom all the symptoms of that epi- demic were produced solely by the debilitating influence of fear, and I have no doubt but that many practitioners have met with similar instances. Persons who are undaunted in some situations, may be extremely fearful in others; thus, many have a fear of remaining in the dark, some experi- ence fear only during a thunder-storm, others have a fear of ghosts, of sailing on the water, of riding in the cars, or on horseback, &c. But these are very apt to be owing to an improper education during early life, or to certain unpleasant mental associations. The subjugation of this passion is a very difficult task; persons who are subject to it may, however, overcome it to a great extent, by keeping a careful and constant watch upon themselves, endeavoring to cultivate a dis- position to retain presence of mind under all circumstance', and to check the first manifestations of fear, and also by the exercise «v, much as possi- ble of mental fortitude. These measures, aided by a correct training of the reasoning powers, will frequently completely subdud the passion, even when it exists in excess. In the education of children, parents, guardi- ans, and teachers, should be extremely careful nevv»r to adopt means of punishment, which will call this passion into existence; cowards are made by the tyranny of teachers and parents over the young. The truly brave seldom commit crimes. But he, who calls the passion of fear into action among children, is manufacturing for the country, both cowards and crim- inals. Anger is a passion most generally excited on the moment, which sub- sides more or less rapidly, according to the nature of its cause. It always exerts a powerful and deleterious influence upon the system, which be- comes augmented in proportion as the passion approaches toward insanity, as, when it becomes furious and ungovernable. A person in a fit of anger may be at once recognized by the redness of his face, the furious spark- ling of his eyes, and the violent agitation of his whole system. Some are unable to speak, while others are extremely voluble and vociferous ; not unfrequently, persons foam at the mouth in a fit of anger. Some persons, when angry, gesticulate violently, stamp their feet, and display an uncom mon degree of physical strength; others, involuntarily shed tears. Violent anger is very deleterious to health, and the more often it is suf- fered to be aroused, the more frequently will it develop itself upon even trivial causes. From its action upon all the functions of the system, it is liable to cause epilepsy, the rupture of a bloodvessel, convulsions, fainting, apoplexy, and even sudden death. Moderate anger is apt to be longer continued, and accompanied with hatred, malice, revenge, regrets, &c, rendering the person fretful and petulant, and gradually inducing some ANGER.—GRIEF. 157 permanent disease. They who lead a life of voluptuousness and dissipa- tion, are the more ready subjects of this passion. Suckling infants have often been thrown into convulsions, after having partaken of the breast- milk of a previously angered nurse. To overcome the propensity to angry feelings, requires much resolution and perseverance. As with fear, it is necessary to have a constant watch upon our minds, maintaining a degree of presence of mind upon the most sudden emergencies, and promptly repressing every angry feeling as it ari- ses. The most powerful means of suppressing this passion is at once to concentrate the whole of the mental powers and resolve to overcome it; let the higher powers of the mind control the person. It is the power of thinking, reasoning, and judging, that renders man superior to the brute; let then, the man govern, and not the brute. When angry, contentious words only tend to fan the flame; it is better, therefore, to be silent, to take a draught of cold water, to withdraw one's self from the exciting cause, or adopt any other simple means, until the anger has passed away and reason resumed its sway. Never attempt to settle business, when the mind is in an irritable or fretful condition. Persons of an inflammable disposition should be temperate in food and drink, especially avoiding the use of stimulating food and intoxicating drinks. The true gentleman, the man of proper education, can always hold command over this passion. Children should be carefully guarded from those causes which will arouse and cultivate their angry passions. Improper punishment, disap- pointments, tyrannical conduct, partial justice, &c, should be carefully avoided. Children have their rights, which should be held sacred by every parent and teacher. Instead of being treated as mere machines, slaves, or brutes, they should he governed by such methods as will repress evil and cultivate virtuous propensities, remembering that they are but men and women in miniature, possessing every mental attribute common to the adult, though more keenly susceptible and alive to external impressions. ■' Train up a child in the way he should go, and when he is old he will not depart from it," is a truth too little understood, or too little acted upon in the present age; for instead of training and properly educating them, they are more frequently driven up, as one would drive cattle to market. Grief, unlike fear and anger, is a passion of long duration, which slowly ruins the constitution and produces permanently injurious results to both the mind and body. It exerts a debilitating influence upon the whole sys- tem, enervating the brain and nervous system, reducing the action of the heart, and embarrassing the flow of the circulating fluids; when long-con- tinued, it occasions paleness of the countenance, emaciation, fretfulness, impaired appetite, obstinate wakefulness, and a derangement of the functions of one or more of the vital organs; persons suffering under the depressing influences of this passion, are, like those governed by fear, strongly predis- posed to attacks of prevailing epidemics. It not unfrequently causes a loss of memory, premature old age, apoplexy, insanity, and, occasionally, sudden death. Pregnant females are liable to abortion from this cause. Sometimes 158 AMERICAN FAMILY PHYSICIAN. this passion induces a great tendency to sleep, instead cf wakefulness. A continual grief always causes more or less pernicious influences upon the constitution, which are rarely recovered from. On these accounts, sad tidings should never be communicated suddenly; a previous preparation of the mind of the individual by consolatory and moral references, accompa- nied by a gradual unfolding of the. evils to be made known, is the better course in all cases. Grief is one of the most difficult passions to overcome, more especially during its early violence;—when it attacks unexpectedly and powerfully, occasioning unpleasant symptoms, sleep should be induced as speedily as possible by the administration of opium, hyoscyamus, or other agents which will effect the purpose; sometimes, cool water poured upon the head will answer a much better purpose than the exhibition of internal medicines. A constipated condition of the bowels, so commonly attending this passion, should be promptly removed by some purgative medicine. In cases of continued grief, the individual affected should not be allowed to remain alone, as solitude increases its distressing effects; the cause of the grief should not be alluded to in his or her presence, except by persons whose tone and manner are known to produce a soothing, tranquil condition of the mind; the friends to whom the cause of the passion is confided by the sufferer, should endeavor to console him, and by all the means in then power lessen his sorrows. Change of scenery, traveling, sailing, cheerful society, and every method to draw the attention from its affliction, should be resorted to. The mind of the patient should be kept constantly occupied by business, scientific investigations, reading, writing, conversations, &e. The diet should be nutritious, not heating or too stimulating, and all intoxicating draughts should be positively avoided. Joy, when not too sudden and exciting, is a passion which rather exerts a salutary influence upon the mind and body, causing pleasurable emotions, and an increased action of the various organic functions. But whe*h sud- denly and unexpectedly aroused to an excessive degree, it is apt to occasion disease, and even immediate death; this latter effect is more to be dreaded when the joy has been preceded by some depressing agency, as grief, or fear. It frequently occasions tears, wild laughter, and pain in the region of the heart; of these the latter is the most serious symptom. When joyful news are to be communicated, the same course should be pursued as recommended under " Grief." When the symptoms of joy appear to be of a serious character, it is better to arouse an opposite passion, as moderate anger, or fear, and which may be effected by suddenly dashing cold water in the face of the person, or causing artificial pain, by some prompt and unexpected action. When it occasions excessive laughter, danger may be apprehended from the rupture of some bloodvessel; the paroxysm of laughter may be overcome in the same manner as above stated, by promptly inducing a state of fear, anger, or other coun- ter-passion. The above are the principal passions which exert the most ordinary influ- OCCUPATIONS. 159 ences on the healthy or diseased conditions of the system; but an excess of any passion, or a continuation of passions which keep the mind, and through it the body, in a constant state of excitement, or depression, are always unfavorable to health and longevity. Thus, jealousy, hatred, malice, envy, &c, tend to destroy the pleasurable condition of the mind, render it con- stantly more or less excited, fretful, and petulant, gradually impair it, and, as a consequence, the physical energies from their close relation to and cor- respondence with the mind, suffer in proportion to the degree of mental abnormality. The mind should be kept as free as possible from any irregu- lar action of the passions, and everything calculated to keep up a constant state of anxious thought should be avoided. No danger can be apprehended when any of the passions are kept within proper limits—but a contrary course is invariably attended with more or less danger to health or life. Persons subject to powerful or irregular action of any passion, should at once discipline the mind rigidly and vigorously; this can be done, and by perseverance, an undue action of the most dangerous passions can be over- come and regulated. Great care is required in the education of children, that the evil passions be not cultivated, and also that they learn how to command them. This, however, is a matter to which parents and teachers pay but little attention; whatever feelings or emotions may be produced in the, mind of a child by its correction, or by other causes, are points seldom thought of, so the child is made to yield to the wishes of its governors. The very worst mode of training children, is that which causes them to lose all dependence upon themselves, to have no will of their own, to submit silently to the commands of one superior in strength, to become mere ma- chines, thinking and acting only at the desire of others, and receiving pun- ishment for any resistance to what their young and tender minds cannot understand, and which but little effort is made to enable them to compre- hend, save by some kind of chastisement. The minds of children are gener- ally much more sensitive and observing than those of adults, and any ill- humor, caprice, unkindness, partiality, neglect, &c, is deeply felt, and causes a pernicious influence which is very apt to be lasting and permanent. These are matters requiring the serious attention of every person interested in the welfare and education of the youth of this country. A few words in relation to the various occupations of life, before I close this part of the work. The business occupations pursued in this country, vary considerably in their effects upon the system. Those which are of a sedentary character, are liable to produce affections of the lungs, stomach, or liver, according to the peculiar position in which the body is required to be held, or the influences exerted upon it by an open, pure atmosphere, or one confined, and vitiated by impure vapors, and irritating and dusty matters. Those which are carried on in the open air, calling into action considerable muscular power, are the most advan- tageous to health; but, even these may prove destructive to the constitu- tion, by daily over-action of the muscles, producing great fatigue; by 160 AMERICAN FAMILY PHYSICIAN. the action of only one set of muscles, the others not being exercised at all, and more especially, when the body has to be kept in one constrained or unnatural position; and by improper exposures to sudden changes or unhealthy conditions of the weather. Any employment, however unhealthy it is, may be rendered less prejudicial to health, by the adoption of the measures heretofore referred to, as temperance, cleanliness, attention to diet, exercise, bowels, &c; while on the other hand, a neglect of these important and salutary rules, will induce disease among those whose daily labors are of the most wholesome character. A very great error exists among parents and guardians in the selection of trades and professions for children. Those who are delicate and weakly instead of being placed at occupations which will tend to develop and strengthen their systems and thus promote longevity, have usually selected for them some sedentary profession, as painter, engraver, watch-maker, &c, which will most certainly assist in hastening the downward tendency of their systems. While on the other hand, those of robust, hardy constitu- tions are placed at the most active, and consequently the most healthy employments. There is no objection to this latter plan, but the former is decidedly wrong. Those of healthy, robust systems are better capacitated to follow sedentary occupations, because, their condition of health, enables them to ward off disease, and even attain long life by an attention to the proper hygienic measures in connection with their business; while the sickly and debilitated cannot attain this end, unless, with their attentions to hygiene, they have active employment in the pure, open air. The most active and healthy occupations should invariably be selected for the tender and delicate youth. The influence of trades and occupations upon the system, ought to be much better known by the public generally than they are, in order that artisans may adopt the proper measures to protect their systems from the injuries which may be effected by their peculiar kind of employment. The following brief relation of the effects of the more common occupations, upon the system, may prove of much utility to the reader :— Bakers are subject to sudden changes of temperature, as, from the vapors of a hot oven to a cold atmosphere, and vice versa; they are likewise deprived of much of their rest at night, especially those who make bread; they are constantly inhaling more or less dust, which is common to their trade. These various exposures render them liable to rheumatic affections, colds, coughs, pulmonary affections, and derangements of the digestive organs. There is a disease which commonly affects the hands, known by the name of "Baker's itch," and which is supposed to be owing to the irritation which the skin undergoes during the process of working or kneading dough; (See Grocers)—this is sometimes a very difficult affection to cure, but I have removed it in a number of instances, by the application of an ointment made of two parts of stramonium ointment, and one part of hop ointment, mixed together; a portion of this is to be rubbed on the affected part, and kept there, during the time the hands are not employed in OCCUPATIONS. 16^ working the dough. I have likewise succeeded in some obstinate cases by the daily application of a saturated solution of oxalic acid—care should be taken when using this solution, to wash the hands well with water and Castile soap, previous to kneading dough. Most bakers are unhealthy and have a pale countenance, owing more I believe, to an inattention to hygienic , measures than to any other fault of their occupation. This trade is only suited to robust and healthy persons. Bookbinders may experience unpleasant symptoms, from too close a confinement within doors, or from a careless exposure to the vapors of burning charcoal used in heating the finishing tools. But when working in a well-ventilated apartment, and not addicted to intemperance or other bad habits, their trade does not dispose them to any special diseases. Persons with a tendency to throat or lung diseases, had better avoid this trade. Braziers, and those who work in brass, are exposed to the vapors thrown off by the melted brass, as well as to the dust or filings made in working the metal. The inhalation of these may occasion pulmonary diseases and affections of the stomach; but if a proper degree of care be taken to avoid their inhalation, the trade will be found quite healthy. Flues with good draughts will obviate one of these difficulties, and wire-gauze or network worn over the mouth and nostrils will counteract the other. This trade is suitable for all persons not disposed to throat or lung diseases. Brewers, from exposures to sudden changes of temperature, are subject to colds and rheumatic affections ; but the greatest evils to which they are disposed, are those caused by the inhalation of the carbonic acid gas which escapes during fermentation, as well as by the excessive use of malt liquors. Brushmakeit, are usually healthy; the principal objections to their trade are the exposure to dust from the bristles, and the vapors of burning charcoal used in heating pitch, in consequence of which, it is an unsuitable business for one disposed to throat or lung diseases. Bricklayers are usually sturdy and healthy individuals; the only diffi- culties encountered by them are exposure to the immediate rays of a hot summer's sun, which may occasion sunstroke or affections of the brain, and to lime-dust which frequently irritates the eyes and the skin. Bricklaying is a suitable employment for all persons. Brickmakers are generally a healthy sturdy, class of people; but from careless exposures to cold and damp, they are apt to suffer from rheuma- tism, colds, acute pulmonary affections, ague, &c. Butchers, when not careless or intemperate, are among the most healthy of our tradesmen. This is an occupation especially suitable to the delicate, and those disposed to throat or lung disease. Those who use much animal food, are liable to diseases of the skin, scrofula, &c. Cabinet-makers, in consequence of the improper ventilation of their work- shops, and the dust to which they are exposed, are liable to affections of the throat, lunjrs, and stomach; if their work requires a constant, unnatural 11^ 162 AMERICAN FAMILY PHYSICIAN. constrained position, the liability is increased. An attention to proper hygi- enic measures will render this a healthy employment. Carvers and Gilders become diseased in consequence of the sedentary character of their business, and its being confined within doors, in addition to which, there is generally a continual bent or unnatural position of the body. Gilders and those who work much in quicksilver, are subject to severe diseases occasioned by the vapors of this metal. Carpenters are generally healthy, when care is taken to avoid improper exposures and intemperance. It is, however, a trade requiring too mucl? muscular action for some persons, and is particularly unsuited to those who are disposed to bleeding from the lungs or stomach. Coachmen and stable-keepers derive no injury to health from their occupa- tion; but they are subject to several inflammatory affections from exposure tc cold and dampness. Cooks from an exposure to changes of heat and cold and steam, as well aa to excessive or improper eating, are liable to derangements of the digestive organs, various inflammatory attacks, and diseases of the face and hands. Coopers, when temperate, are generally robust and healthy. The stooping position required in their trade frequently causes disagreeable pains in the thighs and back; and this position, aided by the noise of hammering, is apt to induce in young beginners, headache, more or less deafness, &c. Coppersmiths are exposed to inconveniences similar to those mentioned under the head of Braziers. Curriers are generally healthy. The trade, however, is objectionable for those persons who have occasion to continue in a curved position, as pains of the head, bleeding from the nose, derangement of the stomach, &c, are apt to be induced. Dyers are exposed to aqueous vapors, damp, and the fumes from the vari- ous articles used as dyes, in consequence of which, colds, catarrhs, rheuma- tism, pleurisy, inflammation of the lungs, and affections of the eyes, are apt to attack them. It is not a suitable occupation for persons laboring under affections of the throat and lungs. Engravers, see watchmakers. Farmers, when temperate, are about as healthy a class of men as can be found, though from careless or improper exposures they are liable to various diseases the same as other persons. Individuals of delicate habits, or dis- posed to pulmonary affections, will find properly regulated work upon a farm the most salutary occupation that they can select; though, of course, they must avoid improper and unhealthy locations. Gardeners are healthy, the only inconvenience being a pain in the lowei portion of the back, caused by remaining too long in a bent position during work. It is a suitable business for those of delicate constitutions. Glass-ioorkcrs are exposed to sudden changes of temperature, to the vapors of lead, arsenic, or other injurious articles employed in their trade, and to too constant light of a glaring nature; from which may be occasioned colds, derangements of the lungs and stomach, rheumatism, inflammatory attacks, OCCUPATIONS. 163 cataracts, &c. Sudden death is by no means unfrequent among glass- blowers. Individuals disposed to throat or lung diseases, should not embrace this business. Glue-makers, from too long stooping may have pain in the loins, but gener- ally they are quite healthy, the only diseases to which they are liable, being those caused by improper exposure, or intemperance. Grocers have a healthy occupation; though too much handling of sugar, molasses, &c, is apt to produce the "Grocer's itch," a disease somewhat resembling "Baker's itch," undoubtedly produced by the same cause, prob- ably microscopic animals oracari. The treatment recommended for "Baker's itch" will be found efficacious in this. Hatters, beside the stooping position required during work, are exposed to the fumes from the vat, and to changes from hot to cold, subjecting them to colds, catarrhs, pleurisy, rheumatism, and derangement of the digestive organs. The finger ends and nails are apt to be injured by the employment of acids. It is an unsuitable trade for those disposed to pul- monary complaints. Iron-workers are subject to throat and lung diseases, from the dust and filings of iron which are constantly more or less inhaled; and also to rheumatism and various other acute attacks from sudden changes of tem- perature, the latter especially among foundry-men. Yet by a life of tem- perance and prudence, and using means to prevent the inhalation of dust, &c, as by wearing a wire gauze over the mouth and nostrils, these deleteri- ous effects can be obviated to a great extent. Lawyers, when engaged in active business, have a healthy profession; those only who are too sedentary are injured by it. In law, as in medicine, the varied excitements of the mind, and its proper employment, together with moderate physical exercise, are always attended with beneficial results. Persons disposed to diseases of the throat, heart or lungs, to bleeding from the lungs or stomach, or to dyspepsia, should never engage in law or theology, especially when the habits are to become too sedentary, or, on the contrary, when the lungs and vocal organs are to be too constantly and excessively employed in pleading or preaching. In the professions of law, theology, and medicine, strong, healthy, intellectual men are required, not weekly, delicate, effeminate creatures, as we find to be too much the case in the present day. Masons, from the active character of their trade, and its being conducted in the open air, are commonly strong and healthy persons; yet their sub- jection to wet, and to the inhalation of minute particles of dust, lime, and stone, renders them very liable to catarrh, rheumatism, and affections of the lungs and stomach. Millers are very subject to asthma, cough, consumption, and derange- ment of the appetite and digestive powers, induced by the inhalation of the dusty particles to which they are constantly exposed; they commonly have a pallid and unhealthy appearance. Painters are extremely subject to various unpleasant symptoms, arising 164 AMERICAN FAMILY PHYSICIAN. from the vapors of the several lead oxides to which they are constantly exposed; vertigo, vomiting, impaired digestion, constipation, &c, are very common'among them, and especially a serious disease known as lead or Painter's colic, which is apt to end in palsy or death. Intemperance hastens these effects. Workers in lead mines are liable to similar affections, and which are always very difficult of cure. Paper-makers from their exposures to dampness, to the vapors occasioned by bleaching, and to the dusty particles from the rags employed in their trade, are very subject to colds, rheumatism, and diseases of the lungs and ^tnnifioh "^ Physicians, engaged in moderate practice usually enjoy excellent health; but when they are too sedentary in their habits, or permit themselves to worry in consequence of non-paying patients, and especially when their pecuniary means are not abundant, they are subject to diseases of the heart, and other serious affections. Physicians exposed to changeable weather, and to constant tiresome practice, not having sufficient rest, as is more fre- quently the case among country practitioners, are peculiarly liable to dis- ease, and to a premature decay of the system; and the disposition to which is augmented when residing in unhealthy or malarious districts. Plasterers being subjected to a damp atmosphere, and lime-dust, suffei principally from colds, rheumatism, lung diseases, and affections of the eyes. Plumbers and Potters, are subject to the same diseases as painters, occa- sioned by the lead used in their respective occupations. Almost all kinds of common earthenware have lead entering into their glazed surface, ren- dering the ware not only deleterious to the manufacturer, but also to those who use it. Printers are exposed to the fumes of the lead and antimony of the type, they have but little exercise, and most commonly occupy a confined or improperly ventilated room, all of which exerts a deleterious influence upon health. Swelling of the limbs, and dilation of their veins are fre- quently occasioned by the erect, standing position in which they are required to continue for hours. The eyes are often injured by a constant and strained employment of them upon small objects, Indigestion and diseases of the lungs, are the more common diseases among printers; and among female compositors, in addition to the above, diseases of the womb and reproductive organs, are by no means unfrequent. Pressmen, who have a greater degree of activity and variety in their labors, are not quite so liable to the above affections as compositors. Persons of delicate habits, or disposed to throat or lung diseases, or to bleeding from the lungs or stomach, as well as females who are not robust and of masculine composi- tion, should not enter upon this occupation. Rope-makers become diseased more from intemperance or improper expo- sures, than from any deleterious influences arising from their trade. Saddlers, although confined within doors, and in stooping positions, may, by a proper course of hygiene, overcome the attacks of loss of appe- tite, and impaired digestion, &c, to which they are liable. OCCUPATIONS. 165 Shoemakers, from the constrained, unnatural position in which they are placed during work, and the confined, or improperly ventilated rooms which they occupy as workshops, are especially liable to dyspepsia, liver- complaints, and diseases of the lungs, the results of imperfect digestion and nutrition, and obstructed circulation. This class of mechanics should be strictly temperate, and should exercise regularly and daily at various hours, either with the dumb-bells, or at jumping, fencing, boxing, playing ball, &c. Shopkeepers, clerks, and bookkeepers, generally suffer more from the sedentary character of their employment, than the active; the injurious influences of which are much aided by confinement within doors. Beside these, there is usually an irregularity in the time and manner of eating, from all of which they become subject to dyspepsia, muscular debility, indolence, and a general torpor of the various functions of the system. To overcome these evil influences they should exercise daily,—an atten- dance at the gymnasium would be especially advantageous; and among other hygienic measures, they should be particularly observant of the rules laid down in relation to food, mastication, time for eating, &c. It is a great misfortune, undoubtedly owing to a want of proper physiological knowl- edge, that a majority of employers require from their sedentary employ- ees, not only all the hours of the day, but often several hours of the night, allowing them no time to attend to such duties as their mental and physical systems demand for the promotion of health and longevity; and, as a con- sequence, these late hours which are spared, and in which no gymnasium can be found open, nor any profitable mental or physical associations or exercises be enjoyed, are very apt to be passed in dissipation and debauch- ery, to the ultimate detriment of both employer and employee. Smiths, as blacksmiths, whitesmiths, &c, are a sturdy, healthy, athletic class of men, being disposed to disease only from intemperance or im- proper exposures. As the muscles of the arms and upper part of the body are more thoroughly developed in smiths than those of the lower limbs, the latter should be improved by running, leaping, dancing, and similar exercises. Starch-makers are subject to coughs, colds, and pulmonary affections, arising from exposures to damp, and from the inhalation of the dusty par- ticles arising from starch. Students and authors render themselves unhealthy by their own impru- dences and follies; a proper attention to exercise, diet, cleanliness, hours for study and for sleep, &c, will tend not only to increase the powers of the mind, but likewise those of the body. Too close an attention to study or writing, in confined rooms, and also during the late hours of night, will induce similar unhealthy influences upon the system as those referred to under the heads of lawyers, physicians, shoemakers, shopkeepers, and tailors. Tailors, from their sedentary occupation, and the unnatural positions which their work requires them to assume, are subject to dyspepsia, livei 166 AMERICAN FAMILY PHYSICIAN. affection, diseases of the throat and lungs, and a torpor of all the functions of the system. And these are more apt to be present with the youth of delicate constitutions who are apprenticed to the trade. They quickly have the functions of nutrition, respiration, and circulation embarrassed, from which result the diseases so fatal to many. Tailors should be tem- perate, and, as recommended for shoemakers, clerks, and others of seden- tary employments, should exercise daily and regularly, either in a gymnas ium or some other proper place; by pursuing a proper hygienic course they may obviate entirely, or to a very great extent, all the unhealthy con- sequences of their trade;' their workshops should be well-ventilated. Tallow-chandlers are not disposed to any disease peculiar to their employment. Tanners are commonly sturdy, and healthy, but are liable to colds, catarrh, rheumatism, &c, from the exposure to cold and damp required in their business. Tinmen are not disposed to any particular disease, except from intern perance, or when their workshops are improperly ventilated. Tobacconists, are apt to suffer from cough, indigestion, headache, nervous ness, affections of the throat, &c, in consequence of the sedentary nature of their occupation, their confinement in close rooms, and of the inha- lation of the dusty particles of the tobacco. Temperance, cleanliness, and daily exercise are necessary for the preservation of health among this class of tradesmen. Turners are liable to the diseases common to carvers, and other trades requiring a bent position of the body, constant standing, and inhalation of dusty particles. Proper exercise, temperance, and other hygienic atten tions, will obviate the disadvantages attending this trade. Watch-makers and engravers, are very sedentary, are confined in their rooms, and perform their labors with the body in a bent posture; in conse quence of which they are subject to dyspepsia, liver affections, constipa- tion, piles, cough, consumption, and a general torpor of the several func- tions of the system. The contrast and straining application of the eyes to small objects, frequently injures the sight. To overcome these evil effects, much may be done by pursuing the course recommended for shop- keepers, students, tailors, &c. Weavers most generally pursue their labors in damp and confined rooms, filled with dusty particles of the material they are using; in addition to this they soon assume a bent position of the body. These circumstances are apt to induce cough, asthma, dyspepsia, piles, constipation, and diseases of the lungs and throat. When temperate, and working in well-ventilated and dry apartments, and attending to exercises of amusement, &c, they may enjoy health to a good old age. Many occupations are not mentioned herein, but enough are referred to, by which the reader will be enabled to judge of the healthy or unhealthy nature of any particular one. Thus, ascertain whether the occupation be one requiring muscular exertion in the open air, whether too great exer- MICROSCOPE. 167 tion of the muscles is required, whether all the muscles of the body, or only a portion, are called into action, and whether the body is to be held constantly in a bent or unnatural position. Again, is the occupation Bedentary, or not, requiring confinement in close rooms, the inhalation of an impure or dusty atmosphere, any exposure to steam, obnoxious vapors, cold, damp, &c? An explanation to these and similar inquiries will enable any one to select and determine for himself the healthy or unhealthy char- acter of any kind of business. All persons, whether sedentary or very active, require amusement and exercise, which should be taken frequently. Too much attention to busi- ness and little or no recreation, is certain to bring on a premature decay of the system. Foreigners, in this respect, enjoy themselves much better than Americans; they frequently have little parties, pic-nics, and other agreeable and healthful associations, which, undoubtedly, is one cause of the health and longevity of even those among them who follow rather unhealthy employments. When will our own countrymen manifest a greater interest than they now do, in matters pertaining to health and long life ? CHAPTER XIV. The Microscope.—Its Importance.—Detection of Adulterations.— Microscope Makers. Before closing this part of the work, I wish to make a few remarks relative to the microscope, an instrument to which frequent reference has been made in the previous chapters. But a few years since it was looked upon as a mere toy, unworthy the attention of men of science ; at this day, the many improvements which have been made upon it, render it useful equally to philosophical investigators and the public generally. Every person who is interested in matters pertaining to his own health and com- fort, as well as to his instruction and amusement, should possess an achromatic microscope. The microscope opens to the observer a new and unexpected world, full of beauty, perfection and magnificence; in a single drop of water it pre- sents to the astonished vision, living creatures, of most beautiful and varied forms, entirely unlike all former conceptions of organic existences, and so extremely minute that it would require from twenty-five thousand to eighty millions to fill the narrow space of one square inch. And yet, as small as they are, the microscope reveals to us their existence, their spontaneous motion, and their external and internal structures; it also makes known the fact that these minute living beings are extremely reproductive, and "constitute the chief proportion of living bodies upon the face of the 163 AMERICAN FAMILY PHYSICIAN. uirth."" They are found not only in the fresh water of ponds, brook^ rivers, and lakes, but even in the salty waters of the great deep, in some strong acids, in terraqueous matter, and in vegetable and animal fluids; indeed, there is no part of the world, either upon its external surface, or internally, but in which these microscopic beings can be found, either in a living or fossil state. The mortar of the builder, the chalky cliffs of Albion, extensive tracts of country in various parts of the world, as well as chains of mountains, the coral foundation of the- Polynesian Archipela- goes, of the reefs and islets of the Indian Ocean, as well as many other places, besides slate, flint, sandstone, limestone, rocks, &c, all contain, and are, in fact, chiefly composed of the remains of once living, invisible animalcules. "Of the myriads upon myriads of organized beings created to work out the grand designs of Providence, all calculation seems futile; as the result would be far beyond the grasp of human comprehension. And the remains of these minute animals have added much more to the mass of materials which comprise the exterior crust of the globe, than the bones of elephants, mammoths, hippopotami, and whales." But the microscope does not terminate its utility here; it is equally necessary and useful to the geologist, the botanist, the mineralogist, the chemist, and the physician. To the latter in particular, it has demon- strated the minute structure of parts of the human system, which were previously altogether a mystery, and has assisted in affording a more per- fect comprehension of the organic functions. The structure of the various parts of the system has, within a few years past, been thoroughly and cor- rectly made known by the aid of this mighty instrument, so that no man can, at the present day, hold the title of even a " respectable physician," who is not conversant with its revelations. Nor has its value ceased with a knowledge of the healthy structure ; it affords a certainty in the diagnosis or detection of diseases, several of which cannot be correctly determined without it. It is no less useful to the non-professional man, and to the community in general, who, by its employment, may frequently learn certain unhealthy conditions of the system, without having immediate recourse to a physi- cian. Thus, the character of urine, as known by its uric acid, its urates, phosphates, oxalate of lime, blood-corpuscles, &c, as seen under the micro* scope, may enable an individual to become aware of changes taking place in the system not consistent with health, at a very early period, even before any appreciable symptoms have developed themselves, and thus afford him information which will lead him to adopt a proper course of treatment long before the attack becomes serious or of a permanent nature. Engrav- ings of the most common appearances of the urinary deposits under the microscope, are given in that part of the work treating upon affections of the kidneys, to which the reader is referred. The non-professional man may also ascertain that many diseases of the skin depend upon, or are accompanied with microscopic vegetable growths, of a fungous or algous character, as ring-worm of the scalp, dow-worm, MICROSCOPE. 169 some apthous ulcerations of the throat, mouth, &c, and that other diseases again, are accompanied with microscopic animals, as the itch, acarus folli- culorum, &c. The globules of blood seen under the microscope, appear as numerous "pale, red, rough, bi-concave discs, having a tendency to turn upon their edges, and to arrange themselves in rolls like rouleaux of coins; a very few white corpuscles, irregular in form, granular in surface, and rather larger than the red globules, will also be readily distinguished." To discover whether any stain consists of blood, it must be moistened with some white of egg, then scraped off the material holding the stain, and examined under the microscope; if the stain consists of blood, blood-cor- puscles, as above described, will be distinctly visible. In this manner, in supposed cases of murder, may we distinguish between blood stains, and red spots resembling blood. Beside the above named applications of the microscope, there are others of still more importance to community, as the detection of adulterations in food and drugs. A writer observes, "to such a pitch of refinement has the art of falsification of alimentary 3-ubstances reached, that the very articles used to adulter- ate are adulterated. And while one tradesman is picking the pockets of his customers, a still more cunning rogue is, unknown to himself, c Blood-^usdeT^hering. deep in his own! d. Blood-corpuscles separate. "The manner in which food is adulterated is not only one of degree but of kind. The most simple of all sophistications, and that which is the most harmless, is the mixture of inferior qualities of the same substance. * * * Secondly, the mixture of cheaper articles of another kind; thirdly, the surreptitious introduction of materials which, taken in large quantities are prejudicial to health; and fourthly, the admixture of the most deadly poisons in order to improve the appearance of the article 'doctored.' "The microscope alone is capable of detecting at one operation the nature and extent of the more harmless but general of these frauds." It distin- guishes with unerring nicety an admixture of the common Circuma arrow root with the finer Maranta; it detects genuine ground coffee, from its adul- teration with peas, beans, oats, dried bones, oak, or mahogany, sawdust, chicory, &c; it determines the presence of mildew in flour; of turmeric and flour in mustard; of red lead in cayenne pepper; of water, chalk, calves' brains, molasses, annato, flour, oxide of iron, &c, in milk, as well as the richness of milk; it exposes fraudulent mixtures of lard with butter; of Prus- sian blue, turmeric, chalk, and copperas in green tea; of gum, black lead, Dutch pink, and leaves of other plants in black tea; of roasted wheat, beans, carrots, parsnips, horsechestnuts, oxide of iron, baked horse's liver, &c, in chicory; and of wheat flour, hundreds of sugar-insects, sand, and albumen of bullock's blood in sugar. Impurities in butter, bread, cheese, molasses, spices, vinegar, and other necessaries of life may at once be detected by this 170 AMERICAN FAMILY PHYSICIAN. powerful instrument, so that as a saving to the pocket as well as to the health, it should form a part of the domestic apparatus of every family. The most useful and fascinating study, is that belonging to microscopic observation, and it is much to be regretted that means have not been hereto- fore employed to introduce its charms and value into the homes of the people __to their firesides. A more valuable gift from father to son, from husband to wife, from friend to friend, than that of a microscope, cannot be made; for unlike any other instrument, it can bestow upon its possessor, amusement, profit, instruction, health, and happiness. Its astonishing and magnificent revelations are of so bewitching a nature, that the parent, the son, or the man of common sense, who has once become fairly acquainted with them, would rather pass his unoccupied hours at home, in the circle of his family, displaying to its members the powers and excellencies of his microscope, thus cultivating in their minds a taste for scientific pursuits, than to waste those hours away from home in the turmoil and strife of political excitements, in the mind and soul-destroying region of a porter-house, or, in any of those many dens of dissipation, debauchery, and vice, which throw out the most alluring temptations, to catch the indolent, the unwary, the careless and the ignorant; to rob wives of the affections of their husbands, to make sons rebel against and cause anguish to their parents, despoil wives and daughters of all self-respect, and render them among the vilest of the vile. Unfortunately, some have conceived the microscope to be a mysterious instrument, capable of being managed or understood only by certain partic- ular persons. This, however, is a great error; it is intended as an improve- ment upon our sense of sight. Objects which can be seen well by the natural eye, do not require its assistance; but with those which are too small to he thus seen, we aid the power of vision by employing the microscope, and which every individual possessed of sight can readily use. Persons with imperfect sight, use spectacles to improve this sense; and the microscope improves the magnifying and defining powers of the eyes. A great obstacle to the more common use of the compound achromatic microscope, heretofore, has been in its expensiveness, but instruments are now made by our best opticians, called "student's microscopes," which will accomplish all that any person need desire. The value of a microscope does not lie so much in the beauty or workmanship of its brass mountings and other metallic accompaniments, as in the quality of its object-glasses and eye-glasses. An object-glass itself, however great may be its magnifying power, is useless unless it possesses penetrating and defining powers also. It is from a want of these latter powers in their objectives, that the French microscopes imported into this country are inferior in quality, notwithstand- ing the excellence of their brass-work and their low prices. In purchasing a microscope, the name of its manufacturer ought always to be learned, from the fact that our best microscope makers never permit poor glasses to leave their workshops. Among the first microscope makers of England, are Boss, Powell & Lealand, Smith & Beck, and, perhaps, Pilli- scher, but their instruments seldom reach this country unless ordered, and are very expensive. MICROSCOPE. 171 Fig. 13. The best micro- scopes in the world as to magnifying power, large angle of aper- ture, definition, and penetration, are made in this country in Can- astota, N. Y., by th firm of Spencer & Ea ton; their largest mi- croscopes are une- qualled by any known. This firm manufac- ture a "student's mi- croscope," (See Fig. 13,) with one eye- glass, and two object- glasses inch and quar- ter-inch, for $53, and which is sufficient foi all the various pur- poses referred to above. The instru- ment is so made that as the purchaser's means will allow, he may p r o c u re the higher powers, polar- ise o p e, diaphragm, &c, should he desire them. The inch ob- jective is about 60 diameters, or magni- Spenoer's Student's Microscope. fie9 the object about 3,600 times superficially; the quarter-inch is about 300 diameters, magnify- ing the object 90,000 times superficially. If the quarter-inch objective only is taken, the price is $30; but all who are able should procure both ob- jectives. Messrs J. & W. Grunow, of New Haven, Conn., make excellent micro- scopes, which have thus far given satisfaction to all who have used them. In this country, I believe they stand second, only to the above firm of Spencer & Eaton. They also manufacture "student's microscopes," with inch and quarter-inch object-glasses and two eye-glasses, for $55, giving magnifying powers of about 30, 50, 200 and 350 diameters. The above instruments of these two makers are mounted each on a tripod base, and uprights of japanned cast-iron, with joint to incline the body at any ~^=^ STILLAUII. 172 AMERICAN FAMILY PHYSICIAN. angle desired; the stage is large, and plain, with a spring clamp to hold tha slides containing the objects, and each instrument is provided with a concave mirror. (For manner of using the microscope, description of microscopes, &c, see " The Aficroscopist's Companion, or a Popular Manual of Pratlical Microscopy,&c, by J. King, M. D.") Fig. 14. Grunow's Student's Microscope. PART I. SYMPTOMS, CAUSES, AND TREATMENT OF DISEASES. FEBRILE DISEASES. Symptoms. There is no class of diseases so frequently met with, nor to which the human family are so subject, as this of Fever; which is, probably, owing to the fact that they are more or less constantly exposed to those causes producing fever, as exposures to cold, or sudden changes of temperature, damp atmosphere, great heat, noxious vapors from decomposing animal and veget- able substances, unhealthy emanations from diseased persons, &c. Let the character of the fever be what it may, there are certain symptoms common to all forms of febrile disease, and which vary only in their degree of severity, depending upon the activity of the attack. Thus, the first symptom experi- enced, is most commonly a degree of languor and lassitude, an inaptitude for mental or bodily exertion, sometimes a dull headache, unsound sleep, unpleasant dreams, and other symptoms of depression. In a few instances, these precursory symptoms are wanting; but when present, they may remain for several days, or even weeks before any further indications of fever are manifested,—and it will most generally be found, that the duration of these early symptoms will be proportioned to the severity and obstinacy of the subsequent febrile affection. Not unfrequently, as the above symptoms gradually increase, the patient will experience an unpleasant soreness and lameness over the whole system, which he will express to be an "aching of the bones." In a longer or shorter time these symptoms will be followed by chills, at first passing down the back, with cutis anserina (goose pimples,) and paleness of the surface, and the patient places himself as near a fire as possible, but without being in any way benefited by so doing. These chills may be very slight, or may amount to a severe shaking of the whole body, over which the patient has no control, and in severe cases will be accompanied with blueness of the lips and nails, hollow appearance of the eyes, and the previous soreness and aching complained of, are now supplanted by a distressing pain. With the chills a great degree of thirst is usually experienced; there will be a hurried and more or less difficult breathing; the pulse will be small and depressed, but very frequent; sometimes it will be small and feeling like a thread, at others it will be barely distinguishable. The tongue, at this period of the disease, is pale, with a white coat on its upper surface of greater or less consistency. Sometimes nausea and vomiting are present; the urine is generally abundant and colorless. In some forms of fever, and especially (173) 174 AMERICAN FAMILY PHYSICIAN. at the South, the depression accompanying this stage is so great as to occa- sion the death of the patient in the first, second, or third chill. The duration of the chill varies with the character and severity of the attack, and the resisting capability of the patient's constitution, and is fol- lowed by the hot stage, in which those symptoms are developed, which, taken together, are termed "fever." These come on gradually,_ the breathing becomes more natural, the blood returns to the veins and capillaries, as man- ifested by the flushed cheeks, and the disappearance of the sunken and hol- low expression of the eyes and countenance generally; the surface and extremities become warm, and the heat continues to increase so as to impart a sense of pungency when the attendant's hand is applied to the surface, but the skin remains dry. Occasionally instances are met with in which the hot stage is accompanied with profuse perspiration. The pulse varies from sixty to one hundred and twenty beats in a minute; it may be full and bounding, soft and compressible, hard and wiry, &c; the mind is more or less sprightly and excited, sometimes amounting to a transient delirium; in the higher grades of fever there will be seen and felt a powerful pulsation of the arter- ies along the neck, (carotids,) with a determination to the brain, a hot and painful sensation in the head, restlessness, wakefulness, delirium or a con- stant disposition to drowsiness. Frequently, the senses of taste, smell, hear- ing, and even feeling, become very obtuse. Thirst is generally present, and when it is not, I look upon the disease with a degree of uneasiness, as I con- sider this symptom a favorable indication; the appetite, as well as the diges- tive functions are impaired; the mouth is commonly dry and parched, some times it remains moist; the tongue becomes of a deeper red than in the pre- vious stage of chill, and its surface is at first coated with a thick, white, clammy substance, which gradually changes to a yellowish-brown, or even black; sometimes the surface of the tongue, as well as its body, will be unnaturally red, with a dry and parched condition of the mouth; the teeth, not unfrequently, are covered with a dark-colored sordes; the urine is dimin- ished in quantity, high-colored, and of a peculiar odor; and the bowels are generally constipated, though frequently they will be loose, approaching to diarrhea. The fever, after a certain duration, gradually subsides, the patient becomes easy and free from suffering; the pulse becomes more natural, the skin soft and moist, or, the perspiration may be copious; the appetite returns; the urine becomes more abundant, and the functions of the various organs of the body are gradually renewed. In intermittent fevers this last stage may con- tinue for a definite number of hours, to be followed successively by the vari- ous cold, hot and sweating stages, until a cure has been effected by medicinal measures. And, in other forms of fever, the hot stage, instead of terminat- ing in the above condition, may pass into a state, known as the "typhoid stage," and which is frequently, but incorrectly, considered to be a typhoid fever. Causes. There is no class of diseases, the nature of which has given rise to so much speculation and hypothesis as that of fevers. And, notwithstand- ing the untiring investigation of the most eminent men in the profession, for several centuries past the true character of fever still remains to be deter- mined. The exciting cause of this class of maladies has already been briefly referred to at the commencement of this article. The immediate cause may require a few words of explanation. In a work like the present, any lengthy remarks in relation to points of discussion in the medical profession, would be entirely out of place, for such matters should be laid only before medical men for their investigation, and FEVEK. 175 not before the people whc cannot be expected to bestow that rigid attention which such subjects require, and who, in fact, adapt their ideas of medical matters to the prevailing hypotheses of the profession. I will, therefore, give, as briefly as possible, my own view of fever, leaving its correctness ot incorrectness to be decided hereafter by careful examination. An opinion has lately gained ground that fever is a "healthy effort of na- ture" to remove from the system some deleterious agent, and for some years I adopted the same view. A mere superficial glance at the course and symp- toms of fever, would, undoubtedly, lead one to suppose that this idea was really correct, but on a closer and more careful inquiry, it will be seen thai there is no foundation for it. As well might we call the effort made to remove a heavy load from one's back, or the blow following a deep insult, a healthy effort of nature, as fever. Nor can I conceive how any abnormal action taking place in the system, can be regarded as a healthy effort, whether that action be one of depression, or of excitation. But I will not dwell upon this point. In the human system are manifested three actions, viz: vital action, chem- ical action, and electrical action. Vital action is an effect of that unknown agenoy by which life is sustained, and from which results mind, sensation, voluntary and involuntary motion, and reproduction; this action is perfect only when the chemical and electrical actions of the system are also perfect. It may be a separate and distinct action, or it may be the result of a proper combination of the chemical and electrical actions of the constitution. Chem- ical action is an effort of those laws which give constitution, cohesion, den- sity, &c, to the various tissues of the system, and from which results heat, the property of being acted upon by external and internal agents, powers of regeneration and decay, &c, and which, in the animal system, leads to disso- lution of all its parts when not preserved in a proper condition by the vital action. Electrical action is a result of, or is connected with chemical action, in which, during the processes of composition and decomposition of the vari- ous animal tissues, electricity is developed to be either retained in the system or set free, and which in many of its actions bears a close analogy, almost amounting to absolute identity, with vital action; it, likewise, frequently answers as a substitute for vital action, preserving health and life in instan- ces where this latter action is impaired. There is no doubt, in my mind, that it is also intimately connected with vital force, but of this we have no positive data. Polarization of various organs, growth, &c, depend upon this action. Health consists of an equilibrium or correct proportion of these several actions in the system, and when there is a derangement of this equi- librium, or a departure from this proportion, disease or death ensues. Fever is a disease of the fluids of the system only, which may be caused by retention of those decomposed and unhealthy particles which should be eliminated through the various excretory organs of the body, or by the pres- ence of foreign and noxious matters circulating with the fluids, which have been introduced into them, either by absorption, inhalation, or during the nutritive process. These morbific agents, whatever may be their nature, produce a depressing influence upon the vital force, which is known as the first or cool stage of fever; and the degree of this depression is proportioned to the malignancy or venomousness of its cause and the capability of resist- ing power of the vital force. All the various functions of the system, be- come impaired or suspended, in proportion to the depressing influences, and when these influences are very noxious, the patient usually dies in this stage. As the vital action of the system is depressed, the chemical action pre- ponderates, and the various tissues involved in this disease undergo chem- 176 AMERICAN FAMILY PHYSICIAN. ical changes, according to the reduction of their vital energy ; the blood, nervous system, and brain, more especially suffer from these changes. Thus if there be, so to speak, two degrees of depression, there will be a subsequent chemical action of two degrees exerted upon those parts whose vitality is reduced the most. But this chemical action, in the first place, evolves heat and electricity, as we find to be the case with nearly all chem- ical action ; and the electricity being one of the best substitutes for vital action with which we are acquainted, assists it in sustaining the brain and nervous system from the more deadly influences of the chemical decompo- sitions going on, and thus preserves the system from immediate decay, un- til the normal function of its various organs are restored. In the next place, the chemical action increases the amount of carbon or other combustible elements in the blood, to be consumed by the oxygen, which consumption contributes to augment the temperature of the body. And from this action results fever, and its various symptoms, from which the patient recovers more or less rapidly, according to the degree of perni- cious influence exerted upon the system, the degree and kind >of chemical action produced, and the capability of the vital force to resist or subdue this influence. The character of the poison circulating in the fluids determines the peculiarity of the fever; thus, a poison which exerts a constant influence, produces what is termed a "continued fever," and the less constant the in fluence the more marked will be those symptoms termed " remittent, inter mittent, or periodical." This is, in brief, my own view of fever. The data upon which it is founded, as well as remarks bearing upon objections or inquiries that may be made in relation thereto, would hardly interest the popular reader; but, the physician who has kept himself posted up with the discoveries in med- ical science to the present date, may perceive in this view, at least, an ap- proach toward the truth, and may by dint of a little reflection, be enabled to satisfactorily solve the various difficulties which may present them- selves on several points connected therewith. The prognosis of fevers depends upon the symptoms present. When they are complicated with other affections, they are more or less unfavora- ble, according to the character and severity of the complication. Conges- tion of internal organs is always dangerous according to its extensiveness. When the symptoms of a fever are mild, the disease is more favorable than when they are severe. When a fever does not readily yield to treatment, but runs into the stage of prostration, it is very unfavorable. The more distinct the remissions or intermissions, the more favorable is the prog- nosis, while obscure or hardly appreciable remissions are indicative of danger. General Treatment of Fevers.— In the treatment of all fevers the most important indication, is to restore the excretory organs, as the skin, kidneys, and bowels, to a healthy condition, and for the production of which, physicians have found two modes of medication more commonly successful. The one is, to make use of those means, which will arouse the various excretory organs, to a state of action, as by vomiting, purging, sweating, &c;, and thus cause the morbific agents to be eliminated from the system. The other is to administer agents having a neutralizing influence upon the morbid matter, as Sulphate of Quinia in intermittent, bilious, and typhoid fevers, aided in most instances by medicines which allay nervous irritation, and produce relaxation. In many cases, the action of the latter relaxing agents alone will overcome the fever, in consequence of their influence upon EMETICS—PU RG ATI VES. 177 ihte nervous system, producing in the excretory organs a condition favorable to the removal of all unhealthy agents from the circulation. A few remarks relative to the first named method above referred to, may not be inappropriate at this place. In many instances, an emetic exhibited at the onset of a fever, will break up the disease at once. This beneficial result arises not so much from the cleansing of the stomach thereby pro- duced, as from the stimulating shock imparted to the whole system, which arouses in the several organs a degree, of activity sufficient to enable them at once to remove the unhealthy poisonous material. It is more especially in the early stage of fever that emetics are found the most useful; yet when judiciously administered even in the advanced stage, they have fre- quently been followed by the most happy results. It is very seldom, how- ever, that our practitioners of the present day administer emetics in fever, from the fact, that recent additions to the Materia Medica and improve- ments in treatment, have caused them to be nearly set aside. Still cases are occasionally met with, in which their exhibition is demanded, as when there are accumulations in the stomach and bowels, and when there is great want of nervous action. When an emetic is to be administered to an adult, one of the following compounds will be found to act promptly and without any unpleasant consequences:— The Compound Powder of Lobelia, of which the dose is about half a teaspoonful in a small quantity of infusion of Boneset, and it should be repeated every fifteen minutes, for three or four times in succession, until it has produced free emesis, or given a proper shock to the system. Its operation will be very much facilitated by causing the patient to drink freely of a warm infusion of Boneset. I consider this preferable to the Compound Acetated Tincture of Bloodroot, which is used by some practitioners. The dose of this tincture is a tablespoonful every ten or fifteen minutes until vomiting is produced: A child six years old may take a teaspoonful for a dose ; but for children I prefer the Compound Tincture of Lobelia as an emetic. To a child a year old, the dose is half a teaspoonful in a table- spoonful of warm water and molasses, and which may be repeated every ton or fifteen minutes, until it vomits. A child from two to six months old may take from half a teaspoonful to a teaspoonful for a dose; and one less than two months old, from ten to twenty-five drops. Purgative medicines are generally of the greatest utility when given at the commencement of fevers; occasionally they are useful during the pro- gress of the disease, but care should always be taken not to greatly prostrate the system by too active cathartieising. The beneficial results obtained from purgatives in febrile cases, are owing to a removal of morbid accumu- lations in the alimentary canal, as well as to their revulsive influence, from which the functions of the liver, skin, and kidneys are promoted ; there being an intimate velation of action existing between these various organs, by which the augmented or depressed action of one exerts a corres- ponding degree of action in all the others, and through them upou the whole system. Yet it must not be forgotten that while the poisonous matters causing the fever remain in the system, no permanent good can be derived from pur- gatives alone ; and, in many instances, as in intermittent, bilious and congestive forms of fever, even when the bowels are torpid, more benefit will be obtained from one or two doses of Sulphate of Quinia or other indi- cated remedy, than from the use of purgatives, whether exhibited only once or for several days together. Though, it may be proper to remark, that the 178 AMERICAN FAMILY PHYSICIAN. Quinia is frequently apt to produce more decided and marked results, whea> preceded by an alvine operation. But in urgent and serious cases, it ia better to omit the purgative and exhibit the Quinia at once, as much val- uable time may be lost by waiting for a catharsis. The use of Sulphate of Quinia in fevers, originated with the late Dr. I. G. Jones of Columbus, who had for years observed the malarial origin and periodic character of the generality of fevers, and to whom, not only the profession, but mankind at large, are deeply indebted. There are some practitioners who discard the use of purgatives not only in the treatment of fevers, but in every other class of disease, and, as I think, without any good reasons for so doing; indeed, I have frequently been called to patients previously attended by this class of physicians, who, after having suffered severely from their sickness, without any tendency toward recovery, were promptly benefited by the administration of a cathartic. And I have known similar results to happen in the practice of my medical friends, in numerous instances. It is true that purgatives must be exhibited with a proper care, adapting their operation to the strength and condition of the patient, being extremely careful how we employ them in diseases in which there is tendency to rapid dissolution with excessive prostration ; but, at the same time, it is equally true, that in active diseases, as a general rule, these agents are not only useful, but frequently indis- pensable. It is by no means an uncommon occurrence, to find that other means which may have been pursued in the treatment of fever, produce more marked and prompt results after the action of a purgative dose of medicine, than before. The best and most successful physicians of the present day, are found to be those who do not hesitate to prescribe cathar- tics in all cases where they are indicated. In the early periods of fever, purgatives may be administered every day, or every two or three days, if required ; but there is no necessity for active purgation after the evacuations of the first day ; one or two moderate dis- charges on the subsequent occasions will be found sufficient. And this is more especially necessary in typhus and continued fever, when there are no contra-indicating symptoms present. In many cases of fever, a cure can be effected, without a particle of cathartic medicine. I am aware that some practitioners treat their febrile patients with daily heroic doses of cathartic medicine for some days in succession, and that the patients recover; but, I likewise know that many patients are lost by this course of medication, and, that among those who recover, many are left with some permanent chronic-'affliction. The scientific physician proceeds with care and prudence, in all cases husbanding the vital force as much as possible, and avoiding the production of all unnecessary irritations either in the intestines or else- where ; the charlatan, (whether he have a diploma or not,) prescribes indiscriminately and at random, expects to satisfy the patient and friends that he is really doing something by his active measures, and though he may effect some good in a continued course of practice, he unfortunately accomplishes a much greater amount of evil. Among the purgatives more commonly administered in fevers is the Compound Powder of Jalap, known universally by the name of "Antibilious Physic,"—the dose of it is a drachm, or a teaspoonful. Many persons add a small portion of some aromatic to it, for the purpose of preventing grip- ing, which it sometimes causes. Thus, a few grains of Ginger, Cloves, Cap- sicum, or Peppermint, may be added to the dose for that purpose. The powder is usually added to boiling water, which, when cold, is well agitated, and the whole contents taken at a draught. When not contra-indicated, it DIAPHORETICS. 179 may be exhibited in cider, coffee, lemonade, aromatic infusions, &c. In febrile diseases, ten grains of Cream of Tartar added to the dose, will fre- quently improve its influence. Weakly persons, females, and children, will take less for a dose, according to their age, or strength. Podophyllin is also frequently prescribed as a cathartic, either alone, or combined with Leptandrin. Its dose for an adult, is, from one-eighth of a grain to a grain, (as its action is more powerful on some persons than others ;) or, to each dose may be added half a grain or a grain of Leptand- rin, and if necessary, ten grains of Cream of Tartar. Diaphoretir or sudorific medicines are beneficial in the treatment of fevers, in which class of maladies, the functions of the skin are always more or less deranged. The greater part of the effete matters found in the system is eliminated through the skin by sensible or insensible perspiration. The surface of the skin itself is very extensive, and this covering bears a very intimate relation to the several organs of the body, so much so, that any derangement of its functions is certain to be followed by impaired action of one or more internal organs. Hence, if from a suspension of the skin, the noxious substances causing and caused by fevers, and which should be re- moved through the perspiratory vessels, are retained in the circulation, we can readily perceive the immense amount of injury thereby effected, as well as the great advantages to be derived from a restoration of these functions. Indeed, experience has proven that, the production of perspiration in febrile patients, is followed by an abatement of all the symptoms; and physicians always prognosticate favorably in fevers, when the skin is found moist and soft, with a natural temperature,—and unfavorably when this condition can- not be produced. • Diaphoretics act not only by causing a determination to the surface, removing its constricted condition, promoting the healthy action of the per- spiratory vessels, and thereby causing an evacuation of poisonous matters through these vessels, but they, in consequence, lessen the great irritability of the nervous system, producing relaxation of nervous and muscular action, thus diminishing the excitement or exalted condition of the heart and arteries. It is much better and more scientific treatment, to deplete through the perspiratory vessels of the skin, than by opening a vein with a lancet; tho former removes only noxious substances and those of no farther use to the system, the latter removes the very essence of'life, taking away the good and the bad together, and producing an evil influence upon the nervous sys tern and brain, which is seldom permanently recovered from. Diaphoretics are generally tho most beneficial during the first days of fever, though, it is always desirable to maintain a moderate degree of moist- ure throughout the whole of the febrile stage. But, in no case of fever, is violent, excessive sweating admissible, for debility and death may be as cer- tainly caused by an improper degree of perspiratory action, as by undue ■ venesection. The means employed for the purpose of restoring the functions of the skin are various, and are divided into external and internal. The external are, warm water, cold water, and the spirit vapor bath, or such other vapor bath as may be preferred. The warm water acts by relaxing the skin and removing its constriction; usually, some alkali is added to it, in suffi- cient quantity to form weak ley, as soda, saleratus, wood ashes, etc., and which removes from the surface, any viscid or sebaceous matter which may aid in obstructing the pores. The whole surface of the body and limbs is to be bathed in this weak ley, which may be done by raising the bedclothes and washing one side of the patient's surface from the neck to the feet with 180 AMERICAN FAMILY PHYSICIAN. a sponge or flannel moistened with the fluid, then after drying, the patient must be turned, and the bathing repeated on the opposite side. This bathing should never be omitted in febrile diseases, and may be repeated one, two, three, or four times a day, depending upon the violence of the heat, the severity of the pain in the head, and the degree of dryness of the skin. Sometimes a small quantity of alcohol or whisky is added to the ley, for the purpose of increasing its stimulant action. The spirit vapor bath, described in part III., acts similarly; the heat determines to the surface, relaxes the constricted condition of the skin, restores capillary action, and, aided by warm diluents, promotes free perspiration. Among the internal means are numerous agents, among which may be named the Diaphoretic Powder, (Compound Powdlr of Ipecacuanha and Opium,) the Sudorific Tincture, (Compound Tincture of Virginia Snakeroot,) Ipecacuanha, &c, which are used either alone, or in connection with a free use of cold water internally, or various warm infusions, as of Catnip, Sage, Balm, Spearmint, Pennyroyal, Crawley, &c. For the proper method of administering these medicines, or their compounds, the reader is referred to part III., as well as to the various forms of disease in which they are recommended. Another very important class of agents in the treatment of fevers, is that of diuretics. The functions of the kidneys are generally impaired or sus- pended, so that the urine is very scanty, or altogether suppressed. The retention of those matters which should be eliminated through the kidneys, are of themselves sufficient to produce death, as witnessed in cases of ischuria renalis, in which death has occurred in from thirty-six to forty-eight hours after the kidneys have ceased to eliminate urine. And when the presence of these urinary elements in the circulation is combined with the other mor- bific principles causing the disease, or produced by it, the serious consequen- ces to the patient can readily be comprehended. It is therefore of much consequence, to restore and maintain, as much as possible, the function of the kidneys, if for no other purpose than the disengagement of the urinary elements from the circulation. It is frequently the case that febrile mala- dies terminate favorably by a spontaneous urinary discharge; in which is usually found other elements than those peculiar to healthy urine. And when the fever is not' cured by a urinary evacuation, we find, in most cases, at least a diminution of nervous, muscular, and arterial excitement. The peculiar diuretic agents to be administered, will be named in the treatment for each form of fever. It will be observed under the treatment hereafter laid down for each form of fever, that I prefer a combination of the two modes referred to above in the first paragraph after "General Treatment," which I have found to be more generally efficacious than a rigid adherence to either one separately. Auxiliary Treatment. During the treatment of febrile diseases, it is very important to relieve certain symptoms when they become painful, or of a serious nature. Thus, there may be a very severe and distressing pain in the head. For this, Mustard poultices should be applied to the soles of the feet, having first, in all cases where the condition of the patient will allow, bathed the feet for fifteen or twenty minutes, in warm ley water, and then dried them. In very obstinate pain, a Mustard poultice may also be applied to the back of the neck, and even along the whole course of the spinal col- umn, permitting it to remain until a redness of the skin, but not blistering, is produced, when, if necessary, its situation may be changed. In children under three years of age, bruised Garlic or Onions may be substituted in nearly all cases where Mustard poultices are reebmmended or indicated, and AUXILIARY TREATMENT. 181 in many instances they will be found to answer a much better purpose. The head and temjJes may also be bathed with cold water or vinegar; or warm water may be applied, evaporating it by fanning the parts; or the Cooling Lotion may be frequently applied to the head on a compress of muslin or linen cloth; using it cool or tepid, as found to be the most serviceable. When there is much pain in the stomach, or bowels, or when they are swot ten, a fomentation of bitter herbs, as Tansy, Hops, Boneset, &c, steeped in equal parts of vinegar and water, may be applied over the affected part. as hot as the patient can bear, and which should be changed frequently, not allowing it to cool. When this does not answer, a Mustard poultice over the part, allowed to remain until considerable redness has been produced, followed by the above fomentation, will, in most cases, afford relief. For nausea, or vomiting, an infusion of Spearmint, Peppermint, or Horse- mint, may be drank. In some cases a solution of saleratus, or bicarbonate of soda, given in tablespoonful doses, and repeated every fifteen or thirty minutes, will be found effectual in allaying the difficulty. An infusion of powdered oatmeal browned like coffee, or of parched corn, will frequently check vomiting. Sometimes in addition to the above means, it will become necessary to apply a Mustard poultice over the stomach. When there is soreness of the mouth, or throat, they may be frequently washed or gargled with a decoction of equal parts of Sage and Hyssop, sweet- ened with Honey, and a small proportion of Borax added; or, a decoction of the Prim or Privet leaves may be used similarly with benefit. In some cases, the application of Opodeldoc, or common Hartshorn liniment, to the throat, two or three times a day, followed by a fomentation of Hops and Mullein leaves, will be found an excellent addition to the above measures. When there is gangrene or mortification of the inside of the mouth and face, as sometimes happens in scarlet fever, &c, and more especially in those cases where Mercury has been employed, the mouth should be frequently washed with yeast, and a poultice of Slippery Elm bark and Wild Indigo leaves kept in constant application. Or, a wash may be advantageously used, composed of a strong infusion of equal parts of Golden Seal, White Oak bark, and Sumach berries. For suppression of urine, a warm fomentation of Hops and Vinegar may be applied over the region of the bladder, and a strong infusion of the Marsh- mallow root two parts, Spearmint one part, should be drank freely. Among children, bruised Garlics or Onions, will be found more efficacious than the above named fomentation. For troublesome cough, a decoction of Hoarhound and Pleurisy root, equal parts, sweetened with Honey, may be given. In cases where there is much mucus or phlegm, the Compound Tincture of Lobelia may be administered. When there is much fever, with a scanty discharge of urine, and a cough accompanying, equal parts of Lemon juice, Sweet Spirits of Nitre, Honey. and Sweet Oil, will prove very efficacious, in doses of a.teaspoonful several times a day. When there is great debility, prostration of strength, pulse low, or weak and rapid, Wine, pure, or in the form of sling, or whey, Brandy, &c, should be promptly given. In the continued forms of fever, or in typhoid conditions, when in the latter stage there is low delirium, the patient being hardly aroused by shaking and loud calling, with rapid, fluttering, but weak pulse, twitching of the tendons and cold extremities, in addition to the internal use of stimulants, external measures must be promptly pursued. Mustard poultices must be applied to the legs, from the knees to the feet, and the 182 AMERICAN FAMILY PHYSICIAN. parts should he surrounded by hot bricks, rocks, or bottles of hot water, and which must be persevered in until reaction comes on^ If these cannot be readily obtained, cloths wet with warm water, in which considerable salt has been dissolved, will be found an excellent substitute; they should be renewed every hour or two. At the same time, cooling applications must be made to the head, and, if necessary, the hair must be removed with the scissors. The Saturated Tincture of Prickly-Ash berries, will, in the form of an injection, be found a very useful stimulant to the whole system; for an adult, a tablespoonful of the Tincture, may be added to an equal quantity of Ale, Porter, Brandy and water, or mutton tea, &c, and given as an in- jection,—if the patient cannot retain it, the nurse or some assistant, by pressing against the anus with a compress of folded muslin, will be able to detain it in the bowel for any length of time. This injection should be repeated every half-hour, or hour, according to the exigencies of the case. When diarrhea comes on with the sinking stage, Opium or Laudanum may be administered in proper doses, with the Wine, or Brandy exhibited to the patient. An infusion of White Oak bark drank freely, bathing the sur- face often with it, will likewise be found very useful in all cases of fever accompanied with diarrhea. Ten drops of the Tincture of Muriate of Iron in a wineglass half full of water, is also useful in this kind of diarrhea. When putrid symptoms manifest themselves, a mixture of Sweet Oil and Yeast, equal parts of each, may be administered in tablespoonful doses, sev- eral times a day. Or, Charcoal may be given in an infusion made by steep- ing three ounces of Elm bark, and half an ounce of Wild Indigo root, in four pints of water; of this, one fluidounce is a dose, to which a teaspoonful of the Charcoal may be added. The condition of the tongue, must be particularly observed. In the first stage of chill, or depression, it will generally be found pale and moist; when the fever commences, there will be more or less of a white coat upon its upper surface, which is sometimes complicated with other appearances. As a general rule, the following indications will be found correct:— 1. A white fur, body of the tongue pale, indicates a mild degree of fever, and particularly if moist. 2. White fur, sides of the tongue red, indicates inflammation of some portion of the alimentary canal, more commonly the stomach. If the tongue be dry, the inflammation will be more intense. In this case, Mustard poul- tices should be applied over the region of the stomach and abdomen, followed by fomentations and frequent bathings of the body. Cold water may be drank freely,or an infusion of Slippery Elm bark and Peach leaves; the Tinc- ture of Gelseminum, Aconite, &c, may also be exhibited as hereafter laid down. 3. White fur, sides of tongue slightly red, febrile pulse, with chills and intermissions, not amounting, however, to a positive intermittent fever, indi- cates great torpor of the biliary organs, with a disposition to active inflam- mation of some portion of the alimentary canal, and the disease is apt to prove tedious and troublesome. Emetics are useful in this case. But the difficulty may also be overcome by doses of Quinia and Gelseminum, without emesis. 4. A white fur, with a circular or oval portion of the center of the tongue red, and sometimes its edges and inferior surface, indicates inflammation of the stomach and spleen, in proportion to the redness manifested. Treat- ment as above in No. 3. 5. The upper surface of the tongue white, with the exception of its cen- tral portion, especially toward the root, which is covered with a brown or yellow fur, pulse small and quick, indicates a disposition to debility, or a TONGUE IN FEVER. 183 typhoid state. Bitter tonics and stimulants are to be preferred, and occa- sionally saline laxatives, as Seidlitz water. This appearance is sometimes met with in patients who have a tedious convalescence, though the tongue will be more natural. In the last stage of fever, when the liver has been aroused to action, the fur on the tongue gradually becomes brown or even black, or it assumes a red appearance. If it be permanently coated brown or dark, unlike many physicians, I pronounce my patients safe—though it may be proper to state that if, in this condition, cold water or acid drinks be not craved, the case is a serious one, indicating a great loss of vital force. When these are craved I permit my patients to use them freely, as tamarind water, lemonade, orange- juice, lime-juice, eider, and even vinegar. As soon as the tongue loses its dark cr at, and assumes the white, acids must be omitted, and if convales- cence ensues, mild bitter tonics should be exhibited. The acids neutralize the acrid alkaline quality of the matters first secreted, as the biliary and digestive organs recover their functions. When the tongue is red, moist, and presenting an appearance of rawness on its surface, it is indicative of inflammation of the mucous coat of some part of the alimentary canal; when red, dry, and chapped, the inflammation is intense, with perhaps ulceration, or a disposition thereto. Aphthous ulcer- ations of the tongue, mouth, and lips, on the subsidence of the inflammatory symptoms, indicate a fatal termination. I have often had patients in the last stage of fever, when their tongues were coated very dark, who, when asked if they preferred to drink lemonade, or cider, &c, would quickly brighten up, and eagerly exclaim, "Yes, yes, but I would not ask for it, Doctor, expecting you would not allow me to have it." And how truly thankful were they for a beneficial medical agent, to which they were irresistibly prompted by the natural demands of the sys- tem. I am aware that many authors recommend acid drinks in febrile dis- eases; not, however, as a remedial agent, but as a harmless, pleasant, and grateful beverage, and principally from the fact that patients almost invaria- bly crave such drinks; I believe, however, it has never heretofore been ;;dvised upon the above grounds. It is during this stage that death so often results in that practice which has debilitated the system by excessive bleed- ings, and which forbids the use of water or acids when they are imperatively required, thus surely rendering fatal, a disease which could have been brought to a successful termination by proper management. The incessant and earnest entreaties of a patient, for any particular article of food or drink, if steadily persevered in, may, as a general rule, be safely indulged, whether the use of it agrees or not with our preconceived ideas on the subject. It has frequently been the case that much benefit has ensued, by allowing the use of articles excessively craved, even though they seemed to be improper. Some judgment, however, is required, as it would be ex- ti'cmely injudicious to indulge a merely capricious appetite. The sick room should always be kept well ventilated, as fresh air is an important remedial agent in all forms of disease, and especially in those of a febrile character; it exerts a salutary influence upon the lungs, and through them upon the whole system. In many diseases it will be necessary to cleanse the atmosphere of the room by one of the disinfecting agents named on page 137. The clothing should also be kept clean, and changed every three or four days, or oftener if necessary. At first, the diet should be light, as barley-water, Indian meal gruel, toast-water, arrowroot, apple-sauce, prune tea, orangevjuice, buttermilk, &c, regulating the latter by the fur on the tongue; and as convalescence advances, beef tea chicken tea, &c, maybe 184 AMERICAN FAMILY PHYSICIAN. allowed, with wine, or other stimulants, when much debility is present. The patient should not be allowed to eat any solid food, it is not only injurious but is frequently dangerous. Solid food is not required in febrile diseases, as a general rule. There are many ignorant persons, however, who judge of a patient's improvement entirely by his ability to eat, whether with or with- out an appetite; their constant aim is to have him eat, eat, eat, and their greatest anxiety is expressed to the physician in one continued series of questions, the beginning, middle, and end of which, is, "Doctor, what may the sick person eat?" Get rid of such well-meaning but ignorant persons as speedily as possible. A good nurse should always be procured, if possible, for more depends upon such an one than upon the physician. The nurse should not fail to carry out all the directions of the physician, for if he be worthy of the confi- dence of the patient and friends, his treatment should be punctually and faithfully pursued by the nurse; if he be unworthy, it is to be supposed he would not have been employed. Much mischief has been done by ignorant,, careless, or self-wise nurses in neglecting the directions of the medical attend- ant. Too much care cannot be employed in the selection of a nurse. In addition, the nurse should attend to all the wants of the patient, as to food, drink, changing linen and bed-clothes, bathing, ventilating the room, pre- venting loud talking, and especially of any conversation tending to destroy the patient's confidence in the physician ; a nurse who- interferes with a phy- sician, by speaking disparagingly of him, or by recommending another, is an unsafe and mischievous attendant upon the sick, and should be at once- dismissed. And persons who enter the sick chamber to find fault with the treatment, or to recommend patent medicines, or their favorite physicians, &c, should,, as soon as known, not be again allowed to enter it. Conduct of this kind has not only, in many instances, unjustly injured the reputation of the medical attendant, but has as frequently effected great mischief to the patient. Such persons are to be avoided as one would a rabid animal. During convalescence from all exhausting diseases, much care must be taken, not only in the diet, but also in the exposure and exercise. From the debilitated condition of the digestive powers at this stage, and indeed of the system generally, a great amount of food or exercise would be exceed- ingly improper; and an inattention to these points has frequently occasioned death. Every means should be taken to guard against a relapse, and to gradually impart strength to the invalid, by a judicious course of diet and exercise. Having thus laid down in general terms the course which may be suc- cessfully pursued in the treatment of Fevers, I will now proceed to treat ot each form of fever specially, making known that selection from the above course, which experience has demonstrated to be the safest and most suc- cessful. But before entering upon the subject, I would observe to the gen- eral reader, that although the means indicated will be found valuable, still under no consideration should a person neglect to procure the services of a skilful and»properly educated physician, in all cases where such can be had. But when he is at some distance, or cannot be in immediate attend- ance and the case requires treatment, the course herein laid down will be found efficacious, and may be persevered in until the arrival of the physi- cian, or until the patient is cured, provided a practitioner cannot be ob- tained. I may here remark that one reason for the fatality attending acute disease in country places, is the tardiness in sending for the physi- cian. If the farmer or his hands are engaged in labor, the patient, no matter what may be the nature of his disease, is permitted to lie in hia INTERMITTENT FEVER. 185 room until the labors of the day are finished, when some oner is despatched for the doctor, who arrives in many instances in time to learn that the fa- vorable period for relieving or curing the patient'has passed; he does the best he can, but his patient dies, not because of his unskilfulness, but be- cause of the neglect of the farmer or his family. This custom is a cruel one for the patient, and an unjust one for the physician. Whenever there is a patient requiring the services of a medical man, send for him at once, no matter what other considerations may present themselves. Let all per- sons living in the country, impress this subject firmly upon their minds; it will, if acted upon, prove a saving of health, life, and money. INTEBMITTENT FEVEB. (Febris Intermittens.) Intermittent fever, also known by the names of fever and ague, chill and fever, &c, is characterized by several distinct paroxysms of fever, which recur at regular periods, having a perfect intermission between each, and during which the patient enjoys apparent good health. When the parox- ysms occur at the same period of time every day, or every twenty-four hours, the fever is called quotidian, or every day fever; when they occur regularly on every other day, or every forty-eight hours, it is called a tertian; and when they occur every third day, or every seventy-two hours, the interve- ning days being free from any symptoms of the disease, it is called a Quar- tan. These are the most common or regular types of intermittent fever; but it sometimes happens that other types, called irregular, are manifested. Thus, there may be two paroxysms a day, which is termed double quotidian, and in which although one may be removed, the other will continue unless it be treated independent of the previous associated paroxysms. There may likewise be a double tertian, in which there are two paroxysms on alternate days most generally occurring, however, at different hours, with a complete intermission of one day. Usually, the attacks vary, one being less severe than the other, and, like the double quotidian, while the one tertian is cured, the other may continue unless it receive exclusive treatment. A triple ter- tian sometimes occurs, having two paroxysms on one day, and one on the next. A double quartan, as well as a triple quartan, may also occur, but it is unnecessary to enter into a minute description of their peculiarities. There are several other varieties of intermittent mentioned, and which are occasionally met with. The above forms of types of fever and ague frequently change into one another, so that the tertian and quartan may become quotidian, while quotidian are liable to be converted into remittents, or even continued fevers. Intermittent fevers occurring in the spring, are called vernal, and the attack frequently disappears as summer advances. Those which take place in autumn, are called autumnal, and are usually more severe and obstinate, being often complicated with chronic affections of the abdominal viscera. In warm climates especially, they are very ob stinate, frequently resisting every mode of cure, and degenerating into chronic affections of the spleen, liver, dropsy, &c. Each paroxysm of in- termittent fever consists of three stages, viz. the add, hot, and sweating, which run their course in this order of succession, generally, in the space of from three to eight hours. Symptoms. The cold stage commences with languor, a sense of debility, yawning, and stretching, and an aversion to food and exercise; the face and extremities become pale; the skin over the whole body seems constricted, as if cold had been applied to it, and resembles the skin of a picked goose, 1«6 AMERICAN FAMILY PHYSICIAN. and is hence termed cutis anserina. The nails become purple, the lips blue, the countenance assumes a shrivelled appearance, and the teeth chatter. Finally, severe chills with shivering, or a universal shaking, come on, which are very distressing, and are accompanied by dull pains in several parts of the system, and sometimes by nausea and vomiting. The pulse is small, frequent, and irregular; respiration short, rapid, and laborious; the mind is irritable, unsteady, confused, and sometimes there will be complete stupor; the urine is copious and colorless; the tongue pale, with, more commonly, a white fur; and the mouth is dry and clammy, with great thirst. These symptoms vary in different individuals, being almost imper- ceptible in some, and very severe in others, especially in the old and debili- tated, and those who have impaired their constitutions by dissipation. After a longer or shorter time, the chills abate, and the hot stage com- mences. In the hot stage, there is a gradual return to warmth, at first manifested by slight flashes of heat, but which soon become steady and intense. The skin becomes warm, smooth, red, and dry, and very sensitive; the heat of the body increases considerably above the natural standard, sometimes to 110° Fahrenheit. The pulse becomes more regular, quick, strong, and hard; respiration hurried, but more free and regular; pain in the head increases, with more or less throbbing of the temples; if the attack has been severe, delirium maybe present; the urine is scanty and high-col- ored ; the tongue more natural in appearance, with a white or brownish fur, and is sometimes red, dry and cracked; the mouth is dry and husky, and there is still considerable thirst. Sometimes diarrhea, or obstinate consti- pation will be present, and children are frequently attacked with convul- sions. Generally, there is more or less severe pain in the limbs and back. After a certain time, varying with individuals, these symptoms gradually subside, and the sweating stage comes on. In the sweating stage the skin gradually recovers its natural condition, becoming soft and cool; a moisture breaks out upon the forehead and neck, which by degrees becomes a more or less profuse sweat, and extends over the whole body. The heat of the body descends to its usual standard, the pulse abates in frequency, and is less full and hard; respiration is free and full; the various pains in the system disappear, the urine deposits a reddish sediment; the tongue becomes moist and natural, with but little thirst, and most of the functions return to their ordinary state; all febrile symptoms disappearing, and leaving the patient in a weak and wearied condition. After a specific interval, according to the type of the fever, the paroxysms return, commencing with the chill, and passing through the hot and sweating stages. When the paroxysms are of short duration, regular in their occurrence, leaving the intervals quite free, we may expect a speedy recovery; but when they are long-continued, violent, and attended with much anxiety and delirium, the termination is apt to be fatal. Ague sometimes presents itself in a form known by the various names of sun-pain, masked ague, dumb-ague, &c. There is a severe pain in one side of the head, or extending over the whole of it, with an excited condi- tion of the arteries of the neck, and which is not only periodic in its attacks, but is frequently preceded by slight chills, or sensation of cold, with more or less depression of spirits. Sometimes the pain will be in the face, in one or more teeth, in the chest, stomach, womb, or any other part of the body, and may be determined by its periodicity, slight chills, &c. Causes.—In consequence of the prevalence of this fever in marshy INTERMITTENT FEVER. 187 countries, it is generally attributed to marsh effluvia, under the name of " malaria," but what the character of this malaria is, remains yet undeter- mined, though both heat and moisture seem to be required for its produc- tion. Some eminent medical men believe it to be a species of microscopic aniinalcuke, the result of vegetable decomposition; while others consider it to be owing to the presence of innumerable swarms of spores from micro- scopic cryptogamous growths of a poisonous nature, being the offspring of vegetable decay. The summer of 1854 was a very hot and dry one, so much so that many ponds and marshes were completely dried, exposing surfaces of soil favorable to cryptogamous growths; this was followed by the summer of 1855, sickly throughout the whole country with the higher grades of epidemic forms of disease, and which was hot and wet, favorable to the development and maturity of the above growths. During the rains of the latter part of the summer of 1855, as well as in the early part of the fall, almost invariably after each rain occurring in the night, a green sub- stance was found covering the earth next morning; some of this I exam- ined under the microscope, and found it to consist of microscopic vegeta- tion and spores. On placing some of it in cold rain-water, which had been previously boiled and filtered, in two days' time the water was filled with monadal infusoria. Whether such a condition of the atmosphere would produce disease or not, I am not prepared to say, though I believe it will, and on this belief, as my friends well recollect, I predicted a sickly season, and which, as is well known, was fully verified. An objection was made to my view, that similar products have been collected and taken into the stomach without any deleterious influences ; this may be true, but I con- ceive that their inhalation into the lungs, and not their digestion in the stomach, constitutes the mischief. Persons living in malarial districts, whose systems are debilitated, who make use of a poor diet, who live in damp houses, and are exposed to dampness and night air, who exercise to fatigue, who sit up late at nights, and who are under the influence of depressing circumstances of whatever character, are much more subject to attacks of intermittent fever, and of a 6evere form, than those who are placed under influences of an opposite nature. Individuals addicted to intemperance in spirituous liquors, are particularly liable to the severer forms of this disease. The most common consequences of this disease, especially when its attacks have been frequent, or long-continued, and also when it has been improperly treated, are enlargements of the liver, or spleen, jaundice, dropsy, dyspepsia, diarrhea, dysentery, induration of the pancreas, discol- oration of the skin, impotency, general debility, &c. Under ordinary circumstances, the prognosis of intermittent fever is favorable ; but it becomes less so when complicated with other difficulties, as great congestion of the internal organs, nervous prostration, inflamma- tory conditions, &c. The more severe and obstinate the symptoms, the more difficult, as a general rule, will be the cure. Treatment.—The indications in the treatment of intermittent fever, are : 1st. To shorten each stage of the paroxysm as much as possible, and render the intermission perfect, by which means the disease is not only rendered milder, but is frequently broken up at once. 2d. Give remedies through the intermission, which will prevent a return of the paroxysm. In the cold stage, or just before its commencement, the patient should be placed in bed and warmly covered, and hot bricks, or bottles of hot water placed to his feet, thighs, sides and armpits, being careful, however, not to injure the skin by too great a heat. In addition to this, he should be 188 AMERICAN FAMILY PHYSICIAN. urged to drink freely of warm drinks, as an infusion of Boneset, Virginia Snakeroot, or Catnip, to a teacupful of which, in violent cases, a teaspoonful or two of the Compound Tincture of Virginia Snakeroot may be added. Bleeding in this, or any stage of the disease, should never, under any circumstances, be permitted. When the symptoms are very violent, with great heat in the head, severe pain in the back, and a tendency to delirium, or coma, more energetic measures should be adopted. Stimulating lini- ments should be applied to the feet and legs with considerable friction, cold water should be applied to the head, or some other cooling lotion, and a Mustard poultice should be applied along the whole length of the back- bone, or spinal column. Sometimes it will prove highly beneficial to administer an emetic just before the fit is expected, as it often prevents the paroxysm, frequently breaking up the disease at once. The Compound Powder of Lobelia, is the emetic I should prefer, (See Pharmacy.) After the vomiting has ceased, it will occasionally be found advisable to follow with a full dose of the Compound Powder of Jalap, or other Cathartic, which will prevent the liver and spleen from becoming tumefied, which is often the case in violent intermittents, which will likewise prepare the system, and render it more susceptible to the influences of other remedies. Should it be deemed inju- dicious from any cause to administer an emetic, it may be dispensed with, and the purgative only given. However, these active agents are seldom required, except in the more severe attacks. When there is a torpid condi- tion of the liver, Podophyllin and Leptandrin may be given in doses of from one-eighth to one-fourth of a grain of the former, to one grain of the latter for a dose, and which may be repeated for several evenings in succes- sion ; the dose should be so proportioned as to produce a moderate laxa- tive effect daily, and not an active purgation. Sometimes it happens that the disease assumes a malignant or congestive form; the cold stage is very much lengthened, and there is great pain in the head, a feeble pulse, vertigo, a sense of weight and oppression of the chest, with other symptoms indicating a highly congested condition at the abdominal organs. The hot stage comes on slowly, and is imperfect, the pulse being frequent, small, and tense, the countenance anxious, the skin hardly warm, perhaps an internal heat complained of, and little or no thirst. The perspiration in the sweating stage is copious and fetid, with perhaps colliquative hemorrhages from various parts of the body, &c. Death usually happens during the cold stage, and more commonly in the third paroxysm. In the treatment of this form, the most active measures must be employed to determine the circulation to the surface, and thus relieve the congested organs; for this purpose, the body and limbs should be well rubbed with stimulating washes or liniments, and exposed to the action of confined steam, by placing hot rocks enveloped in moist cloths around the whole body; friction to the surface should not be suspended until reaction ensues, and the symptoms improve. Internally, the following must be given, and continued until the peculiar effects of the Gelseminum are induced, which may be known by the patient's inability to raise his eyelids, although perfectly conscious of all around him. Take of Sulphate of Quinia one drachm, Elixir Vitriol three fluidrachms, Tincture of Gelse- minum seven fluidrachms; mix together. The dose is a teaspoonful every fifteen or twenty minutes, in a small quantity of some warm tea, or infu- sion of Capsicum. In addition to this, catharsis should be induced if pos- sible, by active purgative injections, and by Podophyllin administered internally, in one or two grain doses, and repeated as required. In describ- INTERMITTENT FEVER. 189 ing the symptoms of congestive chill, a writer observes, " it commences with a sensation of languor, weariness, disinclination to exercise, and a want of appetite. The chill comes on with a shrunken condition of the extremi- ties, and is not always clearly felt by the patient, and is followed by parox- ysms of fever of greater or less intensity, with a yellowness of the surface, and of the conjunctiva. Not unfrequently the patient may be able to move about for some days, but eventually becomes prostrated by an increase in the severity of all the symptoms. The stomach becomes greatly irritated, the bowels very torpid, being scarcely acted upon by the more energetic purgatives. The cold stage frequently continues for five or six hours, during which, the patient suffers excessively from the irritable con- dition of the stomach, which obstinately resists all medication for its relief. The tongue varies in its appearance, being coated from a pale-brown to black, but commonly moist; the pulse is thread-like, weak, and but little increased in frequency above natural. Usually, the attacks manifest them- selves every other day with great severity, a light chill being experienced, however, every day. A sensation of acute burning is frequently felt by the patient, who will desire to be placed where he may have the cool air to pass over him, and this will be the case when the parts in which the burn- ing is felt, are very much below the ordinary temperature of the body; which will also be the case with the surface of the limbs and body generally." During the liot stage, I am in the habit of administering the following preparation. Take of Sulphate of Quinia twenty grains, Elixir Vitriol one fluidrachm, Tincture of Black Cohosh root, and Tincture of Gelsemi- num, each, seven fluidrachms; mix. The dose is from twenty to thirty drops in a tablespoonful of water every half hour. If this cannot be obtained, the patient may be bathed with weak tepid ley water, and may drink cold lemonade, currant jelly water, apple water, or even cold water, if he desires it. Should there be pain in the stomach or bowels, with nausea or vomiting, Mustard poultices may be applied over the pain- ful region, and the following may be given every fifteen minutes, in a little Peppermint water:—Take of Powdered Bhubarb fifteen grains, Sal- eratus seven grains, Sulphate of Morphia one-twentieth of a grain; mix well together, for a dose. Should there be great pain in the head, the pulse being hard, full, and rapid, Mustard should be applied to the feet, and along the whole course of the spinal column, and a dose of some active purgative exhibited, as the Compound Powder of Jalap ; cold appli- cations should likewise be made to the head. In the sweating stage, but little treatment is required, except to keep the patient quiet, and not adopt measures to check the perspiration. In both the hot and sweating stages, it will be better to keep the patient in bed, with some light covering over him. During the intermission, means must be used to fulfil the second indica- tion, viz: to prevent a return of the paroxysm, for which there is no remedy equal to Peruvian bark, or its alkaloid salt, the Sulphate of Quinia. In many sections of country there is a decided aversion among the people to the use of Quinia, because they say it injures the system, producing ague-cake, dropsy, &c. .But this is an erroneous idea, for these diseases are the legitimate consequences of the chills and fever; and when they occur after the use of Quinia, it is either because the attack was a very violent one, or because the remedy was not given in a proper manner to overcome the disease. But it must be remembered, that" persons living in a malari- ous district, exposed to all its influences on the system, and suffering from 190 AMERICAN FAMILY PHYSICIAN. repeated attacks of chills and fever, will necessarily become affected with the above diseases, no matter what may have been the remedies employed. Beside it is undoubtedly true that Sulphate of Quinia has been frequently adulterated with arsenic, and other agents, but this should only render us more cautious of whom we purchase our medicine, and not cause us to speak disparagingly of the genuine, unadulterated article. Many preparations have been found successful in preventing the return of the paroxysm, among which I will name the following as the best with which I am acquainted. 1. Take of Sulphate of Quinia twenty grains, Elixir Vitriol one fluidrachm, mix, and dissolve the Quinia, and then add Tincture of Black Cohosh root fourteen fluidrachms. I use this preparation more frequently than any other in the treatment of fever and ague, and it is seldom that more than one chill is experienced after having commenced its use. The dose is twenty drops in a little water, to be repeated every hour. Should the bowels be costive, and the tongue furred white, a combination of Rhu- barb two parts, and Saleratus one part, may be given in dose's of five or ten grains, or sufficient to produce one or two moderate evacuations from the bowels daily, and which dose must be repeated three times a day. 2." Take of Sulphate of Quinia, and Prussiate of Iron, each, three grains; mix, for a dose; to be repeated every two hours.—/. G. Jones, M. D. 3. Take of Extract of Stramonium one grain, Capsicum one grain, Sul- phate of Quinia eight grains ; rub well together, and divide into four doses, one of which is to be taken every hour, commencing four hours before the expected chill. 4. Extract of Stramonium one grain, Sulphate of Morphia one grain, Sulphate of Quinia eight grains; rub well together, and divide into foui doses. To be taken as the preceding in cases where there is much pain in the stomach, and nausea or vomiting. 5. I have never used the following preparation, though I have seen it used in domestic practice and with the most successful results. Take one Nutmeg and burn or char it over a flame; pulverize it. then add to it an equal quantity by weight of dried or burnt Alum, and divide the mixture into three powders. First purge the bowels, and then administer one powder every time the chill comes on; frequently, the first dose will effect the cure and it is very seldom that the three doses will be required for that purpose. 6. Take of Valerianate of Quinia four grains, Prussiate of Iron six grains, Alcoholic extract of Black Cohosh a sufficient quantity to form the whole into a pill mass. Divide into four pills, of which one is to be given every hour, in cases where there is excessive irritability of the nervous system, commencing four hours previous to the anticipated chill. Various other agents have been recommended in the cure of this disease. as Cornine, Salicin, Bebeerine, &c, they may occasionally be useful, but are inferior to the preparations given above. Common spider web one grain, mixed with Extract of Stramonium one-eighth of a grain, and made into a pill for a dose, has been found successful in many instances; the dose is to be repeated every hour or two during the intermission. Of course, if a person is residing in a malarial distrie't, constantly exposed to the causes which occasion chills and fever, he cannot expect any medicine to perma- nently screen him from its attacks, the only certain preventive, is an immediate removal to a more healthy neighborhood. One may cure a burn, but this will not prevent the person from being burned again whenever exposed to the action of fire ; and so it is with chills and fever, a cure can be made, but as long as the person is influenced by the originating causes REMITTENT FEVER. 193 of the disease, so long will he be subject to its attacks. After an attack of intermittent fever has been cured, in order to prevent a return during that season, it will be a safe, proper, and prudent course to take some vegeta- ble Tonic Mixture, and continue its use for several weeks; the following will be found an excellent preparation for this purpose :—Take of Poplar bark, Dogwood bark, Wild Cherry bark, Ginseng root, each, in coarse pow- der, half an ounce ; Peruvian bark, Plantain root, of each, in powder, one ounce; Capsicum, Cloves, Cinnamon, of each, two drachms, good Whisky three pints. Mix all together and let them stand for several days before using. The dose is from a table-spoonful to half a wineglassful three times a day, previous to each meal. In "sunpain," 'masked ague," or "dumb ague," a similar treatment is to be pursued. Cleanse the bowels by a moderate catharsis, and then administer the preparation of Sulphate of Quinia, and Saturated Tincture of Black Cohosh root, above-named in form- ula, No. 1. Persons subject to fever and ague, especially those residing in situations in which it is prevalent, should avoid the damp air of the morning and even- ing, also exposure to a hot sun; during damp seasons, fires should be kept in the sitting and sleeping rooms. (See Chapter I., page 21.) The diet during the hot and sweating stage should be very light, and principally com- posed of gruel, arrowroot, barley-water, prune tea, <&c. During the inter- mission, and for some time after a cure has been effected, the diet should be regular, consisting of nutritious but easily digestible food, as boiled rice, bread and butter, beef tea, chicken or mutton broth, toast-water, plain bread pudding, &c. All high-seasoned, flatulent, stimulating, or indigestible food, must be carefully avoided; hot bread, hot drinks, fat or greasy food, and especially pork, must also be positively prohibited. Tender wild game is frequently beneficial. Moderate exercise should be taken daily, but not to fatigue, nor when exposed to a hot sun; and frictions to the whole service of the body will be found very serviceable. Flannel worn next the skin will keep the body warm, and protect it from the influences of sudden changes. When individ- uals residing in malarious localities, are obliged to expose themselves to the early morning air during the sickly season, they should always fortify the system beforehand, by a cup of coffee, and a slice or two of bread, &c, which will render them less disposed to be acted upon by the malarial influences. Engorgement or induration of the liver or spleen, remaining or occurring after the removal of intermittent fever, must be treated the same as when these organs are thus affected under other circumstances. BEMITTENT OB BILIOUS FEVEB. This disease partakes in some degree of the nature of intermittent fever, being generally produced by similar causes. There is. however, this differ- ence between the two, in Intermittent fever the paroxysms return at stated periods, and on subsiding leave the patient entirely free from all febrile symptoms; while in the Bemittent there is only an abatement between the paroxysms, and an irregularity in the time of their recurrence; or, in other words, one paroxysm succeeds another so quickly, that the patient is never without some degree of fever. It is a form of disease very common to our southern and middle States, and may occur at any season of the year, but principally during the summer and fall months. It is met with under the various types of a remittent, continued, or highly malignant fever, being 192 AMERICAN FAMILY PHYSICIAN. attended with a greater or less amount of arterial excitement. The names, African fever, Bengal fever, Michigan fever, &c, have also been applied to it, from its prevalence in these places, and many physicians have erroneously called it "Typhoid fever," because of the presence of typhoid symptoms in its latter stage. The term " Bilious fever," by which the disease is more commonly known in this country, originated in an erroneous opinion that it was caused by a derangement of the biliary functions; when the fact is, mias- matic influences alone give rise to it. Symptoms. This form of fever usually commences with weakness, lowness of spirits, yawning and stretching, aversion to food, more or less severe pain in the head, alternate flashes of heat and cold, and which may frequently continue for several days before the disease is fully developed; the sensation of coldness gradually increases to a more or less well-marked chill, rarely, however, amounting to a shake; the chill or sense of cold is felt more partic- ularly about the back. After a short time, febrile symptoms succeed this stage of depression; as, flushed face, heat and dryness of the skin, suffused eyes, hurried or difficult breathing, great debility, pain in the back, and in the head, the latter being frequently very severe, nausea or vomiting from irritability of the stomach, thirst, and sometimes delirium. The pulse is full and frequent; the urine scanty and high-colored; the bowels usually costive; the tongue, at first covered with a white fur, or, if the biliary functions be considerably deranged, a light-brown, eventually becomes much darker col- ored. When there is much irritation of the alimentary canal, diarrhea is apt to be present; and when there is considerable prostration of the vital force, the pulse instead of being quick, may be slower than usual, or it may be quick and weak. The fever continues from eight to twelve, or even twenty- four hours; when the pulse gradually approaches to nearly its natural stand- ard, the skin becomes of somewhat diminished temperature, but rarely below that which is natural to it; it is usually dry and softer, although occasionally, a slight moisture may be observed on the surface. The urine is more copious and deposits a sediment. But there is not a complete subsidence of the fever, only an abatement of its severity, which is termed a remission. The remis- sion may occur at any period of the day, but more commonly in the morning, varying in its duration; more frequently it will continue for two or three hours; but sometimes it is hardly perceptible, and is immediately followed by another paroxysm, with an aggravation of all the symptoms. In the more severe forms,the tongue soon becomes dry, and covered with a dark-brown,'or nearly black coating; the eyes are languid, dull, and of a yellowish hue, or red and fiery; respiration is laborious; there is intense pain in the back and head, with an aversion to light and sound, and frequently delirium^ the pulse is full, frequent, and corded, sometimes irregular; nausea and vomiting of a thick, ropy, green or yellow fluid; great restlessness and wakefulness; tenderness and even pain in the region of the stomach; and there is either an obstinate constipation, or discharge, of a thin, watery fluid, with griping and tenesmus. The evacuations caused by cathartics are slimy, fetid, and dark-colored. The symptoms, in this disease, vary very much in severity and character according to the situation and constitution of the patient, the season of th year, the treatment adopted, and many other circumstances. Sometimes symptoms indicating great disturbance of the biliary functions predominate; sometimes of the nervous; and, at others, putridity manifests itself. And it is not uncommon to find a succession, or even a complication of them in the same person and at the same time. The disease may be com- plicated with a torpid ar d engorged liver, witl disease of the stomach, spleen, REMITTENT FEVER. 193 cr bowels, with congestion or inflammation of the brain, and sometimes with inflammation of the lungs. If the more active symptoms are not removed, they are apt to be followed by a stage of nervous prostration, or a typhoid condition, which has led many practitioners to miscall the disease "typhoid fever." This condition is fre- quently owing to a neglect of the disease at its early period, or to an improper treatment by powerful emetics, drastic purgatives, bloodletting, &c. The tongue becomes parched, tremulous, and dark-colored, or dry, contracted, anof red, the pulse rapid and wiry, with twitching of the tendons, (subsultus tendinum,) respiration short, quick, and laborious, a peculiar anxious expres- sion of countenance, the skin dry, or cool and covered with a clammy moist- ure, the head hot, the feet and legs cold, stupor, and low muttering when an attempt is made to arouse the patient, picking at the bedclothes, or grasping at imaginary objects in the air, involuntary discharges from the bowels, and finally death. Causes. Bilious or remittent fever, is undoubtedly caused by malarial influences, or exhalations from putrefying materials, whether these emanate from a marshy district, a newly dug canal or drain, or a damp house. And it may be, as probably with intermittent fever, that the exhalations consist of the spores of microscopic vegetations or animalcules, growing in these moist places. I place no confidence in the opinion that cold, excessive fatigue, intemperance, &c, develop the disease, though in a proper location they may render the system more susceptible to an attack. Those of relaxed habits, who have a poor, in nutritious diet, who labor hard, or are exposed to an impure atmosphere, and those who lead a life of dissipation, are especially liable to this fever. The prognosis in remittent fever is usually favorable, and the more marked the remissions,, and the nearer they approach to complete intermissions, the less difficulty will there be in curing it. When complicated with congestion or inflammation of internal organs, or with great nervous prostration, or loss of vital force, running into low, typhoid conditions, it is always of an unfa- vorable nature. Treatment. The treatment of remittent fever will depend somewhat upon the period at which the practitioner is called. When the premonitory symptoms are present, previous to the chilly stage, an emetic, or a purgative will frequently be of value, but after the disease has fully developed itself, they will be found mischievous, except under certain circumstances hereafter referred to. In the hot stage, or while the fever is on, the surface of the body and limbs should be frequently bathed with warm weak ley water, to which a little whisky may be added, and the following preparation may be given internally:—Take of Tincture of Gelseminum half a fluidounee; Tincture of Aconite twenty drops. Mix, and give twenty drops for a dose in a tea- spoonful of water, repeating the dose every half-hour or hour. As soon as the fever abates, or the peculiar relaxing effects of the Gelseminum* occur, cease the further administration of the medicine, until the next febrile par- oxysm. In some cases, the Compound Powder of Ipecacuanha and Opium will be more servicable in the febrile stage, and may be administered in doses of three or five grains, repeated every two or three hours. When water is desired let the patient have it. *These effects will be explained in the Materia Medica, Part HI, under the head of Yellow Jessamine. 13 194 AMERICAN FAMILY PHYSICIAN. When the remission occurs, whether the fever has sensibly abated or not, one of the following preparations must be given, the same as in intermittent fever:— 1. Take of Sulphate of Quinia twenty grains; Elixir Vitriol one flui- drachm; mix, and dissolve the Quinia, and then add Tincture of Black Cohosh root, Tincture of Gelseminum, of each, seven fluidrachms,—mix together. The dose is twenty drops every half-hour or hour, in a little water. Should the bowels be constipated, or the liver torpid and congested, as manifested by the dark coat on the tongue and the yellowishness of the eyes and perhaps the skin also, the first dose may be preceded by a mixture of Podophyllin one-fourth of a grain, with Leptandrin one grain, and which may be repeated every six hours until the bowels have been acted upon. In many instances the Compound Powder of Jalap will act with the most advantage. Formulas No. 2, and No. 6, under the treatment of intermittent fever, may be substituted for the above in some instances, according to the directions therein given. In the early days of the disease, an emetic will sometimes arouse the liver, and produce a favorable shock upon the system, if adminis- tered at an early period during the remission; but when too often, or too frequently repeated, emetics will be found hurtful. If, instead of constipa- tion, diarrhea should be present, it may be checked by a mixture of Gera- nin, two grains; Sulphate of Morphia one-eighth of a grain; and which dose may be repeated every two or four hours, according to the character and frequency of the discharge. When there is considerable irritation of the stomach and bowels, indicated by distress in the abdomen, tenderness in the region of the stomach, nausea, vomiting, red tongue, and slimy and light-colored fluid discharges, it will he well to omit any active internal medicines, until this condition is subdued. An infusion of Marsh-mallow root and Peach leaves should be drank freely; Mustard poultices applied over the stomach and bowels, and to the feet and along the spinal column; and when those upon the abdomen are removed, they should be replaced by a warm fomentation of Hops and Boneset, or of Stramonium leaves. In some instances, an eighth of a grain of Sulphate of Morphia will be found useful. But the best agent w ill be a combination of Tincture of Gelseminum half a fluidounce, with Tincture of Aconite twenty drops, of which twenty drops may be, given every half-hour or hour, in a tea- spoonful of water. Severe pain in the head may be overcome by Mustard poultices to the feet, and along the spinal column, together with cooling applications to the head, and, if not contra-indicated, a cathartic. (See Auxiliary Treatment of Fevers, page 180.) When the tongue is coated yellow, dark-brown, or black, let the patient drink freely of acidulous beverages, as tamarind water, orange juice, lemon- ade, cider, and even vinegar, when craved. (See page 182.) If the disease is not cured by the above measures, it will probably assume the typhoid condition previously referred to, and which must be treated with great care, or the patient will inevitably sink. The principal indication here, is to stimulate the system and support it, until the powers of the vital force have become sufficiently established to preserve the patient. All active internal measures must be stopped,, and stimulants must be freely adminis- tered, pursuing the course named on page 181, under Auxiliary Treatment o, Fevers. During the whole course of treatment, the patient should be kept perfectly quiet, and any excess of heat, noise, motion, or strong light, removed or avoided, as these often tend to increase the violence of the fever, or at all CONGESTIVE FEVER. 195 ©vents, the patient's restlessness. The body-linen, as well as that of the bed, should be frequently changed; the chamber ventilated daily, and sprinkled with vinegar, or the atmosphere purified with one of the disinfecting agents named on page 137; and the discharges from his bowels should always be immediately removed. The friends of the sick in their anxiety to manifest their kindly feelings, generally overshoot the mark, and render themselves exceedingly troublesome and annoying to the patient, by their ill-timed visits and their constant inquiries as to how he feels, &c. This is generally worse in small country places than in large cities. The chamber of a sick person should be kept entirely free from visitors, and especially those disposed to much conversation, gossip, or queries; the physician, the family^ and the nurse, are the only persons who should ever be allowed to enter a sick room, unless circumstances require the presence of others, and then these should be carefully selected. A neglect of these matters has frequently brought discredit upon a physician, and death upon his patient. To the nurse always belongs the control of the sick chamber, in the absence of the physician, and the family and friends of the sick should always aid her in carrying out the advice and intentions of the medical attendant. During convalescence great care should be taken to avoid every thing • calculated to bring on a relapse. Much prudence must be regarded in the diet and exercise. The diet should be light and nutritious at first, as meat broths, boiled rice, cooked ripe fruit in small quantity, &c, gradually allow- ing parboiled eggs and oysters, as the strength improves, until the ordinary diet can be resumed. Both mental and physical exercise must be moderate, never fatiguing body or mind; a cheerful companion will be of much service, if he be judicious. Exercise in the open air as soon as strength and circum- stances will permit. Sometimes, convalescence is very tedious, the person not recovering his health rapidly; under such circumstances, if the tongue be pale and the pulse slow, some stimulating tonic will be required, as cold infu- sion of Virginia Snakeroot, in doses of a table-spoonful several times a day, or, the following compound may be taken:—Take of Golden Seal, Juniper Berries, Prickly-Ash bark, Wild Cherry bark, each, coarsely bruised, one ounce; Podophyllum, Tansy, of each, half an ounce. Pour on these two pints of boiling water, cover thorn, and steep for an hour in some hot place, as on a hot stove, or hot ashes. Let the whole stand until cold, and add two pints of whisky, and one of molasses. Allow the mixture to stand for a few days, when it will be fit for use. The dose is a table-spoonful, three or four times a day. The Compound Tincture of Tamarac is a still better prepara- tion for the above purpose. Or, in the absence of these, Scotch Ale will fre- quently be found advantageous. However, if the pulse be quick, and the tongue red, tonics will be contra-indicated; in such cases, small doses of Tinct- ures of Stramonium, Belladonna, or Aconite, will prove of much utility. The Valerianate of Morphia will be found exceedingly beneficial in this con- dition, in doses of one-eighth or one-fourth of a grain, three times a day, with a diet of arrowroot, infusion of elm bark, or of gum arabic, gruel, panada, &c. CONGESTIVE FEVEB. This cksease is also termed congestive bilious fever, and in many points resembles typhus. • Some practitioners consider it a typhus fever. It occa- sionally attacks with great suddenness, and runs its course rapidly. It is a disease more common in malarial districts, especially in the southern and western States. 196 . AMERICAN FAMILY PHYSICIAN. Symptoms. It commences as with ordinary remittent fever, with general debility and lassitude, a weakness of the limbs, confusion of the mind, ver- tigo, and sometimes a sense of heaviness, or a deep-seated pain. A chill or coolness of the extremities is sometimes experienced, but, as frequently, the patient is not sensible of any diminution of temperature of the body. Tho paroxysms and remissions are more or less distinct, sometimes they are hardly appreciable, at others they amount to a perfect intermission. As the fever progresses, the skin will be dry, husky, and parched, with a pungent heat, which is succeeded after a time by a cold, clammy sensation ; sometimes it will vary in temperature, being cold, or hot, only in particular parts. The eyes are dull, suffused, and frequently glassy; the pulse is variable, being full, bounding, and tense, or weak and slow, or irregular and readily com- pressed; the respiration is hurried and difficult, with frequent sighing; the countenance assumes a dull, sleepy, haggard, and distressed appearance; the tongue, at first little changed, or covered with a white fur, soon becomes dark brown, or black; sometimes it is moist, at others dry, turgid, and crisped; and not unfrequently, especially in very serious cases, it remains free from any coat, sleek, and glossy, resembling raw beef, and it is most usually quite tremulous. When there is great inflammation or congestion of the liver, the tongue will be frequently red, parched, fissured, and bleeding. The voice is languid and rumbling, or inarticulate and hesitating; the lips are dry and livid; the teeth frequently become covered with a dark sordes which may spread to the gums and lips; there is commonly more or less irritability of the alimentary canal, the stomach rejecting all food, and accompanied at times with frequent and prostrating diarrheal discharges; if the bowels are costive, the evacuations obtained by medicine are dark and fetid. The urine is deficient in quantity, hot, and at times high-colored. Pain will be pro- duced on making pressure on the abdomen, over the region of the stomach, and over the liver. From the commencement of the disease the mind is dis- ordered, and soon falls into a state of lethargy, or low delirium, from which the patient may be partially aroused; and this stupor and drowsiness will most frequently continue during the remission until the next paroxysm. During the whole of the disease the patient, although disposed to stupor, is very restless and uneasy; his senses appear to be obtuse, and there is involuntary jerking of the muscles. If the disease be not subdued, the prostration of the nervous system becomes more marked, the head hot, the extremities cold, with coma, or low, muttering delirium, twitching of the tendons, and a reaching or picking in the air or at the bedclothes. Dark- colored bleedings from the nose, mouth, or bowels, or livid spots on the skin, are the frequent forerunners of death. Causes. The same as Bemittent Fever. The prognosis in this form of fever is less favorable in proportion to the degree of nervous prostration, stupor, internal irritations and congestions, and severity of ordinary symptoms. When there is not a great degree of drowsiness, and the treatment exerts a marked influence on the disease within a reasonable time, the mind becoming less confused and stupid, the tongue and pulse more natural, and the surface moist and of ordinary tem- perature, with a gradual diminution of other febrile symptoms the prog- nosis is decidedly favorable. Treatment. When called to the disease in its early stage, before there has been much prostration of the system, an emetic, followed by a cathartic, will frequently be found useful. These are given more especially on ac- count of the shock they impart to the system, than to any removal of mor- bid accumulations in the alimentary passages, and are often followed either CONGESTIVE FEVER. 197 by a complete removal of the disease, or by changing it into a milder form. As an emetic, the Compound Powder of Lobelia will be found useful, when administered according to the directions given under its head in Pharmacy, Part III. But after the first or second day of the disease, great care must be used not to employ depleting, or revulsive measures. The surface of the body must be bathed with a warm, weak ley water; and the use of stimulating liniments to the extremities, with considerable friction, and mustard poultices applied to the feet, wrists, ankles, and along the spinal column, will be found decidedly beneficial. Internally, the Sulphate of Quinia should be exhibited as soon as possi- ble. ; a mixture of the Quinia three grains, with an equal quantity of the Prussiate of Iron, may be given every two or three hours thoughout the whole course of the disease; or, when there is inflammation or irritation of the stomach and bowels, it will be better to give the Quinia in doses of one or two grains every hour, at the same time giving a mixture of Tincture of Gelseminum four fluidrachms, and Tincture of Aconite twenty-four drops, —the dose of which is about thirty drops, and which should be continued until the symptoms of irritation are removed, or until the Gelseminum has induced its peculiar relaxing effects upon the system. Or, formula No. 4, on page 190, may be substituted in some cases, where the above does not appear to act promptly. As soon as the tongue assumes the dark or brown coat, acidulous drinks must be given, among which I know of none better than good cider, of which the patient may drink freely; in addition to its acidity, it possesses mild stimulating properties. In its absence, lemonade, vinegar and water, orange juice, &c, may be substituted. Cold water may also be drank freely, if the patient craves it. Much pain and distress in the bowels may be overcome by the application of warm fomentations of Hops and Tansy; and great heat in the head, or severe pain,'will require cooling lotions to the head, as in auxiliary treatment of fevers, page 180, which see. As this disease is more generally accompanied with a torpid, or congested condition of the liver, I am in the habit of producing one or two very mod- erate evacuations from the bowels, daily, by the employment of a strong infusion of Blackroot, (Leptandra Virginica,) in doses of a table-spoonful every hour or two, or sufficiently often to produce the desired effect, being very careful not to cause any degree of active purgation. I find it decidedly beneficial, very few patients having the torpidity, or congestion, to remain after the paroxysms have been checked, or the cure effected. The Black- root appears to me to possess both an anti-malarial, if I may so express it, and a cholagogue influence, and which is not found in its concentrated pre- paration, Leptandrin, which I never employ in this malady. Occasionally, in some very obstinate cases, a small portion of Mandrake root, say one- Bixth or one-eighth of the quantity of Blackroot, may be advantageously added to the infusion. Should the disease not be arrested by the above measures, but continue its course until the latter stage of great prostration takes place, the same means must be adopted as named in remittent fever, the particulars of which will be found on page 181, under Auxiliary Treatment of Fevers. During the disease lightly nutritious drinks may be allowed, as toast- water, barley-water, rice-water, &c.; but if the disease becomes tedious, it will be necessary to give something more substantial, as apple-sauce, currant jelly, orange juice, guava, light custard, &c. The general management of the patient, both during the disease and in the convalescent state, will be the same as mentioned under the head of yemittent fever, on page 195. 198 AMERICAN FAMILY PHYSICIAN. PEBNICIOUS FEVEB. This disease, like the preceding, is a modification of bilious, or remittent fever* it is occasionally met with in the middle and western States, but is of more frequent occurrence in the South. Symptoms. The early symptoms of this fever resemble those of a severe remittent, or intermittent. The symptoms by which it may be determined from the previous forms are, the coldness of the extremities, which fre- quently spreads over the surface of the whole body; though it is by no means uncommon for the head and extremities to have a marble-like cold- ness, while the temperature on the body will be very much exalted. The skin over the parts affected with coldness, have a livid, contracted, wrin- kled appearance, particularly on the face, hands, and feet; the countenance assumes an expression of anxiety or dread; the pulse varies; it may be weak and tremulous, and generally unequal; it may be tense and hard, but compressible under the fingers; it may intermit; it may be frequent, even to 150 or 160 beats in a minute; it may be flickering, or it may be imperceptible at the wrist. The tongue varies also ; it it almost invariably pale, but may be contracted and dry, or natural and moist; and, as in cases of great prostration generally, it will be tremulous, or there may be an inability to protrude it. The thirst is excessive and annoying ; and from the disturbed condition of the stomach, the water is ejected soon after jswallowing it. Respiration is rapid and short, frequently unequal, with more or less sighing. The bowels may be very costive, or they may be loose, with watery discharges, either whitish or red. The mind is some- times clear, at others stupid, or lethargic. Constant restlessness is an almost invariable symptom, the patient rolling and tossing about from one side of the bed to the other. There seems to be an extreme depression of nervous action, or vital force, almost amounting to paralysis. The paroxysms are periodical, assuming the quotidian or tertian type, with a more or less perfect remission or intermission; but each paroxysm increases in malignancy, until cured by proper remedies, or until death en- sues, which is not long delayed. The Causes are the same as those of intermittent and remittent fevers. The prognosis is always unfavorable. If by prompt measures, the parox- ysms can be shortened, and their severity mitigated, with a restoration of nervous action, the case will, probably, terminate favorably. Treatment. In this disease, prompt and energetic measures are de- manded. The whole surface of the body as well as of the limbs should be well rubbed with stimulating applications. The Tincture of Capsicum, or Capsicum in powder, may be rubbed upon the surface by means of a piece of flannel or sponge moistened with cold water; or, a mixture of Alcohol two parts, and Aqua Ammonia one part, may be applied. Strong Mustard poul- tices should be placed on the back, over the whole length of the spinal col- umn, as well as to the wrists and ankles; and in cases of nausea or vomiting, the Mustard should also be applied, (after considerable friction with the stimulants) over the stomach and entire surface of the bowels, and when it has produced redness and warmth, and can be borne no longer on the bowels, fomentations of Hops in water and vinegar must be rapidly applied, as hot as can be tolerated. In the administration of internal remedies, there should be no delay; five grains of Sulphate of Quinia should be at once administered, and the dose repeated every hour or two; and, as frequently happens, the medicine will be immediately rejected from the stomach, when another dose must be imme- YELLOW FEVER. 199 ahitely given, and so continued. In addition to this, in obstinate cases, the following may be injected into the bowels, and should be retained there as long as possible:—Take of Sulphate of Quinia ten grains, Elixir Vitriol half a fluidrachm, dissolve, and add Tincture of Gelseminum, water, each half a fluidounce. llepeat the injection as well as the internal doses of Quinia as frequently as the urgency of the symptoms may require. Quinia will be found to act more promptly when in a state of solution; and when there is no great irritability of the stomach it may be given in this form of fever, dissolved in Whisky or Brandy; and in every instance the use of the Sulphate of Quinia should be continued until the disease has yielded to it. The treatment of other symptoms occurring in the course of this form of fever, as well as the management of convalescence, will be the same as in the preceding forms of Bilious fever. YELLOW FEVEB. This is especially a disease of warm climates, seldom occurring above 40° north latitude; it is rarely met with in country places, being confined almost always to large seaport towns, and cities. It makes its appearance during ■the latter weeks of summer, or in the commencement of autumn, and always disappears on the return of frost. It is endemic or common to southern cities, but may from certain circumstances, prevail as an epidemic intemper- ate climates, as in the cases of its presence in Boston, New-York, and Phil- adelphia. The disease is generally malignant in proportion to the heat of the season. Symptoms. The symptoms of yellow fever are very diversified, being at some seasons quite mild, and at others, quite unmanageable. Most fre- quently it is ushered in with a chill, or cold sensation of short duration; sometimes this symptom is absent. Severe pains in the head, back, and limbs, with, occasionally, nausea and vomiting from the commencement, and a sense of lassitude or weariness, are frequently present in the early period of the attack. At the commencement of the disease, there appears to be a regurgitation of bile into the stomach, which is ejected by spontaneous or ex- cited vomiting; but as the disease progresses, and especially in the violent and dangerous cases, there is an evident deficiency of this secretion. As the febrile symptoms develop themselves, the pulse becomes full and quick, though sometimes it is slower than natural; the skin is hot and dry, often having a feeling of great constriction; the respiration is hurried, with fre- quent sighing; the eyes are red and watery, with an intolerance of light; -ihe fiice is flushed, resembling, in some cases, that of an intoxicated person; there is a sense of tightness and oppression, or a burning pain at the stom- ach, with nausea, retching, and flatulence,—pressure over the region of the 6tomach usually occasions pain; the thirst is excessive, cold drinks being more generally demanded; the bowels are most commonly costive, and respond with difficulty to the action of purgatives, and the urine is scanty, turbid, and high-colored. The patient is excessively restless and fearful. One of the most tormenting symptoms is a constant wakefulness; it is seldom that even delirium comes to the relief of the patient to make him forget himself for a moment,—but he continues wide awake, night and day, with his reason and senses sound, and in a state of the most uneasy agitation. As the disease advances, the pain across the forehead and eyes increases; the pain in the back and limbs becomes intolerably acute in many cases; the mind is much agitated and anxious, and sometimes a greater or less de- 200 AMERICAN FAMILY PHYSICIAN. gree of delirium is manifested ; in some cases, there is a constant tendency to stupor. The tongue is usually moist, and coated with a whitisli, or yellow- ish-white fur and sometimes there is soreness of the throat, with a difficulty in swallowing. Occasionally the tongue is of a bright red color. These febrile symptoms continue, more commonly for about thirty-six hours, when there is a gradual abatement of the symptoms, followed by a o-reater or less remission, or even a complete intermission, terminating in convalescence. Sometimes these continue only a few hours, being of longer duration in the mild cases, and very brief in the more serious. During the remission, it is frequently the ease that the patient will sit up, with the de- lusive belief that he is well. But there will be certain symptoms present indicative of the continuance and aggravated condition of the disease, as:— an increased tenderness upon pressing over the stomach, a yellowish or saf- fron color of the face and eyes, instead of the previous redness, and which color ultimately extends over the whole body, the urine assumes a yellow tinge, and the pulse becomes depressed, in some even to forty beats in a minute. In dangerous cases, there will be some drowsiness, or coma. This stage may last from three hours to thirty-six, when it is succeeded by another class of symptoms, viz: those of depression. The pulse sinks and is irregular and quick; the muscular prostration is great; there is a pain and sense of burning at the stomach, with more or less retching of a small quantity of a thick, green, viscid fluid; the skin as- sumes the peculiar yellow or bronzed appearance common to the disease; the respiration is slow, with sighing, and hiccough; the tongue is brown and dry, or red, glossy, and cracked; occasionally the teeth and gums are covered with sordes; the urine is natural or suppressed; and passive hem- orrhages occur from various parts of the system, as gums, nostrils, bowels, etc., and from the extravasation of blood, purple spots, (petechia: and vibices), are visible upon the surface. Accompanying this last symptom, is the vom- iting, not only of everything received into the stomach, but also of a dark brown or blackish fluid, known as the black vomit. In very malignant cases this last symptom may occur on the first day of the attack. The heat and pain of the stomach now cease; respiration becomes slow, with hiccough; the breath is very offensive; the skin becomes cold and clammy; large quanti- ties of dark and fetid matters are discharged from the bowels; the eyes be- come hollow or sunken ; the countenance sombre or contracted and wrinkled; the pulse is almost quiescent; and at last the patient dies, either in convul- sions, or a comatose condition. These are the usual symptoms, but thej will be found to differ considerably in different patients, and at various sea- sons. Sometimes patients die without exhibiting the dark color of skin, black vomit and hemorrhage; and again in very malignant cases, it some- times happens that the symptoms above named in the third or collapsed stage, are the first which give indications of the presence of the disease. Causes. The causes of yellow fever are not well understood, although it is very probable, that they will be found to consist, as with the previous fevers, in a specific poison in the atmosphere; perhaps the conjunction of vegetable and animal malaria. Persons unacclimated to a yellow fever dis- trict, as well as those exposed to heat or cold, or who fatigue themselves by much exercise,—those who are intemperate or irregular in their habits, or who labor under depressing influences of mind or body, are more predisposed to the disease than others. The disease, it is said, may arise from the foul air of a ship, from infectious effluvia, or from putrefaction that sometimes takes place in the holds of vessels which have been neglected. Ordinarily, it is entirely confined to those who have recently arrived from a cold or tern- YELLOW FEVER. 201 perate climate, or who have been exposed to unwholesome air, to too much exercise in the heat of the sun, or to intemperance; when malignant it at- tacks indiscriminately. The young and plethoric are the most apt to he attacked. Yellow fever is not contagious, that is, a person with the fever upon re- moval to a healthy district will not communicate it to others; but, in an infected district, where every person is exposed to the specific influence pro- ducing it, persons who otherwise might have escaped it, may become attacked by too close attendance upon those laboring under it, especially when it assumes a violent character. The prognosis will be favorable when the primary fever is prolonged be- yond the usual period, when a moderate secondary fever occurs, or when a mild perspiration takes place at any time from the fourth to the seventh day. The gradual cleaning of the tongue, cessation of nausea and vomiting, the absence of pain when pressure is made over the region of the stomach, a return of nervous energy, and a prompt susceptibility to the action of medi- cines, are all favorable indications. After the third stage, if, instead of a fatal termination, a secondary fever should set in it is favorable, inasmuch as it indicates that the vital forces are not completely exhausted. The unfa- vorable symptoms are, a short and severe febrile stage, insupportable pain in the forehead, back, and limbs, frequent and weak pulse, languid respiration, with heavy sighs, the eyes are bloodshot, yellowish-brown color of the skin, constant restlessness, an indifference to everything, hiccough, a ravenous appetite in the last stage, black vomit, petechial spots with hemorrhage, and suppression of urine. Sometimes patients have recovered even after having black vomit. Treatment. At the commencement of an attack of yellow fever, an emetic is almost always indicated. Indeed, as all febrile symptoms occurring during an epidemic of this disease may be suspected to be its forerunners, the emetic should be given at as early a period as possible; and the agent which I prefer is the Compound Powder of Lobelia, administered according to the directions named in Pharmacy, Part III. In addition to the elimina- tion of morbid or irritating matters in the stomach, it will give a shock to the nervous system which is always rendered torpid by the peculiar poison gen- erating the disease, inciting it to an augmented action, promoting the func- tions of the liver and other secuetory organs, determining the blood to the surface, and rendering the system more susceptible to the influence of other remedies. In those severe and malignant cases where the patient is almost immediately stricken down with the prostrating stage of the disease, emetics will be found less serviceable; indeed, in such cases, they are contra-indicated, as well as all other depletive or exhausting measures. Some care must be employed in the use of a purgative, which is seldom indicated on account of the great irritability of the stomach and bowels, and which may be increased to an ungovernable extent by the imprudent admin- istration of a purgative. Should, however, evident accumulations exist in the bowels, a mild cathartic may be administered, and that which I prefer is Castor Oil. Many years ago I was informed by an old physician, who had formerly had an extensive and successful practice in yellow fever, that he derived more benefit from the following purgative dose, than any other prep- aration ; "indeed," said he, "as soon as it operated on my patients I consid- ered them safe:"—Take of good Vinegar, Castor Oil, each, half a wineglass- ful, Salt, a teaspoonful. Mix for a dose, and repeat it every hour until it purges. It appears to be a severe dose, but there is undoubtedly virtue in it; the salt, it must be recollected, is a neutralizer of malarial poison in the system. 202 AMERICAN FAMILY PHYSICIAN. Durin^ the febrile stage, while the skin is hot and dry, the whole surface of the body and limbs should be thoroughly bathed every hour or two with warm weak ley water, to which a small portion of whisky has been added, using'some degree of friction in drying. This will be found to have a very happy influence in allaying the more severe symptoms of the fever, and dis- posing the patient to sleep. In many cases, especially when the skin is very hot frequent bathing of the surface with cold water, or with the above weak ley,' cold, will be found more grateful, and more beneficial in abating the fever, than when warm fluids are employed. These bathings should be sus- pended whenever the fever diminishes, and renewed as soon as it returns. Counter-irritation is always indicated early in the disease; strong Mustard poultices should be applied along the whole course of the spinal column, over the region of the stomach, to the feet and ankles, and to the wrists; every means should be promptly and energetically employed to arouse the nervous system, allay irritability of the stomach, and determine the fluids to the surface. (Previous to the application of these Mustard poultices, some practitioners place the feet and legs in hot water, but not so hot as to scald, allowing them to remain there for five or ten minutes; after which they place the patient in bed, and endeavor to produce free perspiration by hot drinks, and hot rocks, bottles of water, &c, in the bed, and placed at the feet, sides, axilla, &c. This course may be useful in some mild cases, but too much time will be lost in the severe ones by pursuing it, unless the mus- tard be applied at the same time.) Internally, Sulphate of Quinia in doses of from four to six grains should be administered every hour or two, both during the febrile stage, as well as in its absence* in order to neutralize the morbific cause of the disease, while at the same time acids should be freely drank, as lemonade, lime-juice, sour cider, vinegar, «fcc, and which should be kept cold by means of ice placed around the vessels containing them. A piece of ice frequently placed in the patient's mouth will prove very grateful and refreshing. In the febrile stage as well as in the stage of prostration or remission, should the stomach be so irritable as to reject the above medicine, it must be administered by injection, prepared as follows:—Take of Sulphate of Quinia, Tartaric Acid, each twelve grains, Lime-juice, or sour Lemonade, one fluidounce. Mix, and use for an injection, repeating the dose every hour or two, and causing the pa- tient to retain it if possible, for some hours. Indeed, in malignant cases, it will be proper to use the Quinia, as above, both by mouth and by injection. Some practitioners, during the febrile stage, administer in connection with the Quinia, Tincture of Gelseminum, in doses of from half a teaspoonful to a teaspoonful every hour or two, and with manifest benefit. Knowing the utility of this agent in other fevers, I would suppose that cases might be frequently met with, in which its action upon the system in conjunction with that of the Quinia, would terminate in most happy results. But I should be inclined to use it with great care and much hesitancy in those cases where great nervous depression existed from the commencement of the attack, at least, until further trials have determined its true value in such instances. During the stage of remission or collapse, there should be no delay in the administration of the Quinia, and patients who, when in health, are naturally pale or anemic, should also take in connection with each dose of it, from three to five grains of either the Citrate of Iron and Quinia, or the Tartrate * I am aware that this is contrary to the views of some practitioners, but I am thoroughly sat- isfied that the judicious employment of Quinia, even in the febrile stage, will always be found to produce a beneficial influence. I think, that instead of acting as a tonic, it exerts, in connectioa with its neutralization of malarial poison, a sedative action upon the whole system. YELLOW FEVER. 203 of Iron and Quinia. Oil of Turpentine has been found very useful in this stage of the disease; about ten .or fifteen drops, with two or three grains of Capsicum, may be given every hour or two in some acidulated drink. The Turpentine may also be combined with equal parts of Olive Oil, and rubbed on the body and limbs with a moderate degree of friction. The drink in this stage should be acid, and when much prostration is present, requiring stimu- lants, ale, port wine, champagne or brandy may be given internally, and by injection, and the limbs and body should also be bathed with a mixture of good Brandy four fluidounces, Sulphate of Quinia half a drachm, to which, if necessary, one or two fluidounces of Oil of Turpentine may be added. The injection of Saturated Tincture of Prickly-Ash Berries, named on page 182, under Auxiliary Treatment, will also be found very advantageous. For excessive pain in the head, derangement of the kidneys, suppression of urine, pain and distress of the bowels, and other urgent symptoms requir- ing relief, pursue the measures heretofore named under Auxiliary Treatment of fevers, page 180. Should the patient become convalescent, great care must be taken to avoid a relapse. The diet should at first consist of prune, tamarind, or apple-water, with the addition of a little wine, and if there be considerable debility a strong beef tea is allowable; Indian meal gruel, mush and boiled milk, boiled rice, and other light and nutritious articles, should be used as food, gradually approaching the ordinary articles of diet, as the strength of the stomach will permit. Tonics should likewise be administered, as, a cold infusion of Virginia Snakeroot, with or without wine as the case may require; or, an infusion of the Shrubby Trefoil may be used instead. Other tonics may be used, as, a cold infusion of Quassia, Boneset, Golden Seal, &c. The convalescent should be kept quiet at first, and supplied with cool and pure air, and as strength will permit, exercise moderately within doors; if possi- ble, remove at once to a healthy district as soon as it can be done safely. And pursue generally, the rules heretofore named for the management of convalescence from exhausting fevers. The rules referred to in the Introduction should be rigidly adopted by all persons exposed to the infectious poison; removing at once to a healthy district if they are able,—if not, they should not expose themselves to the night air, nor to the early morning air, and at no time should they venture into the out door air on an empty stomach, nor when the system is laboring under fatigue or any depressing influence whatever; sudden changes of temperature should be avoided, as well as intemperance, or other excesses; exercise should be moderate, and never in the sun; food should be nourish- ing, and easily digestible, but not stimulating; bowels and kidneys should be kept regular, but not over-tasked; body should be kept clean by daily bathing; sleep should be taken in the highest room in the house; and the house should be thoroughly cleansed from garret to cellar. The clothing should be comfortable, not too warm nor too cool. The public authorities should also attend to the condition of the town or city, inspecting all backyards, cellars, sewers, ponds, and the like, wherever putridity or decomposition is going on, and be rigid in their laws requiring the community to cleanse or remove them. Large fires are sometimes bene- ficial, when built in many places at once, or, when made over the marsh and swampy places which generate the poison. 204 AMERICAN FAMILY PHYSICIAN. TYPHUS FEVER. This disease has been called by several names, as nervous fever, jail, camp or ship fever, putrid fever, spotted fever, congestive fever, &c. However, I believe there is a marked difference between the congestive fever of this country, and ordinary typhus, as well as between spotted fever and typhus. It more commonly attacks those of weak constitutions, and is apt to be produced in damp, dirty, filthy places, jails, prisons, hospitals, ships, and in badly ventilated houses. Unlike typhoid fever, it may occur at any season of the year, and all ages are equally obnoxious to it. It is not met with so frequently as in former years, probably on account of the greater attention to cleanliness and ventilation. Symptoms. Typhus fever is divided into two forms, the mild and the malignant, and it will be well to explain the symptoms common to each form. The mild form commences slowly and imperceptibly, with general languor, dejection of mind, loss of appetite, alternate chills and flushes, dulness and confusion of thought, face pale and sunken, and the eyes dull and heavy. As the disease progresses, there is an oppression at the chest with difficult breathing, frequently headache, giddiness, confusion of intel- lect, and great nervous prostration, tho patient often fainting when he attempts to sit up. The pulse is small, feeble, and irregular; the tongue at first moist and covered with a whitish fur, becomes red, or coated with a brownish substance, and the teeth are often incrusted with the same. Thirst is seldom complained of. A cold, clammy, perspiration breaks out on the forehead and back of the hands, while the palms are quite hot. The urine is pale and watery. As the disease advances, the heat and other febrile symptoms increase, the cheeks assume a dull red, dusky, or dingy hue, the urine becomes high-colored; bowels costive; sometimes, but rarely, a diarrhea comes on; there is a low, muttering delirium, seldom of a raving character; a starting and twitching of the tendons; dilatation of the pupils, involuntary motion of the muscles and tendons ; picking at the bedclothes, or grasping at the air ; coldness of the extremities ; hiccough, and finally dissolution. It may be known from the malignant form by the more gradual character of the attack, and the mildness of the symptoms. . In malignant typhus, the attack is more sudden; the patient is hardly able to stand, and from the first moment seems ready to faint without any apparent cause. There is an intense pain in the head; strong pulsation and throbbing in the temples ; sometimes delirium, and nausea. The eyes appear full, heavy, yellowish, and sometimes inflamed; the face presents a dingy or livid appearance; the tongue is dry, parched, and coated brown or yellow; the respiration is laborious, with deep sighs, and the breath is hot. and offensive ; there is a loss of hearing, and sometimes of sight. The urine is pale ; bowels costive; and the pulse quick and small, or fluttering and irregular. Sometimes there is great heat, pain, and heavi- ness at the pit of the stomach, slightly increased by pressure, and vomiting of a dark fluid substance. As the disease progresses, these symptoms increase; the skin becomes dry and of a pungent, biting heat; the pulse increases in frequency, being frequently over 190 beats in a minute; thirst is greatly increased; the tongue, mouth, lips, and teeth are covered with a brown or black tenacious fur; and the speech is inarticulate, and scarcely intelligible. From the fourth to the eighth day, dark petechial spots frequently appear on the surface of the body; they are of small size, not elevated, and imperfectly disappear on pressure; sometimes this symptom is absent. TYPHUS FEVER. 205 Finally, symptoms of putrefaction manifest themselves, the breath becomes highly offensive, and the body exhales a peculiar ammoniacal odor; the pulse sinks; the urine gives a dark and fetid deposit; the dis- charges from the bowels, whether obtained by medicine or not, are dark and offensive, and toward the termination pass off involuntarily; twitehings of the tendons; coldness of the extremities; hemorrhages from various parts of the body; hiccough; excessive stupor or insensibility, and death. In many of its symptoms this fever resembles the typhoid, but may be discriminated from that by the characters named under the head of " Typhoid Fever," which see. The prognosis is always uncertain. If on or about the 7th, 14th, or 21st days, there is an abatement of the febrile symptoms, the thirst becoming less, the tongue becoming moist and clean, the pulse stronger and more natural, respiration more free, a gentle perspiration over the whole surface of the body, urine free and turbid, bowels loose, stupor giving way to more mental activity, with tumors in the throat, under the arms, or in the groins, or scabby sores appearing about the lips, nose, and behind the ears, a favorable issue may be expected. But, on the contrary, if the nervous and muscular prostration increases, respiration becoming more laborious, with difficulty of swallowing, constant restlessness, profuse and fetid per- spiration, or excessive diarrhea, the discharges being very offensive, trem- bling of the tongue when put out, or an inability to protrude it, dark- colored spots, pulse sinking, hemorrhages, mutterings, twitehings of the tendons, picking at the bedclothes, hiccough, and loss of sight and hear- ing, a fatal termination will be inevitable. Causes. The causes of typhus fever are not well understood. It seems to be confined to filthy and uncleanly places, and on this account is more common among the poor, in jails, ships, hospitals, &c, especially when these places are not kept clean and well-ventilated. Exposures to the effluvia from decomposing animal or vegetable matter, use of tainted or putrid animal food, and, under proper circumstances, intemperance, late hours, depressing passions, &c, are apt to give rise to the disease. With regard to the contagiousness of typhus fever, there is much dis- cordance of opinion among medical men ; but as there are strong reasons advanced in favor of its contagious character, it will be better to act as if this were the case, until the contrary has been satisfactorily proven. ^ Treatment. The main object is to sustain the strength, and prevent the diseasefrom passing into the stage of putrefaction. For this purpose, the first thing to be done, is to remove the patient from the unhealthy apart- ments in which he may reside, to a large, clean, and well-ventilated room, and if this cannot be done, the house he inhabits should be at once cleansed throughout. All his clothing should be removed, and his body well washed with soap and warm water, or a warm weak alkaline solution, and after perfectly drying him, place him in a clean and dry bed, but not a feather bed. In the early part of the disease, the administration of an emetic will almost always be beneficial; though it will be improper to give this class of agents as the disease progresses, or in the malignant form of it. The emetic advised is the Compound Powder of Lobelia, given as heretofore directed. In the mild form of the fever, the emetic may be fol- lowed by a purgative, but this should be avoided in the malignant form ; the Compound Powder of Jalap, or the Compound Powder of Leptandrin, may be given in doses sufficient to produce about two gentle evacuations. During the febrile symptoms, the body should be frequently bathed with a warm, weak, ley water, or, if the skin be excessively hot, it may be used 206 AMERICAN FAMILY PHYSICIAN. cold. And this frequent bathing of the whole surface, will be found the most important part of the treatment during the febrile stage. When there is much pain in the head, or delirium, or when the febrile symptoms run high, Mustard poultices should be applied to the feet, and along the whole length of the spinal column, being careful not to allow them to blister the skin, but simply redden it; and cold applications should be made to the head, as of vinegar and water, or vinegar, water, and salt. Although thirst may not be complained of, yet it is very important that the patient should' be made to drink of cold acidulous liquids, as lemonade, tamarind water, &c, and it will be found that, notwithstanding his apparent indifference to drinks, he will, when they are offered to him, greedily partake of them. They have a tendency to prevent putrefaction. The following should be given, in order to produce moderate evacuation from the bowels, daily :—Take of Blackroot, (Leptandra Virginica,) four ounces; Wild Indigo root, half an ounce ; mix, and make a strong infu- sion, by steeping in four pints of boiling water; when cold, administer a table-spoonful every hour, or sufficiently often to produce the desired effect, The Blackroot thus exhibited has an influence upon the system not to be obtained from Leptandrin, which latter article is far inferior, in this disease, to the crude root. For the restlessness which frequently accompanies this disease, I prefer an infusion of Scullcap, or Scullcap and Ladies' slipper, to any thing else. Opium, or any of its preparations, are seldom indicated, and, when given, often occasion more harm than benefit. When severe headache is present, should the means heretofore recommended be of no benefit, the following may be used :—Take of Fluid Extract of Scullcap, Fluid Extract of Vale- rian, each, one fluidounce; Tincture of Aconite root forty-eight drops; mix, The dose for an adult is a teaspoonful every hour or two; children in pro- portion. This may likewise be used during the low stage, when there arc spasmodic twitehings of the muscles. Excessive wakefulness may be over- ccune by the use of Lactucarium, Lupulin, or a combination of these two; the powdered root of Ice-plant, (Monotropa Unifiora,) will be found very valuable in causing sleep, it may be given in doses of half a drachm, and repeated every hour or two. In the malignant form of the disease, in addition to what has already been advised, the following should be exhibited during the fever stage :— Take of Sulphate of Quinia twenty grains, Elixir Vitriol one fluidrachm, Tincture of Black Cohosh root fourteen fluidrachms. Dissolve the Qui- nia in the Elixir Vitriol, and then add the Tincture of Black Cohosh. This may be given in doses of twenty drops every hour, in some cold water, or cold infusion of Scullcap. And this preparation may also he given with advantage during the stage of prostration, combining it with the drinks at that time administered to the patient. Though it may be proper to state that the beneficial influence of Quinia is not so well marked in typhus, as in typhoid fever. The various urgent symptoms which may appear during the progress of this disease, are to be treated the same as in the preceding forms of fever. (See Auxiliary Treatment of Fevers, page 180.) The stage of prostration must be narrowly watched, and the same means adopted to sustain the strength until the vital force has rallied, as recom- mended heretofore under remittent and yellow fevers; preferring, when they will answer, ale and porter to the more stimulating liquors. And whenever the system has been aroused from its sinking condition by these stimulants, they should be omitted, and nourishing fluids exhibited, as very concentra- TYPHOID FEVER. 207 ted mutton tea, or beef tea ; returning to the stimulants again on the first Bymptoms cf sinking. The injection of a Saturated Tincture of Prickly- Ash berries, will be found remarkably efficient during the low stage of typhus; see page 182. Putrid symptoms may be met by the administra- tion of Brewer's Yeast, given in table-spoonful doses, every hour or two throughout the day ; this is both laxative and antiseptic. Or, diluted Py- roligneous Acid may be given; or, the means named on page 182. In the course of this disease, the room should be well ventilated, without exposing the patient to a current of air; the covering should be light, but not too cool; the clothing and bedlinen should be frequently changed; the mouth, lips, and teeth, should be cleansed two or three times a day with vinegar, or vinegar and water; and one of the disinfecting preparations named on page 137, should be kept more or less constantly in the room. The condition of the bladder should be frequently attended to, for it will happen, that even when this organ is filled, the patient will evince no dis- position to empty it, and it may become necessary to remove the urine by means of a catheter. The patient must be kept as quiet as possible, and all visitors and unnecessary attendants positively prohibited from entering the room. For nourishment, the patient may use thin gruel, toast-water, barley-water, gum Arabic-water, and thin panado, but on no account must he be allowed solid food; and even wine, or similar stimulants, mutton or beef tea, &c, are improper, unless indicated during the prostrating stage. During convalescence, the same rules must be observed in diet and regi- men, as were named in the articles on remittent and yellow fevers. Being always extremely careful not to allow too early a resort to solid animal food, after a recovery from either typhus or typhoid fevers. TYPHOID FEVER. This disease has been called by various names, as nervous fever, abdomi- nal typhus, common continued fever, enteric fever, dothin-enteritis, &c, and for a long time it was confounded with typhus fever, which, in many respects, it strongly resembles. The name "typhoid fever," has also been errone- ously given by many practitioners, to those remittent fevers which are at- tended in the last stage with a low, or typhoid condition. Typhoid fever is more liable to prevail during the fall and winter months, and persons over thirty years of age are less liable to contract it than those who are younger. It is much more frequently met with than typhus fever. I con- sider it an eruptive fever. Symptoms. Typhoid fever comes on very gradually, the patient hardly being able to determine the commencement of the first symptoms. For a period of time varying from two days to two or three weeks, there will be an indefinite sensation of indisposition, accompanied, perhaps, with a slight disturbance of the mind, or a dull heavy sensation in the head ; this feel- ing is eventually followed by weariness, languor, general uneasiness, a vague sense of soreness in the limbs, with an aversion to any kind of exer- cise. These, with a slight headache, alternate flashes of heat and cold, and impaired appetite, lead him to suppose that he has "caught a severe cold." Constipation is present, or, perhaps, a disposition to diarrhea. As the symptoms develop themselves, the skin becomes dry and hot with occasional flashes of a chilly sensation along the back, rarely amounting to rigors, the pain in the head increases, the pulse is accelerated, the ton- 208 AMERICAN FAMILY PHYSICIAN. gue scarcely coated, if at all, considerable thirst, and frequently nausea and vomiting are present. Epistaxis, or bleeding from the nose, is not uncom- mon even at this early stage. As the fever stage advances, the skin becomes hot, dry, and harsh; the pulse frequent, hard, and wiry; rarely over 100 beats in a minute; head- ache still severe; great thirst; bowels disposed to diarrhea, and easily acted on by medicine ; nausea, dark-red and shining face, but not so dark as in typhus ; pains in the bowels increased upon pressure, and a tendency to a tympanitic swelling of the abdomen ; tongue but little coated, or red at the tip and edges ; and symptoms of pulmonic inflammation, as cough, &c. Restlessness and uneasiness is quite common, but some rest or relief is generally obtained soon after daylight. It is not uncommon to observe per- spiration on the forehead, face, and neck, appearing often during the day, and at irregular periods. It will be found that in this disease there is a tendency to imperfect remissions every day, or every other day, according to the periodical type it assumes; thus, there will be found at such times a slight decrease of the fever, and a diminution in the severity of its symp- toms, and which remissions are more commonly met with in the early part of the day, while toward evening the symptoms reach their height. The symptoms increase in intensity; the tongue is drier, red at the tip, and perhaps dark-colored in the center, and when thrust out it has a ten- dency to curve upward at the tip and sides; the throat is dry and sore, with more or less difficulty in swallowing ; fetid discharges of a watery con- sistence, and a dirty-yellow appearance, take place from the bowels, and any purgative medicines increase the difficulty. These discharges will gene- rally be found to contain red specks floating among them, resembling mi- nute grains of bloody mucus. Tympanitic distension of the abdomen, in which it is swollen and tense like a drum, is a common and prominent symp- tom, with tenderness or pain on pressure, more especially on the right side, as well as a gurgling sound at the same time. The patient usually lies on his back, having his knees bent upward, and will be constantly sliding to- ward the foot of the bed. About the ninth day, there will be observed upon the abdomen small, oval, rose-colored spots, like flea-bites, which are slightly elevated, and which momentarily disappear on pressure ; these petechia}, as they are called, ultimately spread over the whole body to a greater or less extent. About the same time, sudamina will be observed upon the neck and chest,—these are small vesicles containing lymph, and which may readily be detected by the roughness they impart to the skin when the hand is lightly passed over its surface. The symptoms of nervous derangement now become more marked; there may be a disposition to stupor, but more frequently a wild delirium, pre- ceded by an augmented brilliancy of the eyes; there is a ringing, or whiz- ring noise in the ears ; the eyes become full, red, and can hardly distinguish objects; the tongue is tremulous, and cannot be readily protruded. This condition continues for several days, increasing in severity until finally the typhoid symptoms present themselves, being similar to those observed in other forms of fever. The patient lies in a stupid or comatose state, from which, however, he may be momentarily aroused; he lies with his mouth open, and breathes hard and heavy; the tongue is very dry, and the teeth are covered with sordes, (a dark substance ;) the pulse gradually becomes more feeble and frequent, though sometimes it may be almost natural in its number of heats ; the feet and legs are cold, while the head is usually hot; the breath, as well as the exhalations from the body, are very peculiar and offensive ; involuutary motions of the muscles; picking at the bedclothes, TYPHOID FEVER. 209 or catching in the air; involuntary discharges from the bowels ; frequently hemorrhage from various mucous surfaces, especially from the intestines j hiccough; a great liability of the skin to slough ; a cold, clammy sweat over the whole surface, and finally death. Sometimes the patient dies in agony, with severe physical and convulsive efforts. The above are the usual symptoms, and the general course pursued by this fever, when it proves fatal; however, the order of the symptoms and their duration, as well ag their severity, will frequently be found to vary. Causes. Typhoid fever is probably generated by some animal malaria. It ifl, like typhus fever, met with in prisons, hospitals, ships and other places where many persons are crowded together, where the apartments are not thoroughly ventilated, and not properly cleansed. But, whatever may be its cause, the disposition to an attack may be increased by the following circum- stances, viz:—debility, great fatigue, violent exercise, insufficient or unwhole- some food, late hours, fasting, intemperance, debauchery, excessive evacua- tions, filthiness, and mental or physical depressing influences. In relation to its contagious character, the same remarks apply to this, as are given in typhus fever. The principal discriminating marks between typhus and typhoid fevers, are as follows:— in typhus fever. 1. May occur equally at any season of the year, and at any age. 2. Bleeding happens. from the nose rarely 3. Capillary congestion of the face and body, of a dull red, dusky, or din gy hue. 4. Sometimes tenderness on pres- sure over the abdomen. 5. Low, muttering delirium; the patient muttering to himself all day; and on attempting to get out of bed, is easily restrained. 6. Tympanitic distension of the ab- domen seldom present. 7. Bowels costive, rarely loose. 8. Pulse very frequent, from 100 to 160 beats in a minute. 9. Sometimes a dull red eruption, of small size, not elevated; the red- ness imperfectly disappearing on pres- sure. 10. Deafness is common. 11. Tongue, mouth, teeth, and lips covered with a dark fur, or sordes. IN TYPHOID FEVER. 1. Occurs more frequently during fall and winter, and is less liable to attack those under thirty years of age. 2. Bleeding from the nose is com- mon; frequently being among the first symptoms. 3. Sometimes capillary congestion of the face, with considerable redness. 4. Always tenderness on pressure over the abdomen, especially the right side, and accompanied with a gurgling sound. 5. Active delirium, requiring forci- ble restraint; talks to himself loudly and vehemently. 6. Tympanitic distension of the ab- domen, always present. 7. Bowels tending to diarrhea; sometimes constipation. 8. Pulse frequent, rarely over 100 beats in a minute; never over 120. 9. Almost always a rose colored eruption, oval, slightly elevated; the redness disappearing momentarily on pressure. With sudamina. 10. Rarely deafness. 11. Teeth covered with sordes; sel- dom other parts of the mouth. though mild cases are not always free The prognosis is usually favorable ; from danger, and patients frequently recover, even when the lowest"symp 210 AMERICAN FAMILY PHYSICIAN. toms have appeared. The unfavorable symptoms are, unabated depression of the powers of the mind, or constant delirium; deep and profound sleep; stertorous breathing; great twitching of the tendons; immoderate dis- charges from the bowels; copious sweating; great debility and exhaustion; very frequent pulse; excessive tympanitic swelling of the abdomen; and hemorrhage, especially from the bowels. Treatment. As in typhus fever, the principal indication is to husband the strength of the system by mild measures, and at the same time endeavor to remove or neutralize the morbid poison producing it. The patient should be placed in a cool and well-ventilated apartment, not, however, allowing a current of air to pass directly upon him, and measures of cleanliness pursued as named in treatment of typhus fever. In the early part of the disease, should there be nausea or vomiting, occa- sioned by irritating matters in.the stomach, a mild emetic may be given, as the Compound Powder of Lobelia. But on no account is'an emetic to be given at any other period, as all exhausting or depleting measures are decid- edly injurious. As to purgatives, they are seldom required, and should there be accumulations in the bowels, it will be the better plan to remove them, if possible, by injections; for, from the great tendency to diarrhea, and to hypercatharsis from the use of physic, it will be safer to risk the drawbacks which may arise from intestinal accumulations, than to cause pur- gation. However, should there be obstinate constipation, with torpidity ol the liver, and the constipation cannot be removed with an injection,- the fol- lowing may be administered:—Take of Blackroot two drachms, Rhubarb one drachm, boiling water half a pint; infuse the roots in the water for an hour or two, strain, and give a table-spoonful every hour until a mild laxa- tive effect is produced. And great care must be taken, not to produce too much purgation, as well as in relation to a repetition of the medicine as a laxative. The patient should never be allowed to stool or urinate, in the erect position, as long as there is any inflammation or pain or tension of the bowels; a bedpan must be made use of for these purposes. During the fever, it will be proper to bathe the body and limbs frequently with a warm, weak ley water, as in the previous fevers; applying tepid or cooling applications to the head when hot, when there is pain in the head, or, when delirium is present, together with Mustard poultices to the feet, and along the whole length of the spinal column. Internally the preparation of Sulphate of Quinia, Elixir Vitriol, and Tinc- ture of Black Cohosh, named under the treatment of typhus, should be given in doses of twenty drops every hour, in some cold water, or infusion of Scullcap. Should there be a very irritable condition of the nervous system, Valerianate of Quinia may be substituted for the above, in doses of half a grain every hour or two, with an infusion of Hops and Scullcap. It is gen- erally advised not to give Quinia during the febrile excitement, but I exhibit it, and have always found beneficial effects to arise therefrom. Many prac- titioners prescribe the Quinia, in this disease, in much larger doses than 1 have named above; but I have never had occasion to increase the quantity, the preparation, having, in my hands, almost invariably produced the most desirable results. Diuretic medicines are very useful, especially during the presence of fever; should the tongue be red, indicating irritation of the stomach, aa infusion oi Marshmallow root and Peach leaves, may be exhibited freely; or, the Hair- eap moss, in infusion; Cleavers and Mullein are also unirritating diuretics. For constant drink the patient may use cold water, an infusion of balm, lem- onade, tamarind water, or other acidulous draughts, as he may prefer; these will allay thirst, and relieve the dryness of the mouth. SPOTTED FEVER. 211 Diarrhea may be favorably influenced by the internal administration of Geraniin, or Tannic Acid, one or two grains, to be repeated every hour; or, Oil of Turpentine may be given in doses of six or eight drops, repeated every hour or two; and these may also be administered by injection. When the discharges are mucous, or hemorrhagic, some authors recommend the use of Nitrate of Silver, in doses of from one-eighth to one-twelfth of a grain, repeated every three hours; omitting its use after the eighth dose. It is said to exert a very beneficial influence upon the whole system, as well as upon the discharges. I have never used it. For the pain and tympanitic swelling of the abdomen, fomentations of Hops, Lobelia, and Tansy, should be applied over the abdomen, frequently renewing them, not permitting them to remain on when cool, and the pa- tient should not be made uncomfortable by applying them so wet as to jampen his bed. Oil of Turpentine added to them, a teaspoonful or two, will be found very advantageous in many instances. These fomentations must be continued until pressure can be made upon the parts without caus- ing pain or tenderness, or, until the stage of prostration comes on, when they must be dispensed with. In addition to these measures, the following injection will be found of great benefit:—Take of Sulphate of Quinia five grains, Elixir Vitriol fifteen drops, mix and dissolve the Quinia, and add Tincture of Prickly-Ash berries a fluidrachm, Oil of Turpentine half a flui- drachm; mix. This is to be injected into the rectum, and retained there by compress, or otherwise; and it should be repeated every hour or two ac- cording to the urgency of the symptoms. Should there be considerable irri- tation of the lower bowels, with tenesmus or bearing down and an ineffectual desire to stool constantly, a few drops of Laudanum, say ten or twenty, may be added to the above injection, and repeated as required. AVhen connected with diarrhea, the above named astringents may be added to the injection. for the purpose merely, of lessening the number of enemas given. Other urgent symptoms which may appear during the progress of the dis- ease, as well as the stages of prostration and convalescence, are to be treated the same as mentioned under the head of Typhus Fever. SPOTTED FEVER. This disease is supposed by many medical men, to be a species of typhus, or congestive fever. It appeared in this country in 1806, in the town of Medfield, Massachusetts, and raged as an epidemic in various sections of New England, for several years, proving very fatal. At present, it appears to have become extinct, or at all events, to have disappeared from among us. Symptoms. Dr. Thacher says:—" The invasion of the disease is generally sudden and violent. The patient is seized in the midst of his usual labors. and oftentimes is struck down suddenly, almost as by a stroke of lightning! The first symptoms are exceedingly various, scarcely two case3 resembling each other, and the diversity of symptoms are not to be comprised in any enumeration. The disease often commences with shifting pains sometimes- beginning in one joint, or one limb, in the side, back, neck, or head, either a sensation like the stinging of a bee, or most excruciating pain moving from place to place, with great violence, and is often confined to one side of the body. The pain in the head is often so intolerably severe, that it is com- pared to the beating of hammers upon the part. Partial loss of sensibility, numbness and paralysis of the limbs, deafness, dimness of sight, or total blindness; delirium, cither mild or furious, stupor and coma and occasion- 212 AMERICAN FAMILY PHYSICIAN. ally spasms and convulsions. There is great prostration of strength, some- times accompanied or followed by severe chills; dry and pale skin, eyes dull and glassy, pupils contracted, and again suddenly dilated; the tongue white at first, and assumes a reddish color; face livid, with paleness about the mouth; countenance anxious and distressed. The body becomes cold, res- piration very laborious, pulse small, feeble, and irregular; great oppression and faintriess, with indescribable distress about the precordia; eructations, nausea, and vomiting, more or less obstinate. Sometimes death takes place in the first twenty-four hours. In the second stage, about the third day, the pulse becomes more full and regular, the skin warmer, countenance flushed, respiration short and very difficult, eyelids swollen, staring eyes, with restlessness, anxiety, and delirium." Large spots appeared in various parts of the body from a scarlet to a black color, and bleedings were frequent from different parts of the body. Sometimes there were no spots at all, and, in many cases the patient died before fever could form. Cause. The cause is not known, though supposed to originate from some peculiar poison in the atmosphere. Treatment. It is stated that more patients were cured, by the adminis- tration of active diaphoretics, than by any other treatment. I would there- fore advise the use of the Compound Tincture of Virginia Snakeroot, in tea- spoonful doses, every half hour, until perspiration ensued; at the same time drinking freely of a warm infusion of Balm, Pennyroyal, Spearmint, or other similar agents. And probably, the Spirit vapor bath, or the Lime bath would also be found useful. In addition to this, it will be proper to pursue the same course of treatment for the several symptoms, as laid down for Con- gestive Fever, which see. INFANTILE BEMITTENT FEVEB. Children from birth to the fifth or sixth year, are especially liable to this disease. Its attack is very gradual, and is sometimes attended with looseness, at others with obstinate constipation. Symptoms. The approach of infantile remittent fever is insidious, and various in its forms. Generally, there is some degree of fever for many hours, or even for several days before the severer symptoms come on. The child is fretful and thirsty; the lips are dry and parched; the hands hot; the breath short; the head warm and painful; and the pulse frequent, often 120 in a minute. In the night the sleep is disturbed by startings, and the thirst is so troublesome that the little patient cries out constantly for water, and scarcely has it been given, ere the mother is again aroused by the same plaintive cry. The appetite is lost; the bowels are either costive, or loose, with slimy, mucous discharges. Some children are drowsy and stupid, and some are unable to speak. During the day there are several slight acces- sions of fever, during which the child is usually drowsy; in the intervals of these paroxysms, he appears tolerably well, though at times more peevish than usual. These symptoms manifest themselves, more or less, for eight or ten days, when the heat of the body, and especially of the forehead, is augmented; the skin is very dry; the pulse increases to 140 in a minute; the cheeks become reddened, and a kind of stupor comes on, so that little or no pain is complained of, unless the child is questioned particularly, when it places its hand on the belly, or on the forehead. The child picks almost con- stantly at the skin of the lips, nose, and angles of the eyes. The tongue INFANTILE REMITTENT FEVER. 213 in a little time becomes foul; and sometimes there is a moibid craving for food, instead of the previous loss of appetite. The stools grow worse, being either fetid, dark-colored, pitchy kind of discharges, or thin, green, and curdly, sometimes mixed with blood. Sometimes worms are found in not only the stools, but also in the matter vomited from the stomach. The drowsiness is often exchanged for a state of excitement, and the child laughs and appears in good spirits, though its flushed countenance, and heated, dry skin, proclaim, but too truly, the presence of disease. But the fever does not continue alike all the day; there is generally a remission toward the morning and the evening, when the patient is com- paratively cool; and this remission is more marked if the child be taken into the open air. But as the day or night advances, the fever returns, bringing again its distressing symptoms of general disorder. When the disease has thus continued for many days, unchecked by the treatment pursued, delirium comes on ; the child is with difficulty roused to conscious- ness by the voice of its parent; the debility is very great; the body wastes away; the strength is exhausted ; the belly swells; stupor increases, and death closes the scene. Causes. It most usually attacks those of weak constitutions, of delicate stomachs, during dentition, &c; probably the only cause lies in the condi- tion of the digestive organs. Some suppose it to be connected with mala- rial or morbid matter in the atmosphere. This fever may be mistaken for dropsy in the head; but in this latter there are occasional screamings, with much tossing of the hands above the head, intolerance of light, dilatation of the pupil of the eye, or, more or less squinting, while in infantile remittent fever, these symptoms are absent. In this fever the appetite is generally lost, while in dropsy of the head the child will partake of whatever is given him. Prognosis. The prognosis in this disease is almost always favorable, as it soon yields to proper treatment. Occasionally, however, when there is a lack of vital stamina in the constitution the child will continue to sink. manifesting symptoms of great debility, stupor or delirium, swelling of the abdomen, and frequent but very weak pulse. Treatment. At the commencement of the fever, a gentle emetic may be given, both for the purpose of cleansing the stomach and arousing the nervous system; the Compound Tincture of Lobelia may be administered for this purpose, according to the directions in Pharmacy, Part III., which see. This should be followed by a purgative dose, as, the Compound Tinc- ture of Senna, and which may, if required, be repeated in two or three days. The body should be bathed with warm, weak ley water, several times a day, when the fever is present; and Mustard poultices should be applied to the feet, and along the whole course of the spinal column. The child may drink warm infusions of Balm, Catnip, or Elder-flowers, and, if the fever be very severe, from five to twenty drops of the Compound Tincture of Vir ginia Snakeroot, according to the patient's age, may be added to its drink, and repeated every hour or two. Cold water may also be allowed, when called for. But when there is much irritation of the stomach, mucilaginous diuretic draughts will be found the best, as an infusion of Marshmallows and Peach leaves; and Mustard poultices, or bruised Garlics or Onions, should be placed over the region of the stomach. When there is much pain in the head, cloths wet with water and vinegar may be applied, and Mustard, or bruised Garlics to the soles of the feet. Sometimes there is considerable spasmodic action, which will usually be overcome by warm baths; if it should amount to actual convulsions, em- 214 AMERICAN FAMILY PHYSICIAN. ploy the Tincture of Lobelia and Capsicum, both by mouth and by injec- tion. It may be given in doses of from ten to thirty drops, in mucilage, according to the child's age; and about a teaspoonful or two in a table- spoonful of starch water, injected into the rectum. These may be repeated in fifteen or twenty minutes, if required. When there is much vomiting, and the ejected fluid is of an acid nature, the Compound Syrup of Rhubarb and Potassa, may be given with advantage. During the remissions, the combination of Quinia with Tincture of Black Cohosh root, as mentioned in formula 1, page 190, in the treatment of intermittent fever, should be given in doses of five or ten drops, in water, and repeated every hour, omitting it only during the height of the fever, and commencing its use as the fever abates. This may also be given for a short time after convalescence has ensued. During the fever, the diet should consist of barley-water, toast-water, rice-water, prune tea, and apple-water; but during convalescence, it may be improved by the addition of arrowroot, sago, milk, or light vegetable food; and with these some mild tonic may be given, as, an infusion of equal parts of Colombo, Gentian, and Chamomile flowers; or, an infusion of Shrubby Trefoil. Particular care should be paid to the bowels to keep them regular, and to the food, that the stomach be not overloaded. Flan- nel should, in every case, be worn next the skin, and a change of air can- not be too much insisted on, as it has been often highly beneficial in remov- ing the fever rapidly, in cases where every other remedy had been used for the previous six or eight days, with scarcely any other prospect than a fatal termination of the case. HECTIC FEVER. This fever is generally symptomatic of some other disease, particularly oi tubercular consumption, and arises from an absorption of pus in this and various other diseases; a persistent irritation of any obstinate local affection upon the system, may likewise occasion it. Symptoms. It is characterized more particularly by emaciation; soft, quick, and small pulse; flushes of the face especially after eating; difficult and laborious respiration; burning sensation in the palms of the bands and soles of the feet. These are soon succeeded by a full, hard, and frequent pulse; urine copious, high-colored, depositing a red sediment; the appetite varies; the tongue is clean and usually moist; sometimes the whole body of the tongue is red, at others only its edges, and when about to prove fatal, it is not uncommon to observe aphthous sores on the tongue and gums—in some instances the papillae are enlarged; the cheeks become flushed with a cir- cumscribed redness, which is more commonly observed every afternoon; pro- fuse, debilitating sweats take place, either toward midnight, or early in the morning, and are more often confined to the head and upper part of the body; flashes of heat and chills are not uncommon. In the latter stage diarrhea supervenes, which may appear at intervals, alternating with the sweats; there is usually a diminution of the perspiration when the diarrhea is present. The fever is remittent in its character. Treatment. Whether hectic fever arises from the absorption of pus, or other cause, the original disease must be removed, before the fever will cease. But when the primary malady cannot be cured, the severity of the fever may usually be palliated by proper treatment. In many cases, ten or twenty drops of Elixir Vitriol, taken three or four ERUPTIVE FEVERS.—SCARLET FEVER. 215 times daily, in a wineglass half-full of water, will be very useful. A decoc- tion of Crawley root, drank several times through the day, has likewise been found very serviceable. A mixture of Gallic Acid five grains, and Muriate of Morphia one-eighth of a grain, has also afforded considerable benefit, in the night sweats of consumption. Equal parts of White weed, Beth root, and Wild Cherry bark, made, into a strong infusion, and drank freely through the day, has likewise proven efficacious. At the Brompton Hospi- tal, England, the most benefit has been derived from a pill composed of Ex- tract of Hyoscyamus, Oxide of Zinc, four grains of each; mix; of these, one, two, or four, may be taken daily. Many very severe cases are mitigated by a mixture of Tannic Acid, Nitric Acid, and Lupulin; administered inter- nally. But whatever agent is given internally, the surface of the body must also be attended to; bathing it with a mixture of water two pints, Alcohol one pint, Tannic Acid four drachms, Essence of Cinnamon four fluidounces, will be found of much advantage; rubefaction must not be produced, but only an agreeable glow and dryness of the skin. This is best used at noon and night, and also on the first appearance of the sweat. Acetic Acid, water, and Tannic Acid, mixed together, have also been used as a lotion; likewise Olive Oil, in some cases. The diet should be nutritious and of a non-stimulating character, and great care should be taken not to oppress the stomach with either food or medicine. Moderate exercise in the open air, when this can be done, will prove decidedly beneficial; if this cannot be done, the exercise must be taken within doors, being proportioned to the strength and capability of the patient. The diarrhea that sometimes attends this fever, may frequently be relieved by the following:—Take of prepared Chareoal two table-spoonfuls, Nitrate of Bismuth one drachm, strong decoction of Logwood half a pint; mix. ^ Of this give a table-spoonful every hour, stirring it well each time before taking, as the articles do not combine chemically with each other. ERUPTIVE FEVERS. Eruptive or exanthematous diseases are usually characterized by various symptoms of fever, as heat of the surface, rapid pulse, nausea, vomiting, &c, and the development at a later or earlier period of an eruption upon the surface of the body. Generally, they attack persons but once in their lives, though instances have been met with where even smallpox has attacked the name individual at three separate periods of life; and similar instances have been met with in the several other forms of eruptive diseases. Some of the diseases grouped under this head by nosologists, do not exactly correspond with the brief definition given above, but it would be useless in the present work to form a new classification. I have already remarked that I think typhoid fever should be ranked among the eruptive diseases. SCARLET FEVER, or SCARLATINA. Scarlet fever is known in some sections of country, by the name of uCank- rr-rash." The term '^Scarlatina," said to have been introduced into medical nomenclature by Sydenham, is employed to designate a disease, the general character of which cm. The matter, if not used immediately, should be collected on small pieces of quill, and allowed to dry gradually and thoroughly, after which it should be kept in a well-closed vial and in a cool place. A recent and very excel- lent plan is, to preserve the matter in a concavity made in a small square or round slip of glass, and cover this with a plain slip of glass; the surfaces designed to come in contact with each other being ground. In vaccinating or inserting the matter, the upper and front part of the left arm is usually selected ; a very superficial scratch or puncture must be made, and the matter, moistened by a drop of water, rubbed thoroughly into the puncture. If the part bleed a few drops, the vaccination will not be likelv to "take." J Some practitioners instead of collecting the vaccine fluid on the eighth or ninth day, prefer waiting until the fourteenth or fifteenth day, and obtain the dried scab, a portion of which is dissolved in a little water, from time to time, and used as required. It is equally as good as the fluid; and should be preserved in a similar manner. The best age for vaccinating is from two to six months, though it may be safely and effectually done at any subsequent period, and the most appropri- ate time is cold weather, though, when needed, it may be performed at any season of the year. In cold weather it is less troublesome. It is proper to repeat the operation two or three times, should it prove unsuccessful, and in seasons of small-pox, there is no harm in repeating it carefully a dozen times. It is generally considered, that a person who is not susceptible to the vac- cine disease, is equally unsusceptible to small-pox. It is believed by some that the vaccine virus affords protection for only a limited number of years, and that it should be repeated after six or eight years; that its influence in this respect, differs with various individuals there can be no doubt, but these individuals who are the exceptions, are fortunately nearly as few as those who may have a second attack of small-pox. Among persons who have been vaccinated, it will be well, however, to have the operation repeated whenever small-pox prevails, as no harm can thereby ensue. The operation is simple. and soon accomplished, the disease not usually troublesome or severe, and the results will test the susceptibility of the system to the small-pox influence. Soon after the insertion of the matter, a slight redness is seen, which soon disappears, leaving only the mark of the incision or puncture. On the third or fourth day, a little red speck, slightly raised, appears, which on the fourth or fifth day becomes a vesicle, somewhat flattened on the top, and contains a clear, transparent lymph. By the seventh or eighth day, the vesicle is well-developed, with a regular, round, well-defined margin, a depression at its center, and having its base surrounded with a circular redness or inflammation. The vesicle continues to enlarge gradually, until the tenth or eleventh day, when it assumes a pearl color, is perfectly circu- lar, well elevated and from three to six lines* in diameter, and with a circular * A lino is the twelfth of an inch. 230 AMERICAN FAMILY PHYSICIAN. redness around its base about two inches in diameter. The redness and hardness now begin to diminish, the vesicle contains a viscid, dark-colored fluid, a dark-brownish scab forms, and, on the fourteenth or fifteenth day, falls off, when it may be used for vaccination, if the matter has not been previously evacuated for this purpose. The scar left after the part has healed is circular, more or less indented, with a well-defined border, and having on its base or bottom a number of minute pits or depressions. Treatment is seldom required during the course of the vaccine disease Some persons experience constitutional symptoms, with more or less fever swelling of the axillary glands, &c; such require quiet, moderate diet, and regularity of bowels. As during the development of the vesicle, there may be a burning or itching sensation, great care should be taken with children that they do not interrupt its progress by scratching or rubbing it off. CHICKEN-POX, or VARICELLA. Chicken-Pox, sometimes called swine-pox, is an eruptive disease, some- what similar to small-pox; it appears to depend upon a specific contagion, attacks a person but once during life, but is not a protective against small-pox. Symptoms. Frequently the eruption appears without any premonitory symptoms. In most cases, however, there is a slight febrile action, as slight chilliness, flashes of heat, more or less pain in the head, thirst, rest- lessness, and a quick pulse. These febrile symptoms may continue from a few hours to two days, when a slight eruption appears on the breast, back, and shoulders, gradually extending itself to the face, head, and extremities. This eruption is at first in the form of bright red spots, somewhat resem- bling those of small-pox, and is often attended with an incessant tingling and itching, occasioning the patient to scratch and rub off the tops of the vesicles during their progress to maturity. In two or three days these spots become converted into transparent vesicles, covered with a very thin skin, and containing a clear fluid. About the fifth day, these vesicles having matured, gradually dry away, and on the ninth or tenth day the scabs fall off, and leave no permanent scar or pit, unless the eruption has been improperly interfered with by scratching. This disease may be mistaken for small-pox, but may be distinguished from it, by the slight febrile symptoms and their short duration in chicken- pox, by the earlier appearance of the vesicles, and by their never acquir- ing the purulent, dark-yellow, or mahogany color of the small-pox pustules. The vesicles on being punctured are diminished in size, which is not the case with those of small-pox; beside which they are very few in number, and seldom have a pit or depression in their center. Treatment. Treatment is seldom required in this disease, further than to keep the patient comfortable, and free from any exposure that may occa sion a cold. Should, however, the febrile symptoms be of unusual charac- ter, the bowels may be opened by Seidlitz powders; warm drinks of simple herbs administered; and tb.3 patient kept upon a mild, unstimulating diet. INFLAMMATORY DISEASES. 231 MILIARY FEVER. This disease was formerly more common than at present, and principally among parturient females, appearing in from two to twelve days after delivery. Those of debilitated constitutions are more subject to it, and among its causes are enumerated impure, over-heated air, stimulants, rich food, fatigue, uncleanliness, excessive discharges, &c. Symptoms. Miliary fever is ushered in with chills, followed by ordinary febrile symptoms, and an acid perspiration, of a penetrating odor somewhat like that of rotten straw. There is a suppression or diminution of the secretion of milk, as well as of the lochial discharge. The skin becomes rough, with a pricking or itching sensation, and sometimes aphthous ulcera- tions of the mouth and throat take place. In a few days, minute round vesicles, about the size of millet seeds, appear upon the neck, breast, and back, and also on the forehead, and gradually manifest themselves over the whole body and limbs. These vesicles are usually distinct, have a rash or slight inflammation around their base, and seldom appear on the face. In about thirty hours the vesicles assume a white or pearly appearance, and, after a few days dry up, leaving scabs or branny scales which fall off. The tongue is coated white, with red edges, and prominent papillae. As long as the fevor and sweating continue, the patient is liable to frequent attacks of the eruption. Treatment. The room should be well cooled and ventilated, and only light bedclothing allowed, being careful not to reduce the temperature so :is to permit the patient to " catch cold." Regulate the bowels by mild laxatives, and administer an infusion made of equal parts of Maidenhair and Elder blows. All the drinks should be cool. If the stomach and biliary organs are much deranged, a mild emetic may be given at the com- mencement of the attack. The drinks should be cool. When the disease is severe, Sulphate of Quinia may be given in doses of a grain three or four times a day. Ulcerations of the mouth may be bathed or gargled with Borax, dissolved in water, to which some Honey is added; or the infusion of Golden Seal and Blue Cohosh, named under Thrush, may be employed. The chief point is to prevent a recession of the erup- tion, or a sudden checking of the perspiration, either of which would be apt to cause a fatal termination. The diet should be light, bland, and nutritious; and the perspiration must not be increased too much lest great debility be induced. INFLAMMATORY DISEASES. Inflammatory diseases are characterized by increased redness in the part affected, heat, pain, general swelling, and more or less secondary constitutional symptoms. It is termed general, when the whole system is affected; and local when only one part of the system is involved. When an internal organ is affected it is called an internal inflammation, and when it is confined to a part near the surface, it is called external. When the symptoms are very severe, with heat, pain, redness, quick pulse, &c, the inflammation is acute; when of long standing, or when the more active symptoms have subsided, it is chronic. Writers have also divided inflam- mations into the phlegmonous, and the erysipelatous. Phlegmonous inflam- mation is the term applied to ordinary inflammation occurring in all parts of the body, in which there is a circumscribed inflammatory affection of 232 AMERICAN FAMILY PHYSICIAN. the skin and cellular membrane, with more or less swelling, of a bright red color, and in which any effusion that happens to take place is usually con- verted into pus. Erysipelatous inflammation is confined to the skin, or internal mucous membranes, with more or less redness, which disappears transitorily upon pressure, and which is not distinctly circumscribed, but is gradually shaded into the color of the surrounding tissues, and which is attended with heat and a burning pain; there is but little swelling, but more frequently vesications of various sizes arise, followed by desquama- tion of the cuticle. When phlegmonous and erysipelatous inflammation ccur in combination, it constitutes what is termed erysipelas phlegmonodes ERYSIPELAS. Erysipelas or St. Anthony's Fire, is a spreading inflammation, character- ized by a circumscribed redness of the skin, accompanied by a sensation of heat and itching, and more or less constitutional derangement, with vesica- tion or swelling of the subcutaneous cellular tissue, commonly ending in res- olution and desquamation, sometimes in suppuration, and rarely in gangrene. Every part of the body is liable to erysipelatous inflammation, but it more frequently appears on the face, legs, and feet, when seated externally. It appears to be confined to no particular age, sex, or constitution; persons about the middle period of life are not so liable to it as those younger or older. Females are more subject to it than males; especially those of san- guine and irritable habits, or who are intemperate. Symptoms. Erysipelas generally commences with chills, loss of appetite, nausea, costiveness, and other common symptoms of fever, succeeded, in from two to four days, by an inflammation of some parts of the body, attended with great pain, heat, itching, or a pricking sensation, a remarkable florid redness and swelling of the skin, which redness is characterized by disappear- ing and leaving a white spot for a short time, after being slightly touched by the end of the finger; and if the disease is extensive, all the symptoms of typhoid fever ensue. The part most commonly affected is the head, when it commences with stupor, some degree of delirium, and a full and frequent pulse, and when the inflammation is extensive, there is generally no remis- sion of febrile symptoms. The face swells and presents a red appearance— the eyes being often closed up with the swelling; breathing is difficult; the fauces and nose are very dry; and if the disease is violent, the patient gen- erally dies on the ninth or eleventh day of its attack, from inflammation, or other affection of the brain. When the disease affects the breasts, they swell and become very hard and. painful—often suppurating,—there is also, in many instances, a severe pain in the glands of the armpits, in which abscesses will sometimes form. When the feet are affected, the contiguous parts present a shining appear- ance, attended with pain, scarcely bearing the slightest touch, and often ascending into the legs. In mild cases there will be heat, roughness, and redness of the skin, with slight febrile symptoms, which after a few days will cease, the surface of the part affected becoming yellow, and the cuticle or scarf-skin falling off in scales. When the attack is severe, with high inflammatory symptoms, there will be pains in the head and back, great heat, thirst, restlessness, the pulse will become small and frequent, and after a longer or shorter time, small vesicles, similar to those produced by blisters, present themselves, sometimes having more the appearance of a small-pox vesicle, which are filled with a watery ERYSIPELAS. 233 fluid at first containing a free acid, and of a colorless, but more commonly, yellowish cast, which becomes more opaque and thicker—the cuticle breaks and falls off in scales, leaving the skin either sound, or ulcerated; and when this last is the case, the ulcers are frequently of a disagreeable, ill-condi- tioned, and indolent character, sometimes, but rarely, assuming a tendency to gangrene. Causes. Erysipelas may be considered a humoral and constitutional in- flammatory disease, proceeding from a vitiated state of the blood; and whether it be epidemic, or sporadic, this peculiar condition of the blood must be present. When it occurs as an epidemic, it is connected with some particu- lar state of the atmosphere. The condition of the blood necessary to dispose to this disease, is undoubtedly produced by intemperance in eating or drinking, or by using improper diet. And it will be found that persons accustomed to a free indulgence in all kinds of food and drink, will develop the disposition to erysipelas, either in their own persons, or in that of their offspring, and frequently in both. The various causes which have been named as producing causes, have, as far as my observation has led me to believe, merely called into action mor bific humors previously produced by unhealthy food, or intemperance in eat- ing and drinking. And it may have been observed, that a meal, whether composed of improper, or of healthy food eaten in excess, is most commonly followed, in erysipelatous habits, by a severe attack of the disease; while, on the other hand, a strict attention to diet will lessen the severity of the dis- ease, and often entirely prevent its reappearance. Although erysipelas is observed as comparatively confining itself to the true skin, I feel fully convinced that it very frequently attacks internal or- gans, causing sudden and unexpected loss of life ; and this may be the result of its recession from the surface; or, it may primarily attack an internal or- gan, as in child-bed fever. A disease, known as black-tongue, is probably a malignant form of erysipelas occurring without an eruption. The prognosis in ordinary cases of .erysipelas is favorable. But, when the symptoms are severe, with delirium or coma, and typhoid symptoms; when it occurs in the aged, the intemperate, or those of debilitated constitutions; and when it recedes or "strikes in," the prognosis is unfavorable. When con- nected with phlegmonous inflammation, or complicated with other diseases, or occurring as the sequel of dropsy, it is always unfavorable. It frequently occurs in new-born infants, and is apt to prove fatal. Treatment. I invariably commence the treatment of all erysipelatous attacks accompanied with febrile symptoms, with a purgative, and for which, I prefer the following powder:—Take of Podophyllin one grain, Leptandrin four grains, Cream of Tartar twenty grains; mix, and divide into two pow- ders. One of these powders may be given every six hours, until free ca- tharsis is produced. It is necessary to keep the bowels in a regular condi- tion daily, during the progress of the disease, and for which the same meas- ures may be pursued as recommended for a similar purpose in Typhus Fever, page 206. Some authors recommend an emetic at the commencement of the attack, but I have not used it, except in those cases where the symptoms were very severe. After the action of the cathartic, the following must be given in those cases attended with high inflammatory symptoms:—Take of Tincture of Chloride of Iron one fluidrachm, Sweet Spirits of Nitre two fluidrachms; mix. The dose is thirty drops every hour or two, in a wineglass of a diuretic infusion made by infusing one ounce, each, of Elder flowers and Maiden hair, in two pints of boiling water. If these articles cannot be readily obtained, some 234 AMERICAN FAMILY PHYSICIAN. other diuretic infusion may be substituted, as of Marsh mallow, Cleavers, Haircap moss, &c. Diuretics will be found of much utility in those cases attended with a difficulty in urination, high color, and heat of urine, &c. When the disease occurs as an epidemic, the above preparation may be omitted, and the following substituted; and which will be found to exert a decided influence on the disease:—Take of Sulphate of Quinia, Prussiate of Iron, each, twelve grains; mix, and divide into four powders, of which three may be given a day, and continued, until the disease yields. Should there be a tendency to a recession of the eruption, a determination to the surface must be kept up by the administration of diaphoretics; either of the following may be used for this purpose :—Take of Bloodroot, Pleurisy root, Ipecacuanha, Nitre, each, in powder, one drachm ; mix; the dose is ten or fifteen grains every three or four hours. Or, take of Ipecacuanha, Crawley root, Pleurisy root, Nitre, each, in powder, one drachm; mix; the dose, same as above. When there is much restlessness, an infusion of Ladies' Slip- per and Scullcap may be given; or a pill composed of equal parts of Cypri- pedin and Scutellarine ; or, a pill composed of equal parts of Extract of Hyoscyamus and Lupulin. As a local application to allay the burning and itching of the parts, I have found more benefit to attend the use of the following, than any thing else :—Take of Tincture of Lobelia, Tincture of Bayberry bark, Saturated Solution of Muriate of Ammonia, each, a fluidounce; mix. Bathe the af- fected parts with this several times a day; and in cases of great heat and burning, moisten a piece of linen with it, and keep it constantly upon the parts. If these articles cannot be obtained, burnt or scorched flour, or a Slippery Elm poultice may be used instead. In some cases I have found the following mixture advantageous:—Take of Tincture of Poison Hemlock, (Conium Mac.) one fluidounce, Distilled water one fluidounce, Muriate of Ammonia two drachms. Dissolve the Ammonia in the water, and add the Tincture. To be used the same as the first-named application above. Dr. Fahnestock, of Pittsburgh, recommends, both in simple and phleg- monous erysipelas, to pencil the diseased surface with pure Creosote, ex- tending it to some distance beyond the inflamed part. In phlegmonous erysipelas, repeated applications are required, but in no case is the skin permanently marked. A brisk cathartic, as of Podophyllin and Leptandrin, may be given at the same time. If the Creosote is pure, it causes an imme- diate whiteness of the skin to which it is applied. In some cases, I have relaxed the skin with hot water, or its vapor, and after each fomentation saturated the inflamed surface with Lard one ounce, Oil of Lobelia half a drachm, Tincture of Muriate of Iron half a fluidounce; mix. After its ap- plication, cover the surface with wool. When the disease attacks the face with pain, heat, swelling, more or less delirium, and a tendency to lividity of the eruption, the whole face and head should be exposed, several times a day, to the following vapor bath, taking care to cover the head that the vapor may not escape; take Catnip, Wormwood, Tansy, and Boneset, of each equal parts, boil in water, and allow the vapor to act on the face for ten or fifteen minutes at a time Should symptoms of putrescency appear, Yeast and tonics may be given inter- nally and the Chloride of Lime sprinkled over the parts, which will frequent- ly arrest the putrefactive, or gangrenous action. A Saturated Solution of Sulphate of Zinc, will also be found useful in mortification ; it may be ap plied to the parts, and when they are whitened, an Elm poultice must be placed over them, and continued, changing twice a day, until the white eschar sloughs off. As a tonic, the best that I have found in this disease is INFLAMMATION OF THE BRAIN. 235 compoecd of Red Peruvian bark two ounces, Camomile flowers one ounce, Port wine a pint. This preparation may be administered three or four times a day, in wineglassful (or half full) doses. When ulcerations follow the scaling of the skin, they are commonly of an indolent nature; to remove which, promote suppuration, and thus facili- tate the ? cure, the parts, if practicable, should be steamed every twenty- four hours over an infusion of bitter herbs, after which a very small quan- tity of Spirits of Turpentine, not to exceed one drop, should be placed upon the center of each ulcer by means of a camel's hair pencil, not allowing any to get on the edges of the sore, or on the surrounding skin ; over which apply Indigo weed Ointment, spread on linen, bandage tightly, and keep excluded from the air, and enjoin rest until the next dressing. The Spirits of Turpentine will often occasion considerable pain for a few minutes, but in every case it changes the character of the ulcer to that of a healthy one. It should be applied but once in twenty-four hours—omitted when the sore presents a proper aspect, and re-applied as soon as it assumes the indolent form. As the fever is generally off in such cases, tonics, and mild laxatives may be given. In cleansing the ulcers, they should never be rubbed, but pressed lightly with a soft piece of sponge. The diet during the inflammatory symptoms should be light, as barley- water, panado, sago, &c.; but where there is much debility, and symptoms of irritation, animal broths, and a moderate use of wine, may be allowed. Some persons are subject to frequent attacks of erysipelas, occurring with little or no constitutional derangement; and for such the following means will be found to effect a cure :—Take of Ground Centaury four ounces, Beech drops two ounces, Burdock seed two ounces; pour on these articles, coarsely bruised, four pints of boiling water, cover them, and when cold add two pints of good Whisky; let the whole stand a few days, frequently agitating. The dose is a wineglassful three times a day. The bowels should be kept regular, procuring one, but not over two evacuations daily; and for which purpose, if necessary, the Compound Powder of Rhubarb and Potassa may be taken in doses of from five to ten grains, and repeated three times daily. This will be found of service in eradicating both the simple and phlegmonous forms of erysipelas ; but in all cases, whether ery- sipelas be in an active or" passive condition, if we place all our dependence on medicine, we will be subject to the mortification of witnessing frequent returns of the attack, or its apparent intractability to the most active and efficient articles of the Materia Medica; diet is, therefore, an all-important measure in the treatment, as well as proper remedies, it should be light, nutritious, easy of digestion, not fat or greasy, anti-acid, &c. Sweets—as preserves, candies, &c, raw fruits and vegetables, fish, veal broths, lemon- • ade, or other causes of acidity, should not be used. Milk, although it has been advised, is an improper article in all erysipelatous cases, owing to the existing disposition of the stomach to acidity. INFLAMMATION OF THE BRAIN. Inflammation of the Brain, or Phrenitis, is known in some sections of country, by the improper name of "brain fever." Among medical men it is variously termed, meningitis, encephalitis, arachnitis, &c, according to the several parts affected. The term phrenitis may include any, or all of these, the treatment being very similar in each variety. Symptoms. An attack of this disease may take place either gradually, 236 AMERICAN FAMILY PHYSICIAN. or very suddenly, more commonly the former. The premonitory symptoms are, at first, depression of spirits, impaired appetite, mental uneasiness, and confusion of ideas, especially when in the recumbent posture, debility, and sometimes ringing in the ears, and even blindness. These are succeeded in most instances by a more or less severe chill, and constant headache, which are soon followed by violent fever, hot and dry ski-_; Pushed coun- tenance, suffused eyes, or a haggard, anxious, fearful expression of them, the pulse is quick and hard, and the pulsation of the carotid arteries, in the neck, is rapid and forcible. The intensity of the headache increases, as also the ringing in the ears, sometimes changing to a humming or rumbling sound ; the senses become morbidly acute, as known by the sensitiveness and restlessness manifested on exposure to either light or sound. The pu- pils of the eyes are constantly contracted; the patient is extremely restless and wakeful, with more or less delirium ; he frequently imagines that some one designs to injure him, and cannot bear restraint or contradiction, and the delirium is often of a furious raving nature. The head is remarkably hot, while the extremities are cold; the tongue is furred white, red at its edges, dry, pointed, and the papillae elevated; the bowels are obstinately constipated, and nausea or vomiting are common. Respiration is accele- rated and laborious, seldom hurried as in fevers, but irregular and with frequent sighs. Generally there will be spasmodic movements of the mus- cles and of the tendons. The urine is scanty and deep colored. As the disease advances, a change occurs in the symptoms, the previous delirium is succeeded by a stupor which gradually passes into coma; the formerly contracted pupils are now dilated, and there is less sensibility to light; the eye loses its brightness, sometimes there is squinting, and the countenance is vacant or idiotic; picking at the bedclothes, or grasping in the air, are almost always present. The hearing is much diminished, and indeed, all the senses are more or less blunted; the limbs become per fectly relaxed ; the pulse is slow, sluggish, and irregular or intermittent; the respiration is deep, slow, and often stertorous; the urine is very scanty, if passed at all, and the feces are involuntarily discharged. Convulsions, or paralytic attacks, frequently ensue. Finally, the pulse becomes hurried, small, and unequal, the countenance pale and sunken, the skin has a cold and clammy perspiration upon it, the urine passes involuntarily, the coma becomes more profound, and death terminates the scene. It must be remembered, that these symptoms vary, being very mild with some, and extremely violent with others, depending upon the degree of vital energy of the system, the severity of the cause, and other attending circumstances. Some care is required in discriminating inflammation of the brain from fever; the headache of phrenitis is more constant than that of fever, and ap- pears to be confined to no particular spot; the sleep in phrenitis is dis- turbed with bad dreams, and sudden startings, or awaking in fear, and, with children, a scream on awakening. In typhus, the urine is scanty, cid in the earlier part of the disease, with increased uric acid, and dimin- shed urea. In phrenitis, there is an excess of the phosphates. Causes. Inflammation of the brain may be produced by falls, blows, or other injuries inflicted upon the head; long-continued and intense study; cold; fatigue; intemperance in eating and drinking ; long-continued expo- sure to the heat of the sun ; violent exercise ; suppression of habitual evac- uations ; excessive anger; and whatever causes a determination of blood to the head. It frequently occurs as a secondary attack, by the recession or metastasis of some disease, as erysipelas, rheumatism, cholera-infautum, cutaneous affections, &c. INFLAMMATION OF THE BRAIN. 237 The prognosis is generally doubtful. Much depends upon the cause of the attack; if it be produced accidentally by blows, &c, it is more favorable than where it is owing to some constitutional difficulty. The milder the symptoms, the more favorable are the indications; but we should not des- pair even of the worst cases. Treatment. Inflammation of the brain requires the most prompt and energetic measures; the principal indication being to equalize the circula- tion, by determining the blood from the brain. In the early part of the disease, when there are accumulations in the stomach, an emetic, as the Compound Powder of Lobelia, may be given ; but more generally, the bet- ter agent will be an active cathartic, which not only unloads the bowels, but by its derivative influence, causes a determination from the brain. The most useful cathartic is the Compound Powder of Jalap, one drachm of which may be administered with about ten grains of Cream of Tartar. And this cathartic must be administered every day, for some days, or until the inflammatory symptoms have subsided. But when there is great constitu- tional debility connected with the disease, it will be improper to administer cathartics, and, in such cases, the bowels must be opened by injections, and mild aperients, as infusion of Blackroot, Rhubarb, &c. As soon as possible, in the early stage of the disease, the feet should be bathed in warm weak ley water, which may be repeated twice a day; and if the strength and condition of the patient will admit, a Spirit vapor bath should be given without delay, which will tend materially to lessen the se- verity of the attack. On placing the patient in bed, after these operations, Mustard poultices should be applied to the feet, and along the whole course of the spinal column, and kept on until considerable redness is produced. And this course may be followed daily, as long as the headache and inflam- matory symptoms are present. Ligatures to the thighs, for the purpose of diminishing the flow of blood to the brain, will be found of decided advantage in severe cases ; but this should always be done by a physician, lest the ligatures be applied so tightly as to interfere with the arterial circulation, or else not tight enough. See article Hemastasis in part III. Local applications should also be made to the head to relieve the pain and delirium ; warm water may be frequently applied to the head, and then evaporated by fanning; or, a fomentation of equal parts of Hops and Stramonium Leaves, infused in hot water, may be enclosed in a muslin bag and applied to the head; it should be changed from time to time, not allowing it to become cold. In cases where the headache is very intense, or the delirium violent and raving, and the above measures do not lessen the symptoms, it may become necessary to apply cups to the temples and nape of the neck, and repeat the application two or three times a day, until the symptoms are relieved. Though I have had no occasion to adopt this measure as a mode of relief, for the last sixteen years, the other means having in my hands, succeeded admirably. When there is great restlessness, or want of sleep, five or ten grains of the Compound Powder of Ipecacuanha and Opium may be given every two, three, or four hours; or, a teaspoonful of the Compound Tincture of Virginia Snakeroot in some infusion of Scullcap, may be given every night. The patient must be kept cool, in a dark room, free from noise or other disturbance, with his head considerably elevated, and no food should be allowed him, except toast-water, thin barley-water, cold water, lemonade, 238 AMERICAN FAMILY PHYSICIAN. orange juice, &c, given in small quantities merely to quench his thirst. He should be closely watched, lest he get out of bed, and do some injury while in his delirium. In the stage of coma, when there is no paralysis, no squinting, and the patient can be aroused to consciousness, stimulants, nourishment, and tonics may be tried. Carbonate of Ammonia may be given, in conjunction with a small quantity of Ale or Porter, to which Camphor one-fourth of a grain, and Sulphate of Quinia one-half of a grain, have been added. This may be repeated as often as required. When phrenitis occurs as a consequence of some suppressed evacuation, or a recession of some eruption, these must always be restored as promptly as possible. During convalescence, great care should be taken to avoid a relapse; the same course must be pursued as named under convalescence from fevers. INFLAMMATION OF THE EAR. Inflammation of the Ear, or Otitis is a disease common to children, and frequently met with in adults. The disease may be confined to the internal wall of the ear, or it may involve the drum or tympanum. Symptoms. Inflammation of the ear is attended with acute pain, fre- quently without much fever, but sometimes the febrile symptoms run very high, the brain becomes involved, and delirium, coma or convulsions take place. Swelling and redness, attended with throbbing, may be perceived by a careful examination, and which will serve to distinguish it from neuralgia, which last likewise manifests a periodicity in its symptoms not met with in otitis. Occasionally suppuration takes place, and sometimes remains for years, obstinately resisting all treatment. The causes of otitis are usually, exposures to cold, as, exposing the ear to a draught of air, or trimming the hair of the head too short in cold weather, &c. Local injuries may also give rise to it, as inserting paper and other foreign bodies into the ear, as is often done by children; insects getting into the ear may produce inflammation ; and it frequently occurs as a sequel to other diseases, scarlet fever for instance. Treatment. If the disease be owing to foreign bodies in the ear, or an accumulation of hardened wax, these must first be removed; and to accomplish which will frequently cause some trouble and perseverance. Syringing the ear forcibly with tepid water thrown from a small syringe, is recommended for this purpose. When the otitis is caused by exposure to cold, the feet may be bathed in warm water, and a warm fomentation of Hops applied over the ear, and occasionally renewed. If this does not ease the pain, two drops of Sweet Oil of Almonds to which one drop of Laudanum has been added, may be warmed and dropped into the ear two or three times in the course of the day. Or, the juice of Onion, and Laudanum, equal parts of each, may be dropped into the ear. Or, take Oil of Sassafras half a fluidrachm, Olive Oil one fluidrachm, powdered Camphor fifteen grains ; mix, and dissolve the Camphor in the Oils. A few drops of this mixture, warmed, may be dropped into the ear, and a pledget of cotton may also be worn in the ear, moistened with the same. A few drops of Tincture of Digitalis in the ear, nave been recommended. When the pain is very severe, with general de- rangement, a Mustard poultice may be placed behind the ear, and a purga- INFLAMMATION OF THE EYES. 239 live be given. If the stomach is deranged, or filled with irritating matter, an emetic will be found beneficial. When the fever is violent, with great pain, coma or delirium, in addition to the above local means, the general treatment recommended in inflamma- tion of the brain must be pursued. When the disease is of a periodical nature, or is accompanied with periodic fever, Sulphate of Quinia, in some form, will be found useful. When suppuration ensues, the ear must be syringed with warm soap- suds, after which, an infusion of Golden Seal, to which a small portion of Pyroligneous Acid has been added to correct the fetor, should be injected; and this course may be repeated once or twice every d,iy. Or, a decoction of equal parts of Golden Seal and Wild Indigo root, may be used instead of the above. Sometimes it will become necessary to use instead of the above, a solution of Sesquicarbonate of Potash. In conjunction with these local means, the bowels should be kept regular by small doses of the Com- pound Powder of Rhubarb and Potassa; and the Compound Syrup of Yellow Dock, or some other alterative, should be given and persisted in for some months. INFLAMMATION OF THE EYES. Ophthalmia is a term applied to Inflammation of the Eyes, whether of the acute or chronic form. All parts of the eye are subject to inflamma- tion, more especially its outer covering, (conjunctiva) and the inner surface of the lids. At this place, catarrhal ophthalmia, purulent ophthalmia, and, inflammation of the iris, will be considered. CATARRHAL OPHTHALMIA. Symptoms. The conjunctiva or white of the eye becomes swelled, and of a scarlet color, being more or less covered with bloodvessels, presenting the appearance of what is usually termed bloodshot; with this there is a sensation of hoat, smarting, and pain, as if particles of sand were in the eye, and which pain is aggravated by rubbing the eye. There is much pain and uneasiness on exposing the eye to the light, and sometimes even on the least motion of the eyeball, so that the patient usually keeps the lids closed. A copious flow of hot, or excoriating tears, is also present. When the disease is very violent, or, in irritable habits, febrile symptoms are manifested. Causes. Catarrhal ophthalmia may be produced by exposure to cold, sudden changes of temperature, blows and other injuries upon the eyeball, irritating vapors, foreign particles in the eye, improper exposure of the eye to strong light, overtasking the eyes by reading or writing late at night, intemperance, and other causes similar to those producing inflammation of other.mucous surfaces. This disease may be determined from rheumatic ophthalmia, by the pres- ence of headache, the greater intolerance of light, and the severe, throbbing pain, common to the latter; beside in catarrhal ophthalmia the bloodvessels are tortuous and of a scarlet red color, and in the rheumatic form, they are straight, hair-like, radiated, and of a pink or violet hue. In rheumatic ophthalmia the sensation of roughness or foreign bodies in the eye is never 240 AMERICAN FAMILY PHYSICIAN. present. There is seldom any danger to be apprehended in catarrhal ophthalmia, when properly treated. Treatment. The eye should first be examined, in all cases where it is inflamed, to ascertain that no foreign body is present irritating it; and if such are found, they must be at once extracted. The feet should be bathed in warm water for fifteen or twenty minutes, and which should be repeated two or three times a day; and during the intervals Mustard poultices should also be applied to them. Mustard may also be placed to the back of the neck when the inflammation is violent. In severe cases a cathartic, every day or two, until the active inflammatory symptoms have subsided, will be found very serviceable; and an attention to the surface of the body, bathing it occasionally with a weak alkaline solution, will materially aid in allaying the severer symptoms. Applications should also be made to the eyes, as a fomentation of Hops in water, or a fomentation of Poppy leaves; and, when the pain is very severe, Stramonium leaves may be applied—the green leaves may be bruised and laid over the eye,—the dried leaves should be steeped in hot water, and employed as a fomentation. In some very severe in- stances, in which all previous remedies had resulted in no benefit, I have met with the most marked and immediate benefit, by applying cloths wet with cold water to the affected eyes, and changing them every two or three minutes. In one very aggravated case, in particular, this course had to be pursued for about thirty-six hours before any permanency of the benefit obtained was established. Other agents have been advised as local appli- cations, as a poultice of Slippery Elm,—or a strong mucilage made by immersing the pith of Sassafras in distilled Rose-water. A poultice of Slippery Elm bark one drachm, Lupulin half a drachm, powdered Lobelia seed twelve grains, with sufficient hot water, has proved efficacious as a local application in severe cases; it should be changed every three hours. When there is considerable restlessness, wakefulness, or nervous irrita- bility, one or two doses of the Compound Powder of Ipecacuanha and Opium may be given toward bedtime, or the mixture of Tinctures of Gelseminum and Aconite, (see page 193,) may be given through the latter part of the day. I have found the tincture of Kalmia Angustifolia a very excellent remedy in inflammation of the eye. During the above treatment, the patient must be kept in a darkened room, and the diet should be very light. When the active inflammatory symptoms have subsided, the disease passes into the chronic stage, in which the eye still looks red and inflamed, with a great diminution of the pain, intolerance of light, and watery dis- charge. The treatment must now be changed, and means used to increase the activity of the absorbent vessels, and strengthen the eye. Various means are employed for this purpose, among which I will name the following:— 1. In most cases I find that a fluidrachm of Tincture of Aconite added to a fluidounce of a strong decoction of Golden Seal, has a very desirable effect. The eye should be bathed with it frequently during the day. 2. Take of Sulphate of Zinc one ounce, Rock Salt three ounces, Crocus Martis eight grains, rain-water two pints. Add the articles together, dis- solve the salts, and, after allowing the mixture to stand twenty-four hours, filter. To be applied to the eyes as above. 3. Take of Golden Seal, Witch Hazel leaves, of each, in powder, a drachm, boiling water a gill. Infuse the powder in the boiling water for ten or twenty minutes, and when cold, strain. The eye must be frequently bathed with this. OPHTHALMIA. 241. 4. The Compound Myrrh Lotion. 5. The Compound Lotion of Golden Seal. G. The Compound Lotion of Zinc. 7. The Compound Ointment of Oxide of Zinc. In conjunction with this treatment, the bowels must be kept regular, mild tonics administered, with a light, nourishing diet. Ophthalmia tarsi, is an inflammation of the glands in the tarsus or edges of the eyelids. It is a chronic affection, occurs generally in scrofu- lous persons, occasions considerable irritation, and frequently causes a destruction of the eyelashes. It may be a termination of catarrhal ophthal- mia, and should be treated by stimulating applications, as tincture of Red Pepper, either diluted or not, as the case may require. Should there be a small ulcer at the roots of the eyelashes, it may be touched with a solu- tion of Alum, or a solution of Sulphate of Zinc. The application of the Compound Ointment of Oxide of Zinc, every 'ight, will have a ten- dency to prevent the lids from sticking together in the morning; but should this occur, the lids may be washed carefully with warm milk, until they open without pain. The peculiar sticky or gummy matter which is secreted on the lids in this disease, must always be removed by washing with warm milk, previous to the application of any remedy. I have found the following a very effectual application in ophthalmia tarsi;—to one fluidounce of a Saturated Solution of Sal Ammoniac, add one fluidounce of rain-water, and from two to six fluidrachms of Tincture of Capsicum, according to the degree of smarting it produces. This may be applied four or five times a day to the lids; and it should be aided by internal treatment, as the Compound Syrup of Yellow Dock, or the Com- pound Syrup of Stillingia. PURULENT OPHTHALMIA. Symptoms. Usually a great itching is felt in the eye, or a sensation as if a p.u^iole of dust were between the lids and the eyeball, and this usually happens at night; this is succeeded by a sticking together of the lids, gen- erally in the morning, owing to a secretion of mucus. The lids are some- what stiff, there is great and uniform redness of the eye, but without pain, tension, or intolerance of light, and a watery fluid is discharged. The dis- ease soon extends to the globe of the eye, with high vascular action and bright redness, great tumefaction of the membrane, and increased discharge. The conjunctiva suddenly swells, and becomes considerably elevated around the cornea, the cornea appearing, as it were, at the bottom of a pit. This swelling is called chemosis, and is often so great as to overlap, and nearly cover the cornea. The eyelids swell, and are almost immovable, the dis- charge is profuse and of a yellow color, and may continue for ten or fifteen days without much change. Finally the chemosis begins to shrink, the dis- charge diminishes, and becomes thin and gleety, and the parts which were the first attacked are the last in which the disease disappears. The inflammatory symptoms vary from a mild character to one of great violence, being accompanied with sharp, lancinating pain, situated deep in the eyeball, and which is usually worse at night; sometimes a deep-seated, throbbing pain in the eye, comes on in paroxysms; or it may be violent and continuous, without any mitigation until the cornea bursts. The disease may terminate in bursting of the cornea, abscess of the cornea, ulceration of the cornea, opacity of the cornea, thickening or granulation of the lids. &c. lb' 242 AMERICAN FAMILY PHYSICIAN. Purulent ophthalmia may be discriminated from catarrhal by the chemosiSj the bright red membrane, and the profuse purulent discharge. The right eye suffers more frequently and more severely than the left, though the disease may attack either one, or both. * Causes. The disease is supposed to be propagated by contagion, though there is a diversity of opinions among medical men on this point. It fre- quently occurs epidemically, and seems to depend upon some peculiar con- dition of the atmosphere. And, under some circumstances, there is no doubt but it may be produced by exposures, injuries, and other circumstances that will occasion the catarrhal form. The prognosis of purulent ophthalmia in the adult is not very favorable, as the disease is frequently unmanageable. If the cornea retain its natural transparency, the inflammation may be arrested by vigorous treatment; but if it bo dull, with deep-seated pain in the eye and head, indicative of exten- sive inflammation of the eyeball, the termination will be doubtful. After partial suppuration, considerable ulceration, or interstitial deposition, recov- ery of sight may take place, especially if these changes occur toward the circumference and not in the centre of the eye. Treatment. Everything must be done to subdue inflammation as rapidly as possible. The feet must be bathed in warm water for fifteen or twenty minutes, which should be repeated two or three times a day; and during the intervals Mustard should be applied to them, and along the spinal col- umn. The bowels must be actively purged at first, after which they should be kept free, daily, by laxatives. Local applications, similar to those mentioned under Catarrhal Ophthal- mia, should be kept upon the eye, and it will be found, in most cases, more beneficial to apply them cold than warm, changing frequently. Much advan- tage will be derived from the cold water, used as described in the previous treatment. In addition to these applications, the eyes should be frequently washed with the following:—Take of Sulphate of Quinia twenty grains, Elixir Vitriol one fluidrachm, strong decoction of Black Cohosh four fluidounces. Mix. This will sometimes occasion an intense pain upon the first, second; and third bathings, but afterward it will be found to have an excellent sooth- ing and cooling effect. The severity of its first application should not pre- vent the practitioner from using it. Internally, the inflammatory action may be mitigated by the administration of the mixture of Gelseminum and Aconite, in tincture, as recommended on page 193 ; or, a slight degree of nausea may be constantly kept up by small doses of Lobelia, either in powder or tincture, and which will be found to exert a powerful influence in overcoming the inflammation. The diet should be light, and the patient kept in a darkened room. ilfter the inflammatory symptoms have subsided, the bright redness of the conjunctiva gone, as well as the pain, and the membrane appearing paler, relaxed, and flabby, with a profuse discharge, the treatment must be changed. The diet should be more nutritious, and astringents applied to the eye, as, a strong decoction of Golden Seal and Geranium, in which a small portion of Alum has been dissolved. This may be dropped in the eye two or three times a day'; but if it increases the pain and redness, it must be omitted, and not again used until tho inflammatory symptoms have been subdued Or, some one of the preparations named in the treatment of catarrhal oph- thalmia, may be used. The patient should be allowed to exercise in the open air, exposing the eye to light, as much as it will bear, and should he ho much debilitated, tonics and alteratives must be used. The towels, linen, &c.,>used by the patient, must not be used by any other person, lest the dis- INFLAMMATION OF THE HUP. 243 ease be communicated to them; too much care in this respect, cannot be taken. Any remaining granulation, or ulceration of the lids may be removed by the following:—Through a stout piece of a limb of tag alder, bore a hole lengthwise, from half an inch to an inch in diameter; fill this with finely powdered salt, close it at each end, and place it in hot ashes, where it can remain for some twenty-four hours or longer and slowly char. When the tag is almost all charred, remove it from the ashes, split it open, and remove the salt, which will be in the form of a roll; powder this finely, and keep it in a well-corked vial. To use it, blow some of the powder in the eye, through quill, and repeat it two or three times daily. This will be found a most valuable application for the above, and several other affections of the eye. Infantile Purulent Ophthalmia is very apt to terminate in loss of sight, if not timely attended to. It comes on a few days after birth, with a redness of the lids, and at first a slight discharge which causes a sticking of the lids together, when the child awakes from sleep. As there is pain on exposure to light, the eyelids are kept closed. If the disease be allowed to progress, the lids swell and become red even externally, and a profuse discharge of a yellowish purulent fluid takes place, which frequently flows over the face, staining the cap and linen. When the lids are separated, the eye cannot be seen until the discharge which covers it is removed. This form of ophthalmia may arise from exposure of the child during its birth, to leucorrheal, gonorrheal, or other matter with which its mother may be laboring under; it may also originate from not properly washing the child, and other circumstances, as cold and damp, bad or insufficient food, &c. A similar affection is also met with in children three or four years old. If treated in an early stage before the cornea has become affected,' the dis- ease can always be cured. The eyes should be cleansed of all the matter discharged, by frequently bathing them with Rose-water or mucilage of Slip- pery Elm, and, in the meantime, cold or tepid water should be kept con- stantly applied over the eyes by means of linen cloths moistened with it and which should be frequently changed; or a poultice of Slippery Elm may be applied to the eyes, when there is much redness and swelling of the lids. The bowels should be kept regular by means of injections, and the action of light upon the child's eyes should be prevented as much as possible both during the treatment and for some days after a cure has been made. When the inflammation has subsided, the eyes must be bathed several times a day, with a decoction of equal parts of Golden Seal and Witch Ha- zel leaves; or, if a more active application is desired, five or ten grains of the Sesquicarbonate of Potash may be dissolved in a fluidounce of the de- coction. INFLAMMATION OF THE IRIS. Inflammation of the Iris, or Iritis, may be accompanied with rheuma- tism, sometimes with gout, and not unfrequently with syphilis; hence the names rheumatic iritis, syphilitic iritis, &c, have been applied to these va- rious forms. The disease is, however, in all instances, only a modification of one and the same affection. Symptoms. Uneasy sensations are experienced in the neighborhood of the eye, with pains about the forehead, brow, and orbit, extending to the side of the head; there is also a redness of the sclerotica or white of the eye. with intolerance of light and watery discharge. As these symptoms in- 244 AMERICAN FAMILY PHYSICIAN. crease in severity, the iris or that part of the eye which surrounds the pupil and from which wo judge of the color of the eye, whether blue, black, &c, becomes involved; its color undergoes a change, first in the lesser circle which becomes of a darker hue, and afterward in the greater which becomes green if it were originally blue or greyish, and reddish if it were brown or black. The pupil is contracted, its opening being deprived of the bright black color it naturally possesses, and the motions of the iris are impeded. Headache and feverish disturbance of the system are generally present. After a violent attack, with great diminution of sight, the symptoms subside, the eye recovers, and sight is restored. The iris is found to be connected to the capsule by adhesions of white color. The inflammation returns again and again, new adhesions take place, the pupil becomes more and more con- tracted, and finally vision is lost. Occasionally, the first attack may be so violent, as to occasion loss of sight. Causes. It may be produced by cold, and is frequently attended with rheumatism, syphilis, &c. Some rheumatic persons have an attack or more every year, in which the sight becomes gradually destroyed. Treatment. The treatment is the same as recommended in the previous inflammations of the eye, being prompt and energetic in proportion to the violence of the attack. It will also be proper to give an active cathartic for the first two or three days', and subsequently keep the bowels regular by laxatives. And any wakefulness may be overcome by the administration of the Compound Powder of Ipecacuanha and Opium, five or ten grains at bedtime. In this disease, as well as in cases of almost insupportable pain in the eye from an active attack of inflammatory rheumatism of the eyeball, I have derived immediate benefit by the application of fresh Stramonium leaves, bruised, slightly moistened, and placed as a poultice over the eye; frequently every painful feeling will be removed in five minutes after the poultice haa been applied. When the fresh leaves cannot he obtained, the inspissated juice of the leaves may be rubbed with Elm poultice and applied; the pro- portions being about two drachms of the inspissated juice to enough Elm poultice to cover both eyes. The dried leaves will not be found so beneficial. In conjunction with this, when rheumatism is present, the following may be administered internally:—Take of Tincture of Black Cohosh one fluid- ounce, Tincture of Colchicum seeds half a fluidounce, Tincture of Aconite two fluidrachms. Mix. The dose is twenty or thirty drops, three or four times a day. After the disease in the eye is subdued, if rheumatism be present, treat the system according to the directions given under treatment of Rheumatism. After the inflammation of the eye is completely overcome, there will he a debility, and morbid sensibility remaining, which must be treated by some local stimulant, as a strong decoction of Golden Seal, one fluidounce, to which a half fluidounce of Tincture of Prickly Elder may be added; or, if greater stimulation is desired, from one to four fluidrachms of Tincture of Capsicum, may be likewise added. A few drops of this may be placed in the debilitated eye, one, two, or three times a day, according to its capa- bility of enduring the stimulating action. Indeed, the preparations named in the preceding articles, will frequently be found very useful for the above purpose. In several cases where the virus from chancre had accidentally entered the eye, producing the usual symptoms, tending to a destruction of it, I have saved the organ by bathing it several times a day with a wash mad by dissolving ten grains of the Chloride of Gold and Soda, in one fluid' ^unce of rain-water. QUINSY. 245 INFLAMMATORY SORE THROAT, or QUINSY. Quinsy is an inflammation of the Tonsils, (or almonds of the ears,) but which may extend throughout the whole mucous membrane of the throat or fauces ; and sometimes even to the Eustachian tube, causing more or less deafness. Symptoms. Quinsy usually commences with alternate sensations of heat and chills, soon after which a soreness and difficulty of swallowing and breathing is perceived, succeeded by an enlargement of the tonsils and swelling of the back part of the throat, attended with redness and pain. The pain is of an acute, lancinating character, and may extend to one or both ears. The voice becomes hoarse and nasal, the tongue is coated and there is a frequent but difficult expectoration of mucus, with more or less fever. As the disease advances, the difficulty of swallowing and breathing increases; the speech becomes indistinct; the throat very- dry, with great thirst, and on attempting to swallow fluids they are fre- quently ejected through the nose; the tongue swells and is incrusted with a dark fur, and the pulse is full, hard, and frequent, beating from 100 to 140 in a minute. Sometimes, small white sloughy spots are to be observed on the tonsils, and in very violent attacks, there is a complete deafness. When the inflammation is very violent, the eyes become red, swollen, and watery; the cheeks florid and swelled; the patient is unable to open his mouth ; respiration is performed with difficulty; and the patient is obliged to be supported in nearly an erect posture to prevent suffocation. Large tumors can be seen or felt on each side of the jaws, and which are painful on pressure. Sometimes delirium, or coma supervene. Both tonsils are frequently so much inflamed and swollen, that it is exceedingly difficult for the patient to swallow anything. Occasionally the tonsils swell so enor- mously as to touch each other, rendering the patient unable to speak or swallow, and even checking respiration, and thus occasioning death. In some cases the inflammation rapidly subsides, terminating in resolu- tion ; but more frequently it terminates in abscess or suppuration, and occa- sionally in sloughing. When suppuration is about taking place, the parts affected become paler and less painful, a throbbing or sense of pulsation is felt, and there are slight chills. The matter may be discharged by the mouth, or it may pass into the stomach; in either case, being followed by immediate relief When sloughing is about to ensue, a whitish or greyish spot may be seen on the tonsil, which will gradually cover its whole sur- face ; it finally comes off, leaving a deep ulcer, which may be ultimately healed. Scrofulous persons are apt to be left with a chronic form of the disease, which may be excited into increased activity on exposures to cold, improper diet, &c. Causes. The most common causes of quinsy are, sudden changes ot temperature, dampness, wet feet, wet clothes, drunkenness, acrid or stim- ulating food; sitting near an open window while in a heated condition, or in a room recently plastered, or whitewashed; sharp substances lodged in the throat; and it frequently occurs as an epidemic. Strumous persons are most liable to it. The prognosis is generally favorable; but occasionally instances are met with, where suffocation is threatened from the enlarged tonsils completely closing the air-passages, and in which the only chance is for the surgeon to make an aperture in the trachea, and form an artificial air-passage for respiration, until the inflammatory symptoms have subsided. Treatment. An emetic given at the commencement of the attack will 246 AMERICAN FAMILY PHYSICIAN. not only remove any accumulations in the stomach, but will render the subsequent symptoms of a milder character, and sometimes will arrest the disease at once. But the emetic should not be given when the disease has so far advanced as to render swallowing painful and difficult. After the operation of the emetic, an active cathartic, as the Compound Powder of Jalap, should be administered, for the purpose of removing any morbid matters in the bowels. And it will be found salutary to procure daily evacuations from the bowels, if possible, by the administration of Seidlitz powders. In order to aid in allaying the inflammation and relaxing the parts, the throat must be bathed externally three or four times a day, with the Com- pound Tincture of Camphor, applying it warm and with considerable fric- tion, after which place a fomentation on the throat, as warm as can be borne, composed of equal parts of Hops, Mullein and Lobelia leaves, infused for a short time in hot water; or a fomentation of other bitter herbs may be substituted. If the Compound Tincture of Camphor is not at hand, a liniment may be substituted for it, composed of Olive Oil, Oil of Sassafras, Water of Ammonia, each, one fluidounce, powdered Camphor two drachms; mix. Some medical men object to these external stimulating applications, but they undoubtedly exert a useful counter-irritating effect. The vapor of a hot decoction of bitter herbs, inhaled several times a day, will prove of much benefit; the following will be found to answer admira- bly: Take equal parts of Hops, Wormwood, and Mullein leaves, boil them in equal parts of water and vinegar; then put the decoction in some con- venient vessel, over which place a funnel, and inhale the steam arising for ten or twenty minutes each time. A common teapot will answer to put the decoction in, inhaling the vapor from its spout. During the course of the disease, the feet should be frequently bathed in warm, weak ley water ; and the surface of the body should also be bathed with the same two or three times a day, especially when there are high febrile symptoms. Any restlessness or uneasiness may be overcome by a dose of the Compound Powder of Ipecacuanha and Opium, administered at bedtime. When the disease occurs as an epidemic, and the symptoms are of a periodical character, one of the preparations of Quinia, named under the treatment of intermittent fever, may be used with advantage. Gargles have been recommended in this disease, but it is seldom that the patient can employ them, on account of the pain and difficulty attend- ing their use; indeed they are not required when the tonsils are red and shining. More benefit will be derived from the inhalation of warm vapor, Lemon juice and honey, mixed together, and administered to the patient frequently through the day, allowing it to pass slowly over the parts, will prove very serviceable and refreshing, and of much greater utility than gargles. But when aphthous spots appear, or when the tonsils become of a dark livid color, a gargle will be serviceable ; the following may be used: Take of Sumach berries one ounce, Cayenne Pepper one drachm, Salt three drachms, boiling water half a pint; mix, and when cold, add Vinegar half a pint. If this cannot be gargled, it may be thrown upon the parts by means of a syringe, or the patient may occasionally allow a little of it to trickle down his throat. Sometimes more benefit will be derived from a lotion of Nitrate of Silver ten grains, water one fluidounce, applied to the parts by means of a camels' hair brush. I have known some very severe cases benefited by a poultice worn around the neck, made by roasting fresh Poke root, in hot ashes till it is softened, then mash and form it into a poultice. It must be applied warm, CYNANCHE MALIGNA. 247 a«d changed every two or three hours. This, of course, was aided by the inhalations of warm vapor. After the more active inflammatory symptoms have subsided, a stimu- lating and astringent gargle may be used with advantage; thus, take of Sumach berries, Golden Seal, Witch Hazel bark, Geraniui.i, each, equal parts: make a strong decoction, add two drachms of Alum to each pint, sweeten with honey, and gargle the throat frequently with it, while it is warm. Should symptoms of suppuration be present, known by the soft, pliable fluctuation of the tonsil, much suffering may be prevented, and any tendency to suffocation obviated by puncturing the part; the tongue must be pressed down with the handle of a spoon, and the swelling punctured with a common lancet, which, in order to prevent any accident, must be so covered with two pieces of pine, or other substance, as to leave only a small portion of the extremity of the lancet exposed. After the opera- tion the above stimulating gargle may be used. After the disease has been cured, relapses must be guarded against, by avoiding exposures to cold and damp, and by wearing flannel about the neck for several days afterward. Those who are subject to this disease, may prevent its attacking them by daily sponging the throat and neck with cold water, using a light but nutritious diet, and avoiding exposures to cold or sudden changes. When the disease assumes a chronic character, the following will be found a very valuable application : Take of a Saturated Solution of Sal Ammoniac four fluidounces, Tincture of Cayenne Pepper one fluidounce; mix. Gargle with this several times daily, or apply it to the tonsils by means of a camel's hair brush. When a permanent and troublesome enlargement of the tonsils remains, a portion will have to be excised by the surgeon. Through the whole course of the active symptoms, the diet must be very light, consisting principally of barley-water, toast-water, orange- juice, &c. INFLAMMATION OF THE PHARYNX. Inflammation of the Pharynx, or Pharyngitis, is commonly known as " sore throat." The symptoms are similar to those of quinsy, but with less fever, and no difficulty of breathing, although there is some difficulty in swallowing, and a copious mucous secretion from the part. The same causes that produce quinsy may also give rise to pharyngitis, and the treatment must be similar to that of quinsy. CYNANCHE MALIGNA. Cynanche Maligna, or Putrid Sore Throat, is" considered by the major part of practitioners, to be a variety of scarlatina. The symptoms arc chills, fever, quick pulse, pain and soreness of the throat, and frequently nausea and vomiting. As motion increases the pain, the neck is held con- stantly in one position. As the disease progresses^ greyish, aphthous spots form upon the inflamed glands of the throat, which leave deep purple or black ulcers; the voice and respiration is rough and difficult, the pulse sinks, being quick and weak, the breath becomes fetid, and if the disease terminates unfavorably, bleedings take place from the nose, mouth, &c. It may be produced by any cause which will give rise to putrid diseases. 248 AMERICAN FAMILY PHYSICIAN. Treatment. This disease may be treated the same as malignant sor throat in scarlet fever. The inhalation of vapor, as mentioned undei quinsy, may likewise be used, together with external fomentations. A plaster, made by melting Rosin, and adding to it equal parts, each, of Honey, and powdered Camphor, spread upon a piece of flannel, and worn around the throat for several dajs, has been highly recommended. INFLAMMATION OF THE MOUTH. Inflammation of the Mouth, or Stomatitis, is an affection which is com- mon to children of all ages. Symptoms. The mucous membrane of the mouth and tongue is unnat- urally red and hot, and exceedingly painful when foreign bodies are brought into contact with them. The mouth is usually dry, but frequently there is a copious discharge of saliva at the commencement of the attack. The whole surface of the mouth may be involved, or only parts of it, as the tongue, cheeks, gums, &c. The child is uneasy, restless, and fretful, and is evidently in much pain when eating or suckling. Sometimes the bowels are disordered with flatulence and griping, and if the child be suffering from dentition, there may be some fever present, but not withotit. Causes. The disease may be caused by irritating substances taken into the mouth, a disordered condition of the stomach and bowels, and painful dentition. Sometimes it occurs in certain eruptive diseases, as measles, scarlet fever, &c. It may also be occasioned in those more advanced in years, by dental operations, or by the accumulation of tartar around the teeth. Treatment. Simple applications to the mouth are generally all that will be required, as a wash or gargle of an infusion of Elm bark and Borax; or, a mixture of water and Honey7, each, seven parts, Alum one part. A very excellent remedy is a decoction of equal parts of Blue Cohosh root and Golden Seal. If diarrhea be present, the Compound Syrup of Rhubarb and Potassa may be given; if the stomach and bowels are otherwise deranged, a dose of the Compound Powder of Jalap, may be given. If the child is teething, cut the gums; and in older persons remove carious teeth when they are present. FOLLICULAR INFLAMMATION OF THE MOUTH. This disease is commonly known by the names of Thrush or Aphtha. It is a common disease of infancy and childhood, but may appear at any period of life. Symptoms. Small white specks are first seen upon the tongue, lips, and the interior surface of the mouth and throat, which spread more or less rapidly over these parts, and in severe cases, are continued through the alimentary canal to the anus. These specks proceed to ulceration, and terminate by exfoliation or shedding of whitish crusts. Sometimes a small quantity of blood is exhaled from these ulcers, which dries, and forms a slight brown scab. The mouth is hot, the lips often swollen, the saliva con- stantly dribbling from the mouth, the breath unusually disagreeable, and suckling or eating is difficult, producing much pain. The pulse is quick but feeble, the bowels out of order, with watery er green stools, and vomit ?rig is frequent. The child becomes pale, anxious, fretful, with an expres- sion of distress, and rapid emaciation. THRUSH. 249 When the disease is mild, but few of these symptoms are present; but when severe, we find frequently in addition, much headache, severe pain in the bowels, and often typhoid symptoms, under which the patient may sink rapidly. If the disease extends to the pharynx, the glands are apt to enlarge, and if extended to the trachea, the voice becomes altered, harsh, and hissing. Causes. The disease is most common among pale, delicate, and unhealthy „ children, as well as those who are brought up by hand. It may be caused by neglect, bad food, impure air, want of cleanliness, and is frequent in pla- ces where children are overcrowded. More often it is a secondary affection to derangements of the digestive organs, or to impaired health. Prognosis. AVhen the disease is mild, the white crusts will fall off, and the little ulcers heal in a few days. In the severe and unfavorable form the aphthae run together, forming more or less considerable ulcers, which have a dai-h or unhealthy appearance, with vomiting, diarrhea, small, quick pulse, and rapid emaciation. Treatment. As the bowels are usually deranged, the Compound Syrup of Rhubarb and Potassa, should be given daily to keep up a regular action, to remove acidity of the stomach, and to overcome diarrhea. The mouth should be frequently washed or gargled with a strong decoction of Blue Co- hosh root and Golden Seal, sweetened with Honey, and rendered astringent by the addition of some Alum; and a portion of this swallowed several times a day, will be of much advantage. When the ulcers have formed, they may be touched once or twice a day with a solution of five or ten grains of Nitrate of Silver to an ounce of dis- tilled water. In a number of instances I have derived decided benefit by washing them three or four times a day with the Tincture of Chloride of , Iron, which may be slightly diluted at first lest it smart too severely; and in very young infants, a drop or two, or more, according to age, may be given every one, two, or three hours, in a sufficient quantity of water. As an internal remedy Persesquinitrate of Iron has been highly extolled: Take of Solution of Persesquinitrate of Iron forty drops, -Syrup of Orange half a fluidounce, water five and a half fluidounces; mix. The dose is a wine- glass half full, four times a day, to a child three or four years old; or in proportion to its age. AVhen the ulcers assume a brown hue, manifesting a tendency to gangrene, the mouth may be frequently washed with Yeast, or a solution of Chlorate of Potassa; and Yeast may be given internally, either alone, or in combination with equal parts of Olive Oil, and Sweet Spirits of Nitre; or, the Chlorate of I'otassa may be administered internally in doses of three grains dissolved in sweetened water, to a child three years old, and repeated every four hours. Should the anus become excoriated, wash it frequently with warm water, and after each bathing apply Lapis Calaminaris or the impure Carbonate of Zinc. And the surface of the body and limbs should be kept clean by daily bathing. It will frequently be found beneficial to change the nurse of the child, and in older children to change the diet, which is best when consisting of milk, barley-water, toast-water, arrowroot,—and when much debility is present. wine whey, milk and wine, ale, porter, chicken broth, &c. In nearly all cases of this disease, alteratives will be of much service, more especially in children of scrofulous habits; the Compound Syrup of Stillin- gia, or the Compound Syrup of Yellow Dock, may be given in appropriate doses in conjunction with Iodide of Potassium. 250 AMERICAN FAMILY PHYSICIAN. MUGUET OR WHITE THRUSH. This disease differs from true Thrush in being a morbid secretion upon the mucous membrane of the mouth, and not occasioning any ulcers. Symptoms-. It usually comes on with inflammation of the mouth, more or less severe, and which may not attract attention until small curd-like patches or exudations are discovered on the inside of the lips and about the end of the tongue, and which, if the child be suckling, may be mistaken for parti- cles of milk. These spots gradually become more numerous, and run together forming irregular patches, and covering more or less of the mouth and throat; they are exfoliated and renewed, leaving the mucous surface from which they are thrown off, of a bright red color but without any ulceration. The skin is hot and dry, the pulse seldom affected, and thirst rather inordinate; but when the disease is severe, and especially when it has extended into the esophagus or tube leading to the'stomach, it is painful to suck or drink, and in some cases either of these are impossible. When it extends into the ali- mentary canal, it is apt to prove fatal. Causes. This affection is more prevalent among infants, and may be occasioned by bad food, impure air, insufficient clothing, too much purgation, or insufficient removal of the meconium, the crowding too many children together in a small space, and it may also be propagated by contagion by the nipple. Sometimes it prevails as an epidemic. Treatment. In the milder forms of the disease, the treatment recom mended for inflammation of the mouth will be sufficient. ' In the severe forms the mouth may be frequently Washed with a decoction of Golden Seal, in which some Alum has been dissolved; or the preparation named under Thrush may be used, of Golden Seal, Blue Cohosh, Honey, and Alum. In some cases a solution of Nitrate of Silver from two to six grains to an ounce of water will be found serviceable. The Tincture of Chloride of Iron used locally and internally, as named under Thrush, will very often be followed by prompt benefit. If the bowels are deranged, Tincture of Podophyllin one part, Tincture of Leptandrin four parts, may be mixed together, and administered in small doses, sufficient to keep them regular without purgation. If diarrhea is present, or if the disease has extended through the alimentary canal, with excoriation of the anus, treat the same as recommended under Thrush. If much debility is present, Quinia and stimulants will be indicated. The diet will be the same as that advised in Thrush. When the disease occurs as a secondary affection to some other disease, the primary one must be removed, before the local remedies will have any per- manent effect. ULCERATIVE INFLAMMATION OF THE MOUTH. This disease, known as "Ulcerated Sore Mouth," somewhat resembles Thrush, but differs from it, in the character of the ulceration, which instead of being confined to the follicles of the mucous membrane of the mouth, maj take place in any part of this membrane, and extend in an irregular manner. By some it is viewed as Cancrum Oris, but there is a material difference between the two. The disease may occur during infancy, but is more fre- quent among boys, and between the ages of five and ten. Symptoms. The disease usually commences in the gums, which become red, swollen, soft, and bleeding, and are soon covered with a soft layer of CANCRUM ORIS. 251 greyish matter. The inflammation and ulceration extend to the correspond- ing portion of the mucous membrane lining the mouth and lips, commencing with small whitish spots, which enlarge and run together, until they form the large grey patches covering the erosion or ulceration. Usually the dis- ease is limited to a small extent, but occasionally it extends over all parts of the mouth. If not relieved, the inflammation continues, and the ulceration deepens; the greyish layers of false membrane become detached and quickly renewed, thus perpetuating the disease. If the disease is severe, the sub- maxillary glands (situated beneath the jaw) are swollen, hard, and painful, the breath offensive, with more or less salivation. The suffering is severe, and the child is restless and uneasy, unable to suck, or eat. More or less fever is generally present, with a quick, weak pulse, loss of appetite, and ema- ciation. Sometimes the ulceration spreads so extensively that the teeth are loosened, and occasionally fall out. Causes. It may be owing to a deteriorated constitution resulting from improper or insufficient food, want of cleanliness, unwholesome air, damp dwellings, or a disordered condition of the stomach and bowels. Occasion- ally it appears as an epidemic, and may also occur in the course of other-dis- eases which produce constitutional debility. Treatment. The bowels must be attended to, using astringent infusions if diarrhea be present, and mild laxatives for constipation. The child should be kept clean, removed to a dry, airy situation, and fed upon good nutritious diet, especially if it be debilitated. The mouth should be frequently washed with some warm astringent infu- sion, and the ulcers touched with a solution of Nitrate of Silver. The Tinct- ure of Chloride of Iron will also be found very valuable as a local application to the ulcers. Various other remedies have been found useful, as an infusion of Golden Seal and Geranium with Alum; an infusion of Red Root, Witch Hazel bark and Geranium; or a solution of Tannic Acid in Port Wine. If the child be weak, Wine, Wine Whey, Sulphate of Quiniar &c, may be given; and in all cases, when no fever is present, the Compound Syrup of Stillingia with Iodide of Potassium should be administered daily. In cases where the stomach is loaded, the treatment may commence with an active emetic. And where there is torpor of the liver, small doses of Pod- ophyllin and Leptandrin will be of service. GANGRENOUS INFLAMMATION OF THE MOUTH. This disease, also known by the name of "Cancrum Oris," is one of the most terrific forms of inflammation of the mouth. All the preceding forms of inflammation of the mouth may be followed by gangrene in one form or other, but none of them are so rapid and destructive in their effects as the one under consideration. It is mostly observed in children, and following after some disease, but I have frequently seen it in adults. Symptoms. The symptoms vary. In some cases small vesicles, of an ashy, dark-red, or even black color, are observed within the mouth on the lips or cheeks, encircled by a red base, with little pain or swelling, more or less salivation, and a peculiar fetor. These vesicles pass rapidly into a gangrenous condition, with an augmentation of the pain, heat, and tumefaction. Dark or purplish spots appear in the neighborhood of the vesicles, which eventually form large sloughs; and they progress so rapidly, that in the short space of forty-eight hours, all the fleshy parts of the mouth and face may be destroyed by the gangrenous action. In other instances, the ulceration commences on 252 AMERICAN FAMILY PHYSICIAN. the gums, which at first present a white and spongy appearance, but which rap- idly passes into ulceration and gangrene, also spreading and involving the jawrs, cheeks, and lips. The breath becomes intolerably offensive, the teeth fall out, the soft tissues swell, become hard and purple, ulceration with sloughing ensues, and the discharge from the diseased parts are usually so acrid as to excoriate the parts over which it is permitted to flow. At first the general health does not appear to be much affected, but as the disease progresses and the soft tissues are destroyed, an irritative fever ensues, with loss of appetite, emaciation, diarrhea, and death. Causes. Authors tell us that it may be occasioned by impure air, bad food, and congregating children together in small rooms; but I am not dis- posed to believe this, as in all the cases I have seen the patients were under the influence of mercury, or had been previously treated by it. We are also told by authors that the disease is often a sequence of an attack of measles, scarlatina, etc. We are likewise informed that it never exists as a primary affection, but appears in children enfeebled by previous disease. One writer observes "that in all the cases he had seen, the children had a pale, bloated, sickly look* large belly, &c." My own opinion is, that cancrum oris is owing to the previous mercurial treatment employed in the various diseases under which the patients may have been suffering. Children and persons of a stru- mous habit are the most liable to this disease, and with such, mercury is very apt to produce its deleterious effects. And, indeed, dissection reveals tuber- cles in some portion of the system, in by far the greater number of cases, with occasional ulceration of the lining mucous membrane of the intestines, or enlargement of the follicular glands. Treatment. The bowels must be kept regular by doses of a mixture composed of Charcoal three parts, Rhubarb one part, which may be added to some Indian meal gruel, and administered in doses sufficient to produce a daily evacuation; active purgation must be avoided. If diarrhea be pres- ent, it must be restrained by astringent infusions, with prepared Charcoal added; in some cases, the Tincture of Chloride of Iron, may be given four or five times a day, in doses suited to the age of the patient. The surface of the gangrenous ulcers must be washed by a Saturated So- lution of Sulphate of Zinc. Or, either diluted Muriatic or Pyroligneous acid, or Tincture of Chloride of Iron may be used instead. When the gangrene is external, various agents have been advised as local applications, thus—a poultice of Wild Indigo leaves, Charcoal, Yeast, and Pyroligneous Acid; or, Bethroot, Black Cohosh, Witch Hazel, and Sumach ; or, Golden Seal, Wild Indigo leaves, and Nitre. An infusion or decoction of any of these, may likewise be used to wash or syringe the ulcers in the mouth. In very bad cases, the gangrenous surface may have to be cut away, because, to have any effect, the local applications must reach the healthy tissue. It has been advised by some, to apply strong Nitric Acid to cauterize the parts; the tongue, or other healthy parts, may be held on one side with a gilt or pla- tinized spatula, and then apply the acid by means of soft lint tied to a quill. The cauterization should be complete, so as to obtain a healthy surface of he sore at all its parts. In twelve hours, examine the parts, and retouch wherever the mortification seems unchecked; and repeat this examination and retouching every twelve hours, until the sloughing process is arrested. In the interim, the mouth should be frequently washed or syringed with a solution of Chloride of Lime. As this is a very painful treatment, a careful administration of the vapor of Chloroform is recommended. The patient should be kept clean, and the room well ventilated; his strength should be sustained by a proper diet, as arrowroot, sago, tapioca, MUMPS. 253 jellies, beef tea, and broths, with wine in each, wine, wine whey, &c. Sul- phate of Quinia may be administered internally, and in some cases with Phosphate of Iron. The Chlorate of Potassa has been recommended as al- most a specific in this disease; three grains may be given to a child three years of age, in some sweetened water, or wine, or porter, and repeated every four hours ; it is said to complete the cure in from six to twelve days. The Compound Powder of Ipecacuanha and Opium may be given to allay pain and restlessness. PAROTITIS, or MUMPS. Mumps, Parotitis, or Cynanche Parotidoea, is a disease chiefly attacking children, though it is occasionally met with in adults. Generally the person is affected but once with it, during life. As it does not terminate in the manner usual to inflammatory diseases, some authors consider it not to belong strictly to this class of maladies. Symptoms. The affection commences with a soreness and stiffness about the neck, which is followed by a hard movable and painful swelling of the parotid glands, which continues to increase until about the fourth day. when it gradually subsides, generally disappearing in from seven to nine days from its first attack. The swelling usually affects both glands at the same time, sometimes after the disease has left one gland it appears in the other, and occasionally it is confined to but one gland. In severe cases the swelling attains a considerable size, causing pain and difficulty in breathing, swallowing, and opening the mouth. In mild cases there is but little fever, but when the swelling is great, there is commonly more or less heat and dryness of the skin, quick pulse, constipated bowels, high-colored and scanty urine, and furred tongue; and frequently the neighboring glands are involved. The skin over the swollen parts often becomes tense and tender, but seldom manifests any redness. As the enlargement of the glands subsides, it will very frequently be found that the breasts of females and the testicles of males become swelled and more or less painful, and this translation of the disease is very apt to occur during the active stage, when the patient has imprudently exposed himself to cold and wet; and, from the same cause, it has occurred three or four days after the subsidence of the swelling in the jaws. Generally this translation of the disease is not unfavorable, and passes away in a few days, but sometimes it proves fatal, or occasions some permanent difficulty. I know of one man who, at the age of forty, suffered so severely from neuralgic attacks of the testicles, that the operation of castration was per- formed at his urgent request; the attacks had existed from youth, at which time mumps, and its translation to the parts occurred. Causes. Mumps appears to be a contagious affection, and frequently exists as an epidemic. From its tendency to attack distant parts, it is believed by some, and perhaps correctly, to be of nervous origin. Treatment. Mild cases of mumps require hardly any treatment, the bowels may be kept regular by mild laxatives; the parts attacked, as well as the face and head, should be kept warm ; and great care should be taken to avoid exposure to cold and wet. Sometimes, bathing the feet during the febrile symptoms, as well as drinking freely of warm infusions of Balm, Catnip, Spearmint, Sage, &c. When the symptoms are severe, the Compound Powder of Ipecacuanha, and Opium should be given, and the swelling may be bathed with some stimulating liniment, after which keep 254 AMERICAN FAMILY PHYSICIAN. the part covered with flannel. A dose of the Compound Powder of Jalap, should also be given. When the disease has been translated to the testicles or breasts, perspira- tion must be produced by the Compound Tincture of Virginia Snake Root, given in sufficient doses for the purpose; after which moderate diaphoresis must be kept up by the use of the Compound Powder of Ipecacuanha, and Opium. The patient must be kept in bed, and a fomentation of Hops and Stramonium leaves, equal parts of each, should be applied to the swelled parts, as hot as can be borne, and frequently renewed. A fomentation of Elm bark and Stramonium leaves will likewise be found useful. One or two active cathartics may also be given, avoiding exposure to cold during their action. And for some time after recovery, it will be well for the patient to wear a suspensory bandage. The principal requirements in mumps are quiet and rest on the part of the patient, and an avoidance of cold; the diet should be very light INFLAMMATION OF THE LARYNX. Inflammation of the Larynx, or upper part of the windpipe, is a rare disease, but when present is very rapid in its progress often destroying life, by suffocation, in a day or two. It is more frequently met with in connection with inflammation of the trachea. It is a very dangerous disease, and demands prompt and energetic treatment. The milder form of this disease is considered under the head of catarrh, or influenza. Symptoms. The disease commences with the usual symptoms of fever, as chilliness, succeeded by heat and dryness of the skin, and quick pulse; the voice quickly becomes hoarse and indistinct, and sometimes entirely gone; the breathir-j is painful and laborious, with a sense of stricture in the throat, sometimes almost amounting to suffocation ; the pulse is quick and feeble, the eyes somewhat protruding and "bloodshot," the counte- nance livid or swollen, and the tongue furred. On examining the throat, there will be found a reddened appearance of its back part, the palate, and tonsils, and the epiglottis, (a valve over the upper part of the windpipe, situated behind the base of the tongue,) will be seen raised, swollen, and of a bright red appearance. This latter condition renders every attempt to swallow difficult and distressing, as in the act of swallowing it must close the glottis (or upper part of the larynx,) to prevent food or medicine falling into the larynx and causing strangulation. The muscles of the throat and chest are thrown into violent spasmodic action, threatening instant suffoca- tion, causing the patient to be extremely restless and uneasy, changing his position often to obtain relief, and crying out for the admission of more air into the room. The pulse is now rapid and full, the skin dry and of augmented heat, tongue furred, urine scanty and reddish, and bowels con- stipated; in some respects the symptoms resemble those of croup. Ultimately, the patient becomes weary and disposed to sleep, which, however, is prevented or interrupted by coughing and expectoration of a tough, gelatinous mucus ; the face becomes pale and sunken ; the lips purplish; the eyes glaring, protruding and watery, with a purplish circle around them; the extremities grow cold ; the pulse feeble and unequal; respiration becomes more difficult and distressing;—sinking comes on, the pulse fails, stupor or coma takes place, cold sweat, and finally death. Causes. Exposure to cold is the most common cause. It may be pro- INFLAMMATION OF THE LARYNX. 255 duced by long and loud speaking, by inhalation of irritants or irritating vapors, and is sometimes connected with measles, scarlet fever, croup, &c. It may be discriminated from croup by the following symptoms:—in croup, there is difficult breathing, cough with a metallic, ringing sound, but no swelling of the fauces or difficulty in swallowing; in inflammation of the larynx, the cough is a suppressed wheezing, accompanied with a painful effort and a sense of suffocation, swallowing is painful and difficult, the voice hoarse, reduced to a whisper, or extinct, and the fauces and sur- rounding parts more or less swollen. Treatment. In the early stage of the disease, an emetic should be given, for which purpose the Compound Powder of Lobelia may be given to adults, or the Compound Tincture of Lobelia to very young children. The emetic should be followed by a cathartic, as the Compound Powder of Jalap, with five or ten grains of Cream of Tartar added. When the least sense of constriction returns, or, if the symptoms are very urgent, the emetic may be repeated once in every twenty-four hours. In the mean- time the Compound Tincture of Lobelia should be given in nauseating doses, to favor expectoration, and allay the inflammatory action; or some other nauseant and expectorant may be administered, if this be not at hand. The warm vapor of vinegar should be inhaled several times a day, and when it can be used, a gargle, composed of vinegar and water, half a gill of each, salt, a teaspoonful, may also be used several times a day, with much advantage. In addition to these means the throat and neck should be bathed two or three times a day with some stimulating application, as the Compound Tincture^of Camphor, followed by fomentations, as hot as can be borne, of Hops and Mullein, or, Stramonium leaves, or a poultice of Onions; in several cases, I have met with most decided benefit from a poultice of warmed Cranberries around the neck. The surface of the body should be frequently bathed with a warm weak alkaline solution, and the feet and legs may be immersed in it for fifteen or twenty minutes, after which Mustard may be applied to them, and, in very severe cases, along the course of the spinal column. Moderate perspiration should also be kept up, either by the nauseants above named, or by the administration of the Compound Tincture of Virginia Snake Root. Upon the subsidence of the more active symptoms, there will frequently remain a harassing cough with more or less irritation of the throat and fauces, for which I have found the following compound very useful:— Take of a Saturated Solution of Alum, Syrup of Balsam of Tolu, each, two fluidounces, Elixir Paregoric one fluidounce. Mix. The dose for an adult is a table-spoonful several times a day, or, whenever the above symp- toms are troublesome; children must take it in proportion to their ages. And in connection with this, the above gargle of vinegar, water, and salt, should be used several times a day. Until the severe symptoms have subsided, but little food is demanded,— lemonade, orange-juice, cold water, &c, will be sufficient when they can be swallowed; on the decline of the symptoms, rice-water, barley-water, toast- water, &c, should alone be given, until the disease is thoroughly removed, The patient should be kept in a warm room, and after recovery, the utmost • caution must be observed, that a relapse is not produced by exposure to cold or damp. When all other measures fail in affording relief in this disease, it has been advised to make an artificial opening into the windpipe, for the pur- 256 AMERICAN FAMILY PHYSICIAN. pose of allowing the patient to breathe, while various efforts are at the same time being made to subdue the inflammation. This operation is not very painful, and in itself is not dangerous ; it has succeeded in saving life in several desperate cases. The earlier it is performed the greater are the chances for success. CHRONIC LARYNGITIS. Chronic Laryngitis, or clergyman's sore throat, sometimes, but erroneously called chronic bronchitis, is a disease very common to lawyers, clergymen, teachers, auctioneers, and all persons who are in the habit of loud and long-continued speaking. The seat of the disease is principally in the glands of the mucous covering of the throat. The disease may extend along the windpipe until it reaches the lungs, and produces a true con- sumption. Symptoms. At first there is a slight irritation, or tickling sensation in the throat, with more or less dryness, giving rise to a hacking, hemming, or an endeavor to clear the throat, and this is usually worse in the winter than in the summer, and the expectoration is generally more copious in the morning. On attempting to speak, especially after a long silence, there will frequently be an inability to produce a proper sound, until the throat has first been cleared by hemming or hawking. Loud or long con- tinued talking or reading produces irritation, hoarseness, or cough, with a dryness of the throat, causing the person to frequently drink water with the vain hope of relieving the dryness. The expectoration is white and frothy, but as the disease advances, dark or bluish spots or masses will he observed in it, and, sometimes it will be streaked with more or^ess blood. Passing from a warm to a cold atmosphere or room, produces difficulty of breathing, and in the advanced stage irritates the parts and gives rise to more or less cough ; the same symptoms follow an exposure to dust, or when walking against the wind. In damp and cold weather the symptoms are generally aggravated, so much so, that the patient supposes himself liable to contract cold from the slightest changes of the weather. Several or all of these symptoms may be present in any one person, and continue through life without causing any alarm, except when hoarseness and cough have been caused by some unusual effort of the vocal organs. Sometimes they disappear entirely, but return as soon as, the organs have been tasked too much, or when a slight cold has been contracted. If the disease is permitted to progress without relief, the palate becomes swelled and elongated, frequently coming in contact with the base of the tongue, increasing the irritation or tickling, as well as the cough. The cough finally becomes very severe and troublesome, and is accompanied with an expectoration of a darker color than at first; upon examining the throat it will be found much redder than usual, and presents a rough, granulated appearance, in consequence of the enlargement of the glands or follicles, The voice becomes hoarse and rougher, and is more or less subdued, and in some cases there is a complete loss of the voice, but this aphonia hap- pens only when the muscular organization of the vocal organs is affected by the disease. The system begins to suffer, the appetite is changeable digestion impaired, the pulse gradually becomes more accelerated, the skin becomes dry and rough, and there is unequal temperature of the body, with debility and emaciation. When ulceration is present, it is indicated by a sharp, pricking pain on speaking and coughing; if it has extended CHRONIC LARYNGITIS. 257 into the bronchial glands the expectoration becomes streaked at times with blood, and in other respects greatly resembles pus. Sometimes the disease runs its course rapidly, terminating fatally in a few months. Causes. It may continue as the sequel of an acute laryngeal inflamma- tion ; or, it may be produced by an exposure to atmospheric changes, frequent colds, constant inhalation of dusty particles, especially of limestone dust in cities where this is used to pave the center of the streets. Loud and con- tinued speaking frequently occasions it, and I have often met with persons who immediately after an unusual effort of this kind, were affected with hoarseness, irritation of the throat, &c, terminating in confirmed chronic laryngitis. From my observations, I have every reason to suppose that much of this disease is occasioned by that secret and solitary vice, onanism or mas- turbation ; and I have frequently seen scrofulous persons, who were given to this unnatural indulgence, die of laryngitis, called, however, by their phys' nan, "consumption." And it will be noticed that chronic laryngitis is always more dangerous among the scrofulous, and those disposed to affections of the lungs. Treatment. I must here testify to the fact, that I have known more cases of this disease cured by adopting the mode of speaking and lecturing, taught some years since by Prof. C. P. Bronson, than by the use of medica- tion. And I would therefore advise all persons afflicted with the malady, te adopt his method of speaking, if it be a possible matter. The treatment by medication consists in local and general remedies. The local remedies are the application of a solution of crystals of Nitrate of Silver to the parts, in the proportion of from forty to sixty grains to the fluidounce of distilled water; it is applied by means of a sponge fastened to the end of a whalebone probang, and should never be attempted by any one except a phy- sician. I have frequently found a solution of Chloride of Lime, applied as just named (say from five to ten grains, or even more, to the fluidounce of water,) to answer a better purpose than the Nitrate of Silver; and in some instances a solution of Sesquicarbonate of Potash. In the milder cases I have found the inhalation of the vapor of Vinegar, frequently gargling the throat with a mixture of Vinegar, rain-water, and Salt, together with an absolute quietness of the voice, sufficient to remove all symptoms of the disease. And in the winter season, I recommend toasting the feet for half an hour or an hour before a fire previous to going to bed, and repeating it every night through cold and changeable weather. When the palate is found elongated, a portion of it may be cut off by a surgeon, without any danger, and this should always be done to lessen the irritation caused by it, and should the tonsils be enlarged they should likewise be properly excised by a surgeon. In severe cases, and when there is a loss of voice, an irritating plaster may be placed to the throat, and kept discharging as long as possible; and when the ulcer caused by it has healed, another may be placed upon the back of the neck. But I do not advise such a painful measure, except in severe and alarming cases. Ordinarily, a small portion uf the following liniment will answer to apply once or twice a day to the throat and neck,—it produces an eruption:—Take of Oil of Turpentine, Oil o. Olive, each, one fluidrachm, Croton Oil half a fluidounce, Oil of Origanum two fluidrachms. Mix, and apply. The general measures are an attention to the bowels, keeping them in a state of regularity by diet, if possible; exercise in the open air, avoiding, however, dusty and vapory places, as well as damp and windy weather; keep- ing the surface of the body in a healthy condition by frequent bathings; 17 258 AMERICAN FAMILY PHYSICIAN. using a nutritious but easily digestible diet, avoiding spices, stimulants, ae-'J all vinous or spirituous liquors, as well as loud speaking, reading, or singing and the internal use of the following mixture:—Take of Compound Syrup o4 Spikenard twelve fluidounces, Fluid Extract of Stillingia four fluidounces, Iodide of Potassium half an ounce; mix. The dose is a teaspoonful or two in half a gill of water, to be repeated three or four times a day. A very use- ful agent to be used by persons in the earlier stages of this disease is com- posed of Canada Balsam one fluidrachm, Oil of Cubebs two fluidrachms, Oil of Stillingia half a fluidrachm; mix. The dose is five or ten drops on sugar three or four times a day, and allowed to pass slowly down the throat. CYNANCHE TRACHEALIS, or, CROUP. This disease has received many names, but that of Croup is the one ordi- narily preferred. It is one of the most alarming diseases to which children are subject, being sudden in its attack, and rapid in its results. Children between the ages of one and twelve, are more liable to it, especially those under five years, and it occurs more frequently among males than females. Children of an irritable, nervous habit, and great susceptibility, are the most liable to its attacks, and with some children there is almost a constant ten- dency to a return of the disease, until the advance of age has removed the predisposition. It has occasionally been met with in adults, even as far ad- vanced as seventy years. Symptoms. Croup may be divided into three stages. 1st. The catarrhal, or precursory stage, which is often absent. 2nd. The stage of development. 3rd. The stage of collapse or threatened suffocation. For the excellent description of symptoms which follow, I am mainly indebted to Dr. Churchill. In the first or precursory stage, there are usually some catarrhal symptoms, sneezing, weeping of the eyes, and coughing, with a hot skin, quick pulse, and much thirst. But the most certain symptom, to which great importance has been attached, as indicative of an approaching attack of croup, is the change in the voice, a degree of hoarseness, or huskiness, as though the throat needed clearing. The cough is usually short and dry, with evident uneasiness in the windpipe, but an examination of the pharynx will detect no traces of disease. The tongue will be moist and coated, and the breath- ing will be proportionably rapid, in accordance with the amount of fever, quick pulse, and other catarrhal symptoms. This stage may last from a few hours, to one or two days, but commonly, seldom more than twenty-four hours. Sometimes the disease occurs fully formed, without any previous catarrhal symptoms. In the second stage, or stage of development, after the first stage has increased in severity, or, frequently without any premonitions, the child is suddenly startled from his sleep by a sense of suffocation, with a hoarse, ringing cough, hurried and hissing respiration, and a rough, hoarse voice, with great alarm and distress. It is a peculiarity of this disease, that the first occurrence of the croupy cough takes place at night. The fits of coughing become more frequent and spasmodic, during which the inspiration is almost suspended, and the action of the heart accelerated. The efforts of the child are verj great; the countenance becomes flushed, almost livid, and covered with sweat,—the hands are clenched,—the arms thrown about, all covering is rejected, and whatever might impede the access of air hastily removed; the body is erect, or recumbent, and occasionally with the head rigidly bent backward, but in whatever position he places himself no relief is obtained. CROUP. 259 The eyes project, are red and watery, the arteries of the neck beat strongly, the pulse is quick and hard, skin very hot, breathing rough and wheezing, voice hoarse, thirst very great, with scarcely any expectoration. The hand is frequently carried to the larynx as the seat of distress, as if to remove some obstruction. The sound of the cough is very peculiar, somewhat resem- bling the crowing of a cock, or more like succussions of air through a brass tube, with a ringing metallic tone. During all these symptoms there is no difficulty in swallowing. The cough, hoarseness, and difficult breathing appear in the night, and increase, together with the fever, until the morning, when they diminish considerably. This intermission may remain during a greater part of the day, the pulse, however, being frequent, the cough hoarse, and the breathing somewhat impeded. Toward evening, probably after a sleep, a still more violent paroxysm than that of the preceding night occurs, all the symptoms above-named become rapidly aggravated, the remissions are less perceptible, the cough more difficult, suppressed and strangulating—-suffocation is more imminent, and there is an occasional vomiting and the expulsion of a glairy mucus, sometimes mixed with flocculent or membranous threads, affording temporary relief, occasionally there are streaks of blood in it. The croupal breathing is permanent and increases, the voice becomes broken, whispering, and suppressed, the bowels are costive, and the urine may be scanty, thick, and high-colored,—abundant, pale, and clear,—or, especially toward the close of the second stage, turbid and whitish. It is in this second stage that the secretion of false membrane occurs. The third stage, or stage of collapse, may set in from the third to the sev- enth day, or even sooner, according to the intensity of the inflammation, or the peculiar constitution of the child. In this stage all the symptoms are aggravated, and there are no longer any remissions. The pulse is quick and weak, and often unequal and intermittent. The cough is less frequent, less sonorous, suppressed and suffocative. The voice low, whispering, or entirely lost. The respiration is difficult, loud and hissing, the movements of the larynx are extensive and incessant, the nostrils widely expanded, to°-ether with a powerful action of the muscles of the ne :k, chest, diaphragm, and abdomen. The head is constantly thrown back, cold and clammy perspira- tion on the forehead, sunken and dull eyes, livid or leaden color of the coun- tenance, and the veins of the neck unusually distended. The tongue is coated and dark-colored, great thirst, and some little expectoration.0 The whole appearance of the child is one of great distress, of the agony of op- pressed breathing, of the horrible dread of suffocation. It tries in vain for relief, turns_ on every side, changes its position, with anxiety and restless- ness. Sleeping or awake the distress continues. From this condition it rarely recovers; there may be occasional remissions, after the expectoration of mucus and lymph, but it is only temporary, the distress increases, the respiration assumes a convulsive character, the air passes with more and more difficulty through the larynx, and in a short time, seldom above twenty- four hours, the child expires with signs of convulsive suffocation, or falls into a state of stupor and dies lethargic. Occasionally, when we imagine the symptoms to be more favorable, the child is instantly suffocated, owing to the partial detachment of the false membrane which forms a valve whose closure has proved fatal. Croup may be milder, and run a less fatal course, but whether mild or severe, it must always be recollected that the disease very often suddenly acquires great intensity, and a few hours lost can never be regained. The disease has proved fatal in twenty-four hours, and again has lasted nine or 260 AMERICAN FAMILY PHYSICIAN. ten days. There is a great liability in croup to relapse, hence the patient should be diligently wTatched, until he has perfectly recovered. Croup has been termed inflammatory, when there is a predominance of the inflammatory symptoms. It Usually attacks plethoric children, of a sanguine temperament, and is the severest form of the disease. It is preceded by chills, strong, rapid pulse, difficult and forcible breathing, redness or lividity of the cheeks and lips, a hot, burning skin, and is marked by a more con- tinuous and unremitting severity of symptoms. When confined to the larynx, it has been called laryngeal croup, and is accompanied with unusual pain and swelling of the larynx, and occasional convulsions. It may terminate fatally in twelve hours, but rarely longer than five days. When confined to the trachea it has been called tracheal croup. This form is less rapid, and has a less fatal progress; the cough and breathing though sonorous, have not the brazen sound of ordinary croup ; the voice is less affected, and the suffocation is not so oppressive. This form may be prolonged to fifteen days, and may terminate in a chronic form of croup, or, extending downwards, terminate in bronchitis. Spasmodic croup is wdiere there is a predominance of nervous or spas- modic symptoms. In this form the child may go to bed perfectly well, and in one or two hours be awakened with perfectly formed croup, hoarse voice, ringing cough, difficult breathing, and threatened suffocation, which, if not relieved, will continue through the night, increasing in severity, but having a remission through the day. If taken early it is far more manageable than the inflammatory form, and the spasmodic irritation may be relieved before there has been time for the false membranes to form. Croup is sometimes complicated with bronchitis, pneumonia, and other diseases, and also exists as a secondary affection of quinsy, malignant scar- let fever, &c. Causes. Croup is undoubtedly an irritation of the larynx and trachea primarily, (but which may extend into the bronchial tubes,) giving rise to a peculiar lymphatic secretion, and a degree of spasmodic action, both of which affect the voice and breathing. The principal exciting cause is cold, a damp, changeable atmosphere, insufficient clothing, and epidemic miasma. Occasionally it is caused by dentition, the suppression of eruptions on the skin, inhalation of noxious gases, &c. Croup may be determined from " spasm of the glottis," by the catarrhal stage, which is only present in croup, by the rough, hissing breathing, the hoarse voice, the cough, and the difficult inspiration and expiration, of croup. In spasm of the glottis the voice is unaltered, there is no cough, and the difficult breathing is not permanent, the inspiratory effort only being arrested, and, for the time, inspiration is absolutely stopped. There is high fever, quick pulse, thirst, and no convulsions in croup, except in the last stage; in spasm of the glottis there are no febrile symptoms, and there is a disposition to general convulsions. It may be determined from " simple inflammation of the larynx," by the difference in the sound of the cough, and by this latter affection having no hissing, rough breathing, and no paroxysms of suffocation, as in croup. It may be determined from " hooping-cough" by the hurried breathing, not difficult or hissing, as in croup, no metallic sound to the cough, and the complete relief during the intervals of coughing, without hoarseness or diffi- cult breathing. Treatment. Promptness and decision is always required in the treatment of this disease, as if there be any delay or inattention, or should it be improp- CROUP. 261 erly treated, it may prove fatal within twenty-four hours. The first or catarrhal symptoms, must be treated according to the plan named under Catarrh. In the second stage it is always proper to commence the treatment with an emetic; I invariably administer the Compound Tincture of Lobelia for that purpose.—many others prefer the Compound Acotated Tincture of Bloodroot. After free emesis has been produce 1., either of these Tinctures must be administered in small doses for the purpose of causing slight nau- sea and easy expectoration. And, whenever there is great obstruction and difficulty in breathing, with the other distressing symptoms peculiar to this stage, the emetic should be repeated. As soon as possible after the operation of the emetic, the throat, neck, and chest must be bathed with the Compound Liniment of Oil of Amber, after which apply a fomentation as hot as can be borne, composed of equal parts of Hops and Lobelia, infused in a mixture of equal parts of vinegar and water. These local measures should be repeated three or four times a day, and continued until the disease is removed, or until the patient has so far passed into the collapse stage as to render any further use of them un- profitable. The Compound Tincture of Lobelia and Capsicum may be sub- stituted for the above liniment in cases where this cannot be readily obtained. In some instances, I have derived decided benefit from the application of a warm fomentation of Stramonium leaves; if these are used, the patient should be watched, to observe that the depressive effects are not too exces- sive. I entertain no fears in relation to the employment of this herb in croup —it has always been followed by favorable results in my hands. Roasted onions, roasted apples, cranberries, hot water, &c, have been advised as local applications to the throat, and have no doubt proved useful in some cases. So, likewise, has the plaster of Scotch Snuff, made by sprinkling the dry snuff on a greased linen, and applying it over the throat and upper part of the chest; in my own practice, this has proved serviceable in several instances. In very young children, a poultice of Hops boiled in water, on the surface of which pounded Garlics arc placed, will be found an excellent application to the throat and chest. Beside the above, when the inflammatory symptoms run high, with some determination to the head, the whole surface of the body should be bathed with a warm weak alkaline solution, the feet should be bathed in the same liquid for some ten or twenty minutes, after which Mustard poultices may be applied to the soles. If the head continue hot, and the feet cool, the feet and lower part of the legs may be enveloped in a cloth moistened with a strong solution of salt in water, and which may be changed every hour. Much advantage will be derived from the frequent inhalation during the day, and at night, of vapor arising from vinegar in which hops have been boiled; and the benefit is no doubt owing to the fact that the vapor exerts a softening influence on the false membrane, which is readily soluble in Acetic Acid,—being changed into a diffluent and transparent mucus. In obstinate cases, and where there are morbid accumulations in the bowels, a cathartic may be given soon after the operation of the emetic; but in other instances, the cathartic may be delayed until the following morning. The Compound Powder of Jalap will be found the best cathartic that can be given in this disease; when this cannot be obtained, Castor Oil may be sub- stituted. During the day, when there is a remission of symptoms, the Compound Tincture of Lobelia may be given in small expectorant doses, and the Com- pound Liniment of Oil of Amber be applied frequently to the throat and chest. But, after the operation of a mild cathartic, I have derived more 262 AMERICAN FAMILY PHYSICIAN. benefit from a mixture of Belladonna and Sulphate of Quinia than any other remedy; it may be given in the following form :—Take of Sulphate of Quinia ten grains, Tartaric Acid ten grains, water one fluidrachm; mix, dissolve the Quinia, and add Tincture of Belladonna three fluidrachms. The dose is from three to seven drops every hour or two, for a child four years old; it may be given in some syrup, and should be omitted as soon as the croupy paroxysms return. The above liniment to be used in conjunction with it. These are the means to be employed during the second stage of croup and great care must be taken to administer no more medicine than is actually necessary. If the disease appears to subside under the influence of the emetic and local applications, nothing further will be required except careful watching. The child should be kept warmly clad, removed to a dry atmos- phere, and placed upon a light diet, as, toast-water, barley-water, and the like; and it should likewise be kept in nearly an upright position in bed, to guard against suffocation. It is seldom that the stage of collapse will follow the above course of treat- ment, if it be promptly instituted from the commencement of the attack. Should this stage, however, take place, and the patient be rapidly sinking, stimulants must be given, as wine, burnt brandy and ammonia, and concen- trated infusions of mutton or beef; the surface should be bathed with whisky, salt and water; and injections of a Saturated Tincture of Prickly Ash Ber- ries in Ale or Porter should be given. See page 181. In this stage, active medication is improper, perhaps the Scotch Snuff plaster will be found useful. The operation of tracheotomy has been advised, as a last resource, in those cases which threaten suffocation, and in a few cases it has proved successful. If performed at all, it should not be delayed too long; the commencement of lividity in the face, or of a tendency to coma, are indications for the opera- tion. I believe, however, that this operation will very rarely be required among those cases in which the treatment just recommended, has been faith- fully pursued. BRONCHITIS. Bronchitis, or Inflammation of the Windpipe or Bronchial Tubes, is an inflammation of the mucous membrane of the bronchial tubes; it is a com- mon disease of childhood, and is by no means rare among adults. It is divided into two stages, the acute, and the chronic. Symptoms. The acute form of bronchitis generally commences with the symptoms of a common cold, as chilly sensations, succeeded by fever, cough, accelerated breathing, and rapid pulse, wdth pain and soreness at the upper part of the sternum or breast-bone. At first the cough is hard, dry, and painful, but in from twenty-four to thirty-six hours, an expectoration of a clear, tenacious mucus takes place, which gradually becomes opaque and purulent. This expectoration is frequently very profuse, rendering the breathing laborious, especially in young infants, it being more difficult in the recum- bent than in the erect position, and is attended with a wheezing, rattling sound in the chest. When there is considerable obstruction to respiration, the countenance becomes bluish, on account of the imperfect oxygenation of the blood; at other times the face is flushed, with an expression of anxiety or distress. There is apt to be pain in the forehead, which is much aggra- vated on coughing. Shortly after expectoration has commenced, the severity BRONCHITIS. 263 of the cough is somewhat lessened, and in a week or ten days convalescence ensues. . In severe cases the symptoms are much more intense; the lever active, pulse full and rapid,'skin hot and dry, breathing rapid, wheezing, and diffi- cult, and great thirst, cough more frequent and painful, and occurring ih paroxysms, bowels costive^ tongue loaded and the urine scanty and high- colored. Among children and weakly persons, there is apt to be a great depression of the vital powers, sometimes almost amounting to collapse, and the surface becomes cold and purplish from imperfect oxygenation of the blood. In these cases the pulse is small and rapid, and if the disease is about to terminate fatally, there will be drowsiness, insensibility, coma, or perhaps convulsions from suffocation. Acute bronchitis is very common as a secondary affection in small-pox, measles, scarlet-fever, hooping-cough, and infantile remittent fever; and is frequently complicated with pneumonia. Bronchitis often arouses a latent tubercular disposition into activity, and tubercular consumption frequently dates from its occurrence. The expectoration in the first stage is transparent and watery, as the dis- ease advances it becomes viscid, somewhat resembling the white of egg, and in the last stage is frequently streaked with blood. When the inflammation is about terminating without suppuration, the expectorated matter becomes opaque, yellow, white, or greenish, and is attended with a great abatement of the symptoms. Causes. Cold, or exposures to wet, sudden changes of temperature, and ■he like, are the most common causes, though it may be occasioned by the inhalation of irritating vapors or particles. It is almost always present with epidemic influenza. Treatment. When the disease occurs in a mild form in adults, all that is necessary will be to bathe the feet for some fifteen or twenty minutes, dry them well, and afterwards keep them warm by a fire, or, if in bed, apply hot irons, rocks, or bottles of hot water to them; giving internally some warm lemonade for the purpose of producing a moderate degree of perspiration on the surface of the body; the bowels should be gently opened by some mild physic, as Seidlitz powder, or Rhubarb and Magnesia, &c. Sugar moistened with lemon juice will be found very beneficial for the cough; it may be used freely. In infants a different course is required; it is generally safer to give at first an emetic; and afterwards an expectorant in some mucilaginous draught, as infusion of Slippery Elm, or of Flaxseed, should be administered every hour or two. The Compound Tincture of Lobelia will answer for infants, as an emetic, and, in smaller doses, as an expectorant. The bowels^ should be kept regular, the feet bathed in a warm alkaline solution, and considerable warmth be applied to the body. When the disease is severe in its character, more active measures are de- manded. An emetic should at once be given, and, for an adult, the Com- pound Powder of Lobelia, or, the Acetated Tincture of Bloodroot, will answer. This should be followed by a purgative, as, the Compound Powder of Jalap, or, a mixture composed of Podophyllin half a grain, Leptandrin two grains. And whenever the difficulty of breathing is considerable, with a wheezing, rattling sound, and high fever, the emetic may be repeated. The room in which the patient remains should be kept so warm that tho surface of the lungs may not be irritated by respiring cold air; and the inhalation of warm vapor of vinegar, or of the steam from a hot infusion of bitter herbs, should be practiced several times a day; the most decided relief 2tf4 AMERICAN FAMILY PHYSICIAN. is frequently obtained from these inhalations. The surface of the body should be frequently bathed, and perspiration promoted by the administration of the Compound Powder of Ipecacuanha and Opium, or, still better, by the Compound Tincture of Virginia Snakeroot. In many instances a spirit vapor bath will be followed by happy results. Mustard may likewise be applied to the soles of the feet, and a hot fomentation of Hops to the chest. In some eases, especially among children, a warm bath will be found useful. For the cough various remedies have been recommended; I have found the following preparations more successful in my own practice:— 1. Take of Honey, Olive Oil, Sweet Spirits of Nitre, and Lemon juice, each, equal parts ; mix. The dose for an adult is a teaspoonful three or four times a day, or whenever the cough is severe. This may be given at any stage of the disease. 2. Take of Syrup of Squill, Syrup of Ipecacuanha, Syrup of Balsam Tolu, Tincture of Bloodroot, and Elixir Paregoric, each, equal parts; mix. The dose is the same as above. This is best adapted to the second stage of the disease. 3. Take of Fluid Extract of Stillingia one fluidrachm, Syrup of Balsam Tolu, Syrup of Senega, each two fluidrachms ; mix. Dose from ten to thirty drops whenever the cough is troublesome. 4. After the more active symptoms have subsided, much benefit will be received from the following mixture:—Take of Gum Arabic two ounces, Vinegar half a pint, Molasses half a pint; boil these together until the Gum Arabic is dissolved, then add to it Laudanum two fluidounces, Tincture of Balsam Tolu four fluidounces. The dose is a teaspoonful three or four times a day, or whenever the cough is severe. This is also useful in chronic bronchitis. When the secretion is profuse, and the fever not very high, astringents may be administered, as, small doses of Tannic Acid and Ipecacuanha; or, G-eraniin and ipecacuanha, or, Alum. The following has been recom- mended :—-Take of Alum forty-eight grains, water two fluidounces; mix, dissolve the Alum, and add to the solution three fluidounces of Compound Syrup of Spikenard. The dose for an adult is a table-spoonful, three or four times a day. Or, in place of this, the Alum mixture mentioned in Inflam- mation of the Larynx, page 255, may be used. During the disease, the diet must be confined to barley-water, rice-water, toast-water, apple-water, &c. Children should wear flannel, and some care should be taken that the feet be kept dry. Frequently toasting the feet before a fire, will be found very advantageous in this affection, among adults as well as children. CHRONIC BRONCHITIS. Symptoms. Chronic Bronchitis is attended with very little if any fever, the cough is more or less troublesome during cold and changeable weather, but is absent during pleasant, warm seasons, and the disease may continue thus for even a lifetime, without causing any serious consequences. But frequently it is more serious in its character; the cough is very trouble- some with more or less expectoration, and is apt to be more distressing at night, and in the morning, particularly if the feet, damp with perspiration, are placed in contact with a ejold floor, cold sheets, &c. The cough is very apt to occur in violent paroxysms, and is always worse in changeable seasons, or when irritating vapors, or floating particles of matter are Inhaled; upon CBW.ONiC blvONCHrTIS. 265 the expectoration of mucus, the fit of coughing becomes somewhat relieved. Sometimes slight transient pains are experienced in the chesty and fre- quently, after a severe paroxysm of cough, a general aching pain will be felt for a few seconds in the breast. The expectoration at first, a whitish, viscid frothy matter, becomes thick, and of a muco-punform character, and is' occasionally streaked with blood. The skin will be found dry and harsh, the urine high-colored, the tongue coated, especially in the morning, the appetite more or less impaired, and the bowels irregular in their action. As the disease advances, the pulse becomes quick, weak and small, tho breathing short, more hurried and oppressed, with emaciation, night sweats pale face, hollowness of the eyes, great debility, colliquative diarrhea, sore nose, purplishness of the lips, and the expectoration becomes more copious, as well as purulent, and sometimes quite fetid. This form may continue from one to several months, and then prove fatal.- It presents many of the characteristics of tubercular consumption, from which it is difficult to detect it, except by auscultation and percussion. Causes. Chronic Bronchitis may occur as the sequence of the acute form, or it may result from measles, and other exanthematous diseases, hooping-cough, protracted biliary affections, repeated changes from heat to cold, or from constant exposure to irritating powders, as among stone cut- ters, millers, workers in metals, &c. Tkkatment. Emetics are a very valuable class of agents in this disease, and they may be repeated once in every week, and continued until the disease is removed. The Compound Powder of Lobelia is the emetic which I prefer using in this affection. Active purgation is by no means required; indeed, I consider it injurious in the chronic form of bronchitis ; but the bowels should be kept regular, daily, by some mild .laxative, and the following will be found the best:—Take of Powdered Rhubarb one ounce, Bicarbonate of Potash half an ounce; mix well together. The dose is from five to ten grains three times a day, in a table-spoonful of water, or sufficient to procure one daily evacuation from the bowels. In some cases, the following may be administered every night, for the purpose of regulating the bowels: Take of Podophyllin one fourth of a grain, Lep- tandrin one or ttvo grains, loaf sugar five grains; mix, and triturate well together for a dose. Diuretics are always useful, and those of a stimulating or balsamic char- acter are to be preferred, as Canada Balsam, Balsam Copaiva, Cubebs, Queen of the Meadow root, Horseradish root, Uva Ursi, &c. The skin must by no means be neglected ; the whole surface of the body should be bathed every day or two, with weak ley water; the best time being previous to retiring for the night. And if a Spirit vapor bath be taken once in every week or two, according to the patient's strength, it will tend much to facilitate the cure. And, after the patient has become stronger, and the circulation of the capillaries more vigorous, the throat, neck, and chest may be sponged daily with cold water. To relieve the cough, various agents have been successfully employed, as the cough prep- arations named in the acute form of bronchitis, or some of the following: 1. Take of Inspissated juice of Poison Hemlock four grains Ipecac- uanha one grain, Sulphate of Morphia one-fourth of a grain ; mix together, and divide into two pills, one of which may be taken when the cough is severe, and if necessary, repeated in half an hour, or an hour. 2. Take of Extract of Hyoscyamus, Ipecacuanha, Canada Balsam, Muriate of Ammouia, each, one ounce; mix together, and divide into pills of four grains each j the dose is one pill every two or three hours. 266 AMERICAN FAMILY PHYSICIAN. 3. Take of Fluid Extract of Stillingia one fluidounce, Compound Syrup of Spikenard two fluidounces, Iodide of Potassium one drachm; mix together. The dose is a teaspoonful three times a day. 4. A very excellent preparation for chronic bronchitis, ift made of Extract of Hyoscyamus, Alcoholic Extract of Black Cohosh, Iodide of Potassium, each, one drachm, Sulphate of Quinia half a drachm; mix thoroughly together, and divide into pills of foui grains each, of which one may be given every two or three hours. Diarrhea is best combated by the Tincture of Chloride of Iron, of which twenty drops may be given in a wineglassfil of some astringent infusion, and repeated three or four times a day. This Tincture also forms a very excellent chalybeate for those cases in which the blood requires to be improved. When much debility is present, or when the digestive process is torpid, much beneiit will be derived from the moderate use of English Porter, and Scotch Ale, or Brown Stout to be taken at meal time. ,.When the expectoration is too copious, astringent i may be used in con- junction with the other agents, as, Alum, Ceraniin, Tannic Acid, &c; a very excellent preparation is composed of two parts of Geraniin, and Hydrastin, with four of Alum, of which from four to six grains may be administered for a dose, in some honey, and repeated every three or four hours. The patient should exercise in the open air during pleasant weather, and the use of flannel will be found advantageous in maintaining an equable degree of temperature of the surface of the body, and on retiring at night much relief and benefit will be derived by drying and toasting the feet before a fire, more especially in cold weather. The sleeping apartment should be largej not occupied by more than one other person,—should be well ventilated, and properly aired every day. The diet should be nutri- tious, and easily digestible, avoiding acids and greasy food; and the meals should be regular. In very severe and obstinate cases, it will be advisable for the patient to remove to a warm climate. CATARRH or INFLUENZA. These are also, when very mild in their character, termed "colds." When the seasons are changeable, aii persons are liable to contract colds, no matter what climate they may inhabit, especially when they neglect the precautions necessary to observe in sudden and variable changes of the condition and temperature of the atmosphere. More persons are destroyed by colds, than by any other cause; and should a cold not termi- nate in some febrile or inflammatory disease, it becomes dangerous from repetition, gathering strength to destroy from neglect and delay. A simple cold is not always dangerous in itself, hence most people are indifferent to it, but this is wrong, for a cold is one of the worst enemies of the human race, and should be avoided as much as possible. The mucous membrane, which commences in the mouth and nostrils, extends over the fauces, to the pharynx, esophagus, larynx, and windpipe, terminating in the air-cells of the lungs. When certain portions of this membrane are inflamed, we may have acute laryngitis, or acute bronchitis, &c, independent of disease of any other part, but in catarrh or influenza, this whole membrane may be involved. Generally, however, a cold or catarrh is considered to be that affection of the mucous membrane, in CATARRH. 267 which the inflammation does not extend beyond the larger subdivisions of the bronchia. Symptoms. A cold or catarrh usually comes on with a dull pain and sense of weight in the forehead, oppression at the chest, and some diffi- culty in breathing ; the eyes become more or less red and watery, there is a sense of fullness and heat in the nostrils, soreness of the throat, dry cough, hoarseness, frequent sneezing, and general lassitude. In a short time a thin, acrid fluid is discharged from the nose, the cough becomes more moist, the expectoration being at first thin, white, and of difficult ejection, but soon becomes free, yellow, and thicker, with considerable mitigation of the cough. The patient is almost always worse at night, with increased fever, accelerated pulse, more severe pains in various parts, and more or less restlessness. Accompanying the disease there is always more or less aching in the limbs and body, thirst, loss of appetite and flushes of heat, alternating with chilliness, especially when the patient is in an atmosphere somewhat colder than usual. Sneezing and a sense of chilliness are often the first symptoms of an attack. When the inflammation is confined to the mucous membrane of the nos- trils, there is sneezing, a fullness and heat of the parts, with a thin, mucous discharge; when it extends to the lining membrane of the frontal sinus, it produces a sense of weight and pain in the forehead; when it spreads to the fauces and to the ears, it occasions more or less deafness; when to the larynx, or upper part of the windpipe, cough, hoarseness, and tightness, or pain at the upper part of the chest are present. When catarrh prevails epidemically, it is termed influenza, during which the symptoms are much more severe than in ordinary catarrh, and the dis- ease has heretofore proved more fatal in its results. Ordinary catarrh occurring in aged persons, those of delicate constitu- tions, or those disposed to consumption, is very apt to terminate fatally, by giving rise to chronic bronchitis or tubercular consumption, and the same may be said of epidemic influenza. Similar results will follow repeated attacks of cold, or its improper treatment. Sometimes, asthma, or dropsy of the chest, follow as a sequence of catarrh. Infants laboring under catarrh, are said to have the " snuffles." Causes. Sudden changes or exposures from a dry and warm, to a damp and cool atmosphere, or exposures to cold, damp, &c, especially when the body is heated and perspiring, are among the most common causes. Long standing on a cold ground, sitting when heated or fatigued in a cool place, imprudently diminishing the amount of dress, sleeping between damp sheets, want of proper clothing, and whatever will tend to check perspiration or chill the body will give rise to catarrh. When a person has once labored under a severe attack of the catarrh, the system in many instances, becomes more liable to subsequent attacks, even upon the most trifling changes of temperature, or exposure. But it must be recollected that, although those laboring under chronic laryngitis, or chronic bronchitis, are morbidly susceptible to atmospheric changes, yet it does not necessarily follow that the presence of lassitude, increased cough, &c, during such changes, are always owing to a fresh attack of cold. Treatment. When the attack is mild, but little medicine will be required. In general, it will be sufficient to bathe the feet at night, in a warm weak alkaline solution, and confine the patient to bed, or during the day in a warm chamber, allowing him to drink freely of warm mucilagi- nous fluids, as barley-water, thin gruel, &c, which may be acidulated with lemou-juice, or, he may drink freely of warm lemonade. No physic will 268 AMERICAN FAMILY PHYSICIAN. be required unless there has been either previous constipation, or an aceu- mulation of morbid matters in the alimentary canal, when a dose of the Compound Powder of Jalap may be administered. In ordinary cases of cold, most persons are in the habit of bathing and drying the feet well at bedtime, then drinking a good draught of some hot spirits and water, which produces perspiration during the night, followed by great relief in the morning. This is a pleasant curative mode, but the danger lies in an improper exposure the next day, which the patient is apt to hazard on account of his improved condition. Among infants, keeping the bowels regular, the body warm, and admin- istering some warm diaphoretic drinks, will be all-sufficient, with the exception of greasing the nose and forehead externally with tallow or goose oil, which, notwithstanding the light in which physicians view it, will be found very useful, or, in its stead, fomentations of warm water may be applied. When the attack is severe, perspiration should be promoted Jjy means of the Spirit vapor bath, which will frequently remove it without any further treatment; the patient keeping up perspiration for a few hours while in bed. If this does not answer, an active purgative may be given, and during its operation, great care should be taken not to allow the patient to become chilled. Should the larynx, trachea, or bronchial vessels become impli- cated in the attack, they must be treated as heretofore recommended under their particular heads. When it is not convenient to administer the Spirit vapor bath, the Com- pound Tincture of Virginia Snakeroot may be given every hour or two, in doses to cause perspiration, and which may be assisted by drinking freelj of warm diaphoretic infusions. For the cough, the agents named undei bronchitis maybe used with advantage; and to relieve irritation of the throat, it may be frequently gargled with a mixture of vinegar and water, equal parts, to which a little salt is added. Inhalation of warm vapor is always useful when the inflammation extends into any part of the windpipe. A very common, and at the same time a very efficacious domestic prepara- tion for the cough attending catarrh, is composed of honey or molasses, and vinegar, heated together, and some fresh butter melted in the mixture; of this, a teaspoonful or two may be taken for a dose, and repeated as occa- sion may require. When the attack is severe among infants, I consider it better to admin- ister the Compound Tincture of Lobelia, to produce free vomiting, after which the treatment may be similar to the above, keeping the infant warm, and in some cases repeating the emetic in twenty-four hours. Both in adults and children, the Compound Tincture of Golden Seal, either diluted with water or not, according to its severity of action, may be applied to the lining membrane of the nostrils, by means of a camel's hair pencil, and repeated several times a day; it will exert a very favorable influence on the parts. Among infants there is danger of asphyxia, from the obstruction in the nostrils, especially while they are sucking, and unable to breathe through the mouth. In such cases the passages should be kept as open and free as possible, and sometimes it will be well to feed them with a spoon, keeping them away from the breast for a few days. The following is said to be use- ful for adults in freeing the nostrils from the sense of obstruction experi- enced in catarrh: Take of Powdered Cubebs two drachms, Balsam Tolu six grains; mix well together, and add Powdered Extract of Liquorice one ounce, Syrup of Balsam Peru one fluidrachm, Powdered Gum Arabic CHRONIC CATARRH. 269 a sufficient quantity; mix all thoroughly together, and divide into loz- enges of ten grains each. One is to be placed in the mouth and allowed to dissolve gradually ; repeating the dose as required. Sometimes in severe attacks of catarrh and influenza, much benefit will be derived from keeping the patient slightly nauseated all the time during the severe symptoms, in conjunction with the other treatment; and should Bymptoms of pleurisy, pneumonia, or other pulmonary affection, present themselves, they should be treated according to the directions given under the head of the particular disease developed. In epidemic influenza, after the more active symptoms have subsided, Sulphate of Quinia should be administered in some form, so that at least three or four grains of it may be taken daily; and this will be more especially necessary in case of much debility. The diet should be very light, using liquids principally, as gruel, weak broths, &c. The patient should keep warm, and rather quiet; and after convalescence, he should be cautious not to expose himself too quickly to the external air. Should a cough remain after all the inflammatory symp- toms have disappeared, the Cough Mixtures, Nos. 1, 2, 3, or 4, named under Bronchitis may be used, or the following: Take of Oil of Anise, Oil of Almonds, Canada Balsam, Tincture of Balsam Tolu, Sherry Wine, each, half a fluidrachm ; mix together. The dose is half a teaspoonful, three or four times a day. CHRONIC CATARRH, or CHRONIC CORYZA. Acute Catarrh, from improper treatment, or from a series of attacks, is apt to degenerate into a chronic condition, which is commonly known as " catarrh," or "catarrh in the head," and which is by no means an uncom- mon disease in this country. The disease may continue for years, causing pain in the eyes, drowsiness, cough, and emaciation. It may also follow as a sequence of other diseases, as scarlet fever, measles, &c; and when the discharge is of a purulent character, it is most generally owing to syphilitic ulceration of the parts affected. Symptoms. There is a discharge of mucus from the nostrils, varying in quantity, which irritates the nose, occasioning sneezing, or, by falling into the throat and windpipe, it gives rise to more or less severe cough, which, if neglected, may terminate in consumption. Sometimes this discharge is so profuse, as almost to suffocate the patient, and not unfrequently the eyes become very sensitive and tender, and deafness may be present. The breath is apt to be offensive, and sometimes even the discharge. Treatment. Frequently this affection will gradually disappear without any treatment; sometimes it will require medication ; and in a few cases it becomes obstinate, debilitating the system very much, and requiring great care in the treatment. Ordinarily, an attention to diet, regularity of the bowels, moderate exercise daily, an avoidance of exposures to sudden changes of heat, cold, and dampness, together with the use of one of the following snuffs, will effect a cure: 1. Take of Bloodroot, Bayberry bark, each, in fine powder, one ounce, Powdered Myrrh, half an ounce; mix well together, and use several times a day as a snuff. 2. Take of Bloodroot, Lobelia, Bayberry, each, in fine powder, one ounce, Sesquicarbonate of Potash, half an ounce; mix together, and use as a snuff. 270 AMERICAN FAMILY PHYSICIAN. 3. Take of Powdered Camphor half a drachm, Benzoic Acid ten grains Powdered Opium three grains, Red Peruvian bark two drachms; mix thor- oughly together, and scent with Oil of Bergamot, and use as a snuff; the above is sufficient to last five or six days. In very obstinate cases it will be proper to apply the following Tincture to the nasal membrane as far as can be reached by means of a sponge probang or camel's hair pencil: Take of Cubebs, Golden Seal, Lobelia, Bloodroot, of each, one ounce, Capsicum two drachms, diluted Alcohol three pints; mix together, and let the articles stand for several days, fre- quently shaking them. In addition to this, the warm vapor of Vinegar, or of Vinegar in which Hops, or Stramonium leaves have been boiled, should be inhaled through the nostrils, keeping the mouth closed, and repeating the inhalation several times a day. In cases of scrofulous habits, or where the disease is of syphilitic origin, the internal treatment recommended for either scrofula or syphilis, must be pursued in addition to the above. INFLAMMATION OF THE LUNGS. Inflammation of the Lungg, or Pneumonia, are the terms applied to an inflammation of the substance of the lungs; it is a disease to which adults are liable, and is by no means uncommon among children. In some places it is termed " lung fever." It is very apt to be complicated with pleurisy. Symptoms. Pneumonia is usually ushered in by a chill, or sensation of coldness, followed by febrile symptoms more or less marked; in a short time a dull and obtuse pain in the chest is experienced, which is not so severe in its character as the pain in pleurisy, and which is considerably increased on coughing, or making a full inspiration. The breathing is hurried and difficult, especially when lying on the affected side; a dry, painful cough is present from the beginning, but sometimes it is moist, and the expectoration varies both in color and consistence, being white, transparent and tenacious, semi-transparent or rust-colored, and frequently it is streaked with blood, which, however, is not an alarming symptom; the skin is dry with heat of the body, thirst, anxiety, and flushed face, which is sometimes swollen and of a purplish hue. At the commencement, the pulse is usually full, strong, hard and frequent, but as the disease progresses, it becomes weak, soft, and often irregular. The bowels are frequently (o.stive in the commencement, but are apt to become liable to diarrhea; the urine is scanty and high-colored, and often is of a yellowish-brown color, The tongue is generally dry, and thickly coated with a white substance, •and when the disease is connected with some derangement of the liver, the coat will be of a yellow, or yellowish-brown hue. If timely relief be not obtained, there will be considerable danger from the severity of the inflammation ; the veins of the neck will enlarge, the face assume a livid aspect, and if the blood be effused into the substance of the lungs, it will cause a fatal termination. Pneumonia is often associated with pleurisy, and also with bronchitis, which complications may render the true character of the disease very ob- scure ; these are very common complications among children. The treat- ment, however, will be nearly the same. The bronchial complication in chil- dren may be suspected by observing a short, difficult, wheezing respiration; by the restlessness they manifest when lying down ; by a cough of a bron- INFLAMMATION OF THE LUNGS. 271 chial character; by the paleness of the countenance and the anxiety depicted upon- it; by the hard, frequent pulse; pungent heat of the skin, with the exception of the feet and hands which are cool. The respiration may at times be free, and then suffocative, and as the disease progresses, the lips become purple, coma ensues, and in from three to six days the child dies. Causes. Pneumonia is most commonly caused by exposure to cold and moisture, or to sudden atmospheric changes. It may likewise be produced by severe exertion of the lungs, as singing, loud speaking, or playing on wind instruments, and may likewise arise from the inhalation of irritating particles or gases, repelled eruptions, suppressed evacuations, &c. It occurs most frequently during the spring and winter, and ocr asionally during the other seasons when very cold and danrp, or variable. In the complications with other diseases, and even when uncomplicated, the physician should always examine the chest by auscultation and percussion Prognosis. One of the earliest symptoms of the decline of the disease is a free evacuation of urine, depositing a copious sediment on cooling; some- times a diarrhea, bleeding from the nose, or an abundant perspiration, are the indications of its decline by resolution; more frequently, however, a slightly bloody, whitish, or yellowish expectoration, freely and profusely discharged, is a manifestation of an abatoment of the disease. When the febrile symptoms subside, the pain in the chest diminishing, the expectora- tion becoming free and copious, and especially, when with these the difficulty of breathing is materially lessened, a favorable termination may be expected. On the contrary, delirium is a very unfavorable symptom, especially when accompanying a high degree of fever, great difficulty of breathing, dry cough, and acute pain. Sometimes the inflammation termiiates in suppuration, in which an abscess forms on the affected lung, and the matter may be expecto- rated ; or, the abscess may open into the pleura, occasioning pleurisy, and causing sudden death. When an abscess has formed it may be known by an abatement of the pain and sense of fulness of the part, by frequent, slight shiverings, and by the patient being able to lie on the affected side without much uneasiness. The formation of an abscess is not always necessarily fatal, but it is more dangerous among strumous persons. Short, dry, and obstinate cough, short and difficult breathing, an ability to lie only on the affected side, pale countenance, turbid urine, flush of cheeks toward evening, emaciation, night sweats, and diarrhea, are the usual symptoms accompany- ing an abscess. The prognosis of inflammation of the lungs is always unfa- vorable when both lungs are affected. Death usually takes place in pneumonia from suffocation, occasioned by blood being effused into the cellular substance of the lungs, and which may occur at any time from the third to the ninth day. It may also terminate in suppuration or gangrene. Gangrene rarely occurs, and is indicated by a sudden discontinuance of all pain, a pale or purplish countenance, a very weak and intermittent pulse, cold, clammy perspiration, dark-colored, offen- sive expectoration, fetid breath, hiccups, stupor, and death. Sometimes in- flammation of the lungs terminates in hepatization, in which the air cells of the lungs are obliterated, and converted into a solid, flesh-like mass; some- times in dropsy, aud not unfrequently, adhesions form between the pleura or membrane covering the lungs, and that lining the cavity of the chest. Persons once attacked by the disease, are more liable to returns of it, on being exposed to its causes. Treatment. In all cases of inflammation of the lungs, an emetic admin- istered at the commencement will be found very useful to remove accumula- tions in the stomach, unload the air-passages, promote the secretions gener- 272 AMERICAN FAMILY PHYSICIAN. ally, and equalize the circulation. The Compound Powder of Lobelia may be administered to an adult, for this purpose, and the Compound Tincture of Lobelia to a child. In severe and obstinate cases, a repetition of the emetic in the first days of the disease may become necessary. After the operation of the emetic, free perspiration must be produced, which may be best accom- plished in the adult, when circumstances will permit, by the Spirit vapor bath—In children by the Compound Tincture of Virginia Snakeroot—in both, aiding the perspiration by the administration of warm infusion of Pleu- risy root, or of Balm. Infants, however, and very young children must he placed in a warm bath for several minutes, then have a fomentation of bittei herbs, as Hops, Tansy, Wormwood, &c, applied over the chest as warm as can be borne, and changed often; and Mustard draughts, or draughts of bruised Garlics, may be applied to the feet and ankles. The application of bruised Onions or Garlics to the chest and back of infants and children, even when nine and ten years of age, will be found very advantageous, not only in thia disease, but in many other pulmonary affections. I almost invariably use them, and find that their efficacy much more than counterbalances their dis- agreeableness. I have seen many obstinate and serious attacks terminate favorably by the continued use of these applications. As more or less derangement of the liver is commonly present in thia affection, it will be necessary to administer a purgative that will exert some influence on this organ; one grain of Podophyllin mixed with two grains of Leptandrin, may be administered every three or four hours until a free evac- uation is produced. The purgative may be given during the time perspira- tion is being effected, so that its action may take place as the copiousness of the sweat diminishes, and care should be taken when the bowels are moving not to expose the patient to cold. In many cases an infusion of the root of Leptandra exhibited daily, according to the plan recommended in the treat- men of Typhus fever, will prove very useful. If the pain still continues to any extent, fomentation of bitter herbs must be placed over the chest as hot as can be borne, and these should be changed or renewed every hour or two. Inhaling the vapor of a hot infusion of hitter herbs, repeated several times a day, will afford much relief to the pain and cough; and mucilaginous drinks, as infusion of Marshmallow root, Elm bark, Flaxseed, &c, frequently repeated, during the active inflammatory stage, will be found to render the cough less troublesome. Bathing the surface of the body and extremities frequently with a warm, weak, alkaline solution, must never be omitted in these cases, especially when the inflammatory symptoms run high; and Mustard may also be applied to the feet and on the back along the whole course of the spinal column, being careful however, not to allow it to vesicate or raise a blister. In cases where the inflammatory symptoms were very severe, I have given the following mixture with invariable success:—Take of Tincture of Gelsemi- num four fluidrachms, Tincture of Aconite twenty-four drops ; mix; the dose ir, thirty drops every half-hour or hour, until the peculiar effects of the Gel- seminum are produced. It allays the cough, pain, and intensity of the act- ive symptoms, affording great relief to the patient. In those instances where periodicity is present, great care must be taken to observe the time of the remissions, that antiperiodics may be exhibited; two or three grains of Sul- phate of Quinia may be given every hour during the remission, and which will frequently relieve all the severer symptoms of the disease with prompt- ness. After the more active symptoms have somewhat subsided, it will become proper to exhibit expectorants, to relieve the cough, difficulty and oppression rATHOID PNEUMONIA. 273 l»f breathing, and facilitate the raising of mucus. The c-i.mpound Tincture of Lobelia will be found a very elegant preparation for this purpose. Or, the Compound Acetated Tincture of Bloodroot may be used. A mixture of equal parts of Syrup of Senega, Syrup of Squills, and Tincture of Lobelia, exhibited in teaspoonful doses every hour or two, will also be found an ex- cellent expectorant. A powder composed of Capsicum, Ipecacuanha, each, one grain, powdered Opium half a grain, and a dose administered every three or four hours, mixed with Honey, will frequently afford permanent relief to the cough. As the inflammation declines, if the pulse becomes weak with great debil ity of the patient, tonics and even stimulants will be required. Sulphate of Quinia. or decoction of Virginia Snakeroot may be given, and, if necessary, aie, porter, wine, or even brandy; wine whey, with from one to three grains of Carbonate of Ammonia added to each draught, will prove a valuable stimulant. ^.;o diet should be light and cooling, as barley water, mucilage of elm, lemonade, orange-juice, Indian meal gruel, roasted apples, arrowroot, panada, &c. The patient should be kept as still as possible during the disease, and not be permitted to speak more than is necessary, in order to make known his feelings and wants; and the sick chamber should be kept at a proper temperature, from 54° to 00° Fahrenheit. Great care should be taken du- ring convalescence to prevent a relapse, which is very apt to occur on very slight causes, and may lead to tubercular consumption. If during conva- lescence, or afterwards, a troublesome cough remains, one of the cough prep- arations mentioned under Bronchitis may be given ; or, the Compound Syrup of Spikenard ; or, either of the following compounds:—1. To one gallon of good Cider Vinegar, add half a pound, each, of Balsam Tolu and Gum Ara- bic ; dissolve these by means of heat, and add Refined Sugar, six pounds. When all is dissolved, remove from the fire and add Laudanum, eighteen fluidounces. Sometimes Molasses, or Honey, may be beneficially substituted for the Suga.' The dose ;s a teaspoonful, three, four, or five times a day, or whenever the cou&I; >'s severe. 2. Take Comfrey root, Spikenard root, Ele- campane root, and Hoarhound, of each, one ounce; boil in '!>x pints of water to four jif^ts, strain, then add four pounds of Loaf Sugar, and boil slowly to four pints. . Th? dose for an adult is a wineglassful three or four times a day. In cases of abscess, the life of the patient has frequency been saved, by making an opening between the ribs into the abscess, and allowing the mat- ter to discharge; this however is seldom accomplished when the abscess is deep-seated in the substance of the lungs. In recent cases of hepatization of the lungs, I have sometimes found con- siderable benefit from the following mixture:—Take of Muriate of Ammo- nia sixty-four grains, Fluid Extract of Wild Cherry four fluidounces; dis- solve the Ammonia in the liquid. The dose for an adult is from half a table- spoonful to a table-spoonful, three or four times a day, at the same time using external irritation, if necessary. TYPHOID PNEUMONIA. This disease has been called by various names, as pneumonia notha, cold plague, winter fever, and congestive winter fever; it appears to-be a combi- nation of pneumonia with typhus symptoms. It is very common to some sections of count -y, and proves more fatal among the weak, aged, and those who have broken clown their constitutions by excesses. Symptoms. The symptoms of typhoid pneumonia are similar to those of 274 AMERICAN FAMILY PHYSICIAN. pneumonia, with the exception of the additional typhus condition present. The inflammation, however, is of a less acute character than in pneu- monia. The disease generally commences as a catarrhal affection with great weariness, apathy, dizziness, and pain of the head and back, but without any great degree of fever. As the disease advances there is much difficulty of breathing, with wheezing or rattling in the chest, together with a sense of tightness or constriction across the breast; an acute pain in the side is very frequently experienced, with cough. The cough is short, dry, and distressing, being, however, attended at times with an expectoration of mucus, clear or streaked with blood; occasionally, no cough is present. When the cough is very violent, it not only increases the pain in the chest, but causes severe headache, and sometimes vomiting. Pains are at times ex- perienced in the limbs. As the disease continues to progress, the more active symptoms disappear, a dull pain is experienced across the chest, which is seldom complained of, unless the patient is questioned concerning it, the difficulty of breathing is increased, more or less drowsiness or stupor comes on, together with some of the symptoms common to typhus fever in the prostrating stage. The skin becomes harsh and dry, with an uneven- ness of temperature; in most cases, the tip and edges of the tongue will pre- sent a very red appearance, while the upper surface of this organ will fre- quently be thickly coated with a yellow or brownish fur; the bowels will be tender, and rather disposed to swelling and tension, feeling like a drum; and diarrhea is very common, the discharges being of a dirty-yellowish color, and often containing flakes of mucus. Causes. The disease is supposed to be epidemic at times, or caused bj malarial influence, and is usually connected with a cold, damp, and change- ble condition of the atmosphere. It is more prevalent during winter and spring, than the other seasons. Prognosis. When the difficulty of breathing is less difficult and op- pressed, the expectoration more free and copious, and the pulse becomea more natural, the disease will be apt to terminate favorably. When the breathing becomes hurried and laborious, the expectoration scanty and not freely discharged, with great prostration, the case is almost hopeless. De- lirium is a very unfavorable symptom. Treatment. This will be similar to that named for pneumonia, while the symptoms of inflammation are present; and similar to that for typhus fever, when the symptoms of oppression and exhaustion manifest themselves, A mild emetic in the early stage of the attack, when the breathing is much oppressed, and the expectoration scanty, will be of service, and may be re- peated if the symptoms require it. Active cathartics must be avoided, yet the bowels should be gently evacuated daily, during the whole course of the disease, for which purpose an infusion of Leptandra may be given, as directed under typhus fever; or, Podophyllin one grain, Leptandrin eight grains, may be thoroughly mixed, and divided into four powders, of which one .may be given for a dose, and repeated two or three times every day, according to its action. As there will frequently be remissions, or periodic symptoms present, the Sulphate of Quinia, or the Valerianate of Quinia, may be given in grain doses every hour of two, during the remissions. Id other respects, the surface of the body, cough, &c, will require a treatment similar to that recommended in pneumonia. Great care should be taken to avoid all harsh and active depletory mea- sures when the symptoms of debility come on. Mustard should be ap- plied to the extremities, chest, and between the shoulders; ale, porter, wine, or even brandy, will be required according to the degree of prostra- PLEURISY. 275 tion, and the susceptibility of the system. Injections of the Tincture of Prickly-Ash berries must by no means be omitted, not merely to lessen the tendency to tympanitic distension of the abdomen, but also as a stimulant to arouse and preserve the action of the vital powers. Carbonate of Am- monia five or ten grains to a fluidounce of water, or other liquid, has also been recommended as a stimulant, to be occasionally administered in tea- spoonful doses. With the use of stimulants do not neglect nutrition, as mutton or beef tea, calves' foot jelly, &c, which should be exhibited as the stomach will bear them. I have found the following a very efficacious prep- aration in this stage of the disease :—Take of Sulphate of Quinia six grains, Leptandrin twelve grains ; mix, and divide into twelve powders, of which one is to be given every hour. In other respects, treat similar to the low stage of typhus fever, not forgetting expectorants to relieve the breath- ing and expectoration. But the stimulating expectorants must be used, as Senega, Ammoniac, Squill, Balsam Tolu, Canada Balsam, &c. The follow- ing will be found a useful expectorant:—Take of Syrup of Senega, Syrup of Balsam Tolu, Emulsion of Ammoniac, and Tincture of Prickly-Ash ber- ries, each, one fluidounce; mix. The dose is from half a teaspoonful to a teaspoonful four, five, or six times a day, according to the exigencies of the case. During the course of the disease, the patient should lie in bed with his head and shoulders considerably elevated, and in other respects, the man- agement should be the same as in pneumonia. PLEURISY, or PLEURITIS. Pleurisy, or Pleuritis, is an inflammation of the pleura, a membran which lines the chest and also forms a covering which envelopes the lungs, and is frequently associated with inflammation of the lungs. It is more usually met with during the spring and winter seasons. Symptoms. Pleurisy usually commences with chills, succeeded by heat, thirst, restlessness, and other ordinary febrile symptoms. These are fol- lowed sooner or later by an acute pain in the side or chest, which is much aggravated on making a full inspiration, and is accompanied with hurried, difficult breathing, and a dry, hacking cough. Sometimes the pain occurs as the very first symptom. Coughing, breathing, and moving about, in- crease the pain, as well as lying upon the affected side. Persons laboring under an attack, lie upon the unaffected side, and endeavor as much as pos- sible to breathe without much expansion of the chest, respiration being chiefly performed by the muscles of the abdomen. And when effusion takes place, the patient will shift his position and lie on his back. The pulse is hard, strong, and frequent; the tongue is coated; the patient very restless ; the urine scanty and high-colored, and the bowels torpid. The pain may be located to one spot, but generally it extends over a large extent, and sometimes implicates both sides of the chest. When the sub- stance of the lung is also inflamed, there may be an expectoration of mucus which will be streaked with blood, if the disease has extended to the bron- chial mucous membrane. In from forty-eight to sixty hours, the pain les- sens, or ceases entirely, indicating that effusion has taken place ; but in se- vere attacks, the pain will continue long after effusion has occurred. Causes. The most common cause of pleurisy is cold, from improper ex- posure. It may also be occasioned by draughts of cold water, after being heated by active exercise, by the suppression of certain discharges, by the 276 AMERICAN FAMILY PHYSICIAN. recession of exanthematous affections, by the excessive use of ardent spirits, and by all the causes which usually give rise to other inflammatory com- plaints. Discrimination. Pleurisy may be mistaken for pleurodynia, a rheu- matic affection of the intercostal muscles, but in this latter there is usually an entire absence of febrile symptoms as well as cough; in pleurisy both expiration and inspiration are carefully and slowly performed, while in pleurodynia the expiration is performed as in ordinary breathing, the in- spiration alone being slow and cautious ; beside, in this latter affection, rheumatic pains will have been felt in other parts. Prognosis. By a proper course of treatment, pleurisy usually terminates favorably by resolution or absorption, the febrile symptoms abating gradu- ally, the pain becoming much diminished, and the respiration becoming more easy and natural. But if the inflammatory symptoms have been severe, the pain ceasing suddenly, with a small and feeble pulse, pallid countenance, cold extremities, and general prostration, the prognosis is very unfavorable. When the disease occurs in strumous habits it is apt to prove more obstinate. When it arises from tuberculous ulcerations of the lungs, or other complications, and especially when pus is discharged in the pleural cavity, it almost always proves fatal. Treatment. In a practice of twenty-four years, during which time I have treated many hundred cases of pleurisy, I have not lost one patient, in whom the disease appeared in an uncomplicated form. The first object is to produce perspiration, which will promptly relieve the pain, and lessen the inflammation. If the strength and condition of the patient will admit, a Spirit vapor bath should be administered; otherwise, the Compound Tincture of Virginia Snakeroot may be given in teaspoonful doses, and repeated every half hour until free perspiration ensues, and which will generally be followed by prompt relief. This tincture may be given in an infusion of Pleurisy root, Catnip, or Balm. In conjunction with this, the whole of the affected side should be covered with a fomentation of bitter herbs, as Hops, Tansy, Wormwood, &c, applied as hot as can be borne, and which should be renewed every five or ten minutes, and continued until positive relief is obtained. This course will in almost every instance be followed by great alleviation or a total cessation of the pain and other inflammatory symptoms. If the pain ceases entirely, nothing further than care and an avoidance of exposure which may produce a relapse is neces- sary. If there is merely a slight relief of suffering, or, if the pain returns, an emetic must be given as soon as possible, for which purpose, the Com- pound Powder of Lobelia will be found useful. And this should he fol- lowed by an active cathartic, as the Compound Powder of Jalap, or, the Compound Powder of Leptandrin. After the administration of the purga- tive, instead of waiting for its operation, it will be advisable to at once produce perspiration again, as above, with the use of hot fomentations. It will rarely be found that the disease will continue after this active medica- tion, especially, if it has been attended to at an early period. But should more or less pain continue, with cough, the following may be given with great advantage : take of Tincture of Gelseminum four fluidrachms, Tinc- ture of Aconite twenty-four drops. Mix, and administer thirty drop! every half-hour, or hour, until the peculiar effects of the Gelseminum are produced, after which" the intervals between the doses may be lengthened, Or, in the absence of this mixture, the Compound Tincture of Virginu Snakeroot may be given in half teaspoonful doses every two or three hours, to keep up moisture of the surface. An infusion of Pleurisy root. CHRONIC PLEURISV. 277 or, of Crawley root, or cf equal parts of both, may also be drank freely. When a severe cough remains it may be overcome by an infusion of Pleu- risy root, Wild Cherry bark, each two parts, Bloodroot one part—adminis- ter it in small doses, frequently repeated, and sufficient to keep up a slight nausea. After this treatment, should cough and pain still continue, treat the case similar to that named for inflammation of the lungs. During the active febrile symptoms should they assume a well-marked periodical character, Sulphate of Quinia should be administered during the remissions, or when the active symptoms are at their minimum. The diet and regimen should be the same as in inflammation of the lungs, and great care should be observed to guard against any fresh expo- sure to cold, as a relapse is apt to prove fatal. CHRONIC PLEURISY. Ciiuoniu Pleurisy may be the sequence of an acute attack, or it may assume this form from the beginning. Symptoms. There is but little fever, and when present it generally appears at night; the cough is slight, dry, or attended with a small expec- toration of mucus ; dry, vague pains in the chest; shivering; pulse hard; countenance pallid and emaciated ; loss of appetite, and night sweats. Sometimes the affected side swells or becomes enlarged in consequence of the great effusion, with protrusion of the intercostal spaces, (spaces between the ribs,) and occasionally there is displacement of the heart. When the substance of the lung is involved, the cough is very troublesome. Prognosis. This is usualiy unfavorable, especially when hectic fever and night sweats are present. The disease may be cured spontaneously by reabsorption of the effused fluid ; by its making a passage through the pul- monary tissue into the bronchial tube, when it is coughed up ; or, by a spontaneous opening through the walls of the chest, when it is discharged externally. Trkatment. Although a very disagreeable and painful course, yet there is no measure so beneficial as the application of the Compound Tar Plaster over the seat of the disease, which should be continued until a free discharge ensues, and which discharge should be kept up for several weeks, if the patient can possibly bear it. And this plaster may be intermittently applied until the pain has been permanently removed. Internally, for the purpose of stimulating the absorbents to take up the effused fluid, as well as to promote the action of the kidneys, the Compound Syrup of Stillingia may be given in teaspoonful doses, and repeated every three or four hours, and to each close of the syrup, from four to six grains of the Iodide of Potassium should be added. Another excellent agent for the promotion of absorption is composed of Muriate of Ammonia sixty- four grains, Fluid Extract of Wild Cherry four fluidounces; dissolve. The dose is a table-spoonful three times a day. In addition to these measures, the cough must be relieved by some of the expectorant preparations, heretofore named under Bronchitis, Pneumonia, &c. The bowels must be kept regular by small doses of Podophyllin and Leptandrin, but they should not be actively purged. The surface of the body should be bathed two or three times daily with a stimulating wash, made by adding spirits to a weak alkaline solution, and the drying should be done with brisk friction until a glow and redness of the skin is produced. *!H 278 AMERICAN FAMILY PHYSICIAN. Diuretics will often be found beneficial; equal parts of Pleurisy root, Hair- cap moss, and Burdock seed, may be made into a decoction, and drank freely. The diet should be nutritious and easily digestible, as bread and milk roasted potatoes, cooked eggs, oysters, boiled meats, birds, &c, and in cases of great debility, ale, porter, wine, &c. The patient should be kept quiet and free from exposure to cold, sudden atmospheric changes, night air, &c,- in some, a short ride in an open vehicle during warm, pleasant weather will be very beneficial. In some cases when the effusion is so great as to threaten suffocation, the operation of paracentesis, has occasionally been the means of saving the patient's life by allowing the effused liquid to escape externally. INFLAMMATION OF THE HEART. Under this head, I will have reference to inflammation of the muscular structure of the heart, carditis,—inflammation of the lining membrane of the heart, endocarditis,—and inflammation of the membranous sac which envelopes the heart, pericarditis. These are generally treated upon, as separate and distinct diseases, but as their symptoms are very similar, as well as the treatment recommended for them, I have judged it best to em brace them under one head. Symptoms. Inflammation of the heart or its membranes, usually com- mences with the symptoms common to most inflammatory attacks, as chills, heat and dryness of skin, thirst, flushed face, full pulse, &c. These are succeeded by rapid, imperfect, and often unequal breathing, and an acute lancinating pain about the region of the heart, which may extend to the shoulder. This pain, especially in pericarditis, is aggravated by pres- sure over the heart, as well as by a full inspiration. There will also be a dry, harassing cough, which augments the patient's sufferings, and gener- ally a sense of suffocation will be experienced. Motion, or exercise will increase the pain and difficulty of breathing to a greater or less extent. The features are haggard and expressive of much suffering, with a degree of anxiety ; the heart beats violently and irregularly ; a sensation of faint- ing is present more or less constantly; at first the pulse is full, hard, and bounding, but speedily becomes small, frequent, and unequal, and fre- quently cannot be observed at the wrist; the appetite is deficient; the tongue coated white; the bowels constipated; the urine insufficient and high-colored; the skin is often bathed in sweat, as in acute rheumatism; and when the diaphragm or midriff is involved, there will be a distressing, and painful hiccough. Causes. These affections are most commonly owing to the presence of acute rheumatism, the disease either attacking the heart primarily, or. being translated to it from some other part of the system. They may likewise occur from other causes, and are sometimes met with in combina- tion with pleurisy, Bright's disease of the kidney, &c. Prognosis. These attacks are of a very serious character, and may ter- minate fatally in a very short time; though it is stated that, even when left entirely to themselves, without any care or treatment, not more than one in six cases is wont to prove fatal. The principal evils to fear are the secondary or chronic affections resulting from the acute attack. Treatment. I have obtained more benefit in treating these affections, by sudorific or sweating medicines than by any other. Copious perspin- INFLAMMATION OF THE HEART. 279 tion may be produced by the Spirit vapor bath ; but I prefer the adminis- tration of the Compound Tincture of Virginia Snakeroot, in teaspoonful doses, repeated every half-hour or hour, its action being aided by drinking frceiy of a warm infusion of Pleurisy root, or Pleurisy root and Crawley. After free perspiration has occurred, it should be kept up for one, two, or three hours,, or longer, according to the degree of pain and difficult breathing. If the bowels are costive, or contain accumulations of fecal matters, an active cathartic may be advantageously administered, as, the Compound Powder of Jalap, adding about ten grains of Cream of Tartar to the dose ; or, the Compound Powder of Leptandrin may be substituted The cathartic may be occasionally repeated through the course of the disease, whenever found necessary from the presence of costiveness, pain, difficult breathing, &c. An excellent cathartic in this disease is an infusion of two parts of Leptandra root, and one part of Blue Flag root, a table-spoonful of which may be given every hour or two, or sufficiently often to produce the desired result. Mustard plasters applied to the feet, on the chest over the region of the heart, and along the whole course of the spinal column, will be very useful in severe and obstinate cases. Tho above course will frequently overcome the disease at once; but should tho pain and difficulty still remain, though in a minor degree, it will be advisable to attend to the surface of the body, bathing it several times a day with a warm, weak alkaline solution; and administering internally one of the following preparations: 1. Take of Tincture of Gelseminum four flui- drachms, Tincture of Aconite root one fluidrachm; mix. The dose is from fifteen to thirty drops every half-hour or hour, until the peculiar effects of the Gelseminum are produced, after which the medicine should be given at intervals sufficiently often to continue these effects in a mild degree. 2. Take of Tincture of Colchicum Seed, Tincture of Black Cohosh, each, one fluid- ounce; mix. The dose is from thirty to sixty drops every half-hour or hour, according to the degree of inflammatory action, and the influence of the remedy. In cases of severe pain, from three to six drops of the Tinc- ture of Aconite root may be added to every dose, or, to every second or third dose, according to the influence it exerts upon the system. 3. Tincture of Sheep Laurel may be given in doses of from five to ten drops every hour or two, according to its influence. Either of these agents will lessen the violent action of the heart, allay the inflammation, and thereby modify the pain and difficulty of breathing. Digitalis is an agent I do not prefer in these inflammations, and, therefore, do not recommend it. Diuretics will be found a very important class of agents, and among them I know of none equal to an infusion of Hair-cap moss; it may be used abne, or in combination with Cleavers. The bathing and Mustard poultices, above named, must be used as required, with an occasional cathartic. Too much depletion is hurtful; therefore, after the first copious perspiration is maintained for three or four hours a repetition will not be necessary. Any res lessness, or want of sleep, may be overcome by a pill of the Inspissated Juice of Poison Hemlock, say two, three, or four grains, at bedtime; or, Iron eight to ten grains of the Compound Powder of Ipecacuanha and Opiim; or, Lactucarium, Lupulin, &c, may be given in sufficient doses. Tie patient should be kept free and quiet, not permitting him to be annoyed by anything; the temperature of his room should not be too elevated, but rather cool and comfortable; the diet should be simple and not stimulating, principally fluids and farinaceous vegetable infusions. The period of convalescence must be closely watched, both to avoid a relapse, and . panitis, vomiting, dark coat on the tongue, and sordes on the lips and teeth diarrhea, low delirium, mutterings, twitching of the tendons, coma, and death. Inflammation of the womb terminates favorably by resolution; unfavor- ably, by abscess, softening of the womb, or gangrene. Causes. This disease may be caused by cold, by tedious or difficult labor by improper interference during labor, by endeavors to force the delivery of the child and after-birth, by strong diet during confinement, by heating or alcoholic drinks, and sometimes it occurs without any assignable cause. Treatment. Inflammation of the womb is very rapid and fatal in its progress, and must be treated promptly and energetically. The treatment named for Acute Inflammation of the Peritoneum must be pursued,—see page 307, and the acrid and fetid discharges must be cleansed from time to time by injections of warm water, or warm infusion of Peach leaves, wild Indigo leaves, &c, into the vagina. The diet and subsequent management in convalescence will be the same as advised in Acute Peritonitis. INFLAMMATION OF THE BLADDER. Inflammation of the Bladder, or Cystitis may attack the mucous mem- brane of the bladder, or its muscular coat, more commonly the former, and it may be confined to one portion of it, or involve the whole mem- brane. Like inflammation of other organs, it may be either acute or chronic in its character; the former is a rare affection, the latter is more common. Symptoms. Acute inflammation of the bladder, is seldom ushered in with chills, and other febrile symptoms as in ordinary inflammatory at- tacks ; usually there is a severe burning and throbbing pain with some degree of tenseness in the region of the bladder, and which is increased by pressure upon the part. The desire to urinate is constant, and it is voided with extreme difficulty, occasioning an increase of pain ; it may pass away drop by drop, or it may be entirely suppressed, causing a swelling of the bladder and great distress. The urine commonly contains mucus. The pain may extend to the penis, the scrotum, the perineum, and other parts in the vicinity of the bladder. There is generally more or less fever at- tending, with hot and dry skin, frequent and hard pulse, great thirst, tongue coated, and constipation, or frequent but ineffectual efforts to evacu- ate the bowels. Not unfrequently, nausea, vomiting, restlessness and great anxiety are present. In unfavorable cases, as the disease advances, a low, typhoid condition ensues, there is low delirium, or stupidity, pale, hollow, and death-like countenance, and the patient dies in coma, or in con- vulsions. Causes. Acute cystitis may be produced by direct injuries, as the care- less introduction of bougies or catheters into the bladder, wounds, horse- back riding, and stone in the bladder; strictures in the urethra, enlarge- ment of the prostate gland, translation of gonorrhea, gout, rheumatism, &c, exposures to cold, acrid diuretics as Cantharides, Oil of Turpentine, as well as injections of irritating substances into the bladder, may occasion the disease. In severe cases the treatment must be prompt and energetic, or the patient may die in a week or two. Treatment. This will be nearly the same as advised for Acute Inflam- mation of the Kidneys. Perspiration should be produced by the Spirit CHRONIC INFLAMMATION OF THE BLADDER. 313 vapor bath, c. by the use of the Compound Tincture of Virginia Snake- root; and the bowels should be evacuated by the Compound Powder of Jalap, ten or twelve grains of Cream of Tartar being added to the dose. At an early period, hot fomentations of Hops and Lobelia, or Hops and Stramonium leaves, or other bitter or narcotic herbs, should be applied over the region of the bladder, and to the perineum; and mucilaginous diuretic infusions may be freely drank, as an infusion of Marshmallow and Peach leaves, or an infusion of Marshmallow and Cleavers. Other diuretics will frequently be found beneficial, as Hair-cap moss, Wild Carrot, Elder blows, &c. To lessen the constant desire to evacuate the bowels as well as to urinate, an injection composed of twenty or thirty drops of Laudanum added to a fluidounce of Marshmallow or Elm infusion, may be given, and repeated as often as required. And in very violent cases, it has been recommended to apply cups to the perineum, to the sacrum, and over the region of the bladder; or the Compound Tar plaster may be applied on the back over the region of the kidneys. The diet must be confined, during the inflammatory stage, to mucilagi- nous draughts ; and if the urine is suppressed, or the bladder becomes much distended, this fluid must be drawn off by means of a catheter. The pa- tient must be kept as quiet as possible. In the typhoid condition, means similar to those advised in such a condition following other acute attacks must be employed. During convalescence, the same care is necessary as in Nephritis. CHRONIC INFLAMMATION OF THE BLADDER. Tins difficulty has also received the names " Chronic Cystitis," " Cys- tirrhea," and " Catarrh of the Bladder." It is a chronic inflammation of the mucous lining membrane of the bladder, and is more commonly met with among the aged, being generally associated with some disease of the prostate gland, and among whom it is very apt to prove fatal. Symptoms. When the disease comes on gradually there will be noticed at first a deposition of more or less mucus on allowing the urine to stand for a time, (See fig. 18,) but as it advances, as well as when it comes on more rapidly, there will be a dull, uneasy sensation in the region of the bladder, with more or less frequent desire to urinate, and a difficulty in retaining the fluid in the bladder. The flow may be increased or natural, but as the affection proceeds, the mucus becomes much augmented, and always settles to the bottom of the urine on standing, leaving the fluid above perfectly clear, and in cases of long standing, pus, and even small quantities of blood will be found mixed with the mucus, more especially when abscesses have formed. Several pints of this tenacious mucus have been voided by some patients in one day. Large deposits of the phos- phates are usually met with in the urine, particularly the triple phosphate of .Magnesia and Ammonia. (See fig. 22.) Generally, when the calls to urinate are frequent, its discharge will be accompanied by spasmodic con- traction of the bladder, and a painful burning sensation along the urethra. Most generally there is a persistent feeling of uneasiness in the vicinity of the bladder, a degree of heaviness in the perineum, pain and weakness in the back and loins, sometimes extending into the testicles, with irrita- bility of the rectum. There may also be in some cases a mild fever, thirst, tongue somewhat coated, restlessness, hot and dry skin, &c. 314 AMERICAN FAMILY PHYSICIAN. If the disease is allowed to progress, ulceration of the bladder, and dis- ease of the prostate gland occur, the system becomes debilitated, the various secretory organs become deranged, debility and emaciation super- vene, with hectic fever, nervous irritability, and finally dissolution. Causes. Chronic Cystitis may follow the acute form ; and it may also be produced by causes similar to those occasioning this latter form. It is also frequently caused by intemperance, a constant habit of retaining the' urine for a long time before evacuating it, high-seasoned food, excessive venery, sedentary habits, and masturbation, which last I have found in my own practice to be a more common cause than is generally suspected. The disease is more readily curable among the young than the old, and in some cases even when pus is discharged with the urine. Treatment. Stimulating diuretics will be required in the treatment of this disease, and their employment should be alternated, as otherwise the system may become habituated to their use, and no good results be obtained. Among the most valuable diuretics of the above character, the leaves of Uva Ursi, of Buchu, of Trailing Arbutus, and the roots of Queen of the Meadow, may be used in infusion or decoction. A most valuable agent which I have successfully used for twenty years past, is the the Com- pound Infusion of Trailing Arbutus; but, in some cases, especially those attended with a low grade of fever, it may become necessary to omit the Gin, making a simple decoction of the articles. Considerable advantage will frequently be derived from the internal ad- ministration of the following mixture:—Dissolve Alum ten grains, in a gill of water, stir in it Benzoic Acid ten or twenty grains, and take for a dose; this may be repeated three or four times a day, and will found more particu- larly beneficial in case of excessive mucous discharges with phosphatic depos- its. In similar instances I have likewise witnessed the most decided and permanent effects from the daily use for some days or weeks, of the Com- pound Balsam of Sulphur. I have, in many obstinate cases, where Copaiba, Buchu, Uva Ursi, &c, were unproductive of benefit, advised the free use of an infusion of the pods or hulls of the common bean, and which has been invariably followed with the most happy results. The Compound Copaiba Mixture will frequently be found of service, in this malady, as a stimulating diuretic, exerting an especial influence on mucous tissues. It will likewise be proper to inject into the bladder once or twice a day, a tepid infusion of equal parts of Golden Seal and Solomon's Seal roots; it should be injected through a gum elastic catheter by means of a small syringe, in the quantity of half a fluidounce or a fluidounce at a time, and may be alirwed to remain in the bladder as long as it does not occasion pain or uneasiness. Great care should be taken to filter the infusion, that no solid substance be passed into the bladder with it, to form the nucleus for a subsequent stone. When pus or blood appears in the urine, an equal part of Geranium root may be added to the above mixture for an injection; or, an infusion of equal parts of Golden Seal, Geranium, and Witch Hazle bark, may be used. In addition to the above measures, the bowels must be kept open by mild aperients, as the mixture of Rhubarb and Bicarbonate of Potassa, referred to on page 284; the skin should be frequently bathed with a weak alkaline solution, and a Spirit vapor bath administered every two or three weeks. The diet should be light but nutritious, easy of digestion, avoiding fats, spi- ces, and stimulating drinks, according to the excited or depressed condition of the system. In cases where there is a gouty or rheumatic condition, the patient may take from ten to thirty drops of a mixture of equal parts of GONORRHEA. 315 Tincture of Colchicum seed, and Tincture of Black Cohosh root; it should be taken in some water, or mucilaginous infusion, and be repeated three or four times a day. If there is a scrofulous habit of body, the Compound Syr- up of Stillingia with the Iodide of Potassium should be administered. If there is a venereal taint in the system, the following will be found effica- cious:—Take of Compound Syrup of Stillingia, Tincture of Poke root, Tinct- ure of Sheep Laurel, each, four fluidounces; mix. The dose varies from a teaspoonful to half a table-spoonful three times a day, in some water, accord- ing to the effects of the Laurel upon the system. Chronic inflammation of the neck of the bladder is a disease very seldom cured by the treatment ordinarily pursued by physicians, but the above course will be found very effective; by it, I have succeeded in curing quite a num- ber of cases. The worst case I ever saw of this malady, was that of Dr. S------, who had labored under it for several years, and had faithfully followed the prescriptions and advice of the most eminent medical men in the country, but without the least benefit. Immediately after urinating, he always experienced a violent indescribable, cramp-like, aching pain in the perineum and region of the neck of the bladder, which frequently extended over the whole of the lower region of the pelvis, and low down into the thigh; the urine, from time to time, passed through the urethra as though it were poured into it, the neck of the bladder was distended and painful to the touch, as well as on standing or sitting; and standing often caused a paralytic sensation and uneasiness in one or both of the thighs. Occasionally, the urine would pass with much pain and difficulty. Beside these symptoms he suffered from cold feet, swelled feet, hectic fever, night-sweats, and a dis- tressing cough. Notwithstanding these unfavorable symptoms, the treat- ment I pursued effected a rapid and permanent cure. GONORRHEA. Gonorrhea or Clap, is an inflammation of the mucous membrane lining the canal of the urethra, accompanied with an infectious discharge, and is owing to the application of a morbid matter, generally, at the time of an im- pure cohabitation. By most writers this disease is placed among those peculiar to the depart- ment of surgery, but I can see no satisfactory reason for so doing. We may have an inflammation of the urethra, same as of the eye, without any infec- tious discharge; and like a certain inflammation of the eye, we may likewise have one of the urethra, discharging matter of an infectious nature. I have placed this disease where I believe it should be, among affections of an inflammatory character. Symptoms. _ Gonorrhea most generally shows itself in from two to four days after an improper connexion, but with some persons, there will be no appearance of it until after two or three weeks. It commences with a sense of uneasiness, as an itching in the glans penis, and a soreness and tingling sensation along the whole course of the urethra, with a slight degree of burn- ing or smarting on making water, and a small quantity of a whitish matter may be observed at the orifice. In a day or two the discharge of matter increases, becomes thinner, less adhesive, and of a greenish or yellowish color, the glans penis presents a red and inflamed appearance, especially at the orince, the stream of urine becomes smaller, and whenever passed occa- sions much pain and scalding. The bladder, most generally, from sympa- thy, becomes irritable and incapable of retaining the urine for any length of 316 AMERICAN FAMILY PHYSICIAN. time, causing the patient to urinate frequently, with a constant uneasiness about the scrotum, perineum, and fundament. The patient becomes pale and loses flesh rapidly. Sometimes, when the inflammation is considerable, there will be observed a slight quantity of blood in the discharge. When it exists in a very high degree, it produces what is called a chordec, in which, at the time of erection the penis is curved downward, with great pain. This is very apt to occui when the patient is warm in bed, depriving him of sleep, and sometimes causing an involuntary emission of semen. From the inflammation phymosk is apt to ensue, in which the foreskin becomes so swelled over the glans penis, that it cannot be drawn back; when this swelling takes place behind the glans, so that it cannot be drawn forward, it is called paraphymosis. Some- times small, hard swellings may be observed on the lower surface of the penis, along the course of the urethra,, and these may suppurate and form troublesome fistulous sores. The glands of the groin often become swollen and indurated from the ex- cessive inflammation present; or, one of the testicles becomes swelled and inflamed, occasioning excruciating pains, extending from the seat of the com- plaint up into the small of the back, with a symptomatic fever. If Gonorrhea be properly attended to, it may be cured in from three to seven days; some persons, however, will require as many weeks, or even longer, and especially in those cases where the cure is attempted by medi- cines per mouth. Patients who continue using intoxicating liquors, high- seasoned food, much exercise, &c, may not be cured for months, and in such cases it is very apt to leave a gleet behind, besides being accompanied with the risk of giving rise at some distant period to a constitutional affection, espe- cially if there has been a neglect of proper cleanliness, occasioning excoria- tions or ulcers on the glans penis, sore throat and mouth, sores on the body and head, loss of hair, &c. When the disease has remained for some time, from the falling of the matter on the various parts of generation, numerous and troublesome warty excrescences are apt to arise. When gonorrhea is of long standing, or has been improperly treated, stricture of the urethra is very apt to follow, which may be known by more or less difficulty and pain in making water, the dimi- nution of the stream, which passes spirally, or splits into two streams, and by the involuntary escape of a few drops of urine after the evacuation of the bladder. Among females similar symptoms are present, but usually of less severity, —heat and soreness in urinating; a discharge of colored matter, slight pain in walking, and uneasiness in sitting; stricture is uncommon among them, being seldom, if ever, met with. Instances have occurred where the hus- band has contracted an inflammation of the urethra from his wife, who was suffering only from leucorrhea, or perhaps some inflammatory affection of the vagina; great care is, therefore, necessary, before pronouncing upon the disease, as the health and reputation of the parties, as well as the character of the physician, may be jeopardized by too premature or hasty conclusions. Still I have good reasons for considering, in many instances, the inflamma- tion thus produced, as infectious as that ordinarily termed gonorrhea. I can see no reason why an acrid discharge from vaginal inflammation, or an acrid leucorrhea, when it does develop urethritis in the male, may not be of an infectious nature. Indeed, I consider these conditions, together with uncleanliness of the parts, as the true and original source of gonorrhea. I have likewise no doubt but that many persons who have cohabited with fe- males in the above situations might have escaped gonorrhea had they not GONORRHEA. 317 aided the exciting cause by excessive drinking immediately before or after the act, thus rendering the urine more acrid and irritating in its character. I have known gonorrhea caused by the parts coming in contact with gon- orrheal matter, and though this mode of contracting the disease is denied by Borne, I have no doubt of its correctness. With some persons, a drop or two of a saturated solution of Muriate of Ammonia, let fall into the urethra and allowed to remain there, will cause urethral inflammation of a severe charac- ter, with a discharge which will prove equally as infectious as that from gonorrhea. All of which, with other circumstances which cannot be referred to in a work as limited as this, lead me to believe that ordinary gonorrhea is nothing more nor less than the same character of urethral inflammation which is occasionally produced by other causes than that of improper cohab- itation. Treatment. When gonorrhea makes its appearance for the first time, it is generally accompanied|fwith a greater degree of inflammation than in any subsequent attacks, and is very apt to be more obstinate in its character. When symptoms of active inflammation are present, a purgative must be given, and repeated daily if the inflammatory symptoms continue violent; the Compound Powder of Jalap with ten or fifteen grains of Cream of Tartar to the dose, will answer every purpose. After the operation of the purgative some one of the various compounds which have been found efficacious, may be used—among them are the following : 1. Take of Canada Balsam one fluidounce, Spirits of Nitre Dulce four fluidounces, Oil of Turpentine two fluidrachms, Powdered Camphor one drachm; mix well together. The dose is a teaspoonful three times a day. When the inflammatory symptoms have been subdued, Powdered Kino one drachm, may be added to the above. I make more use of this preparation internally, than any other, in this disease, having the patient to use with it as a drink, during the inflammatory stage, an infusion of Marshmallow and Burdock roots. 2. Take of Balsam Copaiba, Spirits of Nitre Dulce, Compound Spirits of Lavender, Tincture of Muriate of Iron, each, one fluidounce; mix. The dose is a teaspoonful three times a day. This mixture and the one following are very disagreeable to the taste, but are very efficacious after the inflamma- tory symptoms have subsided. They must be shaken thoroughly previous to taking each dose, and in order to protect the teeth from the injurious action of the acid in the Tincture of Muriate of Iron, it is advisable to rinse the mouth immediately after taking each dose, with a solution of saleratus, or supercarbonate of soda. 3. Take of Oil of Cubebs, Oil of Anise, Balsam Copaiba, Laudanum, Tincture of Muriate of Iron, each, one fluidounce; mix. The dose is a tea- spoonful three times a day. -f. Take of Solidified Balsam Copaiba two ounces, White Wax one ounce, Oil of Cubebs, Oil of Spearmint, each, one fluidrachm, finely powdered Nitre two drachms. Melt the wax, add the oils, and then the Copaiba; stir all thoroughly together, and finally add the Nitre. This forms a paste much used for the cure of gonorrhea; the dose is from ten to thirty grains three times a day. 5 Take of powdered Alum one drachm, Precipitated Carbonate of Iron half an ounce, Pulverized Cubebs one ounce, Balsam Copaiba a sufficient quantity to form a paste. The dose is the same as the preceding. , (*: 1^ke of CamPnor one drachm, Calcined Magnesia one drachm and a half, Nitre, Golden Seal, each, two drachms, Gum Arabic three drachms; mix together, in very fine powder, and add Powdered Cubebs one ounce and 318 AMERICAN FAMILY PHYSICIAN. a half, Balsam Copaiba enough to form a paste. The dose is the same as the preceding. This is much used in Cincinnati. I have the formula for many other mixtures which have been found efficacious, but the- above will be more than sufficient to effect cures when skilfully employed. A physician informs me he has been very successful by the following mixture:—Take of Sulphur, Nitre, Alum, each, one-third of an ounce, Alcohol, water, each, one pint; mix. The dose is a table-spoonful three times a day. I have never used it. (See Compound Copaiba Mixture.) From the difficulty, however, in procuring pure Copaiba, I have of late years dispensed with its use, and at present cure this disease without any internal medicine, save a purgative or two; using mild injections alone, and which have proved as beneficial as similar applications to an inflamed eye, or other mucous surface. The kind of injection, however, will depend on the stage of the disease, its peculiarity, and the influence produced upon it by the application; several are used, among which the following have been found the most efficient:— 1. Take of Chloride of Zinc from one to three grains, distilled water one fluidounce; mix. Inject a teasponful of this every six or eight hours, along the urethra. This may be used in any stage. 2. Take of Iodide of Zinc from one to three grains, distilled water one fluidounce; mix. Use as the preceding. 3. Take of Decoction of Golden Seal, Cold Infusion of Wild Cherry bark, each, one fluidounce and a half, Tannic Acid thirty grains, Sulphate of Mor- phia dissolved in the least quantity possible of Alcohol, five grains; mix. Inject a teaspoonful every four or six hours along the urethra. 4. Take of Decoction of Golden Seal one fluidounce, Sulphate of Zinc three grains ; mix. Use as the preceding. 5. Take of Nitrate of Silver two grains, distilled water eight fluidounces; mix. Inject as the preceding, gradually increasing the strength as long as no irritation is produced. Many other injections have been recommended, but I have found the above the best; the injection should always be used immediately after urinating, and the patient should not urinate afterward for at least half an hour; and a glass syringe should always be used in preference to a metallic one. In the female, the vagina and neighboring parts should be injected and bathed three or four times daily, with one of the above liquids. In the treatment of gonorrhea, the patient should keep as quiet as possible, for exercise irritates the parts and keeps up the disease, rendering it more intractable to medicine. When chordee attends, the following may be taken about an hour before bedtime; take Powdered Opium one or two grains, Camphor ten grains; mix for a dose. In cases where Opium disagrees, the following taken once or twice in the latter part of the day, will be useful:—Take of Extract of Hyoscyamus one scruple; Powdered Camphor hnlf a drachm; mix, and divide into twelve pills. Two or three pills are to be taken for a dose. La- pulin, in doses of five or ten grains, and repeated occasionally, if necessary, has also proved serviceable. I have most generally overcome the tendency to chordee by having the patient rub the parts two or three times a day with the following liniment:—Take of Oil of Stillingia one fluidrachm, Oil of Lo- belia half a fluidrachm, Tincture of Stramonium seed two fluidrachms, Olive Oil four fluidrachms; mix. Or, in its absence, the male organ maybe enveloped in a poultice of equal parts of Lobelia and Stramonium leaves, to which a small quantity of Laudanum is added; and these will be found preferable to medicines by mouth. GONORXHEA. 319 After gonorrhea which has been accompanied by a severe and obstinate chordee is cured, there sometimes remains a contraction of the froenum by which the penis is drawn down the same as in chordee, which may be termed chronic chordee; for this apply either of the following liniments over the parts, on apiece of lint, to be changed two or three times a day. 1.. Take of Inspissated Juice of Conium Maculatum, or, Belladonna, one ounce, Oil of Stillingia two fluidrachms, Camphor, Laudanum, each, one ounce; mix, and thoroughly triturate together. 2. Take of Oil of Sassafras one fluidounce, Camphor one drachm, Opium one drachm, Iodine twenty grains; mix, and thoroughly triturate together. If pbymosis or paraphymosis attends, an operation is seldom necessary. Apply twice a day, over the swollen part, a warm fomentation of Stramonium leaves, Lobelia leaves, and ilops, equal parts. Sometimes it will be more beneficial to apply this fomentation cold, renewing it as often as it becomes warm. Leeches may also be applied, especially if the symptom appears to be obstinate. When either of these difficulties are of long-standing, the following astringent poultice applied two or three times a day will prove use- ful:—Take of Lobelia, Bayberry, Witch-Hazle bark and Bloodroot, each, in powder, equal parts; mix. To a table-spoonful of Powdered Elm bark add two teaspoonfuls of the above mixture and make a poultice. Phymosis re- quires more attention than paraphymosis, as it may conceal a phagedenic ulcer, which may prove serious. If swelling of the testicle comes on, either during the disease or at any su^»equent period, a poultice of Lobelia and Stramonium leaves may be applied to the parts, which should be held up in a suspensory bag, and the patient should exercise as little as possible; the poultice may be renewed two or three times a day. When the glands in the groin enlarge, giving rise to sympathetic bubo, a complete disappearance of the indurated swelling can hardly be expected till the gonorrhea is cured or much abated. As these seldom suppurate, the patient should remain as still as possible, and keep the tumor constantly moistened with the following:—Take of Tincture of Conium Maculatum, water, each, one fluidounce, Muriate of Ammonia two drachms; mix and make a lotion. Warty excrescences may be removed by applying the Nitrate of Silver to them daily; or, a Saturated Solution of Muriate of Ammonia; or, what has been found the most successful, powdered Savin leaves. When large they maybe nipped off by a sharp scissors, applying Nitrate of,Silver to the remaining cut surface. (See Warts.) When gonorrhea has been improperly treated, and even in cases where proper treatment has been pursued, a chronic discharge, termed gleet, is very apt. to follow, and which is occasionally very difficult to remove. It is often nving to a morbid irritation of the prostate gland. I have frequently cured gleet by the internal administration of formula No. 2, for the cure of gon- orrhea, on page 317, together with an injection of the following preparation into the urethra, and even into the bladder, repeating it two or three times a day:—Take of Geranium two drachms, Bloodroot one drachm, boiling water half a pint; mix, and digest for some hours, and then add Sulphate of Zinc half a drachm. When this is dissolved, strain for use. A teaspoonful may be injected at a time; and if it act too severely dilute it with a small quantity of water. In some cases I have cured gleet by the following prepa- ration;—Take of Tinctures of Blue Flag and Mandrake, each, seven flui- drachms, Saturated Tincture of Nux Vomica two fluidrachms; mix. The dose is from ten to fifteen drops, two or three times a day. 320 AMERICAN FAMILY PHYSICIAN. But the most efficient means I have ever employed, and suited to the greater number of cases, is as follows:—Take of Extract of Nux Vomica twelve grains, Sulphate of Quinia, Extract of Hyoscyamus, each, twenty- four grains; mix and divide into twenty-four pills. The dose is one or two pills three times a day, about an hour previous to each meal. In connection with this the following injection must be used:—Take of Strychnia two grains, strong Nitric Acid four drops, distilled water two fluidounces; mix. Inject a teaspoonful of this into the bladder, repeating it three times a day after urinating, and retaining it in the bladder as long as possible; if too severe it may be diluted by the addition of more water. Stricture of the urethra will be treated of in a subsequent part of the work. The diet in gonorrhea and gleet should be light but nutritious and easy of digestion, avoiding high-seasoned food, all kinds of acid food or drink, fat or greasy articles, salt, salted meats, saccharine articles of diet, and all intox- icating liquors; and the patieut should keep as still as possible. INFLAMMATORY RHEUMATISM. There is considerable diversity of opinion among medical men as to the true character of rheumatism, some locating it in the fibrous or muscular tissues of the system, and other viewing it as an acute nervous disease; and there are strong reasons for considering this latter view the correct one, although it is not entirely in accordance with my own opinion. In this uncertainty concerning its true nature, I have deemed it better to treat of the disease among others of an inflammatory character, as has been generally done by authors, not only because of the accompanying symptoms of inflam- mation, but also the similarity in treatment. The disease is divided into two forms, the acute or inflammatory, and the chronic. Acute rheumatism is principally a disease of youth, rarely occurring after forty years of age, unless it has existed previously. Symptoms. Acute rheumatism may come on without any previous febrile symptoms, but more generally it is preceded with languor, chilliness suc- ceeded by heat, thirst, anxiety, restlessness, and a full and quick pulse, sel- dom exceeding, however, 110 in the minute, the tongue is usually coated white, occasionally red or dry. Accompanying, or soon after these symp- toms, a stiffness is felt in the muscles, with a sense of soreness, which is more or less speedily followed by excruciating pains in one or several parts of the Fig. 23. body, particularly in the joints of the toes, ancles, knees, wrists, elbows, and shoulders. The pains shift about from one joint to the other, and are always accompanied with swell- ing of the part, redness, and extreme tender- ness to the touch; this tenderness is frequent- ly so great that the patient cannot even bear to have a person walk across the floor of his chamber. Sometimes the attack is confined to one joint or limb, but more generally it changes about, and the pain and swelling of one part may continue, or gradually subside, as the disease appears at another part. Fre> quently the heart or its covering is attacked, causing endocarditis, or pericarditis, and oi which, delirium gives an ominous indication. Varieties of Urio Acid Crystals. INFLAMMATORY RHEUMATISM. 321 The bowels are generally costive, and the urine is scanty and high-colored, depositing a brickdust-colored sediment of uric acid. (See Fig. 23.) In the course of the disease there is often a profuse sweating, of an acid odor, which, however, affords no relief. Both the pain and febrile symptoms be- come more severe toward the evening, and abate considerably in the morn- ing. The fever rarely lasts over two or three weeks, but the pain and swell- ing may continue for a much longer period. Throughout all the febrile dis- turbance there is no marked trouble of the stomach or bowels, no diarrhea, no petechia?, no aphthae, and no sordes about the mouth, nor does the fever have any tendency to degenerate into a typhoid condition. The acute form of rheumatism may be translated to any part of the sys tem, as the heart, lungs, diaphragm, liver, stomach, bowels, womb, &c. When the heart is attacked, there is acute pain over that region, with palpi- tation, difficult breathing, partial fainting, great anxiety, pale, distressed countenance, and delirium. . When the brain is attacked, there is acute pain in the head, intolerance of light, a wild and anxious expression of the face, heaviness, and sometimes delirium. When the disease fastens upon the Btomach, there is pain in its region, with nausea, vomiting, &c. And when these internal organs are attacked, the disease is liable to terminate fatally, unless prompt and efficient treatment be adopted. When the symptoms are less severe in their character, the term sub-acute rheumatism has been applied to the disease. Pleurodynia is subacute rheu- matism when located in the respiratory muscles; lumbago, when the musclea of the back are affected with it; hemicrania, when the scalp is its seat; and sciatica, when it attacks the neurilemma of the sciatic nerve. And these affections will require a treatment similar to that hereafter recommended. Discrimination. The only disease with which inflammatory rheumatism is liable to be confounded is, gout. But gout is usually confined to one spot, attacks the sinalkr joints, comes on suddenly, is preceded by dyspeptic symp- toms, has not a great increase of fever and pain at night, and concretions are formed about the small joints; whereas acute rheumatism is very changeable, is chiefly confined to the larger joints, comes on by a slow and gradual in- crease of the pain, is not preceded, necessarily, by symptoms of indigestion, and is worse at night. Acute rheumatism has been divided by authors into the fibrous form and the synovial or diffused. In the fibrous form, the inflammatory symp- toms run high, tongue thickly furred, pulse round, full, and bounding, pro- fuse, acid, spontaneous perspirations, which exhaust the patient's strength without alleviating his suffering, urine acid, high-colored, depositing a co- pious brickdust sediment of uric acid. The inflammation usually commences in the immediate neighborhood of one of the larger joints, not in the joint, but near it. At first, there is much redness or swelling, but after the pain has been of some duration, there is a puffiness around the parts affected, and, at length, slight edema, or pitting on pressure, may supervene from effusion into the surrounding areolar tissue. The synovial or diffused form, frequently termed " rheumatic gout," more frequently attacks the knee, or large joint of the great toe, the fever is either less intense from the beginning, or moderates soon after the joints begin to swell, the tongue is less coated, the patient sweats much less, the swelling of the joints, being the result of fulness and distension of the synovial mem- brane, is tight and elastic, and, as it were, protrudes through the spaces that intervene between the tendons and ligaments by which it is in other parts bound down and restrained. Fluctuation is also distinctly percepti- ble in the superficial joints. A most important difference between heae 322 AMERICAN FAMILY PHYSICIAN. two forms, is that there is a greater tendency to settle upon the membranes of the heart in the fibrous than in the synovial form. Causes. Acute rheumatism is said to be generally produced by an expo- sure to cold or damp, as by wearing damp clothing, lying in damp beds, or on cold and damp floors, or on the ground, &c.; but these exposures are frequently made, and to their fullest extent, without a subsequent attack of rheumatism. Beside, the disease frequently occurs without any exposure .f this kind whatever. I have frequently seen it well developed in cases where the only previous apparent cause was the daily and continued use of alcoholic drinks in small doses, or, in other words, where the whole system was kept for a time in an irritable condition by constant tippling. I con- sider rheumatism to be a disease of the blood altogether, and probably of those constituents of it upon which the integrity of muscular tissues depends. Upon the approach of damp weather, the unhealthy muscles expand, and by pressing upon their accompanying nerves, produce more or less pain, according to the degree of pressure, as well as the degree of sensitiveness of these nerves; and as soon as clear, pleasant weather approaches, the muscles become reduced to their original size, the pressure upon the nerves is removed, and the patient is then free from pain, and comparatively well. But when, in addition to this peculiar tendency of the disease, the system is ex- posed to certain exciting causes, as cold, thereby increasing the debility of the parts attacked, and rendering them more sensitive to an attack when it does occur, the symptoms will be more or less severe and persistent, accord- ing to the degree of debility and sensitiveness effected by the exposure. Perhaps, this condition of the blood may he a diminution of some of its- alkaline constituents, or an excess of its acid. It would be a very desira- ble matter to learn whether the injection of a small proportion of a Solu- tion of Uric Acid, or of Lactic Acid, into the synovial fluid of the joints, would cause the active characteristic symptoms of acute rheumatism. The presence of lactic acid probably occasions rheumatism, while gout may de- pend upon excess of uric acid in the circulation. The pain, although gene- rally looked upon as the disease itself, is only a symptom of it—the disease is located in the blood. A rheumatic pain may be produced by pressing with a finger upon that branch of the median nerve which lies between the knuckles of the second and third fingers; if the pressure be continued, a severe neuralgic pain will soon take place; and if the pressure be main- tained sufficiently long, provided the person can sustain it, the pain grad- ually ceases, a sensation of numbness will follow, and a subsequent paralysis, which will require several days to thoroughly remove. A similar effect is produced when persons accideutly hit the elbow on some prominent object, in which the ulnar nerve is suddenly pressed, pain is produced, and fre- quently a slight paralysis for a few minutes. And it will be found that these results will be more readily and severely experienced by individuals who are disposed to rheumatism. Treatment. The great difficulty in curing rheumatism in any of its forms, lies in the fact that patients instead of pursuing a curative course of treatment, turn all their attention to a removal of one of its symptoms, pain, and when this is accomplished, all further medication is dispensed with, until a second exposure is followed by a second attack of pain, when this is again energetically treated, and removed; and this course persisted in for several times, ultimately produces such a condition of the tissues and parts attacked, as to render a permanent cure entirely out of the question. Rheumatism is as curable a disease as any other, but to effect this result, not only must a treatment be adopted to relieve the pain produced by n"i 9 INFLAMMATORY RHEUMATISM. 323 but likewise to remove tho condition of the fluids of the system upon which it depends. I would c;ill the attention of both the profession and the pub- lic, to the above views concerning this disease, which, as far as I am aware, have never before been presented to them. In the cure of inflammatory rheumatism, the indications of treatment are two-fold: firstly, to relieve the pain and suffering during an attack; , and secondly, to make use of means subsequently, in order to prevent any further attacks, or, in other words, to remove that condition of the blood which occasions the disease. During an acute attack of rheumatism, the first thing to be effected is the production of a copious perspiration; for which purpose, the Spirit va- por bath may be used, or, if the condition of the patient is such that he cannot employ this, the Compound Tincture of Virginia Snakeroot, may be given in some warm infusion of Pleurisy root, or Crawley, and continued until free sweating is induced. But the sweating should not be continued too long, as it will relax the skin, and occasion great exhaustion, neither of which are desirable. In the meantime, the bowels should be acted upon by an active cathartic, as the Compound Powder of Jalap, or the Compound Powder of Leptandrin; and the cathartic may be repeated every day for two or three days in succession. Over the painful and swollen joints, warm or cold fomentations, according to the influence exerted by the degree of temperature, should be applied, as of Hops and Lobelia, Hops and Cicuta leaves, or Hops and Stramonium leaves, &c, and the water used in prepar- ing the fomentations should be slightly alkaline, or a weak ley water. But the best application that I have ever used, is the fresh leaves of Stramonium pounded, bruised, moistened with a little water, and applied over the parts, renewing it three or four times a day. In some very violent cases in which I have employed this agent, the pain has ceased in fifteen minutes from its application, but its use requires to be continued for a considerable time, else the pain will return. In the absence of the recent leaves, an inspissa- ted juice of them may be used, or the articles named above. Beside these, it will be proper to apply a Mustard poultice along the whole course of the spinal column, and, in very violent cases, Firing should be employed, (See Part III.,) especially over those portions of the spinal column which are very painful on pressure. Liniments are of no service, and should not be used. Internally, the best remedy to overcome the peculiar condition of the blood, which disposes to the disease, is a mixture of equal parts of the Tincture of Black Cohosh root, and the Tincture of Colchicum seeds, of which from ten to sixty drops may be administered, as circumstances indi- cate, every one, two, or three hours. During the severity of the symptoms, which are apt to occur in the latter part of the day, from three to eight drops of the Tincture of Aconite root may be added to each dose; and du- ring the remissions, which usually occur in the early part of the day, the Aconite should be omitted, substituting for it a grain or two of Sulphate of Quinia to each dose. And this course should be pursued daily as long as the inflammatory symptoms remain, which may be from ten days to four or eight weeks; more generally, however, the disease will yield in from five to twelve days. Other agents have been advised for the above purpose, and which may occasionally be found useful, as:—1. Take of Tincture of Black Cohosh root two fluidounces, Saturated Tincture of Nux Vomica one fluidounce; mix. The dose is from twenty to forty drops, three or four times a day, accord- ing to the influence produced: this is a good preparation, but should be used with great care. 324 AMERICAN FAMILY PHYSICIAN. 2. Take of recent White Hellebore root six ounces, Opium half an ounce Alcohol one pint; add the articles together, macerate for fourteen days, and filter. The dose is from ten to sixty drops, three or four times a day, suffi. cient to affect the head without producing nausea. 3. Take of Saturated Tincture of Rhus Toxicodendron half a fluidounce Tincture of Aconite root two fluidrachms, Volatile Tincture of Guaiacum two fluidrachms; mix. The dose is thirty or forty drops every three or four hours. 4. Take of Nitre five grains, Opium, Ipecacuanha, each, one grain; mix for a dose, to be repeated every two or three hours. Administer an alka- line purgative, and apply dry wool to the affected joints. 5. When called upon to treat the first attack of acute rheumatism, admin- ister a sufficient quantity of the Tincture of Black Cohosh, (from three to sixty drops,) every two hours, night and day, until the head becomes af- fected; then lengthen the intervals between the doses to three, four, or six hours, sufficient to keep up the action on the brain, and which action must be continued for not less than seven days, or until the disease is completely removed. It changes the rheumatic diathesis, so that a second acute attack will rarely occur. In connection with the above measures, diuretic infusions must be drank freely through the inflammatory stage; as of Cleavers, Haircap Moss, Bur- dock seed, Wild Carrot, &c. Lemonade has been recommended as a drink, or even Lemon juice, but although occasional benefit may ensue from it, 1 do not place confidence in it as a curative agent. During the acute stage, the patient must be kept quiet, and in the recum- bent position ; the atmosphere of the room which he occupies, should be uniformly maintained at a moderate temperature, and his diet must be verj light, as barley-water, toast-water, thin gruel, &c. When one of the inter- nal organs becomes attacked, the Compound Tincture of Virginia Snake- root should be given every ten or fifteen minutes in teaspoonful doses, until free perspiration, followed by relief, is obtained. When the pain and inflammatory symptoms have subsided, the diet must be more nutritious, as soft-boiled eggs, bread, biscuit, fowls, &c, returning gradually to the ordinary diet. All fats, acids, and every thing that will cause acidity of stomach, or flatulence, and all stimulants, especially liquors of all kinds, whether cider, vinous, malt, or spirituous, must positively be avoided. The surface of the body must be rubbed once or twice a day with a coarse towel, using sufficient friction to cause an agreeable glow of heat, and the patient should use moderate exercise, both within doors and in the open air, being extremely careful, however, not to fatigue himself, and to avoid all exposures which may excite a new attack. Any stiffness or swell- ing which may remain, may be overcome by one of the following applica- tions :—Take of Muriate of Ammonia two drachms, distilled water one fluid- ounce; dissolve the Ammonia in the water, and add Tincture of Hemlock one fluidounce. The parts may be bathed with this several times a day, or lint may be moistened with it, and applied over the parts, renewing the ap- plication several times a day. Or the Compound Plaster of Belladonna maj be applied. In order to make a thorough and permanent cure of the disease, not only must the preceding hygienic measures be rigidly attended to, but the subsequent remedial means should be perseveringly employed, and which will require to be continued for one or two years, depending, however, apou the natural resisting powers of the organ to disease, and other condi- tions and circumstances. The mixture of the tinctures of Black Cohosh CHRONIC RHEUMATISM. 32b and Colchicum seed, above referred to, should be taken three times every day, in doses of from half a teaspoonful to a teaspoonful. And in addition to this the Compound Syrup of Stillingia with the Iodide of Potassium added, in the proportion of one ounce of the Iodide to each pint of the Syrup, should likewise betaken daily in teaspoonful doses. And, if neces- sary, other measures, named in the treatment of chronic rheumatism may be pursued. The following have been recommended for acute rheumatism, after the subsidence of the inflammatory symptoms : 1. Take of powdered Guaia- cum, Nitre, each, one drachm, Ipecacuanha three grains, Opium two grains; mix, and divide into six powders. The dose is one powder in jelly or molasses, to be repeated every three hours, and continued for some days. 2. Take of decoction of Peruvian bark one ounce and a half, dis- solve in it Nitre twelve grains, for a dose, to be repeated every four hours. 3. Take of the dried Inspissated Juice of Poke berries, White Pine pitch, each twenty grains, Cimicifugin, ten grains; mix, and divide into twenty pills,' one of which may be given every four hours. In the synovial form of rheumatism known as gouty rheumatism, I have derived excellent results by the intermittent application over the affected part, of the Com[%iind Tar plaster, maintaining the discharge each time, as long as the patient can bear it, together with the internal use of the Stillingia syrup as above. An ice poultice, referred to in gout, will frequently be found serviceable in allaying the paroxysm of pain. CIIIIONIC RHEUMATISM. Chronic Rheumatism may follow as the sequel to an acute attack, but it is more frequently found to exist entirely independent of any previous inflammation. It differs from the acute form in being seldom accompanied with any marked febrile symptoms. It is a very tedious and obstinate disease to cure, on account of the inattention bestowed upon it, during the absence of actual suffering; but when early and properly attended to, is as readily curable as most maladies. Symptoms. The pains in chronic rheumatism are usually confined to the large joints, most frequently to the hips, loins, knees, ankles, shoulders, &c, though every joint is liable to suffer; and the pain may be confined to one particular part, or may shift from one joint to another, being at one time in the head, at another in the knees, wrists, fingers, or shoulders, &c.; and this shifting is more especially present in those cases accompanied with a slight degree of inflammation. The pain is generally worse at night, commencing on going to bed, while that occasioned by syphilis or mercury, begins at from three to five o'clock in the afternoon, and is seated :n the long or flat bones. Some persons are hardly ever free from pain, while others suffer only on the approach of cold or damp weather, or from improper exposures. The joints are usually swollen but not to that extent as in the acute form, and the skin is not attended with the redness of the inflammatory variety, but is pale, cold, and stiff, and cannot easily be made to sweat. ^ When the patient remains at rest for a short time, he will expe- rience pain and stiffnes#in the affected part on attempting to moverit; but, on exercising until the body becomes warm, both the pain and stiffuess dis- appear. The pulse is generally quick and tense, more particularly toward night; the appetite more or less impaired; urine variable; bowels irregu- lar; with a tendency to coldness of the hands and feet, numbness of the 326 AMERICAN FAMILY PHYSICIAN. limbs, and not unfrequently, a partial impotency. When chronic rheuma tism is permitted to progress without attempting a permanent cure it causes organic disease of the tendons, permanent stiffness of the joints, and a wasting and hardening of the muscular structure about the parts, with considerable deformity. Sometimes there is an effusion of a jelly-like sub- stance in the cavity of the affected joints. But these results rarely follow an early and proper treatment of the disease. Causes. The causes of chronic rheumatism are the same as those which produce the acute species. Treatment. This is divided into, firstly, palliative means to remove the pain, and secondly, constitutional remedies to prevent a return of the pain, and ultimately cure the disease ; and without a proper attention to these, a permanent cure cannot be expected. To remove the pain and stiffness of the limb or part affected, it will he proper to attend to the condition of the stomach and bowels, commencing the treatment with a mild laxative should the bowels be constipated. After the operation, a Spirit vapor bath should be used, and the patient be permitted to perspire freely, at the same time applying Mustard along the whole co#-se of the spinal column. However, these measures will not be required, unless febrile symptoms arc present, in a minor degree. Ordinarily, if the pain and stiffness cannot be removed by rubbing the parts, and by exercising them; or, if exercise should increase the pain, much benefit may be derived by exposing the part to the vapor of hot water until a perspiration is induced; this should be continued for half an hour or an hour, when the parts should be thoroughly dried, and some stimulant applied, as the Compound Tincture of Camphor. Shampooing the diseased parts, according to the practice of the eastern nations, will be found a very valuable mode of stimulating and exercising them, and may be put into operation while the stimulating tincture or liniment is being applied. In many instances, water, at 100° F., poured from the spout of a tea-kettle or. other vessel at a height of four or five feet, upon an affected joint, and continued for two or four minutes, followed by thorough friction with some stimulating liniment, together with gentle movement of the joint, will frequently be found decidedly beneficial.—/. G. Jones. After the pain is removed, the above stimulating tincture, or some other similar preparation should be applied two or three times, daily, to the parts, and a current of the electro-magnetic fluid should likewise be passed through them, continuing it for fifteen or twenty minutes each day. Elec tro-magnetism, although of great value in the treatment of many chronic diseases, will rarely be found to effect a permanent cure, unless the proper medicinal agents be administered in connection with it, when, it will greatly facilitate the cure. I have known many persons to rely solely on electro-magnetism in certain maladies, and become apparently well, but as soon as they ceased its use the affection gradually returned. Proper reme- dies must always be employed with it, if permanence of recovery is desired. Firing, over the diseased joints, and over those parts along the spinal column which are tender on pressure, will likewise be found a valuable mode of stimulation and counter-irritation. The bowels must be kept regular daily, by the administration of a mix- ture of Rhubarb two parts, and Bicarbonate offPotassa one part, and which must be given in doses varying from three to twelve grains, or, suf- ficient to produce one natural evacuation daily, and which dose must be repeated three times a day. The constitutional treatment will require to be pursued perseveringly for many months, perhaps for a year or two, and CHRONIC KHEUMA'iWM. 327 it will vary much, depending on the individual's temperament. The follow- ing are among the best preparations with which I have effected permanent cures:— 1. rl'ake of Black Cohosh root, Prickly-Ash berries, Pipsissiway, and Sassafras bark, each, one ounce, good French Brandy four pints.. Macerate the drugs, coarsely powdered, in the Brandy for fourteen days. The dose is a table-spoonful in a wineglassful of sweetened water, and which may be repeated three times a day. 2. Take of Twin leaf, Black Cohosh, Poke berries, Resin of Guaiacum, Prickly-Ash bark, each, one ounce, good French Brandy four pints. Macerate the drugs, coarsely powdered, in the Brandy for fourteen days. The dose is the same as in the preceding. :). Take of Blue Flag, Poke berries, Prickly-Ash bark, and Black Cohosh, each, one ounce, good French Brandy four pints. Prepare and use as the pre- ceding, being careful in all instances to lessen the dose if it prove too active. 4. Take of Alcoholic Extract of Black Cohosh, Alcoholic Extract of Blue Flag, Extract of Poke, each, one drachm, Guaiacum in powder, suffi- cient to form with the above a pill mass. Divide into four grain pills, and administer one every three or four hours daily. 5. Take of Compound Syrup of Stillingia twelve fluidounces, Tincture ■of Klaek Cohosh four fluidounces, Iodide of Potassium one ounce; mix. The dose is one or two teaspoonfuls in half a gill of water, to be repeated three times a day. G. Melt and strain White Gum Turpentine one ounce, and add to it powdered Guaiacum and Inspissated Juice of Poke berry, of each, one ounce. Divide into three or four grain pills, and administer one pill every hour or two. Many other agents could be named, but the above will be found suffi- sient to meet nearly all cases which may be met with. A very excellent agent, and one which 1 have used extensively in the ordinary forms of chronic rheumatism is made as follows:—Take of Cimicifugin, Xanthoxy- Iin, and Apocyuin, each, one drachm, Whisky or good Gin one pint. Mix the articles in the liquor, and then dissolve them. The dose is a table-spoonful, repeated three times a day, or a sufficient quantity to keep the head very slightly affected. In warm weather, rheumatic patients should wear silk next the skin, and in cold weather, flannel. The whole surface of the body should be frequently bathed with a weak alkaline bath, and the Spirit vapor bath should be taken every two or three weeks. The body should always be kept comfortably clad, and much care is necessary to guard against cold, and dampness. Exercise should be taken daily, but never carried to fa- tigue, and the diet should be light and nutritious, avoiding acids, fats, and vinous and malt liquors, or the same as is recommended after convalescence from the acute form. The above treatment is applicable also to Lumbago and Sciatica. Be lore closing this subject, it may be well to refer to several compounds which have been highly recommended as local applications in chronic rheumatism. 1. Take of Oil of Hemlock, Oil of Tar, Oil of Sassafras, Pyroligneous Acid, Alcohol, Aqua Ammonia FFF, each, one fluidounce; mix for a Jiniment. li. Olive Oil, Oil of Turpentine, Oil of Peppermint, Laudanum, Alcohol, Aqua Ammonia FFF, each,, one fluidounce; mix, for a liniment. '.'>. Oil of Origanum, Oil of Hemlock, Oil of Cajeput, Camphor, of each, one pound, Capsicum, half a pound; mix, digest for two weeks, and filter. 328 AMERICAN FAMILY PHYSICIAN. 4. The- Compound Liniment of Oil of Amber. 5. For that form of chronic rheumatism connected with a syphilitic raint the following will be found valuable as a constitutional remedy; take of Blue Flag, Prickly-Ash bark. Poke, Stillingia, each, one ounce, Sheep Laurel leaves, Stramonium seed, each, three drachms. Pour on these articles in coarse powder, two pints of boiling water, and when cold add two pints of Whisky, two pounds of white sugar, and four ounces of Iodide of Potas- sium. Allow the articles to digest for ten or twelve days, when the prepara- tion will be ready for use. The dose is from a teaspoonful to a table-spoon- ful, three or four times a day. I have recently cured several cases of rheumatism, (in which the urine was devoid of earthy salts but contained an abundance of Urate of Ammonia,) by the administration of diluted Nitric Acid internally, together with the exhibition of Nitrate of Iron as a tonic. GOUT, or PODAGRA. , Although this affection is not strictly an inflammatory disease, yet I have placed it in this relation, for reasons similar to those given for rheumatism. Gout generally attacks men, and especially those of sedentary and indolent habits, who live generously, using freely of animal food, rich sauces, wines, malt liquors, &c. Occasionally it is met with among females. Three vari- eties of gout have been described, viz., the acute, chronic, and nervous. Symptoms. An attack of acute (or regular) gout sometimes comes on suddenly, without any premonitory indications, but most commonly it is pre- ceded by indigestion, drowsiness, flatulence, headache, nausea, an unusual coldness of the feet and legs, a suppression of perspiration in them, numb- ness, or a pricking sensation along the whole of the lower limbs, great lassi- tude, constipation, and pale urine. Patients frequently complain of a feeling as if something cold were moving along the thigh downward, sometimes com- paring it to water, at other times to wind, &c. The paroxysm usually cornea on during the sleeping hours, but more frequently from one to four o'clock in the morning, with a most acute and tearing pain in the great toe, the heel, calf of the leg, or perhaps, the whole of the foot; but the ball or first joint of the great toe is the part more frequently attacked. The pain continues to increase in violence, causing a sensation as if the parts were dislocated, and, at the same time, were having boiling water poured upon them. Cold shiverings are felt from the commencement of the pain, the parts become swollen, hot, and red, with more or less severe throbbing, and the least motion augments the pain. The patient becomes exceedingly restless, the pulse is full, hard^, and frequent, and the skin dry and hot. In about six or eight hours there is a remission, the symptoms diminish in severity, except the swelling, which continues, a gentle sweat breaks out, and the patient obtains some sleep; but about the same time on the succeeding evening a* that in which the first attack occurred, the paroxysm is renewed, with more or less violence, and continues in this manner, having remissions and re- newed paroxysms for several days or weeks in succession; more commonly, about fourteen days. Finally, the redness and swelling abate, the parox- ysms become milder, and the disease goes off either by perspiration, copious discharge of lateritious urine, or diarrhea; an itching of the parts takes place, and the scarf-skin covering them peels off in branny scales. The patient is generally left with some lameness and soreness for a length of time, but his appetite and spirits are much improved. GOUT. 329 The disease sometimes attacks the other foot, after leaving the first, and, in some cases, it attacks both feet at the same time. At first, two or three years may elapse before a second attack is experienced, depending consider- ably on the habits and constitutional vigor of the person, but if allowed to continue, it ultimately becomes more frequent, the paroxysms recurring at intervals of from one to three months, the disease becoming habitual and chronic. When gout continues for any length of time, a stiffness and swelling of the joints takes place, the limbs become painful and crippled, and deposits of urate of soda take place in the joints as well as in the lingers, and to which the term "chalky concretions," has been applied; these concretions form small, hard swellings, termed "nodosities." When the gout suddenly leaves a joint, and is translated to some internal part, it is termed rctrocc.dmt or repelled gout. When it falls on the stomach, it occasions nausea, vomiting, coldness in the region of the stomach, violent cramp-like pains, kc, and patients have died in a few minutes after such an attack; when on the heart, severe pain in that region, with palpitation, diffi- cult breathing, and faintings; when on the lungs, asthmatic symptoms; and when it is translated to the head, delirium, headache, coma, apoplexy, or palsy, are the results. Chronic or irregular gout is generally a consequence of the acute; there are no febrile symptoms, but the parts become stiff, purplish, and edema- tous. It may also assume the retrocedent form. Chronic gout is the dis- ease of a degenerated or impaired constitution, and although absolutely incurable by any of the means at present known, it may be materially benefited by a proper attention to hygienic measures. In this form the patient is subject to symptoms of a disordered digestion, with more or less depression of spirits and irritability of temper. Nervous gout is peculiar to nervous persons, and those gouty individuals who have become somewhat careful in their habits; and it has been fre- quently confounded with neuralgia. The pain is dull or lancinating, limited to a single joint or shifting, and often occasions dyspepsia, troublesome cough, difficult breathing, palpitation of the heart, kc. Like the other forms it may occasion death by a sudden translation to some internal organ. Causes. Gout is owing to an excess of uric acid in the blood, the result probably of some defect in the depurativc function of the kidneys, or, per- haps, a fault of assimilation, either primary, secondary, or both. It may be excited into action, by exposure to cold and damp, long want of rest, violent mental emotions, improper diet, free use of acid wines or fermented liquors, all excesses, constipation, accumulation of acidity in the stomach, sedentary and studious habits, severe or violent exercise, &c, but more especially by an indolent or sedentary mode of life conjoined with luxurious diet. Discrimination. Cout may be determined from rheumatism, by observ- ing that rheumatism principally occurs among young persons, or middle-aged, while gout chiefly selects the elderly; rheumatism occupies the larger joints, and is very liable to shift, gout seizes the smaller joints, especially those of the feet and hands, and is not so apt to change about; rheumatism is seldom preceded by dyspeptic symptoms, gout almost invariably; besides, in gout the pain is more like burning or scalding sensation, and the parts are more swollen and red than in rheumatism. The profuse acid perspirations so common in acute rheumatism are seldom observed in gout. Treatment. This will be divided into that which is proper during the attack, to relieve it, and that which is applicable to the intervals, to prevent :i return of the paroxysm. The treatment during the paroxysm, will consist of measures to lessen tha 330 AMERICAN FAMILY PHYSICIAN. pain and inflammation, for which purpose, the patient should be placed at once upon a light diet, being careful, however, not to withdraw stimuli too suddenly from those who have been greatly accustomed to it. The foot attacked must be exposed to the action of vapor of water for some time say half an hour, after which, tepid water should be applied, keeping the parts constantly moistened, by a sponge or wet cloths, and renewing as often as they become dry; this will produce a safe and powerful refrigerating influ- ence. Frequently much relief may be obtained by placing the foot in tepid weak ley water, and holding it there for fifteen or twenty minutes, and after- ward applying a poultice of recent Stramonium leaves bruised, and moistened with the tepid weak ley. Or, a fomentation of Stramonium leaves, Hops, and Lobelia, in weak ley water, may be applied tepid, renewing it before it be- comes dry. Liniments are entirely useless, unless indeed the following be found of service :—Take of Laudanum one fluidounce, Oil of Lobelia half a fluidounce, Neat's Foot Oil, and Spirits of Hartshorn, each, two fluidounces; mix. This may be carefully rubbed upon the part, or, it may be applied on a piece of flannel to the affected joint. In cases of chronic Gout, where there is no tendency to a shifting of the disease, I have derived more immediate and permanent benefit from an ice poultice than anything else; the ice is to be finely pounded; loosely put into a thin bag, and placed around the painful joint, where it may remain for a few minutes, being careful not to allow it to freeze the parts. Several individuals who used it according to my directions a year or two since, have not yet had a return of the paroxysm, which oc- curred previously every three or four months. And I would also remark that a permanent discharge kept up from the affected part, by the Compound Tar plaster, has in several instances wrought the most happy effects. Internally, some preparation of Colchicum should be administered, as this ■ agent has the power of augmenting the quantity of urea and uric acid in the urine, and thus conveying it from the blood. The Tincture of Colchicum seed may be administered in doses of from thirty to sixty drops, every three or four hours, after having first thoroughly evacuated the bowels by a com- bination of Podophyllin one or two grains, Cream of Tartar half a drachm, Should the Colchicum produce much nausea, or much irritation of the bow- els, the quantity should be reduced; and its use should be continued until the paroxysm is subdued. The Colchicum may also be administered in con- junction with other agents which will render the uric acid and urate of soda more soluble, thus:— 1. Take of Tincture of Colchicum seed one fluidounce, distilled water two fluidounces, Iodide of Potassium one drachm; mix. The dose is a teaspoon- ful every two or three hours. 2. Take of Tincture of Colchicum seed one fluidounce, Liquor Potassa one fluidounce; mix. The dose is a teaspoonful every three or four hours,in some sweetened water, or some aromatic infusion. Particular attention should be paid to the kidneys, keeping up a free uri- nary discharge by means of diuretic infusions with Cream of Tartar. Infu- sion of Trailing Arbutus, of Dwarf Elder bark, or of Wild Carrot root, maj be used freely; and the Cream of Tartar may be given in doses of ten grains every hour or two. A concentrated decoction of the root and tops of Rest- harrow (Ononis Spinosi, or, 0. Arvcnsis,) will be found powerfully diuretic. Regular action of the bowels should likewise be obtained by the exhibition of Podophyllin, or the Compound Powder of Jalap ; and any existing acidity of the stomach must at once be corrected by the use of a solution of Bl- ear Donate of Potassa, in table-spoonful doses every hour. DROPSY OF THE BRAIN. 331 To secure rest and ease from pain, the Compound Powder of Ipecacuanha and Opium may be given ; or the Sulphate or Acetate of Morphia may be exhibited in quarter-grain or half-grain doses every one, two. or three hours, until sleep and quiet is produced. When opiates disagree, Hyoscyamus may be substituted. When the disease suddenly attacks the stomach, heart, &c, place the feet immediately in strong hot mustard water, apply stimulants^ and Mustard along the whole course of the spinal column, and administer internally full doses of the Compound Tincture of Virginia Snakeroot, or other stimulating diaphoretic, repeating it every ten or twenty minutes, until relief is obtained and the disease has returned to its original location. After which the bow els should be evacuated by a moderate cathartic. After the paroxysm of gout has disappeared, the only chance for prevent- ing a renewal of it lies in the persistence of proper hygienic measures, for, after a few attacks, it is very difficult to obtain a permanency of cure, and, in long standing cases, more or less of its symptoms will be present occasion- ally, whatever course is pursued. The principal means by which to effect a thorough cure, are exercise, temperance, and a spare regimen. A gradual approach must be made to a frugal and temperate style of living, moderate and regular exercise should be taken daily, late night hours must be avoided as well as heavy suppers. The surface of the body must be attended to, by frequent bathings with a weak alkaline solution, and an occasional Spirit vapor bath; the bowels should be kept regular by mild aperients, as the Com- pound Powder of Rhubarb, and Bicarbonate of Potassa heretofore spoken of; and to facilitate the cure, some tonic or strengthening preparation, in which no liquor enters, should be constantly and regularly used. All idle, indolent, sen- sual, and intemperate habits must be abandoned. Gout is the disease of the glutton, the sensualist, the intemperate, and the fool. DROPSICAL DISEASES. Dropsy is the morbid accumulation of a serous or watery fluid in several parts of the body, which impedes or prevents the functions of the organs in its vicinity. It is occasioned by a decrease of absorption, or an augmented effusion, or both combined, and is merely symptomatic of some present or previous disease ; thus peritoneal inflammation is often followed by a dropsi- cal effusion ; pleurisy often terminates in dropsy of the chest, and inflamma- tion of the brain of a child, frequently terminates in dropsy of the brain. It likewise follows as the result of all those causes which create debility in va- rious organs. DROPSY OF THE BRAIN. Acute Hydrocephalus or Dropsy of the Brain, is not a primary disease, but is the result of a peculiar inflammation of the brain, to which the terms i;meningitis," and "tuberculous meningitis" have been appropriately applied. It is peculiar to children, being quite frequent during the first six years of life, but rarely occurring after the twelfth or fourteenth year; and appears to be more frequently, if not entirely met with among those of a scrofulous habit. ^ It is of much importance that the premonitory symptoms be attended to, for it is only during the early period of the disease, that we can hope for any favorable results from medication. 332 AMERICAN FAMILY PHYSICIAN. Symptoms. There may be three stages to the disease, viz :—the forma- tive stage, the stage of excitement or inflammation, and that of effusion. The formative period may be entirely absent, but when present, it may be known by the child losing his cheerfulness and spirits, exhibiting a distaste for his usual enjoyments; there will be more or less headache, frequent knitting of the eyebrows, occasional deep-drawn sighings, grinding of the teeth, a lack of luster of the eye, with a pale or collapsed appearance of the face. Disturbed rest at night, with sudden startings from sleep in alarm, or with a scream, should always awaken a suspicion of the disease especially when the appetite is good, the tongue clean, no worms present and the evacuations from the bowels healthy. As the disease progresses, the appetite becomes impaired, the bowels constipated, there is more weakness in one leg than in the other, the tem- per is irritable, headache is complained of, or if too young to express its sensations, the hands are raised to the head, with pain in the bowels, irreg- ular pulse, febrile symptoms, unpleasant smell of the breath, vomiting especially on moving the child, tenderness of the abdomen on pressure which is not tumid but' concave, and the urine is scanty and frequently voided. All the senses are at first morbidly acute, but gradually lose their power, as effusion takes place. More commonly, however, the disease is manifested suddenly, with obsti- nate vomiting, high fever, thirst, heat of the surface and especially of the head, face pale and alternating with flushes, throbbing of the temporal arteries, redness of the eyes, quick pulse, aversion to light and sound, and severe pain in the head, which, if the child is too young to complain, it manifests by clasping its head, or constantly raising its hand to that part; the head is either rolled about incessantly, or the child lies still, heavy, and dull, with an occasional cry of pain. The appetite is lost, the bowels constipated, the urine scanty and high-colored, and the breathing hurried unequal, and irregular. The pupil of the eye is more commonly con- tracted during the early period of the disease, and in some instances the child occasionally utters a sudden cry or scream without any obvious cause, Sometimes a convulsion is the first symptom of the disease. Frequently, toward the termination of this stage, delirium ensues, with spasmodic or tetanic contractions of the muscles of the head and trunk, also dilata- tion of the pupils, with squinting,*and the pulse becomes slow. The stage of effusion may be preceded by a sleep, or an apparent trans- itory improvement of all the symptoms, which, however, are delusive. The delirium subsides, or occurs occasionally, the pupil of the eye is perma- nently dilated, and ceases to contract on the approach of light, the eye is rolled about, turned upward, or squints, the pulse becomes quick, irregular, and weak, the child falls into a state of stupor, from time to time, and more frequently than in the previous stage, a sharp, piercing, agonizing scream is uttered, the result of pressure upon some particular portion of the brain, and there is an almost constant moaning. Swallowing is diffi- cult; in some cases the head is permanently bent back; and paralysis of a hand, arm, or leg may take place. The child lies quiet, occasionally mov- ing the head, or throwing about a limb unconsciously, the eyes are usu- ally half closed, exhibiting a glazed appearance, with mucus at the corner of the eyelids, the bowels are evacuated unconsciously, and the disease terminates by a convulsion or in coma. The disease may last from two days to two months; three weeks is the average duration. The symptoms will, in each stage, be found to vary considerably, and even the appearance and progress of the several stages themselves may DROPSY OF THE BRAIN. 333 differ materially from that which has been stated. Sometimes the pulse does not become slow during the whole course of the disease, and occasion- ally the dilation or contraction of the pupil will not be permanent; and sometimes the senses will remain perfect to the last moment. At times, the attack comes on suddenly, with convulsions, or a comatose condition, the head bent back, squinting, &c, and terminates fatally in a short time notwithstanding that prompt, vigorous, and appropriate means have been pursued. Cai'sks. Acute Hydrocephalus is an affection which has been observed to pervade families, affecting all or the greater part of the children at a certain period of their life; and those of a scrofulous or strumous habit appear to be more especially liable to it. The exciting causes which have induced the inflammation terminating in this disease, are, unhealthy milk or food, mental distress in the nurse, prolonged suckling, the sudden sup- pression of an eruption on the head, or behind the ears, recession of feb- rile eruptive diseases, falls or blows on the head, dentition, cold, fright, and indigestible substances taken into the stomach. And in some cases it has occurred without any assignable cause. Hydrocephalus may be discriminated from apoplexy by its being attended with high febrile symptoms, which are absent in this latter disease. From typhus by the very irregular paroxysms, with complete intermissions, which occur several times a day. From infantile remittent fever, by its irregular paroxysms, and dark-greenish mucous discharges, while in the infantile febrile affection the feverish symptoms and the remissions are regular in their appearance, and the discharges are of a deep-brown color, and very offensive. Puounosis. This is always unfavorable, especially if the first stage be neglected. If tranquil sleep occurs, with a diminution of the startings, the pulse becoming slower, tho eyes more steady and less sensitive to light, and tho expression of the face more natural and calm, these are favorable signs; while the rapid, small pulse, quick, irregular respiration, dry, furred tongue, livid face, increase of the startings and twitehings, disturbed sleep, wakefulness or coma, all indicate a fatal termination. It has, however, frequently been the case, that where headache, stupor, dilated pupils, squinting, &c, have been present, the children have recovered by prompt and energetic treatment; and this fact may lead us not to despair too soon, or cease to employ further remedial measures. Treatment. The indications of treatment are to subdue inflammatory action, and thereby prevent effusion; or, when effusion has taken place, to excite the absorbents to remove it. To fulfil the first indication, the treat- ment must be commenced with an active hydragogue cathartic, for which purpose a dose of the Compound Powder of Jalap, to which an equal quan- tity of Cream of Tartar is added, may be given, and which should be repeated every hour or two, until it causes a profuse discharge from the bowels, of a watery character. Or, Podophyllin one grain, Leptandrin two grains, Cream of Tartar one drachm, may be rubbed together and divided into six or eight powders, according to the age of the child, and a powder may be administered every two or three hours. In recent and very violent cases the Hydragogue may be repeated every day, but in mild cases, or when protracted, their repetition every two or three days will be sufficient. As a constant drink, the following should be given to the child: Take of Hair-cap moss two ounces, Dwarf Elder bark, Juniper berries, each, one ounce; mix, and make a strong infusion. From half a table- spoonful to a table-spoonful at least, should be given every hour. 334 AMERICAN FAMILY PHYSICIAN. Great attention must also be paid to the condition of the skin, using means to arouse the cutaneous capillaries from their languid and inactive condition. The whole surface should be bathed daily with an alkaline, or salt-water bath, repeating it three or four times a day, and drying with considerable friction. When the inflammatory symptoms are violent, and are not promptly mitigated by the above measures, advantage will fre- quently be derived from the use of sudorifics, producing a free perspiration. When the condition of the child will allow, the Spirit vapor bath may be used, but under other circumstances, the Compound Tincture of Virginia Snakeroot may be exhibited in an infusion of Spearmint, or Crawley root. Some practitioners have derived much benefit from Nitre, dissolved in an infusion of Crawley root, the quantity being according to the age and con- dition of the patient. To relieve the heat, pain, and inflammation in the head, a mixture of equal parts of Whisky, Vinegar, and rain-water, to a pint of which a table- spoonful of Salt has been added, may be applied to the head by means oi cloths wet with the mixture, and this should be constantly pursued and frequently renewed. In some cases it will be found that more benefit will ensue from its use when tepid, than when cold. But I have found the greatest advantages from the application of a powerful fomentation of Hops and Stramonium leaves to the head, which is usually followed by a diminution of the great excitement or delirium present, causing a relaxed condition of the system throughout, and followed by sweating, urination, and other symptoms of improvement. The fomentation must be renewed before it becomes dry. Mustard applied to the feet and legs, and along the whole course of the spinal column, will not only exert a favorable influence as a counter-irri- tant, but will aid in lessening the tendency to vomiting which is generally present; and in addition to this, an infusion of Spearmint will be found efficacious, as it has a tendency to allay any irritability of the stomach. Stimulating liniments containing a portion of the Tincture of Stramonium seed, will be serviceable, applied along the spinal column. Occasionally, from acidity of the stomach, there will be a diarrhea, which may be removed by the Compound Syrup of Rhubarb and Potassa. The child should be kept in a state of quiet and rest, avoiding all possi- ble sources of irritation ; the room should be darkened, the gums should be cut if teething is in process, and if there be the slightest suspicion that the nurse's milk docs not agree with it, a change must be made. The diet should be light, consisting principally of arrowroot, gruel, panada, milk, kc, and if it cannot be taken by mouth, it may be given by way of injec- tion. Toward the decline of the inflammation, a solution of the Iodide of Potassium may be advantageously given. I have, in many cases, found the inflammatory symptoms to promptly yield to a mixture of Tincture ot Digitalis one fluidrachm, Sweet Spirits of Nitre one fluidounce; of which live drops may be given to a child a year old, in an infusion of Parsley root, repeating it three or four times a day. When the symptoms of effusion are present, the case is almost hopeless, yet patients have recovered, although it is very doubtful whether actual effusion, so as to press upon the brain, had taken place. The hydragogue cathartics, diuretics, and applications to the head should be continued; a Solution of the Iodide of Potassium, in doses adapted to the age of the child, should be persevered in, and the Compound Tar plaster may be placed to the nape of the neck, and the discharge kept up as long aa deemed necessary (See Puncturing of the Cranium in the next article.) DROPSY Of THE ERAIN. 335> in families where children are disposed to dropsy of the orain, much ,are is required in rearing them. They should be permitted to exercise in the open air, the various secretory organs of the body, as the skin, kidneys nd bowels, must be kept in a regular and healthy condition, they should not be subject to harsh usage, nor be made to task their brains too much with study and all measures calculated to irritate or wound their sensitive- ness must be avoided. A careful attention should be bestowed upon their diet, allowing them a hearty, nutritious, but easily digestible kind of food, omitting fats"acids, and tough meats-their sleeping periods should be limited to about nine hours, and their beds should be of cotton, hair, &c, but in no instance should feathers be used. And above all things, no blows about the head should be permitted. CHRONIC HYDROCEPHALUS. Chronic Hydrocephalus, or Dropsy of the Brain is not so frequently met with as the acute form. It occurs from infancy to adult age, and when it is observed in the former, it i3 supposed to have commenced before birth. Symptoms. The ordinary symptoms are headache, drowsiness, dulnesa of mind, inactivity, vertigo, pale countenance, with a look of bewilderment, and confused intellect. The skin is generally natural, the pulse quick, and convulsions occasionally occur. For a time, respiration, circulation, and digestion, continue unchanged, but they soon become affected, the appetite diminishes, as well as the heat and moisture of the skin ; the breathing is labored and difficult, and emaciation takes place more or less rapidly. The limbs become debilitated, the walk uncertain and trembling, requiring assistance, until from atrophy of the muscles, the child becomes unable to walk; the head is seldom carried erect. The most striking feature of the disease is the enlargement of the head. In infants it commences soon, and proceeds rapidly, owing to the separation of the bones of the head, or sutures; but even when the sutures are ossified, the enlargement has taken place. This increase of size is confined to the vault of the cranium only, or upper part of the head, the base or lower portion remaining unchanged. As the disease progresses, all the organs of sense become more or less affected, the pupil of the eyes become dilated, the sight weak- ened, with more or less squinting, or obliquity of the eyeball. The intellect gradually becomes destroyed, the child looks and acts the idiot, and sinks into stupor, indifference and coma. Frequently, convulsions take place, followed by paralysis, and giving rise to difficulty in swallowing, reten- tion of urine, constipation, or involuntary evacuations. Causes. There is but little known with certainty regarding the cause of this disease ; a strong predisposition to it appears to exist in some families, and it is also supposed to be owing to some malformation during fetal life. Among the exciting causes may be named cold, blows, falls, teething, dis- ordered stomach and bowels, tumors, or tubercles of the brain, &c, and in a large number of cases, it is undoubtedly the result of chronic inflamma- tory action. Discrimination. The only difficulty in determining the disease is pre- vious to the enlargement of the head, and our judgment must be formed from a careful observation of the functional disturbances, as an unsteadi- ness of the muscles of the limbs, difficulty in standing or balancing, the inclination of the head to one side, &c. It may be distinguished from infantile remittent fever, if any fever be present, by the absence of remis- sions, and the gradual increase of cerebral symptoms. 336 AMERICAN FAMILY PHYSICIAN. Treatment. This will be very similar to that of the acute form, using hydragogue cathartics, diuretics, sudorifics, local applications to the head, and bathing the surface. In addition to this the Compound Tar plaster may be applied to the nape of the neck, and the discharge kept up as the patient can bear it. The Compound Syrup of Stillingia with the Iodide of Potas- sium, should also be given, three or four times a day. The diet should be nutritious, and the same rules observed as laid down in the preceding form of the disease. In some cases, the administration of Elaterium will be found useful as a hydragogue cathartic, thus, take of Elaterium four grains, Alcohol a fluidounce, Nitric Acid six drops; mix. The dose is from five to ten drops in water, for a child a year or two old, and which may be repeated if necessary. " From a belief that effusion might be the result of want of firm resist- ance by the unossified cranium, compression has been tried, and has proved successful in a number of instances, and in others has brought on convul- sions. To produce any good effect, the compression must be graduallj increased, and continued for a considerable time, loosening the bandages, if symptoms of compression appear, or removing them if the skin be irritated." "Puncturing of the cranium has occasionally proved successful, and in so hopeless a disease, when all other means have failed, wre are justified in having recourse to an operation which has even occasionally saved life. In performing the operation, a fine, lancet-shaped trocar is to be passed in the coronal suture perpendicularly to the surface, through the scalp and mem- branes, about an inch and a half below the edge of the anterior fontanelle, so as to avoid the sinus if possible, and the great veins. The fluid should be allowed to escape very slowly, the head being gently compressed in pro- portion, and the whole fluid should not be evacuated at once, only a few ounces at a time, and due pressure should be maintained both during and after the escape of the fluid. If the pulse becomes weak, the pupils con- tract, or the child faints, remove the canula and administer a stimulantr-if inflammation arise treat accordingly."—Churchill. Dr. Conquest states:— "I have now tapped nineteen cases, and of these ten were living when last heard of. Several of the children before the operation were reduced to the most deplorable condition, having frequent convulsions, with loss of sight, emaciation, &c; but the diminution or disappearance of the symptoms has been very remarkable." He adds, however: "In no instance has clearly marked congenital disease been benefited, and those cases have done best in which effusion manifestly resulted from inflammatory action, and in which cerebral excitement follows the operation." Dr. Watson states that the above two mechanical measures " are opposite measures and adapted to opposite conditions of the brain, the one supplying a defect of pressure, and the other relieving its excess; and that the appli- cation of either requires a clear and cool judgment and a constant attention to the symptoms which may arise during the treatment adopted." DROPSY OF THE CHEST. Dropsy of the Chest, or Hydrothorax, are terms applied to an accumula- tion of serous or w7atery fluid within the cavity of the pleura. It produces injurious results more by its mechanical compression than by any peculiar quality it possesses, frequently reducing the size of the lungs by its pressure, and even displacing the heart. It may exist alone, but g-enerally prevails a part of a more universal dropsy. DROPSY "OF THE CHEST. 337 SYMPTOMS. At an early stage of the disease an oppression and difficulty of breathing is experienced, which is increased on every sudden or uncus- tomary exercise, or when the body is in a horizontal posture; and when the fluid is present in both cavities the breathing is still more short and labo- rious. The patient cannot lie on the side of the chest opposite to the one affected, and most generally, especially in the advanced stages, assumes more or less of the sitting posture. There are frequent shiverings; a short, dry cou"di; sense of heaviness at the pit of the stomach; confused and painful sleep, with unpleasant dreams and sudden startings; palpitation of the heart; feeble, irregular, or intermittent pulse; occasional faintings; and paleness of the face. As the effusion increases, the face, lips, and hands have a livid or mottled appearance, a dropsical swelling of the feet and legs takes place, there is considerable thirst, a sense of numbness is complained of in one or both arms, the eyes have a peculiar stare expressive of great anxiousness, the lower eyelid is frequently swollen, the throat is dry, and the urine is scanty and very high-colored, and on cooling deposits a pink or red sedi- ment. In some cases a sensation of fluid in motion can be distinctly per- ceived by the patient on making certain sudden changes in the position of the body. The affected side becomes enlarged and round, the intercostal spaces (between the ribs) become extended by the gradual divergence of the ribs. Upon percussing or striking the side in which the effusion exists, it will give a dull sound like that produced by striking upon solid flesh, as the thigh or buttock; when the patient is erect, sitting or standing, the fluid moves down- ward, and the dull sound on percussion is then only heard in the inferior part of the chest. As the disease advances the natural respiratory murmur will gradually subside until it can scarcely be heard. The continued accumulation of fluid is marked by intolerable difficulty of breathing; the patient is obliged to remain in the erect posture, with his mouth open, and his body leaning toward the side in which the effusion is greatest, while he incessantly manifests the greatest anxiety for fresh air. The face, hands, arms, and feet become swollen and cold; a cold, clammy sweat occurs upon the face and upper part of the body, drowsiness, coma, or delirium, occasioned by the difficult transmission of the blood through the lungs, and want of sleep, frequently attend the latter periods of hydrothorax, and from the same cause the expectoration is sometimes bloody. Death may take place suddenly; in some cases it is preceded for a few days by a spitting of blood; but more commonly the patient dies gradually from suffocation or apoplexy, the first, the result of the increased pressure of the accumu- lated fluid on the lungs, the second, from pressure of the dark, venous blood on the brain, which is often accompanied with serous effusion on the surface, or in the ventricles of this organ. Occasionally hydrothorax ends in gen- eral dropsy, and which may, indeed, accompany it from the beginning. Causes. Dropsy of the chest may be produced by the various causes which originate other forms of dropsy, as cold, injuries, obstructions to the circulating system, recession of cutaneous eruptions, organic diseases of various organs, want of proper nourishment, general debility, long-pro- tracted fevers, low grade of inflammation of certain parts, and frequent and excessive evacuations. It is very apt to be the result of an intemperate use of liquors, especially among beer, gin, and whisky drinkers; very common causes are frequent bleedings, frequent and excessive purgings, as well as sweatings, and urinations, and it has occurred from the too free use of mer- curials. Inflammation of the pleura often gives rise to it. Injuries to the internal viscera especially the liver, are not unfrequently followed by hy- drothorax. 22 338 AMERICAN FAMILY PHYSICIAN. Hydropericarditjm, or Dropsy of the Heart, may be included in the tera Hydrothorax. In this affection there is an effusion of water in the pericar- dium, or membranous sac covering the heart, but there are no well-deter- mined symptoms by which it can be distinguished from several other maladies of this organ. The symptoms in many respects resemble those of dropsy in the pleural cavity, with palpitations of the heart, irregular or intermitting pulse, excessive shortness of breath, amounting often to suffocation, or an inability to breathe except in the erect posture, and dulness or percussion as in the previous disease. It is not commonly preceded by some inflam- matory or other diseased condition of the heart, and is often associated with other dropsical affections. Causes similar to those named under hydro- thorax will produce it, and the treatment will likewise be the same. Treatment. In the treatment of these diseases-, a very important class of remedial agents is Hydragogue Cathartics. The one which I generally prefer is the following: Take of Jalap fifteen grains, Cream of Tartar thirty grains, Elaterium from an eighth to the half of a grain. Administer this for a dose, and repeat it every six hours; should the Elaterium occasion nausea or vomiting, a grain or two of Capsicum added to each dose will generally prevent it. As soon as the discharges are watery, and especially if vomiting be present, the Elaterium may be omitted, continuing the use of the powder every six hours until benefit is obtained. Other hydragogues may be used with advantage, as Compound Powder of Jalap twenty grains, Cream of Tartar twenty grains, Podophyllin half a grain, or a grain; mix. This may be given for a dose, and likewise be repeated every six hours. Another very valuable hydragogue cathartic in dropsical diseases is the Large Flowering Spurge, which may be given in doses of fifteen or twenty grains, repeating it every day or two; it produces copious watery evacuations, and is apt to cause vomiting. Of course, should the patient be so debilitated as to be unable to bear too much purgation, they should be repeated only two, three, or four times a week, according to his strength. Should the hydragogues produce great debility arid prostration, the strength of the patient must be properly sustained by stimulants. For a constant drink the patient must take a strong infusion of a mixture of Hair-cap moss two ounces, Dwarf Elder Bark, Juniper Berries, each, one ounce. From half a wineglassful to a wineglassful may be taken every hour, and also whenever the patient is thirsty. Or, other diuretics may he drank, as an infusion of equal parts of Spearmint, Parsley root, Elder flowers, and Indian Hemp root. An infusion of Queen of the Meadow, Dwarf Elder, and Indian Hemp, each, equal parts, has been highly recom- mended for a purpose similar to the preceding. And to promote an absorp- tion of the effused serum, as well as to increase the secretions of the kidneys, a solution of Iodide of Potassium has been advised; this will undoubtedly be found efficient in many cases, but, as a general agent for these purposes, I prefer the Compound Infusion of Parsley. In this, as in other dropsical affections, the skin should be bathed daily with a weak alkaline solution, using considerable friction in drying; and the Compound Tar plaster should be applied over the affected side, and worn as long as the patient can bear it, renewing it from time to time as the dis charge ceases, and before the part has thoroughly healed. When the effused fluid has been carried off, in order to prevent its return, the Compound Infusion of Parsley should be used daily, for several months in succession; but, a resort to the preceding measures should be adopted as soon as symptoms of a returning effusion are manifested. This diet should be light, nutritious and digestible, and adapted to the DROPSY OF THE ABDOMEN. 339 condition of the stomach, as well as that of the general system. Pepper- Bauce, mustard, garlic, onions, horseradish, cresses, and cayenne pepper, may be taken with the food, if contra-indicating circumstances are not present. Gentle exercise taken regularly will be found serviceable, as the strength of the patient improves, but he should carefully avoid all causes which may ultimate in cold or other diseases. In hydrothorax and hydropericarditis, Dr. Debreyne recommends the fol- lowing: Take of Jalap, Squill, two and a half drachms, Nitre five drachms, White Wine one pound; mix, and let them stand for twelve or fourteen days, frequently agitating. The dose is a table-spoonful from one to three times a day, or sufficient to procure six or eight evacuations every twenty- four hours. Or, if patients object to this, or it disagrees with the stomach, use the following pills: Take of Powdered Digitalis four drachms, Pow- dered Scammony, Powdered Squill, each, two drachms, Extract of Juniper a sufficient quantity to form a pill-mass with the other articles. _ Divide the mass into 120 pills, and give one or two pills for a dose, repeating it three times a day, and washing them down with a table-spoonful or two of White Wine or Water, in a bottle of which half an ounce of Nitre has been dissolved. DROPSY OF THE ABDOMEN. Dropsy of the Abdomen, or Ascites, is a collection of water in the peri- toneal sac, or general cavity of the abdomen ; sometimes it is found between the peritoneum and abdominal muscles, and occasionally it is contained in sacs upon or connected with some of the viscera, as the ovaries, liver, &c, and is then termed encysted dropsy. Ascites may occur in either sex, or at any age, but, like the other forms of dropsy, is chiefly to be met with in persons advanced in life. Symptoms. Dropsy of the Abdomen is sometimes, but not always, pre- ceded by a loss of appetite, dry skin, cough, oppression at the chest, scanty urine, and costiveness. Occasionally it commences by cellular dropsy, espe- cially of the lower extremities. In a short time a slight enlargement of the inferior part of the abdomen is observed, together with a disagreeable feel- ing, and some tenderness when pressure is made; the enlargement gradually increases, until the whole abdomen becomes uniformly swollen and tense. As the fluid accumulates, the difficulty of breathing generally increases, being worse when the patient lies down; the face is pale and bloated, fre- quently pitting when pressure is made with a finger; great thirst ensues; the urine is very scanty, thick, and high colored, and on standing deposits a brickdust-colored sediment; the stomach and bowels are frequently de- ranged, with colic-pains, flatulence, nausea, and a sense of weight in the abdomen: the pulse is variable, being sometimes slower, and at others faster than natural. In most cases, by applying one hand on one side of the ab- domen, while the patient is sitting or standing, and striking gently on the opposite side with the tips of the fingers of the other hand, a'distinct fluc- tuation will be felt; sometimes it can even be detected by the ear. Discrimination. Dropsy of the abdomen may be detected from tympani- tis, by the want of fluctuation in the latter difficulty, and the clear sound on percussion; from ovarian or encysted dropsy by the indistinct and limited fluc- tuation, and by observing that instead of the uniform swelling of the abdo- men found in ascites, only one side, or some particular part of the abdomen, is more protuberant than the rest. If ovarian dropsy be watched from it? 340 AMERICAN FAMILY PHYSICIAN. beginning, a moveable tumor, falling from side to side as the patient changes her position, will be observed before much enlargement takes place; and at a later period, the unequal prominence, above mentioned, will be noticed. Ascites may be distinguished from dropsy of the womb, by observing that the tumor is confined to the region of that organ, and as it increases, somewhat resembles the shape of the pregnant womb. It yields upon pressure; there is a less marked sense of fluctuation, and the urine is but slightly diminished if at all. It also requires to be carefully distinguished from pregnancy. Some- times pregnancy and ascites may exist together, which renders the case ex- ceedingly perplexing. The modes of distinguishing these cases are too lengthy to name here; though it may be observed that in dropsy the com- plexion is pale and sickly, with dropsical swellings generally of the feet and ankles, while in pregnancy the complexion is clear. But the discrimination between all the above conditions is frequently very difficult. Causes. In addition to the causes heretofore named, in dropsy of the chest, ascites may be produced by diseases of the liver or spleen, scarlet fever, intermittent and remittent fevers, erysipelas, protracted diarrhea, diseases of the heart, peritoneal inflammation, &c. Prognosis. When not complicated with or dependent upon some incura- ble disease of an internal organ, ascites is generally curable; but it frequently remains unyielding to any treatment, until the patient is destroyed by it. In some cases life has been prolonged by tapping repeatedly, and in a few rare instances, this has eventually removed the disease. When tapping is performed, a greater chance for-effecting a cure may be had, if the subsequent treatment be as vigorously followed for some time, as though the operation had not been performed. Treatment. This will be similar to that named for Dropsy of the Chest; administering hydragogue cathartics, diuretics, and subsequently the Com- pound Infusion of Parsley. As the water is carried off, a broad bandage must be worn around the abdomen, sufficiently tight not to be uncomfortable, and gradually increasing its pressure, as the enlargement decreases. Two or three times a day the bowels should be kneaded or shampooed by hand, more especially after the fluid has been removed, and should any tenderness re- main, the following limiment may be applied over the whole abdomen imme' diately previous to each shampooing:—Take of Oil of Juniper, Oil of Sassa- fras, Oil of Cajeput, Oil of Spearmint, each, half an ounce; mix for a lini ment. This application should be continued for several months after the removal of the water, as well as the use of the Compound Infusion of Parsley. When the stomach and bowels are irritable, as manifested by a smooth red tongue, by tenderness upon pressing over the region of the stomach, and by the ejection of the hydragogue administered, the following may be substitu- ted for it:—Take of Hydro-alcoholic Extract of Indian Hemp two drachms. Hydro-alcoholic Extract of Blue Flag one drachm, Eupurpurin one drachm; mix, and divide into sixty pills, of which one may be given every four or six hours. While using these, continue the other external measures heretofore named. When the disease is complicated with disease of the liver or spleen, the Compound Tar plaster should be applied over the region of the affected organ, and a discharge kept up as long as the patient can bear it, renewing the application from time to time, until there is decided evidence of convales- cence. At the same time the treatment adapted to the affections of these or- gans must be conjoined with that for dropsy. In two cases of dropsy of tl« abdomen, I have observed the most marked benefit from the application of GENERAL DROPSY. 341 tho above plaster, over the greater part of the abdomen, in connexion with the other treatment. The diet, regimen, &c, recommended in dropsy of the chest, is also appli cable to this and the succeeding forms of dropsy. The above treatment will l>e found useful in dropsy of the womb and of the ovaries; but it sometimes happens that no measures will avail in these affections, and the only resort left, to prolong the patient's life, "will be tapping. Occasionally, by proper management, cures are effected even after tapping has been performed. CELLULAR, or GENERAL DROPSY. By Cellular Dropsy, or Anasarca, is meant a collection of fluid in the cellu lar membrane of the external parts of the body, chiefly beneath the skin. It may be limited to the inferior extremities, or it may spread over the whole body. The swelling in dropsy is always regular and uniform, and of a soft doughy feel, leaving a pit or depression when pressed upon by the finger, which slowly returns to its former fulness. When there is an accumulation of water around the joints, or when it is confined to a limited space, the swel- ling occasioned by it, is known by its pitting on pressure, and is termed "edematous." Symptoms. Cellular dropsy most commonly manifests itself at first, by a swelling of the feet and ankles, which is more evident in the evening, espe- cially when the person has been standing or walking considerably; and, toward morning, or when the recumbent position has been maintained for some hours, the swelling partially or entirely disappears for the time. The swell- ing is soft, inelastic, and pits upon pressure, and the skin presents a paler appearance than usual. As the fluid continues to accumulate, the swelling extends upward into the legs, thighs, and trunk of the body, and in many instances when the accumulation is very great, the face and eyelids appear swelled and bloated, especially in the morning. Sometimes the fluid oozes out through the pores of the skin, or raises the skin in elevations resembling blisters. The bowels are usually costive, the skin dry, tense, and shining, the pulse usually small and weak, the countenance is sallow, the thirst is more or less increased, the appetite impaired, the urine scanty and high-col- ored, and depositing a copious reddish sediment on standing. As the disease progresses there is a sensation of general debility, with sluggishness and inac- tivity, and a slow fever. Occasionally, in the more advanced stages, the skin presents a livid hue. When the watery accumulation has become very gen- eral^ the vesicular and cellular structures of the lungs become affected, occa- sioning difficult breathing, coughing, and a watery expectoration. Some- times the disease is connected with dropsy of the abdomen or chest, and is then apt to be more difficult of cure. Causes. Anasarca is a symptom indicating a functional or structural dis- ease of the system, or some portion of it; and it may be caused by any cir- cumstances which will produce a general state of debility of the body. Thus it fVequently follows febrile, and inflammatory attacks, hemorrhages or ex- cessive bleedings, the constant and excessive use of drastic cathartics, ob- structed menstruation, chlorosis, pressure upon the blood-vessels which return the blood from the lower extremities, exposures to cold and damp, and the excessive use of spirituous liquors. Sometimes it is owing to incu- rable diseases of the heart, spleen, liver, or kidneys, and will of course prove fatal. Prognosis. When the skin becomes moist, the thirst diminishing, the 342 AMERICAN FAMILY PHYSICIAN. swelling gradually disappearing, and the urine flowing more copiously, these are favorable symptoms. But when there is some organic disease associated with the dropsy, when the thirst continues great, with great emaciation, ery- sipelatous inflammation, quick, small pulse, low fever, lividity of the skin and drowsiness, these are unfavorable symptoms. A recent anasarca is gen- erally more curable than one of long standing, and when it arises from mere debility than when it is occasioned by some disease of internal organs. Oc casionally a spontaneous cure is effected, by a critical vomiting, purging or increase of the urinary discharge. Treatment. This will depend very much upon the cause. If it be a sequel to scarlet fever, or other febrile diseases, it may be treated as already mentioned on page 220. If it be owing to intemperance, no benefit can be expected by medical measures, unless the bad habit be dispensed with entirely. If it be owing to accompanying disease, this must be removed, if possible either before or immediately after the evacuation of the water by the means to be named. And if it be owing to debility, we should endeavor to restore the tone of the system, and strengthen the general habit. The treatment for the evacuation of the dropsical fluid will be similar to that named for Dropsy of the Chest; administering hydragogue cathartics, diuretics, and subsequently the Compound Infusion of Parsley. As the water is removed, the limbs should be bandaged as tightly as the patient can comfortably bear, renewing the application of the bandage once or twice daily, particularly in the morning, when the swelling has somewhat dimin- ished from diffusion of the fluid, owing to the recumbent position. The skin should be frequently bathed with a mixture of weak ley and decoction of White Oak bark, followed by friction with a brush, or coarse towel; and this friction should always be employed on every renewal of the bandage. In some cases, the application of a mixture of two parts of Sweet Oil with one of Tincture of Capsicum, to the legs, will be found useful. When the disease is complicated with disease of the liver, or other or- gans, use the Compound Tar plaster, in the manner recommended for Drop- sy of the Abdomen, page 340, with the appropriate treatment for disease of the particular organ or organs affected. These means should be continued more or less actively, according to the strength and condition of the patient, when the use of the Compound Infu- sion of Parsley, together with some tonic, as for instance, the Compound Wine of Comfrey, should be continued for some months afterward, in order to render the cure permanent. And with these, the external frictions should be used twice every day. , The diet, regimen, &c, should be similar to that named in the preceding forms of dropsy. Among the many useful means which have been used for the removal of the dropsical effusion, and for effecting a cure of the disease, may be named the following: 1. Take of common Whortleberries four ounces, Parsley root eight ounces, good Holland Gin, or Whisky two quarts. Mix together, and heat to the boiling point; then let the mixture stand till cold, and give half a wineglassful three or four times a day, diluted with some sweetened water. This, however, will not answer in cases of dropsy among intemperate persons. 2. Take of Indian Hemp, Milk weed, Juniper berries, and dwarf Elder bark, each, one ounce. Add to these articles in coarse powder, two pints of boiling Cider. When cold give a wineglassful three or four times a day. (For Dropsy from Affection of the Kidneys, see Bright's Disease.) DROPSY OF THE SCROTUM. 343 DROPSY OF THE SCROTUM. DivotsY of the Scrotum, or Hydrocele, is a collection of watery fluid in the scrotum, or bag which contains the testicles, in some part of the testicle itself, or in the spermatic cord. It is seldom a fatal disease, but may increase so as to become a source of annoyance and interfere with the free motions of the body. When it occurs in children, it frequently disappears spontaneously. Symptoms. Generally, a smooth, soft, elastic, and often transparent swelling commences in the lower part of the scrotum, and gradually ex- tends upward; the tumor finally becomes somewhat pear-shaped, and feels somewhat like a bladder distended with fluid. No pain is produced upon making pressure, unless the testicle be compressed. Discrimination. Hydrocele may be distinguished from rupture, by its forming slowly, while rupture takes place suddenly; the swelling of hydro- cele does not disappear on pressure, or change of posture, in rupture it does ; in hydrocele the swelling begins at the lower part of the scrotum, in rupture at the upper ; in rupture coughing enlarges the swelling, in hydro- cele it does not; in hydrocele, when recent, a candle placed behind the swelling will show a translucency, which is not the case in rupture. The absence of pain will distinguish hydrocele from those diseases of the testi- cles, which are accompanied with pain. Treatment. It is desirable to cure the disease in infants, without an operation, if possible; for this purpose the scrotum may be enveloped in a bandage, making as much equable pressure on this part, as the child can bear, and keeping the parts stimulated by the application of a solution of .Muriate of Ammonia in water, or vinegar, with which the bandage may be kept constantly moistened. As the swelling diminishes, the bandage will require to be readjusted. In connection with this, administer diuretics and keep the bowels regular. If this should fail, it will be necessary to evacuate the water, and use means calculated to produce a slight degree of adhesive inflammation, which will cause the outer covering of the testicle to adhere to the inner wall of the bag, thus destroying the cavity, and leaving no room for water to accumulate. This course is also necessary in adults, especially when there is a large amount of fluid, and a thickening of some cf the tissues. This is done by the surgeon's introducing a trocar and canula in front and at the lower part of the scrotum, and nearly but not exactly in its center, so as to keep clear of the testicle and all large veins. On with- drawing the trocar, the fluid will pass out of the canula, and when all is drawn off, then inject through the canula some Wine, Brandy and water, Lime-water, or a solution of Sulphate of Zinc one drachm in a pint of water, or, a mixture of Tincture of Iodine half a fluidrachm, and water three fluidounces. Do not allow the injection to pass away, until it has caused a degree of smarting or pain; then let it run off, and remove the canula, but not before. If too much inflammation he produced, it will re- quire to be allayed by hot fomentations of herbs, as Stramonium, Hops, &c, with diaphoretics, diuretics, and cathartics. If not sufficient inflam- mation is induced, a tent, or piece of linen or silk twisted into a cord, may be introduced in the opening, and changed every day, until the required adhesion has taken place. 344 AMERICAN FAMILY PHYSICIAN, NERVOUS DISEASES. Under this caption, I will consider those difficulties which are generally attributed to derangement of the nervous system, as well as those which are supposed to proceed from an impaired condition of the functions of the brain. APOPLEXY. Apoplexy is a sudden suspension of consciousness and voluntary mo- tion, with a slow, labored, and stertorous or snoring breathing. It most generally attacks persons somewhat advanced in years, or middle-aged; and corpulent persons with short, thick necks, florid cheeks, and good-sized heads, are said to be the most liable to it, especially when they are seden- tary and use a full, stimulating diet, or indulge in the enjoyments of the table and wine-board; but it has equally occurred in persons whose necks were long and slender, and whose countenances were naturally pale or colorless. Sybiptoms. Apoplexy is most usually preceded by one or more symp- toms, which, if properly attended to may prevent an attack; these symp toms are as follows, but will be found to vary in different individuals:—a dull pain in the head, with a sense of weight or heaviness; giddiness; drowsiness ; frequent fits of nightmare ; cramps or spasms in various parts . of the body; fulness and redness of the countenance and eyes; obscurity of vision ; bleeding from the nose ; ringing in the ears; faltering in speech or using one word for another; and loss of memory. The most important of these symptoms are giddiness, particularly on stooping down, on strain- ing at stool, on coughing, on pulling on a tight boot, and especially when conjoined witn debility; heavy and unrefreshing sleep, with more or less drowsiness through the day; cramps of the legs at night; a constant in clination to sigh; and, a numbness, or palsy of some part. But more generally the attack occurs suddenly, without any previous warning, and the patient falls to the ground in a state of unconsciousness from which he cannot be aroused. His breathing is usually of a loud, snoring character, is hiow and laborious, the face is dark, reel, and turgid, the veins of the neck and head are swollen, the head is hot, and often in a profuse sweat, the eyes project, and are bloodshot, and either closed or half open, the pupils are usually dilated, but occasionally are much contracted ; a frothy saliva is often blown from the mouth with considerable force, and the pulse from being strong, full, and regular or slow, soon becomes weak, rapid, and unequal or intermitting. The fit may last from four hours to twenty, and even to forty or more. Sometimes the patient will be insensible and mo- tionless for several days, and gradually recover his intellect and strength; but more commonly in these instances, the powers of the mind become permanently impaired to a greater or less extent. Frequently the first attack terminates fatally, but it is very rarely the patient survives the third attack. The mode of attack varies ; thus some persons fall down suddenly, with an entire suspension of sense and motion, flushed face, full pulse, and a snorting respiration; occasionally spasmodic contraction of some of the muscles take place, or convulsions. Death may ensue from this attack, or perfect recovery may gradually take place, or, recovery with a transient or permanent paralysis of one side. Again, the person experiences a sudden APOPLEXY. 345 attack of pain in the head, becomes pale, sick, and faint, vomits, and falls down in a state resembling syncope ; the face being pale, the body cold, and the pulse feeble,—perhaps a slight convulsion may ensue. Occasion- ally there is no falling down, but a slight and transient forgetfulness. From either of these, recovery generally takes place in a few minutes, but soon after, it may be a few hours or several days, a sense of oppression comes on, with forgetfulness, incoherency, coma, and death. Another mode of attack, is that in which the loss of the powers of speech, and of one side of the body occurs suddenly, without stupor, or at all events any long continuance of it, from which recovery may take place, or it may pass gradually into apoplexy in a few hours. Persons subject to apoplexy may be attacked at any time, but more gen- erally soon after a hearty meal, during great or uncommon exercise, and during a state of mental excitement. Causes. Whatever will cause a determination to the brain, accumula- ting blood in its vessels, and pressing upon this organ with or without effusion of blood or serum, may be an immediate cause of apoplexy; thus it is frequently found to follow violent exercise, excessive venereal indul- gences, too free use of alcoholic drinks, intemperance in eating, use of nar- cotics, sudden mental excitements, violent fits of coughing or sneezing, ex- posure to the heat of the sun, straining at stool, &c. Any obstruction to the return of the blood from the head, by producing excessive dilatation of the blood vessels, or an efflux within the cranium, is likewise an immediate cause, as tight cravats or ligatures around the neck. Apoplexy has like- wise been occasioned by large bleedings, exposures to excessive cold, inju- dicious employment of the warm bath, innutritious diet, and whatever will produce an anemic condition of the system. The predisposing causes are various, with some it appears to be heredi- tary, with others it follows as a result of frequent bleedings, sedentary habits, suppression of accustomed evacuations, long-continued mental de- pression, use of snuff, &c, as well as certain diseases, as Bright's disease, enlargement of the heart, fatty degeneration of the blood-vessels, as well as other abnormal conditions of the brain or its vessels. Discrimination. Apoplexy may be distinguished from epilepsy, by the absence of convulsions in the former, or which, if present at all, are very slight and affect only a part of the body; in epilepsy there is usually a foam- ing at the mouth, and frequently a gnashing of the teeth, and a noise some- what resembling the barking of a dog; but there is seldom any snoring or stertorous breathing. Apoplexy is more common to middle age—epilepsy to early age, and is a chronic disease, the attacks occuring more or less fre- quently; the fit is also of shorter duration, and the patient more readily aroused from it. A comatose condition, with or without convulsive action, is frequently caused by excessive intemperance in the use of intoxicating liquor, the odor of which may be discerned in the breath; and in these cases, the patient may be partly aroused by shouting in his ear, or apply- ing a strong odoriferous stimulant to his nostrils. When apoplexy is caused by narcotics, the respiration will be more tranquil but not stertorous, the pulse will be more rapid, the face pale and calm, and, in most cases, the patient can be aroused by violent agitation. Prognosis. Apoplexy does not always immediately terminate fatally; nevertheless, it is always to be considered a serious disease. The second and third fits of apoplexy are more fatal in their character than first, or, if recovered from, are more apt to leave permanent impairment of the mea- tal faculties, as well as paralysis. 346 AMERICAN FAMILY PHYSICIAN, Treatment. The most prompt and energetic measures must be pursued in the treatment of apoplexy. The patient should be removed to a cool airy place, and all bandages or cravats around the neck be at once removed.' Then slightly elevating the head, and holding it between the knees, or in some other convenient manner, let one person pour a stream of cold water upon the head and neck, while another holding some common table salt in his hand, must rub it on the head and temples, until the patient is suffi- ciently restored to take medicine. At the same time, the limbs should be ligated, (see Hoemastasis, Part III,) to retard the venous circulation, con- tinuing this until other measures can have time to prove efficacious. But the ligatures should not be allowed to remain on too long, removing them as soon as' symptoms of a restoration commence. When there are °x>od reasons for supposing the stomach to be filled with food, as, for instance when the attack occurs after a meal, an emetic should be administered using either the Compound Powder of Lobelia for this purpose, or the Com- pound Acetated Tincture of Bloodroot. But under ordinary circumstances, emetics are to be avoided in apoplexy. If there is no necessity for an emetic, then an active purgative should be at once administered, as the Compound Powder of Jalap. When the patient does not readily recover from the use of ligatures, cold water, and salt applied as above named, other measures must be used to aid in lessening or overcoming the determination to the head. The soles of the feet should be thoroughly bastinadoed, repeating it from time to time as the urgency of the case may require, at the same time adopting means to obtain an evacuation from the bowels. An injection composed of Castoi Oil a gill, Compound Tincture of Lobelia and Capsicum two fluidrachms, warm water one pint, molasses one gill, fine table salt a drachm, should be thrown into the rectum, and repeated every fifteen minutes, until free ca- tharsis is produced; and it may be aided in producing this effect by plac- ing a little sugar (with which a drop or two of Croton Oil has been rubbed) on the tongue as far back as possible; if symptoms of sinking commence, these measures must be stopped. In cases where the comatose condition is induced by intoxication, instead of causing free catharsis at first, it will be better to administer an emetic of Salt, Mustard, and Lobelia, in some cold water; and after the induction of free vomiting, good fresh milk may be drank by the patient. He should also be placed in bed, with warm irons or bricks applied to the extremities, and covered wTarmly, and be made to take the following powder, every hour for two or three times, and subse- quently for every three or four hours:—Take of Sulphate of Quinia four grains, Sulphate of Morphia, Podophyllin, each, one grain; mix, and di- vide into eight powders. As soon as purgation is effected, the powders may be omitted for twenty hours, or longer, according to the circumstances. When the case is one produced by Opium, it will be well to give freely of strong Coffee, and apply the electro-galvanic current along the spinal column, and from the stomach to the back of the neck, beside keeping the patient awake by forcing him to walk about between two attendants. Ad- ministering, likewise, at first an emetic, and following it by an active cathartic, After an attack of apoplexy, the patient should endeavor to prevent a subsequent one, by pursuing the proper hygienic and remedial measures. The former will be the same as hereafter named for those predisposed to the disease ; the latter will consist of tonic and alterative treatment; the sur- face of the body should be kept healthy by frequent bathings and friction; the bowels should be kept regular, once a day, either by natural or artificial means. After the first few days following an attack, active purgation is APOPLEXY. 347 unnecessary and dangerous. The Compound Syrup of Stillingia, with Iodide of Potassium, should be taken daily, and diuretics should be used, as infu- sions of Hair-cap moss, Queen of the Meadow, &c; in cases of effusion, these tend to render absorption more active. Those who are anemic, should take small quantities of Iron daily, either in powder, tincture, or in their food; one to three grains of any preparation of Iron per day, will be fully sufficient, as the system will be unable to dispose of any more. If paraly- sis be a consequence of apoplexy, treat as directed under its appropriate head. In many instances, after recovery from an apoplectic attack, much benefit will be derived from the Compound Tar plaster applied to the back of the neck, and keeping up the discharge from it as long as possible. All persons disposed to apoplexy, should adopt certain hygienic measures to fortify their systems, and thereby prevent an attack. The diet may be nutritious, but it should be light, or spare, and easy of digestion, being careful to have the meals at regular hours, and taking great care to masti- cate the food thoroughly; animal diet should not be used during the hot summer months, and with great moderation in cold seasons. All high sea- soned food, stimulants, and intoxicating liquors, should be positively avoided. Moderate exercise should be taken daily and at regular hours, but not sufficient to excite heat, or hurry respiration. All excesses or ex- citements should be avoided as much as possible, as long-continued exertions of mind, anger, or other violent mental excitements, late hours at night, exercise immediately after a meal. Venery should be indulged in only oc- casionally. The neck should be kept free from all tight cravats, or other compression, which might obstruct the return of blood from the head; the feet should be kept warm and dry; exposures to cold, and especially to cold feet are dangerous. Flatulency and sour stomach, should always be re- moved, if possible, as soon as known to exist. Care should be taken not to use the warm bath too frequently, or too long at a time. The hours of sleep should be regulated not to exceed nine hours, and the bed should be a hard matress, having the head slightly elevated. During warm weather, or whenever there is a giddiness of the head, or other symptom of fulness of its vessels, cold water poured on the head, and along the spinal column, will be found a very pleasant, safe, and salutary measure. Good, pure air in the rooms at home, and when abroad, is an important item. Direct ex- posure to the sun's rays should invariably be shunned ; neither should the head be exposed to the continued action of heat produced artificially. Sud- den turning of the head, or straining the muscles of the neck ia look up- ward, sideways, or behind, should also be carefully avoided, as well as straining at stool, &c. For at least two hours previous to retiring to bed, no food must be allowed to enter the stomach. Indeed, without the most rigid attention to the above measures, and the rules of hygiene generally, it will be a very difficult matter to prevent an attack of apoplexy in those pre- disposed to it; while, on the other hand, care and prudence in observing them, will remove the predisposition, and be productive of the most essen- tial benefit. Bleeding from the arm or elsewhere, although recommended by some to overcome the tendency to apoplexy, is exceedingly improper, and should never be permitted under any circumstances whatever, as it will produce the very disease it is intended to overcome. 348 AMERICAN FAMILY PHYSICIAN. PALSY, or PARALYSIS. Palsy is a diminution of mobility and sensibility, or a partial loss of eon trol or power over one or both of them; it may be confined to one part of the body, or be extended to several parts. When it is confined to a single limb, or to certain muscles of one part of the body, it is called local, or par- tial palsy; when it affects one complete half of the body, from the head to the foot, it is called hemiplegia, the left side being more commonly affected than the right; when one-half of the body is attacked, in a transverse direc- tion, as the lower limbs from the hips downward, it is termed paraphaw and when there is a continual tremor attending, it is called shaking palsy though this condition will frequently be found a symptom of chorea instead of palsy. Sometimes the powers of sensation are but little affected, while those of voluntary motion are considerably so; at others, both motion and sensation are impaired to a greater or less extent. Symptoms. Palsy is most generally a symptom indicating that the roots of the spinal nerves, the spinal cord, and even the brain itself, are in an abnormal condition. It most commonly manifests itself by a sudden loss of sensation and motion of the part attacked. Occasionally, however, there are certain symptoms previous to the attack, as a coldness of the parts, with more or less numbness, want of natural color, and slight spasmodic twitches. The loss of motion may increase until it is apparently complete, or it mav remain partial and fixed. In cases where the brain is much diseased, there will generally be a drawing of the eye and mouth to" one side, with unintelli- gible and disordered speech, and more or less deterioration of the mental faculties. When the extremities have been affected for a long time, in addi- tion to the loss of motion and sensation, the muscles of the parts become soft and weak, and waste away. There are likewise various other paralytic affections met with, as, palsy of the optic nerve, or amaurosis, palsy of the neck of the bladder, palsy of the muscles of the back, producing curved spine, lead palsy, &c, some of which will be hereafter treated of, but many of which are not easy to account for. Causes. Paralysis may be produced by whatever affects the brain, the nerves, or their roots, as apoplexy, pressure on certain parts, by tumors, effusion, over-distension, &c, recession of eruptions, or translation of dis- ease, injuries, intemperance, &c, &c. Hemiplegia more commonly follows an attack of apoplexy; paraplegia may be the result of an injury to the spine, or of some affection of the spinal nerves; local palsy is generally a conse- quence of injury to certain parts, of disease, or continued pressure. Prognosis. The termination of palsy will depend much upon the condi- tion of the nervous system at the time of the attack. When not complicated with some chronic disease, the patient may recover in a few days, weeks, or months; but if the brain or nervous system be permanently diseased, a per- fect recovery will not be likely to take place. Usually, in paralytic attacks. there is a slow but gradual and imperfect amendment, in which the patient may remain for some months or even years, and ultimately die from disease of the brain, apoplexy, or some other disease. If there be a sensation of warmth in the affected parts, a slight pricking pain, or a slight stinging or crawling sensation, it is a favorable indication. When there is any serious disease, or mechanical injury of the brain, or spinal marrow, recovery is not to be hoped for. Effusions occasioning paralysis, usually terminate fatally Treatment. When palsy suddenly and violently attacks a person, the same treatment should be pursued as named for apoplexy. Should this not succeed, or but slightly, in removing the attack, (also in cases of palsy of some standing,) the following course will be found very successful. PARALYSIS. 349 The bowels should be kept regular daily, but this will frequently be found very difficult to accomplish, from the obstinate constipation which is some- times present, and in which instances it will be necessary to purge the bow- els daily, for some days, by doses of Podophyllin and Leptandrin, aided by purgative injections; the injection advised in apoplexy will be very useful. But in all cases where regularity of the bowels can be had, without active purgation, it will'be the better course. The skin should be bathed daily with an alkaline solution to which^some alcohol has been added, and in drying, a coarse towel with brisk friction should be used. Internally the patient should take the Compound Syrup of Stillingia with Iodide of Potassium, three times a day, or some other preparation in which Iodine enters. He should likewise use in connection with the alterative, one of the following preparations :— 1. Take of Strychnia two grains, Extract of Belladonna five grains, Alco- holic Extract of Black Cohosh forty grains; mix together, and divide into forty pills. The dose is one pill, to be repeated two, three, or four times a day. This pill will be found more useful in paraplegia than hemiplegia, although it frequently proves useful in each form. , 2. Take of Saturated Tincture of Rhus Toxicodendron half a fluidounce, Saturated Tincture of Aconitum root, Volatile Tincture of Guaiacum, each, two fluidrachms; mix. The dose is forty drops every three hours. 3. Take of Alcoholic Extract of Nux Vomica eight grains, Protoxide of Iron one grain; mix, and divide into twenty-four pills. The dose is two pills twice a day, gradually increased to four; it is also useful in paralysis of the bladder. 4. Take of Xanthoxylin, Iridin, each, one drachm, Horseradish, two ounces, Mustard one ounce, Sweet Flag one ounce, Whisky four pints. Add the drugs to the whisky, and allow them to stand for fourteen days, frequently agitating. The dose varies from a teaspoonful to a table-spoonful, three or four times a day, either alone or diluted with sweetened water. This is very useful in cases of long standing, accompanied with much debility. In addition to this, local or counter-irritant measures must be employed; thus, Firing may be applied along the whole course of the spinal column, and repeated every day or two. * Or, in hemiplegia the Compound Tar plas- ter may be placed at the nape of the neck, and a discharge kept up as long as the patient can bear it, renewing it, from time to time, before perfect healing has taken place. In paraplegia, this plaster should be placed over the affected part of the spine. Galvanic or electro-magnetic currents should also be passed through the affected parts, placing one pole of the battery over the spine just below the Compound Tar plaster, and the other along the extremities of the affected parts; and in some cases these currents should also be passed through the brain. But, in each instance, care must be taken not to produce too powerful shocks, which is an incorrect course pursued by some persons not acquainted with the true action of this agent. The object is to stimulate, not to exhaust. The above course should be persisted in, if any benefit is found to follow, after a persevering trial of several weeks; but, if no benefit follow after a reasonable time, some other course must be adopted. And as soon as the patient has recovered sufficiently, he should take moderate exercise daily, as riding, walking, &c; the shower-bath will be found an excellent auxiliary, or cold douches to the head and along the spinal column. When first attacked the diet should be light and not too solid; after the more active symptoms have disappeared, it should be more nutritious, and 350 AMERICAN FAMILY PHYSICIAN. even stimulating, using spices, aromatics, &c, but no liquors. Flannel clothing should be worn next the skin. EPILEPSY. Epilepsy, or, Falling Sickness, as it is frequently termed, is a disease common to early age, and consists in a sudden deprivation of the senses, or insensibility, with more or less violent contortions or convulsions of the whole system, and as the attack declines, the patient passes into a state re- sembling a deep sleep, which continues for an hour or two, or longer. It is a chronic disease and frequently ends in insanity. Symptoms. Epilepsy frequently attacks persons in apparent good health suddenly, without any premonitions, but with many there are several symp- toms indicative of an approaching paroxysm, which usually occur a few seconds immediately before the attack, enabling the patient to prepare for it. The most usual warning symptoms are, a heavy pain in the head, dimness of sight, noises in the ears, palpitation of the heart, flatulency, weariness, flashes of light darting before the eyes, or coldness of the limbs; and one or more of these may precede the attack. Frequently there is a sense as of a cold vapor, or the crawling of an insect, which passes from some point of the body or limbs to the head, and when it reaches that part, the attack occurs; this sensation is called the aura epileptica. In some cases the patient imag- ines he sees a specter coming toward him, and falls into a paroxysm as soon as this figure comes in contact with him. But whether there be premonitory symptoms or not, the patient, when attacked, either falls or is thrown to the ground with convulsions and a deprivation of sense and power. There is generally a shriek, or a strange sound, somewhat resembling the barking of a dog, which accompanies the commencing part of the attack. The convulsions are frequently so terrific in appearance, as even for a time to disturb the calmness and presence of mind of the physician; the muscles of the body act with great violence, dis- torting the parts affected into various shapes. Thus, the head is jerked to one side, sometimes backward; the face is thrown into very distressing and alarming contortions; the eyes stare, opening and closing rapidly, or are distorted or inverted, the whites of them only being seen ; the muscles of the jaws contract and relax alternately, frequently biting the tongue severely when it is thrust forward ; the teeth gnash together; the power of swallow- ing being lost, the saliva is forced out of the mouth in a foam; the limbs are violently agitated and jerked in various directions ; the breathing is unequal ind difficult; the pulse is usually small and contracted; the urine and feces are frequently voided involuntarily; and the sense of feeling appears to be completely lost. Sometimes priapism and a spontaneous emission of semen takes place. I have seen persons when attacked, reel round and round fora number of times before falling, having the head violently drawn toward that .-ride to which they were rotating, and at the same time uttering a most dis- tressing kind of noise. After a time, varying from a few minutes to half an hour, or longer, the fit ceases, and the person passes into an apparent deep sleep, from which he gradually recovers, having no distinct recollection of what has transpired from the commencement of the paroxysm. He remains more or less ex- hausted and sore, requiring one or more days for a restoration to usual health; sometimes a sense of oppression in the head, or stupor will remain for a time; or, perhaps a mild degree of insanity; and, occasionally, apoplexy followed by death will be the result. EPILEPSY. 351 This course, however, will be found to vary; with some persons the con- vulsions may subside, either partially or completely, for a short time, and be a"-ain renewed; and this alternation of convulsions and remissions may con- tinue for many hours before they pass off entirely. With others the attack is imperfect,' the patient may remain with his eyes fixed and open, pupils dilated, motionless, and for a minute or two be entirely deprived of conscious- ness, but without falling; or, there may be a roaring sensation in the head, a sense of oppression at the heart, with a feeling of intense alarm which is strongly depicted on the countenance, consciousness, however, remaining, and the business engaged in at the time not being materially interfered with. These mild attacks may occur from time to time, gradually increasing in severity until the genuine epileptic convulsion is established. An epileptic attack may take place at any time, but more frequently it commences sometime during the night; and it often occurs periodically. The intervals between the attacks vary also; sometimes a single paroxysm happens, and may not be followed by another for months or even years; at other times it will take place regularly once in every month; and again, it will be met with daily, one or more paroxysms occurring every twenty-four hours. In many instances, and especially when the attacks are of frequent recurrence, the constitution becomes impaired, the mental faculties decay, and sooner or later apoplexy, palsy, mania, or idiotcy are the consequences. Causes. Epilepsy occasionally exists as an hereditary disease, but more commonly it is an acquired one, and appears to be owing to excessive ner- vous susceptibility. The exciting causes are numerous, as gastro-intestinal derangement from acid stomach, improper food, worms, &c; painful denti- tion ; irritation of the womb; falls; blows ; wounds ; external violence to the head or spine; disease of the brain or spinal marrow; spicula of bone pressing into the brain; the presence of stone or gravel in the kidneys or bladder, or of gall stones in the excretory duct of the liver; suppression of customary evacuations; translation of gout or rheumatism to the brain; and excessive venereal indulgences. It may also be produced by violent affec- tions of the mind, sudden frights, fits of passion, distress of mind, frequent intoxications, excessive hemorrhages, disagreeable or terrific sights, acute pains in any part of the system, poisons taken into the body, and among very sensitive persons the fit has been caused by merely seeing others in a paroxysm. A very fruitful source of epilepsy among women is derangement of the functions of the womb and reproductive organs. Masturbation is a most prolific source of this disease; among thirty-seven epileptic patients, I ascertained that masturbation had been carried to a great extent in thirteen, and moderately in seven. Discrimination. Epilepsy may be mistaken for hysteria, or apoplexy. It may be distinguished from hysteria by the foaming at the mouth, the gnashing of the teeth, the biting of the tongue, the hissing breathing, and dark appearance of the face, common to epilepsy, and by the absence of those symptoms common to hysteria, as, the globus hystericus, or sensation as if a round ball were rising to the throat, the involuntary fits of weeping and laughing, the absence of complete insensibility, and the pale counte- nance. It may be determined from apoplexy, by this being more usual to middle-aged persons than epilepsy, except when there have been previous attacks of the latter; in apoplexy the breathing is stertorous or snorting, the muscles become flaccid and powerless, or if any convulsive action is mani- fested at first, it is slight, and is not repeated, and the pulse is slow and laborious. In epilepsy, the breathing is hissing, the muscles are violently and continuedly convulsed, and the pulse is usually small and contracted 352 AMERICAN FAMILY PHYSICIAN. Prognosis. The more recent the attack of epilepsy the more curable is it except in those cases depending upon a deformity or disease in the bones of the skull, tumors, polypi, concretions, &c, of the brain. It is, likewise, sel dom cured when it is hereditary, or when it has existed for so long a time as to materially injure the mind. Among children it frequently disappears with those changes of the system which occur at the age of puberty, and with females on the delivery of the first child. Cases are on record in which an attack of intermittent fever, the appearance of the menstrual discharge, or the presence of a cutaneous eruption, have been followed by a permanent removal of the epileptic paroxysms. When it is produced by frights, or powerful mental emotions, it is seldom cured. Treatment. This should be based upon the cause of the disease, if it can be ascertained, and is divided into that of the paroxysm, to shorten its duration, and that of the intervals, to prevent a return. When the patient is attacked with epileptic convulsions, he should be placed as speedily as possible in a position calculated to protect him from injury, and if it can be done, a roll of leather, a soft piece of wood, cork, or other substance not too hard, should be placed between the molar or back teeth to prevent the tongue from being bitten, but there is no necessity for interfering with the move- ments of the patient, further than to protect him from injuring himself His neck should be at once freed from all cravats or cloths, and the shirt unbuttoned or loosened, as well as his underclothing generally. A cloth wet with cold water should be laid upon the neck and upper part of the chest, and be renewed frequently, or, in its stead, cold water may be poured upon these parts. Emetics, cathartics, or injections, though they may he indicated, will be found very difficult of administration, on account of the violent muscular movement, and the difficulty of swallowing; which last, however, will be considerably overcome by the cold applications recommended above. But there is one preparation which may be used with advantage, and which should be given as soon as possible,—it is, the Compound Tinc- ture of Lobelia and Capsicum, varying the dose according to the age, from half a teaspoonful for a child a year old, to a table-spoonful for an adult, A finger may be placed in one corner of the patient's mouth, and the lips be drawn outwardly, so as to permit the above tincture to be gradually poured in, and which will be certain to reach the stomach,—or, at least, the greater portion of it will. Should the convulsions continue, the dose may be re- peated every ten or fifteen minutes. When the attacks happen during the night, the application of a cloth wet with cold water, to the neck, either through the night, or just before the period when the attack occurs, will frequently prevent a paroxysm. After a recovery from the fit, it will be advisable, in cases where there is an over-loaded condition of the stomach and bowels, or a state of constipation, to administer a cathartic. In those cases where the paroxysm continues for a long time, with con- vulsions and remissions alternately, in addition to the previously named measures it will be proper during a period of remission, to administer an injection composed of warm water, Molasses, each, half a pint, Salt two drachms, Compound Tincture of Lobelia and Capsicum a fluidounce; mix. And this injection may be repeated from time to time, as the urgency of the symptoms will require. Beside this, counter-irritation should^ be applied to the feet and extremities. A mixture composed of Spirits, Vine- gar, each, half a pint, Capsicum four drachms, Tincture of Stramonium seed four fluidounces, should be warmed and applied on flannel to the back along the whole length of the spinal column, and to the feet and legs; this EPILEPSY. 353 thould be renewed occasionally, using considerable friction at each time of ipplication. These means combined, will most commonly succeed in relieving the spasms and shortening the paroxysms. The treatment to be pursued during the interval between the paroxysms, will depend entirely on the cause of the attacks, when this can be ascer- tained. If the epilepsy be owing to depression of the skull frcyn injury, to a spicula of bone pressing upon the brain, or to bony excrescences, the only mode of cure is to trephine and remove the obnoxious portion of bone; subsequently strengthening the brain and nervous systems by tonics. Instances are on record, where an operation of this kind has at once removed epilepsies which had existed for several years. When the epilepsy is sympathetic, and is occasioned by worms in the bowels, means must be used to remove them, such as will be found named under the treatment for Worms, which see. When teething appears to be the exciting cause of epilepsy, that part of the gums which appears to be inflamed should be cut, passing the gum lancet down to the crown of the advancing tooth; the bowels should also be kept regular, the head cool, and bitter tonics in infusion administered internally, with a light diet. In some cases an anodyne plaster behind each ear will be of service. If the epilepsy be owing to any derangement of the uterine functions, as may generally be known by an attack occurring at or near the menstrual period, the means hereafter named under these derangements, must be pur- sued. The most usual difficulties of this kind are too scanty or very painful menstration. And should the paroxysms be due to any other sup- pressed discharges, as piles, ulcers, &c, they should be reproduced if possible. When masturbation is a cause of epilepsy, and especially when it has been long-continued, the cure is always doubtful, and more particularly so, when, with involuntary emissions, we find a decay or derangement of the mental faculties. In no case, however, can a cure be accomplished, unless the habit be at once and permanently given up, and then the means named in the treatment for masturbation, conjoined with that in the following par- agraphs must be perseveringly pursued for many months. In every case of epilepsy when its cause can be ascertained, this should be removed if possible, by appropriate measures, in connection with means to allay irritability of the nerves, and strengthen them. But when its causes are obscure, I have found the most advantage from the course I am now about to mention. The following pills are to be used daily: Take of Iodine twenty-four grains, Extract of Belladonna six grains, Sulphate of Morphia four and a half grains, Simple Syrup, a sufficient quantity to make a pill-mass. Rub the medicines thoroughly together, forming a very fine powder, then add the Syrup; make a pill-mass and divide into forty-eight pills. One pill is a dose, to be given an houi after each meal, and repeated two or three times each day. Beside these, the following pills must also be used at the same time: Take of Prussiate of Iron, Sulphate of Quinia, Alcoholic Extract of Black Cohosh, each, four scruples; triturate the powders thor- oughly together, add the Extract, and form a pill-mass; divide into forty eight pills, one of which is a dose, to be given an hour previous to each meal, and also repeated three times a day. If these pills are given in sufficiently large doses to keep up a constant, but not too decided an effect upon the head, as a slight pain, heaviness, or 354 AMERICAN FAMILY PHYSICIAN. giddiness, it will be found to answer a much better purpose than otherwise In addition to these, the bowels must be kept regular by mild laxatives- and in some cases, a purgative may be administered once or twice a week, If there is acidity of the stomach, some alkaline preparation may be exhib- ited, among which, in this disease, I prefer the Carbonate of Ammonia. The cold douche should be applied to the head and along the spinal column every morning^ or every other morning, as seems serviceable, and at night a stimulant should be applied along the spinal column, and on each side of it, as the Compound Liniment of Oil of Amber, or, the following mixture: Take of Oil of Origanum, Oil of Peppermint, Oil of Amber, Camphor Tincture of Stramonium seed, each, equal parts; mix together. Firing, every few days, over the spine from the base of the skull to the last verte- bral bone, will frequently be found very advantageous ; and, in some cases, the Compound Tar plaster applied, first over the base of the skull and upper part of the neck, and then between the shoulders, alternating its site from time to time will be productive of the most happy effects with some, while with others it will seem to aggravate the disease. A mild current of electro-magnetism passed daily through the brain and spinal marrow, will be of much service in nearly all instances. The diet in epilepsy should be light, nutritious, and easy of digestion, avoiding fats, acids, liquors, and food disposed to cause flatulency. Ani- mal food should be used moderately, tea and coffee abstained from, and in their place the patient may drink the following infusion : Take of Scull- cap, Peony root, Valerian, Peach leaves, each, one ounce, Sassafras three ounces; mix. A teaspoonful of this mixture, in powder, may be added to half a pint of boiling water, infused for a few minutes, sweetened, with milk added if wished, and drank. This may also be used as a constant drink through the day. The hours for sleep and rising should be properly regulated, the exercise should be regular but gentle, avoiding all improper exposures, as well as all mental excitement, violent passions, &c. The sur- face of the body must be bathed once or twice a week with a weak alka- line solution, with considerable friction, when drying, by a second person; the head should be kept as cool as possible; the cold shower bath daily is generally useful; and it will be well for all epileptics to avoid dangerous places, lest a fit should come on, and they be precipitated to the ground,— as, standing or working upon houses, ladders, and precipices, or near deep ponds, rivers, &c. Sometimes it may be found advisable to change the Iron and Quinia pill above advised, or, to use it alternately with some other agents; and among those which have proved the most beneficial in my own practice, are the following :— 1. Take of Extract of Stramonium three grains, Valerianate of Quinia twelve grains, Alcoholic Extract of Black Cohosh twenty-four grains; mix, and divide into twenty-four pills. One pill is a dose, to be repeated three or four times a day. 2. Take of Extract of Water Pepper, Extract of Indian Hemp, (Canna- bis Sativa,) Extract of Stramonium, Sulphate of Quinia, each, one drachm; mix thoroughly together, and divide into sixty pills. The dose is one pill, to be repeated four times a day. 3. Take of bruised Stramonium seed, Assafetida, Lupulin, Powdered Black Cohosh root, each, one ounce, Spirits one quart. Macerate for four- teen days, frequently shaking. This forms a very valuable preparation foi this disease, which I have found second to none; the dose to an adult is a table-spoonful three times a day. CATALEPSY. Among the agents which have been highly recommended in this disease, may be named, Ice plant, Peony, Blue Cohosh, Ladies' Slipper, Skunk Cabbage, Rue, Masterwort, Round Leaved Pyrola, kc. The following is the formula for a preparation which has acquired considerable reputation in curing epilepsy: Half fill a gallon bottle with equal parts of green Rue and Garlic, add Assafetida seven ounces, and fill the bottle with old Whisky. In a few days it will be fit for use. Dose, a wiaeglassful every morning, on an empty stomach, and also on going to bed. CATALEPSY. Catalepsy is that condition in which, without any fever necessarily, a person loses the power of voluntary motion for a longer or shorter time, with a partial or complete suspension of the five senses; the muscles being some- times rigid, and at others movable, keeping the position in which they were when attacked, or in which they may be placed by other persons subse- quently. It continues for a longer or shorter time, when it subsides, leaving the person in his usual health, but without any recollection of what has passed; it very much resembles the condition produced by mesmerism. Symptoms. In a few instances premonitory symptoms are present, as headache, giddiness, flushed face, pain in the breast, lassitude, yawning, flatulence, forgetfulness, depressed spirits, &c. But more commonly the attack is sudden, the patient remaining in the position he held at the time of the attack, being unable to move, and if a limb is moved by another person, or an eye opened, &c, it remains so, fixedly. I have, however, wit- nessed instances wherein patients would move about and converse with others, having no recollection of these events upon recovering from the cataleptic condition. There is always a partial „or complete suspension of the senses. In some instances, if the paroxysm comes on while the patient is conversing, or in the performance of any other continuous act, he will resume the thread of the conversation, or even finish the half-pronounced word, or continue his acts, as soon as the paroxj-sm is over, apparently being unaware that any interruption has taken place. A trance; as it is ealled, and a state of ecstacy, are cataleptic conditions. Catalepsy is seldom dangerous, and sometimes is followed by the cure of previously existing dis- eases of the brain and nervous system, as epilepsy, hysteria, &c. Occasion- ally it is followed by epilepsy, apoplexy, or melancholy, and may terminate fatally in a few days, and these will be more apt to follow any violent efforts made by friends to recover the patient from the cataleptic state. Very rarely it is followed by death. Causes. These are not well understood; suppressed menstruation, worms, painful emotions of the mind, deranged condition of the stomach, intense study, excesses, constipation, &c, have been named as the exciting causes. Treatment. Catalepsy requires no treatment during the paroxysm, unless there are certain symptoms demanding it, as determination to the head, palpitation of the heart, feeble pulse, &c. Generally, it is better to let the patient alone until she recovers from it spontaneously. I have seen a mesmerizer make his mesmeric passes for a few minutes over a cataleptic patient, and immediately after, either awaken them, or. be able to converse with them freely during the paroxysm; and I have seen night-somnambu- lism cured by the same method—but I do not profess to understand how 035 why this peculiar influence was effected. 356 AMERICAN FAMILY PHYSICIAN. When catalepsy occurs frequently, and is accompanied with debility or some derangement of the system, remedial measures may be pursued durin« the intervals. The deranged condition, whatever it may be, must be appro- priately treated, the bowels kept regular, the skin in a clean, healthy state, moderate exercise should be taken daily, and internally, tonics, antispas- modics, (and in anemic cases, Chalybeates,) should be administered daily with a diet adapted to the wants and condition of the system. Sudden, rude ■ or violent attempts ,to recover one from this state are highly improper. CONVULSIONS, or FITS OF CHILDREN. The brain and nervous system of an infant, especially previous to its third year, owing to their immaturity and delicacy of structure, are extremely impressible and liable to derangements, from which convulsions will readily ensue, on the application of even the slightest exciting causes. The most formidable, and probably the most fatal diseases to which infants are subject, are convulsions, which attack those of different constitutions, at all ages, and under diverse circumstances. They may be connected with disease of the head and spine, and they may occur during the course of fevers or other diseases. Symptoms. In most cases the infant is dull, heavy, and feverish for a day or two previously, or it may be restless and irritable with an uncertain oscillation of its eyes, or an occasional wide stare, more or less debility, dis- ordered and irregular respiration, and a spasmodic turning in of the thumbs, Sometimes the attack is sudden without any premonitions. The child falls into a state of unconsciousness with more or less violent spasmodic action of the muscles of the limbs and face. The mouth, cheeks, &c, are thrown into irregular and distorted action, being jerked in different directions; the eyes are either stationary, or roll about in every direction; the pupils may be either contracted or dilated; the jaws are forcibly closed, or only moved laterally, so as to grind the teeth; the head is thrown strongly backward, or to one side, or it is rapidly rotated from side to side; the child frequently froths at the mouth, and respiration has a short, broken, hissing sound; the muscles of the back are rigid, or act with sudden or irregular jerks; the arms are half bent, or thrown about irregularly,, and the hands are clenched with the thumbs usually turned into the palms of the hands; the legs are similarly but less severely affected, and the feet are generally bent upward and inward. The face becomes livid, the pulse small and hard, often irregu- lar, and from 100 to 160 in a minute; the head is usually hot, the feet cold, and not unfrequently a cold, clammy perspiration breaks out upon the head, face, and neck. Frequently the feces and urine are involuntarily evacuated, These symptoms vary considerably with different children, both in number and severity; and the attack may occur during sleep, or in the waking state. The convulsion may last for only a few seconds, five or ten minutes, or several hours; the convulsive agitations gradually cease, the face becomes pale, the eyelids closed, the limbs flaccid, breathing calm and regular, the pulse slower and weak, and sleep supervenes, from which the child awakes conscious and intelligent, but frequently dull and exhausted. The fit may terminate here, or it may return again after longer or shorter intervals, and ultimately destroy the patient. Sometimes, only a part of the body will he affected, and at other times the convulsive paroxysm will be imperfect, giving rise to what is generally termed "inward fits," in which the eyes are half-closed with the globe turned upward, the breathing is disturbed, the CONVULSIONS. 357 child cries or moans almost constantly, and is apt to give spasmodic starts frequently without any apparent cause, and during which there is a slight but transient rigidity of the limbs, with the fingers firmly clenched, or widely separated. Finally, vomiting or purging come on, and some relief is obtained. During the period of teething, if the child becomes fretful and restless, with capricious and irregular appetite, continual rubbing of the nose and eyes, considerable fever through the night, with hard and swollen belly, hoth of which disappear as sunrise approaches, startings during sleep, with ueavy or difficult breathing, and a slight dilation of the pupil of the eye on awakening in the morning, with a dull appearance of the eye—-these are premonitory symptoms of. a convulsive attack. It is seldom that the first paroxysm occasions death; but if the cause of the disease is not removed, and continues its influence, the child will not recover its natural sprightliness, but will continue dull and uneasy, and fit will follow fit, with a certain length of intervals between, until the little sufferer is relieved by death. Causks. Anything which will irritate or derange tho brain and nervous system will give rise to convulsions in children. The most frequent causes are, improper food, overloading the infant's stomach, unhealthy milk of the mother or nurse, want of cleanliness, teething, worms, falls or blows on the head, flatulence, recession of rash, measles, small-pox, &c, sudden mental emotions, kc. It has been supposed by many medical men, that in children who are sub- ject to convulsions there must be a peculiarity of constitution, which may have been transmitted from their progenitors, who were themselves, when young, similarly disposed; to a certain extent this may be correct, for we find that in nearly all cases of disease, the peculiarity of the formation and of the constituent properties of any organ or organs, and their relation with the blood, give rise to the particular character, location, and form of disease to which every individual is predisposed. Hence, the exciting causes which would produce convulsions in one child, may cause pneumonia, or hydro- cephalus, &c, in another, while others would remain unaffected. Convulsions will at times attack nearly all the children of a family from parents who were always exempt from them. This is more particularly the case where a strumous diathesis .exists in one or both of the parents, or where they have injured their nervous powers by excesses, debaucheries, masturbation, intemperance, &c. Cohabitation during pregnancy is almost certain to injure the offspring, and render it liable to this form of disease. Treatment. This must vary according to the excfting cause, when it can be ascertained. If convulsions arise from teething, the child must be placed as soon as possible in a warm bath; but as some time may elapse before this can be prepared, the Compound Tincture of Lobelia and Capsicum must be given in doses of from fifteen to thirty drops, for a child a year old, and repeated in ten minutes if the fit does not cease. In a majority of cases the first dose will break the fit immediately. As soon as the fit ceases, and after having employed the warm bath, Mustard poultices should be applied to the feet,_and as soon as convenient a purgative should be administered; the Kntozoie Powder is decidedly the best, because, should worms be pres- sent, it counteracts their pernicious effects. The gums should also be cut by one who is well skilled. I am aware that many are opposed to cutting the gums, but I have always found it the best course to pursue; it allays the irri- tation, and, of course, lessens the disposition to a return of the fit, and has, in many instances, been the means of saving the child. 358 AMERICAN FAMILY PHYSICIAN. There is no foundation for the common idea that cutting the gums may destroy the child by bleeding to death; as this can only happen when the child has a hemorrhagic diathesis, (that is, a want of sufficient coagulable substance, from which cause, as no clot or coagula can form, the blood con- tinues to flow,) which is a very rare case, or when some bungler not ac- quainted with his business should cut in an unskilful manner. The after-treatment should be mild laxatives every day, and tonics, with an anodyne or strengthening plaster behind the ears. The following tonic tincture will be found useful: Take of Gentian, Golden Seal, Balmony. each, in powder, one drachm, Cardamom seeds, Sassafras bark, Prickly-Ash berries, each, bruised, half a drachm, good Cognac Brandy half a pint; mix together, and let them stand a few days; the dose is half a teaspoonful or a teaspoonful, in sweetened water, three times a day. When the convulsions depend upon worms in the intestines, some Salt and water may be given as soon as the child can drink, and adopt a course similar to the above; the following injection must be given as soon as it can be made, and repeated at intervals of one, two, or three hours; take of Balmony an ounce, Mandrake two drachms, water half a pint; boil toge- ther, then strain, and add Tincture of Assafetida half a fluidounce, Molasses four fluidounces, Salt two drachms. Inject a quantity suitable .to the age of the child. When the convulsions originate from acrid, irritating substances in the stomach, as unripe fruit, &c, the Compound Tincture of Lobelia and Cap- sicum must be given, together with the following injection :—Take of Bone- set two parts, Senna one part, water sufficient to make a strong decoction; to each pint of the decoction add four drachms of Salt, and a drachm each of powdered Bayberry bark and Lobelia. This injection must be used every ten or fifteen minutes, in quantities adapted to the age of the child. Cloths wet with as warm wrater as can be borne, constantly applied to the stomach and bowels, and changed often; Jlustard draughts may also be applied over the stomach and bowels, frequently renewing them; they may also be placed to the soles of the feet. This course must be perseveringly and energeti- cally pursued until the termination of the fit, without in the least changing or altering the treatment, even if the convulsions should wholly or partially continue for several hours. When convulsions appear, and the cause is unknown, they should be treated by first administering the Compound Tincture of Lobelia and Cap- sicum, until they cease, or until the child can freely swallow; for the sooner we destroy the spasmodic action, the less is the danger to be apprehended. As soon as the child is so far recovered as to be able to swallow, the Com- pound Tincture of Lobelia must be administered in doses to produce vomit- ing; after which the above Assafetida injection must be given, and Mus- tard poultices be applied to the feet. In all cases where there is an accu- mulation of mucus or phlegm, give the Compound Tincture of Lobelia, to vomit as soon as possible. If there is a constant and rapid succession of convulsions, cloths must bt applied, as above mentioned, over the stomach and bowels; the injections must be repeated once at least in every twenty minutes, with half a flui- drachm of the Compound Tincture of Lobelia and Capsicum added to each; and the same tincture must be repeated every ten or fifteen minutes, or every half-hour, as the urgency of the case may require; cold water and Vinegar should be applied to the forehead and temples, if they be hot, This is a very active form of convulsions, and must be treated actively and with energy, never desponding or ceasing while life exists. In some cases, CONVULSIONS. 359 i have had to continue the above course for from six to tWenty-four hours, before gaining the least apparent advantage over the disease. In the great majority, however, imfroni thirty minutes to an hour, the child will be safe and free from convulsions. In all cases of convulsions, and after the emetic has operated, a purga- tive should always be administered; the Entozoic powder is the best, and answers a two-fold purpose, as a purgative and as a vermifuge, should worms exist in the bowels, and which maybe employed for several days afterward; after which give the above tonic tincture. If this powder cannot be admin- istered, the Compound Powder of Jalap will answer. When convulsions occur from a recession, or "striking in" of the erup- tion of measles, sc&let fever, &c, in addition to the above treatment, per- spiration must be produced by the warm bath, and maintained by the ad- ministration of warm infusions of simple herbs, &c. It sometimes happens that after a convulsion, the child becomes unable to pass his water, for which he may be placed in a warm bath, and kept there for ten minutes, and then onions or garlic, pounded, and slightly warmed, but without in the least cooking them, must be placed over the region of the bladder, and Marshmallow root, Parsley root, Cleavers, or Pumpkin seed tea administered freely. If a troublesome cough, either dry or attended with considerable phlegm or mucus, succeeds an attack of convulsions, the best remedy that can be used is the Compound Syrup of Spikenard. AVhen the stools are slimy and green, a little Supercarbonate of Soda may be given several times a day, dissolved in water; or Soot tea will be found of much benefit; it may be sweetened, and some essence of Peppermint or Spearmint added. The Compound Syrup of Rhubarb and Potassa will also be found beneficial. After the convulsions, or during the intervals between them, every care must be taken that the child's diet is of the proper character; if he nurses, the mother must ascertain that there is no cause existing with her which demands the weaning of the child. Unripe fruits, fruits having skins or kernels which are difficult of digestion, should not be permitted to either the child or the mother if nursing; the bowels should be kept free; and due pains be taken to strengthen the nervous system by exercise in the open air, and by the tepid or cold bath. Where the predisposition laid in or- ganization is considerable, the only safety for the child is in avoiding the exciting causes. When convulsions occur from a fall or blow on the head, they are apt to prove fatal; although the above treatment has been the means of saving many. When a child has received a severe fall or blow on the head, cold water should be immediately applied to the head, either by pouring it from a short distance above, or by means of cloths, and it should be continued for fifteen or twenty minutes; then apply Mustard poultices to the feet, back of the neck, and over the pit of the stomach, allowing them to remain until they produce considerable redness; after wdiich administer a dose of the Compound Powder of Jalap. A treatment similar to the above must be pursued in those convulsions which often occur in children and adults, from recession of exanthematous eruptions, &c, and which assume no specific character. 360 AMERICAN FAMILY PHYSICIAN. HYSTERIA, or HYSTERICS. Hysteria, or Hysterics, is a spasmodic affection common to females, and very rarely met with in males. It appears under such various shapes, and with so many symptoms, that it will be almost impossible to give a special definition of it; it must be described by taking all its symptoms collectively or rather the most prominent among them. It attacks pregnant as well as non-pregnant females, and however alarming a paroxysm may appear, it is seldom attended with danger, unless it merges into epilepsy. Retention of urine is to be feared in a long-continued paroxysm of hysteria. Symptoms. Usually, the female from a calm or excited condition, but in which no symptoms of disease are manifested, by an unlucky word, and often from no apparent immediate reason, commences crying and laughing at in- tervals, perhaps also venting reproaches; peal upon peal of immoderate cry- ing and laughter, sobs, floods of tears, stolid silence, wringing of hands, tearing of hair, clonic convulsions, tonic spasms, and smiles, are all wildly and irregularly combined, and followed by a profound calm of the constitu tion, and a feeling of complacency. During these symptoms the female, at the commencement, is attacked with a sense of tightness about the throat, with sobbing, or repeated attempts at swallowing. Sometimes a sensation as if a ball passed upward to the throat and lodged there, is experienced, and which is called the "globus hystericus." She may roll about from side to side, or she may lie perfectly still and motionless. She frequently presses her breasts with her hands, or carries them to the neck as if to remove some obstruction. The face is usually pale, though not always, and is not distorted; no froth issues from the mouth, nor are there convulsive motions of the lower jaw, but the large mus- cles oS the back are violently contracted, so as in many instances to cause the body to describe an arch backward. The trunk of the body is twisted forward and backward, the limbs are variously agitated, and the fists are firmly closed. Sometimes these is obstinate constipation and retention of urine, at others the urine is copious and of a paje color. More or less flat- ulency, with a rumbling sound in the bowels, is very apt to be present. The paroxysm continues'for a longer or shorter time, the sobbing be- comes more violent, or the patient screams and sheds tears, and thus the fit ends. Sometimes they will lie apparently insensible and immovable for a longer or shorter time. The attack is often preceded by dejection of spirits, anxiety, yawning, effusion of tears, difficult breathing, nausea, pal- pitation of the heart, numbness of the extremities, &c. It is not uncommon,for hysterical patients to complain of dreadful and excruciating pain in the hips, knee, spine, &c, with excessive tenderness to the touch, and which are owing to severe muscular contraction, instead of any disease of the parts. I know of one female who was nearly destroyed by treatment for uterine inflammation, when the whole difficulty was hys- terical contraction'of the muscles of the thigh and abdomen, causing con- siderable soreness in the parts. Sometimes, a species of paralysis accom- panies hysteria ; and, occasionally, females will imagine many strange things, and even practice more or less deception, speaking in a whisper, pretending to vomit blood, meat, &c, &c. In some women, and especially during pregnancy, with a very slight warning, they may be attacked with a severe fit of hysterical convul- sions, which may occur daily, every other day, or at longer intervals, and which if not removed will induce a miscarriage, which usually occurs at the time of the fit. HYSTERIA. 361 Causes. Hysteria may be produced by various causes, as want of sleep, excessive fatigue, disordered digestion, sudden mental shocks, as joy, fear, Krief &c; excitement of the reproductive organs, or of the venereal sense, indolence' high living, sedentary habits, &c. Females of an irritable, ner- vous system, are most subject to it, and those who are single or widows more so than the married; and the paroxysms occur oftener about the period of menstruation than at any other time. Excessive discharges and exhaust- ing diseases, frequently give rise to attacks of hysteria, which occur during convalescence, and are renewed subsequently upon the slightest causes. Discrimination. Hysterical convulsions may be determined from epi leptic by observing that in the latter there is no frothing at the mouth, no protrusion of the tongue or biting it, and after the paroxysm is over, the patient recovers her usual state, and does not fall into a sleep as in epilepsy. From apoplexy, by observing that in this the patient loses consciousness and voluntary motion first, and finally all motion ceases, and the breathing is stertorous. From puerperal convulsions, by observing that in these the actions of the muscles are violent and irregular, the head is strongly rotated to the right or left, and backward, with violent jerking contractions of the muscles of the back, abdomen, and upper and lower extremities; spasmodic action of the muscles of the face is rapidly repeated; the lips and teeth are firmly closed; the breathing is loud and hissing; the tongue is very livid, protruded forward, and often bitten, so that the blood and saliva is thrown to some distance through the compressed lips; the face becomes livid; and the attack usually occurs in first labors among females with short, thick necks. Treatment. The treatment will be 1st., to overcome the paroxysm; 2d, to adopt means during the interval which will strengthen the nervous sys- tem and lessen its excitability, and thus prevent a return of the attack. During the paroxysm in mild cases, a teaspoonful of the Compound Spirits of Lavender may be added to a little sweetened water and administered, and this may be repeated every five, ten, or fifteen minutes, as the case may re- quire. The dress, and all tight strings must be loosened, and the female placed where there is a free admission of air. In severe cases, the Com- pound Tincture of Lobelia and. Capsicum may be given, in doses of from a teaspoonful to a table-spoonful, repeated every ten or twenty minutes. Or, the following heterogeneous mixture will be found especially useful, notwith- standing its singular construction:—Take of Skunk Cabbage root, Scullcap, Ladies' Slipper root, Lobelia, each, half an ounce, Capsicum two drachms, Alcohol one pint, Compound Spirits of Lavender half a pint, Ether, Am- monia, each, four fluidounces; mix together, and let it stand fourteen days, frequently agitating; keep it in a well-stopped bottle. The dose is from one to three teaspoonfuls, repeated as required. Patients in apparently the most distressing hysterical spasms, are yet very sensible of wdiat is passing around them, and this may frequently be taken advantage of to lessen a fit, by arousing their fears in some way. One practitioner says, that among married females he has frequently termi- nated the paroxysm by pushing up the uterus into the upper part of the pelvic cavity, as far as possible, and holding it balanced upon the end ot the index finger. The only cause of the benefit in such cases is, the men- tal or moral impression produced upon the patient. As a general rule it is better not to interfere with the movements of an hysterical patient, further than to prevent her from injuring herself; and any attempts to subdue a paroxysm by bleeding, or violent or forcible measures are extremely improper. If the bowels are costive, and the par- 36'2 AMERICAN FAMILY PHYSICIAN. oxysm is of long continuance a purgative injection may be given, di the one named under epilepsy, page 352. Sometimes, cold water dashed over the extremities and face is attended with a good effect. The treatment in the intervals between the fits, will be to keep the stom- ach and bowels in a healthy condition, obtaining one alvine evacuation daily, to keep up the functions of the skin by bathing and friction, and to improve the condition of the nervous and uterine systems by one of the following agents:— 1. Take of Aletridin twelve grains, Senecin twelve grains, Sulphate of Quinia six grains ; mix together, and divide into twelve pills. The dose is one pill, repeated three or four times a day. 2. Take of Extract of Belladonna one grain and a half, Sulphate of Quinia six grains, Alcoholic Extract of Black Cohosh eighteen grains1 mix together, and divide into twelve pills. The dose as above. 3. Take of Aletridin twelve grains, Senecin twelve grains, Alcoholic Ex- tract of Nux Vomica one grain ; mix together, and divide into twelve pills. The dose is one pill three times a day. 4. Take of Aletridin twelve grains, Dioscorein twelve grains, Capsicum twelve grains ; mix together, and divide into twelve pills. The dose as above. 5. The Compound Syrup of Partridge berry. Whichever of these agents are used, they must be persevered in, and if the patient is of a strumous habit, an alterative with Iodide of Potassium must be administered; or, if she be anemic, some preparation of Iron. When any tenderness is discovered along the spinal column, counter-irrita- tion should be applied every day or two, as the Compound Liniment of Oil of Amber, dry Cupping, or Firing. Among the agents recommended in this disease are powdered Valerian, fifteen grains for a dose; Castor Musk; Assafetida, «.',, and repeat every two or three hours. Persons who work in lead should observe great care not to permit the metal to touch*theskin; they should frequently wash their hands and faces, and should always rinse their mouths previous to eating. Once or twice a week, the whole body should be bathed with a weak solution of Sulphuric acid in water. Their food should not be kept in places exposed to lead or its vapors. Their working clothes should never be worn at home, and should be frequently washed; and their heads should be protected by a cap of paper, or other material that will prevent the particles of lead from getting into the hair. A free draught of air should be passing constantly through their working rooms. The diet should be nutritious and hearty, but all intemperance or excesses must be avoided. The bowels must positively be kept regular daily; and the individual may frequently drink diluted Sul- phuric Acid sweetened, or the following will be found a very pleasant and useful drink:—Take of Elixir Vitriol half a fluidounce, Tincture of Prickly- Ash berries a fluidounce: mix. A teaspoonful of this may be added to a gill of sweetened water, and taken at a draught; and it may be repeated three or four times a day; or the water may be sweetened with Barberry preserves. Persons should never occupy nor sleep in newly painted houses or rooms, as frequently very unpleasant symptoms are produced therefrom. WATER BRASH. Water Brash, or Pyrosis, consists in the discharge of a thin, watery liquid from the stomach, sometimes insipid, and at others extremely acid, and is commonly attended with a sense of burning heat in the region of the stoniiirh. It chiefly attacks persons of middle age, especially females who labor under leucorrhea. Symptoms. Pyrosis more commonly makes its attack in the morning, or when the stomach is empty. The patient first perceives a pain at the pit of the stomach, with a sense of constriction, as if the stomach was drawn toward the back, and the erect posture is apt to aggravate it. Sometimes the pain is very severe; after it has continued for a certain time, frequently repeated eructations occur, with the ejection of a considerable quantity of thin, watery fluid, either insipid, or very acid, and occasionally of a ropy, 408 AMERICAN FAMILY PHYSICIAN. tenacious consistence. After a time, the eructations and discharges, as well as the pain, cease. The paroxysm may occur daily, or only occasionally and the quantity of fluid ejected may vary from a fluidounce to a pint or more. The disease rarely proves fatal, but is frequently a very troublesome one to remove, depending, however, much upon its cause. Causes. Water brash most frequently occurs in anemic and dyspeptic patients; and, when severe, exhausts the system, rendering the person pale thin, weak, and in bad spirits. A poor, coarse, innutritious diet is a very common cause; insufficient clothing, loss of blood, excessive purgation or emesis, excessive labor, constipation, distressing mental emotions, pregnancy and all circumstances that exhaust the body, or disorder the functions of th« stomach, may give rise to it. Treatment. In ordinary cases of water brash, the following taken every morning, fasting, will be found well calculated to remove it:—Take of the Compound Tincture of Senna, Tincture of Balsam Tolu, each, one fluid- ounce; mix. The dose is a table-spoonful. In many instances, I have found the following preparation a most effectual one, not only in pyrosis, but also in flatulency, colic, hysteria, depression of spirits, &c.:—Take ol Balsam Tolu, Guaiacum, Gruui Hemlock, Myrrh, of each, coarsely powdered, two ounces, Oil of Hemlock three fluidounces, Oil of Wintergreen two fluid- ounces, Alcohol one gallon; mix, and allow them to maceratevfor two weekSj frequently agitating. The dose is a teaspoonful in half a wineglass of sweetened water; in severe cases, it may be increased. Among the many agents that have been advised in this affection, are :— 1. Trisnitrate of Bismuth five grains, Sulphate of Morphia one tenth of a grain; mix for a dose. 2. Alcoholic Extract of Nux Vomica one grain, Hydrastin twenty grains; mix and divide into twenty powders, one of which may be given three times a day. 3. Powdered Kino, Alum, Geraniin, each, one grain, Opium half a grain; mix for a dose. 4. The mixture of Guaia- cum, Rhubarb, and Charcoal, mentioned on page 400, under the treatment of Dyspepsia, will sometimes be found efficacious, especially when acidity and constipation are present. Persons laboring under pyrosis, should live on a nutritious diet,, should not expose themselves to cold and moisture, and should not exercise to fa- tigue. The skin should be kept healthy, the bowels regular, and means should be taken to strengthen the stomach. (See Dyspepsia and Chronic Inflammation of the Stomach.) Long fasting must be avoided; it is better to make frequent and light meals, than to permit the stomach to get empty. When anemia is connected with pyrosis, some preparation of Iron must be given, as the Tincture of Muriate of Iron, Citrate of Iron and Quinia, or a pill composed of equal parts of Sulphate of Iron, Capsicum, and Aletridin. Acidity of stomach may be removed by Magnesia, Charcoal, or Carbonate of Ammonia. In very severe cases, the Compound Tar plaster, applied over the pit of the stomach, will generally, in connection with the other measures, afford relief. There is sometimes vomiting of a fluid of a frothy character, or which oon becomes so after standing for a few hours, and which may be con- founded with pyrosis. This fluid has a faint acid odor, and is filled with a torulous or fungous growth, to which the term sarciua ventriculi has been applied. It ordinarily consists of minute square, oblong, or even irregular masses, of considerable consistence, composed of four, eight, sixteen, sixty- four, or more, squarish cells, having a slight brownish color, each cell being about the 1.16,000th of an inch in diameter; they somewhat resemble small pockets bound with cords crossing each other at right angles, and then HEARTBURN. 409 presence can only be determined by examining a drop of the fluid vomited under the microscope, when they may be usually seen in abundance. It may be attended with pain or distress, as in ordinary pyrosis, and has oc- curred without either. When sarcinse ventriculi are present with pain, heartburn, distension of the stomach, disturbed sleep, and loss of flesh, means must be used to pre- vent the fermentation of the food in the stomach, and to destroy the fungi. For the accomplishment of the first, a drop or two of Creosote, in the form of pill, should be taken at every meal. Or, what is still better, the Sulphite, or Bisulphite of Soda, may be given, in doses of from fifteen grains to a drachm, dissolved in water, and repeated two or three times a day, soon after meals. To destroy the parasitical fungus, vegetable bitter tonics may be given, thus;—Take of Quassia, Unicorn root, Bark of Shrubby Trefoil, each, in powder, three drachms, water twelve fluidounces; mix, and make a strong infusion, to which add from four to six drachms of the Sulphite of Soda, and give a table-spoonful soon after each meal, three times a day. This Sulphite, or Bisulphite, owes its virtues to .the fact, that it is decom- posed by almost any vegetable acid, or by the hydrochloric acid of the stomach, and that this decomposition liberates sulphurous acid, which has great power to prevent alcoholic and acetous fermentation. The diet should be of the least* irritating kind. Other agents have been recommended to prevent the fermentation, as Salt in doses of from one to four drachms, dissolved in water, and re- peated two or three times a day. Or, take of Solution of Chloride of Lime one fluidrachm, water seven fluidrachms; mix. A table-spoonful of this to be taken three times a day, shortly after each meal. HEARTBURN. Heartburn, or Cardialgia, is a very unpleasant symptom, and is usually owing to excessive acidity of stomach. It is a very common affection among dyspeptics and pregnant women. It may be occasioned by debility of the stomach, fats, high-seasoned food, acids, indigestible substances, liquors, &e. Symptoms. There is an uneasy sensation at the pit of the stomach, with great heat and burning, sometimes amounting to actual pain, and which frequently extends up into the throat. There may be difficult breathing, vomiting, coldness of the extremities, and great restlessness, and anxiety accompanying it. The fluids vomited are clear, sour, and bitter. Treatment. Temporary relief may be obtained by Chalk, Soda, Mag- nesia, Lime water, or any other antacid. In some cases, Carbonate of Am- monia will be useful; in others, especially when constipation is present, the Compound Syrup of Rhubarb and Potassa. When there is flatulency, aromatics may be added to the alkalies. If the use of alkalies be persisted in for a considerable time, the tone of the stomach will become injured thereby. Not unfrequently, no benefit will be derived from the use of alkalies, especially among pregnant females; but, on the contrary, acids will prove efficacious, as solutions of Tartaric or Citric Acids, Lemon Juice, Elixir Vitriol, .fee. In all cases of heartburn, in order to prevent its return, means must be taken to strengthen the stomach, for which purpose the following pill may be used:—-Take of Sulphate of Quinia twenty grains, Alcoholic Extract of Nux Vomica two grains, Ptelein enough to make the whole into a mass Ox pilular consistency; mix. Divide into forty pills, and give one for a dose, repeating it three times a day. 410 AMERICAN FAMILY PHYSICIAN. A rigid attention must be paid to the diet, which should be light, nourish- ing and easy of digestion. All articles which become sour or flatulent in the stomach must be avoided. Cleanliness, regularity- of bowels, and proper ex- ercise are likewise necessary. VOMITING. Vomiting frequently occurs without any manifest cause, and sometimes proves very troublesome. If it be owing to acidity, Magnesia or some ant- acid may be given to overcome it. If it be owing to constipation, the Com- pound Powder of Rhubarb and Potassa may be given. If irritability of the stomach cause it, equal parts of Essence of Peppermint, Laudanum and Tincture of Camphor, may be given in half teaspoonful doses, in an infusion of Spearmint. If it be owing to a depressed condition of the stomach, a few drops of Aqua Ammonia and Tincture of Capsicum in Brandy, will check it But frequently these will fail, and other means will have to be resorted to as Soda Powders, Champagne, an infusion of Parched Corn, an infusion of Oat Meal made into a cake with water and then browned like coffee, or a drop or two of Creosote in pill. The patient should be kept in the horizontal posi- tion, and in severe cases, will require a Mustard poultice over the pit of the Btomach. Sometimes the Trisnitrate of Bismuth five or ten grains, with one- eighth of a grain of Sulphate of Morphia, will answer admirably. The vomiting produced by the motion of a vessel at sea, called sea-sickness, is a very annoying difficulty, and may generally be relieved by the person lying upon his back, remaining perfectly quiet and motionless, and occasion- ally taking a draught of Brandy, Spirits, or Champagne, being careful, how- ever not to take too much. When the weather is fine, more benefit will be derived by lying upon deck, about the middle of the vessel, instead of in the cabin berth, where there is not a free exposure to the atmosphere. A draught or two of good Cider, with ten or twenty drops of Laudanum to each, will frequently be of service. For the vomiting of pregnant women, there is no specific remedy; fre- quently it will continue in spite of all the means employed to check it Sometimes, alkalies and aromatics combined will be found efficacious; at oth- ers vegetable acids, as Lemon juice, a solution of Citric or Tartaric Acid; in some instances, Soda Powders, Seidlitz Powders, and even Champagne taken in the morning, have prevented the vomiting. A piece of toast and a cup of coffee taken by the female while in bed, and immediately followed by sleep of half an hour or an hour, will prevent any nausea or vomiting upon her subsequently arising, in most instances. The bowels should be kept reg- ular, and proper diet used; and in severe cases cohabitation should be pro- hibited. JAUNDICE. Jaundice or Icterus is characterized by yellowness of the skin and eye?, whitish or clay-colored stools, and a bilious or saffron-tinted urine, which stains linen a deep yellow color. Bile may readily be detected in the urine by the following methods:—1. Liquor Potassa will dissolve the coloring mat' ter, and render the urine almost transparent. 2. Place a small quantity of the urine on a white plate, and let foil a few drops of Nitric Acid upon it; ij bile be present there will be a play of colors, from green to red, violet, and pink. JAUNDICE. 411 Symptoms. Jaundice usually commences with a feeling of languor, inac- tivity, disposition to sleep, loss of appetite, flatulency, and constipation. As it advances, the skin and eyes assume a deep yellow tinge, and which, on dis- section of those who die of the disease, pervades the most interior parts of the body; the mouth frequently has a bitterish taste; the tongue is covered with a dirty yellow fur; there is often pain in the head, and almost always a more or less severe pain in the right side, which is increased on pressure; some- times there is a sense of heat and itching of the skin; nausea and vomiting are not uncommon ; the urine is very high-colored ; the bowels constipated, with greyish stools, and pulse variable. When the color of the eyes and skin is of a green tinge, it is called green jaundice, and when it becomes very dark- colored, it is termed black jaundice. It is no uncommon result for the dis- ease in this latter form to terminate in an incurable dropsy, or fatal hemor- rhage from some part of the body. Causes. Jaundice may be produced by various causes, as gall stones, viscid bile, tumors pressing on the bile duct, spasm of the gall duct, diseased liver, disease of the heart, and mental emotions. It is frequently brought on by intemperance, an inactive, sedentary life, obstinate costiveness, or any- thing that may interfere with the regular functions of the liver. It may fol- low inordinate action of the liver, but is more commonly met with in instan- ces where this organ is torpid and inactive. Prognosis. Under ordinary circumstances, jaundice is rarely fatal, and when the symptoms gradually subside under treatment, it will be very likely to prove successful. The jaundice occurring during pregnancy, generally disappears after delivery. The unfavorable symptoms of jaundice are, a vio- lent pain in the right side, or pit of the stomach, quick pulse, loss of strength and flesh, dark or livid color of the skin, dropsical swellings of the feet and legs, chilliness, great wakefulness, melancholy, and hiccough. Treatment. In cases of great inactivity of the liver, it will be well to commence the treatment with an emetic, as the Compound Powder of Lobe- lia. But in most instances this may be dispensed with, and an active cathar- tic given; for this purpose the Compound Pills, or Powder of Leptandrin, may be given until free catharsis is produced, after which sufficient should be given to produce one or two moderate evacuations daily. However, should the disease be associated with gastro-intestinal irritations as manifested by a frequent pulse, soreness on pressure over the region of the stomach, and red tongue, these active measures will have to be omitted, and the chief reliance placed upon the several measures now about to be named, always, however, keeping the bowels regular. The skin should be bathed daily with a weak alkaline solution, using con- siderable friction in drying. In some instances, a bath of vinegar and water, or, very much diluted Nitro-Muri&tic Acid, will be found preferable. When there is any tenderness in the region of the liver, stomach, <&c, Mustard poul- tices, and fomentations of bitter herbs, should be applied over the part from time to time, until such tenderness is removed. In addition to these measures, one of the following preparations must be given, and continued until the disease is cured:— 1. Take of Sheep Laurel leaves, Wild Cherry bark, Prickly Ash bark, and Bloodroot, each, in coarse powder, one ounce, good Cider four pints; mix, and infuse for several hours. The dose is a table-spoonful three or four times a day. 2. Take of Horse-radish root, Bayberry bark, Wild Cherry bark, Golden Seal, each, in coarse powder, one ounce, good Cider four pints; mix, prepare, and administer the same as the preceding. 412 AMERICAN FAMILY PHYSICIAN. 3. Take of Wild Cherry bark, Sheep Laurel leaves, Barberry bark, and Bitterroot, each, in coarse powder, one ounce, good Cider four pints-'mix prepare, and administer the same as the preceding. The diet should be plain but nutritious, and composed chiefly of vegeta- bles. Good Cider may be drank several times a day, it forms an useful med- icine in this disease; and stewed Barberries, or Barberry preserves, may be advantageously used. Moderate exercise should be taken, when there are no symptoms of irritation or inflammation. Raw eggs are very useful and may be taken every morning. The patient should by all means resist the tendency to mental and physical inactivity when this is present. Among the agents recommended for the cure of jaundice are the follow- ing:—Take of good hard wood Soot one ounce, Salt, Black Pepper, each, half an ounce, and mix together with the white of two eggs. The dose is half a table-spoonful every morning, the patient drinking an infusion of Wild Cherry bark through the day. When jaundice is due to biliary concretions or gall stones, the following has been recommended as a solvent:—Take of Sulphuric Ether three parts Oil of Turpentine two parts; mix. The dose is from half a teaspoonful to a teaspoonful every morning. Care should be used in its administration, as it is apt to cause nausea, and vomiting, and increased pain. One very bad case of jaundice I cured by giving a mixture of equal parts of Leptandrin, Myri- cin, and Apocynin, in doses of five grains, three times a day, and allowing the patient a tumblerful of Cider, also three times a day. May not Malic Acid prove a valuable agent in this malady ? ASIATIC CHOLERA. Asiatic Cholera has been variously termed Epidemic Cholera, Malignant Cholera, Spasmodic Cholera, and Cholera Asphyxia. It is characterized by frequent and violent vomiting and purging, the discharges resembling rice' water, with severe griping, and cramps in the extremities. It is not my in tention here to enter into any history of this fatal disease; though I may remark that it prevailed in Asia as far back as 1774, and perhaps earlier, for Bontius mentions a similar disease in 1629. In 1817 it burst out at Jessore, in Bengal, where it was first especially noticed by the profession on account of the great havoc it committed in the British army. From Bengal it spread westward, visiting the various countries of Europe, and in 1832, it crossed the Atlantic, appearing in the month of June, first at Quebec, and from thence throughout Canada and the United States. Symptoms. Asiatic Cholera is divided into three stages, viz:—The first, forming, incipient, or premonitory stage; the second, confirmed, or active stage; and the third or collapsed stage; to which some writers have added a fourth stage of reaction and convalescence. The first stage is characterized by a deranged condition of the digestive organs, a languid feeling and disinclina- tion to mental or physical exertion; a rumbling noise in the bowels, as of wind passing through fluid; there is often pain in the head, or in the knee?, and loins, with slight spasmodic twitches in the calves of the legs. Fre- quently there is a feeling of fulness, heaviness, or burning and distress in the bowels; and sometimes griping pains in both the stomach and bowels; the tongue is furred white or yellowish; the appetite is impaired, and the thirst augmented; the pulse varies, being sometimes feeble and contracted, and at others full and strong. As the symptoms progress there will be slight dys- enteric or diarrheal discharges, and which may continue several days before ASIATIC CHOLERA. 413 the second stage occurs; and these symptoms have been termed "cholerine bv Home writers. During the prevalence of the epidemic but few persons in the affected district escape having one or more of these premonitory symp- toms- and it has occasionally happened that symptoms of the above nature have existed during the epidemic, without a subsequent development ot ma- lignant cholera; but such cases are very rare. Sometimes costiveness has needed an attack, and a purgative dose has induced the symptoms ot the second sta"e. More or less nervous disorder is almost always present There may'"be a slight feverishness, but more commonly the skin is relaxed and in a state of perspiration, with scanty urine. These symptoms vary very much with different individuals, being very slight, and few in number with Borne and more active in others, and may continue for a period varying from one hour to several days. Sometimes the active stage of cholera appears suddenly without any premonitions. The second or active stage is marked by more or less constant vomiting and purging of a thin, flocculent, colorless fluid resembling rice-water, with cramps in the legs, which speedily ascend to the bowels and chest. These cramps are very violent and painful, drawing the muscles into firm knots, with twitehings of the muscles throughout the whole body; some- times the cramps are regular in their attacks, first affecting one set of muscles and then another, twisting the limbs and body in various direc- tions. As this stage advances, the tongue will be found pale and moist, or perhaps covered with a slight white mucus; the pulse gradually becomes frequent and feeble, or may continue full and firm; respiration is hurried, with distress about the heart; there will be a feeling of warmth internally; the thirst will be inordinate; the skin covered with a profuse sweat; the extremities are cool, while the bowels feel quite hot; the ur^ne is scanty or suspended; the countenance expressive of much suffering; a slight approach to duskiness may be observed on the skin, but frequently, in this stage, no discoloration will be observed, except around the nails and under the eyes; but as the disease progresses toward the third stage it becomes of a livid or bluish appearance, yielding, and corrugated; and if no relief is afforded, the patient passes into the third stage. The symptoms described may be more or less severe, and vary in dura- tion, continuing from one to fourteen hours, unless relieved or removed. The third or collapsed stage is one of great prostration, the pulse at the wrist is barely, if at all, perceptible; the skin is cold, and bedewed with a profuse clammy sweat; the face is of a deep blue or purple color, and col- lapsed ; the eyes are sunken; the tongue and inside of the mouth is icy cold; the hands and feet are dark-colored, corrugated, somewhat in appear- ance like the hands of a washerwoman, and have a doughy, death-like feel, the whole surface of the body assumes a leaden-blue, purple, or brown tint, according to the complexion of the individual, and varying in shade with the intensity of the attack; the voice is weak dry, and nearly gone ; the breathing is short and quick, with a laborious action of the chest; a sense of great heat is experienced at the stomach; his cry is incessantly for fresh air, cold water or ice, and he is very restless, throwing himself about in various directions; or he may lie with his eyes partly opened, in a dozing condition, from which he may be readily aroused; the powers of the mind continue unimpaired, although the greatest indifference is manifested to his condition, or to surrounding incidents; the evacuations cease altogether, or they may be spontaneously discharged; the cramps continue, or they may cease until just previous to dissolution. Tho patient continues in this Btate for a period varying from an hour or two 4o tweJty-four hours, and 414 AMERICAN FAMILY THYSICIAN. expires; the period of dissolution being announced by a few gasping attempts at breathing. 5 ° Occasionally a few patients recover from this collapsed state, which has been termed the stage of convalescence or reaction. The discharges cease the surface of the body gradually acquires its natural heat; the skin assumes more of its ordinary appearance; the pulse becomes fuller, stronger and more natural: respiration is performed with greater ease, and the sense of oppression about the heart abates ; the spasms generally cease; the liver and kidneys become more active; and the patient sleeps. On awakin<* he may desire some light food, but is so feeble and prostrated, that the slight- est error may cause a fatal relapse. Sometimes during convalescence a secondary fever, or some other difficulty, may set in, and destroy the patient in a longer or shorter time. Sometimes cholera occurs without any nausea or vomiting, and perhaps no diarrhea; and the cramps have even been absent; but these instances are rare, and when they do happen, are no less dangerous than when the disease is perfectly developed. Causes. The cause of cholera is yet a matter of obscurity; much has been said and advanced in the way of hypothesis, but nothing definite or satisfactory has yet been discovered. One writer attributes the disease to the presence of microscopic animalculae in the atmosphere, another to a deficiency of electrical power, a third to a scorbutic taint, a fourth to mic- roscopic plants floating in the air, &c. That it depends upon some morbid condition of the atmosphere, there can be no doubt, but the exact nature of this condition remains to be determined. But, although we are igno- rant of the true cause of this epidemic, yet, from the close observations of medical men, much has been learned with regard to its exciting causes. Those places in which cholera has prevailed more extensively, and with great mortality, have been in low, wet districts of country, in the vicinity of marshes, along the low muddy banks of rivers, in countries where the limestone formation occupies the surface, in crowded towns and cities, and low, damp, filthy rooms and cellars. The persons who are most liable to it, are the aged and infirm, those who are debilitated from some previous dis- ease, the intemperate, the ill-fed and uncleanly, and those who reside in damp, cold, dwellings, or in confined and illy ventilated apartments. When persons in easy circumstances have been attacked, it has generally been from one of the following causes: intemperance in eating and drink- ing; eating improper food, or that which disagrees with the digestive organs ; improper use of intoxicating drinks ; excessive fatigue ; exposure to cold, damp, or night air; too long fasting; the use of limestone or impure water; excessive use of acids ; drastic purgatives; late hours at night, and depressing emotions of the mind. One great cause of cholera, and which has undoubtedly been the means of destroying thousands, is fear. Indeed any other causes calculated to depress the nervous system, or derange the constitutional equilibrium, will be very likely to produce chol- era in persons exposed to its epidemic influence. Treatment. In the first stage of the disease, before the active symp- toms of cholera have become fully developed, I have found the following to answer an admirable purpose : Take of Compound Syrup of Rhubarb and Potassa four fluidounces, Tincture of Prickly-Ash berries one fluid- ounce, Essence of Peppermint one fluidrachm, Elixir of Paregoric foul fluidrachms ; mix. The dose is a table-spoonful every half-hour or hour, until it operates gently on the bowels, after which a table-spoonful three or four times a day. In some cases this will not chock the progress of the ASIATIC CHOLERA. 415 disease, when the following powder may be given : Take of Camphor, Kino, each, one grain, Opium, Capsicum, each, half a grain; mix for a dose, and give one powder immediately after each evacuation from the bowels, or oftener if the case requires it. Other agents have been used with advantage in this stage of the disease, as, a mixture of Compound Syrup of Rhubarb and Potassa four parts, with Compound Tincture of Virginia Snakeroot one part, of which a table-spoonful may be adminis- tered every hour or two. The principal indication is to check the dis- charge as speedily as possible, and when this is accomplished, the patient should not rise too soon, but should use measures to strengthen tho nervous By si em. One thing should not be forgotten, and that is to empty the stomach by means of an emetic, if the diarrhea occurs soon after a meal. If, at any time, a purgative is demanded, and great care should be taken in determining this matter, I have found the following superior to any other, as being less likely to induce excessive discharges: Take of Com- pound Powder of Jalap one drachm, Compound Powder of Rhubarb and Potassa, Powdered Prickly Elder bark, each, two drachms, boiling water half a pint; mix, and infuse for ten or fifteen minutes. When cold, give a table-spoonful every hour until it operates. Should the discharges pro- duced by it be too copious or too continuous, exhibit the above astringent powders. A .Mustard poultice over the whole abdomen, will always be advantageous. A very effectual remedy in checking diarrhea, is composed of Cinnamon, ('loves, and Resin of Guaiacum, each, in powder, one ounce, good French Brandy one quart; mix. The dose is two teaspoonfuls in hot sweetened water, every fifteen or thirty minutes, until relief is obtained. In the second or active stage, the treatment must be active and energetic. To allay the vomiting, the following may be given : Camphor water, Pep- permint water, Spearmint water, each, one fluidounce, Elixir Paregoric, two fluidrachms; mix. From a teaspoonful to a table-spoonful may be given every five, ten, or fifteen minutes; and should this not- check the nausea or vomiting within a reasonable time, cease its administration, and give the following : Take of Salt, Black Pepper, each, one drachm, Vinegar five fluidrachms, hot water four fluidounces; mix. The dose is a table-spoon- ful every ten or fifteen minutes. I have known this to arrest vomiting promptly, when all other means had failed. In some very obstinate cases of vomiting, I have found an emetic, followed by the above measures, to be effectual in allaying this symptom. Emetics, however must not be used, when there is too great an exhaustion or prostration of the system. To check the discharges, a powder, composed of Camphor, Kino, Tannic Acid, each, one grain, and Opium half a grain, may be administered, repeating the dose every half-hour, and lengthening the interval between the doses as the patient mends. But if the discharges are frequent, a powder should be administered immediately after each evacuation from the bowels. And the following injection should also be given after each dis- charge : Take of Saturated Tincture of Prickly-Ash berries, half a fluid- ounce, Laudanum twenty drops, water half a fluidounce; mix for an injec- tion. The patient should be urged to retain this in the bowels as long as be possibly can. The great danger exists in the practitioner becoming excited, and changing from one course of treatment to another, without giving any one a proper trial. Be cool, calm, and collected, and do not give up the treatment too soon, always wait a sufficient time for the reme- dies to act, before changing them, especially when it is known that they are generally efficacious. During the. whole course of cholera, from the first to the last stage, tlie patient must be kept in a recumbent position, and, if possi- 416 AMERICAN FAMILY PHYSICIAN. ble, a bedpan should be used to receive the discharges, instead of permit. ting him to rise for the purpose of attending to them. This is a very important point in the treatment, which should never be forgotten; I have frequently seen patients who were recovering from the second stage, doins? nicely, have a relapse merely from setting up ten or fifteen minutes. To remove the cramps common to this stage, the limbs should be held as straight as possible, and the affected muscles should be rubbed briskly, either with the hands alone, or by means of warm flannel. The Tincture of Capsi- cum should be well rubbed along the whole course of the spinal column after which a Mustard poultice should be applied; Mustard may also be placed on the feet, ancles, thighs, and wrists. Heated stones, bricks, irons, bottles of hot water, small bags filled with hot sand, bran, or salt, should he applied to the hands, arms, thighs, legs, and feet, as well as on each side of the body; and cloths wet with water as hot as the patient can bear, must be placed upon the abdomen, renewing them every few minutes. The produc- tion of full, free, and copious perspiration, will be found a very important indication to be fulfilled in the treatment. In some cases where there is no great irritability of stomach, the Compound Cajeput Mixture, given every ten or twenty minutes, in half-teaspoonful doses, in a sweetened mixture of hot brandy and water, will be found peculiarly applicable; at the same time, the parts affected with cramps may be thoroughly rubbed with the same Mixture. In cases where there is much internal congestion, or a great determination to the head, dry cupping along each side of the spinal column from the occiput to the coccyx, followed by the application of Mustard poultices, will be found very advantageous. The excessive thirst, common to the second and third stages, may be re- lieved by table-spoonful doses of cold Gum Arabic water, or iced water; but the best agent to allay this symptom is ice, which may be held in the mouth, and small pieces of it be occasionally swallowed. In the third or collapsed stage, but little more can be done, except to pur- sue the measures recommended above with increased energy; for, although the patient is now in a hopeless condition, there is a possibility of recovery; and success has frequently crowned the efforts of those who have energeti- cally and unremittingly continued their treatment. It will be found of great advantage to envelope the patient in blankets wet with water as hot as can be borne, giving internally, at the same time, for a stimulant, a mixture of one part of Tincture of Camphor, and three of Tincture of Prickly-Ash ber- ries, of which from a teaspoonful to a table-spoonful may be given every ten or twenty minutes, in a small quantity of water; these may be added to the means above advised for the treatment of the second stage. In some cases of collapse, large doses of brandy, say a gill at a dose, and renewed in a short time, have been followed by a restoration to health; this, however, will be inapplicable to patients with excessively irritable stomachs. I would remark here, that in ten or twelve cases of cholera in 1849—50, I made use of the Tincture of Muriate of Iron, in the second stage of the disease, with the happiest results; thirty drops, added to half a gill of iced water, was given for a dose, and repeated immediately after each attack o vomiting. This was used in connection with the injections and externa measures above mentioned. After a recovery from cholera, great care should be observed during the stage of convalescence. The liver will frequently be left in a very torpid condition, with a constipated state of the bowels. A Mustard poultice placed over the region of the liver, and the careful administration of the purgative mentioned in the first part of the treatment composed of Compound Powder CHOLERA MOKBUS. 417 of Jalap, Compound Powder of Rhubarb and Potassa, and Powdered Prickly Klder, will overcome this condition ; but the practitioner cannot be too ob- servant that he does not cause large evacuations by the medicine. The diet must also be properly regulated, because the least imprudence or inattention may bring on a relapse which almost invariably proves fatal. When there is much exhaustion of the system, mild stimulants, and stimulating tonics may be given, with a light, nutritious, and very easily digestible diet. During epidemics of Asiatic Cholera, we find that it has been the most destructive in its ravages among those who live in damp and filthy places; hence, the necessity of cleanliness in every part of a house, as well as in the person. All dwellings should be cleansed from top to bottom; all filthy or putrid accumulations should be at once removed; the rooms should be well aired every clear day; and places of damp and disagreeable odor should have their atmosphere purified by lime, chloride of lime and other antisep- tics. The body of every individual should be thoroughly washed and dried, at least once in every three or four days. Persons residing in a cholera atmosphere should avoid long fasting, excessive fatigue, exposures to wet and cold, especially at night, intemperance in food, and, more particularly, should intoxication be avoided. As a general rule all green fruits must be dispensed with, also fats, indigestible articles, as, pickles, nuts, &c, and whatever is found to disagree with the stomach. With these exceptions no other change is required in the diet to which one is generally accustomed; this should be of a nourishing character,—and well-cooked vegetables, or the moderate use of ripe or preserved fruits, are not objectionable when they agree with the stomach. The clothing should be warm ; regular and suffi- cient sleep should be had; any sudden changes in the way of living or in the general habits of a person should be avoided; and on the first appear- ance of looseness of the bowels, or other derangement of the alimentary canal, the proper measures should be immediately taken, without a moment's de- lay. Persons who are prone to fear should use all means to avoid this emo- tion, as it has, undoubtedly, produced more diarrhea and death by cholera, than any other single cause; the mind should be kept patient, cheerful, and submissive, and constantly occupied with its regular duties. In seasons of cholera the proper officers of a city, town, village, &c, should, under the direction of an intelligent Board of Health, adopt and enforce the most strin- gent laws for the preservation of their community from this, or any other, uncommonly destructive disease. Good fermented cider has been named, not only as a preventive of cholera, but as a remedial agent; according to obser- vations which have been made by several physicians, those who used fer- mented cider were less liable to an attack of cholera, and more readily recov ■ ercd from it when attacked, than others. CHOLERA MORBUS. Cholera Morbus is a disease common in warm seasons, and especially in warm climates. The principal features of the disease are, vomiting, purg- ing, and severe griping pains in the abdomen. Symptoms. The disease is occasionally preceded by chills, headache, gid- diness, and a numb sensation of the limbs; but more generally its attack is sudden, commencing with nausea and distress at the stomach, succeeded by violent gripings in the bowels; these are followed by frequent vomitings of a thin, dirty-yellowish, whitish, greenish or even colorless fluid, with dis- charges from the bowels of a similar character to that vomited, and which 21 418 AMERICAN FAMILY PHYSICIAN. occur as frequently as the vomitings. During the intervals between the vomiting and purging, there is much nausea and uneasiness at the stomach' but, in some cases, a sensation of relief is afforded, and the patient lies in bed much fatigued and apparently free from any distress. These attacks of vomiting and purging usually take place every ten or twenty minutes, being either concurrent, or the one evacuation being immediately followed by the other. Sometimes the pain is so severe as to cause the patient to be drawn up, and even to cry aloud. Generally there is great thirst, but as soon as any fluid is swallowed it is at once ejected; the tongue is dry; the urine high-colored, deficient, or suppressed; and the pulse rapid, soon becoming small and feeble. If the disease is allowed to progress unchecked, the pulse sinks, the extremities become cold, the countenance pale and indicative of much suffering, the respiration hurried, cramps in the limbs, hiccup, a cold clammy sweat breaks out, great prostration, and death. The disease fre- quently proves fatal in twenty-four hours, and when malignant, even in a few hours; sometimes it subsides spontaneously. Sometimes patients with cholera morbus complain of a great burning sen- sation internally; and in the more malignant forms of the disease it is not uncommon for the discharges in the last stage to resemble the "rice-water" evacuations of Asiatic Cholera. Cholera morbus may be known from diarrhea and dysentery, by the char- acter of the discharges from the bowels, which are purely of a bilious nature, not mixed with blood or mucus, and with scarcely any fecal matter. Causes. Cholera morbus is owing to an irritation of the stomach and bowels, with a greater or less derangement of the functions of the liver, and which is ordinarily caused by improper substances taken into the stomach, as unripe fruits, acids, much fat food, certain species of fish, lobsters, unfer- mented cider, improper use of alcoholic drinks, or any articles that will irri- tate the mucous membrane of the stomach and bowels, by undergoing an acid fermentation. It may also be produced by exposures to sudden changes; by sitting in a draught of cool air while in a state of perspiration; by excessive heat, rendering the bile more acrid, or secreted in preternatural quantity; or by malarial influences. Persons of gross habits, or intemperate in eating and drinking, and those of sedentary habits, are the most subject to it. Prognosis. When the symptoms gradually improve, vomiting ceasing or becoming less frequent and distressing, with a gentle moisture upon the surface, succeeded by sleep, they augur favorably. But frequent and severe vomitings, with great prostration of strength, swelling of the bowels, inter- mittent pulse, cold, clammy sweats, short, hurried breathing, constant hic- cough, spasms of the extremities, or convulsions, are unfavorable symptoms. Treatment. In the early stage of the disease, when the contents of the stomach are not thoroughly evacuated, it will be proper to give freely of warm water, or warm infusion of Catnip, or of Boneset, to aid in producing free vomiting, that the stomach may be completely emptied. After this has been accomplished, should the vomiting still continue, a large Mustard poultice may be placed over the region of the stomach and bowels, and the Compound Syrup of Rhubarb and Potassa be given in doses of a table- spoonful, repeated every half hour. The first doses will frequently be vom- ited up for several times in succession.—in such cases, immediately repeat the dose, and continue thus until it does remain on the stomach; in very severe cases of vomiting, ten or fifteen drops of Laudanum may be added to each dose until it is checked. The patient must remain very quiet, and if he be very thirsty, a small lump of ice maybe allowed to dissolve in his mouth, a?, a teaspoonful of an infusion of Peppermint or Spearmint may be given MILK SICKNESS. 419 occasionally,—but too large a quantity of any fluid will excite vomiting. Nothing should be taken into the stomach unless it is absolutely necessary. After the vomiting has been checked, the intervals between the doses of the Compound Syrup of Rhubarb and Potassa, maybe increased to one, two, or three hours, according to the urgency of the case, and should be contin- ued as long as there is any looseness of the bowels. When the pains in the bowels are severe, or there are cramps in the limbs, a course similar to that named for these symptoms in Asiatic Cholera, page 410 may be pursued, viz :—hot fomentations to the bowels, and frictions to the limbs with some stimulating mixture; the following will be found a use- ful stimulant:—Take of Tincture of Capsicum, Tincture of Camphor, Es- sence of Peppermint, each, equal parts; mix, and apply with considerable friction. Injections will likewise be found very useful, when there is great pain in the bowels; one composed of Mucilage of Elm or Starch water, two fluidounces, and Laudanum twenty drops, will be efficacious. I have in a few cases checked the vomiting in cholera morbus, as well as the more distressing symptoms, by the administration of a mixture of Bisul- phite of Soda two drachms, water one and a half fluidounces, Laudanum one fluidrachm, to be given in teaspoonful doses every ten or fifteen minutes, until the desired effect is produced. After which give the Compound Syrup of Rhubarb and Potassa in table-spoonful doses, repeating it four times a day until it acts upon the bowels. When the disease is owing to malarial influences, occurring periodically, it should be treated the same as just named, while the active symptoms of cholera morbus are present; but, during the intermission, some one of the antipcriodics named on page 190, under the treatment of Intermittent Fever, should be persistently employed until the tendency to the periodical attacks is overcome. During convalescence the patient should be very careful in his diet; using light, digestible, nourishing food, abstaining from all articles which are indi- gestible or disposed to acidify on the stomach. He should keep himself warm, guard against night air, and exposures to cold and damp, and be careful to avoid all kinds of intemperance. Oatmeal made into a cake with water, baked, then browned like coffee, and made into a coffee-like infusion, is not only useful in allaying the distress and vomiting, but is also nourishing. MILK SICKNESS. Milk Sickness, or Sick Stomach, is a disease sometimes met with in the Western States, and which has, in most instances, proved fatal. The cause of this disease is not known, though it is supposed to originate from some poison eaten by cows, which is communicated to the milk and butter. The cattle that are affected with this poison, whatever it may be, tremble, stagger, and soon die; and any animal preying upon their flesh becomes likewise poisoned. The milk, the butter, the cheese, or the meat of an animal hav- ing this disease, is certain to communicate it to those who eat of them, al- though these articles present no appearances by which they may be detected from healthy ones. Symptoms. Soon after partaking of the poisoned article of diet, the per- son experiences a sensation of languor and lassitude, or extreme debility, especially in the lower extremities; the appetite becomes impaired, there is a disagreeable, sickening sensation at the stomach, and a peculiar offensive breath, readily recognized by any one conversant with the disease. These 420 AMERICAN FAMILY PHYSICIAN. symptoms, with an occasional vomiting, may exist for several weeks, without any others being manifested. Again, they may gradually increase in'severity being followed by extreme loathing, nausea, and vomiting, or distressed retch- ing to vomit; the vomiting occurs every half-hour, or.hour, and sometimes oftener, and the patient usually experiences' some relief after each effort The liquid ejected is very acrid and possesses a singular acid odor, and seems to be little else than the drinks taken, mixed probably with the fluids of the stomach; in severe cases, a dark-colored, flaky substance, is mixed with the ejected material. Sometimes the attack comes on suddenly, with severe vom- iting, thirst, &c. In connection with the characteristic symptoms above described, there will be a sense of great oppression about the heart, anxiety, deep respiration a burning sensation in the region of the stomach, likened to boilino- water great thirst, violent palpitation of the heart, troublesome hiccough, hot belchings, and obstinate costiveness. The tongue is slightly coated and swollen, the skin cold and clammy, there is, in most cases, a strong pulsation over the abdomen, especially at the right of the navel, and vertigo, pain in the head, ringing in the ears, and even delirium are frequently present. In the fatal cases there is dilatation of the pupils, stupor during the intervals between vomiting, and the fluids ejected are of a dark color. Treatment. To overcome the irritable condition of the stomach, and check the vomiting, the Compound Powder of Rhubarb and Potassa should be given every half-hour or hour, according to the severity of the case, in table-spoonful doses; and at the same time a large Mustard poultice should be placed over the region of the stomach and liver, and in severe cases to the feet, wrists, and along the whole course of the spinal column. The ap- plication of some stimulating tincture or liniment to the whole surface of the body and limbs, with considerable friction, will be found of great advantage, especially in those cases where the surface is cold. As soon as the nausea and vomiting have subsided, an active cathartic dose of the Compound Pow- der of Jalap should be given, the action of which will always be followed by great relief. And if necessary, this course should be repeated until a com- plete cure is effected, giving the cathartic daily during the continuance of the disease. In those cases where the vomiting is very obstinate, stimulating injections should be employed, and as soon as thorough evacuations have been pro- cured the vomiting will generally subside. A good injection for this purpose is the one named on page 346, under the treatment of Apoplexy. To allay the excessive thirst, the patient may hold a small piece of ice in his mouth, or may even swallow some small pieces, but on no account must he be al- lowed water, as it will be at once vomited up. An infusion of Water-pepper has been highly recommended in this disease; it may be tried as a drink, and allowed if found to be beneficial. Perhaps a solution of the Sulphite of Soda, as named on page 419, under the treatment of Cholera Morbus, may be found efficacious in allaying the vomiting. I am not aware that any of our physicians have examined the character of the ejected fluid in this dis- ease, under the microscope,—it is very desirable that this should be done. The stomach should not be overloaded with any food or drink whatever during the treatment,—if diet be required, it should be of the mildest and least irritating nature, as thin Indian meal gruel, barley-water, toast-water, rice-water, &c. • DIARRHEA. 421 DIARRHEA. Diarrhea, or Looseness of the Bowels, is a disease of frequent occurrence, manifesting itself more especially during the warm months of the year, though it may take place at any season. All persons are alike subject to it, when exposed to the causes. Symptoms. Diarrhea consists infrequent evacuations from the bowels, of a more fluid nature than usual, each discharge being preceded by a rum- bling noise in the bowels, together with a sense of weight or pressing down, and considerable uneasiness in the lower part of the bowels, which sensations are relieved as soon as the evacuation takes place, but are renewed before the one which is to succeed ensues. More or less griping is present, and not unfrequently nausea and vomiting. Fever and tenesmus are not pres- ent in diarrhea. When the discharges are very frequent, or in large quan tity, they rapidly reduce the strength of the system; emaciation takes place; the functions of the system become impaired; the skin becomes pale, dry, rigid, and eventually sallow; and if the disease continues for any length of time, the feet and legs become dropsical. The discharges become more and more offensive, a slow fever ensues, and the patient dies in a state of great exhaustion. According to the character of the evacuations, and the exciting causes, diarrhea has been divided into several varieties, thus:— 1. [jieutcric Di>errhea, in which the food is rapidly passed into the intes- tines, and appears in an undigested condition in the evacuations, and is due to an impairment or suspension of the functions of the stomach, with great irritation in the intestinal canal. '1. Chylous, or Caliac Diarrhea, in which the discharges are of a milky white or dirty white color, and is due either to a congested condition of the mucous membrane of the small intestines, or to tubercular disease of the mesenteric glands. 3. Mucous Diarrhea, in which considerable mucus is found in the dis- charges, being occasionally slightly streaked with blood. 4. Bilious Diarrhea, in which the evacuations are mixed with much yel- lowish, or greenish looking bile, are very copious, and most generally accom- panied with nausea and vomiting. 5. Feculent Diarrhea, in which the feces are more liquid than natural, and voided in greater quantity. The diarrhea attending inflammatory conditions, or the latter stages of disease, is considered under the various diseases in wdiich it may occur. Causes. Diarrhea may be caused by improper exposures to excessive heat or cold, by the use of acid, unripe, indigestible, or other irritating food, from the presence of worms, from overloading the stomach with food, sudden frights, itc; certain articles of diet or drink occasion diarrhea with some persons, wdiich are quite agreeable and salutary to others. A very frequent cause of diarrhea among suckling infants, is the use of spoon-meats, and other gross articles of diet; it may also arise from a bad quality of the nurse's milk, from the irritation caused by teething, &c. Mental depression, reces- sion of cutaneous eruptions, fermented liquors, &c, are also among the excit- ing causes. Treatment. In the treatment of these various forms of diarrhea, there is no better agent to neutralize excess of acid, restore the bile to a healthy condition, remove flatulence, and unhealthy accumulations in the bowels and allay irritation and strengthen the stomach and bowels, than the Com- pound Syrup of Rhubarb and Potassa; a table-spoonful of which may be i 422 AMERICAN FAMILY PHYSICIAN. given every hour until it acts upon the bowels, changing the consistence and appearance of the discharges; after which it may be repeated every two three, or four hours, as required. I frequently prescribe it thus :—Take of the Compound Syrup of Rhubarb and Potassa four fluidounces, Essence of Peppermint one fluidrachm, Paregoric four fluidrachms; dose as above. The unpleasant weight and distress in the lower part of the bowels, may be overcome by injections of half a teaspoonful of the Compound Tincture of Virginia Snakeroot, mixed with a table-spoonful of water, and injected into the bowels immediately after each evacuation; being retained as long as possible. Nausea or vomiting is occasionally present, and when severe, will require the application of a Mustard poultice over the region of the stom- ach, together with a few drops of Laudanum or Paregoric to each dose of the above named Compound Syrup. Vomiting, both in this disease and in chol- era morbus, when severe, has been frequently checked in a short time by the following:—Make a cake of Oatmeal and water, bake it, brown it like coffee, then powder it, and make an infusion. Of this oatmeal coffee or infusion, the patient may drink freely. When there is any pain or griping, an injection may be given composed of Castor Oil one gill, molasses, warm water, of each half a pint, Laudanum from twenty to sixty drops; mix. This may be repeated as often as the cir- cumstances of the case require. When the pains are severe, warm fomenta- tions of bitter herbs, as Hops, Tansy, Wormwood, &c, should be applied over the bowels. In all cases of diarrhea, it is of importance that the functions of the skin be attended to; the alkaline bath should be applied to the sur- face, drying with considerable friction. In some cases, especially when caused by exposures to cold or damp, the production of perspiration by the Spirit vapor bath will be found highly beneficial. If the patient be anemic, or the blood in an impoverished condition, the Tincture of Muriate of Iron, will be found a most excellent agent; it may be given in doses of ten drops every hour, in a wineglassful of water. I have frequently met with a form of diarrhea, occurring in malarious dis- tricts, or during certain epidemics, in which there is a constant, dull, heavy, or sore sensation in the neighborhood of the navel, amounting to a cutting or griping pain just before an evacuation from the bowels, with debility, loss of appetite, and great restlessness; the discharges will be copious, but not exceeding four or five in the course of twenty-four hours. I have invariably cured this by the following powder:—Take of Leptandrin eighteen grains, Camphor, Ipecacuanha, each, four grains, Sulphate of Quinia six grains; mix, and divide into twelve powders, of which three or four must be taken in the course of the twenty-four hours, continuing their use for several days in succession. Others have met with success by the administration of a pow- der composed of Powdered Catechu ten grains, Powdered Opium half a gram or a grain, Sulphate of Quinia two grains; mix for a dose, and repeat it two or three times a day. The diet during diarrhea may consist of barley-water, rice-water, Gum Arabic water, infusion of Elm bark, Iceland, or Irish moss, Arrowroot, Sago, or Tapioca, with or without boiled milk, and toast-water. Well-boiled rice flavored with powdered Cinnamon, is one of the most digestible aliments, and is, therefore, very appropriate; or boiled milk with Cinnamon powder may be used. Fats, all acids, juicy vegetables, and unripe fruits must be proscribed. Brandy-water, made weak, sweetened with loaf sugar, and flavored with grated nutmeg, will be found very acceptable and useful. Ale, porter, and beer must not be used. As soon as the appetite returns, annua food, as the tender part of the sirloin of beef, or boiled mutton or chicken, SUMMER COMPLAINT. 423 arc more appropriate, and will be more readily digested than strong soups, which are exceedingly improper. The diarrhea which persons from the East experience from drinking the Western waters, may be overcome by eating freely of boiled rice, and adding a small quantity of good French brandy to the water drank. CHRONIC DIARRHEA. After existing for some time in the acute form, and particularly if the treatment pursued is not correct, diarrhea often becomes chronic in its char- acter, being sometimes very obstinate. The discharges continue frequent, with more or less pain or griping, restlessness, thirst, peevishness, impaired appetite, debility, emaciation, &c. The skin becomes rough, dry, and of a sallow hue, the tongue is dry, and of a dark color, and, frequently, whatever is taken into the stomach is passed in the evacuations imperfectly digested. This disease is generally owing to a morbid condition of the liver; or, to a chronic inflammation of the bowels. Treatment. In the treatment of chronic diarrhea, after having exhibited the Compound Syrup of Rhubarb and Potassa, until it has operated on the bowels, it will be proper to administer astringents, as infusions of Black- berry root, Geranium, Bethroot, &c. The following will be found a very excellent remedy: Take of Leptandrin, Geraniin, Myricin, each, twelve grains; mix, divide into twelve powders, and give one for a dose, repeating it three or four times a day. In some cases the Tincture of Muriate of Iron in doses of twenty drops in a gill of water, repeated three or four times a day, and persisted in for some time, will effect a permanent cure. Astrin- gent injections will frequently prove serviceable, especially when there are griping pains or tenesmus; five or ten grains of Tannic Acid, dissolved in a fluidounce of water, to which half a teaspoonful of the Compound Tincture of Virginia Snakeroot, is added, may be injected into the bowels, and be re- peated several times a day, according to the severity of the case. The patient should be requested to retain the injection as long as possible, each time. The skin must be attended to, bathing it frequently, with frictions in drying. When the diarrhea is owing to a chronic inflammation of the in- testines, it must be treated as named under this affection on page 287. The diet must be the same as in the preceding instance of ordinary diarrhea. Several agents have been successfully used in the treatment of chronic diarrhea, among which may be named the following: 1. Take of Powdered Catechu ten grains, Opium one grain, Sulphate of Quinia two grains; mix for a dose. Two or three of these powders may be taken per day; and they will also be found useful in the diarrhea of mala- rial districts. 2. Take of powdered Alum, powdered Galls, each, two grains, pulverized Camphor one grain; mix for a dose. One powder to be taken immediately after each stool. :>. Take of Leptandrin, Geraniin, Kino, Camphor, each twelve grains; mix, and divide into twelve powders. One of these is a dose to be repeated fhree or four times a day. SPAIMER COMPLAINT OF CHILDREN. Summer Complaint of Children, also known by the name "Cholera In- fantum," is a very common and fatal disease peculiar to infants during the « 424 AMERICAN FAMILY PHYSICIAN. warm summer and autumnal months; it is more commonly met with those who are teething. Symptoms. The disease commences gradually with a looseness of the bowels, which may continue for several days before there is an evident de- rangement of the bowels; frequently, however, nausea, vomiting, and purg- ing, with more or less fever, exist from the first. The discharges from the bowels may be inodorous, or have a sour smell, but more commonly they are very offensive; they vary in color, being greenish or yellowish at first, and frequently mixed with mucus and blood; or, the food eaten may pass away imperfectly digested; and, in severe cases, the evacuations become clear and watery. The child is restless and fretful, constantly changing its position frequently drawing up its feet and legs, and crying out most vehemently, or in piercing screams. The pain which it suffers appears to be of a spasmodic character, very much like that of cholera morbus in the adult. In many cases the looseness will continue without much, if any, pain or vomiting. The pulse is quick, small, and somewhat tense; the thirst excessive, and any fluid taken to assuage it is at once ejected; the tongue has a slight white fur at first, but gradually becomes bright, dry, and glossy; the skin is usually dry, harsh, and shrivelled; and the head and body are preternaturally warm, while the extremities are cold. The fever is of the remitting kind, and be- comes aggravated toward evening. The abdomen is frequently swollen and tense,, and sometimes there is a swelling of the face and limbs. Not unfre- quently delirium occurs* as known by a forcible throwing or jerking of the head, wild semblance of the eyes, endeavors to bite or scratch, &c. Emacia- tion takes place rapidly, the face becomes very pale and contracted, the lips thin, dry, and wrinkled, the eyes dull and sunken, and half-closed when asleep, the child being more or less insensible to external impressions, and death may occur in six hours; though the disease may continue for many months before it proves fatal. When the disease assumes a chronic form the child becomes reduced to almost a skeleton, the skin acquires a dark- brown tinge, with livid spots, the mouth becomes affected with aphthous ulcer- ations, and the discharges from the bowels are extremely acrid and fetid, excoriating the parts. The abdomen is either swollen or sunken; worms are frequently discharged; hiccough, or convulsions, and death; sometimes dropsy in the head ensues, which eventually destroys the little sufferer. Causes. Cholera Infantum is seldom met with in country places, but is very common in cities where the air is impure, and especially among the children of those who are uncleanly in their persons and dwellings, who reside in damp or otherwise unhealthy locations, and who use improper or innutritious diet. It may be caused by excessive heat, inattention to clean- liness, exposure to cold and damp, impure atmosphere, and defective diet. It is more apt to occur during the period of teething, which process appears to be an exciting cause. Worms- are likewise said to be an exciting cause. Treatment. The best and most effectual agent that can be used in the treatment of this affection, is the Compound Syrup of Rhubarb and Pota^a, which neutralizes any acidity of the alimentary canal, removes fetid and morbid accumulations, and strengthens the stomach and bowels, It may be given in doses of one or two teaspoonfuls, every half-hour, until it oper- ates on the bowels, after which repeat the dose three, four, or five times a day. The addition of one part of the Tincture of Prickly-Ash berries to three parts of the above Syrup, will be found very useful. To assuage the! inor- dinate thirst, the child may freely drink of a cold infusion of Wild Ineirj and Elm barks, each, an equal quantity; but this should not be given until the vomiting has been checked; a few leaves of the Bcnne Plant, (Sesamua CONSTIPATION. 425 tfrientalc,) stirred in about two gills of cool water, soon renders the latter quite mucilaginous, forming a tasteless, demulcent draught, which may be used as a substitute for the one preceding. In severe cases of vomiting, a Mustard poultice applied along the whole course of the spinal column, and one over the region of the stomach, in ad- dition to the internal measures, will prove very efficacious. Injections are always proper to allay vomiting, pain, and tenesmus, and fomentations to the abdomen will likewise prove effectual in removing gripings and spasmodic pains. The injection may be composed of Elm or Starch water one fluid- ounce, Tincture of Prickly-Ash berries two fluidrachms, Compound Tinc- ture of Virginia Snakeroot five or ten drops; mix, and use one-half for a child about a year old. The skin should be bathed at least once a day, with a weak alkaline solution, to which some spirits has been added, drying with a gentle degree of friction. When the disease proves obstinate, I have succeeded in effecting its re- moval by the following compound: Take of Swamp Milkweed, Colombo, Rhubarb, Prickly-Ash berries, each, bruised, half an ounce, Brandy two pints; mix, and macerate for ten or twelve days. A child two years old may take half a teaspoonful for a dose, in some sweetened water, repeating it three or four times a day. In some very obstinate cases I have permanently cured them by administering a mixture of Leptandrin two parts, Sulphate of Quinia one part, in doses suited to the child's age, say one grain of the mix- ture to a child a year old, and repeated every two or three hours; in con- junction with this, the Worm Cordial, named under the treatment of worms, was used three times a day. Sometimes in obstinate cases, astringents will be found advantageous, after a proper evacuation of the bowels by the above Compound Syrup of Rhubarb and Potassa; infusions of Geranium, Black- berry root, Dewberry root, Wild Cherry bark, Bethroot, &c, may be used. Kino, in powder, has likewise proved beneficial in the advanced stages; the following has been very highly recommended: Take of Extract of Logwood, Ammoniated Tincture of Opium, each, two drachms, Tincture of Catechu three fluidrachms, Compound Spirits of Lavender one fluidrachm, Simple Syrup, Boiling Water, each, four fluidounces; dissolve the extract in boiling water, and addthe^ other articles. The dose is a teaspoonful to a child a year old, repeating it every three or four hours. If it can be done, the child should be at once removed to some healthy location in the country, where it can have the benefit of pure, cool air; or if this cannot be done, it should be frequently taken out in the open air' avoiding a heated, confined air as much as possible; sailing in an open boat will be found serviceable. The body should be kept clean, and the clothing should be changed frequently; the child's apartment, as well as its bed- clothing, should be thoroughly aired every day; and all improper food should be avoided. Mucilaginous drinks, Gum Arabic water, and boiled milk with powdered Cinnamon added, and which may be thickened with wheat or rice fl^ur, will be the most appropriate diet. CONSTIPATION. By t onstipation or Costiveness is meant a partial or complete retention of the feces, they being hard, dry, and in diminished quantity when passed, and voided with difficulty or much straining, and sometimes with pain It 'mav occur as a constitutional condition, but is more frequently symptomatic of some disease or impropriety. Sometimes nausea, want of appetite, flatulency 426 AMERICAN FAMILY PHYSICIAN. headache, dizziness, and feverish symptoms accompany it. All persona should use every means to avoid or overcome a costive condition of the bowels, especially pregnant women, plethoric individuals, and those disposed to apoplexy, epilepsy, chorea, hysteria, bilious colic, &c. A want of atten- tion to the regular periods for evacuating the bowels, the use of opium as- tringents, and some kinds of diet will give rise to constipation, and whenever any article is found to produce this effect, it should be strictly avoided, When it is owing to disease, this must of course be cured before any per manent benefit can be expected. Treatment. In ordinary cases, the means named on page 151 will be sufficient; but when medicines are actually required, I more commonly em- ploy a mixture of Rhubarb two parts, Bicarbonate of Potassa one part of which from two to twelve grains must be given three times a day, in a little water, about an hour after each meal. The doses must be sufficiently large to produce one evacuation daily, resembling in quantity and consistence as nearly as possible, those of healthy discharges ; on no account should these evacuations exceed two per day. In all diseases requiring regularity of the bowels, I make use of this preparation, when it agrees with the patient, not causing gripings, &c. Sometimes, however, this powder will not have the desired effect, unless it be given in large doses, when other remedies will become necessary, as:—Take of Aletridin twenty grains, Extract of Nux Vomica one or two grains, Podophyllin five grains; mix, and divide into twenty pills, one or two of which may be taken every night. Or, the follow- ing may be used:—Take of Tincture of Mandrake, Tincture of Blue Flag, each, five and a half fluidrachms, Saturated Tincture of Nux Vomica two and a half drachms ; 'mix. The dose is ten or twelve drops, three times a day. Or, the Compound Pills, or Compound Powder of Leptandrin, may be used. A very good pill for obstinate constipation, is composed of Podo- phyllin, Apocynin, each, one drachm, Leptandrin three drachms, Alcoholic Extract of Nux Vomica twelve grains, Castile Soap a sufficient quantity to make the whole into a pill-mass; divide into three grain pills, of which one may be taken every night, or every other night. It must be remembered that the use of purgatives creates a necessity for their repetition, which im- pairs the energy of the bowels,—consequently, it is better in all cases to solicit natural evacuations, than to become habituated to cathartic medicines. Constipation during pregnancy, may be overcome by the use of the Rhu- barb and Potassa powder above named, or by injections of some vegetable bitter infusion, as of Boneset, with the addition of Molasses; and the diet should consist of stewed fruits, prunes, figs, mush and molasses, brown bread, dates, ripe fruits, Indian meal gruel, &c. Constipation in infants, may generally be overcome by the introduction of a piece of Soap into the rectum, as ordinarily used by nurses; if this does not answer, a strong infusion of Leptandra, (Blackroot,) to which about one-third of its measure of Molasses has been added, may be administered in doses of from ten drops to a teaspoonful, depending up^p the age of the infant, repeating the dose every three or four hours; and this should be exhibited daily for several successive days or weeks. At the same time the following injection should be thrown into the rectum twice a day, caus ing the child to hold it in the gut as long as possible, and using a compre»» over the anus, if it be required, to prevent its immediate discharge:—Take of a strong infusion of Golden Seal two fluidrachms, Tincture of Prickly* Ash berries twenty or thirty drops; mix for an injection. HEADACHE. 427 HEADACHE. Headache may he primary, but more generally it is symptomatic of some other disease, and will cease on a removal thereof. When owing to consti- pation, it may be overcome by the appropriate measures for inducing regu- larity of the bowels. When it is owing to indigestible food, or acidity of the stomach, it is termed "sick headache," which generally commences with a blurred, obscure, or double vision, gradually growing more and more se- vere ; a pain in the forepart of the head, at first hardly appreciable, but becoming very intense with more or less rapidity, and accompanied with nausea and vomiting, is present, and, when it reaches its height, the indis- tinctness of vision passes off. The face is pale, the patient is frequently chilly, and seeks to lie down in a place free from light and noise. Usually, after vomiting, a sleep ensues, from which the patient awakes free from the pain, but with a soreness in the front part of the head, which may continue for several days before it passes away. Attacks of sick headache may occur every few days, or at much longer intervals ; they usually pass away in a few hours, when not treated medicinally, and sometimes an attack will con- tinue for two or three days. Persons disposed to apoplexy are more liable to this kind of headache. There is also a " nervous headache," which may be periodical in its* attacks, or may be constantly present, but having periods of remission or diminu- tion of its severity. This may also be owing to derangement of the stomach and bowels, and is generally connected with some nervous affection. Treatment. Sick headache is sometimes cured at once by an emetic; but the most efficient preparation that I have ever used, is composed of Super-carbonate of Soda half a drachm, Prepared Charcoal a drachm, Pare- goric a fluidrachm, water a fluidounce; mix well together, and give for a dose. This should be given as soon as the indistinctness of vision comes on, and must be repeated every fifteen minutes until relief is obtained. The patient must lie still, on his back, in a darkened room, where he wili not be disturbed by any noise or conversation. In some patients, the em- ployment of Essence of Peppermint instead of Paregoric, will be found more advantageous. If the headache is actually present, the same must be administered, and the head bathed with a cold mixture of Vinegar Spirits and rain water, equal parts. The patient should also endeavor to sleep' from which he must be allowed to awake naturally, and after which the pain will have more or less completely subsided. Persons subject to sick headache, should keep their bowels regular, avoid all articles of diet which are indigestible, or which will produce acidity of stomach, and should be careful not to permit any intense mental action or excitement at any time. Indmduals liable to attacks of sick headache, will frequently ascertain that some peculiar articles of diet, which may be used by others with impunity, will induce the disease in them; in such cases, these articles should always be avoided. In the intervals between the attacks, means should be used to strengthen the stomach and nervous system ; the following will be found excellent for this purpose ;-Take of Aletridin, Alcoholic Extract of Black Cohosh, each, two grains, Sulphate of Quinia, Prussiate of Iron, each, one gra n; mix and divide into two pills, of which one may be taken for a dose repeating it three times a day, and continuing their use daily for some Nervous headache may be cured by the following pill:—Take of Extract of Aconite half a grain, Extract of Stramonium one-eighth of a grain Va lenanate of Quinia one-fourth of a grain; mix for a pill. The dose is one 428 AMERICAN FAMILY PHYSICIAN. pill, to be repeated every one, two, or three hours, according to the severity of the attack. At the same time, the patient should drink freely of an in- fusion of equal parts of Catnip, Scullcap, and Valerian. Another very use- ful agent for nervous headache, is composed of Powdered Assafetida four grains, Sulphate of Quinia one grain, Piperine two grains, Sulphate of Mor- phia one-eighth of a grain; mix for a dose, to be taken in a little water, The Extract of Belladonna, in doses of one or two grains, repeated every two hours, during the continuance of the pain, has been found very effica cious in intermittent and neuralgic forms of headache. Of course, the pa tient should be apprised of the liability it will have to produce doutlc vision. In a few cases, I have derived much benefit from the Tincture of Gelseminum, given in doses sufficient to induce its peculiar symptoms. Sometimes intermittent headache may be cured by the following snuff:— Take of Benzoic Acid two drachms, Sulphate of Quinia fifteen grains, To- bacco Snuff six drachms; mix thoroughly together, and divide into six equal parts, one of which must be daily used as a snuff. In ordinary severe headaches, the feet and legs should be frequently bathed in a warm, stimulating alkaline solution, and Mustard poultices should be applied to the feet and along the whole course of the spinal col- umn ; the head should be bathed with some cooling lotion, and in all cases the bowels should be kept regular, the surface of the body frequently bathed, and the diet should be light, nutritious, and easy of digestion, selecting such articles as agree best with the patient. Gentle and regular exercise daily in the open air, with regular hours for sleep and rising, will be found important hygienic measures. Persons subject to headache, should never wear any thing tight around the neck, or upper part of the body. TYMPANITES. Typanites, or Windy Distension of the Abdomen, is a disease chiefly attacking those of debilitated and relaxed habits, occasioned by fevers, pro- fuse discharges, acute intestinal disease, improper or flatulent food, or too strict an abstinence from food, and all other debilitating causes. Symptoms. Tympanites is usually preceded by great flatulency, with ex- pulsion of air, both upward and downward, a rumbling noise in the bowels, and frequently colicky pains. The swelling of the abdomen may come on slowly or suddenly, it distends the abdomen to a greater or less extent, does not yield readily to pressure, and is very tense and elastic, without any fluctuation. As the disease progresses, there will be thirst, impaired appetite, costiveness, febrile symptoms, difficulty of breathing, pain in the loins, difficult urination, and even a total suppression of this discharge, with a general emaciation. Cough is apt to be present, especially in an advanced stage. It is an obstinate and dangerous disease, slow in its progress, and terminating either in dropsy or gangrene. When the constitution is unim- paired, and wind can be expelled from the bowels, the case is favorable. The disease may exist in the intestines, or in the abdominal cavity; when in the latter, the swelling is more uniform, the tension greater, and, more elastic, giving a sound on percussion like that of a drum; there are no discharges of wind as in the first form, and the disease is likewise more serious. Treatment. Stimulating injections should be given two or three times a day, for the purpose of effecting a discharge of wind from the bowels, which will be found to afford much relief. To a pint of a strong infusion worms. 429 of Spearmint, add a gill of Tincture of Prickly-Ash berries, half a gill of Tincture of Assafetida, and a teaspoonful of Ginger ; inject as much of this liquid into the bowels each time as possible, and repeat it two or three times a day, or even oftener, according to the symptoms,—the patient should en- deavor to retain it for some time, unless it produces an immediate discharge of gas. In connection with this, the abdomen of the patient should be slowly and continually rubbed downward with the hand of an attendant, for several hours in succession, or until the swelling has disappeared, making as much pressure as can be borne. During this friction, or shampooing of the bowels, the following mixture may be rubbed on them, from time to time, in small quantities :—Take of Oil of Prickly-Ash berries, Oil of Caje- put, each, one fluidrachm, Oil of Stillingia half a fluidrachm, Oil of Sassa- fras half a fluidounce; mix. Or a mixture of equal parts of Oil of Turpen- tine, Oil of Sassafras, and Camphor, may be substituted. This friction and pressure upon the abdomen, will be found an important part of the treat- ment. To assuage the thirst of the patient, infusions of Ginger, Horseradish, Spearmint, Horsemint, Dioscorea, Pleurisy root, &c, may be administered. Should these means fail, it will become necessary, in addition, to admin- ister an active purgative, as the Compound Powder of Jalap,—and this will be almost always necessary, even at the commencement of the treatment, in those cases where there has been a constipation of the bowels for a day or two previous to the attack. In obstinate cases of abdominal tympanites, it may become necessary to tap the patient, as in dropsy, and thus permit the gas to escape from the cavity of the abdomen; giving tonics internally. During the disease, the diet should be light, digestible, and of a nutri- tious character; all food which will cause acidity or flatulency, should be avoided, and to check the fermentation of the food, the solution of Sulphite of Soda, on page 419, a few drops of Creosote, some Brandy, or one of the mineral acids, as Nitric, Muriatic, Sulphuric, or the Tincture of Muriate of Iron, may be given. After the removal of the tympanites, the patient should use means to strengthen the stomach and bowels, and to maintain regularity in the alvine evacuations. He should also attend to the skin, by frequent bathings and frictions, exercise moderately and daily, and be careful as to the nature of his food and drink. VERMES, or WORMS. Worms are found in all animals, and in various parts of them. In man they have been met with in the kidneys, liver, eye, lungs, brain, &c, but those which are more frequently met with, infest the intestinal canal. These are, 1. The Tricocephnlus dispar, or long thread worm, which is a round, white worm, about one or two inches in length, and occupies the largo intestines. 2. The Oxyuris vermicular is, maw, or thread worm, usually called ascandes; it is a small, thin, white worm, not exceeding an inch in length, with a pointed tail, and chiefly lodges in the rectum, where it gives rise to much itching and uneasiness. These worms are very common to children, though adults may have them. 3. The ascaris lumbricoides, or long, round worm, which is a round worm varying from three to twelve inches in length, and from the twelfth to the sixth of an inch in diameter • its color varies according to that of the food, being frequently milkv or of a brown-ash-and occasionally blood-red. It is more commonly found in the small intestines. 4. The Tcenia solum, or long tape worm is a flat, ar i 430 AMERICAN FAMILY PHYSICIAN. ticulated, or jointed worm, with four suckers at its head, of a white color and varying in length from a few feet to several hundred. It inhabits the small intestines. 5. The Bothriocephalus latus, or broad tape worm, is flat or nearly so, from ten to twenty feet long, and from one-sixth of an inch to half an inch broad. It is seldom met with in this country. Symptoms. When worms are discharged during the progress of any disease, it is usual to consider this as sufficient proof that the malady is oc- casioned by them, but this is frequently a mistaken conclusion. In febrile and inflammatory diseases especially, the deranged state of the secretions, the increased temperature and altered diet, renders the situation of the worms incommodious, and they remove to some other part, and may pass by mouth or by stool; yet they may not have been at all instrumental in the production of these diseases. However, in all such cases, the best course to adopt is always to administer worm medicines, as the presence of these parasites almost invariably aggravates, and often renders fatal, a disease, in the production of which they had no creative agency, yet the presence of which has caused them to migrate, or as commonly termed, "set the worms to moving." With children, particularly, this course is the best, more especially when they are cutting their teeth, and have fevers, convulsions, &c, for although among delicate infants an increase of worms in the bowels will produce many unpleasant symptoms, as convulsions, fevers, apparent dropsy of the head, &c, yet, they are not so often the cause of these affections, as they are of their obstinacy and fatality; hence in such cases, vermifuge cathartics will always be found decidedly bene ficial. The symptoms of the presence of worms are very equivocal, with the ex ception of the maw, or thread worm, which may be known by the annoying and almost intolerable itching which they occasion within the anus, and by their being frequently seen in considerable number in the feces; not unfrequently they occasion tenesmus, and even a falling of the fundament, prolapsus ani. In children, a paleness of the countenance, itching of the nose, starting and grinding of the teeth during sleep, irregular appetite, fetid breath, hard swelled belly, upper lip considerably swollen, sore mouth at times, picking of the nose, and one of the cheeks more or less constantly flushed, with more or less fever, may be considered certain evidences of worms. In all diseases of children, the above flush on the cheeks, which may remain constantly, or appear at intervals, should be noticed, as, with the exception of true hectic, it is almost invariably an evidence of the presence of worms, either as a cause, or an aggravation of the disease. The more constant and less uncertain symptoms of worms, are: fetid breath, especially in the morning; bad gums; itching of the anus, irregu- lar appetite, sometimes bad, at other times quite voracious; looseness, with slimy discharges; irregular colics; gripings; great thirst; and involuntary discharge of saliva, especially when asleep; frequent pains of the side; a short, dry cough; unequal pulse; pale, whitish, and frothy urine; desire for salted meats and fish; peculiar pale, unhealthy and bloated counte- nance, with a dark, hollow circle around the eyes. Sometimes slow fever, swoonings, drowsiness, palpitation of the heart, cold sweats, convulsions, and many unaccountable nervous symptoms. Tape worm may be known by a gnawing pain in the stomach, irregular appetite, but generally voracious, and the food eaten does not nourish the system, as evident from emaciation ; a hard' cough, with considerable expec- toration of mucus, great thirst at times ; debility; and small bodies in the excrements, resembling melon or cucumber seeds. WORMS. 431 Treatment. The indications are to remove the worms whether dead or alive, and then impart tone and vigor to the intestinal canal, in order to prevent their future generation. In most cases, and especially among children, the following Worm Cor- dial will be found to not only remove the worms, but also to strengthen the bowels, thus fulfilling both the above indications:—Take of fresh Black Alder 'Berries one pint, Cedar or Juniper Apples (recent) one pound; bruise them, and digest in a quart of Alcohol for fourteen days; then Btraiu and add one pint of Molasses. The dose is a teaspoonful, repeated three times a day, for children one or two years of age; a table-spoonful, hree times a day, for adults. As soon as it has purged sufficiently, the dose may be lessened, when it will act as a tonic, and its use should be continued for several weeks. It is pleasant, and children generally love it. Several other vermifuge remedies have been successfully used, and among them the following:—1. Take of Castor Oil, Wormseed Oil, each, one fluidounce, Oil of Turpentine, Oil of Anise, each, half a fluidounce; mix. The dose is ten or twenty drops for a child one or two years old, to be repeated every three or four hours; and, after using it two or three days in succession, a purgative must be administered. 2. Take of Castor Oil, Wormseed Oil, each, one fluidounce, Oil of Anise half a fluidounce, Tincture of Myrrh half a fluidrachm, Oil of Turpentine twenty minims, Croton Oil two drops; mix. The dose is a teaspoonful every two hours for ten or twelve hours, to be followed, if necessary, by a purgative. The Entozoic Powder I have used for many years, and it has never dis- appointed me in any one instance; it is probably unsurpassed in removing any kind of worm which may exist in the human intestines. It is very bitter and disagreeable to the taste, but it may be relied on as certain in destroying and removing worms, whether in adults or children. It acts by destroying not only the worms themselves, but likewise removes that slimy substance in which they abound, and which is so favorable to their produc- tion. It will be observed, that in all cases where worms exist in the bow- els, the passages produced by this remedy are slimy, sometimes whitish, with specks presenting the appearance of worms cut up. On account of its bitterness some children cannot take it without immediately vomiting it up; among such, other means must be used. After removing the worms, in all cases without exception, when not contra- indicated, some tonic medicine to strengthen the bowels should be used to prevent their forming again. I commonly use the following tonic cordial: Take of Gentian, Golden Seal, Colombo, each, in powder, one drachm, Cin- uainon, Cardamom seeds, Prickly-Ash berries, each, bruised, half a drachm, good Brandy one pint; mix, and let them macerate for a few days. The dose for a child is from half a teaspoonful to a table-spoonful, three times a day, in sweetened water. The thread worms are frequently difficult to remove; in nearly all cases, however, a strong decoction of the Entozoic Powder will dislodge them when in the rectum, if used as an injection. Or, the following will be found very efficacious:—Take of Balmony one ounce, Mandrake half an ounce, water one pint; mix, and boil to form a pint of strong decoction, to which add a gill of Molasses, a teaspoonful of Salt, and a fluidounce of Tincture of Assafetida. Use this as an injection, in the quantity of half a gill or a gill at a time, according to the child's age, repeating it two or three times a day for several successive days. Children are often troubled with a choking, or difficulty of swallowing, 432 AMERICAN FAMILY PHYSICIAN. as if something were in the throat—the nurses sometimes call it "a rising of the worms "—it may be, perhaps, owing to worms working their way upwards—but at all events, a draught of salt and water, will generally be found effectual in removing it. The diet for children who are troubled with worms, or who are using tho above tonic tincture, should be salt, as salt mackerel, herring, salmon &c. and their ordinary food may contain an extra quantity of salt. Onions and garlics, with salt, are also useful. All acid, fat, or greasy articles of diet must be avoided, when worms are suspected, or where the child is subject to them; the diet may be full and nutritious. The following preparations have been highly extolled for their anthel- mintic properties: 1. Pulverized bark of the root of Black Alder, (Prinos Verticillatus,) in teaspoonful doses and in Molasses, three times a day, brings the worms away whole. 2. The juice of Blue Flag, (Iris Versicolor,) for tape worm. 3. Eat freely of Garlic and Salt, and administer every other day a purgative of Mandrake root;—this has expelled tape worm, 4. Make a strong decoction of Rue, Balmony, and Wormwood; take equal parts of this decoction and beef's gall, to which add a little Aloes and Assafetida; boil the whole together, to the consistence of a plaster. Apply a plaster of this, about three inches square, on the pit of the stomach, for two or three days, changing it every day,—at the end of which time give a strong purge. 5. Take of Santonine, (prepared from Semen Contra Vermes,) one drachm, Sugar five ounces, Gum Tragacanth half a drachm, water suffi- cient to form into lozenges. Divide into one hundred and forty-four loz- enges, and let the child eat from five to ten a day. 6. Take of the bark of the root of the Pomegranate tw6 ounces, water two pints. Boil to one and a half pints. Dose, half a gill, every hour. For tape worm,—four or five doses are generally sufficient to expel the worm. DISEASES OF THE URINARY ORGANS. Under this head will be considered the several derangements which may be met with in the functions of the urinary appara- tus, and which are not referred to in other parts of the work. Acute or Chronic In- flammation of the Kidneys, and of the Blad- der, will be found among Inflammatory dis- eases, and Hematuria among Hemorrhages. BRIGHT'S DISEASE OF THE KIDNEY. Fig. 29. Evaporated residue of healthy urine Albuminuria, or Bright's Disease of the Kidney, is known by a mor- bid condition of the urine, which is habitually impregnated with albumen. Healthy urine contains no albumen; but that in which it exists is more frothy than usual when shaken, and on blowing into it through a tube. bubbles are formed as in soapy water. Its specific gravity varies from 10-0 to 1004, being lessened as the disease progresses; it is usually found with BRlGHT's DISEASE. 433 epithelial scales, mucus, blood-discs* fibrous casts of the uriniferous tubes, and saline sediments. Albumen may always be detected in urine by the aid of heat and nitric acid; a small quantity being placed in a test tube, and heated by the flame of a spirit lamp, if albumen be present, it will coagulate, forming a whitish cloud; or, if in considerable quantity it will form into flakes or small curdy fragments. Nitric Acid added to this will not dissolve the albuminous opacity. Again, to another portion of urine, add a small quantity of Nitric Acid, which will precipitate any albumen- in a whitish flaky or pulpy form ; and if heat be applied to this it will not be dissolved. In the urine of those who have long been taking Copaiba or Cubebs, Nitric Acid will produce coagulation/which, however, may be known from albumen, by the coagulum thus formed floating on the top of the urine, while albumen sinks. When the urine is alkaline, as determined by its restoring the original blue color to reddened litmus paper, it must be rendered acid before albumen will be precipitated. Acetic and Tartaric Acids do not precipitate albumen. When albumen is found in the urine, this should be examined from time to time to ascertain if it continues, for it frequently exists without any serious difficulty; its habitual presence is indicative of structural change in the kidney. Symptoms. The only positive symptom of the disease under considera- tion, is the persistency of albumen in the urine, but with this are gener- ally found certain secondary or indirect symptoms, which, however, vary considerably in different persons. The patients are subject to disordered digestion; obscure pains or uneasiness in the loins; sickness and vomiting at different times; debility; the blood becomes modified, with considera- ble loss of its red particles; the urine may be red, brown, or dingy, con- taining albumen, fibrinous particles, and epithelial scales with fat; dropsi- eal swelling of the face, or some other part of the system occurs and continues to spread and increase; firm pressure over the region of the kidneys produces more or less pain; the skin is dry and hard, not perspir- ing even under exercise ; pale, anemic, and bloated; drowsiness is a com- mon symptom, and not unfrequently convulsions or apoplexy. Sometimes the patients are annoyed by a frequent desire to urinate, by flatulence of the stomach and bowels, or, by obstinate costiveness, or diarrhea. In some cases the urine is very abundant, in others quite scanty, and always of low specific gravity. The pale, bloodless countenance, drop Bical condition of the cellular tissue, and albuminous urine, are certain indications of Bright's disease. Toward the termination of the disease, the drowsiness increases, coma ensues, and death; and before death, the albumen may have disappeared from the urine. Acute inflammation of the serous membranes, disease of the heart, and dyspepsia are very apt to be induced by this affection of the kidneys. Causes. Albumen may be found in the urine, owing to some temporary irritation, and may pass away without leaving any permanent injury; but when it is persistent, as previously remarked, it is owing to a congested condition of the kidneys; fungus hematodes of the kidneys; granular disease of the kidneys; or fatty degeneration of the kidneys, to all of which, the term Bright's disease is commonly applied. These conditions of the kidneys may arise from external injuries, recession of cutaneous eruptions, long-continued use of stimulating diuretics, frequent exposures to cold, intemperance, excessive masturbation or debauchery, neglect of proper exercise, and, probably, various other causes at present unknown. *Soe fig. 12 on page 169; fig. 16 on page 218; fig. 17 on page 301; fig 18 on page 301, sate fig. 19 on page 302. 28 434 AMERICAN FAMILY PHYSICIAN. Treatment. From the obscurity which still enshrouds this diseases there has been no treatment yet adopted, which can be relied upon as posi- tive or special; and it has been found that according to the nature of the secondary diseases which arise out of and complicate it, must the treatment be modified. The indications, however, are firstly to relieve any looal excitement or irritation which may be present, and, secondly, to restore the blood to a state of health. To fulfil the first indication, the skin should be frequently bathed with an alkaline solution rendered slightly stimulant by the addition of Whisky, and frictions should also be frequently employed. Perspiration should be produced every few days by means of the Spirit vapor bath, and counter- irritation should be applied over the region of the kidneys, as by Firing, Cupping, or the intermitting use of the Compound Tar plaster, which will be found a very important agent in the curative treatment. The bowels should be kept regular by small doses of Podophyllin and Leptandrin—in some instances by the White Liquid Physic. And whenever there is a dis- 'position to drowsiness or coma, they should be actively purged, in order to relieve the head symptoms. When there is a deficient action of the kid- neys, they may be gently urged by mild diuretics, as an infusion of Queen of the Meadow and Peach leaves, or of Marshmallow root. In many instances I have found the use of unfermented cider, or of the Compound Infusion of Parsley, very valuable agents in restoring the urinary secretion, removing the dropsical swelling of the system, and causing the albumen to disappear. Can it be that the Malic Acid of the cider exerts any salutary influence upon the diseased kidney? To restore the blood to a healthy condition, I have found the most bene- fit from the Tincture of Muriate of Iron, giving about twenty drops of it, in a wineglassful of water, and repeating this dose three times a day. In some instances I have used in connection with this, the Iodine pill two or three times a day ; and in others, a Solution of the Iodide of Iron. The Iron in the Compound Infusion of Parsley, will likewise be found to exert a beneficial influence. .The Lactate of Iron, in doses of five grains, repeated three of four times a day, has been found efficacious; and prob- ably some other ferruginous preparations might be found useful, as the Ammonio-Tartrate of Iron, or the Ammonio-Citrate, or the Citrate of Iron and Quinia. Probably a solution of the Malate of Iron will be found very valuable. The use of Malic Acid, and the Malates, the greater part of which are more or less soluble, has been entirely neglected in the practice of medicine, and I would here invite the attention of the profession to them. Malic Acid added to many insoluble agents will have the effect at least, of rendering them soluble in the stomach. In addition to these means, if symptoms of periodicity are present, Sulphate of Quinia and Prussiate of Iron, equal parts of each, may be administered in doses of two or three grains every hour during the remission or intermission. The diet must be plain, nutritious, and easy of digestion, avoiding all fate, high-seasoned food, hot bread, pastries, butter, aromatics, stimulants, &c. Regularity in eating, sleeping, and gently exercising in the open air is indis- pensable, and all the exciting or disposing causes of the disease must be avoided. I will here give briefly the case of a man about thirty years of age, a carpenter, who was cured of Bright's Disease. On the 12th of May, 1854, he had the following symptoms.—Vomiting almost daily, and which had ex- isted for the last three years; sometimes it occurred on rising in the morn- ing, but more generally between meals, frequently continuing for three oi four hours at a time; appetite lost; much emaciated; pale, dry, and unperspi- BRIGHT'S DISEASE. 435 ring skin, which had been thus for about two years; the bowels very irregu- lar, being sometimes costive, and at others loose, and the food passed imper- fectly digested; for over four years he has experienced a dull pain commen- cing in the loins and extending to the bladder, peritoneum, andleft pleura; at times the sensation of heat is so great as to increase perspiration, says it feels like a flame; he has experienced this sensation more or lessfor the last three years, and for the last year it has occurred daily, sometimes in the morning, at other times both in the morning and evening, and usually con- tinuing for about an hour. Has some cough, not so severe as about a year Bince, when he was supposed to be laboring under consumption; dizziness, and pain in the head almost constantly for the last three years, often falling asleep suddenly in the midst of conversation ; rheumatic pains in the right knee and ankle ; palpitation of the heart, and more or less difficulty of breath- ing for the last three years; soreness in the right side. Seven years ago he had an eruption on the back and legs, which continued for two years; for eighteen months has had frequent numb sensations in the hips and thighs, continuing for two hours at a time; while eating, his penis and testicles retract, almost disappearing, and a thick white perspiration appears on the inside of the thighs, of the consistency of cream, which continues for about fifteen minutes after the meals; urinates frequently during the twenty-four hours, small in quantity, of various colors and fetid; acids and bitter agents most acceptable to his palate and stomach. About four years since he hurt himself by lifting timber, and shortly after discharged blood with his urine ; has been treated by various physicians for gonorrhea, consumption, diarrhea, stone in the bladder, &c, &c. On examining the urine by heat and Nitric Acid, albumen was discovered. The treatment was as follows:—Twice a day, as soon as the symptoms of irritation in the kidneys commenced, a tepid pack, or sheet-bath, the sheet being wet with a strong decoction of Hoarhound, was applied; on coming out of this bath, the right side, and especially over the region of the liver was rubbed for about ten minutes, with diluted Nitro-Muriatic Acid, strong enough, however, to cause a tingling sensation. About fifteen minutes before each meal, the following was administered:—take of Decoction of Peruvian bark a table-spoonful, Tincture of Muriate of Iron ten drops ; mix. His diet consisted of a few spoonfuls of fresh milk and toasted corn bread, as much as could be retained on the stomach. l!)th May. Vomiting is not continued so long; stools changed from a white to a slightly yellowish color; stomach retains half a tumbler of milk ; falls asleep in the bath; rests better than for a long time. Ordered a band- ai;o of four thicknesses of sheet, extending from the region of the stomach to the hips, and wet with the decoction of Hoarhound to be worn all the time, covering it with oil silk. Continue previous treatment. 2d June. Perspires freely, appetite improved, burning sensation not con- tinued so long, but more albumen in the urine, with small balls, probably fibrinous, forming a layer about half an inch in depth, when the urine is in a quart bottle; all other symptoms improved. Continue the treatment. 22d June. Head symptoms decidedly improved, little or no nausea, appe- tite increased, sleeps better at night, the heat and irritative symptoms checked when in the bath. Ordered soups for food, Compound Tar plaster over the loins, and to use the above sheet-bath cold, as it now seems to be more agree- able. Other treatment to be kept up. 10th July. Burning sensation seems to be arrested, urine increased in quantity, an eruption all over the body—the Tar plaster has produced a large sore over the loins, which discharges nicely. Continue treatment. 436 AMERICAN FAMILY PHYSICIAN. 15th July. Six pints of urine discharged in twenty-four hours ; no alhu- men detected by heat or Nitric Acid ; bowels loose: burning sensation on urinating. Continue treatment. 1st August. White sand in urine, about an ounce per day, with albumen- Nitric Acid dissolves the sand but leaves the albumen. Ordered .\itro- Muriatic Acid, ten drops in water, to be repeated three times a day. 10th August. Decrease of phosphates; urine diminished, and alkaline; all the former symptoms much improved; sleeps well at night; no nausea; no head symptoms. Ordered the sheet to be wet in vinegar instead of the decoction. 20th August. Urine acid; no phosphates; two and a half pints of urine discharged per day; much improved in flesh; stands erect; skin natural. 2d September. Complains of no former symptoms, says he feels better than for seven years past; wants to be at work, as he has not done anything for four years, and states that it has cost him nearly $2,000 for medical ad- vice and treatment. Dismissed him, but advised him to continue the acid for a few weeks. 1855, Nov. 6th. Saw him again ; appears to be well, can do a good day's work, has gained fifty-eight pounds in flesh, and considers himself perma- nently cured. DIABETES. Symptoms. Diabetes may come on suddenly, or gradually; in the latter case, there will be frequent discharges of urine, and which will disturb the patient frequently during the night. The appetite is generally voracious, with unquenchable thirst. The sexual appetite is deficient. The digestion becomes imperfect; the skin dry and harsh ; the tongue clammy, and often furred dark, or red, with a secretion of thick, viscid saliva; the gums are swollen and inflamed, often bleeding upon the least touch; the breath has an odor similar to that of the urine, like the smell of hay, and frequently the same scent issues from the body ; the bowels are costive, with occasional pains of a colicky nature. Frequent attacks of dizziness and pain in the head, are most usually present; the patient becomes restless, dissatisfied, and the moral and intellectual faculties are gradually blunted; emaciation, diarrhea, and dropsical swelling of the limbs make greater and greater progress, and ulti- mately hectic fever and death. The most prominent feature in the disease is the character of the urine; it is very large in quantity, frequently amounting to four or five gallons in the course of twenty-four hours. It is very clear, paler than natural, though sometimes tinged with green of a specific gravity varying from 1025 to 1055, has a sweet taste, an odor like hay or apples, and ferments very readily, h is apt to be deficient in urea, though it may contain urates or phosphates. Diabetic urine contains a large amount of grape sugar, for the detection ot which several methods have been recommended, the following are among the best:—1. Trommers test.—Add a few drops of a solution of Sulphate ot Copper to the urine, enough to give it a pale blue tint, (a pale blue Phos- phate of Copper may be precipitated); now add an excess of Liquor Potassa, if sugar be present, a purplish-blue solution is formed, and if the mixture be carefully boiled for a few minutes, a reddish or yellowish-brown precipi- tate ensues ; if no sugar, a black precipitate. 2. Moore s test— Add to t urine about half its bulk of pure Liquor Potassa, and boil gently f°raleoi minutes; if sugar be present, the liquid will assume an orange-brown, DIABETES. 437 bi-tretint. 3. Ilorslefs test.—Mix together equal parts of Neutral Chro- mate of Pota-h and Liquor Potassa. Place a small quantity of this test in some urine in a test tube, and boil; if sugar be present, a deep sap-green color will ensue from the decomposition of the Chromic Acid; the reduced Oxide of Chromium is held in suspension by the Potash. To test cane bu-'W substitute a solution of the Bichromate of Potash for that of the "utral Chromate. 4. Lu/ons test.—To a cold saturated N solution of Sulphuric Acid in such a Fig. 30. Penicilium glaucum, a fungtu Hichromate of Potassa add an excess of manner that some free Sulphuric Acid will be present when all the Chromic Acid is liberated. The liquid will be of a beau- tiful limpid red color, and is composed of water, Chiomic Acid, Bisulphatc of Potassa, and an excess of Sulphuric Acid. Add enough of this test to the suspected urine to impart a red color to it, then warm the mix- ture, a brisk effervescence ensues, and the color changes from red to emerald green, if sugar be present. When exposed to the air, a fungous growth called penicilium glaucum, may fre- quently be seen in diabetic urine; and a few drops of yeast added to such urine, at at 7<>° or Sl)° Fahrenheit, will Cause it to growth in acid urine containing albu- undergo vinous fermentation. men or suSar>whcn exposed to the air. C.vrsKS. Diabetes is met with in both sexes and at various ages, but chiefly among males at an advanced age. It may be induced by any means 'that will derange the digestive functions, impoverish the blood, and debilitate the system, as intemperance, excess in venery, immoderate evacuations, constant use of acid drinks, crude, unwholesome diet, expo- sures to cold, use of mercury, &c. Treatment. The bowels in this disease must be kept regular by means of Rhubarb in small doses repeated three times a day, or, minute doses of Podophyllin and Leptandrin ; active purgation must be avoided. The skin must especially be attended to, it should be bathed daily with a stimulating liquid, and dried with considerable friction. The application of cold water along the whole length of the spinal column every morning, with brisk friction subsequently, will be found very advantageous. Coun- ter-irritation along the vertebral column, by dry Cupping, or by Firing, should be frequently used, and will have a very happy influence. As a tonic, to restore the digestive organs to a healthy condition, and cause a rapid decrease of the urinary discharge, I know of no better agent than an infusion of equal parts of Unicorn root and Bugle weed, which should be drank frequently during the day. When there is great nervous irritability, in connection with this, equal parts of Opium and Ipecacuanha may be given in doses of three grains, and repeated as often as necessary. When the system appears to become habituated to the above infusion, it may be laid aside, ana the following substituted:—Take of Laudanum one flui- drachm and a half, Tincture of Muriate of Iron two fluidrachms, Muriate of Quinia, (or the Sulphate) eight grains, water six fluidounces; mix. Of this mixture one fluidounce is a dose, and should be repeated three times a day. This preparation and the above decoction may be used alternately, from time to time, as they lose their active influence over the disease. As there is more or less debility attending this disease, the Phosphate of Iron 438 AMERICAN FAMILY PHYSICIAN. Bhould be administered in doses of from three to six grains, repeating the dose three or four times daily. Creosote, and the solution of Bisulphate of Soda, named under Water Brash on page 407, have occasionally been found efficacious. The patient should take moderate exercise daily in the open air if his strength will permit; his sleep should be limited to nine hours out of the twenty-four; and all sexual indulgence must positively be prohibited. His diet should be mixed, consisting of animal and vegetable food, avoiding however all articles that contain large amounts of sugar and starch • the cruciferous vegetables will be found the best, as, water-cresses, turnip-tops dandelion greens, spinach, celery, cabbage, &c. Meats, game, poultry eggs, rice, and milk, may also be used; but sugar, beets, parsnips, pota- toes, arrow-root, bread, corn in any shape, and all fruits, must positively be avoided. If bread be used, it must be such as is well-fermented, stale and eaten very sparingly. For drink the patient may use a cold infusion of green tea, water acidulated with Nitric, Muriatic, or Phosphoric Acids animal soups, and milk and lime-water; and he should be urged merely to sip at frequent intervals, rather than to indulge in large draughts at once, which latter will be certain to increase the disease. No liquors must be used except to sustain strength, and those which are better adapted to this purpose, are brandy, whisky, claret, and pale rum—but no ale, porter, cider, wines, &c. Not long since a diabetic patient of mine, who had taken cold, was advised to take a domestic preparation of Butter, Vinegar, and Molasses; he made a mistake, substituted Alum for the Butter, and used the mixture very freely. It had such a beneficial effect upon the urinary discharge, that as a matter of experiment I advised him to continue its use; he did so, and a permanent cure was the result. SUPPRESSION OF URINE. Suppression of Urine, Ischuria Renalis, is generally symptomatic of Borne other disease, but is sometimes idiopathic. It is sometimes used as p. „, synonymous with retention of urine, but it is entirely a different symptom, being a greatly diminished or complete suspension of the urinary excretion by the kidneys. The dis- ease is more apt to occur among corpulent persons of advanced age. Symptoms. In the adult the symp- toms of the disease in the earlier pe- riods arS those merely of depending ill- ness, the patient makes little or no water, and feels anxious, restless, and cannot say exactly what ails him. There will be a sense of uneasiness or pain in the loins, extending to the flanks and bowels. Nausea comes on, and at length vomiting. The pa- a. Chloride of Sodium, in combina- ti t hag d U d abstracted look, and IS tion with urea, and evaporated quickly ,. , , ... , 1 aver. from urine. not disposed to any bodily or mental exer b. Chloride of Sodium resembling tj0n QQ feeling Over the region of tQC t^(^inrti^^mA°W9n^^^^t^e is n0 fulneSS or Pain»and,,°D c. Chloride of Sodium crystallized passing a catheter into the bladder, a table- slowly from urine, also resembles Oxa- spoonful, a few drops, or even no urine may late of Lime, but differs in being solu- . r ,, . ' , m *L l„„i„„j0,0 tlmre does bie in water! be obtained, lo the bystanders tneic uu« ISCHURIA RENALIS. 439 not appear to be much the matter, and they are apt to be surprised that the physician should attach so much importance to the case. In a little while the patient becomes drowsy, wanders in his mind, talks incoherently, hiccoughs, and eructates, and in from thirty to forty hours dies suddenly in a comatose condition, or in convulsions. In one case, the patient asked for drink, and as he was raised in bed to enable him to swallow it, he fell back dead. The cause of death in suppression of urine is the retention of urea in the system, which i-i a poisonous excrementitious mat- ter, and which if not passed off is as certain to produce death, as when the lungs do not set free carbonic acid gas. It is sometimes the case that a suppression of urine may continue for a considerable time, and not prove fatal, the urea being carried off by «• Nitrate of Urea. excessive sweating, or diarrhea—but such *• 0xalate of Ure*' instances are rare. When urea is present in healthy urine containing Chloride of Sodium, crosslets and daggers, as in fig. 31, will be seen as the urine evaporates from a glass slip under the microscope. When an equal bulk of Nitric Acid i3 added to urine, and exposed to the action of cold, crystals of Nitrate of Urea will form, more or less readily in proportion to the excess of Urea, as in fig. 32. Causes. These are not clearly known. It may be induced by exposure to cold ; by injuries to the back or loins ; by irritation of the kidneys, in- duced by the lodgment of a calculus in the kidneys or ureters; and by 6ympathetical irritation, the effect of powerful medicines. A slight sup- pression may continue for a considerable time without being followed by any unpleasant consequences ; but when it is complete, and the symptoms of lethargy or coma ensue, they are evidences that the brain and nervous system are succumbing under the noiious agency of the urea, and in such eases a cure is rarely effected. Some consider this affection due to a par- alysis of the nerve-centers, or of the kidneys, others, to the fact that the urea is not formed in the kidneys as usual. Trkatmext. The patient should be at once placed in a bath as warm as he can bear, and should remain in for some fifteen or twenty minutes. As soon as he has been removed from it and dried, apply cups freely over the region of the kidneys, and follow them by hot fomentations. .An active cathartic will be found efficient, and the Compound Powder of Jalap, to a dose of which about fifteen grains of Cream of Tartar may be added, will probably be equal to any. An infusion of Queen of the Meadow root, and Peach leaves, equal parts of each, may be drank freely, as well as of Marsh- mallows, Hair-cap moss, &c. Stimulating injections will also be found use- ful, among which, I prefer the following:—Take of a strong infusion of Horseradish root eight fluidounces, Tincture of Prickly-Ash berries four fluidounces, Tincture of Nux Vomica three fluidrachms; mix. Inject into the bowels about half a fluidounce, and repeat itthree'or four times a day, as the c.twe may require. This treatment should be pursued very energeti- cally ; the bath may be required two or three times in the course of the day. A very valuable pill is composed of Eupurpurin two scruples, Xan- thoxyMn one scruple, Strychnia one grain; mix thoroughly and divide into twenty pills, of which one may be given two or three times a day. 440 AMERICAN FAMILY PHYSICIAH. Any disease co-existing with the suppression, must, of course, be treated according to its indications. As we cannot determine really upon the cause of the suppression it is always proper to administer active, but not stimulating diuretics, and if these do not relieve after a reasonable time, with the other measures, very little encouragement can be afforded. The same may be said where the suppression follows a long-contiuued organic disease of the kidneys. RETENTION OF URINE. Retention of Urine is applied to those cases where the urine is excreted by the kidneys, but from some cause in the ureters, urethra, or bladder is not discharged externally. Symptoms. There is an inability to void the urine on attempting to do so, and after several ineffectual attempts, the patient becomes fatigued with his efforts, and also alarmed. An uneasiness and pain is felt in the region of the bladder, which extends to the thighs and loins, the bladder can be felt above the pubes, hard and enlarged, and "pressure upon it causes increased pain. The desire to urinate becomes more and more urgent, the patient strains, but accomplishes nothing in the way of urinating. As this state progresses, the pulse becomes hard and frequent, the face flushed, the skin hot, the heart beats rapidly, and the tongue is covered with a white fur. As the kidneys go on excreting urine, the danger lies in a rupture of the bladder, or in inflammation of the peritoneum. Sometimes the urine dribbles away, from the fact that the distending force of the accumulated fluid equals the resistance, and this condition though not followed by a rupture of the bladder, may give rise to a serious inflammation. The blad- der has been known to contain one gallon of urine without rupturing; and the rupture when it does occur is usually on the third or fourth day. Some writers have divided Retention of Urine into three degrees, viz:— Dysuria, in which the urine is passed with pain, and considerable heat 01 scalding; Strangury, in which the urine is voided drop by drop, with great difficulty, and is attended with heat or scalding pain, tenesmus of the neck of the bladder, See.; Ischury or Ischuria Vera, in which the urine having passed from the kidneys to the bladder, the patient cannot void it, notwith- standing the desire which is incessantly harassing him. Causes. Retention of urine may be owing to a paralysis of the blad- der ; mechanical obstruction at the neck of the bladder,, or in the urethral canal; inflammation of the neck of the bladder; injuries to the bladder, 01 in its neighborhood; irritation of the parts from gravel or stone, or from cantharides taken internally, or absorbed from a blister; tumors; enlarged prostate glands, &c. • Treatment. This will vary according to the cause. Should there be some mechanical impediment to the flow of urine, at the neck of the blad- der, or in some part of the urethra, it may be proper to introduce a cathe- ter; but if from stricture or other cause, this is not deemed advisable; a surgical operation may have to be resorted to. When the retention is owing to inflammation about the neck of the bladder, the patient may be placed in a warm hip bath, and remain there for fifteen or twenty minutes, and on coming out, a hot fomentation of equal parts of II ops and Lobelia leaves should be applied to the perineum, renewing it frequently; if, after an hour, the urine does not pass, a catheter may be introduced. In some severe cases, it may become necessary to pro- RETENTION OF URINE. 441 duce perspiration by administering a dose or two of the Compound Tinc- ture of Virginia Snakeroot, and also to effect relaxation of any spasm which may be present, by injections into the bowels of equal partsof the Compound Tincture of Lobelia and Capsicum, and warm water, having the patient to retain the injection as long as possible. If the bowels be costive, an active dose of the Compound Powder of Jalap should be given. In one case which I attended, the feces were hard and impacted in the rectum, and could not be dislodged by purgatives or injections, and it became neces- Bary to scoop out a portion of the fecal matter before an alvine operation could be procured. When fresh Stramonium leaves can be procured, they Bhould be bruised and applied to the perineum; they are a superior agent in relieving inflammation and congestion about the neck of the bladder. In from half an hour to an hour after their application, it will found that the catheter will readily pass into the bladder. (It will also be_ found a valuable application in retention from enlarged prostate.) In the introduc- tion of the catheter, great care should be used; it should be passed with gentleness, lest the urethra become inflamed or injured, effects which are very apt to follow unskilful and improper attempts. Again, in these cases of retention, they should not be permitted to continue too long without treatment, lest serious mischief ensue. When paralysis of the bladder is a cause of retention of urine, the bladder should be evacuated once or twice a day with the catheter, while, at the same time, means should be employed to cure the paralysis. Should the catheter be passed with difficulty and pain, it will be better not to remove it after its introduction, unless too much irritation be kept up by its pres- ence ; and when it is allowed to remain in, the open extremity should be plugged, so that the urine can be passed as often as required. To over- come the paralysis, a current of electro-magnetism may be passed through the parts once or twice a day; and a constant discharge should be kept up, by means of the Compound. Tar plaster applied over the spinal column immediately below the small of the back, or over the lumbosacral region. The bowels should be kept regular, and the skin bathed and rubbed daily. Internally, the following will be found very useful, as its effect upon the nervous system is most potent: Take of Strychnia one-sixteenth of a grain, Cantharides one-eighth of a grain, Powdered Arnica leaves from three to five grains; mix for a dose. Three of these powders may be given in the course of every twenty-four hours. Great care and watchfulness is requisite in the administration of this mixture, as it will be found that the strychnia will produce an active influence on some persons, requiring a diminution of its quantity in each dose, or its entire suspension. I have frequently met with patients in whom the one-fiftieth of a grain of Strych- nia caused symptoms manifesting its presence in a very decided manner. Another very valuable mixture, useful in paralysis, as well as neuralgia of the bladder, is composed as follows r Take of Strychnia one-sixteenth of a grain, Extract of Aconite, Extract of Hyoscyamus, each, half a grain, Sulphate of Quinia two grains; mix, and form into a pill. One of these pills is a dose, to be repeated two or three times in every twenty-four hours. Another excellent pill is composed of Eupurpurin two scruples, Xanthoxylin one scruple, Strychnia one grain; mix well together, and divide into twenty pills, of which one may be given two or three times a day. When the paralysis of the bladder is merely temporary, and in connection with debility caused by fevers, &c, the Tincture of Muriate of Iron in dosea of ten drops every hour or two, may be exhibited in an infusion of Uva Ursi, Queen of the Meadow, Spearmint, or Trailing Arbutus; and one of 442 AMERICAN FAMILY PHYSICIAN. these infusions may be drank freely. Oil of Turpentine, in doses of twentv drops three times a day, has been recommended in these cases. When there is a retention of urine during an attack of hysteria, the catheter should not be used, though its use may be threatened in the hearing of the patient- a cold douche to the genital parts will answer a much better purpose. _ Strangury will generally be overcome by warm hip-baths, warm fomenta- tions, and a free use of cooling and mucilaginous diuretics, as infusions of Watermelon seeds, Pumpkin seeds, Marshmallow, Cleavers, Parsley, &c Retention of urine in infants and children may be cured in most cases by the warm bath, application of powdered Garlics or Onions over the region of the bladder, and the use of Sweet Spirits of Nitre, in appropriate doses in some one of the above-named diuretic infusions. In ordinary urinary difficulties where the urine is high-colored, scalding or in diminished quantity, one of the following remedies may be used with advantage: 1. Compound Infusion of Trailing Arbutus; 2. Compound Pills of Soap; 3. Cold Infusion of Sickle grass, or Cleavers; 4. Oil of Pumpkin seeds, six to twelve drops, four or five times a day, &c. INCONTINENCE OP URINE. Incontinence of Urine, or Enuresis, is a disease common to children, in which they involuntarily discharge their urine, especially at night. Some- times instances are met with in which the child has no ability whatever to retain the urine, which is more or less constantly escaping from it. This difficulty is occasionally met with among adults, especially those advanced in life. Causes. Incontinence of urine may be owing to distension of the blad- der, with great irritability; to paralysis of the bladder, as is frequently the case among the aged; to enlargement of the prostate gland; to injury of the spinal nerves; to mechanical pressure, as from tumors, pregnancy, &c; to masturbation; and to the presence of foreign bodies in the bladder, as gravel, and which is frequently met with among rheumatic and gouty persons. Treatment. In those cases in which the incontinence is owing to irrita- tion of the bladder, the cause of the irritation will have to be removed before any permanent benefit can be expected. Much relief, however, may be derived from the following pleasant remedy, and among children it will frequently effect cures: Take of Isinglass (long staple) one roll; boil it in one pint of water until it is dissolved; then strain, and add one pint of sweet milk, put it again over the fire, and let it "just boil up," then sweeten with loaf sugar, and grate nutmeg upon it. When properly made, it re- sembles custard. An adult may take of this a tumblerful three or four times a day. The Compound Infusion of Trailing Arbutus will frequently over- come irritation; and, in some instances, among adults, the following mix- ture : Take of Tincture of Cantharides, Tincture of Digitalis, Tincture of Colchicum seed, each, one fluidounce, Tincture of Lupulin one fluidounce and a half; mix. The dose is twenty or thirty drops, three or four times a day. When the disease is connected with irritation of the spinal nerves, the back may be douched with cold water twice a day, counter-irritation should also be applied along the spinal column, as, firing, and the electro-magnetic current may be passed through the bladder and along the spinal column, daily. In some cases the Compound Tar plaster upon the back, over the tender parts, will be useful. GRAVEL. 443 When the incontinence is owing to debility or relaxation of the bladder, the Compound Infusion of Trailing Arbutus may be given, in connexion with the free use of a strong infusion of equal parts of Beth root, Bayberry bark, and Wild Cherry bark. In these cases of want of tone m the bladder, the following preparations have been used with advantage: 1. Take of Tincture of Acetate of Iron, Tincture of Nux Vomica, each, equal parts; mix The dose is ten or fifteen drops, to be repeated twice each evening, at intervals of two or three hours. 2. Take of Black Oxide of_Iron forty- eight grains, Extract of Nux Vomica one grain; mix, and divide into twenty- four powders, of which one may be given every night and morning. 3. Take of Tincture of Muriate of Iron two fluidrachms. Balsam Copaiba one flui- drachm, Tincture of Strychnia one grain, Infusion of Quassia twelve fluid- ounces ; mix, and administer a fluidounce three times a day. Incontinence in children is often the result of habit or carelessness in not being made to urinate immediately before going to bed; it will, therefore, be necessary to attend to this, and also to awaken the child at certain periods through the night, for the purpose of emptying the bladder.^ In some cases it may be found that the urine is passed during sleep while in one particular position, as, for instance, on the back—by changing this position, some benefit may, at times, result. Where children an. in the habit of taking suppers very little fluid should be allowed them, and tea and coffee must be abstained from, even for some time after a cure has been effected. The diet should be principally boiled milk and wheat flour, with a little Cinnamon or Nutmeg sprinkled on it; or the above Isinglass Custard may be used every day. In most cases a stimulating strengthening plaster worn on the lower half of the back will be found a valuable auxiliary. In cases where no relief can be obtained, contrivances must be resorted to prevent the constant discharge of urine, and to protect the neighboring parts from being excoriated by contact with it. GRAVEL. The waste or disintegrated portions of the tissues of the system are, to a great extent, carried off in a soluble state in the urine, under the form of several acids, alkalies, calcareous earth, and other substances; but from irregularities in diet, or from actual disease, one or more of these matters may exist in excess, and will be deposited at the bottom of the urine voided, after it has stood for a short time. Occasionally, however, the accumulation of these matters becomes so great that the deposit occurs in the kidneys or some part of the urinary organs, from whence it passes into the bladder, thus giving rise to gravel. In perfect health no deposit is found in the urine, until it has undergone decomposition. (See Fig. 29.) Healthy urine is of a light amber color, transparent, reddens litmus paper, has an aromatic, violet-like odor, a saline, bitter, and rather disa- greeable taste, a temperature on being passed varying from 92° to 100° Fahrenheit, and a specific gravity from 1.003 to 1.030. From twenty to fifty ounces is passed in twenty-four hours, holding 600 or 700 grains of solid matter in solution, and averaging in specific gravity from 1.015 to 1.020. That which is passed after drinking much water or other fluid, ia usually pale, of specific gravity 1.003 to 1.009, and is called urina potus; that which is passed after the digestion of a full meal, urina chyli, has a specific gravity 1.030; and that which is passed after a night's rest, urina tanguinis, furnishes the best specimen of the average density of the whole 444 AMERICAN FAMILY PHYSICIAN. urine, varying from 1.015 to 1.025. The urine of infants is inodorous colorless, of low specific gravity, and but little reaction on litmus paper. In the examination of urine the different specimens passed at various periods of the day, should be tested both singly and combined, their color, opacity transparency, &c, should be noted, and that recently discharged should be examined, as well as after it has stood for twelve or twenty-four hours. Urea is a healthy constituent of urine, it is neither acid nor alkaline and is formed by the oxygenization of Uric Acid. When Nitric or Oxalic Acid is added to urine containing urea, the Nitrate or Oxalate separates in the crystalline form. (See Fig. 82.) When there is an excess of urea, owing to too great a degree of oxygeni- zation of Uric Acid, we usually find it be associated with dyspeptic affections disorder of the functions of the skin, in plethoric conditions, &c. The urine is generally clear and free from sediments, and has a high specific gravity 1.020 to 1.030. It is usually deficient in Bright's disease, hepatic dropsy, cirrhosis, anemic conditions, and various chronic and nervous diseases; the quantity of urine is considerably augmented, and its specific gravity ranges between 1.001 and 1.008. Urine generally contains Chloride of Soda, which on evaporation forms crosslets or daggers when urea is present. (See a, Fig. 31.) In the treatment of cases where urea is in excess, the bowels must be kept regular, the functions of the skin maintained in as healthy a condition as possible by bathing, frictions, and diaphoretics; vegetable and chalybeate tonics may be given ; moderate exercise should be taken daily; and the diet should be light, consisting of poultry, fish, vegetables, and as a drink, wine or beer. When urea is deficient, the skin must have particular attention paid to it; medicines to influence the liver and kidneys must be given; the bowels must be kept regular, with vegetable tonics and a good nourish- ing diet. Symptoms. Persons laboring under gravel are frequently attacked with such acute pain, as the calculus passes from the kidney to the bladder, as to occasion fainting, and even convulsions; relief, however, is frequently afford- ed by the use of opium and the warm bath, in such cases. There is a severe and permanent pain in the region of the kidney, extending down to the groin and upper part of the thigh, with a numbness on the parts of the affected side, and a violent drawing up of the corresponding testicle; the pain is periodically excessively severe, causing sickness and even vomiting. There is often a degree of irritation at the neck of the bladder, which may extend along the urethral canal, with a constant disposition to urinate. When the stone reaches the bladder, these symptoms disappear, to return on the forma- tion and passage of another. Sometimes the only symptom observed will be the passage of sand or gravel with the urine, the gravel being formed in the bladder, or, if in the kidneys, being so small as to readily pass through the ureters. When the gravelly deposits are not expelled with the urine, they form layers upon each other an 1 develop a stone or calculus in the bladder, which sooner or later gives rise to severe suffering, and ultimately terminates in the death of the patient, unless it be removed by a successful surgical operation. As the character of the deposits, met with in urine, differ materially fron> each other, and as their treatment also varies according to the character ot the deposit, each one will be considered under a distinct head, that no con- fusion may exist relative thereto in the mind of the reader. GRAVEL. 445 URIC, or LITHIC ACID GRAVEL. In the urine of persons who have the Uric Acid Gravel, after it has become cool, will be found dirty-white, yellow, pink, or red depos- its, which adhere to the sides of the vessel, forming incrustations if permitted to remain, and in which the microscope will expose to view crystals of Urio Acid. Sometimes pure Uric Acid passes with.the urine in the shape of fine sand, or even in large crystals, and which constitutes true Uric Acid Gravel. The urine itself is usually scanty, much higher- colored than natural, somewhat of the color of brown Sherry, and is highly acid, giving to litmus paper a deeper shade of red than healthy urine. Uric acid is very soluble in Varieties of Uric Acid Crystals. Liquor Potassa, from which it may be precipitated by Nitric or Muriatic Acids. It is also soluble in an excess of Nitric Acid, by means of heat, dissolving with effervescence, and leaving a pink residue when the solution is evapo- rated. Concentrated Sulphuric Acid dissolves it, from which solution water precipitates it. It is insoluble in water, Ether, Alcohol, and Acetic, Nitric, and Muriatic Acids. Exposed to the heat of the blewpipe it evolves an odor of Bitter Almonds, and leaves a small quantity of white ashes. (See Figs. 21, 23, 26, and 33.) Causes. Uric Acid is the result of the decomposition or destruction of the tissues of the human body; a large amount of effete nitrogen is elimi- nated from the system under this form; it is usually converted into soluble urea by the action of oxygen, and when the oxygenization is deficient, Uric Acid will be found in the urine in excess. It is generally present in inflam- matory conditions, gouty and rheumatic diseases, disordered conditions of the skin, some dyspeptic affections, febrile diseases, diseases of the reproduc- tive organs, injuries or excessive straining of the loins, and several com- plaints of a chronic nature, particularly when associated with great weakness and emaciation; it is also common among the intemperate in alcoholic drinks and meats. Persons who indulge in lying long in bed, who have a habit of retaining the urine in the bladder for a long time, who are exposed more or less continually to changes of temperature, or who use much animal food with but little exercise, are very apt to have this form of gravel. Treatment. In the treatment of Uric Acid Gravel, the bowels should be kept regular every day by means of the mixture of Rhubarb and Bicarbonate of Potassa, mentioned under Costiveness, on page 426, and occasionally Magnesia may be substituted for a few days. Especial attention must be paid to the functions of the skin by frequent bathings and frictions ; moder- ate exercise should be taken daily, and the diet should be nutritious, partak- ing sparingly of animal food, and avoiding all indigestible articles, or arti- cles which will acidify upon the stomach, no wine, beer, or other alcoholic drinks must be used. Fruits which contain Acetic, Citric, or Tartaric Acid, in combination with Potassa, may be eaten in moderation. As a medicine, the Compound Infusion of Trailing Arbutus will, probably, be found one of the best agents for the removal of this kind of gravel, yet offered to the profession. It should be taken daily, in wineglassful doses, three, four, or five times a day, and its use persisted in until a complete cure is effected. Where the patient is of an anemic habit, some preparation of 446 AMERICAN FAMILY PHYSICIAN. iron may a!s<. be given. In some cases, where other diseases are associated with the gravel, Colchicum, vegetable tonics, alteratives, or other agents will be required, according to the nature of the complication. As solvents to hold the Uric Acid in solution in the urine, the following agents have been recommended: Carbonates of Soda or Potassa, in doses varying from ten to thirty grains, and repeated two or three times a day these alkalies should not be given too long, nor in too large doses—and care should be taken not to destroy the acidity of the urine entirely, as a new form of gravel, phosphatic, may be thereby occasioned. Phosphate of Soda and Benzoic Acid have likewise been found useful; likewise Borax, but thia last is improper for females as it is apt to cause abortion or some menstrual derangement. Among the agents which have been successfully used in Uric Acid Gravel may be named the Compound Pills of Soap; cold infusion of Cleavers, Broad-leafed Cactus, and Sickleweed; infusion of Wild Carrot root' syrup of Appletree bark; and Oil of Pumpkin seed ten drops every three hours. PHOSPHATIC GRAVEL. When the earthy phosphates exist in the urine in excess, this fluid will be found to vary much both in its color and specific gravity. More com- monly it is pale, frequently white like whey; sometimes dark-brown, or greenish-brown; very offensive; usually alkaline, with a dense, tough, stringy mucus, and often stained with blood. Occasionally it may be some- what acid immediately after leaving the bladder, but speedily assumes a neu- tral, or alkaline character. When pale its specific gravity varies from 1.005 to 1.014; when of an ambe^hue with urea in excess, it varies from 1.020 to 1.030. The phosphatic depositions generally occur in the form of white sand or gravel, which may be amorphous or crystallized. When amorphous it is commonly a Phosphate of Lime, (See Fig. 28.) which is white, not dis- solved by Liquor Potassa, the urine being opaque, and of high specific grav- ity; it is more frequently met with among aged persons, and is indicative of disease of the bladder, prostate gland, or both, of a dangerous character. When the deposits are crystalline, they are composed of minute shining crystals of a triple salt, the Phosphate of Ammonia and Magnesia, which may assume various forms under the microscope, as seen in Figs, 22 and 28. Sometimes the amorphous and crystalline sediments are met with to- gether, forming what is termed mixed jot fusible phosphates; the urine containing them is of low specific gravity, more or less opaque, of an alka- line character, and becomes speedily offensive; on standing, it deposits Phosphate of Lime, mucus, and a trace or more of Amorphous Carbonates; the triple Phosphate is not deposited, but remains dissolved in the urine, from which it may be precipitated by adding an excess of Aqua Ammonia. The calculus formed from this combination is white, friable, similar to lime. dissolves readily in Muriatic Acid, and melts in the flame of the blowpipe. Nitric Acid, or Muriatic Acid, dissolves the Phosphates; but the Alkaline Carbonates, or Potassa, or Ammonia, in solution, do not affect them. The triple Phosphates are more usually observed among young persons. Causes. Excess of Phosphatic deposits in the urine, accompanies a de- bilitated condition of the system, and may be owing to injuries of the back or spine; to dyspepsia; mal-assimilation of food; innutritious food; irri- tability, or exhaustion of the nervous system; sedentary habits; excessive mental exertion ; general weakness of the system ; some organic disease of the kidneys; or diseased mucous membrane of the bladder, &c. GRAVEL. 447 Treatment There is no agent with which I am acquainted, which ex- erts such a prompt and permanent influence in removing the white or phos- phatic travel, as the Compound Balsam of Sulphur. The Compound Infu- sion of Trailing Arbutus has frequently proved efficacious, and may be used when the other cannot be obtained, but it is inferior in efficacy In addition to these means, others must be employed, according to the charac- ter of the symptoms present. As in the other instances, the bowels must be kept regular, the functions of the skin attended to by bathing and fric- tion with moderate exercise. Vegetable tonics may be exhibited, or alter- atives if indicated ; any derangement of the liver must be removed by appropriate remedies; anodynes, as the Compound Powder of Ipecacuanha and Opium, may be administered to allay any general or local irritation; the body must be kept warmly clad; and the diet must be generous, avoid- ing, however, all greasy food. Syrup, or sugar, used at meal time, has fre- quently been found to prevent a phosphatic deposition in the urine. Traveling and change of scenery, will always be of service. In those cases, where there is a discharge of white, long, tough ropes of puriform mucus with the urine, an infusion of Golden Seal may be injected into the bladder, two or three times a day. Infusions of Buchu, or Pareira Brava, are some- times useful, especially when pus is present; when a ropy mucus is found to exist, Oil of Turpentine, Copaiba, or Cubebs, have occasionally proved advantageous. The Fluid Extract of Hydrangea Arborescens is very useful in phosphatic deposits, and alkaline urine, in chronic gleet, and mucous irritations of the bladder in aged persons. The above two forms of gravel, uric and phosphatic, frequently alternate with each other, so that the treatment required must vary according to the character of the deposit prevailing at the time. Fig. 34. OXALIC GRAVEL. Tins form of gravel or calculi, is occasioned by the presence of oxalate of lime in the urine, in the form of octohedral crystals, or dumb-bells, (see Figs. 2-1, 25, and 34;) when they form large calculi, they are usually of a deep brown or black color, with a rough, tuberculated surface, which has caused them to be named "mulberry calculi." The urine is generally clear and bright, of a dark, am- ber color, of acid reaction, occasionally neu- tral or alkaline, and of specific gravity vary- ing from 1.015 to 1.025 ; in a majority of instances, urea will be present in excess. Epithelial cells are very common in urine containing oxalate of lime, (see Figs. 15, 16, 17 ;) and should there be considerable urate of ammonia, the urine will frequently become thick or jelly-like when exposed to the action of heat. It will frequently be the case, when oxalate of lime and urate of ammonia are combined in a deposit, that the former cannot be seen under the microscope until tho latter have been dissolved, which may be accomplished by adding a drop of Liquor Potassa to the drop of urine on the glass slide. .1. Dumb-bells—OxaWate of Lime. b. Oval forms of.Oxalurate of Lime. 448 AMERICAN FAMILY PHYSICIAN. When the urine presents a greenish hue in oxalate of lime formations, the coloring principle of blood is mixed with it; and when quite pale, more so than is natural, it is commonly of diminished specific gravity; the odor is generally urinary, occasionally resembling that of mignonette. It is by no means uncommon to observe an excess of phosphates with the oxalate of lime deposit. Oxalate of lime is not dissolved by water, Liquor Potassa, or Acetic Acid ; Nitric and Muriatic Acids dissolve it without causing effervescence; in the flame of the blowpipe, it is changed into carbonate of lime, and if the heat be raised and kept up for a length of time, the Carbonic Acid will be driven off, and caustic lime be left. The dumb-bell deposits arc slowly converted into octohedral crystals, when preserved for a long time in liquid. Causes. Oxalate deposits are supposed to be the result of an imperfect oxygenization, and a want of proper assimilation of food during the diges- tive process. They are usually associated with functional disease of the organs of digestion of a grave nature ; great prostration of the vital powers; mental depression; irritable temper; mental or physical inactivity; fond- ness for solitude; masturbation ; partial or complete impotency; pain or distress about the small of the back and loins; debaucheries; irritable bladder; habitual debility, &c. Severe injuries across the back or loins, intemperance, venereal excesses, forcible or improper attempts at passing a catheter into the bladder, extravagant use of the rhubarb plant in pies, &c, may likewise give rise to these deposits. When the bladder is diseased, or when a stone is lodged in it, the urine will generally be either neutral or alkaline. Treatment. The treatment in oxalic gravel must be principally ad- dressed to the digestive organs and of a tonic character. Nitro-muriatic Acid, composed of two parts of Nitric Acid and one of Muriatic, may be given in some vegetable tonic infusion, and continued until the deposits have changed to Uric Acid, or Urate of Ammonia, when its use must be suspended until the oxalate crystals reappear, when it must be again administered; this course must be pursued, in conjunction with the other measures, until a cure is effected. About five or six drops of Nitro-muriatic Acid may he given every four or five hours in half a table-spoonful of infusion of Colombo, or Golden Seal, the whole being added to a wineglassful of water. In con- nection with this, a pill composed of Aletridin one grain, Hydrastin one grain, and Extract of Nux Vomica one-twentieth of a grain, may be given, repeating it three times every day. And any peculiar dyspeptic symptoms which may be present, will require to be treated according to their indica- tions. The bowels should be kept regular, if necessary, by small doses of Podophyllin, triturated with common Salt. The skin must not be ne- glected, the whole surface should be sponged every morning with cold or tepid water, and in drying considerable friction should be used; a Spirit vapor bath every two or three weeks will be of much benefit. If the pa- tient be anemic, some preparation of Iron may be substituted for the Nitro- muriatic Acid, as the Tincture of Muriate of Iron, which may be used in doses often drops every three hours in the above vegetable tonic infusion; or the Ammonia-tartrate of Iron may be administered in doses of five or ten grains every three or four hours. A plain but nutritious diet must be used, always masticating the food thoroughly; all spirituous or fermented liquors must be avoided, also all food which contains Oxalic Acid, as sorrel, rhubarb plant, salads, onions, &c. Sugar and all saccharine substances should also be prohibited as a diet, as well as pickles, and fat or greasy arti- cles -t hard water, which contains lime, is exceedingly improper; pure, free- GRAVEL. 449 Stone, rain, or distilled water being alone proper for drink. Moderate exercise in the open air, avoiding fatigue, however, should be taken every dav; and sexual excesses, indolence, excessive study, and every thing cal- culated to depress the nervous system or impair the digestive organs, should be studiously abstained from. When the oxalate deposits have disappeared, and Uric Acid or Urate of Ammonia exists, it will be proper to omit the iN ltro- muriatic Acid, and administer instead the Tincture of Colchicum seed, in doses of ten or fifteen drops in a little water, three times a day; at the same time, continuing the tonic treatment,—returning to tho mineral acid as soon as the oxalic deposits reappear. URATE OF AMMONIA DEPOSITS. Fig. 35. It may be proper to notice a few other de- posits met with in urine, and refer briefly to their treatment. Among these, the most common is the Lithate, or Urate of Ammo- nia, (See Figs. 27 and 35.) This deposit presents various colors, from white to reddish- purple, or pink, and is a very soluble urate. When there is a considerable quantity of this urate in the urine, it will present various characters. Commonly, the urine is very high-colored, thick, muddy, and somewhat acid, of the specific gravity of 1.025, and de- posits, on cooling, a reddish-brown, or brick- red sediment. When the urine is pale, but a. Rare forms of Urate of Ammo- becomes opaqueon standing for a short time, nia, the spicula being, probably, Uric its specific gravity is usually 1.012 ;' when it Acid; occasionally observed in albumi- j^g & le amber h jth eopious chest_ nous urine, and occurring in arop.'y r,. , , ' . r ,. . after scarlatina. nut or hvcr-colored sediment on standing, its b. Urate of Soda, usual forms in uri- specific gravity is generally 1.018. Some- nary eposits. times, urine containing an excess of Urate of Ammonia will be met with of an alkaline reaction, or neutral. Urate of Ammonia when precipitated from urine, may be redisso.ved by heating this fluid, but it will be deposited again as soon as it cools; solu- tions of alkalies likewise dissolve it. If Potassa be added to the urine and heat applied, the vapors which escape, will have the odor of Ammonia. If Muriatic Acid be added to urine containing Urate of Ammonia, the acid will combine with the Ammonia, forming Muriate of jVmmonia in solution, while, at the same time, crystals of the liberated Uric Acid will be deposited. Urate of Soda, (see Fig. 35,) is occasionally met with in the urine, its chemical reactions are similar to those of Urate of Ammonia, with the ex- ception of not giving an odor of Ammonia when heated with Potassa. When these urates are present in excess, it is generally owing to some derangement of the functions of the skin, or to intemperance in eating or drinking, and may be found associated with the same forms of disease as named under Uric Acid. When they are present to such an extent as to be precipitated in the bladder before the urine has been evacuated, it is an indication of a more serious difficulty. Treatment. This will be the same as advised in Uric Acid Deposits, on page 445. 29 450 AMERICAN FAMILY PHYSICIAN. Fig. 36. rt. Ordinary forms of Hippuric Acid when Benzoic Acid is administered. b. Different forms of Hippuric Acid in healthy urine. Fig. 37. a. Crystals of Hippuric Acid evapo- rated from an Alcoholic solution. b. Crystals of Hippuric Acid after the aotion of Muriatic Acid on the urine eontaining it in excess. c. Crystals of Hippuric Acid in nee- dle-like tufts. Fig. 38. HIPPURIC ACID DEPOSITS. When Benzoic Acid, or articles containing it, are administered internally, it undergoes decomposition, and is converted into Hippu- ric Acid, which may be observed in the urine. This acid is likewise a healthy constituent of the urine of the cow and horse. Human urine in which Hippuric Acid ex- ists, is slightly acid, with a whey-like odor, and a specific gravity varying from 1.006 to 1.008. It is sometimes neutral, or even alka- line, and frequently deposits the crystalline triple Phosphates. It may be procured by evaporating the urine containing it until it is quite thick, and then adding about half the bulk of Muriatic Acid; on letting thia stand for a few hours, a sediment will be pre- cipitated, which must be boiled in Alcohol, then filtered, and evaporated to dryness. It forms long, narrow, four-sided prismatic crys- tals, (see Figs. 36 and 37,) which are very readily dissolved in boiling water, or Alco- hol, and but slightly so in cold water, or Ether. Muriatic Acid dissolves it without decomposing it. Nitric Acid changes it into Benzoic Acid. Its taste is bitter, and when exposed to a powerful heat, it melts, and forms an oily substance of a reddish color, and an odor very similar to that of the Ton- ka bean. Its presence in the urine of man, is attributed to want of nitrogenous diet, ot derangement of the lungs, liver, or skin. _ Treatment. This consists in an attention to the skin; regularity of bowels; exercise; pure air; nitrogenous diet, and the use of some preparation of Iron a. Cystine as an urinary deposit. b. Cystine, crystallized from an Am- moniacal solution. CYSTINE DEPOSITS. Deposits of Cystine are occasionally met with. The urine containing it is generally paler than the urine of health, -sometimes presents an oily appearance, and not wine- quently has a greenish color. It is ordinarily neutral, but when it is acid on being passe it speedily becomes alkaline. It usually Ms a low specific gravity, an odor like that o. Sweet Briar, with a deficiency of Urea an Uric Acid. On cooling, crystals of cystine and triple phosphate will be seen floating its surface. ifl# Cystine may be precipitated from its sw HEMORRHAGES. 451 fon in Ammonia, or from urine containing it, by the addition of Acetic Acid It forms crystalline plates of many angles, or rosettes with sharply indented margins, which are less transparent in the center than around the borders ; sometimes the plates are four-sided, at others six. A deposit of cvstine is of a white or pale chestnut color ; dissolves in the caustic alkalies, as Soda Potassa, and Ammonia, as well as in the carbonates of the first two; is slowly dissolved by Oxalic, Muriatic, Nitric, Phosphoric or Sulphuric Acid • and is not dissolved by Citric, Tartaric, or Acetic Acid, Alcohol, and the Carbonate of Ammonia. When allowed to evaporate spontaneously from its solution in Ammonia, it forms six.-sided plates. Upon boiling it in a solution of Potassa, and adding Acetate of Lead to it, a black precipi- tate ensues; owing to the Sulphur it contains — about one-fourth its weight. On burning it, a disagreeable smell is produced, and the flame is of aT greenish-blue color. They somewhat resemble the crystals of Chloride of Sodium, or Salt, (see Fig. 31,) but may be distinguished by being dis- solved more slowly in water, and by not vanishing on exposing the urine to heat. . . The origin of cystine in the urine, is a matter of conjecture ; it is sup- posed to be owing to a perverted assimilation of the albuminous and gelat- inous tissues; imperfect secretion of bile; deficient oxygenization; scrofula; fatty liver; and oxidation of the tissues, as in chlorosis. The treatment which has been found to answer the best purpose in diseases developing cystine in the urine, is a tonic and alterative one, as the use of preparations of Iron; Iodine; Iodide of Iron; Nitro-muriatic Acid, _&c, with medicines to act upon the liver, as Podophyllin, Leptandrin, &c.; aided by bathings and frictions to the surface; regularity of bowels; daily exer- cise ; nourishing and digestible food, and the judicious use of Wine or Brandy. When the causes of the above deposits in the urine are not removed by appropriate treatment, and especially when these have been permitted to remain in the bladder, they increase in size by the formation of new layers, become adherent, and form a calculus or stone, of a size which cannot be expelled through the urethra, and which can only be removed by a surgical operation. HEMORRHAGE, or INVOLUNTARY DISCHARGES OF BLOOD. By Hemorrhage is meant any discharge of blood from the blood-vessels, whether in small or large quantity : some of these discharges are natural; as, for instance, that of menstruation, and they become hemorrhages, path- ologically, when they are too profuse, or exceed the usual amount. Hem- orrhages are divided into active and passive. Active hemorrhage occurs chiefly in the young and plethoric, and the blood evacuated is generally of a bright rod color. Passive hemorrhage is the more serious form, it usually oci-urs in those of weak constitutions from disease or otherwise, and the blood discharged is of a dark color. Under the microscope, blood is found to contain red and white globules, and globulin. The red globules are circular, flattened, biconcave bodies, being thinner in the center than at the edges, and presenting consequently an apparent but not real nucleus; when seen by reflected light, they are red; when by transmitted, they are yellowish. (See Fig. 12.) They are about the 1.5000th of an inc* in diameter, and have a tendency to turn 452 AMERICAN FAMILY PHYSICIAN. upon their edges, and to arrange themselves into rolls like roleaiix of coin The white globules are much less numerous, and of larger diameter than the red, being about 1.2000th of an inch in diameter, arc round, not colored* and have no central nucleus, but contain granulations on their surface. When it is desirable to discover whether a certain stain consists of'biood it must first be moistened with the white of egg, then scraped off the mate- rial holding it, and examined under the microscope with a quarter of an inch object glass ; if the stain consists of blood, blood-corpuscles will be rendered distinctly visible. The treatment of Menorrhagia, or Excessive Menstruation, will be found among the Diseases of Women, which see. HEMORRHAGE FROM THE NOSE. Epistaxis, or Hemorrhage from the Nose, is frequently met with in practice, and may occur at any period of life, more particularly among young persons. When it happens among those somewhat advanced in life, being profuse and frequent, it is indicative of an approaching apoplexy, palsy, or other serious attack. Symptoms. A bleeding from the nose may come on suddenly without any previous warning: or it may be preceded by heat and itching in the nostrils, pain and weight in the head, giddiness, ringing in the ears, flushed countenance, and throbbing of the temporal arteries : though it must be recollected that pale and delicate persons are more apt to be afflicted with this hemorrhage. Some persons suffer from cold feet, costiveness, and slight chilliness. Ordinarily, the blood flows from one nostril only : but in seri- ous cases, it may be discharged from both. In some cases, but a few drops escape, in others the flow may be profuse, and even continue for several days : and its periods of return will vary from every twenty-four hours, to several weeks, months, or even years. Causes. Epistaxis may be induced by any circumstance which will derange the circulation, and determine an undue amount of blood to the head, as active or laborious exercise, fatigue, application of cold to the feet, sneezing, long-continued study, exposure, to the direct rays of the sun, over- eating, violent coughing, fits of passion, intemperance, any thing tight around the neck, sudden or long-continued stooping, &c. It may likewise be occa- sioned by injuries, as falls, blows, irritating particles inhaled into the nos- trils, picking the nose and abrading the delicate membrane which lines the internal surface of the nostrils, &c. Among scrofulous persons, the bleeding will frequently be owing to an abrasion or ulceration of this membrane. Nose bleeding occurs at times as a critical discharge, as in apoplexy, com- mencing fevers, &c, in which cases it may prove salutary, and should not be checked too suddenly, unless very profuse. When it happens during the latter part of acute diseases, in scurvy, anemia, jaundice, &c, it is apt to prove troublesome and even serious. Treatment. Generally, bleeding from the nose demands but little medi- cal attention ; occasionally, however, it becomes very profuse and repeated, when it should be checked by prompt measures. In these instances, the bowels should be kept regular, the surface of the body should be bathed daily, and a pitcher of cold water may be poured on the back of the head and spinal column every morning, or a cold shower-bath may be substituted, drying at once with considerable friction. All ligatures, cravats, &c, around the neck, limbs or body, must be removed or loosened, and during the bleed- HEMORRHAGE FROM THE LUXHS. 453 in"-, the patient should keep quiet, and in a sitting posture. In severe cases it will also be proper to bathe the feet in warm water every night previous to getting into bed. If the patient be anemic, small doses o*' some prepara- tion of iron should be administered. Moderate exercise s proper, but fa- tigue must be avoided; the hours of sleep must be regv.ated; and the diet must be plain, nutritious, and easily digestible, partakiug of it in moderation. Among the many means found successful in che .King ordinary epistaxis, may be named, cold applications to the forehead, nose, and nape of the neck ; external pressure upon the nose as high up as the lower extremity of the bones of the nose, and which pressure should be sufficiently firm to close the passage, continuing it for some time; plugging the nostrils with grated dried beef, or with lint or Cotton moistened with some astringent, as, an infusion of Ceranium, or Marsh-rosemary, or a solution of Sulphate of Zinc, &c; hold- ing up both arms above the head in a vertical direction, for a length of time, ke. When the hemorrhage is severe and protracted, and cannot be checked by any of the means named, a piece of soft, dry sponge, or lint, by means of a string fastened to it, passed through the nostril, and drawn out through the mouth, is introduced into the nostril until it presses against the bleeding vessels, where it is allowed to remain until the discharge has permanently ceased. Other agents, upon a similar principle, have been passe4 into the nose with good results, as, a small bladder, portion of the intestine of a pig, e£gs- m'^'K: ;uld mashed potatoes, at least, until the condition of the 484 AMERICAN FAMILY PHYSICIAN. teeth and gums will admit of more solid food. Spinage, lettuce, parsley dandelion, wild sorrel, garden-cresses, &c, with the addition of the above named fruits and vegetables must be used; the rhubarb or pie plant is also beneficial. For drink he may use wines, ale, porter, whey, buttermilk, cider, spruce beer, infusion of the tops of the spruce fir, lemonade, &c. And as soon as the condition of the system will permit, that is, after con- siderable benefit has been derived from the acid vegetables, the Tincture of Muriate of Iron may be given in doses of twenty or thirty drops, three times a day, in an infusion of Golden Seal, Gentian, or Quassia. YAWS. Yaws, or Framboesia, is a disease supposed to have been imported from Africa, and which is common to negroes on sugar plantations, especially in the West India Islands. It is propagated by frequent contact with those affected by it, or, by inoculation with the matter from a yaw pustule or sore, and which it is said the negroes frequently perform in order to obtain an exemption from labor. The white people sometimes become tainted with the disease, particularly those who are frequently in attendance upon the diseased blacks. Symptoms. The disease is preceded by pains in the limbs, somewhat re- sembling rheumatism, and which are severe especially around the joints; languor and debility are usually present. After a time febrile symptoms, as chills, pains in the limbs, back, and joints, headache, fever, and loss of appetite, manifest themselves; these are succeeded after a few days by a pustular eruption on various parts of the body, particularly the forehead, face, neck, arm-pits, &c. At first these are not larger than a pin's head, but gradually enlarge until they are half an inch or more in diameter; they are filled with an opaque, whitish fluid, and discharge, when they burst, a thick, glutinous matter, which forms a thick and disagreeable scab. These pustules do not cover the whole body at any one time, nor do they appear in regular succession like the eruption of small-pox ; but when one crop is passing away, a new one is appearing in another place, each crop being attended with febrile symptoms. From the larger pustules a rough, mul- berrv-looking fungous excrescence is apt to arise, discharging an unhealthy viscid fluid, and which forms a scab around the edges of the excrescence. When any part of the body covered with hair is attacked with the erup- tions the hair gradually changes from a black to a white color. Ine dis- ease may last from four weeks to three months, according to the stauj or the system. It frequently causes foul and sloughy ulcers of considerate extent, and, sometimes, even caries of the bones. The disease occurs Dut once in a lifetime. • , Treatment. As soon as it is ascertained that the negro has tne ya», he should at once be removed to some private place where he can nave communication with those who have never had it, otherwise it my propagated over a whole plantation. In the early stage of ^disease, fore the eruption has fully appeared, some diaphoretic should be jven, the Compound Tincture of Virginia Snakeroot, and the patient may i wise drink freely of a decoction of Sarsaparilla, G-Tiaxacum staving,-^- ^ fras bark, and Elder flowers. The body should be bathed dal*L The warm, weak alkaline bath, and the diet should be strictly vegetable clothing should be warm and comfortable, and moderate exercise w daily. And this course may be pursued until the second stage comes NEGRO CACHEXY. 485 In the second stage, when the eruptions begin to dry off, mild purgatives should be given to keep the bowels regular, and the Compound Syrup of Sarsaparilla, or the Compound Syrup of Stillingia may be administered, in doses of two or three fluidrachms, repeated several times a day ; and this should be continued until all the scabs become thoroughly dry, and fall off. Should a foul ulcer remain, the Compound Ointment of Oxide of Zinc may be applied to it; or, an ointment composed of the Subcarbonate of Iron with Citric Acid and prepared Lard; the ulcer may frequently be washed with the Tincture of Muriate of Iron. The sole of the feet, consisting of thick cuticle, is apt to confine the discharge, when the yaws attacks this part, thereby producing extensive and obstinate ulceration of the feet, ren- dering it painful to walk. The best application in such cases, is, a poultice of the fresh Cassava root, which is common to the West Indies ; or, a dressing of the Red Oxide of Lead plaster, with a poultice of Elm and Poppy leaves. Any hard swellings which remain on the feet, may be re- moved by bathing the feet in warm water until the swellings become some- what soft, and then touch them with Caustic Potash, to produce an eschar and sore, dressing it with an Elm poultice,.to which yeast may be added, if necessary. NEGRO CACHEXY. Negro Cachexy, or Cachexia Africana, is a disease of the nutritive functions, which attacks negroes of the South and of the West Indies, in which there is a great propensity for eating earth. It presents many symptoms resembling Chlorosis, which, however, differs from it, as males and even young children are affected by it. Symptoms. The patient indulges in grief, depression of spirits, seeks solitude, is drowsy, inactive, much debilitated, and is both unwilling and unable to perform labor. There is a loss of appetite ; constant pain in the stomach ; difficult breathing, especially on the least exertion ; palpitation of the heart; paleness of the lips, face, and palms of the hands; whiteness of the tongue, with dark, ink-like spots upon it; the conjunctiva is glossy white; the skin cold, and of an olive color; the face, eyelids, and extremi- ities appear edematous or bloated; the stools are of a white or clay color; the urine is scanty ; and the pulse is small, being commonly quicker toward nb'-kt. When there is a collection of water in the cavity of the abdomen and chest, the patient can only breathe in the erect posture. Acidity of the stomach is present, occasioning a disposition to eat articles which will neutralize the acidity, as earth, chalk, &c. As the disease progresses, the lymphatic glands become indurated and inflamed; the liver enlarged and hard; the blood poor, colorless, and its red globules diminished ; and death occurs suddenly, by asphyxia. Causes. The disease arises from a want of proper energy in the system, induced by grief, despondency, harsh treatmeut, bad food, excessive labor, kc With some it is occasioned by an inactive, indolent life, and some- times it appears to be constitutional. Badly nursed children are liable to its attacks. Treatment. The patient must be placed upon a generous and nutri- tious diet, animal food, eggs, ale, porter, &c; the body should be bathed daily with a slightly acidulated wash, drying it with considerable friction; a wash of Vinegar, Salt, and Capsicum will be found very useful. Mode- rate exercise should be taken daily; cheerfulness should be encouraged, and the clothing must be warm, but adapted to the season. Cold and damp 486 AMERICAN FAMILY PHYSICIAN. air, night air, pork, the fat of meats, and fatiguing exercise must be avoided; a pure, dry air, of moderate temperature is by far the best. Costiveness must be obviated by the Powder of Rhubarb and Bicarbon^ ate of Potassa, mentioned under Indigestion, page 399; or, by Podophyllin and Leptandrin ; or, by the Compound Tincture of Tamarac, which will be found very valuable as a tonic, laxative, and alterative. In conjunction with this, some preparation of iron should be used to lestore the blood to a normal condition, as the Iodide of Iron, Carbonate of Iron, Iron by Hydro- gen, &c. The urinary organs must be attended to, giving stimulating diuretics whenever the urine is scanty, as an infusion of Queen of the Meadow, the Compound Infusion of Parsley, or the Compound Infusion of Trailing Arbutus. Negroes frequently present very peculiar and singular symptoms, many of which cannot be accounted for, but which they attribute to poisoning, I have treated many of these cases, and find no remedy equal to that of a combination of Rock Salt two parts, Capsicum one part; mix. The dose of this varies from a teaspoonful to half a table-spoonful, every two or three hours; at the same time making use of external means to produce copious sweating. This course must be repeated every day or two, until the cure is effected. BRONCHOCELE. Bronchocele, Goitre, or Swelled Neck, sometimes called Big Neck, is a tumor on the forepart of the neck or throat, formed by an enlargement of the thyroid gland. The progress of this swelling is usually extremely gradual, and the skin will retain its natural appearance for a long time. It is very common among the inhabitants of certain mountainous districts, in whom it occurs endemically, but isolated cases are met with in every sec- tion of the globe, especially in moist places. Females are more subject to bronchocele than males, and it will not unfrequently be found associated with some derangement of the uterine functions, a restoration of which to a healthy condition will very much hasten the disappearance of the bron- chocele. The cause of this disease is not understood, though many rea- sons have been assigned for its production, as the use of snow water, or some particular saline or calcareous impregnation of the water in common use as a drink. The predisposition to the disease is often transmitted from parent to child. Symptoms. The swelling takes place on one or both sides of the wind- pipe, is at first without pain, without any fluctuation, and without^ any change in the natural color of the skin. As the tumor increases in size it grows hard and irregular ; sometimes it, extends back on each side of the neck so regularly as hardly to appear like a well marked tumor. It gener- ally increases slowly, and not unfrequently it will remain stationary for a number of years, and then commence growing again, attaining an enormous size, and interfering with breathing. In most cases, the tumor is soft or spongy at first, and not sensible to feeling, but as it enlarges, it acquires a great degree of hardness, the skin assumes a brownish or copper color, ana the veins are varicose or knotty. The face is subject to flushings; an headache and shooting pains through the tumor are not uncommon, yit a few persons the disease does not prove deleterious, although the deform- ity caused by it is of a painful and mortifying nature; usually, « )* M allowed to continue, the constitution gradually fails, and the patient dies. ENLARGEMENT OF THE HEART. 487 Treatment. I have cured several cases of this disease with the Iodine pill, made as follows :—Take of Iodine half a grain, Sulphate of Morphia one-eighth of a grain, Burnt Sponge one grain, Extract of Liquorice enough to form the whole into a pill. One of these pills is a dose, which may be repeated two or three times a day. In conjunction with this, a strong electro-magnetic current must be passed through the tumor daily. The Compound Plaster of Belladonna should likewise be worn constantly over the tumor. I have seen the Compound Tar Plaster used in many instances of Bronchocele, but have not yet observed any benefits arising from it, although several experienced practitioners have recommended it very highly. The general hygienic measures must be similar to those named in scrofula. When possible, a change of residence to a dry, pleas- ant spot will be advantageous. Water, boiled, and then allowed to cool, will afford the best fluid for drink. When bronchocele is of long standing, the tumor very large, with large bloodvessels passing over various parts of it, a cure will be found very difficult; the earlier treatment is commenced, the greater will be the chance of its removal. ENLARGEMENT OF THE HEART. Enlargement, or Hypertrophy of the Heart is an unnatural growth or increase of its fibrous or muscular structure, generally confined to the* left ventricle, and sometimes affecting the right, and, occasionally, the auricles. The enlargement may exist alone, not increasing the size of the cavity of the affected portion, or, it may exist with a diminution or augmentation of the cavity; hence the names, simple hypertrophy, hypertrophy with contraction, and hypertrophy witJi dilatation. . Symptoms. There is shortness of breath on the slightest exertion; palpi- tation of the heart, frequently so severe as to jerk the whole body; and often an uneasiness around the region of the heart. Not unfrequently, headache, giddiness, ringing or buzzing in the ears, flashes of light, flushed and swelled face, nose-bleeding, and a very hard and strong pulse are accompanying symptoms. The stomach, liver, lungs, and kidneys eventually become impli- cated; there will be a dry skin; deficient and high-colored urine; swollen and purplish appearance of the face and extremities; cough; and the patient finally is forced to remain in an upright or sitting posture, with the body leaning forward, on account of the extreme difficulty of breathing. If death does not occur suddenly, the vital powers gradually fail, coma and insensi- bility come on, and the patient dies. When there is no dilatation with the hypertrophy, the pulse will be full, strong, and forcible, shaking the whole body at every pulsation, with frequent paroxysms of giddiness, headache and nose-bleedings. AVhen there is dilatation, the pulse will be more feeble, and the countenance of the. patient paler, the lips purplish, faintness, edematous swelling of the feet, and great difficulty of breathing. Certain sounds are conveyed through the stethoscope in this disease, which enables the culti- vated ear of the physician to more readily determine its correct character. Causes. Whatever tends to over-stimulate the heart, thereby producing eventually a diminution of its power, and a softening and enfeebling of its fibrous structure, may occasion this disease, as indulgence in intoxicating liquors, violent and long-continued muscular exertion, mental depression, or great excitements, excessive venery, masturbation, rheumatic, gouty, and syphilitic affections, intense study or application of the mind with little or no bodily exorcise, kc. 488 % AMERICAN FAMILY PHYSICIAN. Treatment. Hypertrophy of the heart is very difficult of cure the chances being much greater in early life, than among those who have ad- vanced in years. The treatment from which I have met with the greatest :;uccess, is the following :—Keep the bowels regular by small doses of Podo- phyllin and Leptandrin, or of the laxative powder heretofore named, com- posed of Rhubarb and Bicarbonate of Potassa ; bathe the surface daily with a weak ley-water, to which some Alcohol has been .added, and dry with con- siderable friction. To effect a diminution of the enlargement, the Iodine pill must be given daily, two or three a day, according to the severity of the disease, and the Compound Syrup of Stillingia may likewise be exhibited with great advantage. Palpitation of the heart may be overcome by the em- ployment of the Tincture of Sheep Laurel, in doses of ten or twenty drops repeated two or three times a day. Or, the following will be found very use- ful in many cases:—Take of Tincture of Musk, Essence of Cinnamon, Sul- phuric Ether, and Tincture of Sheep Laurel, each, one fluidounce; mix. The dose is from ten to thirty drops, repeated three times a day. In seve- ral cases of excessive palpitation, with great nervous agitation, I have de- rived the most benefit from a pill composed of one or two grains of the Inspissated Juice of Conium Maculatum. The diet must be principally composed of tender animal food; and intoxi- cating or stimulating drinks must be used with great cautiousness, if used at all; all mental or bodily exertion must be avoided, as well as excitements or depressions of the mind. Cheerful company is of great service; and whatever will produce moderate laughter and pleasantness of feeling, should be encouraged. Sometimes, an electro-magnetic current passed through the heart, of moderate strength, will be found beneficial. ENLARGED TONSILS. The Tonsils, or "Almonds of the Ear," as they are popularly called, frequently become permanently swelled and indurated, as a consequence of quinsy, scarlet fever, &c, and are frequently owing to an irritation of these glands, in children of a scrofulous habit. Sometimes the swelling becomes so great as to render the voice hoarse, the breathing difficult, and interfer- ing with swallowing. Deafness is sometimes produced by it, and, rarely, suffocation. Treatment. The general health of the patient must be attended to by the proper hygienic and therapeutic means, and if the patient be of a scrof- ulous habit, adopt the measures named finder scrofula. Not unfrequently, the enlargement can be removed by local applications, and especially when it is of recent formation. Among the agents which have been successfully used for this purpose, are:— 1. Take of Iodine one scruple, Ointment of Roses one ounce; mix. Apply a portion of this to the diseased tonsils every morning and evening, by means of a small brush, continuing its daily application for three or four months; if any inflammation is present, reduce it first. 2. Extract of Green Walnut shells six grains, water fifty grains; mix. Apply as above. 3. Take of Tannic Acid ten grains, common Salt twenty grains, Soft Ex- tract of Bloodroot five grains, Ointment of Roses one drachm ; mix. Apply as above. 4. The dried powder of Sesquicarbonate of Potassa, applied to the tonsils by means of a camel's hair pencil, repeating it every day or two as required- AMAUROSIS. 489 In addition, the Compound Tar plaster must be applied externally ove? the region of the enlarged glands, and a discharge be maintained from it as Ion" as the patient can bear; repeating its application after a time, if neces- sary. When these measures fail, the last resort is to excise the tonsils, an operation which should be performed only by a skilful surgeon. AMAUROSIS. Amaurosis, (jutta Serena, or Black Cataract, is a decay or loss of sigH owing to a partial or complete paralysis of the optic nerve, or a change in its structure from disease,—the eye presenting no apparent defect, except a slight dilation of the pupil, and remaining uninfluenced when exposed to the action of light. It may be owing to violent blows on the head or eye- ball, apoplexy, long-continued use of the eye by improper light, exposure of the eyes to intense light, severe exercise, strong excitements of the mind, intoxication, masturbation, tumors in the skull or orbit, undue pressure, and other causes which may debilitate the nervous system, and especially the optic nerve. Amaurosis may occur at any period of life, and is exceed- ingly difficult of cure, especially among those advanced in years. When it occurs among the young, or is owing to the suppression of habitual evacu- ations, pregnancy, or is a sequel of certain fevers, the chances,of cure are much greater. Symptoms. At first there are various perversions of sight, as a cloudi- ness or smokiness before the eyes; brilliant stars or bright spots dancing before the eyes; colored specks flitting across the sight; and sometimes there is headache, pain in the eyes, and a sensation as if dirt or dust were upon them. These symptoms may appear at various times, and either dis- appear altogether, or eventuate in blindness. Occasionally, the patient is not aware that any thing is the matter with his eyes, until made aware of it by a more or less complete loss of sight. The disease commonly attacks both eyes at the same time; rarely one eye alone is affected. Treatment. The bowels must be kept regular; the surface of the body regularly bathed and rubbed; all close or continued exertion of the eyes must be prohibited; reading, writing, fine needle-work, exposure of the eye to bright light or brilliant colors, must be avoided ; moderate exercise in the open air must be taken daily; the feet should be bathed in warm water every night; and the head dipped in cold or tepid water every morning, or a shower bath may be cautiously used. Cold water poured in a small stream, from a considerable bight, upon ^he temples, repeating it two or three times a day, will frequently prove of much utility. A good, nutritious, easily digested diet, with stimulating condiments, will be found the best in most cases. Internally, I have found some advantage from a pill composed of Iodine ten grains, Sulphate of Morphia two grains and a half, Strychnia one grain, Alcoholic Extract of Black Cohosh, a sufficient quantity to form the whole into a pill-mass; mix carefully and thoroughly together, and divide into twenty pills. The dose is one pill, repeated two or three times a day. It must be used with great circumspection on account of the Strychnia, which will be found to strongly affect many persons, even in a dose of the 1.40th of a grain; and in these cases, its quantity in the above pills must be di- minished. In addition, mild currents of electro-magnetism may be passed through the eyes, continuing them for half an hour at a time, and repeating daily. Sometimes, much benefit will be found from a Compound Tar plas 490 AMERICAN FAMILY PHYSICIAN. ter applied to the back of the neck, extending across from one joint to th« other, and down the neck to the large joint, or seventh cervical vertebra, keeping up a discharge from it as long as the patient can endure it, and repeating the application from time to time. If the patient be weak or anemic, he must be supported by tonics, as Gentian, Quassia, Colombo, and some preparation of Iron. DEAFNESS. Deafness may be owing to acute or chronic inflammation of the internal ear, to a relaxed condition of the tympanum or drum of the ear, to paralysis of the auditory nerve or the nerve of hearing, or, to a collection of wax in the ear. In the majority of cases it is difficult to correctly determine the cause of the deafness, and the treatment is consequently, empirical. Treatment. When the deafness is owing to an accumulation of matter in the Eustachian tube, this must be removed by syringing the canal with air or water, and thus dislodging the obstruction, but no one should be allowed to perform this operation except a well-educated practitioner, other- wise permanent injury might follow. When the deafness is due to paralysis of the auditory nerve, a treatment similar to that named for Amaurosis may be pursued; passing the electro-magnetic current through the ear. When there is a relaxation of the tympanum, stimulants may be dropped into the ear, as, Burnt Alum ten grains, Sweet Oil of Almonds one fluidounce; trit- urate together. A few drops may be placed in the ear daily, which should also be injected two or three times a day with a decoction of equal parts of White Oak bark, Bethroot, and Rose leaves. Or, the following may be dropped in the ear: —Take of Oil of Cajeput one drachm, Oil of Bitter Almonds ten drops, Glycerin two fluidrachms, Olive Oil half a fluidounce; When there is an accumulation of wax, a mixture of Sassafras Oil ten drops, Glycerin one fluidrachm, Olive Oil half a fluidounce, may be dropped into the ear once or twice a day. Sometimes deafness is occasioned by a partial or entire loss of the tympanum, for which a small piece of cotton wool moistened with Glycerin may be introduced into the ear so as to come m contact with what portios of the drum remains; or, an artificial drum may be inserted. A deficiency of wax in the ear, may be remedied by a mixture of Glycerin one fluidrachm, Oil of Turpentine half a fluidrachm. Linseed Oil half a fluidounce. The proper hygienic measures should in all cases be carefully attended to. When any foreign bodies get into the ear, they should be caretully re- moved, if possible, by syringing the ear with warm water; and if this will not dislodge them, a bent probe, small scoop, or small forceps may extract them. Insects in the ear may be killed by filling the ear with spirits and then removed by injecting warm water into the ear; and all these operations about the ear, will be best performed by an educated physician when one can be procured. These substances in the ear, have frequently caused great pain, deafness, palsy, and even convulsions, which have ceased on tnew removal. When the eggs of insects hatch in the ear, they often produce severe symptoms. HERPES. 491 DISEASES OF THE SKIN. SALT RHEUM, (PSORIASIS.) The name of Salt Rheum or Tetter, is applied to several diseases of the Bkin, among the most common of which is Psoriasis, characterized by irreg- ular elevated patches of inflammation of the skin, covered by thin, irregular, and whitish scales. Generally there is great itching and pricking attending the disease, and but little or no constitutional disturbance. The hands are the parts more generally attacked, and the skin is often divided by deep fissures. When the disease attacks washerwomen, and bakers, grocers, and others who are exposed to the action of powdered substances, it presents large, dry, and hard scales on the back of the hands and fingers, with deep and painful fissures. Caches. The causes of this disease are not well understood; some con- sider it owing to morbid humors in the system, but I think this is an error. Of late years microscopists have found parasitical plants presents cutaneous diseases, but whether these are a cause or merely an effect, remains to be determined. We find that persons who are exposed to cold and damp- ness*, who use improper food, or are irregular in their meals, whose hands are exposed to the irritating action of flour, sugar, soap, wax, resin, &c, are more especially liable to the disease. A variety of other causes have also been named. The disease is not contagious. Treatment. In the treatment of this disease, should there be any dis- ease in connection with it, as of the liver, stomach, &c, or any scrofulous taint of the system, it will be proper to remove it by the appropriate reme- dies. In all cases it will be important to avoid the exciting causes of the malady, and to make use of all those hygienic measures calculated to give health, tone, and vigor to the system. Locally, one of the following prepa- rations should be applied to the affected part:— 1. Take of Stramonium Ointment three parts, Hop Ointment one part, mix. Keep a portion of this constantly applied to the humor; and in wash- ing the hands, instead of using soap, employ only warm water, or water with a small quantity of Oxalic Acid, or vinegar added. 2. A saturated solution of Oxalic Acid may be applied to the part two or three times a day, when there is not much irritation or inflammation. 3. Take of finely powdered Sulphate of Zinc four ounces, Liquid Styrax one ounce, Lard one pound; mix, and boil slowly together for an hour, stir- ring all the time. This may be applied twice a day. 4. Use the Compound Ointment of Bayberry. HERPES. Tins is another affection of the skin, which has received the popular name of Salt Rheum. The disease is characterized by an eruption of vesi- cles grouped on a limited and inflamed part of the skin, presenting distinct spots with intervals of sound skin. The most common among this class of cutaneous diseases are, Herpes Zoster, or Shingles, and Herpes Circinnatus, or Ringworm. ^ Herpes Zoster, or Shingles is characterized by irregular patches of various sizes, and of a vivid, red color, which are covered with clustered vesicles, forming a zone or half-belt on the body, which usually commences at the middle line, in front of some part of the trunk of the body, and extends to the middle line behind, without ever passing this line. A vulgar opinion 492 AMERICAN FAMILY PHYSICIAN. prevails that if this belt encircles the whole'body the case would terminal fatally. But it is not unfrequently the case that this entire encircling of the body occurs without any fatal result. These spots are occasionally "pre- ceded by a painful and burning sensation; the vesicles are distinct, transpa- rent, and of a pearly appearance, attain their full development in three or four days, rarely exceeding the size of a large pea, and toward the fourth or fifth day having gradually become opaque and blackish, they shrivel and become wrinkled, leaving small, dark-brown scabs, which fall off on the tenth or twelfth day, leaving a redness of the skin which gradually disap- pears. Sometimes pus is found in the vesicles. In connection with this eruption, febrile symptoms will be present, as chills, heat of skin, quick pulse, a sensation of tension about the seat of the eruption, and in some cases irritation of the stomach and bowels. The disease most generally attacks young persons with fine and delicate skins, is more common in the sumiter and autumn, and frequently leaves large and painful ulcers, especially among weak and aged persons. Herpes Circinnatus or Ringworm is characterized by small globular vesicles upon patches of inflamed skin, which assume the form of a circular ring, varying in size from that of a dime to that of a half-dollar or over. These vesicles are situated more especially near the edges of the ring, while in the center the skin becomes pale or of its natural color. There is a slight prick- ing or smarting sensation, with itching. The transparent vesicles become turbid and milky, and are succeeded by small, thin scabs, which fall off in eight or ten days, leaving a redness which slowly disappears. The disease may attack any part of the body, but more generally appears on the face and neck, the rings appearing successively, and the disease continuing for two or three weeks, or even longer. The causes of these diseases are not well understood, though they may, undoubtedly, be occasioned by exposure to cold, damp, fatigue, improper diet, and other depressing influences. Treatment. Shingles generally disappear under a simple treatment, as regulating the bowels by some mild cathartic, administering the Compound Syrup of Yellow Dock, and applying to the eruption the Compound Oint- ment of Oxide of Zinc, Compound Ointment of Bayberry, or Ointment of Woodsoot. The leaves of Houseleek, bruised, and applied as a poultice, will be found very efficacious. Among weak, or aged persons, the Tincture.of Muriate of Iron should be used, and the system supported by a generous, nourishing diet. Bingworm may be cured by keeping the bowels regular, bathing the sur- face daily with a weak ley water, and applying to the eruption, the Com- pound Ointment of Bayberry, or a saturated solution of Oxalic Acid. In obstinate cases, the Compound Syrup of Yellow Dock may be given inter- nally. The Tincture of Iodine has occasionally been used with effect. MILK CRUST, or MILK SCALL. This disease has received several names, as Crusta Lactea, Tinea Lactea, Porrigo Larvalis, &c. It is common to young infants, being more commonly noticed upon the face, though it is frequently seen upon the extremities, and various parts of the body. Generally it appears first upon the forehead, and sometimes on the scalp; and then often extends half way over the face. It is characterized by an eruption of small superficial pustules of a yellowish- white color, more or less confluent, grouped on an inflamed surface of greater or less extent. The fluid within the pustules is at first whitish or transpa- SCALD HEAD. 493 rent, which soon becomes of a dark color, and opaque, and when it is dis- charged externally, it is viscid and yellowish, forming tmn. soft crusts of a yellowish-gre<-n color. The discharge continues; new crusts porm, the first increase in thickness, and become thick, soft, and rounded in one place, while tbcy are thin and in scales or plates at another. When the crusts fall off, they leave a red surface, highly inflamed, upon which fresh crusts are formed. Sometimes the discharge is very slight, forming a very thin, brown scale on the skin; again it may be so profuse that scabs do not form. Oc- casionally the forehead, cheeks, or chin, are covered with a large thick crust, like a mask, the nose and eyelids alone being exempt. When the disease is of certain extent, the itching and pain are often very violent; but some itching is always present, even in the mildest form. When the disease is approaching a cure, the discharge lessens, the crusts form more slowly, become thinner and whiter, the surface on which they rest becomes less and less red, the crusts fall off, and do not form again. The skin gradually recovers its natural appearance, without any scar or disfigura- tion, unless the child has been permitted to abrade its face by violent scratching. Milk ('rust may remain for only a few weeks or for several months; it usually disappears soon after teething occurs, though if it begin after the first teeth have appeared, it may continue until second teething com- mences. The disease sometimes appears on adults. Its causes are not ascertained. Care must be taken not to allow the child to scratch its face, lest it thereby disfigure it. It is not a contagious affection. Treatmu.vt. It will be proper in all instances to ascertain if the stomach and liver are performing their functions healthily; if not, it will be neces- sary to gently stimulate them by the administration of the Compound Syrup of Rhubarb and Potassa in doses to produce one mild evacuation daily. As an alterative and tonic the following may be given every four hours through the day:—Take of Tincture of Black Cohosh, Tincture of Shrubby Trefoil, each, two fluidounces; mix. The dose is from five to twenty drops, accord- ing to the child's age, and may be given in about a teaspoonful of sweetened water, adding from one to four drops of the Tincture of Muriate of Iron to each doso. An ointment mav be applied to the parts affected, after gently bathing them witn Castile soap suds, and drying, composed of the fresh leaves of Tricolored Violet (Viola Tricolor) simmered in cream, adding enough of the leaves to form an ointment when finished. To this ointment add Sweet Gum, in the proportion of three parts of the latter to eight parts of the former, combining them by a gentle heat. It may tee used three or four times a day. I have occasionally derived benefit from an ointment composed of Mutton Tallow one ounce, Oxide of Zinc, one drachm, Tincture of Camphor two fluidrachms, Glycerin one fluidrachm; mix. Attention should be paid to the diet, its amount as well as the regularity of meals, exercise in the open air is an important measure. Not unfrequently, the • disease will gradually pass away, after having changed the wet nurse, giving the infant other and healthy breast-milk. SCALD-HEAD, or DOW WORM. Scald-head, or Tinea Capitis, is a term too generally applied to pustular diseases of the scalp, some of which differ essentially in their characters, and at the present day, are arranged into several species under various names. Thus the true scald-head is termed Porrigo Favosa, Tinea Favosa, &c. When 494 AMERICAN FAMILY PHYSICIAN. first observed, this consists of an eruption of minute pale yellow pustules around the cylinders of the hair, and dispersed in various situations on the scalp. Although generally isolated, yet it is not uncommon for them to be so crowded as to form something like a continuous punctated surface. These yellow pustules increase in size and number, are surrounded with an inflam- matory blush, which does not rise above the level of the skin, and are accom- panied during their development with an intense itching. Almost from the moment of their formation, they may be seen, either by the naked eye or with the help of a magnifier, to be depressed or cupped on their surface- this is owing to the escape of the yellow fluid contained within the hair follicles which desiccates into small cup-shaped crusts of a bright yellow color, porous and friable in texture, and having inverted borders. These crusts or scabs slowly increase in size, the cupping of their surface becomes more and more apparent, and they finally attain a diameter of several lines. They adhere very firmly to the skin, and can scarcely be removed in the dry state, with- out being followed by bleeding. When the pustules have been crowded, the scabs blend and become united on their edges, so as to form a continuous incrustation of very considerable extent, upon the surface of which the de- pressions, indicative of the nature of the original pustules, may still be dis- tinguished. When exposed some time to the action of the%air, the crusts break easily, and are interspersed with fissures. The disease may continue for months and even years, until the entire scalp becomes covered by one dense and uniform crust. Sometimes the whole scalp, even down to the bones of the head, are involved in the unhealthy action, and not unfrequently the lymphatic glands in'the vicinity become enlarged. A rank and disgust- ing odor is exhaled from the disease, and without great care the head will become filled with parasitic pediculi. Occasionally ophthalmic affections will be produced. The hair may readily be pulled out by the roots, leaving white, smooth, shining bald spots, and when it grows again it will be of a permanent light or grey color. The disease spreads rapidly among children who are much together, who sleep in the same bed, make use of the same comb, hairbrush, towel, &c, yet direct inoculation has failed to produce it. It principally attacks children between the ages of three and six, and appears to consist in the transmission of simple cells to the hair-follicles of a sound person, and which cells are capable of extending themselves by the ordinary process of multiplication. Improper or deficient diet, moist atmosphere, want of ventilation, confined and unhealthy localities, weak, or scrofulous condition of the system, favor an attack of the disease. No other disease of the skin, except ringworm of the scalp, is character- ized by minute yellow pustules, whose contents concrete almost as soon as they are visible, into cup-shaped, hard, and extremely dry, yellow scabs. In this disease the scabs adhere firmly, and can scarcely be removed in the dry • state, without being followed by a little bleeding. A parasitical fungus plant is found on the parts affected with this disease. called "Achorion Schoenleinii," which may be seen by the microscope. Treatment. The hair must be cut as closely as possible, and a poultice of Elm bark applied, mixed with a solution of Subcarbonate of Soda, having first carefully washed the parts with Castile soap and water. The poultice may be placed on at bedtime, and remain during the night; the object is to lessen irritation and consequent inflammation, and to loosen the crusts. Upon removing the poultice, examine the head carefully and remove all loose in- crustations, after which cleanse the head with Castile soap and water, dry it, and during the day apply two or three times to the scalp an ointment com- RINGWORM OF THE SCALP. 495 posed of Lard six ounces, Sulphate of Zinc one ounce, Woodsoot one ounce, and Sulphur half an ounce. During the intervals between these dressings the head must be kept closely covered. After the crusts have all been re- moved, the poultice may be omitted. By pursuing this course daily the disease will soon be removed. Internally the Compound Syrup of Yellow Dock may be given, and the bowels kept regular; if the child be debilitated the Compound Powder of Quinia may be given. The whole surface of the body should be bathed daily with soap and water. I have known several most inveterate cases cured by substituting for the ointment just named, another made by taking green rye, when it is about Bix or eight inches in height, and simmering it with fresh cream so as to form an ointment. When the disease is not very extensive, the application of a Saturated Solu- tion of Oxalic Acid will be found effectual; or, half a fluidrachm of Creosote may be added to two fluidounces of the above Saturated Solution, and used with advantage in some cases. A preparation has been used with benefit com- posed of an ointment of Sheep Laurel, (made by boiling the leaves, collected in autumn, in lard until they are crisp,) two pounds, Powdered root of Amer- ican Hellebore, half a pound, Hard woodsoot, one pound; mix the articles thoroughly together, and anoint the scalp with it twice a day. It has been highly recommended to apply Concentrated Acetic, or Pyro- ligneous Acid to the parts, by means of a fine sponge fastened to the end of a stick. The parts, as well as a short distance around them, are to be thor- oughly imbued with the acid, for the space of three or four minutes, and the business is finished. Occasionally, however, four or five touchings will be necessary; to be applied, of course, after the removal of the poultice, and washing and drying the parts. RINGWORM OF THE SCALP. Another disease of the scalp to which the name "Scaldhead" has been applied, is Ringworm of the Scalp, variously called by authors Porrigo Scu- tulata, Favus Confertus, Trichosis Furfuracea, &c. This affection commences in the shape of one or more circular red patches attended with intense itch- ing, upon which numerous very minute yellow pustular points, level with the skin, or but slightly elevated, make their appearance. These pustules are deeply embedded in the skin, and much crowded, especially in the cir- cumference of the patches ; they are circular, depressed, and almost univer- sally traversed by a hair. The fluid within them dries up very soon after it is poured out, forming a minute cupped scab, which adheres by its edges to those in its immediate neighborhood, so that a continuous incrustation is thus produced of the form and dimensions of the original pustular patch. The crusts, however, in this disease, unlike those of the previous true scaldhead, do not usually continue long adherent, nor indeed does the primary patch long retain its first dimensions; for successive eruptions of pustules in its circumference speedily enlarges its diameter, and the crusts falling out of their cells in the central parts, the integument there becomes dry and subject to an habitual desquamation. As in the previous disease, the hair, in this form, soon looks altered, be- comes thin, and is then lost, so that the circular patches are all but bald, the few hairs that still sprout from their surface being crisp, woolly, and readily detached. When the disease has continued long, even this imperfect hair is no longer produced, and it may happen that the hair-bulbs are so deeply 496 AMERICAN FAMILY PHYSICIAN. affected as to be incapable, when the disease is cured, of resuming their func- tions, in which case, irremediable baldness is the consequence. The disease not only attacks the scalp, but parts thickly covered with down. Generallv several circular patches appear in succession on different parts of the scalp probably from inoculation, performed by the fingers of the patient in scratching. These extend until they are one, two, or even more inches in diameter, and frequently meet by their corresponding edges, so that the entire surface of the scalp, and even parts of the forehead and cheeks an occasionally covered by the disease. The desquamation is of a furfuraceous character, and the skin beneath the crusts is red and glossy, with small pur- ulent points. The disease is a very obstinate one, never yielding readily to any remedial treatment, so that between the want of perseverance on the part of practi- tioners and the anxiety of teachers to get rid of those children affected with it, lest they should contaminate others, the disease has been considered an opprobrium, not only to the physician, but likewise to the unfortunate child who is affected. It may continue an indefinite period of time, and is apt to leave a permanent baldness, or, if hair should grow again it will remain light- er than the rest. It spreads rapidly among children who wear each other's hats, or make use of the same comb, hair-brush, towel, bed, &c. Sometimes it occurs spontaneously among children, or from causes similar to the pre- ceding variety. If left to itself it may give rise to the most disastrous con- sequences, even producing caries of the bones of the head. A parasitical fungus plant is found on the parts affected with this disease, called "Trico- phyton Tonsurans," which may be seen by the microscope. The clustering of the pustules, their circular arrangement, the cup-like and greyish-yellow appearance of the crusts, their easy removal, the bald- ness occasioned by the disease, and its contagiousness, will determine it from any other disease of the s-calp. Treatment. Poultice the head with the Elm and solution of Subcarbon- ate of Soda, as in the previous disease, wash it with Castile soap and warm water, and then all loose scabs and loose hairs must be gently removed by forceps, the head dried as thoroughly as possible, and the Compound Oint- ment of Bayberry applied to it, three times daily—or an ointment may be made of equal parts of Sweet Gum and Mutton Tallow. At night, again wash the head with Castile soap and warm water, re-apply the poultice, and so continue daily. The bowels must be kept regular, the surface of the body bathed daily, the child must not be allowed fatiguing or excessive exercise, and the food must be nourishing, digestible, and free from fats, acids, and stimu- lants. Internally, administer five drops of the Tincture of Muriate of Iron in water, four or five times a day to a child about five years of age, or in proportion. If the disease prove intractable in a scrofulous child, the Com- pound Syrup of Yellow Dock should be given. Sometimes a Saturated Solu- tion of Oxalic Acid will be found an effectual application. BARBER'S, or JACKSON'S ITCH. Barber's Itch has received the names of Mentagra, and Sycosis Menu. It is a chronic inflammation of the skin, somewhat similar to Acne, appear- ing, however, more commonly on the chin, but which may attack every p&rt of the face occupied by the beard. The disease, when severe, is usually pre- ceded by many small pustular eruptions, either on the upper lip, the chin, or on the lower jaw; these are attended with a sense of tension, unpleasant barber's itch. 497 tching, and even pain. In a few days the pustules shrink, and are suc- ceeded by thin scabs, which dry, and fall off in a few days more. When the jruptions become more abundant, so as to attract the attention of the patient, here will be numerous bright red points visible, and the feeling of tension, jeat, and itching will be increased*. In about three days these points will jecome distinctly pustular, the pustules being small, acuminated, distinct, in groups, occupying the chin, upper lip, or other parts of the face on which the beard grows, having their center traversed by a hair, and containing a yellowish-white fluid, which exudes when they are punctured. In about six or seven days the pustules burst, without any discharge of matter, though the indurated masses that surround them and give a deformed aspect to the countenance, are frequently observed to be moistened on their surface by an exudation of the pustular contents; brownish scabs eventually follow, which insensibly detach themselves, and the disease terminates from the tenth to the fifteenth day, if a new eruption does not take place. Sometimes only a few pustules are developed, disappear, and are followed by others for an in- definite period, the skin becomes rough, and small white crusts or scales are thrown off, under the center of which may be seen new pustule. Most commonly the disease continues, there is a succession of partial eruptions, and the skin becomes the seat of a chronic eruption over a larger or smaller surface, frequently being deeply inflamed, with heat, violent pain, and thick scabs. This disease is confined principally to the male sex, being very rarely met with among females; it may continue for an indefinite period, and, occasionally, after a number of years it disappears spontaneously. It attacks all classes of society, but is more common to those whose faces are habitually exposed to strong heat, as smiths, cooks, bakers, founders, &c, and especially if they are intemperate. It may also arise from uncleanliness, bad food, and the frequent employment of a towel used in common by many persons. It may be occasioned by the use of a dull razor, which irritates a susceptible skin; and if the eruption is once developed, the use of a razor will increase its severity. In most cases, it is not the razor which produces the disease, but uncleanliness, intemperance and other causes which render the skin lia ble to the affection, and the attack of which is hastened by the application of the razor. A parasitical fungus plant is found on the parts affected with this disease, called "Microsporon Mentagrophytes," which may be seen by the microscope. Treatment. The patient must avoid the exciting causes of the disease, as, exposure of the face to excessive heat, intemperance, bad food, &c. The razor must be laid aside until the disease is cured, and, instead of shaving, the beard should be carefully clipped short with a pair of flat, curved, and very sharp scissors. The bowels must be kept regular, and the diet should be of a light and cooling character. If there be much irritation or inflam- mation around the eruption, a warm poultice of Elm and Lobelia leaves should be applied, and after the irritation has been removed, one of the fol- lowing applications should be used:— 1. A Saturated Solution of Oxalic Acid, with which the parts should be washed several times a day. I have met with more success from this solution than from any other remedy. In some cases it tends to increase irritation, but this may be avoided in such instances by diluting the solution, or, by employing the above-named poultice of Elm and Lobelia, every night, and applying the saturated solution through the day. 2. The preparation No. 3, of Sulphate of Zinc, Liquid Styrax, and Lard, mentioned uuder Salt Rheum, on na°-e 491. oJ 498 AMERICAN FAMILY PHYSICIAN. 3. Take of Muriate of Ammonia two drachms, distilled water one fluid- ounce, Tincture of Conium Maculatum one fluidounce; mix. This should be applied as a wash to the parts several times a day, and will be found es- pecially useful in those eases where the disease lasts for a long time and where there are large tubercles and chronic indurations of the skin. In some cases half a fluidounce of the Compound Solution of Iodine added to the above mixture will increase its efficacy. Any loose hairs should always be at once removed, as they are apt to irritate the parts. Internal treatment is of little value, except to remove any complication which may exist. ITCH, or PSORA. Itch, or Scabies is a contagious affection of the skin, which is character- terized by an eruption of distinct, slightly acuminated and conical vesicles transparent in their summits, presenting a slight red tinge in young persons and accompanied by excessive itching which is increased by warmth, heat of the bed, and the use of spirituous liquors or high-seasoned food. These vessels contain a viscid and serous fluid, which is discharged when tb*y are ruptured by scratching or otherwise, and they are replaced by numerous small, red, inflamed spots. The disease may appear on all parts of the body except the face, which is always exempt; but the spaces between the fingers, the wrists, elbows, axilla, and abdomen are the parts more especially liable to be affected. All classes of society are liable to it, but certain professions are more obnoxious to"it than others, as tailors, seamstresses, mattress-mak- ers, dyers, &c. When the vesicles are very large and attended with much inflammation, they are apt to assume a pustular character, discharging pus. In the young and healthy the disease will show itself in from twe to six days after contact; in the debilitated it will require a longer time. In the adult from seven to ten days is required in the spring and summer, &vi from fifteen to twenty in winter; older persons require a still longer time before the vesicles will be manifested. Fig. 3». Xi.'f A~ t/\ Hale (smallest) ani Female Itch Insect, magnified 100 diameters, or 10,000 times. Causes. The cause of itch is a microscopic insect called the Acarv* Scabiei, or Sarcoptcs Hominis, see Fig. 39, which is transferred from one ITCH. 499 person to another by actual contact, as, in sleeping together, shaking hands L' or through the medium of clothing which has been worn by an infected individual Persons who neglect personal cleanliness are especially liable to it hence it is very frequent among the lower classes, and when the disease is'met with in respectable families, it will generally be found that laundresses, servants, or hired persons, have communicated it. _ The itch insect varies from l-77th of an inch to l-147th in length, and from 1-91th to l-303d of an inch in breadth. It "is a minute whitish creature having no true head, but is provided anteriorly with proboscis-like mandibular organs furnished with four bristles. There are eight legs, four anterior are inserted into the thorax by the side of the proboscis, are jointed, and furnished with hairs and bristles, the last joint of each terminating m an adherent disk. The posterior legs without adherent disks, terminate in very long bristles. The animal burrows in the epidermis, and forms minute channels, at the end of which it may often be discovered; it does not inhabit the vesicles or pustules which constitute the eruption, and are simply excited by the irritative proceedings of the animal." With a bright light, and a good pair of eyes, a small spot or streak will be observed upon some part of the affected surface, at an early part of the disease; this is the original opening made by the insect on entering the skin, and from this spot will be traced a whitish streak or line of a few lines in length, which is the burrow of the acarus, and at its termination the insect will be found—there will be a slight elevation over it, beneath which the insect will be seen as a greyish speck; it can readily be removed by carefully raising the skin with the point of a needle, exposing it to view. It must be recollected that the primitive vesicles only, and which are produced by the entrance of the insect, will represent the above white streak ; the insect is never found within a vesicle or pustule. Treatment. Itch is a purely local disease, and does not appear to exert any influence upon the general constitution. When left to itself it may continue for years, or even during life. Many remedies have been recom- mended for it, among which the following are the most effectual:— 1. The Compound Ointment of Sulphur, which should be rubbed upon the affected parts once a day, continuing its use for a week or ten days, in order to destroy any eggs which may have been previously uninfluenced by it. 2. Oil of Turpentine applied externally, and taken internally in doses of five or six drops, two or three times a day, has proved efficacious. 3. Sulphuret of Potassium one drachm, Soft Soap two drachms, Water half a pint; mix, and dissolve. Wash daily with this; it does not smell bad, nor soil the linen. To be used for ten or twelve days. 4. Use as a wash a solution of Chloride of Lime. 5. Ointment of White or American Hellebore. G. I have cured several cases of itch by simply bathing the surface twice a day with a mixture of Cologne Water one pint, Sulphuric Acid half a fluidounce. 7. Take Tincture of Camphor four fluidrachms, Vinegar one fluidounce, Cologne four fluidounces; mix, and use twice a day as a wash. 8. Take of Brown Soap one ounce, Table Salt half an ounce, Sulphur half an ounce, Chloride of Lime half an ounce, Alcohol one fluidrachm, Vinegar two fluidrachms; mix all together thoroughly. One-fourth of this is to be used at a time, rubbing it on every night and morning. 9. Take of Flowers of Sulphur sixteen parts, Sulphate of Zinc two parts, Powdered White Hellebore four parts, Soft Soap thirty-one parts, Lard sixty- two parts; mix. Use a little of this twice a day. In this and the prceding. 4)00 AMERICAN FAMILY PHYSICIAN. preparations the use of either must always be preceded every niornin"1 and night, with a strong, soft soap water, employed as a wash to the whole sur- face of the body and limbs, which must then be dried. The clothing of the patient, as well as the bedding, should be exposed to the vapor of Sulphur, in order to destroy any of the insects, that may have been deposited among them; and in cases where the disease has proved un- commonly obstinate, it would be desirable to destroy the infected clothing. BLOTCHED FACE. Blotched Face, or Acne, is a chronic pustular affection, characterized by a deep-seated and very indolent inflammation of the tissues immediately surrounding the sebaceous follicles, and of their excretory hair follicles' followed by small, hard, conical, and isolated pimples or pustules, of vari- ous degrees of redness. These are sometimes permanent for a consider- able length of time, the tops gradually become pustular and burst, while the bases continue in an indolent state for some time before they disappear, leaving minute scars behind them. They appear on the face, especially on the forehead, temples, and chin, and sometimes on the neck, shoulders, upper part of the breast and back; but never descend to the extremities and lower parts of the body. Acne is divided into the varieties, Acne Vulgaris and Acne Rosacea. Acne Vulgaris is characterized by small, red, and inflamed pimples, which rise gradually, assume a conoid shape, with pale, yellow heads; these even- tually burst, a small quantity of sero-purulent fluid escapes which forms a flimsy scab which is detached in a few days, while the base of each pustule remains hard, and of a deep red color. Each pustule runs its course inde- pendently of the others. The tubercle or indurated base is a very long time in disappearing, and leaves a small, white scar. The suppurative period is not completed in these pimples until six or eight days have passed, when it bursts, as above. No pain or heat is produced, unless the pimple is devel- oped near a filament of a sensitive nerve, wdren the pain may be severe. Sometimes, in the center of each conical pimple, or in the majority of them, a small, round, blackish spot may be perceived, which is the external opening of a hair follicle, distended with a concrete sebaceous matter, and the black spot is the adhering dust of the atmosphere; these pimples sup- purate, discharge the sebaceous matter, diminish in size, become purplish and livid, then whitish, and disappear very slowly. This form has received the name of Acne Punctata. When the pimple or tubercle is quite large, hard, deeply seated, and very indolent, having its suppurative stage pro- longed two or three weeks before it matures, and frequently not suppurating at all, and afterward forming purplish or livid prominences, which require months before they disappear, and at times becoming permanent, it is called Acne Indurata. In this form the features are much disfigured by the deep red or livid tubercles, and after a cure there are apt to be left' traces of its presence in the shape of small oblong scars. Acne Vulgaris, and its sev- eral forms more generally attacks young persons about the period of pu- berty, and who are apparently in good health; though it may be developed at any period between puberty and middle age. Those addicted to masturba- tion are very apt to be troubled with this affection, especially the variety acne indurata. Other causes, however, will give rise to the malady, as cer- tain occupations in which it is necessary to keep the head low and near a furnace; irritations of the abdomen; excesses at the table; strong vum BLOTCHED FACE. 50] affections; neglect of soap and water to the face; irritating lotions or cos- metke ■ frequently the causes are involved in much obscurity. T^cea * especially characterized by the unusual redness and con- ,e ion which attend its conoidal pimples, by the prominence of he veins, the slowness of the progress and suppuration of the pimples, and the indo- t racter of thi livid and indurated tubercles or knots which they leave behind The most usual seat of acne rosacea is the nose, forming the red, Prnplc,! or Uotehednose; the nose is frequently enlarged the surrounding parts hypertrophied, and the veins become varicose and bluish, forming a contrast with the redness present. The redness and congestion "gently increased after a meal, and especially after the use of any stimulant. When he disease has lasted for some time the skin of the affected parts becomes rough and granulated; and even if thedisease disappears, permanent scars, roughness, and inequalities are left behind. . Acne Rosacea is frequently associated with intemperance,but this is by no means a necessary cause, for it is often owing to chronic disease of the stomach, intestines, and liver, and any circumstance which will obstruct or lessen the circulation of the capillary vessels. In females it may be asso- ciated with amenorrhea. And in many cases its causes are obscure. It is more frequently met with after thirty-five years of age, seldom appearing among those younger unless they are naturally predisposed to it, or indulge too freely in liquors; and a perfect cure is seldom accomplished. _ Tkkatment. In the treatment of both forms of acne the patient should live temperately and abstemiously, avoiding all stimulants, tea, coffee, and liquors, and using but very little animal food. The bowels should be kept regular, the surface of the body should be bathed with a weak alkaline solu- tion daily, and every week or two a Spirit vapor-bath should be taken. Mental anil physical fatigue, exposures to the sun, to hot rooms, to sudden changes of temperature are especially to be avoided. In females the condi- tion of the menstrual function must be attended to. In all cases any dis- eased condition of other parts which may be present must be removed by appropriate treatment. As local applications various agents have been used. In many cases a wash composed of Muriate of Ammonia two drachms, Tincture of Conium Maculatum one fluidounce, Distilled Water one fluidounce, will be found very efficacious, touching the parts with it several times a day; when there is little or no irritation present the Conium may be omitted, and some stimu- lant added as Tincture of Capsicum, or Myrrh, &c. Frequently a mixture of two fluidrachms of Oil of Stillingia, one flui- drachm of Oil of Lobelia, and four fluidounces of Cologne, will be found a very excellent local application, especially in the more obstinate forms of the disease. Equal parts of Cologne and a Saturated Solution of Oxalic Acid have proved beneficial, especially when the disease has been of recent standing. But whatever application is employed, it must be perseveringly used for some time. The loduret of Sulphur in the proportion of a scruple to an ounce of Elder Flower Ointment, or simple Cerate, and rubbed upon the elevationa two or three times a day, has been highly recommended. GRUBS IX THE SKIN. Comepones is a disease in which the sebaceous secretion of the skin ia concreted, and distends the hair follicles of the affected parts. It is popu- 502 AMERICAN FAMILY PHYSICIAN. larly known as grubs, or worms in the skin. It is more commoniy observed on the face, especially the nose, presenting the appearance of round, black spots, which are more or less thickly clustered together, and which, when the skin, including one of these spots, is pressed between the fingers, discharges the concrete substance in the form of a minute white cylinder with one of its extremities blackened. When this cylinder is examined under the microscope it will most generally be found to contain onet two, or more insects, called Acarus folliculorum, or Steatozoon folliculorum, and which ig also frequently met with in acne, especially acne punctata. (See Fig. 9.) This insect is from l-75th to l-125th of an inch long, and about l-500th of an inch broad; it has an elongated figure, a long thorax with four pairs of short, conical legs, and an abdomen three times as long as the thorax which gradually tapers to an obtusely pointed extremity. The head is con- tinuous directly with the thorax, and has two large palpi, and a proboscis situated between them. The abdomen is marked by a number of trans- verse lines or grooves, and contains round, oval, and quadrate transparent places among granules; the legs are terminated each by three claws, one of which is longer than the other. The insect is slow in its movements, but retains its vitality for some time after being removed from the skin. Comedones is generally met with among persons in whom the circulation of the capillary vessels is less active than natural, especially among those laboring under diseases of the various organs of the body, or, who exhaust the vital energies by overtasking the brain and nervous system; it is a com- mon associate of acne. Treatment. The parts should be washed daily with soap and water, and in drying should be briskly rubbed with a rough towel until a glowing sen- sation is felt; after which the parts may be bathed several times a day with the mixture of Muriate of Ammonia, Tincture of Conium, and water, named as a local application in acne, page 501, or a lotion of equal parts of a Satu- rated Solution of Oxalic Acid and Cologne may be used. The surface should be kept healthy by daily ablutions, the regularity of the bowels preserved, and the system sustained by good nutritious, easily digested food, avoiding all liquors. In obstinate cases, twenty drops of the Tincture of Muriate of Iron in a wineglass of water may be taken, and repeated three times a day. Any disease connected with the cutaneous difficulty must be removed by the appropriate treatment. FRECKLES. Lentigo, or Freckles, are small, rounded, brownish-yellow, or greenish- yellow spots that appear upon the face, throat, bosom, hands, &c, of indi- viduals, especially those of light complexion and hair, and those who have red hair. They differ from ephelis or sunburn, by not disappearing in the winter. The cause of these spots is not known, though they are popularly supposed to be owing to an exposure to the sun's rays; but they are fre- quently met with among newly born infants, and persons who have never been exposed to the light of the sun. Treatment. It is not always that freckles can be cured by any treat- ment, but occasionally they have been removed by local applications, as a weak solution of Citric Acid in an infusion of Roses; a liniment of Lime- water and Oil, to which a small quantity of Liquor Ammonia has been added; a mixture of three" parts of Cologne, and one of Oxalic Acid in solu- tion; a weak solution of Lactic Acid, &c. In several instances, the follow- BOIL. 503 ing has proved useful:—Take of Lobelia seed half an ounce, Beef Gall half 'an ounce, Gum Guaiacum one drachm, Bicarbonate of Potassa one drachm Oil of Turpentine one fluidrachm, Spirits half a pint. Let the articles stand for ten or twelve days in a glass vessel, frequently shaking. Use as a wash twc> or throe times a day. BOIL. Boil, or Furunculus, is a well-known hard, conical shaped swelling, the size of a pea or larger, accompanied with a degree of pain, and which may be situated on almost any part of the body. The swelling rapidly increases in size, becomes of a florid red color, its base penetrating deeply, and after five or six days the summit of the enlarged boil becomes pointed and yel- lowish-white, bursts, and discharges a small quantity of a bloody pus. In the opening of the boil thus formed, will be perceived a sloughy piece of cellular membrane, commonly termed the core of the boil, which beeomes loosened in ten to fifteen days, and is expelled naturally or artificially. The pain now ceases, the swelling rapidly disappears, and in a few days the part heals, leaving a permanent scar, and a transient, dusky redness. Fre- quently, instead of one boil only appearing, there will be several or more, and which will sometimes continue to form in succession for months and even years. They are more eommon to the young, and are generally con- nected with some derangement of the liver and stomach, and, probably, an unhealthy condition of the blood. Treatment. If the swelling be touched freely with Nitrate of Silver at an early period, or with a saturated solution of Oxalic Acid, or with Oil of Turpentine, it may frequently be checked; the application of an Ice poul- tice will often retard its further advance. When it is in a state of inflam- mation and pain, it may be poulticed with a Flaxseed, Elm bark, or bread and milk poultice, in order to hasten suppuration. If there be much pain, Hops, or Lobelia leaves in poultice, may be applied. The bowels should be kept regular, diet regulated, and patient remain as quiet as possible. After the tumor bursts and discharges, but little or no treatment is required, except it assume a*i indolent form, when the sore left may be touched with the Sesquicarbonate of Potassa, and dressed with the Red Oxide of Lead plaster. When the tendency to boils continues for months, the patient should use a generous diet, moderate exercise, and the following:—Take of Ground Centaury, (Polygala Nuttallii,) half an ounce, Burdock seed one ounce, water one pint; mix, boil, and use in doses of a table-spoonful three or four times a day. In addition to this, the following may be used :—Take of Sulphate of Quinia two grains, Sulphate of Iron eight grains, Leptan- drin four grains; mix, divide into four powders, of which one is a dose to be repeated three times a day. A Stye on the eyelid, or Hordeolum, is a kind of boil seldom requiring treatment; when it returns frequently, and becomes painful and trouble- some, this may be obviated by taking the decoction of Ground Centaury and Burdock seed, above named. WARTS. Warts, or Verruca, are too well known to need a description ; the cause of their appearance is not understood. I have met with great success in 504 AMERICAN FAMILY PHYSICIAN. destroying warts by touching them daily with Nitric Acid, Nitro muriatio Acid, or Concentrated Acetic Acid, removing the disorganized parts as fast' as they are formed. A saturated solution of Muriate of Ammonia in Vine- gar, applied several times a day, for three or four consecutive months, has removed them. The Juice of Milkweed, of Celandine, and of Mari'i^Id Flowers, are popular remedies in the country. The Bichromate of Potassa in a saturated solution, has also been successfully used; it should be ap- plied carefully, and allowed to touch no other part but the wart. Probably Chromic Acid might answer. A mixture of equal parts of Nitre and tin- slacked Lime added to sufficient Vinegar to form a thick paste, has proved an effectual application. Indeed, there is no end to the remedies. Syphilitic warty excrescences occasioned by the matter of gonorrhea or chancre lodging on parts, are often numerous and troublesome; they may be removed by the application of powdered Savine leaves, by Muriate of Ammonia dissolved in Vinegar, by Nitrate of Silver, by ligature when the base is broad, or by clipping them off with the scissors when small, and touch- ing the cut surface with Caustic. Or, moisten the excrescence with a mix- ture of equal parts of Winfe and water, then cover with a powder composed of two parts of Alum and one of Savine leaves, and place some lint on to preserve the powder in its situation; repeat this dressing twice a day. CORNS. Corns, Callosities, or Clavus, need no description; they are produced by pressure or friction of some hard substance on certain parts, as from boots, shoes, pressure of the toes on each other, pressure of scissors, or other tools on the fingers or hands, and on the knees by much kneeling. There are three kinds of corns, viz: the laminated corn, in which the hardened epider- mis exists in layers ; the fibrous com, in which fibres appear to pass through it, giving rise to the idea that the corn has a core and root, but which are really elongated papillae ; and the soft corn, which is very painful and trou- blesome, and sometimes occasions ulcers. Corns are not difficult of removal if persons suffering from them would adopt the proper measures, but these are seldom attended to, and conse- quently palliative means alone are employed, as cutting or filing the corn, after having well soaked and softened it in an alkaline solution. After this is done, however, a permanent cure may be effected by keeping the corn covered with a plaster of Soap, with lint moistened with Tincture of Cam- phor, or with Red Oxide of Lead plaster; preserving the corn from pres- sure by means of a plaster of thick leather, softened with oil, and having an opening to fit the corn, and wearing it constantly during the day. And as fest as possible any indurated skin must be removed. Soft corns between the toes, may be cured by applying lint or cotton wool, moistened with Tincture of Camphor, so as to keep the toes apart, and the dressing should be renewed three times a day. The same tincture frequently applied, will remove the callosities, or soft corns, formed on the hands from the pressure of scissors, &c, always taking care to remove from time to time any loosened hard skin which may be met with. Various mixtures are used by c%rn-doctors for the cure of corns, as the following :—1. Make a thick paste with White Lead and Linseed Oil, add enough powdered Bloodroot to color it; spread this on a piece of bladder and apply, renewing it in three or four days. 2. Take Nitric Acid, Muri- atic Acid, of each, half a fluidounce, Red Sanders, Opium, Muriate of Ammo CHILBLAINS. 505 „ia of each, one drachm; mix. Make a very light incision around the corn rub for a few minutes with the stopper of the vial in which the mix- ure'is made having first shaken it well that the stopper may be moistened with it, and the corn will ultimately be loosened and may be removed. ■>, Take Tartaric Acid, Muriatic Acid, rain water, of each, one fluidounce; mix, and add a lump of Mutton Tallow the size of a small marble By means of a small stick, apply this to the corn three or four several times, and then carefully remove it with a penknife. When corns are once re- moved, they are very apt to return, unless care be taken to wear proper sized soft shoes, and not walk too much, especially during warm weather CHILBLAINS. Chilblains, or Pernio, is a painful, inflammatory swelling, of a red, purple, or blueish color, which affects the fingers, toes, heels, and other parts of the extremities, in consequence of their exposure to severe cold. The pain is not constant but appears at certain times, and is rather of a shooting and pungent character, and an annoying itching is present; these symptoms ar* more commonly aggravated in cold and damp seasons. The skin may re- main entire, it may break and discharge a thin fluid, or it may, when the cold has been intense or long-continued, slough around the affected parts and leave a foul, irregular, and painful ulcer. Children and old persons are more apt to be affected with chilblains, from exposure to cold, than those of middle age ; more especially those of a scrofulous taint. Those who are subject to this species of "frost-bite," should be careful, in cold and damp weather, to keep the feet well warmed and dry, and when cold to warm them by friction or exercise, and not by placing them near a fire or warm stove. Treatment. In chilblain where there is no ulceration, it is a very diffi- cult matter to effect a permanent cure, although great relief may be afforded. Various stimulating applications have been advised, and among them the following :—1. Soak the parts in ley-water as hot and as strong as can be borne, then dry, and rub on the following, heating it in by a brisk fire:— Take of Neats' foot oil, Oil of Sweet Almonds, each, twelve ounces, Yellow Beeswax four ouuees, melt together by a gentle heat, and when nearly cold add Oil of Lavender three fluidounces, strong Aqua Ammonia two fluid- ounces, Camphor one ounce, Tincture of Capsicum two fluidounces; tritu- rate all together in a mortar. 2. Take of Muriate of Ammonia two parts, water four parts, Tincture of Capsicum eight parts; mix, and rub on the affected parts. 3. Use the Compound Tincture of Camphor. 4. Take of Rectified Oil of Turpentine one fluidrachm, Sulphuric Acid fifteen drops, Olive Oil two and a half fluidrachms; mix. Rub it on the chilblains two or three times a day. If the skin is broken, or if ulceration is present, a poultice of Elm bark and Yeast may be used for a few days, after which apply one of the follow- ing mixtures:—Take of Opodeldoc twelve fluidounces, strong Aqua Ammo- nia, Tincture of Camphor, Tincture of Cantharides, each, four fluidounces; mix. 2. Take of Balsam Peru half an ounce, Alcohol four fluidounces, dissolve, and add Muriatic Acid one drachm, Tincture of Benzoin half an ounce ; mix, and keep the mixture in a dark bottle. Rub on the affected part several times a day. 3. In some cases, treat the same as an indolent ulcer. 506 AMERICAN FAMILY PHYSICIAN. FROSTBITE, or GELATUS. When an intense degree of cold is experienced, giving rise to loss of vitality, and mortification of the parts attacked, it is termed "frost-bite" The symptoms of a frost-bitten part, are a deep bluish-red color of the skin, from the diminution of the supply of arterial blood, and the retarda- tion of the circulation of the venous blood, contraction of the blood-vessels followed by a livid tallowy paleness of the part, with loss of sensation and motion. If the whole body be affected, a disposition to sleep comes on which terminates in death. In the treatment of frost-bite, whether it be confined to a limb, or affect the whole body, any violent reaction must be restrained, and the natural heat of the body must be restored gradually. If the person who is frozen be brought into a warm room, or be placed in a warm bath, it will certainly kill him, and the same will happen to any part thus improperly exposed. The patient must be kept in a cool place, the part should be gently rubbed with cold water or snow, continuing the friction until the circulation is restored as well as the natural heat of the parts; the cold water should be used for some time after the return of the circulation. If mortification has taken place, the dead parts must be allowed to separate, and be treated as named under the head of Mortification. A frozen person should be gently rubbed all over with snow or cold water, or he may be placed in a cold water bath. As soon as the body is somewhat thawed, there will commonly be a sort of icy crust around it; then remove the patient from the bath, rub the body and limbs with cold water mixed with brandy or whisky, and as soon as the limbs become supple, dry the surface carefully, and put the patient into a cold bed in a cold room. Scents and agents which cause sneezing are to be held to his nose; if natural breathing does not come on, carefully blow air into his lungs; inject warm water mixed with Camphorated Vinegar into the bow- els ; tickle the throat with a feather; and dash cold water upon the pit of the stomach. Gradually introduce him into rather warmer air, and cause mild perspiration by Balm, Catnip, or Pennyroyal teas, warm Wine, &c. DISEASES OF WOMEN. Under this classification are included certain affections peculiar to fe- males only, and which have not been treated upon in other parts of the work. Nymphomania, Childbed Fever, Inflammation of the Womb, Milia- ry Fever, Hysteria, Cramps during Pregnancy, Vomiting during Preg- nancy, &c, &c, will be found in other parts of the work, for which see Index. Beside the peculiarity of her structure, the female differs from the male in presenting certain functions altogether absent in the latter, as the func- tions of menstruation, childbearing, and suckling; and these three func- tions, although materially differing from each other, are entirely dependent for their normal continuance the one upon the other. The establishment of the function of menstruation varies in different climates, appearing as early as at the eleventh or twelfth year in warm lati- tudes, and a few years later in temperate climes. In this climate it usually appears at the fourteenth or fifteenth year, though it may appear at an earlier or later period. When it appears as early as the twelfth or thir- teenth year, it is termed precocious menstruation, and is a phenomena muc AMENORRHEA. 507 to be regretted, as it indicates a premature or too rapid development of certain parts, while others, fully as important, are delayed and incomplete. Precocious menstruation is apt to be followed by early death, more espe- cially if marriage, followed by pregnancy, should unfortunately take place as a consequence of such indications of maturity. When menstruation is delayed until the seventeenth or eighteenth year, it is called tardy; and is an indication of some disease or debility, which may eventually prove fatal to the female. . . , e In healthy females the menstrual discharge returns at regular periods ot twcnty-ei-dit days, amounts on an average to from four to eight ounces and continues each time from three to seven days, according to the consti- tution of the female. With the exception of disease or pregnancy, it con- tinues thus with great regularity, until about the age of forty or fifty, when it ceases permanently, and this cessation is called the "turn of life. Oc- casionally, exceptions are met with in the above matters. The appearance of the menstrual discharge is usually indicative of the maturity of the fe- male, and her capability of becoming a mother; while its cessation mani- fests the loss of such capability. u The discharge often appears without any premonitory symptoms; most generally, however, it is preceded by a sense of heat and weight in the lower part of the body, colicky pains, headache, full pulse, &c. At first it is rather small in quantity, and of a muco-serolent character, but soon be- comes bloody and in proper amount; in a few days, it lessens, becomes paler, and gradually ceases, to be again renewed at the expiration of auother month. There has been a great deal of speculation among physi- ologists relative to this function; at the present day, the general opinion is, that it is a symptom of the maturity and discharge of ova from the fe- male ovaries. 31 others, and female guardians, instead of keeping a strict silence upon matters connected with menstruation, should, by all means, instruct and explain these subjects to their daughters and wards, as soon as they are approaching toward this period; informing them how to manage them- selves, so as to keep free from the difficulties arising from exposures to cold, excessive heat, and other causes. It is much to be regretted that a false delicacy prevents mothers from conversing with their daughters upon these important topics of health and life; were it a customary duty for parents, much suffering and misery would be spared the sex annually. The menstrual phenomenon is subject to several derangements, which I will now proceed to consider. ABSENT, or INTERRUPTED MENSTRUATION. The term Amenorrhea is applied to that condition of the menstrual function in which its flow is interrupted or suspended; and it may occur under two forms, one, in which the discharge has never appeared, termed emansio matsium, or absent menstruation,—and the other, in which, after its appearance, it has become obstructed, termed suppressio mensium, or sup- prer-M'd menstruation. Each of these will require a separate consideration. Symptoms. In the first form, or absent menstruation, at the time when the menstrual effort comes on, there are usually shiverings, pain in the back and loins, aching along the thighs, weight at the lower part of the body, general lassitude and uneasiness. Sometimes severe headache will be picr-cnt, with a fulness and throbbing in the head, intolerance of light and 508 AMERICAN FAMILY PHYSICIAN. sound, pale countenance, irregular action of the stomach and bowels debility, difficult breathing, and hysteria; these symptoms will vary ac- cording to the constitution of the patient, and the particular causes which are present. Causes. This form of amenorrhea may be owing to an absence of the ovaries, or of the womb, or closure of the vagina, and other defective for- mations, in which case, but little relief can be obtained, except in those cases where the aid of surgery may remove, or properly alter the malformation. When there is no deficient formation, the derangement of the function may be owing to an anemic or chlorotic condition of the system, in which case, other symptoms will be present, which are peculiar to chlorosis, and the case must be treated for this last disease, before any attempt be made to restore the menstrual discharge. In the absence of the above causes the disease will usually be found owing to the habits of the females, being more common among those who enervate the general system by a sedentary and indolent life, gross and luxurious diet, hot rooms, soft beds, too much sleep, &c. j Treatment. In all cases of absent menstruation, where the genera] / health is undisturbed, no treatment whatever should be employed; it is I only when the health suffers in these instances, that the aid of medicine is \ required. Many females have been injured for life, by the injudicious \treatment of friends or physicians,—interfering with medicines to force the menstrual floWj when their health was excellent, and no medicinal aid was needed. When the health of the female is manifestly deteriorated, in connection with the menstrual absence, the physician should, if possible, determine whether this be owing to malformation, defect of organs, or to the presence of other diseases ; and in the latter instance, the maladies, whatever they may be, must be removed previous to any attempts to restore the menstrual discharge. If, however, none of the above difficulties are present, and there is likewise an absence of chlorosis, the case is one of simple amen- orrhea, and must be treated as such. .■&■■ The treatment will vary according to the condition of the patient; if she be of a full habit, it will be necessary to keep the bowels regular, by mild laxatives, giving an occasional active' cathartic, say every week or two, of the Compound Powder of Leptandrin ; the whole surface of the body should be bathed every day or£two with a weak alkaline solution, drying with considerable friction. About the time of the menstrual effort, warm infusions of herbs which exert an influence on this function should be administered, as of Tansy, Black Cohosh, Blue Cohosh, Life root, &c, and the Spirit vapor bath may be given, and repeated for a few nights at this period. One very important measure in the management of these cases, is exercise; the female should be made to take plenty of daily exercise, in the open air. If the patient be nervous, weakly, or delicate, the bowels should be kept regular by the use of' mild laxatives, as, the Powder of Rhubarb and Bicarbonate of Potassa, named under Dyspepsia, on page 399, and should take some tonic preparation, as the Compound Wine of Comfrey, or Com- pound Syrup of Partridge-berry. Her diet should be composed of good, nourishing, and easily digested food, avoiding fats and acids, and sne should be made to take moderate exercise daily, in the open air Should there be much pain or suffering at the menstrual period, a warm fomentation over the bowels, of Hops and Tansy, in Spirits, will in moss cases afford relief; but should this fail, Anodynes may be given, as un AMENORRHEA. 509 Compound Powder of Ipecacuanha and Opium, or, Tincture of Gelsemi- num, Tincture of H< lladonna, &c, giving these in small doses, and repeat- in" them at short intervals, until relief is obtained. It will sometimes happen, however, that although the general health will be improved by the above means, the catamenial discharge will not make its appearance, in which case, it will become necessary to make use of those means which are stated to exert a specific influence upon the womb. Among these arc the following:— . . 1. The Iodine pill. This will be found more especially beneficial in those of a strumous or scrofulous diathesis. 2. Take of Caulophyllin, Aletridin, each, ten grains, Extract of Bella- donna one grain; mix together, and divide into ten pills, of which one is the dose, to be repeated three times a day. 3. The Compound Tincture of Blue Cohosh. 4. 'lake of Podophyllin one grain, Carbonate of Iron eight grains, Cimi- cifugin four grains, White Turpentine a sufficient quantity to form the whole into a pill-mass; mix, divide into four pills, and administer one pill every fouv hours. These remedies are to be used daily, during the intervals between the menstrual efforts, and their influence will be materially aided, if in addi- tion, a current of electro-magnetism be passed through the womb and ovaries, two or three times daily ; continuing its application each time for about half an hour. Occasionally instances will be met with, in which the monthly discharge instead of being red is of a white color, and which will prove a source of much anxiety to the patient. This is "-vicarious uterine leucorrhea,'" and is owing to an unhealthy condition of the blood. The patient in these cases is usually weak, not capable of much exertion, and frequently, there will be a leucorrheal discharge in the intervals between the catamenial periods. Care must be taken not to treat these cases as simple amenorrhea, nor attempt to use means for the purpose of forcing the red discharge to appear. The fact that the womb is acting regularly is determined by the periodical appearance of the white discharge, and all that the physician must do, is to restore the blood to a healthy condition, and thus gradually bring about the red or natural appearance of the secretion. This may be accomplished by a nourishing and digestible diet, with plenty of exercise in the open air, and keeping the bowels regular. If the patient is scrofulous, the Compound Syrup of Yellow Dock must be given, in connection with the following pills :—Take of Sulphate of Iron, Cimici- fugin, each, forty grains, Podophyllin ten grains, Extract of Gentian a sufficient quantity to form the whole into a pill-mass; mix, and divide into forty pills, of which one may be given every four hours. Just before the return of the catamenial period, it will be proper to bathe the feet every evening in warm water. When no scrofulous taint is present, the Com- pound Wine of Comfrey may be used instead of the above-mentioned syrup. SUPPRESSED MENSTRUATION. Tins is the second form of amenorrhea, and is applied to those cases in which the menstruation has previously appeared; it may occur at any tune from the commencement to the cessation of the menses. AVhen it occurs suddenly, it is called acute amenorrhea, and when gradually, chronic amenorrhea. 510 AMERICAN FAMILY PHYSICIAN. Symptoms. In acute amenorrhea, there is generally more or less fever headache, thirst, nausea, quick pulse, &c; or, the brain, lungs, bowels, womb, &c, may be attacked with inflammation. The symptoms, however, will be found*to vary very much. The patient will be subject to attacks of fainting, hysterics, loss of voice, amaurosis, and cutaneous diseases, and sometimes Bevere neuralgic pains will attack the womb. Paralysis and apoplexy have followed a sudden suppression of the menses. This is the most serious form of amenorrhea. Causes. Acute amenorrhea is usually the result of a cold contracted during the catamenial discharge, as by getting the feet wet, lying in damp beds, or other exposures. It may also be occasioned by violent mental or physical disturbance during the menstrual period, from fever or other severe diseases setting in at that period, from sexual intercourse during the monthly flow, &c. Treatment. The discharge should be recalled as soon as possible, either by a warm hip bath, or a Spirit vapor bath. If the bowels are constipated an active cathartic must be administered, as the Compound Powder of Jalap, or Compound Powder of Leptandrin; and to relieve any pain in the region of the womb, a warm fomentation may be placed over the abdomen, of Hops and Tansy in spirits; and the Compound Powder of Ipecacuanha and Opium, or, the Compound Tincture of Virginia Snakeroot, or the Tincture of Gel- seminum, may be given in small doses, and repeated at short intervals. Warm infusions of Pennyroyal, Liferoot, Tansy, Featherfew, Motherwort, &c, may be drank freely. If the discharge be restored, great care should be taken to observe that it appears properly at the next menstrual period; and in the interval the patient may use the Compound Syrup of Partridge- berry. If the catamenial discharge is not properly restored, the difficulty may lerminate in Chronic Amenorrhea. This, however, may be caused by other circumstances, as diseases of the womb, ovaries, or other organs, or from a gradual loss of health. Symptoms. Chronic amenorrhea, when not the result of an acute attack, may come on gradually, the discharge being uncertain and irregular in its appearance, but slowly diminishing until it ceases entirely; or, there maybe a white fluid, alternating with the red. There will usually be pains in the head, back, and side, irregular and deficient appetite, a gradual failure of the vital powers, ending in a confirmed deterioration of health, most favor- able to an attack of some of the fatal organic diseases peculiar to the climate in which the patient resides. , Treatment. We must be careful to ascertain that the case is one of chronic amenorrhea, and not of pregnancy, before attempting treatment. And, again, should the suppression occur at that period when the "turnot Hie" is expected, great care should be taken not to use too active medica- tion, but only to palliate severe symptoms, else, much mischief might bi done. . , Whenever we can ascertain the cause of chronic suppression ot the men- ses, as, for instance, the disease present which occasions it, we must pursue measures calculated to overcome this, whatever it may be, and it will gene- rally be found, that on the patients' recovery, the menses will return. Under other circumstances the better course will be a tonic and a"®"*" treatment, giving the Compound Syrup of Stillingia with Iodide ot 1 ota* sium, three times a day, in conjunction with a pill composed of equal par of Aletridin. Caulophyllin, and Sulphate of Iron; make three grain piig and administer one every four hours. In some case3 considerable bene DIFFICULT MENSTRUATION. 511 will be derived from the use of the Compound Tincture of Tamarac, taken in connection with the above pills, or with those named on page 509, No. 4, in the treatment of Absent Menstruation. The bowels should be kept regular, the surface of the body bathed every day or two with a weak alkaline solution, rendered slightly stimulating by the addition of alcohol, and once in every week, a Spirit vapor bath must be taken. Exercise in the open air, proportioned to the strength of the patient, is a very important measure, and must by no means_ be neglected; indeed females, as a general rule, do not have sufficient exercise, and a great part of their difficulties will be found owing to those sedentary and unnatu- ral customs which society unjustly imposes upon them. They are home, home, all the time, or should they venture abroad daily for exercise, that they may benefit their own health and thereby secure a robust and healthy offspring, they are insulted and discouraged on almost every side, by that epithet so disgraceful to its utterers, "street-yarn spinners." Nutritious and digestible food must be used, carefully avoiding every article which dis- agrees with the system. In obstinate cases currents of electro-magnetism may be passed through the uterus daily; and with some, the Compound Tar plaster placed over the sacrum, or low down on the spinal column, and kept discharging for some time, will be found an excellent auxiliary measure. PAINFUL or DIFFICULT MENSTRUATION. Dysmenorrhea is the term applied to menstruation which is attended with more or less distressing pain. It is sometimes very unyielding in its nature, continuing until the "turn of life." The pain may be moderate, or it may be very violent, rendering the patient a permanent invalid, from its re- peated shocks to the constitution. It may occur shortly before the discharge appears, or simultaneously with it, and, sometimes docs not come on, until near the termination of the discharge. The character of the pain, and the accompanying symptoms vary according to the constitution of the indi- vidual; and from this circumstance, the disease has been divided into three species, viz: the neuralgic, the inflammatory, and the mechanical. Symptoms. The neuralgic variety of dysmenorrhea is generally met with among delicate or nervous females. The menstrual flow is either preceded or succeeded by a headache, which sometimes alternates with pain low down in the back, and extending to the lower part of the abdomen and down the thighs. The pain may be constant, or may occur in paroxysms, with intervals of ease, and it is frequently so violent as to be almost insupportable. It usually lasts from six to twelve hours, when the appearance of the flow relieves it in a great measure. The discharge may be diminished, paler than usual, and mixed with clots; and sometimes there is a membrane passed, looking some- what like the thin skin situated between the white and shell of an egg. Ordinarily the general health suffers but little, though sometimes it becomes permanently impaired. Ini the inflammatory variety there is a severe pain across the back, aching of the limbs, weariness, intolerance of light and sound, flushed face, hot skin, and a full, bounding and quick pulse, often over 100 beats in a min- ute, the fever may run so high that temporary delirium will supervene. there will also be considerable swelling and congestion of the cervix, and great heat about the parts. The menstrual flow is usually more abundant than in the neuralgic variety, and when it occurs, all the severe symptoms are relieved. I he thin membrane found in the preceding variety may also 512 AMERICAN FAMILY PHYSICIAN. be met with in this. Inflammatory Dysmenorrhea may be accompanied with falling of the womb, uterine leucorrhea, or ulceration of the neck of the womb, the last of which can only be detected by the speculum, and each of which must be removed by appropriate treatment before a permanent cure can be made. During the intervals between menstruation, the patient's general health is but seldom affected. The symptoms of mechanical dysmenorrhea, are somewhat similar to the preceding, varying according to the causes occasioning it, and tho attending circumstances. In all the varieties of dysmenorrhea, sterility is the general rule, pregnancy the exception. Causes. Neuralgic dysmenorrhea may be caused by cold taken during menstruation, or subsequent to a miscarriage, or delivery; or, it may follow some sudden or severe shock, or mental emotion, occurring at the menstrual term. It may be mistaken for an abortion, but may be distinguished from it by a knowledge of its previous monthly character, and by the amount of blood being less than in an abortion. Inflammatory dysmenorrhea is more common to plethoric females, and those of sanguine temperament, and may be caused by the same circumstances which will give rise to the preceding form. Mechanical dysmenorrhea is owing to a narrowing or constriction of the canal of the neck of the womb, which may be the result of inflamma- tion, or a long-continued falling of the womb and bending of the uterine neck. Treatment. The indications of treatment are first, to lessen the pain during an attack; second to prevent its subsequent return by proper treat- ment during the menstrual intervals. To relieve the pain during the attack, a hot fomentation of Hops and Tansy in spirits must be placed over the abdomen, frequently renewing it, and internally, the Compound Powder of Ipecacuanha and Opium may be given, or, what I have found to answer a most excellent purpose, the Tinc- ture of Gelseminum, in doses of from half a teaspoonful to a teaspoonful or two, every half-hour until the patient experiences the peculiar effects of the remedy. AVhen the pain is very severe from three to five drops of the Tincture of Aconite may be added to each dose of the Gelseminum. In many cases, a Spirit vapor bath affords almost instant relief. In some cases the Compound Tincture of Virginia Snakeroot will be found to have a very excellent influence. If the bowels have had a tendency to constipation, they should first be acted upon by some purgative medicine, previous to the administration of the other agent. The above measures are suited to either form of dysmenorrhea. The following will occasionally be found useful:— Take of Oil of A'alerian, Ethereal Oil of Lupulin, each, two fluidrachms, Sulphuric Ether half a fluidounce; mix. The dose is from thirty to sixty drops every two or three hours in a wineglassful of a warm infusion of Camomile flowers. During the intervals between menstruation, the following means must be employed to prevent a return of the disease :—Take of Camphor one scru- ple and a half, Sulphate of Quinia two scruples, Extract of Stramonium one scruple, Aletridin a sufficient quantity to form the whole into a pill- mass; mix, and divide into eighty pills, of which one may be given every four or five hours. Another valuable pill is composed of Extract ot Conium Maculatum one drachm, Extract of High Cranberry bark, Bed Oxide of Iron, each, two drachms; mix, and divide into thirty pills, ot which one is the dose, to be repeated three times daily. I have known the long-continued use of the Compound Syrup of Partridge berry to cure many very severe cases. MENORRHAGIA. 513 The bowels must be kept regular, the surface bathed daily, and the diet must be nutritious and easy of digestion. An occasional Spirit vapor bath will be found of much benefit. Exercise in the open air is very important, and must not be neglected. If there be ulceration of the neck of the womb, it must be touched by a solution of Nitrate of Silver, or, Sesquicar- bonate of Potassa, introducing these agents by means of a speculum. If there be falling of the womb, this must be reduced before any benefit can be expected to result from the other measures. The mechanical form of dysmenorrhea can only be remedied by the deli cate and cautious employment of bougies, commencing with one of small size, and gradually increasing it until the canal is sufficiently dilated. These must be allowed to remain in for only a few minutes at a time, and should be reapplied in two or three days, according to the irritability of the patient, and the symptoms produced. Any inflammatory symptoms of the part caused by their employment, will give way to rest and quiet, keeping the bowels regular, and an injection of warm water into the vagina two or three times a day. I3IMODERATE FLOAV OF THE MENSES. Menorrhagia, or Immoderate Flow of the Menses, are terms applied to all large discharges of blood which take place from the womb, at other times than during pregnancy or labor. The term Uterine Hemorrhage, or Flooding, is applied to all discharges occurring during labor, pregnancy or which are owing to ulcers, polypi, wounds, &c., of the womb. Menorrhagia may exist in two ways; the menstrual flow may appear every two or three weeks, instead of every four, or it may occur at the regular time, but in profuse quantity, or, it may occur at unexpected and uncommon seasons, as during pregnancy, or in the early months of suck- ling. It is divided into two forms, viz : the active and the passive. Symptoms In active, menorrhagia, beside the profuse discharge there will be several other symptoms present, as, sudden flushings, alternating with chilliness, a sense of heat and general fulness, frequent, throbbin° pulse, pains in the back and loins, which are frequently relieved upon the escape of blood. The blood is ot a florid, red color. The discharge fre- quently continues from thirty to forty days, but in most cases, it ceases in irom eight to ten days, reappearing at the next catamenial period • t?Ef- ! 1 , -^ uienorr!iaSia may be occasioned by lifting heavy weights, tight lacing, excessive use of strong tea and coffee, cold, strong SKb7 °f fm"}™^ excessive venery, and whatever will occasion debility of the womb. Its periodical character will serve to distinguish it though it may exist in connection with a uterine polypus rJniJ^T ^VH ^fi* iS f fuH habit' not ™*'treatment will be Ei ' Z ° /°Und ^^ ?e """^tion is suffering from the dis- on Sr. J ! P""^1™™9 *> check it are, to keep the patient in a hori- e ,T ?'MbSTing ^^^t quietness; the bowels must be kept IS1 J l1 i ^ftlV?' and ^ straininS at stool must be avoided I water mnvbe^n?-'!"^ T^-' ^^ cloths diPPcd ™ Viue^r and wutu may be applied over the private parts. Internally; astrin-ents should 514 AMERICAN FAMILY PHYSICIAN. and Fleabane, will frequently be found serviceable. I have frequently succeeded in checking the flow by administering every hour or two, a now. der composed of Capsicum five grains, Opium half a grain, Ipecacuanha one grain ; mix. A combination of Tincture of Cinnamon bark and Tinc- ture of Yarrow, equal parts, taken in table-spoonful doses, and repeated three times a day, has often proved serviceable; a little Oil of Cinnamon may be added to cover its disagreeable taste. Warren's Styptic Balsam has been found prompt and effectual in many instances. In quite a num- ber of cases recently, I have found a Tincture of the inner bark of Cotton root, made in Sweet Spirits of Nitre, a very effectual remedy, in doses of , from thirty to sixty drops, three, four, or five times a day. While using either of the above remedies, the patient may drink freely of some astringent decoction, as, one made of equal parts of Beth root Blackberry root, and Geranium; or, other vegetable astringents. If the flow be very profuse, Hemastasis may be adopted with advantage. If much pain be present, a mixture of Sulphate of Morphia one-fourth or one- eighth of a grain, Capsicum five grains, Rosin five grains, may be adminis- tered every two or three hours in some Blackberry Syrup. During the intervals between the flow, measures must be taken to pre- vent its return ; the patient should be kept quiet; the diet should be spare but nutritious; if married, she should live apart from her husband for a time ; and the bowels, as well as the surface, should be attended to, as in the preceding forms of menstrual derangement, The astringent decoction above named may be continued, or some other used as a substitute, and the following may be administered daily:—Take of Sulphate of Quinia ten grains, Extract of Belladonna three grains, Extract of Rhatany forty grains; niix, and divide into twenty pills. The dose is one pill, to be repeated three times a day. Passive Menorrhagia may be the result of the active form, or it may have been passive from its commencement, as is apt to be the case among females of weakly, irritable, and delicate habits. It is a more serious form of hemorrhage than the active, and if not speedily arrested, may assume a formidable character. Symptoms. In the passive form of menorrhagia, the blood discharged is dark-colored, resembling venous blood; the strength of the patient becomes rapidly reduced, the countenance pale, the pulse quick and feeble, the ex- tremities cold, and sometimes the whole surface of the body; a distressing sensation of faintness is generally experienced, giddiness, and occasionally nausea and vomiting; and a very common symptom is a sense of weight and pain in the head, especially over the eyebrows and forehead. In the more severe and dangerous forms, difficult and laborious breathing will be present. Treatment. As in active menorrhagia, various agents may be required before any benefit will be experienced. In very mild cases, the Tincture of Cinnamon given in teaspoonful doses every hour or two, in a wineglass- ful of sweetened water, will be found of service. The Tincture of Cotton- root bark made in Sweet Spirits of Nitre, as named in the preceding form, will be found of great advantage in many instances. The preparation ot Nitre, Alum, and Kino, named in the preceding variety, will also prove beneficial. Frequently, even in some very severe attacks of menorrhagia, I have derived much benefit from the use of the Tincture of Muriate ot Iron, in doses of from fifteen to twenty drops, every half-hour, hour, or two hours, according tq the urgency of the case, administering each dose in about half a gill of water. Warren's Styptic Balsam has been used wiu CESSATION OF MENSTRUATION. 515 good results in many cases; and the following will prove very effectual in arresting the flow, with many females:—Take of Tincture of Cinnamon, Tincture of Rhatany, Spirits of Turpentine, each, equal parts : mix. The dose is from half a teaspoonful to a teaspoonful, ever/ hour or two, in some Port Wine, or other convenient vehicle. Another very valuable prepara tion, is composed of Tincture of Cottonroot bark, Tincture of Ergot, and Tincture of Cinnamon, each, equal parts: mix. Dose, the same as the preceding. In very severe cases, wdicn there is not too great a depression of the vital forces, cold vinegar and water maybe applied to the parts on cloths, but if there is much depression, with coldness of the whole surface of the body, warmth must be applied to the feet, knees, arm-pits, &c, by means of bottles of warm water, warm bricks, irons, &c. Sometimes, when the discharge is very profuse and prostrating, it may become necessary to in- ject a solution of Alum, or other astringent, into the womb; this course has often proved effectual in checking the flow. A soft piece of sponge, or a number of soft pieces of linen, muslin, or silk, moistened with some astringent fluid, and passed into the vagina so as to plug it up, will, by causing a clot to form around the openings of the bleeding vessels, pre- vent, at least for some time, any further effusion. But the plug thus made must not be removed too soon, or the hemorrhage will recur—it should remain for three or four days. If it causes bearing-down pains, a desire to stool or to urinate, it must be removed. During the whole period of the attack, whatever may be the treatment pursued, it will be proper for the patient to drink freely of vegetable astringent decoctions. The bowels must be kept regular by gentle laxatives, and the diet should bo nutritious, allowing wine, ale, porter, &c, if the patient be much debili- tated. During the intervals between these profuse menstrual discharges, means should be used to prevent, if possible, the menorrhagia; Gfor this purpose the Compound Wine of Comfrey may be given, and the patient may drink freely of a decoction of some vegetable astringent, as i Blackberry root, Beth root, &c, and the same may be injected into the vagina several times a day. When much debilitated the Sulphate of Quinia may be used in combination with Cimicifugin, or some preparation of Iron. CESSATION OF MENSTRUATION. Cessation of Menstruation generally occurs after the menstrual function has been performed for thirty or thirty-five years, or about the forty-fifth or fiftieth year of life, and is always looked upon by females with some degree of anxiety. In consequence of the difficulties which occasionally develop themselves at this time, it has been variously called the « critical age, the " turn of life," the i; change of life," &c. Symptoms. Among healthy females it is not common for them to suffer much —they generally become stouter, and the abdomen and breasts fre- quently enlarge to such an extent as to lead them to think they are preg- nant. Ihe discharge usually diminishes gradually, assumes a paler color ad eventually ceases permanently; or it may occur at uncertain, or dis- tant periods, or alternate with a white discharge. Sometimes there will be reSderoflife dlSCharge'and the function becomes suspended for the ,.,^Tffng dcl,icat<:.fem?les> and~ those who have suffered from previous dis- eases of menstruation, it is not uncommon to meet with excessive menor- 516 AMERICAN FAMILY PHYSICIAN. rhagia, or severe and repeated attacks of uterine hcinorihage, jeopardizing life. The same may be said of those who have Ifeen intemperate in their passions and pleasures. The symptoms attacking these vary considerably much pelvic irritation, with a bearing-down sensation, a desire to stool or a forcing backwards, frequent inclination to urinate, heat and smarting 0f the parts, and tenderness of the vagina, are very apt to be present. A troublesome itching of the parts of generation is a common accompaniment. The person becomes irritable, uneasy, restless, with more or less consider- able changes of the moral and mental dispositions. With some, the skin loses its color and suppleness, becomes sallow and wrinkled, the hair falls off, or turns gray, the breasts, at first flaccid and pendulous, finally disap- pear, and the voice becomes masculine. At this time, various diseases are apt to become manifested, some of which may probably have existed for some time in a latent state, as, ver- tigo, hysterics, colic, piles, cutaneous eruptions, ulcers of the legs, hemor- rhages from different parts, inflammations of various organs, dyspepsia, palsy, apoplexy, insanity, cancer of the womb, profuse sweats, etc, &c. Treatment. Generally, but little else is required in the treatment, than to keep the bowels regular, the skin clean and healthy, adopt a light, nutritious diet, and proper regimen, and to avoid exposure to cold, or any causes which may excite local disease. When the discharge ceases sud- denly, or when there is giddiness, or occasional pains in the head, a mild purgative may be taken, as the Compound Powder of Jalap, or the Com- pound Powder of Leptandrin, and this may be repeated whenever the symptoms require. If menorrhagia is present, treat it as already recom- mended, as well as hemorrhages from various organs. When there is a tendency to secondary attacks, the disease which is developed must be treated as though it were a primary affection. In most cases where there is a tendency to secondary diseases, alteratives will be required, and none will be found to excel the Iodine pill, in conjunction with the Compound Syrup of Stillingia. Any nervous derangement must be combated wW stimulants, antispasmodics, or sedatives. CHLOROSIS. Chlorosis, or Green Sickness, is a disease common to females, especially at the age of puberty, and is very apt to be associated with a retention of the menses; though this may and does frequently occur without any chlo- rotic tendency. Symptoms. Chlorosis is characterized by a state of melancholy and dis- position to inactivity ; the female becomes silent and gloomy, frequently sighing involuntarily, or shedding tears without cause; the countenance becomes pale, of a greenish tint, and bloated; the eyes languid, and the eyelids swollen, with a dark areola around them, especially in the morning, the skin is dry and cool, and has a flabby or doughy feel; the pulse w fre- quent and easily compressed; the breathing is hurried or laborious; tne digestive functions deranged; the bowels costive or irregular; the_stoos sometimes become white and hard, at other times fluid; the^ sleep is dis- turbed, and the dreams unpleasant; the intellect becomes dull, and t mind is occupied with fanciful notions or projects; headache is usualy present; ringing of the ears; the face cold; the nostrils dry; neura'ghe pains, and palpitation in the neighborhood of the heart or stomach. tongue is generally coated white, and acid regurgitations take place CHLOROSIS. 517 cuently, with nausea, especially in the morning. There is often an accom- nanvinK cough, of an irritable and distressing nature, leading the friends o suppose the patient is laboring under consumption. Sometimes dropsica HWclliiUs occur in various parts of the body, or the patient may be attacked with St° Vitus' Dance, hysterics, or epilepsy. Leucorrhea is generally pre- sent with a retention or suppression of the menstrual discharge ; or, if any fluid escapes monthly, it contains but little coloring matter, and less hbrine than usual All the above symptoms will not be present in any one patient, but a great proportion of them will; and they will vary in their character aceonfimr. to the circumstances attending each case. A peculiarity of this disease is the wonderfully capricious character of the appetite, sometimes exhibiting a strong desire for acids, at others, greedily devouring substances having no nutritive properties whatever, as earth, chalk, ashes, charcoal, &c. If the disease is allowed to progress without any beneficial treatment, severe pain attacks the head, mostly in the back part; the abdomen becomes swollen and hard; the difficulty of breath- ing, palpitation, fainting, and debility increase; thirst becomes annoying; diarrhea ensues, with hectic fever, rapid emaciation, and death. Caksks. The causes of chlorosis are various and numerous. It may be owing to indigestion; to living in low, damp, and cold situations, secluded from the rays of the sun; bad food; late hours ; excessive use of vinegar, green fruits, and all crude articles; indulgence in warm drinks ; want of exercise ; and a sedentary, lazy, and voluptuous mode of life. Females of rapid and premature growth, those of a weak, delicate constitution, of a scrofulous habit, or of a nervous temperament, are more especially liable to it, as well as those who practice masturbation, who labor under great de- pression of mind, who are affected with some menstrual derangement, and who continue for a long time in a state of widowhood. Treatment. In chlorosis, there is a general debility of the whole ner- vous system, accompanied with an unhealthy condition of the blood, which is very deficient in iron and the red globules. The treatment, therefore. must be directed to both of these conditions, and no permanent benefit can be expected, unless the medicinal measures be assisted by a strict attention to the hygienical. It is very important that the patient be removed from all causes which may predispose to the malady, transferring her from an im- proper atmosphere to one pure, dry, and moderately warm. She should be made to exercise every day, no matter how averse she may be to it,—'any indulgence in this matter may lead to a fatal result. Exercise must be taken, it is imperatively necessary; walking, riding, swimming, ball-play- ing, boat-excursions, and calisthenie exercises, according to her capability, must be practised. If her friends are able, traveling will be of much ad- vantage, in consequence of the change of scenery, air, exercise, and other circumstances tending to keep up an excitement of both mind and body. A visit to some chalybeate springs, with a free use of the water, will be found of great benefit. Tight corsets, and all tight ligatures on any part of the body, must be forbidden. The hours of sleep must be regulated, having certain hours for retiring to bed, and for rising ; never allowing the sleep to exceed nine hours. Sleeping in the day must not be alkwed. The bed occupied by the patient must be neither too warm nor too soft—a mattress is to be preferred—a feather-bed is abominable. The diet should be generous and easy of digestion, consisting of farinaceous vegetables, ripe fruits, bitter and aromatic plants, fresh eggs, roast meats, &c. ^During meals, some Ma- deira or Champagne wine may be drank, or even good French brandy, ale, porter, Ac. For a common drink, some chalybeate water should be pre- ferred; tea and coffee should not be used. 518 AMERICAN FAMILY PHYSICIAN. As a medicinal treatment, the bowels should be kept regular, but noj actively purged; the Compound Pill of Leptandrin may be°usod for thig purpose, and if constipation be very obstinate, one-twentieth of a grain of Extract of Nux Vomica may be added to each pill, provided that not more than two pills are required every night for a dose. The surface of the body should be frequently bathed with a weak alkaline solution, to which some Alcohol is added, in order to excite the action of the capillary vessels in- vite the blood into them, and promote perspiration. A Spirit vapor bath every week or two, will be of great benefit. Flannel should always be worn next the skin; and daily frictions with a coarse towel, aided by all other means to bring about a healthy condition of the capillary system, should be persevered in. Acidity of the stomach may be overcome by Bicarbonate of Soda, or Potassa, or by Magnesia, aided by vegetable tonics, to impart tone to this organ, as Golden Seal, Swamp Milkweed, Quassia, Gentian, &c. which may be given in infusion or extract. To change the condition of the blood, some preparation of Iron must be given, as the Sulphate of Iron, Carbqnate-of Iron, Tincture of Muriate of Iron, &c, and in scrofulous patients the Iodide of Iron. The following have been used with good results:—1. Take of Carbonate of Iron five drachms, Assafetida seventy-five grains, Podophyllin nine grains; mix, and divide into twenty-five powders, of which one is a dose, to be repeated three times a day. 2. Take of Sulphate of Iron twenty-four grains, Sul- phate of Quinia twelve grains, Sulphate of Morphia one grain and a half, Extract of Gentian a sufficient quantity to form the whole into a pill-mass; mix, and divide into twelve pills. The dose is one pill, to be repeated three times a day. 3. The Compound Pills of Ferrocyanuret of Iron. Occasionally, marriage cures chlorosis. The various unpleasant symptoms which may present from time to time, must be met according to their indi- cations. LEUCORRHEA, or WHITES. By the terms Leucorrhea, Fluor-albus, or Whites, are meant a whitish or colorless discharge from the vagina, being the result of an unhealthy con- dition of the vagina, the womb, or of both combined. It is a very common malady among women, but few passing through life without having one or more attacks of it. Symptoms. The leucorrhea! discharge is more or less profuse, and varies much, both in quantity and color; in mild cases, it is whitish, in others, it is of a brownish or greenish hue, and frequently so acrid as to excoriate the external parts. When the discharge is abundant, or of long standing, it occasions much debility, with a sense of pain and weight in the back and loins, pain in the stomach, colic, impaired or depraved appetite, acid stomach, headache, paleness of the countenance, hollowness of the eyes, chilliness, palpitation of the heart, and great mental depression. If no beneficial measures be pursued, the constitution soon becomes impaired and exhausted, emaciation ensues, the flesh becomes loose, the pulse small and frequent, the breasts soft, the breath fetid, the eyelids bloated, hysterics are common, and the feet and ankles swell, and are constantly cold. The menstrual dis- charge frequently becomes diminished or suppressed, obstinate constipation is a common symptom, and the urine is generally turbid, flocculent, and scanty. Dropsical swelling of the whole body is often present. Leucorrhea is divided into two varieties, the mucous and the purulent' LEUCORRHEA. 519 of the raucous, there are two forms, characterized by the properties of the discharge, and the part from which it is secreted. When the mucous discharge is from the neck of the womb, or its canal, it is a transparent, glairy fluid, of the consistence of the white of egg, has an alkaline reaction, changing reddened litmus paper to its original blue, communicates no stain, but only a starchy hardness to linen upon which it has been allowed to dry, has such a slimy, ropy, and tenacious consistence, that it is with great difficulty it can be removed from the neck of the womb, and examined under the microscope, it is found to contain a large numbei of mucus-corpuscles, (see Fig. 18.) This is a common and most obstinate form of leucorrhea. When the mucous discharge is from the Fig. 40. vagina, it is of an opaque, whitish charac- ter, of the consistence of cream, has an acid reaction, changing blue litmus paper to red, communicates a stiffness to linen upon which it has dried, leaving a greyish spot, deepest at its edges, is never ropy, and under the microscope exhibits a large number of epi- thelial scales. (See Fig. 40.) This form is frequently accompanied with a relaxed condi- tion of the vagina, and troublesome itching '.f the parts. When the leucorrheal discharge is of a purulent character, it is colored greenish, or any intermediate shade between a light yel- a< Scaly epithelium from the vagina. low and dark brown, leaves deep stains on b. Large organic globules, resembling linen, which are removed with difficulty by pus globules, sometimes found in the washing, and exhibits under the microscope a large number of pus globules. (See Fig. 20.) Most generally this dis- charge issues from an excoriated or ulcerated surface on some part of the neck of the womb; occasionally it proceeds from the vagina. This, how- ever, may be determined by its acidity or alkalinity. Women laboring under this form of leucorrhea, are very subject to abortions. Leucorrhea sometimes becomes of so acrid and irritating a character as to communicate a disease very closely resembling gonorrhea. And the determi- nation of this matter, upon which the happiness of a family depends, is at- tended with much difficulty. Great care must be taken by the physician in pronouncing positively in cases of this kind, as a mistaken diagnosis will be a source of much misery and mortification. Dr. Donne, of Paris, states that when the syphilitic matter is examined under a microscope of about 300 diameters, a multitude of transparent animalcules are seen, of a round or oval form, in groups of from two to six, and which move in every direction ■i very delicate, thread-like appendage; in leucorrheal matter these are ab- sent. But as leucorrhea is frequently the result of secondary syphilis in the iiusbaud, it is possible that when it originates from this cause, animalcules of a similar character may be present, and a diagnosis based upon this microscopical investigation would condemn an innocent female to disgrace and wretchedness. Caisi:s. Leucorrhea arises from many causes, the most common among which is excessive coition; and on this account a women wedded to a sen- sual, animal husband, whose only consideration for his wife is to compel her to gratify his selfish passions without regard to her health, is much to bo pitied, as she is constantly liable not only to the present disease, but to 52 (I AMERICAN FAMILY PHYSICIAN. every malady which may afflict her sex. And to this cause, is, no doubl attributable by far the greater number of those diseases so common at the present day among women in all sections of the country. Other causes however, may produce leucorrhea, as a rapid succession of children colds' dampness, difficult deliveries, masturbation, abuse of warm baths, purgatives' or emmenagogues, prolonged suckling, irritation of the rectum by thread- worms, relaxation of the system by too much warmth, abortions, mechanical injury by pessaries, secondary syphilis of the husband, sedentary life sud- den, mental, or physical shocks, excessive menstruation, &c. Treatment. In the treatment of leucorrhea, as in the previous diseases the bowels must be kept regular, and the surface of the body attended to by daily bathings and frictions. Internally, the Compound Wine of Comfrey may be given in conjunction with some preparation of iron, as the Citrate of Iron, Sulphate of Iron, &c.; in strumous or scrofulous patients the Iodide of Iron will be found of great value; in cases with excessive menstruation the Tincture of Muriate of Iron will be preferable. I have found a pill composed of Sulphate of Iron, Leptandrin, each, eight grains, Podophyllin two grains, Alcoholic Extract of Black Cohosh a sufficient quantity to form a pill-mass, a very valuable preparation. The mass is to be divided into eight pills, one of which may be given for a dose, and repeated three or four times a day. In the purulent form of leucorrhea which is generally accom- panied with a hypertrophied, indurated, excoriated, or ulcerated condition of the neck of the womb, alteratives will be required, as the Compound Syrup of Stillingia with Iodide of Potassium, or, the Iodine Pill. Among females subject to gouty, rheumatic, or neuralgic diseases, the Compound Tincture of Colchicum should be used, alternately, with the Compound Wine of Comfrey, changing them every week or two. Local applications must not be omitted in the treatment of this affection. Injections into the vagina three or four times a day will be found very use- ful; they may be composed of a strong decoction of Black Cohosh root, with Tannic Acid added; or a solution of Tannic Acid in Port Wine may be in- jected. A very excellent vaginal injection is composed by dissolving one or two drachms of Tannic Acid, and half an ounce of Alum in a quart of water; this may be used three times a day, employing one-third of the mix- ture each time. In using injections, they should be retained for some time in the vagina, which may be accomplished by the female lying upon her back with the hips well elevated. It will frequently be of importance, espe- cially in vaginal leucorrhea, to keep the vaginal walls from coming in con- * tact with each other, and this may be done by introducing soft sponge or lint, moistened with one of the above astringent fluids into the vagina. Other agents have occasionally been found efficacious, as an injection of a diluted Tincture of Acetate of Iron, a Super-saturated Solution of the Protosulphate of Iron, or, a decoction of equal parts of Black Cohosh and Geranium. When the discharge is acrid and excoriating, and manifests a decidedly alkaline reaction, the injections should be composed of a solution of Bicar- bonate of Potassa or Soda, in an infusion of Elm bark, Marshmallow root, Hops, or Stramonium leaves; and they should be continued until the irri- tating quality of the leucorrheal matter is removed. A decoction of BlacK Willow bark, (Salix nigra,) used internally and as an injection, has been recommended as efficacious. I have known the following domestic prepara- tion to cure several obstinate cases:—Take of finely grated Nutmeg, ana powdered Alum, each, equal parts; mix. The dose is a teaspoonful in some molasses, repeated three times a day. . When the neck of the uterus is excoriated or ulcerated, the part affected LEUCORRHEA. 521 following may be applied:—Take of Sulphate of Quinia forty-eight grains, Elixir of Vitriol two fluidrachms, Distilled "Water six fluidounces; mix. If must be thoroughly touched or bathed, two or three times a day, with the Tincture of Muriate of Iron, diluted or not, according to its action; or tho fo f; the canal of the uterine neck appears to be in an excoriated or ulcerated condition, some lint, moistened with one of the above liquids, may be care- fully introduced within the canal by means of a probe. The application of agents to the neck of the womb will require the introduction of the specu- lum to bring the part into view, as well as to facilitate the introduction of the remedies, and in all cases, previous to their application, the neck should be cleansed from all adhering mucus or pus by means of a piece of sponge or lint attached to the end of a stick; and by a similar means apply the above liquids. The patient should use a light, nutritious, easily digested diet, avoiding the use of tea and coffee, and should take moderate exercise daily. Where there is any pain, or irritation of the parts, tenderness, or disposition to slight bleedings, not only should the patient keep quiet, avoiding all fa ligue, but sexual intercourse must be positively forbidden. figure 41 is a re- Fig> .^ presentation of llic- ord's four-valved va- ginal speculum, which is generally used by physicians. However, there arc several other forms of this instru- ment suitable to vari- ous conditions, views of physicians, ke. The object of a speculum is to examine the con- dition of the lower part of the neck of the womb, and the walls of the vagina, as well as to afford facilities for the ap- plication of remedies to these parts. It is more especially adapted to mar- ried women and widows, being used among unmarried females only in severe and obstinate affections, which resist the ordinary means of treatment. Since the introduction of this instrument into medical practice, the diseases of females have been much better understood, and their sufferings more speedily and permanently arrested; and from the immense benefits following its employment, the sex are under many obligations to its originator. But, notwithstanding its value, there is no doubt that while some physicians neglect to avail themselves of its advantages, others resort to its use entirely too freely, instituting uterine examinations upon the most trivial grounds, and sometimes to an injurious and unwarrantable extent. Great care should therefore be had in selecting a careful, experienced, and moral physician, in those cases wherein the use of a speculum is advised or required. The introduction of the speculum requires no unnecessary exposure on the part of the female; she may wear a pair of drawers, or a loose underdress with an opening in it sufficiently large for the physician to pass the instru- ment through, into the vagina, and which should be done carefully, without causing any pain; and the speculum should always be warmed and well oiled or grea-ed to admit its easy introduction. The position of the female at the time of introducing the speculum will be on her back, with the hips elevated, •ots^jj,,^ Ricord's four-valved Spoculum. 522 AMERICAN FAMILY PHYSICIAN. and each foot resting on a chair; or, as required in many cases, she may He upon her left side, with the knees drawn up as closely as possible to the ab- domen. The parts must be so situated that when the speculum is intro- duced the light may pass into it, and give a clear and distinct view of the several diseased surfaces. FALLING OF THE WOMB. Among the various displacements of the womb, there is none so common as Prolapsus, or Falling of the Womb, by which is meant a condition of this organ in which it is much lower than it should be. It is more generally met with among married women, especially those who have borne children but may occur among the unmarried. When the womb has fallen so low as to pass out externally, it is termed perfect prolapsus; when it remains within the pelvis, it is termed procidentia uteri, or imperfect prolapsus. It is some- times of a most obstinate character, resisting all remedial measures, and proving a source of suffering to the female for the remainder of her life. Symptoms. Prolapsus of the womb varies from a very slight descent below the natural position of the uterus, to its projection through the exter- nal parts, occasioning alterations in the relative situation of neighboring organs, from which many unpleasant symptoms arise. It generally comes on with a feeling of fulness in the pelvis; a weight and bearing down in the parts, with a sensation of dragging, which extends from the navel to the loins; pains in the back extending round into the groins; considerable dis- tress in standing or walking; the bowTels are usually constipated; and the urine will be unnaturally hot, and pass with more or less difficulty. Most of these symptoms are relieved when the patient lies down. Leucorrhea, exces- sive menstruation, or painful menstruation, are frequent attendants upon prolapsus of the womb. From its intimate relation with the womb, the stomach soon becomes de- ranged, the appetite is irregular or deficient; the stomach and bowels lose their tone; rolling of wind in the bowels, accompanied with a rumbling noise, is common; the spirits become depressed; and the patient loses all desire for exercise, employment, or even life. The symptoms common to this complaint are varied and numerous, so much so, that a careless practi- tioner will be led to suspect disease of various other organs, which these fre- quently simulate. Causes. Falling of the womb is owing to a relaxation and want of tone of the vagina, and of the ligaments which sustain this organ. This may arise from over-exertion, straining at lifting, coughing, violent vomiting, &c; it may be the result of many childbearings, or repeated floodings, menor- rhagia, leucorrhea, and frequently occurs from a general debility of the sys- tem. It may take place from getting up too soon after delivery, and may also happen during pregnancy, or even parturition. It is sometimes com- plicated with stone in the bladder, or with polypus of the womb. Treatment. In recent cases of prolapsus the influence of agents upon the mucous membrane of the vagina, aided by rest in the recumbent pos- ture, will generally effect a cure, if persevered in. The agent's used may be injections of cold water, or of astringent infusions, as of White Oak bark, Geranium, Bethroot, Marsh Rosemary, &c, or a solution of Alum. Colo water applied to the abdomen, back, and genital parts, will likewise be bene- ficial. It must be remembered that an inflamed condition of the vaginal avails, or uterus, will be aggravated by the use of astringents; hence, when FALLING OF THE WOMB. 523 any inflammation is present, it must first be reduced before employing the astringent local applications. But when the case is of long standing, or the prolapsus is very great, it may become necessary in conjunction with the preceding means to give arti- ficial support to the fallen womb by means of pessaries. When there is irritation or inflammation of the vagina or uterus, or any- organic disease of the parts or of the neighboring organs, a pessary must not be used, as it will only tend to aggravate the existing difficulty; these con- ditions must, therefore, in all instances, be first reduced by appropriate means before the introduction of a pessary is attempted. Irritation or in- flammation may be overcome by the internal use of Tincture of Aconite. Kxtract of Belladonna, or Compound Powder of Ipecacuanha and Opium, aided by injections of an infusion of Hops and Lobelia, an infusion of Bel- ladonna, or of Elm bark and Stramonium leaves. Equal parts of Peach leaves, Solomon's Seal, and Hops, in an infusion or decoction, will form a very excellent vaginal injection. If ulceration of the neck of the womb be present, it must first be cured by appropriate means; in most cases the rem- edies named for excoriation and ulceration under Leucorrhea, on page 520, will be found sufficient. Other difficulties must be met according to their indications. Pessaries are of various forms, and are made of sponge, wood, ivory, gum- clastic, glass, and silver coated with gold. Among these I prefer the latter, and the one known as Blundell's pessary, although costly, will be found adapted to more cases than any other; one great advantage attending it is, that it can readily be removed at night, for when the patient is in a horizon- tal position, a pessary is not required. To introduce it, warm and oil it, and carefully and gradually pass it into the vagina as high up as possible. The instrument can be held in its place by means of pieces of tape fastened to each end of the cross-bar at the lower end of the stem, the upper ends of which pieces of tape are attached both before and behind to a bandage passing around the abdomen. In the absence of this, an egg-shaped sponge pessary, or an elastic pessary inflated with air, may be used, but they re- quire to be frequently removed and cleansed, and are not as useful as the preceding. The selection of a pessary is usually according to the physi- cian's ideas, and they will be found to vary considerably in their choice. If pregnancy should happen, there will^e no occasion for the pessary after the third month, and by a careful and proper course of treatment after delivery, a return of the prolapsus may be prevented. The bowels must be kept regular by mild laxatives; and any heat or diffi- culty in urinating may be relieved by drinking freely of an infusion of Marshmallow and Spearmint. The diet must be light, but nutritious and easy of digestion, and, in some instances, careful and moderate exercise may be allowed. If the patient is pale and anemic, or much debilitated, the Compound Wine of Comfrey may be used, or some preparation of Iron, as, the Citrate of Iron and Quinia, Iodide of Iron, &c. There is a method of curing prolapsus by certain species of exercise and manipulations, without the use of pessaries, and which I have found decidedly beneficial, but it would be impossible to give a satisfactory explanation of these means in a work like the present, as it would require almost a volume of itself to fairly present the matter. 524 AMERICAN FAMILY PHYSICIAN. DISEASES OF PREGNANCY. There are certain symptoms common to the pregnant female, which are peculiar to this condition, and are in fact indications of the healthy act of conception, and should not, as a general rule, be interfered with. In some cases, however, they become so much increased in severity or protracted in duration, that they may be termed the "diseases of pregnancy," and will require treatment to remedy them. Females, when pregnant, should never ligate or compress any part of the body or limbs, with belts, corsets, &c, as this may not only give rise to abortions, enlarged veins of the legs, and other difficulties, but will likewise tend to produce dropsy of the head, or deformity of the child, as well as positions of the infant in the womb, known as cross-births, breech-labors &c, which frequently render instruments necessary to bring the child into the world, and may prove fatal to both mother and offspring. The diet also requires particular attention, using light and nutritious food, and avoidhi" all alcoholic drinks, fatty, acidulous, and indigestible food. Gentle exercise daily, out of doors, is very important during the first months of pregnancy; fresh, pure air, with bathings of the whole body once or twice every week, cannot be too highly recommended. It is a very common practice among married persons to indulge in cohabitation during pregnancy; but this is a very erroneous and irrational custom, and though positive evil does not immediately follow, yet it is certain to happen in time; we find that females thus exposed are more liable to attacks of fluor-albus, excessive floodings, miscarriages, &c, or some derangement of the mind or body of the offspring. Those females, especially, who labor under fluor-albus, who are subject to large or excessive menstrual discharges, who abort frequently, who are exceed- ingly delicate and sensitive in their nervous formation, cannot be too care- ful not to permit the sexual act when they are pregnant. The following are among some of the most common diseases of pregnancy: vomiting, diarrhea, cramps, and heartburn, may be treated as heretofore recommended. Constipation, should always be avoided if possible, it is a common and annoying symptom during pregnancy. It may commonly be overcome by warm injections, as an infusion of two parts of Boneset and one of Senna, to a pint and a half of which, half a pint of Molasses may be added, and half a wineglass of Castor Oil; one-half of this may be taken as an injec- tion, and repeated in about twenty minutes if necessary. The injection must be repeated so as to keep the bowels regular daily. Purgative medi- cines by mouth are not often needed, and should be avoided, because of their liability to occasion miscarriage. If physic is required, use the powder of Rhubarb and Bicarbonate of Potassa. named under the treatment of Dyspepsia. It is much better to use a diet which will keep the bowels open, as stewed, ripe, or dried fruits, brown bread, figs, dates, mush, and molas- ses, &c. Severe Headache may be relieved by an infusion of Scullcap, or Valerian, or Ladies' Slipper, &c; sometimes the narcotic Extracts will answer, as of Hyoscyamus, Stramonium, &c. One of the following pills for a dose, and repeated three times a day, will be very useful:—Take of Sulphate of Qui- nia six grains, Extract of Belladonna a grain and a half, Alcoholic _ Extract of Black Cohosh eighteen grains; mix, and divide into twelve pills. In females of full habit, active diuretics, may be given as an infusion ol Cleavers, Haircap moss, &c, keeping the bowels regular. Convulsions during pregnancy, are generally of an hysterical nature, and DISEASES OF PREGNANCY. 525 must be treated as recommended under Hysteria; if they are epileptic, treat as advised for Epilepsy. Cough may be remedied by some one of the agents named on pages 264 and 205. When it is severe, constant, hacking, and harassing without ex- pectoration, in addition to the internal means, a plaster may be placed on the back, extending from one shoulder-blade to the other, as the Com- pound Capsicum piaster, or Compound Resin plaster. Two parts each of the Tincture of Scullcap and Tincture of Lupulin, mixed with one part of Tincture of Hyoscyamus, and given in doses of a teaspoonful during a severe paroxysm of cough, has frequently proved very efficacious. (Edematous swellings of the limbs may be benefited by keeping the bowels regular, using freely of diuretic infusions, as Queen of the Meadow, Dwarf Elder, II air-cap Moss, &c, and keeping the limbs constantly supported with a properly applied bandage. # . . Enlarged or varicose veins cannot be removed, at least during the condition of pregnancy. The patient should use a very light diet, keep the bowels regular, and apply bandages, to compress and support the veins; too much pressure will be injurious. Elastic stockings are superior to the bandages. The patient must be as little as possible on her feet, chiefly keeping in the recumbent position. Piles are common during pregnancy, and are more apt to be present when the bowels are costive ; though they are sometimes met with during an attack of diarrhea. If costiveness be present, it must be obviated by the means already named. To relieve the piles, (for it is an almost impossible matter to remove them while the pregnancy continues) the following preparation may be employed:—Take of Stramonium ointment, half an ounce, powdered Alum one drachm, Sulphate of Morphia one grain; mix well together, and apply on a small piece of cotton. For other applications, see Piles, in the Surgical Part of the work. If the piles are very painful, cold applications, or a fomentation of Poke leaves, or an Elm poultice may be applied to them; sometimes the applica- tion of two or three leeches will be necessary. If they bleed, apply astrin- gents, or use the means named under Piles, in a subsequent part of the book. The attempt to cure piles by ligating, or cutting, &c, while pregnancy exists, is dangerous. When piles are present during gestation, great atten- tion sbould be paid to the bowels and to the diet, avoiding liquors, spices, heating and constipating articles, and exercising or "being on foot" as little as possible. Pain in the right side is occasioned by the enlarged womb pressing against the liver; this cannot be removed until after the birth of the child, but some relief will be apt to follow the use of a light diet, a regular condition of the bowels, and resting on the left side during the'hours of rest. Itching of the genitals, or an eruption of the parts with excessive itching, will be relieved by washing the parts two or three times a day, with the Borax Lotion with Morphia. Suppression of Urine, as well as difficulty in urinating, will be benefited by a free use of mucilaginous diuretics, as an infusion of Marshmallow root and Trailing Arbutus; or, of Marshmallow and Peach leaves. Ten or twenty drops of sweet Spirits of Nitre may also be advantageously taken in the infusion, repeating the dose three or four times a day. Liquor Potassa is frequently efficacious. Retention of Urine requires stimulating diuretics, as, Dwarf Elder, Wild Carrot-root or seed, Queen of the Meadow, &c. The urine must not be allowed to remain too long in the bladder before its removal either by a 526 AMERICAN FAMILY PHYSICIAN. catheter or naturally. The female must endeavor to urinate frequently nol allowing the bladder to become filled with fluid. Toothache may be palliated by some of the means mentioned on par-e 32 Longings or Capricious Appetite when not directed to absolutely unhealthy or pernicious food or drink may safely be indulged. The dislikes of the patient should not be meddled with. Swelling and Pain in the Breasts is sometimes very distressing; to relieve them, a warm fomentation of Hops may be applied, together with a liniment composed of Oil of Sassafras, Sweet Oil, and Laudanum, equal parts. The bowels must be attended to, and the breasts kept free from any compression. ABORTION, or MISCARRIAGE. When the fetus is expelled from the womb at any time previous to the seventh month, it is impossible for it to continue its existence, and this pro- cess of expulsion is termed an abortion. After the seventh month the child may live, and its expulsion at any time from the seventh month to the full period, is called a premature delivery. An abortion is dangerous chiefly on account of the flooding which may ensue, and which becomes of a more hazardous nature in the latter months of pregnancy. In the first two or three months, hemorrhage is seldom so excessive as to threaten life. Symptoms. These depend considerably upon the causes, and the time of the pregnancy. Thus, for the first ten or twenty days after conception, there may be hardly any pain, and but little blood, so that the female will be more disposed to look upon it as a menstrual derangement instead of an abortion. But in the later periods of pregnancy, and especially after the third month, various symptoms may usher in the abortion; there will be more or less febrile symptoms, nervous excitability, deranged appetite, cold- ness of the feet and legs, a purplish discoloration of the skin around the eyelids, which are more or less puffed up, shooting pains are frequently felt in the breasts, which become soft and lose their elasticity, lowness of spirits, a feeling of pressure or bearing down in the lower part of the bowels, fre- quent calls to evacuate the bowels or bladder, and slight pains in the back, which come on at intervals, gradually increasing in severity, extending in front, and eventually becoming severe and expulsive, or true labor-pains. As the pains advance, a discharge of a bloody character ensues, becoming more profuse as the abortion progresses; finally the bag of waters are bro- ken, and the fetus is expelled; occasionally it comes away entire, being sur- rounded by the bag of waters. It is often the case that the first indication of an abortion is the flooding, followed by pains, absence of motion in the child, and its ultimate expulsion. After the child has been expelled the flooding and pains generally dis- appear gradually; but if a portion of the placenta or after-birth be left within the womb, the pains may continue with more or less severity and ir- regularity, the flooding will frequently become excessive and alarming, and offensive, putrid discharges will take place from the vagina. The most dangerous period in which an abortion can occur, is from the third to the sixth month of pregnancy, the germ being;of large size, and the mouth of the womb not in a condition to properly dilate and permit its ready egress. If an abortion occurs during a severe fever, a high inflam- matory attack, &c, it is very dangerous. Commonly, in an abortion that progresses gradually, the flooding is less than in one which advances with \uiekness; but the system is more apt to be injured by the former ABORTION. 527 Causes. Many circumstances are capable of inducing abortion, and those which would affect one female, will frequently be found to have no influence upon others. Abortion may be owing to attacks of epilepsy, hysteria, dys- entery, &c; to acute attacks, as scarlet fever, small-pox, ke. Females whose systems are tainted with syphilitic disease, or scrofula, or who labor under excessive leucorrhea, are apt to abort; tumors in the pelvis or other abnor- mal formations, displacements of the womb, ulceration of the neck of the womb, rheumatic affection of the womb, &c, are all causes of abortion Disease of the fetus is a common cause, being generally received from the parent, as syphilis, small-pox, &c. Vaccination during pregnancy will often occasion a miscarriage; and it is dangerous even to vaccinate a woman who has been recently delivered. Accidents also give rise to abortion, as power- ful exercise, heavy lifting, blows, bruises, severe jars, long-continued and violent dancing, rough riding, excessive coition, &c. Sometimes the bag of waters may be so thin and delicate that the mere act of sneezing, laughing, slight straining, hanging up curtains, bed-making, pushing in a drawer with the foot, &c, will rupture it, and thus cause an abortion; it has also been caused by emetics, powerful purgation, and great mental excitement. In many instances it is produced by long-continued suckling of a child, and also by the criminal means frequently employed for this purpose. Females of full habit and voluptuous are very apt to abort. When the motions of the fetus cease, the morning sickness disappears, and the breasts become Boft and lax, it is an indication of the death of the child, and abortion will certainly come on; the same will happen when the waters have been evacuated. Treatment. The female constitution is apt to be permanently impaired by an abortion, or disposed to constant repetitions of the accident, on which account all proper measures should be adopted to prevent its progress, if possible ; except when there are good reasons for believing that the child is dead, in which case, measures should be pursued to facilitate its rapid expulsion, and conduct the female safely through the process. In many cases presenting the symptoms of an approaching abortion, but little more will be demanded, than a state of quietness in the horizontal posture, having the hips elevated higher than the head, and using cold lemonade or other refrigerant drinks. Two or three grains of the Compound Pow- der of Ipecacuanha and Opium may be given every hour or two, to lessen any excitability of the system, and remove the pains. Should the symp- toms still progress, notwithstanding these means, in most cases they will cease entirely in a few hours after having placed a blister or a Mustard plaster, about four inches square, over the lower part of the spinal column, (sacrum.) Any excessive flooding may be arrested by the application of cloths moistened with some cold fluid, to the parts, and over the lower part of the bowels ; cold water, iced water, or vinegar and water may be used. Inter- ternally, a mixtaro of five grains of powdered Alum, and one grain of grated Nutmeg, may be given for a dose, repeating it every fifteen or thirty minutes, or every hour. The Oil of Fireweed, or the Oil of Fleabane, are also serviceable, and may be given in doses of five or six drops rubbed up with sugar, repeating them every ten or twenty minutes, or at longer inter- vals depend,ng upon the urgency of the case. The course recommended in Menorrhagia, on page 513, will frequently be useful in checking the flooding. ° Whey cho flooding is very profuse, and there is no doubt but that the letus will be expelled, the vagina may be plugged with pieces of silk, linen, '528 AMERICAN FAMILY PHYSICIAN. or muslin, with which it must be well closed up, keeping them in this situ* ation by means of a compress and bandage. In the course of six or seven hours this plug must be removed; but on no account must it remain in tho vagina longer than twenty-four hours. By this method, the flow of blood will frequently be checked. But it must be recollected, that it is exceed- ingly improper to employ the plug, except during the first five months of pregnancy ; if used after this period, it will give rise to what is called a "concealed hemorrhage," in which the flooding continues, but does not appear externally, owing to the presence of the plug, which obstructs its flow. When the symptoms of an abortion have been stopped, the female should subsequently continue for some time in a recumbent posture very careful in her movements and exercise, lest a return of the take place. If, by the means recommended, the pains, flooding, and other symptoms of abortion continue, gradually increasing in severity, or, if there is no doubt that the fetus will be expelled, the only course to pursue is to permit the case to proceed the same as in natural labor, keeping a strict surveil- lance upon it to promptly meet any dangerous symptom. When the womb is acting energetically, and the abortion is favorably progressing, any intermeddling, not actually demanded, would be exceedingly reprehen- sible, and might create fatal results. And all the discharges, instead of being thrown away, should be shown to the physician, that he may be enabled to determine with certainty, whether the whole of the ovum or germ has been expelled. This should be the invariable rule of every aborting female. If the efforts or pains of the womb are not powerful enough to complete the delivery within a reasonable time, it may be assisted in its action by the aid of* medicines which will increase its contractile power; thus, a warm and strong infusion of Blue Cohosh, Black Cohosh, or Ergot, may be administered, or these articles may be mixed together in equal parts, and given in infusion. The inner bark of fresh Cottonroot, made into a strong infusion, will in most cases, excite the uterus to ener- getic action. Should these measures fail, the flooding still continuing, with feeble and inefficient pains, it will be proper for a physician, (and no one else,) to pass a finger, or a small wire blunt hook through the canal of the neck of the womb, for the purpose of gently and carefully removing the membranes, which, when effected, will at once expedite the abortion. Cold applications to the parts, and internal means to check the fb should be continued, as Tincture of Cinnamon in half-teaspoonful every ten or twenty minutes, according to the profusion of the discharge, each dose of which may be given in about half a wineglass of water, sweet- ened with loaf sugar. Or, the Oils of Fleabane, or Fireweed may be used, as named above. Sometimes a flooding will take place, or continue for a number of days after there has been a cessation of the abortion, or an expulsion of the contents of the womb; this is owing to the fact that a part of the membranes, or after-birth have been retained; a physician should remove them, as stated above, by a small blunt hook. The abortion having been completed, a course similar to that pursued after natural labor should be instituted; the abdomen should be properly supported by a bandage, and the female should be kept quiet, and in a recumbent position for some days. If she be very much debilitated from the floodings, adopt the same course as to diet, &c, as named in flo°din£' following labor proper. Means should also be taken to strengthen tne womb, and to remove any disease under which the female may be laboring, LABOR, OR DELIVERY. 529 in order to prevent subsequent abortions. (See King's American Electio Obstetrics.) _____________ LABOR, or DELIVERY. Labor, Delivery, or Parturition, is that process by which the womb, at full term, expels its contents, consisting of the child, after-birth, mem- branes, and fluids. Nine calender months and seven days constitute "full term;" some authors say about two hundred and eighty days from the last menstruation, and others say about one hundred and forty days after lifa or motion of the child has been distinctly felt. It may occur within a few days previous or subsequent to this time, and in some cases has not come on until some weeks afterward. The process of labor is accomplished by the contractions of the womb, assisted in the latter stage by contrac- tions of the muscles of the abdomen, which being accompanied with pain, are therefore termed " labor-pains." The period occupied in the process, varies considerably; but on an average, it continues from three to six hours; and more children are born between sunset and sunrise, than through the day, in the proportion of ten to seven. The symptoms of approaching labor are, a settling down of the womb, which relieves the female very much, causing her to have a lighter feeling, to breathe more freely, to be in better spirits, and to move more actively than for some two or three months before. Not unfrequently, there will bo a constant desire to evacuate the bowels or bladder. A flow of bloody mucus also takes place inmost instances, called " the show;" and flying pains in the back and loins, wakefulness, .nervous excitability, &c, are apt to be present. Sometimes, owing to costiveness, great weariness, rheuma- tism, &c, a kind of pain will be felt in the latter weeks of pregnancy, which are termed u false pains," and which may be determined from " true pains," by observing that the latter commonly begin in the back, and spread around to the belly, in the region of the womb, that they come on regularly, with intervals of freedom from pain, and that they acquire more severity, as well as frequency, with the advance of the labor; if during their presence, pressure with the hand be made upon the belly so as to feel the womb, this organ will be felt firm, hard, and contracting, somewhat like a hard tumor, becoming soft as the pain ceases. False pains begin at the upper part of the womb, are seldom felt in the back, do not extend so greatly around the lower part of the body as the true pains, are either on all the time, or appear with great irregularity, and do not cause the womb to become firm and hard. They are usually very annoying, and may be relieved by a purgative injection, or a laxative inter- nally, aided by the subsequent administration of an infusion of Scullcap; or, aldose or two of the Compound Powder of Ipecacuanha and Opium, or the Compound Tincture of Virginia Snakeroot may be given. Labor is divided into four varieties, viz:— 1. Natural Labor, in which the child's head presents so as to be the first part born, and where the process of expulsion does not exceed twenty-four hours, being accomplished by the unaided efforts of nature, or with the aid ordinarily bestowed. 2. Protracted, Tedious, or Difficult Labor, the same as the preceding, with the exception that the process of expulsion extends beyond twenty-four hours, and may need some kind of artificial aid before it can be completed, as turning, &c, by the hand, or, the use of Ergot, &c, or, the application et instruments. a4 530 AMERICAN FAMILY PHYSICIAN. 4. Preternatural Labor, in which any part of the child presents at tta mouth of the womb, except the head ; where the cord, or navel-string falls down so as to show itself on the outside when " the waters break •" and where there are two or more children. 4. Complicated Labor, in which some dangerous symptoms occur not necessarily belonging to the labor, as convulsions, severe flooding, &c. Natural labor is divided into three stages. The first stage occupies from the beginning of labor, until the mouth of the womb has become thor- oughly dilated or opened, which is generally known by the rupturing of the membranes and discharging of "the waters," or amniotic liquid. During this stage the female is very apt to be uneasy and restless, peevish and fretful, and sometimes quite low-spirited; she frequently experiences flashes of cold and heat, and the desire to evacuate the bladder is more frequent than ordinarily. Sometimes, and more especially toward the latter part of this stage, there will be vomiting; or, each pain may be ushered iu by a slight shivering. The pains are of a " grinding, cutting, or sawing" character; they occur with regularity, gradually become stronger and more continuous, with intervals of ten or fifteen minutes between them, in which the female is comparatively easy. These pains may be occasionally bene- fited by firm pressure over the small of the back, which should always be done by the friends of the woman and not by the physician, who must avoid wearying or exhausting his strength in the earlier part of the labor, lest he thereby incapacitate himself from rendering necessary and more valuable assistance, should it be demanded in the latter stage of the delivery. Unless there be flooding, or some untoward symptom, during the first stage of labor> the female need not be confined to one posture; but she should not make violent motions of the body, and, above all, she should not bear down in this stage ; any efforts of this kind are improper. The condition of the bowels must be noticed, and if they have not been evacu- ated, an injection should be given. It should also be observed that the urine is passed regularly. The room must be kept cool and cheerful, and the presence of more than one or two females, beside the physician, is un- necessary. Too much gossiping, or the administration of cordials or stimu- lants are injurious. When the pains are regular and pretty frequent, the physician will desf$e to make an examination to ascertain the condition of the parts and the progress of the labor, which is very proper, as it may eventually save the patient much suffering, and, in some instances, even her life; but there is no necessity for frequent examinations. Every thing having been found correct, the female's bed should be pro- perly prepared ; it should be a cot, or hard mattress,—a feather bed should not be used, as it is, to say the least of it, very unhandy. Upon the mat- tress a folded blanket, dressed skin, or oil-cloth must be placed, to prevent its becoming soiled by the discharges, and over the whole a sheet may be thrown for the patient to lie upon ; the rest of the bedclothing may be put on in the ordinary way. The female's dress should be light and simple, so as not to over-heat her, or be in the way of assistance should it be required. The scissors, ligatures for tying the cord or navel string, bandage for the woman, &c, must now be secured, and placed where they can readily be had. Tbe female may, if she desire it, use a light diet, consisting of toas and tea, toast-water, thin Indian meal gruel, cold water, Ac, but anima food, and all stimulants must be prohibited. As some time may pass be- fore the second stage arrives, it will be proper for the physician to occa sionally leave the room for a few minutes, that the woman may have an opportunity of evacuating the bladder or bowels. LABOR. 531 The second stage of labor occupies the period between the discharge of '•the waters," or the complete dilatation of the mouth of the womb, until, and including the birth of the child. After the first stage has terminated, the female usually has a short interval of freedom from pain, and some have several hours of repose, before the second stage commences. The pains in this stage are different from those of the preceding, being of a forcing down or expulsive character, and the advance of the child is aided by the muscles of the abdomen. In this stage the female should not be allowed to leave her bed on any account, lest the child be suddenly ex- pelled and destroyed before the physician can bestow the necessary atten- tion ; and which may cause an inversion of the womb, or subject the woman to dangerous flooding. There will frequently be a desire to stool, but this will cease after the head is born. The position assumed by the female iu this stage, varies in different countries, the most common is, to have her lie on the left side with the knees well drawn up toward the abdomen, or, to lie upon her back; I prefer the latter. When the pains are on, there will generally be sufficient bearing down without any effort on the part of the patient, but if they are weak, or of short duration, she may assist the delivery by bearing down only when the pains are present. The physician will be constantly by the bedside to give the necessary support to the parts, and as the head of the child advances, he will ascertain whether the cord is around its neck, that he may at once remove it. As soon as born, the child cries vigorously; but should it make no noise, a finger may be introduced into its mouth to remove any mucus or other Bubstance which may interfere with its breathing. A few minutes after delivery of the child, the pulsation in the cord will cease to beat, when it may be tied with a strong ligature in two places, the first being about an inch and a half from the child's body, and the other about an inch from the first ligature, and then, by means of a sharp pair of scissors, separate :P% the cord between these two ligatures. The child may then be removed from the mother, and given into the care of the nurse. After the delivery of the child, the female experiences much relief, and feels more comfortable and cheerful, usually having an entire freedom from pain for a few minutes, or even an hour, when the third stage commences, iu which the after-birth, or placenta and membranes are expelled. Slight pains are felt, and with one, two, or three, the after-birth is expelled. Sometimes the child and the after-birth are delivered with the same pain. No rash or strong pulling must be attempted to remove the after-birth, provided it does not pass away soon after the delivery of the child; if there be much delay in its expulsion, the physician in attendance will give the proper aid. I state this, because no one but a well-educated physician should ever be allowed to attend a case of labor; ignorant persons may at- tend many natural cases without doing much injury to the female, but in instances where skill and address is required, they will be almost certain to lose their patients. After the delivery of the after-birth, the bandage should be applied around the body sufficiently tight to give support to the relaxed abdo- men, and this should always be done by the nurse,—never by the physi cian; he should, however, ascertain whether it is properly adjusted, after its application, and when the female is properly covered. The female should now, or as soon as her strength and condition will permit, be care- iully removed to the bed which she is to occupy for the next ten or twelve Jays; cloths must be loosely placed to the genital parts to receive tho 532 AMERICAN FAMILY 1'IIYSICIAN. blood and other discharges, that they may not soil the patient's garments. And, for a few days, she should on no consideration be allowed \o sit up in bed, or to rise; it has frequently happened that a momentary sitting- posture at this period, has caused sudden death, or a most alarmin° flooding. The other varieties of labor, viz: difficult: preternatural, and complicated, occur so seldom when compared with natural labors, that it will be unnec- essary to make any remarks concerning them, as they should always be attended to by a medical man only. Those, however, who desire a full ex- planation of the symptoms and treatment of labor in its various forms will find a very detailed account in a work lately published by the author en- titled "American Eclectic Obstetrics." TREATMENT AFTER DELIVERY. The discharge from the womb, which continues for several days after delivery, is termed lochia, or lochial discharge. Its amounts varies with different women, being very slight with one class, and very profuse with another, so as to soil twelve or eighteen cloths in the course of twenty-four hours. Its amount gradually lessens until it ceases entirely, and it changes from a bloody to a greenish color, or almost colorless. No treatment is re- quired for the lochia, unless it is very excessive, or very much diminished in quantity. When it is excessive, enfeebling the patient, astringents may be given to lessen it, as infusions of Geranium, White Oak bark, Witch Hazel bark, &c; or two grain doses of a mixture of a scruple, each, of Caulophyllin and Geraniin, may be given every hour. It will also be proper to bathe the parts with cool water, four or five times a day. When the augmented discharge is caused by retained pieces of the after-birth within the womb, the above astringent infusions may be injected into the vagina. For any debility occasioned by the discharge, tonics must be administered, as Sulphate of Quinia, Citrate of Iron and Quinia, Gentian, &c, with a nutritious, easily digested, but non-stimulating diet; a state of quiet in the recumbent posi- tion is very necessary. In profuse lochial discharges, Ergot, Caulophyllin, Oil of Fireweed, Oil of Fleabane, Tincture ot Cinnamon, Geraniin, Warren's Styptic Balsam, &c, are among the articles that maybe efficaciously admin- istered. When the lochia is less than it should be, or ceases too soon, it is com- monly owing to cold, and if it be not promptly reinstated, it may cause a serious result. The bowels should be opened by a gentle cathartic, and then a strong infusion of Motherwort should be administered. This should be drank as hot as possible, and the patient should use it plentifully. The legs and inside of the thighs, should also be bathed with some stimulating compound, as the Compound Tincture of Camphor. If febrile symptoms and pain are present, warm fomentations of Hops and Tansy should be ap- plied to the abdomen; and, internally, the Compound Powder of Ipecacu- anha and Opium, may be given ; or eight drops in a teaspoonful of water, an repeated every hour or two, of a mixture composed of two parts of Tincture of Black Cohosh, and one part of Tincture of Aconite root. After-pains are frequently very distressing, and require means for rehe. That which I have found the most efficient in severe cases, is the applica- tion over the abdomen of a fomentation of equal parts of Hops and lansj digested in some Whisky, or other spirits, which should be renewed two o three times a day; together with the administration of a mixture ot U ' TREATMENT AFTER DELIVERY. 533 lophyllin two and a half grains, Compound Powder of Ipecacuanha and Opium five grains, repeating this dose every three hours, until relief is afforded. In some cases, I have met with success from a powder composed of Ergot three grains, Camphor and Opium, each, half a grain; repeating this dose as often as required. Ordinarily, the Compound Powder of Ipecacuanha and Opium will relieve after-pains. Care must be taken that thepains ex pericnccd are after-pains, and not some more serious disease, as inflamma- tion of the peritoneum. Milk-fver may commonly be prevented by putting the child to the breast as soon as possible after it has been washed and dressed, if the state of the mother will permit; and by giving a purgative within twelve or twenty-four hours after delivery. If the symptoms are severe, one or twoSeidlitz pow- ders, warm fomentations upon the breasts, should they be painful and dis- tended, together with frequent evacuations of the breast-milk by the child, or otherwise, will overcome them. In some instances, the administration of the Compound Powder of Ipecacuanha and Opium, will be useful. Few nursing females escape one or more attacks of ulcerated ox excoriated nipples; and some are subject to it every time they give suck. Frequently when the child sucks, the pain is severe, and more or less blood flows from tho part. Sometimes painful ulcers, or deep fissures are present, and in a few instances the nipple is lost. The artificial teats sold in the drug stores, will remove or prevent this difficulty, when the child will draw through them; but it will often decline their use, when other means must be em- ployed. The first thing is to reduce any inflammation which may be pres- ent; and which may be accomplished by by a poultice of Elm bark, or Elm and Hops, Elm and powdered Lobelia, &c, which should be made large enough to extend over the nipples, and for some distance around it. Occa- sionally, the severity of the inflammation will be such that two or three leeches will be necessary before the poultice will be of any advantage; the leeches may be placed on that part of the breast just beyond the areola or colored circle which surrounds the base of the nipple. Sometimes the pain and inflammation maybe subdued by washing the nipple three or four times a day with a solution of four or five grains of Nitrate of Silver in a fluid- ounce of distilled water. After the severe inflammation of the part has subsided, one of the subse- quent compounds will perfect the cure:—Take of Mutton Tallow half an ounce, Balsam of Peru one drachm, Glycerine, Honey, each, half a drachm; melt the suet, strain it, and then mix in the other ingredients. A little of this may be applied to the nipple four or five times a day. 2. Take of Bal- sam of Tolu, and Peru, and Honey, each, three and a half drachms, Opium, Camphor, each, half a drachm, Alcohol half a pint; mix, and let them stand a week, shaking them wellawery day. Moisten a soft piece of linen with this, and keep it upon the nipple during the intervals of nursing, oc- casionally removing it. Wash the nipple always with a little warm water before allowing the child to suck. It should smart a little, but if this be too severe, it must be diluted with water. It is generally necessary that the female should be kept quiet and as free from physical or mental excitement as possible, for nine days at least, that the womb may gradually assume its original non-impregnated state, without attacks of flooding, or other derangements, as well as to permit the consti- tution to regain its former strength and vigor. She should not be allowed to arise at all, for any purpose whatever, until after the third or fourth day, particularly if she has had a tedious or otherwise debilitating labor; and ▼hen it is permitted her to get up, she may at first be bolstered up in bed 534 AMERICAN FAMILY PHYSICIAN. for a few minutes, in a sitting posture, then in a chair, and so on, gradually prolonging the time, until she need not occupy the bed any longer through the day. The apartment should be kept free from filth and dis- agreeable smells, maintaining a comfortable degree of warmth, and being very careful to prevent her from "catching cold." Her person should be kept in a state of cleanliness, particularly about the organs of generation bathing them once a day with warm water, to which a little spirits has been added. A light, easily digestible diet should be allowed, particularly for the first six or seven days, as toast and tea, oat-meal or Indian-meal gruel boiled rice, arrowroot, &c, when, if every thing is progressing favorably her food may be more nutritious, as soups, broths, soft-boiled eggs, tender chickens, &c. And thus must she gradually have her ordinary diet restored. Ale and porter may be used after the tenth or twelfth day, if she continue to be feeble. If she is subject to falling of the womb, it will be better for her to keep in the horizontal position for two or three months after de- livery, in order to aid in effecting a permanent cure. FLOODING. Flooding, or Hemorrhage from the Womb, is one of the most dangerous symptoms which may come on during labor. Its appearance is generally sudden and unexpected, requiring an immediate^and vigorous management, and demanding, on the part of the physician, calmness, presence of mind, firmness, and a perfect knowledge of all the means for successful treatment that are known to the profession. There are no symptoms by which a phy- sician can determine whether flooding will accompany a labor or not; it may come on in the midst of what appears to be a favorable labor, and that so formidably as to destroy the female in a few minutes, if her physician he ignorant or tardy in using the proper measures. Hence the necessity for well-educated midwives, to lessen the chances for mortality among females in labor, as well as among their infants. Flooding may occur from various causes, but it is more commonly met with after the child has been born, while the after-birth still remains in the womb, and also after the expulsion of the after-birth. When it occurs short- ly after the delivery of the child, the after-birth remaining in the womb, it is generally owing to a partial loosening of the after-birth from the inner sur- face of the womb, whereby large bleeding orifices are exposed, and sometimes makes its attack with suddenness and alarming profuseness. The face of the patient becomes pale, the pulse weak and frequent; she becomes, in a very short space of time, not merely faint, but perfectly unconscious of every- thing that is going on around her; she neither sees nor hears anything. If immediate benefit be not afforded, she wrU rapidly succumb. If the hand be applied upon the belly, instead of feeling the hard, contracted womb, through its walls, it will be felt soft and lax, or perhaps, will not be distin- guished from the other contents of the abdomen. Treatment. This must only be attempted by an educated physician, who, instead of trifling with his patient's life by giving medicines and apply- ing cold fluids to the parts, or by pulling upon the cord to remove the after- birth in this way, will at once tightly bandage the female around the abdo men, placing a compress underneath the bandage and.over that part of the belly directly opposite the upper portion of the womb, in order that it may press firmly upon that part. Then, taking off his coat and turning up his shirt sleeves, he will put the cord upon the stretch with one hand, while he FLOODING. 535 will pass the other, usually the right hand, quickly along the cord as a guide, and into the womb, carrying it on until he reaches the after-birth; if the mouth of the womb be contracted, he must dilate it with his fingers suffi- ciently to admit the hand. When the after-birth is reached, he will place the outside hand on the abdomen to sustain and fix the womb, and then with the other hand will carefully separate the after-birth from the womb, with the pulps of his fingers, commencing at its edges, and pressing or peeling it off from the surface of the womb, as though he were removing the peel from an orange, being very careful not to scratch the womb with his finger nails. As soon as he has loosened the after-birth, the womb usually contracts and discharges both it and the hand; or, if this is not the case, the hand must not be removed until contractions of the organ have been aroused, which will expel it. After the after-birth has been thus removed, the management of the case must be pursued with great care, that the flooding may not return, and to prevent inflammation. The strength of the patient must be supported by the means named at the end of this article. In these cases, the life of the female will be saved or destroyed in a few minutes—the measures named must be quickly and energetically pursued—and if the physician lose his self-possession, or become appalled at the copious flow of blood, he should not perform the operation, lest he still further endanger his patient's life by a careless or awkward management,—but he should send at once for another physician. The other division of flooding occurs shortly after the expulsion of the after-birth; it is a very serious accident depending upon a want of tone or action of the womb, and often proves fatal. It is not the amount of blood lost that is to be feared, so much as the effects upon the system. This form of flooding may occur as soon as the after-birth has been delivered, and in cases where no untoward symptom has thus far been manifested during the labor, or, it may not come on again until half an hour, an hour, or several hours have passed. Its attack is apt to be sudden, the patient complains of great faintness, of a feeling of weight about the stomach; the face becomes pale, the breathing short and quick, the pulse is small, weak, and rapid, per- haps hardly observable at the wrist, there is a dimness of vision, and finally a complete loss of sight and hearing, or an unconscious condition. Drops of cold sweat will form upon the brow, and the feet and legs become deathly cold. In this form of flooding a large amount of blood may pass externally ■md stain the cloths and bedclothes, or, if there be an obstruction to its ex- ternal discharge, but a small quantity may be visible, while the internal loss of blood, filling up the womb, is very profuse. If the patient should survive the first copious discharge of blood, she will slowly recover from her state of unconsciousness, the pulse becoqite fuller and more natural, the system somewhat recovers its strength, theieet and legs grow warmer, breathing is performed with greater ease, the cheeks become slightly flushed, and con- sciousness returns. She now exhibits much restlessness, tossing about, cry- ing for fresh air, and desiring to be fanned, and frequently making such exclamations as, "Oh, I shall die," &c. This reaction of the system, however, soon passes away, another gush of blood takes place which may prove fatal, or she may lapse into a state of unconsciousness, from which she again recruits, and thus continue for several attacks^ until eventually death closes the scene. As in the preceding form of flooding the hand placed upon the belly will find the womb soft and lax, and upon pressing it a gurgling sound will be produced, together with a gush of blood from the parts either in clots or fluid. 536 AMERICAN FAMILY PHYSICIAN. Treatment. This flooding depends upon a non-contractile state of the womb, whereby the mouths or openings of its bloodvessels instead of beine closed, remain open and exposed; the safety of the female, therefore rests wholly upon the production of contraction in the womb, which, when estab- lished, will close the mouths of the bleeding vessels and check the flooding The physician must proceed with steadiness and energy. And the bystand- ers must not perplex him with questions of any kind, nor interfere with his movements, but should promptly and actively obey all his requests; for this is the most trying situation in which a physician can be placed, one calcu- lated to unnerve him, requiring all his fortitude and energy to combat. He should be cheerfully seconded in all his efforts. The physician, placing his hand upon the bowels, will press firmly upon the womb, keeping up this pressure steadily until the womb contracts, and also seizing the womb, through the walls of the abdomen, between the fingers, working and pressing it from time to time, alternately. If several hours of compression are necessary, other parties may assist him. This will answer a much better purpose in arousing the womb to action than a bandage, and will also keep it free from much clotted blood. This course may cause some pain, and the patient may beg to have it stopped, but to this no attention should be paid, and the exertions should continue unremittingly, until the contraction of the organ, and consequent cessa- tion of the flooding has ensued. Be careful, however, not to press or work the womb so violently as to turn it inside out. As soon as the flooding becomes checked, the womb becoming firmer, harder, and contracted, a bandage may be placed around the abdomen, with a sufficiently thick com- press between it and the belly, so as to continue a steady, firm pressure upon the womb. While the pressure and working is being accomplished, as above, an assistant should apply cold to the parts, thus: plunge a large napkin in a basin of eold water, and dash it suddenly against the external parts, the inside of the thighs, the buttocks, &c, repeating it every minute or two; or, cold water, cold water and vinegar, &c, should be poured from a height of four or five feet upon the naked abdomen. And these means should be continued without cessation, until the shocks thus occasioned, have aroused the womb into action. One thing, however, must be borne in mind, if the system be very much prostrated, some judgment must be dis- played in the use of these external refrigerants, as a too free employment of them may produce evil instead of good consequences. Hemastasis, or ligatures around the thighs should be one of the very first means called into requisition, as it lessens the amount of venous blood thrown into the body, and thus aids in lessening the loss of blood. Internally, the Tincture of Cinnamon should be administered in doses of a teaspoonful in about half a wineglass of sweetened water, repeating it every five or fifteen minutes, or at longer intervals, depending upon the copiousness and constitutional effects of the flooding. Other agents have also been found efficacious when used in connexion with the preceding measures, as, Calcined Deer's Horn, which is to be given in teaspoonful doses, added to about a wdneglassful of hot water, repeating it in the same manner as the preceding tincture; this has arrested the flooding when other means had proved useless. A mixture of equal parts of Tincture o Rhatany, Tincture of Cinnamon, and Spirits of Turpentine, in half-teaspoon- ful doses, has likewise been of advantage ; it may be given in an infusion ot Geranium, or Beth root. Galvanic, and electro-magnetic currents passed through the womb, have been recommended by the highest authority. MILK LEG. 537 Alum water may be given, when no other agent is directly at hand, in dopes of a wineglassful. When the constitution has become very much exhausted and prostrated from the great loss of blood, the vital powers must be invigorated and supported'by stimulating agents; Brandy or other Spirits, Carbonate of Ammonia, Wine, Ether, &c, maybe exhibited, continuing their use until they have effected a marked and favorable influence on the constitu- tion, as indicated by a more natural pulse, an increased temperature of the feet'and legs, a return of color to the lips, and greater mental and physi- cal sensibility. It will be found better to give the liquors in table- spoouful doses, without any water, repeating them every twenty or thirty minutes, or even oftener, if the prostrated condition of the vital forces are Buch as to require it. As soon as the flooding has been arrested, a bandage should be carefully [.laced around the body, with a compress, as stated above,_ and it should be closely attended to, noticing every half-hour or hour, that it has not slipped, but continues in the position in which it was placed at first; for there may be a continued disposition to laxity and inactivity of the womb, and a consequent return of the flooding, so that the female will not be out of danger for a number of hours. The ligatures on the limbs may be slack ened, but they must not be taken off until the woman is under no further danger from the flooding. She must be kept perfectly quiet and still, and be positively prohibited from even moving for several hours after the cessation of the flow; and many days should pass before she be permitted to raise in a sitting position; the time in these cases, depending upon the degree of injury undergone by the system. The wakefulness and irritable condition of the system, remaining after a severe flooding, may be over- come by five or six grain doses of the following powder, repeated every two or three hours:—Take equal parts of the Compound Powder of Ipe- cacuanha and Opium, and Capsicum ; mix. If the patient sleeps, do not awaken her, unless symptoms of flooding come on, as suspected by the bloodless appearance of the face, and indistinct, rapid pulse. The room should be kept dark, not too warm, and fresh air should be admitted, being careful not to have it pass over or upon the patient, so as to occasion a cold or fever. A'isitors, whisperings or loud talking, &c, must on no account be allowed; the patient should be kept still, free from noise, and not allowed to talk or make the least exertion. At first, the diet should consist of light, nutritious fluids, as cold gruel, cold boiled milk, chicken broth, arrowroot, beef tea, custard, calf's foot jelly, &c, and when the debil- ity and exhaustion is very great, stimulants may be added to these, as wine or brandy. MILK LEG. Milk Leg, or more properly, Phlegmasia Dolens, is a swelling of the legs, which sometimes attacks females shortly after confinement, being attended with more or less pain. The name milk leg was applied to it from an erroneous impression that it was due to the milk from the breasts finding its way into the legs. The nature of the disease is not yet satisfac- torily understood, and many hypotheses have been advanced concerning it. Some have looked upon it as an inflammation of the absorbents, others, as an inflammation of the veins, and a third party have considered the blood as the seat of the disease. My own opinion is, that the lymphatics are at first affected, and the inflammation of the veins occurs as a secondary con. 538 AMERICAN FAMILY PHYSICIAN. sequence. And the disposition to an attack, may very likely be strength- ened by some mal-condition of the blood. Scrofulous females, and those subject to rheumatism, cancer, &c, are more subject to an attack of this affection, in whom it may be brought on by exposures to cold compression of the nerves and veins of the pelvis, disease of the womb' injuries, &c. Symptoms. Phlegmasia Dolens seldom appears before the fifth or sixth day of confinement, and sometimes three or four weeks will elapse before it makes the attack. A heavy, dull pain in the lower part of the bowels groin, or upper part of the thigh, is first complained of, with a weak low- spirited, or peevish state of mind and body, and some febrile or inflamma- tory symptoms. Sometimes there are no preceding symptoms, the disease being ushered in suddenly, with violent chills, succeeded by more or less heat, and accompanied with a more or less severe pain in the neighborhood of the thigh. The pain is more violent when the thigh is extended, and the easiest position for the limb is a state of semiflexion ; the least motion or pressure aggravates the pain. In the course of a day or two, the pain diminishes, and the limb commences swelling, first at the groin, and thence gradually downwards. The inside and front part of the limb are those which are most apt to swell. Very frequently, the swelling attacks the calf of the leg first, and then advances upward; in this case, the calf will be hard, swollen, and very painful. The skin becomes of a dead white, aniooth and glossy, hard, very painful on being touched, and the diseased limb is much hotter than the other, and feels stiff and heavy. Pressure does* not leave a pit as in dropsical swellings, except on those parts in which there is no pain, and at the close of the acute symptoms. The patient soon becomes unable to move her leg, from absolute want of power. In connection with this, the whole system suffers with considerable fever, as small and rapid pulse, great thirst, sleeplessness, &c. The disease seldom attacks both limbs at the same time, but it is often the case that as one limb recovers, the other becomes affected, or the arm of the same side will become swollen and painful. Most commonly the breasts become flaccid, and the lochia disappears. The acute stage may continue from five or six days to as many weeks, terminating in a restoration of the limb to its natural size, freedom from pain, and a capability of using it the same as before. Frequently, how- ever, the disease assumes a chronic form, in which the leg continues swol- len and almost useless for the remainder of life. Occasionally, it termi- nates in the formation of abscesses, which, from the great drain upon the system, ultimately prove fatal. The disease may be distingidshed by its coming on within a certain time after confinement; by the pain along the front or inside of the leg; the feverish symptoms; the elastic character of the swelling; the glossy, white appearance of the skin; the powerlessness of the limb; the pain produced by compressing the calf of the leg, or by slighly rotating the thigh in its socket. The left leg is more generally affected. It is a tedious disease, and of difficult cure, though rarely immediately fatal. When the pain slowly lessens, with a slight numbness of the limb, the swelling becoming softer and pitting upon pressure, and the febrile symptoms diminishing, the case is about to terminate favorably. _ Treatment. The first indication is to subdue the inflammation; the second to bring about an absorption of effused fluids, and establish a healthy condition of the veins. » If the bowels are not already loose, they should be purged freely; 101 MILK LEG. 539 which purpose the Compound Powder of Jalap, with ten or fifteen grains of Cream of Tartar to each dose, should be given, repeating it every two or three days during the inflammatory stage. The bowels should likewise be kept free, producing one evacuation daily, by a use of the infusion of Lcptandra and Blue Flag, named under Typhoid Fever. To subdue the pain and inflammation, half-teaspoonful or teaspoonful doses of the Compound Tincture of Colchicum may be given, every one, two, or four hours, owing to the intensity of the symptoms, and the action of the medicine. From three, to six or eight drops of the Tincture of Aconite root, added to each dose of the above, will frequently aid materi ally in overcoming the more severe symptoms. In some cases a mixture 01 Tincture of Gelseminum thirty drops, with Tincture of Aconite five or six drops, may be given for a dose, substituting it for the preceding remedy, and repeating it every hour or two. When the patient is peevish, wake- ful, and very uneasy, Sulphate of Morphia may be given as often as neces- sary, in doses of one-fourth or one-half of a grain. Non-stimulating diuretics are very useful, and should be freely given to the patient, as, a cold infusion of Haircap moss, or of Elder blows, or of Cleavers ; or, these may be combined. Applications to the diseased limb must not be omitted. A warm infu- Bion of equal parts of Hops, Lobelia, and Stramonium leaves, may be u^plicd to the whole limb, enveloping it in flannel moistened with the infusion, and renewing it as soon as cool. Or, an infusion of Hops in Vinegar, or a strong infusion of Water-pepper may be similarly used. Sometimes cold applications will answer a better purpose than warm ones. When fresh Stramonium leaves can be had, bruised, moistened with hot water, and placed over the whole limb, they will be found to exert an almost immediately beneficial influence. Some physicians have derived great advantage from cups or leeches applied in the direction of the pain; and others have found happy results to follow the application of a blister, or Mustard poultices to the groin of the diseased leg. The diet and regimen of the patient should be the same as in Inflammatory Diseases generally, which see. In the second or chronic stage of the disease, the bowels must be kept regular, and the Compound Tincture of Colchicum be administered three or four times a day, together with a continuation of the diuretics. The Tincture of Arnica has been found effectual after the subsidence of the more active inflammatory symptoms, in doses of from twenty to sixty drops repeated every three or four hours. In this stage a bandage may be applied around the limb, enveloping it from the toes to the groin, but it should not be uncomfortably tight. It must be reapplied whenever it becomes loose; and at these times, some stimulating mixture as the Compound Tincture of Camphor may be applied along the limb with considerable friction ; or, the bandage may be kept constantly moistened with the same. In the more advanced chronic stages alteratives should be used, as, the Compound Syrup of Stillingia, with Iodide of Potassium; Iodine pill; or other alterative. The limb may also be subjected to the action of electro- magnetism. A» Compound Tar plaster over the lower part of the spinal column, will be of immense service. Jn both the acute and chronic stages the limb should be kept in a horizontal position, not allowing it to hang down. The diet in the chronic stage should be nutritious and digestible, and 540 AMERICAN FAMILY PHYSICIAN. when debility is present, tonics, or mild stimulating liquors may be used as ale, porter, wine, &c, or Peruvian bark in wine. When ulcers occur treat the same as directed under Ulcers. NURSING SORE MOUTH. Women who give suck, or who have advanced to the latter months of pregnancy, are sometimes affected with a sore mouth peculiar to themselves other females and men being exempt from it. It is commonly termed the sore mouth of nursing women. The most robust constitution, or the sickly and delicate, are indiscriminately attacked by it; those, however, of costive habits, dyspeptic symptoms, and hepatic affections, seem to be more liable to its attacks than others. It also attacks those disposed to consumption erysipelas, or whose systems have been impaired by the employment of mercurials. The children are generally healthy and robust, except in the last stages when the secretion of milk diminishes. Symptoms. The disease generally comes on suddenly, the first symptom being a severe scalding sensation of the tongue, with pain, at times intense. The tongue and roof of the mouth, is of a pink color, especially in the se- verer instances, and there is a profuse watery discharge from the mouth, extremely hot, so much so as to give a scalding sensation to the face when passing over it. Any food or drink taken into the mouth occasions more or less intense pain. After a few days, slight ulcerations on the tongue, as well as about the throat, manifest themselves, and this with the scalding, flow of saliva, pain, &c, will continue until the child is weaned, or the pa- tient has been cured. The bowels are generally costive. When the dis- ease extends into the bowels, diarrhea ensues, and the case is much more dangerous. It is a singular disease, nearly always disappearing upon weaning the child; yet weaning is not always necessary, nor is it at all desirable, as there is always a greater disposition to a return of the disease at every future delivery than in those cases where proper treatment has effected a cure, and restored the constitution to its usual healthy condition. The disease has terminated in death in three, four, or six weeks after the birth of the child; sometimes it will not prove fatal until after it has oc- curred several times. Treatment. In severe cases, if the strength or condition of the patient will admit, an emetic must be administered and repeated twice every week, continuing it as long as the symptoms of the case, and the obstinately torpid state of the liver require ; I prefer the Compound Powder of Lobelia. After the effects of the emetic have subsided, a cathartic must be given, as the Compound Powder of Jalap, Compound Powder of Leptandrin, or Com- pound Pills of Leptandrin, a sufficient dose of which must be repeated every day or two. When diarrhea is present, omit the physic. Internally, the Tincture of Muriate of Iron, may be given in doses of ten or twenty drops in about a gill of an infusion of Queen of the Meadow root, or other diuretic, repeating it every two or three hours. And should there be any derangement of the kidneys, with scanty, high-colored, and scalding urine, diuretics will be beneficial, as an infusion of Haircap moss. Cleavers, Marshmallow, &c. Sometimes Canada Balsanf will be found advantageous. . The soreness of the mouth and throat may be relieved by applying J° them once a day, a wash composed of Nitrate of Silver from forty to eighty grains, dissolved iu a fluidounce of distilled water. The best period lor INFLAMMATION OF THE BREAST. 541 it? application will be just previous to retiring to bed, in order that the patient may procure sleep. Through the day, the mouth as well as the throat should be washed or gar-led, several times, with one of the following astringent mixtures, a tea- L,onfu'l or no of which may be occasionally swallowed with advantage :— Take of Geranium, Blue Cohosh, Golden Seal, Solomon's Seal, each, half an ounce; mix and make one pint of a very strong infusion, to which, when strained, add powdered Borax two drachms, Honey a gill. Or, take of Geranium, Marshmallow, Rosemary, Golden Seal, and Wild Indigo root, each, one ounce. Prepare the same as the previous infusion. The body should be bathed daily with an alkaline solution rendered stimulating by the addition of Alcohol or Whisky ; and as soon after the delivery as may be prudent, the Spirit vapor bath should be administered once or twice a week, if the condition of tiie patient will admit. The diet should be nutritious and readily digestible; and must not be of a greasy nature, coarse, liable to occasion flatulency, or sour stomach, or in any way obstruct or impair the functions of the stomach or liver. Liquors are not to be used, unless in cases of much debility, when wine may be allowed. It is always advisable to cure this affection, if possible, without weaning the child, as the female is thereby rendered less liable to its recurrence at another parturient period; but, if the symptoms continue to increase, and the strength of the patient to fail, with violent diarrhea, weaning may be- come absolutely necessary in order to save the patient's life. INFLAMMATION OF THE BREAST. Inflammation of the Breast, or Ague in the Breast, as it is-sometimes popularly called, is an affection frequently met with among nursing women, and which may take place at any period during suckling. It is generally caused by cold, though it may be occasioned by permitting the breasts to become distended with milk, as in sore nipples, or among those mothers who remain long at parties, balls, theaters, &c, leaving their infants at home. It may also follow improper pressure on the breasts, mechanical injuries, &c. Symptoms. The first indication is generally a chill, succeeded by more or less feverish symptoms; slight darting pains are felt in the breast, which are more painful when this oigan is compressed, and which increase in severity as the disease progresses; in severe cases the pain frequently extends to the arm-pit. At the same time the breast swells, becoming hard, unequal, and glossy, but retaining its color. Finally, the skin becomes dark-red, matter forms, the enlarged breast becomes considerably softer, with throbbing, and a sense of fluctuation. The severe pain renders the patient very fretful and irritable, especially when it is accompanied with a constant wakefulness, night-sweats, irregular chills, impaired appe- tite, debility, and emaciation. It is sometimes a very obstinate malady to cure. Treatment. This must have in view to prevent the formation of matter if possible; but if the first three or four days have been allowed to pass without treatment, it will be a difficult thing to prevent suppuration. When matter commences to form we must use means to hasten its progress; in from nine to twelve days it is generally completed, For the first three or four days the breast should be bathed three times a day, with a stimulating liniment-, as for instance, a combination of one ounce each of Camphor, Oil 542 AMERICAN FAMILY PHYSICIAN. of Sassafras, Oil of Cajeput, and Olive Oil. Noap . Immediately after this bathing apply the following ointment:—Take of finely cut or shaved Castile Soar an ounce and a half, Lard one ounce, yellow Beeswax half an ounce- melt these ingredients together by a gentle heat, then take from the fire and when nearly cool, add slowly eight fluidrachms of Jamaica Spirits in which thirty grains of Camphor have been dissolved. To apply it:—Cut a piece of linen in a circular form, of the size of the whole breast, leaving a hole in the center sufficiently large for the nipple to pass through. Then par- tially remelting this ointment, spread it on the linen. Apply it to the breast as warm as can be borne; in about every four or six hours, remove it from the breast, heat it again to make it soft, and reapply as before, havbf every time, first bathed with the above liniment. The female should remain in bed, as still as possible, and the milk must be drawn from the breast fre- quently, by any one who can accomplish it. The ointment thus used will frequently check any further progress of the disease in the course of twenty- four hours. Any nervous excitability may be lessened by the administra- tion of six or eight grains of the Compound Powder of Ipecacuanha and Opium, repeated every three or four hours. The bowels should be kept regular daily; and the infant should be fed by a spoon, or a wet nurse be engaged for a time. Should this fail, and matter form, the suppuration may be hastened by an Elm poultice, or a bread and milk poultice placed over the breast, and renewed frequently. Or, if it can be obtained, fresh Pokeroot may be roasted in hot ashes, until it is soft, then mashed, mixed with about an equal quantity of powdered Lobelia, and sufficient hot water added, which may U applied over the breast, renewing it three times a day. When the suppuration is completed, the severe pain will be materially diminished by permitting a physician to open the abscess with a probe or lancet, and thus give free egress to the matter. The ulcer may be treated upon the same principle as explained under Ulcers, which see. The diet and regimen must be the same as in the preceding inflammatory diseases; and great prostration of the system may be overcome with stimulating tonics, as red Peruvian Bark and Port Wine, or the Compound Wine of Comfrey. PUERPERAL MANIA. Puerperal Mania or Insanity, may occur both after abortion and deliv- ery. It is generally sudden in its attack, and is apt to be accompanied with a suppression of the lochial discharge, secretion of milk, or both. It may hi owing to irritation of the womb, or of the breasts, sudden cessation of the lochia, tedious or instrumental labor, powerful emotions of the mind, cold, &c Sometimes its causes are very obscure. Like ordinary mania, it may assume a raving character, or a melancholic, and the symptoms very much resemble those which are common to other forms of insanity. The premonitory symptoms are various, and usually so slight as to excite but little apprehension, as headache, excitability of the nervous system, loss of appetite, or an irregular appetite, constipation, rest- less nights, irascibility of temper, &c. And, like ordinary mania, it may continue for only a few hours, for several years, the mind becoming sane, or it may remain incurable during life. (See Mania, page 371.) The more excitement or fury there is displayed, the more dangerous u the insanity. A violent and unmanageable insanity, with a frequent pulse, is apt to be much more fatal in its results when it comes on soon after con- finement, than when it is manifested at a more distan* period. Goocn says, NEURALGIA. 543 "Mania is more dangerous to life—Melancholia to reason." This latter form of insanity, the melancholic, is much more obstinate and permanent than the furious. When the female obtains sleep, without being much en- feebled, the pulse becoming more regular, and the bowels more open, the prognosis is favorable; but is very unfavorable when the bowels continue costive, the pulse frequent, and the system becomes weak and emaciated. Trkatment. The general treatment will be similar to that already named for ordinary mania, on page 373. The bowels must be kept regular, or as much so as possible, the surface of the body should be attended to, with the use of a tepid or cold douche to the head and along the spinal column, re peating it two or three times a day. Sometimes counter-irritation, as con siderable friction, and stimulating preparations to the back and limbs, will be of much efficacy. At other times sedatives will be valuable, as the Tincture of Gelseminum; or the following mixture:—Take of Tincture of Gelseminum half a fluidounce, Tincture of Belladonna one fluidrachm, Sul- phate of Quinine eight grains; mix. Of this, half a teaspoonful may be given, and repeated every hour or two, to keep up the narcotic influence of the preparation in a slight degree. Other medicines of a similar character will frequently be found valuable, as Tincture of Stramonium, Tincture of Hyoscyamus, Sulphate of Morphia, &c, in various combinations. The principal efforts should be to calm the mind and quiet nervous excitability by the production of sleep. The apartment occupied by the patient should be kept somewhat dark- ened, and perfectly quiet. A good nurse should be engaged, one who has some experience in the management of insane persons; all weapons or things which might be used to injure or destroy, must be placed out of the way, as garters, towels, handkerchiefs, cutting instruments, &c, and the windows must be properly fastened. A nourishing diet is necessary, with stimulants in case of great debility or exhaustion. If she be pale and anemic, some preparation of Iron will be very advantageous. No person should be allowed to visit her, not even her child or husband, until the in- sanity has considerably abated; and even then, some care is required in allowing her to take the child in her own possession, as it might be mal- treated, perhaps to a fatal extent, should a paroxysm of insanity suddenly seize upon her. As soon as the violence of the malady has become greatly lessened, the female should be allowed to take daily promenades and other gentle exercise in the open air. NEURALGIA.* Symptoms Neuralgia or Tic Douloureux is one of the most painful affre- 10ns to which the human family is subject. It more commonly occurs in the nerves of the face, though it is met with in different parts of the head, in the breast side, hip-joint, and other parts of the body and limbs. Its attack is usually sudden, and the paroxysm of pain varies in its duration. i lie pain is agonizing, lancinating, and shooting along the nerves like a shock of electricity, frequently feeling as if red-hot wires were thrust into no parts, and after the pain passes away, a numbness remains for some tune. Sometimes, instead of attacking suddenly, it commences with a slight heat, or sense of itching, or numbness, which augments in severity more or Whs rapidly. 1 he pain occurs from time to time, at longer or shorter inter- isease should have been placed among Nervous Diseases. M4 AMERICAN FAMILY PHYSICIAN. vals, and is often produced by the most trifling causes. If not cured the system suffers, and the patient eventually dies, worn out from the repeated shocks and nervous irritation. Causes. The causes of this disease are not well understood, though there are strong reasons for supposing it to be in some way connected with derangement of the digestive organs, at least in the majority of cases. Discrimination. Neuralgia may be distinguished from rheumatism by the intensity of the pain, its short continuance, and its liability to return on the slightest touch; in acute rheumatism there is fever, redness, heat in the part affected, and some swelling, all of which are absent in Neuralgia; in chronic rheumatism the pain is continuous, less severe, and often worse at night. From toothache, by the shortness of the paroxysm, the rapidity of its succession, and the frequent convulsive twitehings. Treatment. The bowels must be kept regular by laxative doses of the powder of Rhubarb and Bicarbonate of Potassa, administered daily as stated under Chronic Diseases of the Liver; the skin must be bathed twice a week with an alkaline solution; and the kidneys must be kept in healthy condi iion by means of non-stimulating diuretics. The diet must be especially attended to, avoiding everything which will oppress the stomach, or cause acidity, flatulence, irritation, or constipation, or in any other way disagree with the patient. When the disease is in the face a Compound Tar plaster must be placed on the head behind the ear of the affected side, and kept discharging for as long a period as the patient can bear,—reapplying it, after a short interval, should the cure not be permanent. If the pain is in any other part of the system, the plaster must be placed over those parts of the spinal column, which are sore, tender, or painful on pressure. Internally, the following tincture may be given in doses of twenty drops, every two hours, in about a table-spoonful of water, continuing its daily use until the disease is cured:—Take of Sulphate of Quinia twenty grains, Elixir Vitriol one fluidrachm, dissolve the Quinia and add Tincture of Black Co- hosh fourteen fluidrachms. Or, one of the following pills may be given, re- peating it three times a day:—Take of Sulphate of Quinia, Prussiate of Iron, Alcoholic Extract of Black Cohosh, each, twenty-four grains; mix, and divide into twenty-four pills. Many other agents have been recommended, as the external application over the affected part of Aconitine ; Extract of Belladonna and Stramonium, both externally and internally ; external use of Cyanuret of Potassium, Chlo- roform, &c; but I have cured many severe cases by the above means. Those cases which cannot be cured by medicines, and which are owing to preter- natural bony growths, affections of the brain, &c, may sometimes be relievec by a division of the affected nerve. DISEASES OF CHILDREN. Many of the diseases to which children are subject, have been treated upon in previous pages of the work, and to these the reader is referred, under- standing that in those diseases common to both adults and children, the treatment will be the same as laid down, the only exception being in jhe quantity of the doses of the medicines given. Thus, Scarlet Fever, Measles, Chicken Pox, Thrush, Ophthalmia, Cholera-Infantum, Infantile Remittent Fever, Colic, Rickets, Scald-head, Constipation, Catarrh, Hooping-Cougb, Hydrocele, Inflammation of the Mouth, Milk Scall, Convulsions, &c, will be ATTENTIONS AFTER LIRTH. 545 found described on other pages, for which see Index. In the present place I shall briefly refer to a few difficulties more common to young infants, and their management. ATTENTIONS AFTER BIRTH. After the expulsion of the after-birth the female is bandaged and " put to bed " as soon as possible, unless her fatigue or enfeebled condition require some rest before this is done. In the meantime, while the physician is attending to the state of the mother, the child is taken from its place of deposit, and if not too weak, is washed and clothed. Every part of the sur face of the child's body and limbs should be first smeared with fresh lard, oil, or other unctuous matter, which will facilitate the removal of the creamy, suet-like substance with which its skin is coated at this time, and which 13 called " Vernix Caseosa." This being done, the child should then be care- fully washed with lukewarm water and Castile soap; for if the above-men- tioned creamy substance be not thoroughly cleansed from the skin in one or two washings, eight or ten hours apart from each other, it may occasion either chafings, or some disagreeable affection of the skin. During the pro- cess of washing, as well as in drying the surface, great care should be taken not to injure the skin of the infant. Some persons wash the child with cold water, but this is very improper, being often followed by fatal consequences, even among the most robust constitutions. An infant just born has left a place, the temperature of which is considerably above that of the atmosphere, find to create a new influence upon its system, by a sudden diminution of this temperature, must be followed by serious results; the shock would be almost too great for even an adult. Having dried the child, the cord, or navel-string, is to be attended to; a soft, fine, square slip of linen, greased with tallow, may be wrapped around it; or, a hole of sufficient size may be cut or burned in the center of the linen, through which the cord is passed; then laying the cord a little to the left side in order to prevent it from press- iivg upon the liver, another soft square of greased linen is placed upon it, and the whole is then secured by a bandage, surrounding the child's body. This bandage, called the " belly-band" by nurses, should not confine the belly too closely. Before dressing the cord, as above stated, should any drops of blood be observed to flow from it, it must have a new ligature applied just below the first. The cord is usually inspected by the nurse whenever she washes the child, until it conies off, which may happen in from three to fen or twelve days. The dress of the child, which is applied after having dressed the cord, should be adapted to the season, light and loose, so as to admit of a free play of the limbs. If the condition of the mother will permit, the child, after its dressing, should be allowed to suck, for it will frequently happen that the milk will flow in abundance; but should it refuse the breast, or be able to obtain no milk upon sucking, it should not be fed for at least some three or four hours, unless it be very fretful, and then some fresh cow's milk to which about one- third part of water but no sugar has been added, will be all-sufficient, until the breast-milk flows, when no other food must be permitted. The black substance collected in the bowels of the child before birth, is called '• Meconium," and should be removed as soon as possible, else it will give rise to colicky pains, Ac. The milk which is the first secreted in the breast after delivery, is superior to any medicine for purging away the meco- nium ; if the child, from any cause, cannot obtain this milk within five or 85 546 AMERICAN FAMILY PHYSICIAN six hours after its birth, a teaspoonful of Castor Oil, or two teaspoonfuls of Sweet Oil may be administ^ed for this purpose. Never give molasses and water, nor that detestable mixture which some persons advise, urine and molasses. As before said, the infant's dress should be light, comfortably warm, and sufficiently loose for the limbs to be readily moved about; a hi fjv ' ^ location is easily effected. The patient Dislocation of the Jaw. must be seated on the floor, or on a low seat; the operator standing in front will place his thumbs as far back on each side of the lower jaw as he can well reach, or if the back molar teeth are present, the thumbs may be placed upon them, and firm but gradual pressure must be made downwards, while the Fig. 61. lingers of the operator, or an assistant standing behind the patient, elevates the chin, also, grad- ually. As soon as the ends of the jaw become disengaged from their situation, the muscles draw « them suddenly and powerfully into their proper » position, and if the operator does not immediately remove his thumbs outward between the jaw and cheek, they may be severely bitten. It is always proper to protect the thumbs still further, by covering them with a silk handkerchief, or strip of linen. Sometimes, two pieces of wood, a couple of knife handles, or cork are used as substitutes for the thumbs, being placed one on each side of the jaw between the back teeth, when the chin u gradually but firmly drawn upward. If but one side of the jaw is dislocated, that side only should Dislocated Jaw. be operated upon. After reducinfj^jhe dislocation, the jaw should be kept bandaged for a few days, passing the bandage once or twice round the top of the head and under the chin, and no food should be used which will require chewing or motion of the jaws. AVhen the jaws have once been dislocated, they are more liable to subsequent repetitions of the accident; hence, the patient should be careful not to laugh or gape too widely. DISLOCATION OF THE SHOULDER. 575 DISLOCATION OF THE COLLAR-BONE. The Collar-Bone or Clavicle is more liable to be broken than dislocated; but it may be displaced at either end, more commonly at its junction with the breast-bone, and the end of the bone may be thrown backward, or, usually, forward. The dislocation backward leaves a depression at the upper part of the breast-bone, while the end of the bone will feel like a tumor at the root of the neck, and there may also be difficulty of swallow- ing. The forward displacement is recognized by the swelling made on the upper part of the breast-bone by the projecting end of the dislocated bone, and if the knee be pressed against the back and the skoulders be drawn backward, this swelling disappears, but returns again as loon as the exten- sien is removed. If the shoulder be raised, the swelling descends ; if it be drawn downward, the protuberance ascends toward the neck. There is great pain and difficulty in moving the shoulder. Treatment. In reducing the forward displacement the shoulder must be pulled backward and outward, which will cause the collar-bone to take its proper position with the breast-bone; then press the collar-bone into its place, and retain it there by a pad or compress, and a bandage applied around the chest, the same as recommended in fracture of the collar-bone. (See page5G0.) The arm should be raised high in a short sling, and the pa- tient must be kept quiet for at least three weeks, and the dressings must not be removed too soon. The great difficulty in these dislocations of the collar-bone is to retain the head of the bone in its place after its reduction, and which can only be accomplished by the pad, bandage, and sling being carefully and properly applied. Generally, notwithstanding the ability of the surgeon, there will be more or less deformity of the part, but which will be productive of no serious inconvenience. Frequently, from -a fall upon the shoulder, the collar-bone becomes dislo- cated at its junction with the shoulder-blade, or scapula. In this luxation the shoulder will be depressed and drawn inward toward tho breast-bone, and the end of the collar-bone may be felt projecting at the top of the shoulder. To reduce this luxation, place a knee between the patient's shoulders, and draw them backward and outward, until the collar-bone is brought into its place ; then put a thick pad or cushion into each armpit to keep the shoulder-blade from the side, and to raise it, and then apply the bandage as in the former instance, supporting the forearm in a short sling, so as to keep the shoulder-blade well up. The same difficulties and results may follow this accident, as in the previous one. DISLOCATION OF THE SHOULDER. The upper end of the humerus or upper arm, may be dislocated by falling on the elbow, suddenly jerking up the elbow, and by the careless practice which inconsiderate persons have of jerking a child from off its feet, and swinging him round in a circle, or by jerking him over a gutter, &c, while holding him by the hand. In these dislocations the head of the bone will be forced from its socket, and may take four different directions; the first and most common one, is where the head of the bone is driven inward and downward into the armpit; the second, where it is thrown forward bcucath the collar-bone upon the second rib ; the third where it is thrown backward on the posterior surface of the shoulder-blade, just beneath the epine ; and the fourth, where the head of the bone is thrown forward and 676 AMERICAN FAMILY PHYSICIAN. inward on the coracoid process, a short, thick, bony eminence, situated at the front part of the upper margin of the shoulder-Made, forming an in- complete or partial dislocation. AVhen the head of the bone is thrown into the armpit, the arm is some- what longer than the other, and the elbow is carried from the side; the natural rotundity of the shoulder is lost, and the patient cannot raise his arm nor extend it outwardly; there is considerable pain, and the patient usually keeps the forearm bent, supporting the arm with the other hand. Not unfrequently the fingers experience a sensation of numbness. If the elbow be carried outward, nearly at right angles with the body, the head of the bone can be distinctly felt in the armpit or axilla. An attempt to carry the elbow toward the side causes great pain. Treatment. To reduce this dislocation, various modes have been devised, but the best for ordinary purposes is the following : The patient is placed on his back upon the floor, and the operator, having removed his shoe, also places himself upon the floor, but in a directly opposite position. A folded towel is placed in the armpit of the patient, and the operator puts his heel upon it, between the arm and the chest, using the left foot if the left shoulder be dislocated, and the right, if the right shoulder. The fore- arm being bent, the operator seizes the arm above the elbow with his hands, or a towel may be fastened around the arm at that point, and keeping the heel in the armpit, he makes a steady pull in a line toward himself, in- creasing the force gradually, and in five or six minutes the bone returns into its place with a loud snap. (In Fig. 62 the mode advised is seen, but the engraver has not shown the forearm bent as recommended.) Fie. 62. Dislocated Arm. If, while the operator is pulling, he requests the patient to slightly change his position, or anything else to divert his attention for the time, and then at that moment adroitly pulls a little more vigorously, he will succeed in more quickly effecting the reduction. But when this cannot be done, and the operator requires more force than he is able to give, the towel may be lengthened, so that two or three persons may take hold and aid lngmng the desired amount of force gradually and steadily, the heel being still kept in the axilla. When the arm has been once dislocated, it is very liable to subsequent dislocations from the slightest causes, even in the act of putting on the coat. After its reduction, it will be well to carry the arm in a sling and allow it to rest for three or four weeks, that the neighboring parts may recover their tone. In some cases it may be necessary to nauseate the p- tient with Lobelia before the muscles will readily yield. Long stanainb dislocations require the aid of a skilful surgeon. When the head of a bone is thrown upon the second rib, beneath the com bone, it may be known by the great prominence at the point of tlie sno der, the depression or hollow beneath it being more considerable, ana tner DISLOCATION OF THE ELBOW JOINT. 577 is less pain than in the previous instance ; the elbow is thrown from the side and backward ; the arm is shortened, and the head of the bone may be felt to roll below the central part of the collar-bone, when the arm is rota- ted. The difficulty of moving the arm is greater than in the preceding case. The reduction of this form of dislocation is to be effected in the same manner as in the previous instance, with the exception that the heel of the operator must be placed nearer toward the front part of the arm pit, and the pulling or extension must be made at first obliquely downward and back- ward, and, after a few minutes, the arm may be raised in a horizontal direc- tion, but without relaxing any of the force employed in the extension. Keep the arm afterward in a sling, the same as recommended when a dis- location into the arm pit has been reduced. When the head of the bone is thrown backward on the posterior surface of the shoulder blade, it may be known by the prominent tumor at that place, which turns as the arm is rotated ; by the arm and forearm being close to and across the chest, together with the other signs common to dislocation of this joint. The dislocation is reduced by the same means as in the first instance, making the extension in the same direction, being careful, however, to rotate the head of the bone inward. When the head of the bone is thrown against the coracoid process there is a hollow at the back part of the shoulder joint, the axis of the arm is thrown inward and forward, and the arm cannot be raised, together with pain, Ac. This luxation is reduced in the same manner as that in which the head of the bone is thrown forward upon the second rib, being careful, how- ever, to draw the shoulders backward, that the head of the bone may pass into its socket. After the reduction, secure the shoulders by the bandage named in fracture of the collar-bone, or the bones will be apt to again shp out. DISLOCATION OF THE ELBOAV JOINT. The most common dislocation at the elbow joint, is that in which both bones of the forearm are thrown backward and upward. The point of the elbow is more prominent than usual"; on each side of the elbow there is a hollow place;_ the hand and forearm are carried outward, so that the palm of the hand is turned upward, and cannot be restored to its natural posi- tion ; and the elbow joint is slightly flexed, but cannot be moved. This accident usually happens by a person, in falling, throwing out his hands to ssve himself. Treatment. To reduce this luxation, seat the patient on a chair, take hold of his wrist, and put your knee on the inner side of the elbow-joint, then bend the forearm, and, at the same time, press the knee on the dislo- cated bones of the forearm, so as to separate them from the end of the upper arm, and allow them to pass into their proper situation. AVhile this pressure is being made with the knee, the arm is to be forcibly but grad- ually bent, and the bones will slip into their places. After the reduction, keep the arm fixed in a bent position, and apply a bandage, which should be kept wet with some cooling lotion. The forearm should be bent at rather less than a right angle with the upper arm, and supported in a sling 1) ing across the abdomen. After eight or ten days, the joint must be care- lullyand gradually moved, in order to prevent it from becoming perma- nently faxed and immovable, and the motion should be increased daily. The joint should not be used otherwise for six or seven weeks. Any other terms ot dislocation of the shoulder joint may be treated in the same manner o 1 578 AMERICAN FAMILY PHYSICIAN, DISLOCATION OF THE WRIST. The wrist becomes occasionally dislocated, and may be known by trie pain, the hand being changed in its situation, the relations of the bones to each other becoming also changed, together with swelling on the fore part and back part of the hand. In sprains of the wrist there is but one swel- ling, and that comes on gradually. Treatment. In the reduction of this luxation, full extension is all that will be necessary, as the muscles will direct the bones into their proper situation. Grasp the patient's hand with your right, and support his fore- arm with your left hand; then let an assistant place his hands firmly around the arm just above the elbow, and if both parties now make exten- sion, the bones will soon be replaced. As soon as this is effected, place a Fig. 63. Dislocated Wrist. compress over the part, apply splints before and behind the forearm, ex- tending to the fingers' ends, and bandage from the fingers to the elbow Keep down pain and inflammation by cooling applications, and support the hand and forearm in a sling. DISLOCATIONS OF THE FINGERS AND TOES, Are to be treated upon similar principles. Extension must be made by mean3 of a tape or bandage fastened to their lower end; and when suffi- cient extension is made, the muscles will carry the bones into their proper places. Rest and quiet to the parts, will be necessary for some time, and in twelve or fourteen days, passive motion should be given to the joints to prevent permanent stiffness. Dislocation of the thumb is often very diffi- cult to reduce, but may be frequently accomplished by first soaking it in a warm infusion of Lobelia, for half an hour or so, and afterward employing a steady, continued, and powerful extending force, while, at the same time, the dislocated bone is firmly pressed upon, to push it into its place. Some- times, it may become necessary to amputate the thumb. DISLOCATION OF THE HIP JOINT. The hip joint or head of the thigh-bone, may be dislocated in four direc tions, viz: , 1. The head of the thigh-bone is thrown upward on the back part of the haunch-bone, where it may be felt by rotating the limb inward; the symp- toms are,—the leg is shorter than its fellow by about two inches; the knee and foot are turned:inward, and the foot lies over the opposite foot, the ba of the great toe being toward the opposite instep ; any attempt to turn we leg outward, produces great pain; there is likewise, as in all these ais cations, lameness, diminution of motion in the limb, pain, swelling, »c DISLOCATION OF THE THIGH-BONE. 579 Care must be taken not to confound this dislocation with a fracture of the neck of the thigh-bone. Treatment. To reduce this dislocation, various means have been eni- Eloyed and recommended; but I shall describe only such as may be used y non-medical persons with the greatest chance of success. First, place the patient upon his opposite or uninjured side, upon a bed or table, and, if necessary, produce muscular relaxation by the means heretofore named ; then pass a sheet or strong towel inside of the thigh, between the fork of the leg and the dislocated thigh, and fasten the end of this to some point behind the patient, which will not yield to the force applied in the opposite direc- tion; this is the counter-extending apparatus. Then apply a towel or strap around the limb, just above the knee, having it sufficiently long and strong for five or six stout men to take hold of, and make extension, pulling the limb downward, and a little across the other leg, just above the knee. The extending force must be given with care, and be gradually increased; and both the extension and counter-extension, though in opposite directions, must be in the same line. When the muscles have been sufficiently elongated, and the limb brought to a level with the edge of the socket, the bone will usually return to its place with a snap. Or, should it not do so, the limb may be gen- tly rotated inward; and if this fails, a strong towel, or even the arm of the operator, should be passed round the thigh, high up toward the body, and the head of the bone be lifted by it over the edge of the Bocket. The counter-extending sheet or strap must be so placed between the thigh and fork of the leg, as not to cause an injury to the parts of generation in either the male or female; and in making the extending force, when great pain is complained of, the assistants may stop for a few moments, and then renew the Upward Dislocation of Thigh-bone. Fig. 65. Reduction of Upward Dislocation of Thi-h Bone Jl^dy -ahicd "unHMrT '}%"}** the ^ t0 Iose what «>ey ^ave Sr^ui^tit* of the bone passes into the sockel, and In thi,Ln • Ju\- ?nap wluch haPPens at that time. ^oi"^t^S^^ni °f thG hlp j°int' after thG reducti0